Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Ord 115-82 12/7/1982
ORDINANCE NO. � ORDINANCE AMENDING SECTION 7-14 OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES TO ADOPT THE 1982 EDITION OF THE STANDARD BUILDING CODE. BE IT ORDAINED EY THE BOARD OF ALDERMEN OF THE CITY OF WICHITA FALLS, TEXAS, THAT: Section 7-14 of the Code of Ordinances of the City of Wichita Falls is hereby amended to read as follows: "Section 7-14. The publication entitled 'Standard Building Code ' , 1982 Edition, a copy of which, authenticated by the signature of the City Clerk, is on file in the City Clerk' s office, is hereby adopted as the 'Building Code of the City of Wichita Falls ' , as fully as if copied at length in this chapter. " PASSED AND APPROVED this the 7th day of December, 1982 . A Y 0 R ATTEST: City Clerk RECEIVED 11N CITY CLERK'S OFFICE ®ate -.L=r�..,i�_.� a Affidavit of Publication THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF WICHITA (Paste Clipping Here) ORDINANCE NO.,111.82 O thi • 18 day of January n s AN ORDINANCE AMENDING Y SECTION 29-91 OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES OF THC 1893 HCITY OF WICHITA FALLS, A.D................................... personally appeared before me,the undersigned authority TEXAS,.;,Ry_,C RECTING I' SUBPA1a!¢A Py*" -'14 Toni Belvedere bookkeeper AND ( AJy W`H=UGH ESTABLISHES p� q '-,''FACIA MAXIMUM' , ST EIETS.ON CN for the Times Publishing Company of Wichita Falls, publishers of the Wichita Falls ORDINANCE-NO. 112-82 °AN ORDINANCE. CLOSING, Times, a newspaper published at Wichita Falls In Wichita County, Texas, and VACATING . AN D ABANDONING TWO HUNDREDTHE EIGHTOUTH( 08) upon being duly sworn by me,on oath states that the attached,advertisement is a true FEET OF A TWENTY-FIVE FOOT WIDE ALLEY 1N and correct copy of advertising published in ONE(1) BLOCK 166, ORIGINAL issues BLOCK TOWNSITE OF WICHICA F A L L S, TEXAS AND thereof on the following dates: RETAINING A UTILITY EASEMENT. ORDINANCE NO. 113-82 Jan. 18 AN ORDINANCE CLOSING, V A C A T.I N G A N D A 8 A N D O N I N G A TWENTY-FIVE (25) FOOT WIDE ALLEY IN BLOCK 149, ORIGINAL TOWNSITE OF / WICHITA FALLS, TEXAS. Bookkeeper for Times Publishing Company ORDINANCE NO. 114-82 of Wichita Falls AN ORDINANCE CLOSING, VACATING AN D ABANDONING A TWENTY ( 2 0 ) F O O T W I D E , Subscribed and sworn to before me this day and year first above written. NORTH-SOUTH ALLEY IN BLOCK 18A, HIGHLAND ADDITION TO THE CITY OF WICHITA FALLS, TEXAS. � ORDINANCE NO. 115-82 ORDINANCE AMENDING SECTION 7-14 OF THE CODE Ppy a� OF ORDINANCES TO ADOPT THE 1982 EDITION OF THE ROY L. REAVs=S / v (:otari Public,State of Texas �7 STANDARD BUILDING My Commission Expires Nov.30,19 v CODE. \ /y ORDINANCE NO-JIA82''; sgrEa„EtP S.S.446-42-2662 A N O R D I.N:A 111_ ' AUTHOR,I Z I N G jA;•N i?:,' ALLOWING, UN.DE.R,.3i►Ii;Egl I k:ZT GO V E• E ,am ORDINANCE NO. 118-82 ORDINANCE NO. 1-83 ORDINANCE NO.4-83 f E XA S M U N b. �A; AN ORDINANCE CLOSING, AN ORDINANCE MAKING ORDINANCE PROHIBITING RET•IR,EMENT S,."*,;EiVi V A C A T I N G A N D 'kr. AN APPROPRIATION FROM DISCRIMINATION IN "U.PDATEO,SERY'T-CE; ABANDONING A TWELVE THE GENERAL EQUITY EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES, CREDITS" IN SAID SYSTEM (12) FOOT WIDE "L'' FUND TO ACCOUNT AND PROVIDING AN FOR SERVICE PERFORMED SHAPED ALLEY IN BLOCK5, NUMBERS LISTED BELOW, A D M I N I S T R A T I V E BY QUALIFYING MEMBERS SIBLEY TAYLOR ADDITION AND DECLARING AN PROCEDURE FOR THE OF SUCH SYSTEM JN THE TO THE CITY OF WICHITA EMERGENCY. H A N D L I N G O F EMPLOYMENT OF THE FALLS, TEXAS, AND ORDINANCE NO.2-83 COMPLAINTS CONCERNING CITY OF 'WICHITA FALLS; RETAINING A UTILITY A N O R D I N A N C E SUCH PRACTICES. P R O V I D I N G F O R EASEMENT. P R O H I B I T I N_ G ORDINANCE NO.5-83 INCREASED PRIOR AND ORDINANCE NO. 119-82 DISCRIMINATION IN ORDINANCE CREATING A CURRENT SE RV I C E AN ORDINANCE CLOSING P U B L I C MECHANICAL CODE BOARD ANNUITIES FOR RETIREES AND ABANDON 1 N G ACCOMMODATIONS, AND OF ADJUSTMENTS AND AND BENEFICIARIES OF CERTAIN OLD TEN FOOT P R O V I D I N G A N APPEALS. DECEASED RETIREES OF WIDE CARRIAGE TRAILS IN- A D M I N I S T R A T I V E ORDINANCE NO.6-93 T H E C I T Y ; A N D BLOCKS K, L, AND R IN PROCEDURE FOR THE ORDINANCE GRANTING ESTABLISHING AN RIVERSIDE CEMETERY, H A N D L I N G O F WAIVER OF SECTION 27-29 EFFECTIVE DATE FOR AND APPROVING REVISED COMPLAINTS CONCERNING (a), AND (c) OF THE CODE SUCH ACTIONS, PLAT. SUCH DISCRIMINATION. OF ORDINANCES TOALLOW ORDINANCE NO. 117-82 ORDINANCE NO. 120-82 ORDINANCE NO. 3-83 THE O W'N E R OF A. V. ORDINANCE WAIVING AN ORDINANCE MAKING ORDINANCE AMENDING MOTE'S GARAGE TO DELAY ORDINANCES CONCERNING AN APPROPRIATION FROM ARTICLE 11 OF CHAPTER13 CONSTRUCTION OF A CITY ENFORCEMENT OF THE WATER-SEWER 'BOND O F THE CODE OF SIDEWALK UNTIL SUCH 'DEED RESTRICTIONS FOR FUND-SERIES1981 FUND TO ORDINANCES (SECTIONS TIME AS PEDESTRIAN T H E F O LLOW I N G ACCOUNT NUMBERS 13-11 THROUGH 13-27), TRAFFIC WARRANTS ITS PROPERTIES IN FAITH LISTED BELOW, AND WHICH PROHIBITS CONSTRUCTION. VILLAGE, UNIT III: LOTS D E C L A R I N G A 'N D I S C R I M I N A T O R Y 1-8, BLOCK 73 AND LOTS 1.4, EMERGENCY. HOUSING PRACTICES, AND BLOCK 74. ORDINANCE NO. 121-82 I P R O V I DES AN ORDINANCE NO. 118-82 AN ORDINANCE MAKING ADM [ N I STRATIVE AN ORDINANCE CLOSING, AN APPROPRIATION FROM PROCEDURE FOR THE VACATING A N D THE WATER-SEWER H A N D L I N G O F ABANDONING A TWELVE OPERATION FUND TO COMPLAINTS CONCERNING (12) FOOT WIDE "L„ ACCOUNT NUMBERS SUCH PRACTICES. SHAPED ALLEY IN BLOCKS, LISTED BELOW, AND SIBLEY TAYLOR ADDITION D E C L A R I N G A N TO THE CITY OF WICHITA EMERGENCY. STANDARD BUILDING CODE 1982 EDITION STANDARD ..�.� BUILDING CODE 1982 Edition �cppE COp��Ff g 9 @ B a 6+ 9 9 9 1440 "THE STANDARD CODES" LIBRARY OF CONGRESS NO. 82-81011 SIXTH PRINTING COPYRIGHT 1982 BY SOUTHERN BUILDING CODE CONGRESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. 900 MONTCLAIR ROAD BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35213-1206 205-591-1853 PRINTED IN U.S.A. disttrib utioht n uthonied.AN82 ICC.ALLY UNAUTHORIZEGHTS D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOLATION pursuant OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreernent with IACT AND TH further E I,CENSEreproduction or AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - - - Cop right GHTS .Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM distribution ution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED pursuant REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOLATIONOF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT reernent with I furtherCC.No ion or COPYRIGHTACT AND THE LICENSE __ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. PREFACE The purpose of this Code is to provide minimum requirements to safeguard life, health and public welfare and the protection of prop- erty as it relates to these safeguards by regulating and controlling the design, construction, alteration, repair, equipment, use and occu- pancy, location, maintenance, removal and demolition of all build- ings or structures and appurtenances thereto. The Standard Building Code is dedicated to the development of better building construction and greater safety to the public and uni- formity in building laws; to the granting of full justice to all building materials on a fair basis of the true merits of each material; and to development on a sound economic basis for the future growth of our Nation through unbiased and equitable dealing with building con- struction. This 1982 Edition represents the many revisions and changes offi- cially approved at Annual Conferences for the years 1945-1981, and is a comprehensive document providing for the safe use of all mate- rials or methods of construction. Vertical lines in the margin indicate changes made since the 1979 edition. Copyright 0 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 1-5,2016 3:07:00 PM distribution a thou ed.ANY UNAUTHORI7 P REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on or _....... _...... _..._.. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL,PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - - - - THE STANDARD CODES Standard Amusement Device Codes Standard Building Code Standard Code for the Elimination or Repair of Unsafe Buildings Standard Excavation and Grading Code Standard Fire Prevention Code Standard Gas Code Standard Housing Code Standard Mechanical Code Standard Plumbing Code Standard Swimming Pool Code CODE-RELATED PUBLICATIONS Standard for the Installation of Roof Coverings Standard for Proscenium Curtains Book of Standards (Building Code Only) EDUCATIONAL MANUALS Building Inspector Manual Electrical Inspector Manual Gas Inspector Manual .. Mechanical Inspector Manual One and Two Family Dwelling Inspector Manual Plumbing Inspector Manual Rehabilitation and Preservation Inspector Manual - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .... .. .... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER:-- ............._ _._._ _.__. - _._.._ __... CONVERSION FACTORS FOR THE MOST COMMON UNITS USED IN BUILDING DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION Conversion factors are taken to six significant figures, where appropriate. Underlined values denote exact conversions. METRIC TO CUSTOMARY CUSTOMARY TO METRIC LENGTH 1 km = 0.621 371 mile (international) 1 mile (international) = 1-02 a4l km 49.7096 chain 1 chain = 20.1168 m 1 M. = 1.093 61 yd 1 yd = 0.9144 In = 3.280 84 ft 1 ft = 0.3048 In 1 mm .- 0.039 3701 in ; .301,8 mm 1 in = 2� 5A mm (1 U.S, survey foot = 0,304 800 6 m)* AREA 1 km2 = 0.386 101 mile2 (U.S. survey) 1 mile2 (U.S. survey) = 2.59000 km2 1 ha = 2.47104 acre (U.S. survey) 1 acre (U.S. survey) = 0.404 687 ha 1 m2 = 1.195 99 yd2 = 4046.87 m2 10.7639 ft2 1 ydz = 0.836127 m2 1 mm2 = 0.001 550 in2 1 ft2 = 0.092 903 m2 1 1n2 = 645.16 mm2 VOLUME, MODULUS OF SECTION 1 m3 .= 0.810 709 x 10-3 acre feet 1 acre ft = 1233.49 m3 = 1.307 95 yd3 1 yd3 = 0.764 555 mU 35.3147 ft3 100 board ft = 0.235 974 m3 = 423.776 board ft 1 ft3 ; 0.028 316 8 m3 1 mm3 = 61.0237 x 10-6 in3 = 28.3168 L OnO) 1 in3 _ 16387.1 mm3 16,3871 mL (cm3) Copyright 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on DISTRIIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND IT ar�5,2016 3:07:DO PM pursuant to license �THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR METRIC TO CUSTOMARY CUSTOMARY TO METRIC (FLUID) CAPACITY IL = 0.035 314 7 f t3 1 gal (U.S. liquid)** = 3.785 41 L = 0.264 172 gal (U.S.) 1 qt (U.S. liquid) = 946,353 mL 1.056 69 qt (U.S.) 1 pt (U.S. liquid) = 473.177 mL 1 mL .= 0.061 023 7 in3 1 fl oz (U.S.) = 29.5735 mL = 0.033 814 fl az (U.S.) **1 gallon (UK) approx. 1.2 gal (U.S.) SECOND MOMENT OF AREA 1 mm4 w 2,402 51 x 10-6 in4 1 in4 = 416 231 mm4 0.416 231 x 10-6 m4 PLANE ANGLE 1 rad .= 57° 17' 45" (degree) 1' (degree) - 0.0174533 rad = 57.2958° (degree) Y 17.4533 mrad 3437.75' (minute) V (minute) 290.888 urad = 206 265" (second) 1" (second) 4.84814 urad VELOCITY, SPEED 1 m/s = 3.280 84 ft/s 1 ft/s 0.3048 m/s T 2.236 94 mile/h 1 mile/h - 1.609 344 km/h 1 km/h - 0.621 371 mile/h - 0.44704 m/s VOLUME RATE OF FLOW 1 m:;/s 35.3147 ft3/s 1 ft3/s - 0.028 316 8 m3/s 22.8245 million gal/d 1 ft3/min 0.471 947 L/s 0.810 709 x 10-3 acre ft/s 1 gal/min - 0.063 090 2 L/s 1 L/s 2.11888 ft3/min 1 gal/h 1,05150 mL/s — 15.8503 gal/min 1 million gal/d = 43.8126 L/s 951.022 gal/h 1 acre ft/s = 1233.49 m3/s r' Copyright 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on ar 5,2016 3:07:DO PM pursuant to license DISTRIIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND IT � �THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR METRIC TO CUSTOMARY CUSTOMARY TO METRIC TEMPERATURE INTERVAL 1 °C -. K ._ 1.88 °F 1 OF = 0.555 556 °C or K = 5/9 °C = 5/9 K EQUIVALENT TEMPERATURE VALUE (t Oc T K 273.15) t aC 5/9 (t 1, — 32) t 9/5 t oC + 32 MASS I. kg = 2.20462 lb (avoirdupois) 1 ton (short)*-" = 0.907 185 metric ton = 35.2740 oz (avoirdupois) = 907.185 kg 1 metric = 1.10231 ton (short, 2000 1b.) i lb = 0.453 592 kg ton Y 2204.62 lb 1 oz = 28.3495 g 1 g = 0.035 274 oz 1 pennyweight = 1.55517 g = 0.643 015 pennyweight ***( Hong ton (2240 lb) = 1016.05 kg) MASS PER UNIT AREA 1 kg/m= = 0.204 816 1b/ft2 1 lb/ft2 = 4.882 43 kg/m2 1 g/m2 .- 0.029 494 oz/yd:! 1 oz/yd2 ; 33.9057 g/m2 — 3.277 06 x 10-3 oz/ft2 1 oz/ft2 = 305.152 g/m2 DENSITY (MASS PER UNIT VOLUME) 1 kg/m3 = 0.062 428 lb/ft3 1 lb/ft3 = 16.0185 kg/m3 1.68556 lb/yd3 1 lb/yd3 = 0.593 276 kg/m3 1 t/ms = 0.842 778 ton/yd3 1 ton/yd3 = 1.18655 t/m3 FORCE 1 MN = 112.404 tonf (ton-force) 1 tonf (ton-force) = 8.89644 kN 1 kN = 0.112 404 toof 1 kip (1000 1bf) = 4.44822 kN 224.809 lbf (pound-force) 11bf (pound-force) 4.44822 N 1 N = 0.224 809 lbf i Copyright C>1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS PS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar is,2016 3:07:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAITPHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBITPION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL.AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. METRIC TO CUSTOMARY CUS'tOMARY TO METRIC MOMENT OF FORCE, TORQUE I. N-m .� 0.737 562 lbf-ft 1 lbf•ft = 1.355 82 N•m = 8.850 75 lbf•in 1 lbf-in - 0.112 985 N•m 1 kN•m = 0.368 781 tonf•ft 1 tonf•ft - 2.71164 kN•m 0.737 562 kip•ft 1 kip•ft - 1.35582 kN•m FORCE PER UNIT LENGTH 1 N/m - 0.068 5218 lbf/ft 1 lbf/ft — 14.5939 N/m 1 kN/m 0.034 260 9 tonf/ft I lbf/in - 175.127 N/m 1 tonf/ft 29.1878 kN/m PRESSURE, STRESS, MODULUS OF ELASTICITY (FORCE PER UNIT AREA) (1 Pa - 1 N/mz) 1 MPa = 0.072 518 8 tonf/in2 1 tonf/in2 = 13,7895 MPa 10.4427 tonf/ft2 1 tonf/ft2 = 95,7605 kPa 145.038 lbf/in2 I kip/in2 = 6.89476 MPa 1 kPa = 20.8854 lbf/ft2 1 lbf/in2 = 6.89476 kPa 1lbf/ft2 = 47.8803 Pa WORK, ENERGY, HEAT (1 J = I N•m = 1 W-s) I MJ = 0.277 778 kWh 1 kWh (550 ft•lbf/s) = 3_6 Mj 1 kJ = 0.947 817 Btu 1 Btu (Int. Table) = 1.055 06 kJ 11 = 0.737 562 ft•lbf = 1055.06 J 1 ft•lbf = 1.35582 J COEFFICIENT OF HEAT TRANSFER 1 W/(m2•K) = 0.176110 Btu/(ft2•h•°F) 1 Btu/(ft2•h•°F) = 5.67826 W/(m2.K) THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY 1 W/(m•K) = 0.577 789 Btu/(ft•h•°F) 1 Btu/(ft•h•°F) = 1.73073 W/(m•K) Copyright,)1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on DISTRIIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND IT ar�5,2016 3:07:DO PM pursuant to license �nent with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. METRIC TO CUSTOMARY CUSTOMARY TO METRIC ILLUMINANCE 1 lx (lux) = 0.092 903 lm/ft2 (footcandle) 1 lm/ft2 (footcandle) = 10.7639 Ix (lux) LUMINANCE 1 cd/m'= = 0.092 903 c:d/ft'- 1 cd/ft2 = 10.7639 ed/m2 = 0.291 864 foot lambert I foot lambert = 3.426 26 cd/m2 1 kcd/m"- = 0.314 159 lambert 1 lambert = 3.183 01 kcd/m2 Copyright 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on DISTRIIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND IT ar� Agreement5,2016 3:07:DO PM pursuant to license HELICENSE AGRF,MENT,AND SUBJECT TOCIVII,AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR SAMPLE ORDINANCE FOR ADOPTION OF CODES ORDINANCE TO ADOPT STANDARD CODES ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE TO ADOPT VARIOUS STANDARD CODES RELATING TO INSPECTION ACTIVITIES OF THE CITY OF AND ENFORCEMENT OF BUILDING PROVISIONS AS PROVIDED IN SAID CODES. Section 1: WHEREAS, it is the desire of the City Council of the City of , to adopt, in all respects, the various Standard Codes relating to amusement devices, building, fire prevention, gas, grading, housing, mechanical, plumb- ing and swimming pools and WHEREAS, the adoption of these Codes is done to facilitate proper inspection activities by the City of , relating to construction and to maintenance of buildings within the corporate limits of said town and relating to public safety, health and general welfare; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF that the following Codes are hereby adopted by reference as though they were copied herein fully: Standard Amusement Device Code - 1979 Edition with 1982 Amendments Standard Building Code - 1982 Edition Standard Code for the Elimination or Repair of Unsafe Build- ings - 1977 Edition - Standard Excavation and Grading Code - 1975 Edition Standard Fire Prevention Code - 1982 Edition Standard Gas Code - 1982 Edition Standard Housing Code - 1982 Edition Standard Mechanical Code - 1982 Edition Standard Plumbing Code - 1982 Edition Standard Swimming Pool Code - 1982 Edition Section 2: BE IT FURTHER ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL that any matters in said Codes which are contrary to existing Ordinances of the City, steal I prevail and that Ordinance No. 1, entitled ( fill in here the complete title of the present building ordinance or ordinances in effect at the present time)are hereby repealed and, to that extent any existing Ordinan- ces to the contrary are hereby repealed in that respect only. Section 3: BE IT FURTHER ORDAINED that within said Codes when reference is made to the duties of certain officials named therein that designated official in the City of , who has duties corresponding to those of the named official in said Code shall be deemed to be the responsible official insofar as enforcing the provisions of said Code are concerned. Section 4: BE IT FURTHER ORDAINED that this Ordinance shall take effect and be in force from and after it's passage, the public welfare requiring it. PASSED AND APPROVED by the City Council of the City of — on the day of MAYOR ATTEST: CLERK: disttrib utioht n uthonied.AN82 ICC.ALLY UNAUTHORIZEGHTS D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOLATION pursuant OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreernent with IACT AND TH further E I,CENSEreproduction or AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIh AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.___ Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ___AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES TO FOLLOW IN THE USE OF THE STANDARD BUILDING CODE 1. Determine Occupancy Classification of the structure (a) Select occupancy classification which most accurately fits the use of the building. (Chapter IV) 2. Review the Fire District provisions, if any. (Chapter III) 3. Determine minimum Type of Construction necessary to accom- modate proposed structure. (Chapter VI) (a) Determine maximum allowable heights and floor areas for .� Types of Construction and Occupancy classification. (Table 400----Ch- apter IV) (b) Check allowable area increases permitted. (Chapter IV) 4. Check detailed Occupancy requirements. (Note that each code sec- tion dealing with Occupancy Classification — Chapter IV — pro- vides a complete check list that may be utilized for the particular occupancy.) 5. Check detailed Construction requirements. (a) Fire Protection of Structural Members (Chapter VI and Table 600) (b) Fire Protection Requirements (Chapter VII and Table 700) -- (c) Means of Egress Requirements (Chapter XI) 6. Review design as related to standards. (Chapters XII-XX) 7. Check other requirements as necessary. (a) Use of public property — Chapter XXII (b) Elevators — Chapter XXI V `— (c) Sprinklers and Standpipes — Chapter IX (d) Use of Combustible Materials ----- Interior — 704 (e) Roof coverings — 301, 706 (f) Light, ventilation and sanitation — 2001, 2002 (g) Other These steps are naturally varied in sequence by individual prefer- ences, however, the first three are Standard Steps which should be determined in proper order to assist in design or review of buildings. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER I - ADMINISTRATION Page SECTION 101 — TITLE AND SCOPE................................................ 1-1 10 1. 1 —Title .......................................................... ................................ 1-1 101.2 —Code Remedial .......................................................................... 1-1 101.3 —Scope......................................................................................... 1-1 101.4 ---Existing Buildings...................................................................... 1-1 101.5 —Special Historic Buildings and Districts..................................... 1-2 101.6 —Maintenance.............................................................................. 1-2 SECTION 102 — ORGANIZATION ........................... - 102. 1 —Building Official......................................................................... 1-2 102.2 —inspectors .................................................................................. 1-2 102.3 —Deputy....................................................................................... 1-3 - 102.4 —Restrictions on Employees......................................................... 1-3 102.5 —Records...................................................................................... 1-3 SECTION 103 — POWERS AND DUTIES OF BUILDING OFFICIALS............................................................. ... 1-3 103.1 ---Right of Entry............................................................................ 1-3 103.2 —Stop Work Orders ..................................................................... 1-3 103.3 —Revocation of Permits ............................................................... 1-3 103.4 —Unsafe Buildings........................................................................ 1-4 103.5 —Requirements Not Covered By Code ......................................... 1-4 103.6 ---Alternate Materials and Alternate Methods of Construction.............................................................................. 1-4 103.7 —Liability..................................................................................... 1-4 103.8 —Reports................................................. .................................. 1-4 SECTION 104 — TESTS...................................................................... 1-5 V SECTION 105 — APPLICATION FOR PERMIT ................................ 1-5 105. 1 —When Required.......................................................................... 1-5 105.2 —Form........................................................... .............................. 1-5 105.3 —Drawings and Specifications...................................................... 1-5 105.4 -----Plot Diagram... .... ................................................................. 1-6 105.5 —Limitation.................................................................................. 1-6 105.6 —Examination of Drawings.......................................................... 1-6 105.7 —Street Lines................................................................................ 1-7 SECTION 106 — PERMITS ................................................................. 1-7 106. 1 —Action on Application ............................................................... 1-7 106.2 —Contractors License and Bond Required--............................... 1-7 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE . ............................. _.. _._.._ _.._.. .... .......AGREEMENT,.AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 106.3 —Conditions of the Permit............................................................ 1-8 106.4 ---Drawings to be Kept at Site....................................................... 1-8 106.5 —Permits Issued Upon Affidavits ................................................. 1-8 106.6 —Foundation Permits................................................................... 1-9 SECTION107 ---- FEES ........................................................................1-9 107.1 —General ...................................................................................... 1-9 107.2 —Failure to Obtain a Permit......................................................... 1-9 107.3 --Accurate Records....................................................................... 1-9 107.4 —Schedule of Permit Fees............................................................. 1-9 107.5 —Building Permit Valuations........................................................ 1-9 SECTION 108 — INSPECTIONS........................................................1-9 108.1 --Inspections — General............................................................... 1-9 108.2 —Inspections Required ............................................................... 1-10 SECTION 109 — CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY ....................... 1-11 109.1 --When Required........................................................................ 1-11 109.2 —Contents of Certificate............................................................. 1-11 109.3 --Temporary Occupancy............................................................. 1-11 109.4 —Existing Buildings............................................................ ....... 1-11 SECTION 110 ------ POSTING FLOOR LOADS................................... 1-11 110.1 —Floor Loads ............................................................................. 1-11 110.2 ----Signs Required........................................... ............................. 1-12 110.3 —Loads in Excess of Posted Capacity......................................... 1-12 SECTION 111 — BOARD OF ADJUSTMENTS AND APPEALS......................................................................................... 1-12 111. 1 —Appointment............................................................................ 1-12 111.2 —Term of Office ................................................................ ........ 1-12 111.3 —Quorum ................................................................................... 1-12 111.4 —Records.................................................................................... 1-12 111.5 —Procedure ................................................................................ 1-13 SECTION 112 — APPEALS................................. ............................. 1-13 112.1 —Time Limit............................................................................... 1-13 SECTION 113 — DECISIONS OF THE BOARD OF ADJUSTMENTS AND APPEALS .................................................. 1-13 113.1 —Variations and Modifications................................................... 1-13 113.2 —Decisions ................................................................................. 1-13 SECTION 114 — VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES.......................... 1-14 SECTION 115 — VALIDITY............................................................... 1-14 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - ----- -- - - - - ------ --- AGREEMENT,ANDSUB)ECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. CHAPTER 11 --- DEFINITIONS SECTION 201 — DEFINITIONS .......................................................__2-1 201.1 —General ...................................................................... .... .........:...2-1 201.2 —Tense, Gender and Number .......................................................2-1 CHAPTER III -- FIRE DISTRICT SECTION 301 — GENERAL BUILDING RESTRICTIONS WITHIN THE FIRE DISTRICT .........................................................3-1 301. 1 —General ......................................................................................3-1 30I.2 —Types of Construction Permitted ...............................................3-1 301.3 ----Other Specific Requirements......................................................3-1 301.4 —Scope.........................................................................................3-2 SECTION 302 — CHANGES TO BUILDINGS...................................3-2 302.1 —Existing Buildings Within the Fire District ............................—.3-2 302.2 —Alternate — General..................................................................3-2 302.3 —Moving Buildings...................... SECTION 303 — BUILDINGS LOCATED IN AND OUT OF THE FIRE DISTRICT.....................................:............................3-3 SECTION 304 — EXCEPTIONS TO RESTRICTIONS IN FIRE DISTRICT............................................................................3-3 SECTION 305 — OUTSIDE THE FIRE DISTRICT...........................3-3 CHAPTER IV --- CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING BY OCCUPANCY SECTION 401 — CLASSIFICATION BY OCCUPANCY ORUSE..............................................................................................4-1 401. 1 —General ..............................................................__....................4-1 SECTION 402 — HEIGHT AND AREA...............................................4-1 402. 1 —Application................................................................................4-1 402,2 ---Height Modifications.................................................................4-2 402.3 —Area Modifications....................................................................4-3 402.4 —General Protective References....................................................4-5 402.5 —Special Protective References.....................................................4-5 SECTION 403 — MIXED OCCUPANCY SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS..............................................................................4-5 403. 1 —General ......................................................................................4-5 403.2 —Tenant Separation .....................................................................4-7 403.3 —Separation Between Townhouses...............................................4-7 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction on distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ........ .. .. - AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT'FO CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. SECTION 404 - ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY - A............................4-8 404.1 -Scope..............................................................:..........................4-8 404.2 -Sub-Classifications.....................................................................4-8 404.3 -Occupant Capacity............................... .......................................4-8 404.4 -Special Protective References.....................................................4-9 404.5 -Special Construction Requirements ...........................................4-9 404.6 -Interior Finish..........................................................................4-10 404.7 -----Sprinklers and Standpipes for Large Assembly with WorkingStages........................................................................4-10 404.8 -Supplementary Lighting System ..............................................4-10 404.9 -Non-Working Stage....................... .......................................4-10 404.10-Working Stage................................................_........................4-10 404.11- Proscenium Curtain.................................................................4-12 404.12-Motion Picture Projection Rooms...........................................4-12 404.13-Foyers and Lobbies..................................................................4-14 404.14-Aisles and Seating........................................................___.....4-14 404.15---,Continental Seating Systems....................................................4-15 404.16-Boxes, Balconies and Galleries..................................................4-17 404.17-Tents for Public Assembly .......................................................4-17 404.18-Amusement Park Buildings......................................................4-17 404.19-Churches..................................................................................4-18 SECTION 405 - BUSINESS OCCUPANCY - B ...........................4-19 405.1 -Scope.......................................................................................4-19 405.2 -Occupant Capacity...:...............................................................4-19 405.3 -----Special Protective References...................................................4-19 405.4 -Automotive Service Stations....................................................4-19 405.5 -Bowling Alleys.................... SECTION 406 - EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCY - E...................4-20 406.1 -Scope.......................................................................................4-20 406.2 ----Occupant Capacity...................................................................4-21 40.6.3 -Special Protective References...................................................4-21 SECTION 407 ---- HAZARDOUS OCCUPANCY - H ......................4-21 407.1 -Scope.......................................................................................421 407.2 -Occupant Capacity...................................................................4-22 407.3 -Special Protective References...................................................4-22 407.4 -Special Requirements...............................................................422 -- 407.5 -Special Hazardous Materials 407.6 -Dry Cleaning, Dyeing or Similar High Fire Hazard Occupancy Utilizing Flammable Solvents....................4-24 407.7 ---Grain Elevators........................................................................4-25 407.8 --Tire Recapping .......................................................................4-26 4079 ---Handling or Storage of Cellulose Nitrate Film.........................426 407.10-Combustible Fibers..................................................................4-28 407.11- Hay Storage.............................................................................4-28 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO.CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER__ SECTION 408 — FACTORY INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCY — F.....4-28 408.1 —Scope.......................................................................................4-28 408.2 —Occupant Content.............................................................. .....4-28 408.3 —Special Protective References...................................................4-29 SECTION 409 — INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY --- I ..................4-29 409.1 —Scope...................................,...................................................4-29 409.2 —Occupant Content....................................................................4-29 409.3 —Special Protective References...................................................4-29 SECTION 410 — MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY — M .....................4-30 410. 1 —Scope........................................................................................4-30 �.- 410.2 —Occupant Content....................................................................4-30 410.3 --Special Protective References...................................................4-30 SECTION 411 — RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCY — R .....................4-30 411. 1 —Scope.......................................................................................4-30 411.2 --Occupant Capacity...................................................................4-31 411.3 —Special Protective References...................................................4-31 SECTION 412 — STORAGE OCCUPANCY — S............................4-31 412. 1 —Scope.......................................................................................4-31 412..2 —Occupant Content................................................:...................4-31 412.3 —Special Protective References...................................................4-31 u 412.4 —Aircraft Hangars......................................................................4-32 4115 --Coal Pockets............................................................................4-33 412.6 —Private Garages........................................................................4-33 412.7 —Parking Lots and Automobile Parking Structures ...................4-33 412.8 —Public Garages.........................................................................4-34 412.9 —Helistops......................... ........................................................4-35 TABLE 400 — ALLOWABLE HEIGHTS AND AREAS.....................4-37 CHAPTER V -- SPECIAL OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 501 — TEMPORARY STRUCTURES................................5-1 SECTION 502 -- GREENHOUSES.....................................................5-1 SECTION 503 — REVIEWING STANDS, GRANDSTANDS ANDBLEACHERS..................................................................... ..._54 503.1 —Scope.........................................................................................5-1 503.2 —Definitions.................................................................................5-I 503.3 —Height of Grandstands and Bleachers ........................................5-2 503A —Design Requirements... ..........................................................5-2 503.5 —General Requirements:...............................................................5-2 503.6 ----Special Requirements.................................................................5-4 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __ _................ A.GREEMEN'I',AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAL'I`IES'I'HEREUNDEI2. SECTION 504 - FARM BUILDINGS .................................................5-4 SECTION 505 - COVERED AND ENCLOSED WALKWAYS ANDTUNNELS.................................................................................5-5 505.1 -Scope.........................................................................................5-5 505.2 -----Definitions.................................................................................5-5 505.3 -Construction..............................................................................5-5 505.4 -Exits ..........................................................................................5-5 505.5 -Ventilation.................................................................................5-5 SECTION 506 - SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE GROUP R - RESIDENTIAL AND GROUP B - BUSINESS BUILDINGS ...................................................................................5-6 506.1 -Scope.........................................................................................5-6 506.2 -Smoke Detection Systems..........................................................5-6 506.3 -Alarm and Communication Systems..........................................5-6 506.4 -Central Control Station .............................................................5-7 506.5 -Smoke Control ..........................................................................5-8 506.6 -Elevators....................................................................................5-8 506.7 ----Standby Power and Light ..........................................................5-9 506.8 -Exits ........................................................................................5-10 506.9 -Areas of Refuge (Compartmentation) Alternate ......................5-10 506.10--Automatic Fire Sprinklers Alternate................................... 506.11- Alternates Permitted................................................................542 506.12-Seismic Considerations ............................................................5-13. SECTION 507 - COVERED MALLS................................................5-13 507.1 -Scope.......................................................................................5-13 507.2 -Definitions...............................................................................5-13 507.3 -Lease Plan ...............................................................................5-13 507.4 -Tenant Separation ...................................................................5-14 507.5 -Exits ........................................................................................5-14 507.6 -Mall Width .............................................................**"**...***.....5-15 507.7 -Types of Construction..............................................................5-15 507.8 -Occupancy...............................................................................5-15 507.9 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems.......................................5-16 507.10-Hose Connections....................................................................5-16 507.11- Fire Extinguishers....................................................................5-16 507.12-Smoke Control Requirements..................................................5-l7 507.13-Public Address Systems ...........................................................5-17 507.14-Fire Department Access to Equipment ....................................5-17 507.15-Plastic Panels and Plastic Signs ...............................................5-17 SECTION 508 - ACCESSIBILITY FOR THE PHYSICALLY DISABLED AND/OR HANDICAPPED .... .....................................5-17 508.1 -Application..............................................................................5-17 508.2 -Standards and Definitions ......................................................5-17 508.3 -Access to Buildings ...................................................................5-18 508.4 --Access Within Buildings...........................................................5-19 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 508.5 —Restroom Facilities..................................................................5-I9 508.6 —Seating Accomodations ...........................................................5-20 508.7 -----Exceptions ............................................................................... 5-20 SECTION 509 — GROUP I --- INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCIES..............................................................................5-21 509.1 —General ....................................................................................5-21 509.2 —Smoke Partitions .....................................................................5-21 509.3 —Corridor Partition............... ....................................................5-23 509.4 ---Corridor Doors........................................................................5-23 509.5 —Smoke Detectors......................................................................5-23 509.6 —Protection from Hazardous Areas ...........................................5-23 509.7 —Smokeproof Enclosures ...........................................................5-24 SECTION 510 --- ATRIUMS...............................................................5-25 510.1 — General ....................................................................................5-25 510.2 ----Use...............................................**'** ."*"*.......................... ...5-25 510.3 —Automatic Sprinkler Protection...............................................5-26 510.4 —Smoke Control .,.---•.................................................................5-26 510.5 —Enclosure of Atriums...............................................................5-26 . 510.6 --Smoke Detectors......................................................................5-27 510.7 —Standby Power ........................................................................5-27 510.8 —Smoke Control in Other Than the Atrium...............................5-27 510.9 —Acceptance of Smoke Control Systems.....................................5-27 510. 10—Inspections...............................................................................5-27 510. 1 I--Interior Finish..........................................................................5-27 CHAPTER VI ---- CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING BY CONSTRUCTION SECTION 601 ---- CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDINGS BY CONSTRUCTION.......................................................................6-1 601.1 —Types .........................................................................................&I 601.2 —Fire-Resistive Requirements ............................I.........................&I 601.3 —Materials and Construction Approved for Fire Protection..................................................................................6-1 601.4 —Fire District ...............................................................................6-1 601.5 —Height and Area ........................................................................6-1 601.6 —Regulations Governing Exterior Use of Combustible Materials......... .....................................................6-2 601.7 —Regulations Governing Interior Use of Combustible Materials...............................................................6-2 601.8 —Structural and Engineering Requirements..................................6-2 601.9 —Fire Protective Requirements.....................................................6-2 SECTION 602 — TYPE I CONSTRUCTION......................................6-3 SECTION 603 — TYPE II CONSTRUCTION.....................................6-3 - - 1 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT'TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SECTION 604 — TYPE III CONSTRUCTION....................................6-3 604.1 —General ......................................................................................6-3 604.2 —Columns ....................................................................................6-3 604.3 —Floor Framing ..........................................................................6-3 604.4 —Roof Framing............................................................................6-4 604.5 —Construction Details..................................................................6-4 604.6 —Floor Decks...............................................................................6-4 604.7 —Roof Decks................................................................................6-5 604.8 —Walls..........................................................................................6-5 SECTION 605 ----- TYPE IV CONSTRUCTION....................................6-5 SECTION 606 — TYPE V CONSTRUCTION.....................................6-5 SECTION 607 --- TYPE VI CONSTRUCTION....................................6-6 SECTION 608 — EXCEPTIONS TO FIRE PROTECTION................6-6 608.1 —Elevator Frames.........................................................................6-6 608.2 —Lintels........................................................................................6-6 608.3 —Foam Plastic in Exterior Walls of Buildings of Types I and 11 Construction.......................................................6-6 608.4 —Wood Veneers on Exterior Wall Panels of Types I, 11, III, IV, and V Construction.................................6-7 608.5 —Unusable Space..........................................................................6-7 SECTION 609 — MIXED TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION...................6-7 609.1 —Horizontal Separation ...............................................................6-7 609.2 —Vertical Separation ....................................................................6-7 SECTION 610 — BUILDINGS LOCATED ON THE SAMELOT.........................................................................................6-8 TABLE 600 — FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS.....................6-9 CHAPTER VII - FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS SECTION 701 — PROTECTION OF VERTICAL OPENINGS, STAIRS AND ELEVATORS..............................................................7-1 701.1 —General Requirements for Enclosure of Vertical Openings or Shafts.....................................................................7-1 701.2 —Stairway and Exit Enclosures ....................................................7-2 701.3 —Elevator Enclosures ...................................................................7-2 701.4 —Escalator Enclosures..................................................................7-3 TABLE 700 — MINIMUM'FIRE RESISTANCE OF WALLS, PARTITIONS AND OPENING PROTECTIVES..............................7-4 I disttributioht n authorized.ANRIGHTS UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM ursuant to license OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreernent with ICC.No ACT AND THEE LICENSEion or AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SECTION 702 — INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION FIRE SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS...........................................7-5 702.1 —GeneraI ..................... ........................... ....................................7-5 702.2 —Partition Requirements by Type of Construction.......................7-5 702.3 —Wall and Partition Requirements by Occupancy........................7-6 `-' SECTION 703 — PROTECTION OF WALL OPENINGS ..................7-7 703.1 —Protection of Openings in Exterior Walls ..................................7-7 703.2 —Exterior Walls Without Access Openings...................................7-7 703.3 —Protection of Openings in Exterior Walls and Partitions ...........7-7 703.4 —Approved Types of Fire Windows, Doors and Shutters.............7-8 703.5 --Fire Shutters............................................................................7-10 �-- 703.6 —Openings in Stairways or Shaftways ........................................7-10 703.7 —Openings in Mixed Occupancy Separations.............................7-10 SECTION 704 -- RESTRICTIONS ON INTERIOR USE OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS........................................................7-10 704.1 General ....................................................................................7-10 704.2 —Classification ...........................................................................7-10 704.3 —interior Finish Requirements Based on Occupancy..................7-1 1 704.4 —Foam Plastics ........................................................................... 7-12 704.5 —Carpet on Walls and Ceilings...................................................7-12 704.6 --Floor Finish.............................................................................7-12 704.7 —Floor Covering ................ ........ .... .7-12 704.8 —Application of Interior- Finish.......... .......................................7-13 704.9 —Plumbing, Electrical and Air Handling Systems in Rated Assemblies ...................................................7-14 SECTION 705 — FIRESTOPPING AND DRAFT STOPPING ........7-14 705.1 —Fire Stopping.............................-............................................7-14 705.2 —Draft Stopping.........................................................................7-14 SECTION 706 — ROOF COVERINGS .............................................7-15 706.1 --General....................................................................................7-15 706.2 —Class A Roof Coverings...........................................................7-15 706.3 —Class B Roof Coverings ...........................................................7-15 706.4 —Gass C Roof Coverings...........................................................7-15 706.5 —Requirements for Roofs Outside Fire District..........................7-15 706.6 —Wood Shingles and Shakes......................................................7-15 706.7 —Weather Protection...................................... ...........................7-16 SECTION 707 --- SKYLIGHTS .................. ....................7-16 SECTION 708 — DORMER WINDOWS ...........................................7-17 SECTION 709 -- ARCHITECTURAL TRIM, BALCONIES, BAY WINDOWS ..............................................................................7-17 SECTION 710 — CANOPIES ON EXTERIOR WALLS....................7-18 SECTION 711 — GUTTERS AND LEADERS ..................................7-18 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 'z .....AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL;AND"CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ............ _.... SECTION 712 — TOWERS, SPIRES, CUPOLAS, AERIAL SUPPORTS, POLES, DOMES.........................................7-18 SECTION 713 — TANKS.................. .......................7-19 SECTION 714 — COOLING TOWERS.............................................7-19 SECTION 715 -- DRYING ROOMS..................................................7-19 SECTION 716 — PENTHOUSES AND ROOF STRUCTURES ......7-20 716.1 —General Requirements..............................................................7-20 716.2 —Types of Construction Required ..............................................7-20 716.3 —Towers and Spires....................................................................7-21 SECTION 717 — FOAM PLASTICS .................................................7-21 717.1 —General....................................................................................7-21 717.2 —Specific Requirements..............................................................7-21 717.3 —Specific Approval ....................................................................7-23 SECTION 718 — FIREMAN'S ACCESS PANELS IN WINDOWLESS WALLS..................................................................7-24 SECTION 719 — THERMAL INSULATING MATERIALS...............7-24 719.1 —General....................................................................................7-24 719.2 —Concealed installation .............................................................7-24 719.3 —Exposed Installation....................................................... ......7-24 719.4 —Roof Insulation.................:......................................................7-24 719.5 —Duct Insulation........................................................................7-25 719.6 —Foam Plastics ..........................................................................7-25 719.7 —Cellulose Fiber Thermal Insulation..........................................7-25 CHAPTER VIII ---- APPURTENANCE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 801 — GENERAL................................................................8-1 801.1 —Heating, Air Conditioning, Refrigeration andVentilation ..........................................................................8-1 1 SECTION 802 — CHIMNEYS..............................................................8-1 802.1 —General .......................................................................... .........8-1 802.2 -----Chimney Construction...............................................................8-1 802.3 —Raising Adjoining Chimneys......................................................8-2 802.4 —Factory-Built Chimneys.............................................................8-2 SECTION 803 —MASONRY CHIMNEYS..........................................8-2 803.1 —General Requirements.................................................................8-2 SECTION 804 — FIREPLACES........................................... ...............8-3 804.1 —Factory-Built Fireplaces.............................................................8-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 804.2 —Factory-Built Fireplace Stoves and Solid Fuel Type Room Heaters...........................................................8-3 804.3 —Masonry Fireplaces....................................................................8-3 804.4 —False Fireplaces .........................................................................8-4 SECTION 805 — BARBECUES...........................................................8-5 `--- SECTION 806 — FURNACE AND BOILER ROOM...........................8-5 SECTION 807 --- GAS APPLIANCES.................................................8-5 SECTION 808 — PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS ..............................8-5 SECTION 809 — FRESH AIR INTAKES.............................................8-5 SECTION 810 — PLENUM FLOOR SYSTEMS .................................8-6 CHAPTER IX-- SPRINKLERS AND STANDPIPES SECTION 901 -- SPRINKLERS ..........................................................9-1 901.1 —Approved Equipment and Layout..............................................9-1 901.2 —Requirements.............................................................................9-1 901.3 Material.....................................................................................9-1 901.4 ----Hose Threads.............................................................................9-1 901.5 --General ......................................................................................9-1 901.6 ---Garages......................................................................................9-1 901.7 —Other Occupancy Sprinkler Requirements.................................9-2 901.8 —Supervisory Facilities.................................................................9-3 SECTION 902 — STANDPIPES .....................:....................................9-3 902.1 —Requirements..... ............................................... .................I.....9-3 �.. 902.2 —Approval....................................................................................9-4 902.3 —Standpipes Required.............._.......... ...................................9-4 902.4 —Fire Department Standpipe . .....................................................9-4 902.5 --Standpipes During Construction................................................9-4 SECTION 903 — SPRINKLER AND STANDPIPE - REFERENCE .....................................................................................9-4 903.1 —Other Code Reference................................................................9-4 CHAPTER X - FIRE RESISTANCE STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1001 — GENERAL............................................................ 10-1 1001.1 — Materials for Fire Protection............................................... 10-1 1001.2 — Concrete.............................................................................. 10-1 1001.3 — Brick.................................................................................... 10-2 Copyright(,)1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 1-5,2016 3:07:00 PM I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on or ------ - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. - 1001.4 — Clay or Shale Tile................................................................ 10-2 1001.5 — Gypsum............................................................................... 10-2 1001.6 -- Gypsum Lath, Gypsum Wallboard, and Gypsum Sheathing Board.................................................................. 10-3 1001.7 — Metal or Wire Lath ............................................................. 10-3 1001.8 Concrete Block.................................................................... 10-4 1001.9 — Vermiculite.......................................................................... 10-4 1001.10 Perlite.................................................................................. 10-4 SECTION 1002 — FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION ........................................... 10-4 1002. 1 — Reference Tables ................................................................. 10-4 CHAPTER XI - MEANS OF EGRESS REQUIREMENTS SECTION 1101 — GENERAL PROVISIONS ................................... 11-1 SECTION 1102 — DEFINITIONS ..................................................... 11-1 SECTION 1103 — ARRANGEMENT AND NUMBER OFEXITS....................................................................I.................... 11-2 1103. 1 — Arrangements...................................................................... 11-2 1103.2 — Minimum Number of Exits ................................................. 11-3 SECTION 1104 — SPECIAL EXIT REQUIREMENTS ..................... 11-4 1104.1 — Boiler Rooms, Incinerator, Furnace Rooms........................ 11-4 1104.2 — Dead End Pockets or Hallways ........................................... 11-4 1104.3 — Exit Access Corridors.......................................................... 11-4 - 1104.4 — Emergency Egress Openings ................................................ 11-4 1104.5 — Smokeproof Enclosures....................................................... 11-5 SECTION 1105 — MEANS OF EGRESS CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS............................................................................ 11-7 -1105.1 — Occupant Content ............................................................... 11-7 1105.2— Occupant Content Posted.................................................... 11-8 1105.3 — Measurement of Means of Egress Width ............................. 11-8 1105.4 — Capacity of Means of Egress ............................................... 11-9 1105.5 — Capacity of Escalators or Moving Stairs ........................... 11-10 SECTION 1106 — EXIT ENCLOSURES......................................... 11-10 SECTION 1107 — MONUMENTAL STAIRS.................................. 11-11 SECTION 1108 — EXTERIOR BALCONIES................................. 11-12 1108.1 — General........... ................................................................ 11-12 1108.2 — Private Balconies............................................................... 11-12 1108.3 — Projections ........................................................................ 11-12 SECTION 1109 — MEANS OF EGRESS FOR INTERIOR BALCONY AND GALLERY.......................................................... 11-13 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SECTION 1110 — MEANS OF EGRESS FOR STAGE AND DRESSING ROOM AREAS OF GROUP A--1 LARGE ASSEMBLY .................................................................. 11-13 SECTION 1111 -- FOYERS, LOBBIES, AISLES AND SEATING ....................................................................................... 11-13 SECTION 1112 — EXIT OUTLETS................................................. 11-13 SECTION 1113 — STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION ........................ 11-14 1113. 1 — General.............................................................................. 11-14 1113.2 -- Basement Stairs ................................................................. 11-14 1113.3 — Treads and Risers.............................................................. 11-15 1113.4 — Landings............................................................................ 11-15 1113.5 — Handrails........................................................................... 11-16 1113.6 — Width ................................................................................ 11-16 1 1 13.7 — Headroom ................ . 11-17 ........................................................ 1113.8 — Guardrails ......................................................................... 11-17 SECTION 1114 — FIRE ESCAPES...........................I..................... 11-17 SECTION 1115 --- DOORS .............................................................. 11-18 1115. 1 --- General.............................................................................. 11-18 1115.2 — Panic Hardware................................................................. 11-19 1115.3 — Power Operated Doors...................................................... 11-20 1115.4 ---- Revolving Doors ........................................................ ...... 11-20 1115.5 — Special Doorway Requirements......................................... 11-21 SECTION 1116 — RAMPS............................................................... 11-21 SECTION 1117 — HORIZONTAL EXITS....................................... 11-22 SECTION 1118 -- ACCESS TO ROOFS........................................ 11-22 SECTION 1119 — ELEVATORS ..................................................... 11-22 - SECTION 1120 — ESCALATORS .....,............................................ 11-23 SECTION 1121 — EXIT SIGNS....................................................... 11-23 SECTION 1122 — ILLUMINATION OF EXITS .............................. 11-23 SECTION 1123 — EXIT OBSTRUCTIONS.................................... 11-24 SECTION 1124 -- FIRE ALARM ..................................................... 11-24 SECTION 1125 — SMOKE DETECTOR SYSTEMS...................... 11-25 SECTION 1126 — GRADE PASSAGEWAYS AND LOBBIES USED AS AN EXITWAY ELEMENT ............................................ 11-25 1126. 1 Enclosures of Passageways ................................................ 11-25 1126.2 — Width and Height.............................................................. 11-25 1126.3 — Maximum Stairway Limitations........................................ 11-25 1126.4 — Construction...................................................................... 11-25 1126.5 — Foyers .............................. ................................................ 11-26 SECTION 1127 — EXTERIOR EXITWAY STAIRWAYS................ 11-26 1 127. 1 — General.............................................................................. 11-26 1127.2 — Location............................................................................ 11-26 ht GHTS reernent with I disttrib ution uthonied.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOLATION pursuant OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTIACT AND TH further E I,CENSEreproduction or AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. CHAPTER X11 - MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS SECTION 1201 - GENERAL..................................................I...:..... 12-1 SECTION 1202 - DEAD LOADS ..................................................... 12-1 SECTION 1203 - LIVE LOADS........................................................ 12-1 1203.1 — Floor Loads......................................................................... 12-1 1203.2 — Items Not Specifically Covered............................................ 12-3 — Provision for Partitions....................................................... 12-3 1203.3 1203.4 — Concentrated Loads ............................................................ 12-3 1203.5 — Reduction of Live Load....................................................... 12-3 1203.6 — Restrictions on Loading ..................................................... 12-4 1203.6.1— Distribution of Live Loads .................................................. 12-4 1203.7 — Roof Live Loads............................................................... 12-4 1203.8 — Other Live Loads............................................................... 12-11 1203.9 — Impact and Crane Runways .............................................. 12-11 1203.10 — Load Tests......................................................................... 12-11 SECTION 1204 - SPECIAL LOADS.............................................. 12-12 1204.1 — Soil Pressures on Basement Walls and Floors ................... 12-12 1204.2 — Railings ............................................................................. 12-12 1204.3 — Support for Walkways....................................................... 12-12 1204.4 — Helistops ........................................................................... 12-12 1204.5 — Interior Walls .................................................................... 12-13 SECTION 1205 - WIND LOADS.................................................... 12-13 1205.1 — Design for Wind Loads Required ...................................... 12-13 1205.2 — Velocity Pressures.............................................................. 12-13 1205.3 — Stability............................................................................. 12-19 SECTION 1206 - ALTERNATE WIND LOADS FOR LOW RISE BUILDINGS....................................................... 11-20 1206.1 — General.............................................................................. 11-20 1206.2 — Wind Pressures.................................................................. 11-20 1206.3 — Main Wind Force Resisting Systems ............................................................................. 11.-20 1206.4 — Parts and Portions............................................................. 11-21 1206.5 — Foundations ...................................................................... 11-21 SECTION 1207 — SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ............. 12-32 SECTION 1208 — OCCUPANCY PERMITS FOR CHANGED LOADINGS.................................................................................... 12-32 ht GHTS reernent with disttrib ution uthonied.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOLATION pursuant OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTIACT AND TH further E I,CENSEreproduction or AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. CHAPTER XIII - FOUNDATIONS, EXCAVATIONS, FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS SECTION 1301 - EXCAVATIONS................................................... 13-1 1301.1 ----- General................................................................................ 13-1 1301.2 - Support of Adjoining Buildings and Structures................... 13-1 SECTION 1302 - FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS....................13-2 1302.1 - General................................................................................ 13-2 1302.2 - Bearing Capacity of Soil...................................................... 13-2 •�. 1302.3 - Footing Design................. .................................................. 13-3 1302.4 - Concrete Footings ............................................................... 13-3 1302.5 - Foundation Walls................................................................ 13-4 1302.6 - Timber Footings.................................................................. 13-5 1302.7 - Wood Foundation Systems ................................................. 13-5 SECTION 1303 - PILES ...................................................................13-5 1303.1 - Investigation........................................................................ 13-5 1303.2 - Special Types of Piles.......................................................... 13-5 1303.3 - Protection of Pile Materials................................................. 13-6 1303.4 - Lateral Support.................................:................................. 13-6 1303.5 - Group Action ...................................................................... 13-6 1303.6 ----- Stability............................................................................... 13-6 1303.7 - Structural Integrity.............................................................. 13-6 1303.8 Spacing.......................................... ..................................... 13-7 1303.9 - Splices ................................................................................. 13-7 1303.10 - Pile Caps ............................................................................. 13-7 1303.11 --- Pre-Excavation..................................................................- 13-7 1303.12 - Inspection................................................... ........................ 13-7 1303.13 - Identification....................................................................... 13-8 1303.14 --- Pile Location Plan............................................................... 13-8 1303.15 - Use of Existing Piles............................................................ 13-8 1303. 16 Pile Drivability.................................................................... 13-8 1303.17 - Heaved Piles..................... ................................................ 13-8 1303. 18 - Settlement Analysis ............................................................. 13-8 1303.19 - Use of Vibratory Drivers ........:............................................ 13-9 1303.20 Installation Sequence........................................................... 13-9 SECTION 1304 - ALLOWABLE PILE LOAD.................................. 13-9 1304. 1 - Determination of Allowable Loads...................................... 13-9 1304.2 - Piles in Subsiding Areas ...................................................... 13-9 1304.3 - Driving Formula ................................................................. 13-9 1304.4 - Load Tests........................................................................... 13-9 1304.5 - Use of Higher Allowable Stresses ...................................... 13-10 1304.6 - Allowable Lateral Loads ................................................... 13-10 1304.7 - Uplift Capacity.................................................................. 13-10 Copyright 0 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 1-5,2016 3:07:00 PM 1 distribution a thou ed.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on or AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1304.8 -- Bearing Capacity............................................................... 13-10 1304.9 - Bent Piles .......................................................................... 13-11 1304.10 Overloads on Piles............................................................. 13-11 SECTION 1305 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PILES.......................... 13-11 1305.1 - Materials ........................................................................... 13-11 1305.2 - Allowable Stresses............................................................. 13-11 1305.3 ---- Minimum Dimensions....................................................... 13-11 SECTION 1306 - CONCRETE FILLED STEEL PIPE AND TUBE PILES 1306.1 - Materials ........................................................................... 13-12 1306.2 - Allowable Stresses............................................................. 13-I2 1306.3 - Minimum Dimensions....................................................... 13-12 1306.4 ---- Reinforcement................................................................... 13-12 1306.5 - Placing Concrete ............................................................... 13-12 SECTION 1307 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ........................ 13-12 1307.1 - General.............................................................................. 13-12 1307.2 - Drilled or Augered Uncased Piles...................................... 13-13 1307.3 - Driven Uncased Piles......................................................... 13-13 1307.4 - Enlarged Base Piles ........................................................... 13-14 1307.5 - Steel Cased Piles................................................................. 13-14 SECTION 1308 - PRECAST CONCRETE PILES ........................ 13-15 1308.1 - General.............................................................................. 13-15 1308.2 - Reinforced Piles ................................................................ 13-15 1308.3 - Prestressed Piles ................................................................ 13-16 SECTION 1309 - TIMBER PILES.................................................. 13-16 1309.1 - Materials ........................................................................... 13-16 1309.2 - Preservative Treatment...................................................... 13-16 1309.3 - Allowable Stresses............................................................. 13-16 1309.4 - End Bearing Piles .............................................................. 13-17 SECTION 1310 - COMPOSITE PILES .......................................- 13-17 1310.1 - Design ............................................................................... 13-17 1310.2 -- Limitation of Load ............................................................ 13-18 1310.3 - Splices ............................................................................... 13-I8 SECTION 1311 - CAISSON PILES 13-18 1311.1 - Construction........................................................... ...... 13-18 1311.2 - Design ............................................................................... 13-18 1311.3 --- Material....................... ......... 13-18 1311.4 - Structural Core.................................................................. 13-18 1311.5 - Allowable Stresses .. 13-19 1311.6 - Installation ........................................................................ 13-19 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE j __. __.__ .......... ............_ __.._ _AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CNIh AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER. i' CHAPTER XIV - MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1401 - GENERAL............................................................ 14-1 SECTION 1402 - MATERIALS ........................................................ 14-1 1402. 1 - Brick.................................................................................... 14-1 1402.2 - Structural Clay Tile............................................................. 14=2 1402.3 --- Cermaic and Salt Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile .or Brick .................................................... 14-2 1402.4 - Hollow and Solid Concrete Masonry Units......................... 14-2 1402.5 - Plain Concrete..................................................................... 14-2 1402.6 - Natural Stone...................................................................... 14-2 1402.7 - Architectural Terra Cotta and Ceramic Veneer ................... 14-3 �-- 1402.8 - Structural Glass Block Units ............................................... 14-3 1402.9 - Mortar and Grout Materials, Proportions andWorkability .................................................................. 14-3 1402.10 - Types of Mortar Required................................................... 14-4 1402.12 - Ceramic Tile........................................................................ 14-5 SECTION 1403 - WORKING STRESSES....................................... 14-6 1403.1 - General Requirements ......................................................... 14-6 1403.2 - Working Stresses in Unreinforced Masonry ........................ 14-6 1403.3 - Higher Working Stresses ..................................................... 14-8 1403.4 - Allowable Stresses in Composite Walls ............................... 14-8 1403.5 - Allowable Stresses in Plain Concrete.................................... 14-8 t- 1403.6 - Concentrated Loads ..............................................i............. 14-9 1403.7 - Structural Analysis of Unreinforced Masonry..................... 14-9 SECTION 1404 - WALL THICKNESS............................................. 14-9 1404.1 - General................................................................................ 14-9 1404.2 -- Thickness of Bearing Walls................................................ 14-10 1404.3 - Thickness of Non-Bearing Walls........................................ 14-11 1404.4 - Foundation Walls.............................................................. 14-11 SECTION 1405 - LATERAL SUPPORT........................................ 14-11 1405.1 --- Exterior Walls ................................................................... 14-11 1405.2 - Bearing Partitions.............................................................. 14-12 - 1405.3 - Non-Bearing Partitions...................................................... 14-12 1405.4 - Method of Support............................................................ 14-12 1405.5 - Pilasters............................................................................. 14-13 1405.6 - Piers .................................................................................. 14-13 SECTION 1406 - PARAPET WALLS............................................. 14-13 1406.1 - General................_..................................,........................ 14-13 1406.2 - Solid Masonry, Hollow Masonry Parapet Walls ............... 14-14 1406.3 - Cavity Wall Parapets......................................................... 14-14 1406.4 - Reinforced Masonry Parapet Walls................................... 14-14 SECTION 1407 - BONDING.......................................................... 14-14 1407. 1 - General............................... .............................................. 14-14 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE _.......... .................. .............. .................. ....... _ ..................AGIiEBMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL RENAL YIES'I'HEREUNDER.- - 1407.2 - Bonding with Headers ....................................................... 14-14 1407.3 - Bonding with Metal Ties ................................................... 14-15 1407.4 - Bonding with Hollow Masonry Units................................. 14-15 1407.5 - Ashlar, Natural or Cast Stone........................................... 14-15 1407.6 - Masonry Bonded Hollow Walls......................................... 14-16 1407.7 - Bonding with Joint Reinforcement.................................... 14-16 SECTION 1408 - ANCHORAGE ................................................... 14-16 1408. 1 - General.............................................................................. 14-16 1408.2 - Roof Anchorage................................................................ 14-16 1408.3 - Floor Anchorage ............................................................... 14-17 1408.4 - Anchoring Intersecting Walls and Partitions ..................... 14-17 SECTION 1409 - MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS .......................... 14-18 1409.1 - Change in Wall Thickness ................................................. 14-18 1409.2 - Chases ............................................................................... 14-18 1409.3 - Supported Structural Members ......................................... 14-18 1409.4 - Support on Wood.............................................................. 14-18 1409.5 - Corbelling........................................................................- 14-19 1409.6 - Arches and Lintels............................................................. 14-19 140907 - Cold Weather Construction............................................... 14-19 1409.8 - Wetting of Masonry Units................................................. 14-19 1409.9 - Construction Precautions .................................................. 14-19 1409.10 - Use of Existing Walls ........................................................ 14-20 SECTION 1410 ---- GROUTED AND FILLED-CELL MASONRY... 14-20 1410.1 - General.............................................................................. 14-20 1410.2 - Mortar and Grout .........-•.................................................. 14-20 1410.3 - Bond.................................................................................. 14-21 1410.4 - Construction Requirements..................... ......... 14-21 SECTION 1411 --- REINFORCED MASONRY............................... 14-23 SECTION 1412 - REINFORCED GYPSUM CONCRETE............ 14-23 SECTION 1413 - STRUCTURAL GLASS BLOCK ...................... 14-23 1413.1 - Where Permitted ...................................0........................... 14-23 1413.2 - Size of Panels .................................................................... 14-23 1413.3 - Reinforcement of Exterior Panels...................................... 14-24 1413.4 Mortar............................................................................... 14-24 1413.5 - Expansion Joints............................................................... 14-24 SECTION 1414 --- VENEERED WALLS.......................................... 14-24 1414.1 -General.............................................................................. 14-24 1414.2 - Veneer of Structural Masonry Units.................................. 14-25 1414.3 - Support of Veneer of Masonry Units................................. 14-25 1414.4 Anchorage of Veneer of Masonry Units ............................ 14-25 1414.5 - Height of Veneer of Masonry Units................................... 14-25 1414.6 - Veneer of Nort-Structural Units......................................... 14-25 1414.7 - Anchorage General ... 14-25 1414.8 - Adhesion Type Anchorage 1414.9 - Metal Veneers.................................................................... 14-26 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 3 ............ ............. _.__. _._..__.__ ......._..AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. i i c-r. +v — "141Jb V Gl1GCC ..........................................I........................... 14-27 1414. 11 Attachment............... ........ ............................................. 14-27 1414. 12 —" Glass at Sidewalk Line ........................... 1414.13 — Joints................................................................................. 14-27 1414.14 Shelf Angles ...................................................................... 14-28 1414.15 — Mechanical Fastenings ..... ............................ ................... 14-28 1414.16 Flashing............................................................................. 14-28 CHAPTER XV - STEEL CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1501 — GENERAL.,......,................................... SECTION 1502 — STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION ....... 15-1 SECTION 1503 — COLD-FORMED STEEL CONSTRUCTION..... 15-1 SECTION 1504 — COLD-FORMED STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION......................—......,............................................ 15-1 SECTION 1505 --- OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST CONSTRUCTION............................................................... 15-1 SECTION 1506 — STRUCTURAL STEEL CABLES ...................._ 15-1 SECTION 1507 — WELDING .......... ......... 15-2 SECTION 1508 — HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS................................. 15-2 SECTION 1509 — MATERIAL STANDARDS ............. 15-2 CHAPTER XVI --- CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1601 — GENERAL............................................................. 16-1 SECTION 1602 -- CONCRETE DUALITY ....................................... 16-1 1602. 1 General................................................................................ 16-1 1602.2 — Selection of Concrete Proportions....................................... 16-1 1602.3 — Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete .............................. 16-5 SECTION 1603 — MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS........................... 16-7 SECTION 1604 — MINIMUM CONCRETE STRENGTH ................ 16-7 -" CHAPTER XVII --- WOOD CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1700 --- GENERAL............................................................ 17-1 1700.1 — General................................................................................ 17-1 1700.2 — Determination of Required Sizes......................................... 17-2 1700.3 — Quality of Materials ............................................................ 17-2 1700.4 — Minimum Lumber Grades.................. ................................ 17-4 1700.5 -- End-Jointed Lumber ........................................................... 17-4 1700.6 — Moisture Content .................... .. 17-4 SECTION 1701 — CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ........................ 17-4 1701.1 — Preparation of Building Site................................................ 17-4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or l distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE,AGREEMENT,: _- -- AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1701.2 Removal of Debris .............................................................. 174 1701.3 - Foundations ........................................................................ 17-4 1701.4 - Mud Sills............................................................................. 17-5 SECTION 1702 - PROTECTION AGAINST DECAY AND TERMITES....................................................................................... 17-5 1702. 1 - Wood Supports Embedded in Ground ................................ 17-5 1702.2 Unexcavated Spaces ............................................................ 17-5 1702.3 - Sills on Exterior Walls and Continuous Foundations ........................................................................ 17-5 1702.4 - Sleepers and Sills on Concrete Slab..................................... 17-5 1702.5 - Posts or Columns Exposed to the Weather or in Basements and Cellars................................................. 17-5 1702.E Girders Entering Masonry Walls ......................................... 17-6 1702.7 - Clearance Between Siding and Earth................................... 17-6 1702.8 -Crawl Space Ventilation...................................................... 17-6 1702.8.1- Access to Crawl Space..................................................... ... 17-6 1702.9 - Approved Wood of Natural Resistance ............................... 17-6 1702.10 - Approved Pressure Preservative Treatment......................... 17-6 1702.11 - Approved Pre-Construction Soil Treatment........................ 17-6 1702.12 - Special Termite Protection .................................................. 17-6 1702. 13 - Structural Glued Laminated Timber.................................... 17-7 1702.14 - Structural Supports of Buildings, Balconies, Porches, or Similar Permanent Building Appurtenances Exposed to the Weather............................... 1.7-7 1702.15 - Wood Structural Members Supporting Moisture Permeable Floors or Roofs Exposed tothe Weather.................................................................... 17-7 SECTION 1703 - FIRE PROTECTION ........ 17-7 ................................... 1703.1 - Firestopping ....................................................................... 17-7 1703.2 - Draftstopping ..................................................................... 17-8 1703.3 - Fire Resistance Ratings ....................................................... 17-9 1703.4 - Fire Cuts ............................................................................. 17-9 SECTION 1704 - FASTENINGS...................................................... 17-9 1704.1 - Nailing and Stapling Requirements ..................................... 17-9 1704.2 - Other Fastenings ................................................................. 17-9 SECTION 1705 - FLOOR FRAMING .............................................. 17-9 1705.1 - Sills on Foundations............................................................ 17-9 1705.2 Beams and Girders ............................................................ 17-10 1705.3 - Floor Joists ....................................................................... 17-10 1705.4 - Framing Around Openings................................................ 17-11 1705.5 Joists Supporting Partitions .............................................. 17-11 1705.6 - Subfloors........................................................................... 17-11 1705.7 - Plank-and-Beam Framing ................................................ 17-12 1705.8 - Anchorage of the Floor Framing to Masonry Walls.......... 17-13 1705.9 - Stair Framing ..... 17-13 I Copyright t RESERVED. g ICC.No further ion or distributionauthorizeauthorized.ANYUNAU UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAICOPYRIGHTACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SECTION 1706 — VERTICAL FRAMING....................................... 17-13 1706. 1 — Exterior Wall Framing ...................................................... 17-13 1706.2 ---- Bracing of Exterior Stud Walls.......................................... 17-13 1706.3 — Openings in Exterior Walls................................................ 17-15 1706.4 — Post and Beam Framing.................................................... 17-16 1706.5 — Interior Bearing Partitions................................................. 17-16 1706.6 — Interior Non-Bearing Partitions......................................... 17-16 1706.7 — Cutting, Notching and Bored Holes........................... ........ 17-17 1706.8 — Exterior Wall Coverings.................................................... 17-17 SECTION 1707 — ROOF AND CEILING FRAMING..................... 17-19 1707. 1 — Ceiling Joist and Rafter Framing ...................................... 17-19 1707.2 -- Trussed Rafters ................................................................. 17-19 `-- 1707.3 — Roof Joists ........................................................................ 17-20 1707.4 — Roof Sheathing ................................................................. 17-20 1707.5 — Plank and Beam Roofs...................................................... 17-21 1707.6 - Anchorage of Roof Framing to Masonry Walls ...............1 17-21 1707.7 - Access to Attic Space ..................... ............................ 17-21 1707.8 — Ventilation of Attic Space ................................................. 17-22 1707.9 — Roof Covering................................................................... 17-22 SECTION 1708 — FRAMING AT CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES................................................................................. 17-22 1708.1 — Framing Members ............................. ............................... 17-22 1708.2 — Fireplace Trim................................................................... 17-22 TABLE 1704.1— FASTENING SCHEDULE ................................... 17-23 TABLE 1705.6A — ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PLYWOOD FLOOR AND ROOF SHEATHING CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS AND FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS ................ ....... 17-26 . ................. ............................. TABLE 1705.6B — ALLOWABLE LOADS FOR PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS AND FACE GRAIN PARALLEL TO SUPPORTS.......... 17-27 Table 1705.6C ---- ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PLYWOOD COMBINATION SUBFLOOR-UNDERLAYMENT...................... 17-27 Table 1705.61) --- PLYWOOD EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS ... 17-28 Table 1706.3 — MAXIMUM SPANS FOR HEADERS .................... 17-29 SUPPLEMENT "A" TO CHAPTER XVII — PLYWOOD DIAPHRAGMS .............................................................................. 17-30 SUPPLEMENT "B" TO CHAPTER XVII — PARTICLEBOARD DIAPHRAGMS ................. .. 17-34 CHAPTER XVIII - LATHING, PLASTERING AND GYPSUM WALLBOARD SECTION 1800 — GENERAL............................................................ 18-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _._. ......._. _.._.. ................. _....AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER: SECTION 1801 - MATERIALS ........................................................ 18-1 SECTION 1802 - APPLICATION OF INTERIOR LATHING AND PLASTERING....................................................... 18-2 SECTION 1803 - APPLICATION OF EXTERIOR LATHING AND PLASTERING....................................................... 18-3 SECTION 1804 - PNEUMATICALLY PLACED PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER........................................................................ 18-3 SECTION 1805 - APPLICATION OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD.................................................................................. 18-3 SECTION 1806 ----- APPLICATION OF LIGHT GAUGE STEEL STUDS ................................................................. 18-3 SECTION 1807 - ALLOWABLE PARTITION HEIGHTS............_ 18-4 SECTION 1808 - VERTICAL GYPSUM BOARD DIAPHRAGMS ................................................................................ 18-4 1808.1 General................................................................................ 18-4 1808.2 — Wall Framing...................................................................... 18-4 1808.3 — Application.......................................................................... 18-4 1808.4 — Masonry and Concrete Construction................................... 18-5 CHAPTER XIX -- RAT-PROOF CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1900 --- RAT-PROOFING................................................. 19-1 SECTION 1901 — OCCUPANCY ..................................................... 19-1 1901.1 — General................................................................................ 19-1 1901.2 Existing or New Buildings ................................................... 19-1 SECTION 1902 — CONSTRUCTION............................................... 19-2 1902.1 - Masonry Construction and Concrete Floors........................ 19-2 1902.2 — Pier and Wood Construction............................................... 19-2 1902.3 —Curb or Farmer's Market .................................................... 19-3 CHAPTER XX - LIGHT, VENTILATION AND SANITATION SECTION 2001 - LIGHT AND VENTILATION...............................20-1 2001. 1 — Minimum Requirements......................................................20-1 2001.1.1— Room Dimensions...............................................................20-1 2001.2 — Alcoves................................................................................20-2 2001.3 —Toilets ......20-2 2001.4 — Mechanical Ventilation........................................................20-2 SECTION 2002 - SANITATION ......................................................20-3 2002. 1 —Toilet Facilities....................................................................20-3 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i 3 _. _.............. ...._.._. ____. _._.. _...-AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CNIh AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER....... 2002.2 — Surrounding Materials ........................................................20-3 2002.3 Showers...............................................................................20-3 2002.4 —Joints............................................................... . ...............20-3 CHAPTER XXI - SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION SECTION 2101 — GENERAL............................................................21-1 2101.1 — Allowable Use of Public Property During Construction...... 21-1 2101.2 — Where Covered Walkways are Required..............................21-1 2101.3 —Construction of Walkways Fences and Protective N.— Coverings ............................................................................21-2 2101.4 -- Walkways Over Excavated Areas ........................................ 21-2 2101,5 — Storage of Materials Over Walkways ..................................21-3 2101.6 -- Walkways to be Kept in Repair...........................................21-3 2101.7 Cleaning of Sidewalks and Streets.......................................21-3 2101.8 — Red Lights Required ...........................................................21-3 2101.9 —Safety Requirements During Construction..........................21-3 '- 2 10 1.10 — Protection of Roofs and Skylights of Adjoining Buildings.............................................................21-4 CHAPTER XXII - USE OF PUBLIC PROPERTY SECTION 2201 — GENERAL....................... .....22-1 2201.1 — Doors and Windows.......... . ...............................................22-1 2201.2 — Marquees, Canopies or Fixed Awnings ...............................22-1 2201.3 — Movable Awnings (Metal or Canvas) ..................................22-1 2201.4 — Prohibited Locations...........................................................22-1 2201.5 — Construction Requirements .................................................22-2 2201.6 — Roof Drainage Required .....................................................22-2 SECTION 2202 -- OTHER PROJECTIONS.....................................22-2 2202.1 General.,.......... .................. ........................ 22-2 2202.2 — Sidewalk or Street Obstructions ..........................................22-2 SECTION 2203 — SPACE UNDER PUBLIC PROPERTY...............22-2 2203.1 — Space Under Sidewalk.........................................................22-2 2203.2 — Sidewalk Lights ...................................................................22-2 SECTION 2204 ---- MOVING OF BUILDINGS.................... .22-3 2204. 1 — General................................................................................22-3 2204.2 — Written Application.............................................................22-3 2204.3 -- Building Official Shall Reject When ...........22-3 2204.4 — Bond Required ....................................................................22-3 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar ts,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE d .............. -___ _......_ ____. ___.. _--AGREEMENT,-AND SUB)EC'I"FO-CIVIUAND GRIMINAZ PENAZ'I'IES'I'HEREUNDER: _ __. 2204.5 — Notices to be Given by Building Official..............................22-4 2204.6 — Public Safety Requirements.................................................22-4 2204.7 — Improvements By Owner, Required.....................................22-4 CHAPTER XXIII ---- SIGNS AND OUTDOOR DISPLAYS SECTION 2301 — GENERAL............................................................23-1 2301.1 --- Outdoor Advertising Displays .............................................23-1 2301.2 — Classifications......................................................................23-1 2301.3 — Permits Required.................................................................23-2 2301.4 — Identification of Signs .........................................................23-2 2301.5 — Sign Inspection....................................................................23-2 2301.6 — Unsafe Signs. ......................................................................23-2 2301.7 Maintenance........................................................................23-2 2301.8 — Unlawful Signs ....................................................................23-3 2301.9 — Location Restrictions .................................................... 23-3 2301. 10 — Signs Projecting Over Public Property ................................23-3 SECTION 2302 — STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS.....................23-3 2302. 1 — Design and Stress Diagrams Required.................................23-3 2302.2 — Wind Pressure .....................................................................23-.3 2302.3 — Working Stresses.......................................................... ......23-3 SECTION 2303 — CONSTRUCTION................................................23-4 2303.1 — Ground Signs ......................................................................23-4 2303.2 — Roof Signs...........................................................................23-4 2303.3 — Wall Signs ...........................................................................23-5 2303.4 — Projecting Signs...................................................................23-5 2303.5 — Marquee Signs.....................................................................23-6 2303.E Spectacular Signs ..........................................................—...23-6 SECTION 2304 — USE OF PLASTIC MATERIALS ........................23-6 CHAPTER XXIV - ELEVATORS, DUMBWAITERS, ESCALATORS, MOVING WALKS SECTION 2401 — ELEVATORS, DUMBWAITERS, ESCALATORS, MOVING WALKS.................................................24-1 2401.1 General................................................................................24-1 2401.2 — Specific Requirements .........................................................24-1 2401.3 — Manlifts....... .......................................................................24-2 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ___ _._..... .............._. _._._AGI2EEMEN'I;AND SUBJEC'i'TOCIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENRZ PIES THEREUNUEI2:... __..... _.._... ___._ __.... CHAPTER XXV -PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTION SECTION 2501 — GENERAL......................... ............2S-1 SECTION 2502 — LOADS................................................. SECTION 2503 — STRUCTURAL DESIGN.....................................25-1 SECTION 2504 — TESTS..................................................................25-1 SECTION 2505 — PLYWOOD...........................................................25-2 CHAPTER XXVI - LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTICS SECTION 2601 -- GENERAL............................................................26-1 2601. 1 — Scope...................................................................................26-1 2601.2 Definitions...........................................................................26-1 2601.3 — Design and lnstallartion........................................................26-2 SECTION 2602 — GLAZING OF UNPROTECTED OPENINGS......................................................................................26-2 2602. 1 General................................................................................26-2 26.02.2 — Exceptions...........................................................................26-3 SECTION 2603 --- EXTERIOR WALL PANELS................................26-3 2603. 1 —General................................................................................26-3 2603.2 — Exceptions.............. ..........................................................26-3 SECTION 2604 — ROOF PANELS ...................................................26-4 2604. 1 General................................................................................26-4 2604.2 — Limitations..........................................................................26-4 2604.3 Exceptions...........................................................................26-5 SECTION 2605 — SKYLIGHTS ........................................................26-5 2605. 1 — General................................................................................26-5 2605.2 — Exceptions...........................................................................26-6 2605.3 — Combination of Roof Panels and Skylights.........................26-6 SECTION 2606 — LIGHT DIFFUSERS IN CEILINGS ....................26-6 2606. 1 — Light Diffusing Systems ......................................................26-6 2606.2 — Electrical Lighting Fixtures .................................................26-7 2606.3 Area Limitations .................................................................26-7 SECTION2607 — PARTITIONS.......................................................26-7 SECTION 2608 — EXTERIOR VENEER................... .............26-7 2608. 1 — General................................................................................26-7 i I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar I5,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or n distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEr __......._AGREEMBNT;AND SUBJECT.TO.CIVIL AND CRIMINAL.P.EN.ALTIES THEREUNDER.__ SECTION 2609 — AWNINGS AND SIMILAR SHELTERS .............26-7 SECTION 2610 — GREENHOUSES.................................................26-7 SECTION 2611 — SIGNS AND OUTDOOR DISPLAYS.................26-7 SECTION 2612 — BATHROOM ACCESSORIES............................26-7 CHAPTER XXVII - GLASS SECTION 2701 — LABELING...........................................................27-1 SECTION 2702 — LOUVERED WINDOWS OR JALOUSIES.....................................................................................27-1 SECTION 2703 — HUMAN IMPACT LOADS..................................27-1 2703.1 — General................................................................................27-1 2703.2 — Hazardous Locations............................................................27-1 2703.3 — Wind Loads.........................................................................27-2 SECTION 2704 --- GLASS SUPPORTS............................................27-2 CHAPTER XXVIII - ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION SECTION 2801 — GENERAL............................................................28-1 SECTION 2802 — STRUCTURAL ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION...........................................................................28-l CHAPTER XXIX - ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS SECTION 2901 — GENERAL...........................................................29-1 SECTION 2902 — ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS ..............................29-1 CHAPTER XXX - LISTING OF REFERENCE STANDARDS SECTION 3001 — GENERAL............................................................30-1 SECTION 3002 ORGANIZATIONS..............................................30-8 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,F,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FF,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICF.NSF, ; ....___ ___. _._.... ............. _._AGREEMENT,AND.SUBIF..CT.T.O.CIV.ZL.AND..CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Reference Index The purpose of this Reference Index is to catalog by name and address those agencies, associations, institutes and others who are referred to in this code by name, initials or symbols. Further there are those listed, for conven- ience, whose technical and other services are made available to the Building Official. AA Aluminum Association 818 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006 ACI American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150, Detroit, Michigan 48219 AHA American Hospital Association 840 N. Lakeshore Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60611 AHBA American Hardboard Association 887-B Wilmette Road, Palatine, Illinois 60067 AIA American insurance Association 85 John Street, New York, New York, 10038 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. Wrigley Bldg. 400 N. Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036 A1TC American institute of Timber Construction 333 West Hampden Avenue, Englewood, Colorado 80110 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018 A PA American Plywood Association 1119 A Street, Tacoma, Washington 98401 API American Petroleum Institute 1801 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006 ARIB Asphalt Roofing Industry Bureau 750 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10017 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or !, distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .... ... ---- .. .. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL;AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.-- -- ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E. Atlanta, Georgia 30329 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 A W PA American Wood Preservers Association 1625 1 Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006 A W Pi American Wood Preservers Institute 1651 Old Meadow Road, McLean, Virginia 22101 A W PB American Wood Preservers Bureau P.O. Box 6085, Airlington, Virginia 22206 AWS American Welding Society, Inc. 2501 N.W. 7th Street, Miami, Florida 33125 BIA Brick Institute of America 1750 Old Meadow Road, McLean, Virginia 22101 NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute 1130 17th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 N. Plum Grove Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60195 CS Commercial Standards (U.S. Dept. of Commerce) Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 FPL Forest Products Laboratory United States Department of Agriculture Madison, Wisconsin 53705 FS Federal Specifications Supt. of Documents, Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20234 GA Gypsum Association 1603 Orrington Avenue, Evanston, Illinois 60201 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or � distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE d AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. GOAA General Outdoor Advertising Association 22 Grand Street, New Rochelle, New York 10801 H1 The Hydronics Institute 35 Russo Place, Berkeley Heights, New Jersey 07922 ti.�. HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturer's Association P.O. Box 6246, Arlington, Virginia 22206 IMIAWC International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council 208 South LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60604 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association 2130 Keith Building, Cleveland, Ohio 44115 MCA Manufacturing Chemists' Association, Inc. 1825 Connecticut Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20009 MHMA Mobile Homes Manufacturers Association 14650 Lee Road, Chantilly, Virginia 22021 MLA Metal Lath Association 221 N. LaSalle St., Suite 1507, Chicago, Illinois 60601 NAB M National Association of Building Manufacturers 1619 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 NAHB National Association of Home Builders 15th & M Streets, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 NASFCA National Automatic Sprinkler and Fire Control Association, Inc. 45 Kensico Drive, Mt. Kisco, New York 10549 NBS National Bureau of Standards (U.S. Dept. of Commerce) Supt. of Documents, Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20402 NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association 2302 Horse Pen Road, P.O. Box, 781, Herndon, Va. 22070 NEI National Elevator Industry, Inc. 600 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10016 Copyright O 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED RliPR011UC'I'ION OR UIS'1'RIBU'I'ION IS A VIOLATION OF 1'Hh bLDLRAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSh � ........ __.... _. _.. ....AGREEMLNT�AND SUBJECT"PO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:.............. - NESCA National Environmental Systems Contractors 1501 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22209 NFiPA National Fire Protection Association 470 Atlantic Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02210 NFPA National Forest Products Association 1619 Massachussetts Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036 N LA National Lime Association 4000 Brandywine Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 NMWIA National Mineral Wool Association, Inc. 382 Springfield Avenue — Suite 312 Basset Building Summit, New Jersey 07901 N PA National Particleboard Association 2306 Perkins Place, Silver Springs, Maryland N PCA National Pest Control Association 250 West Jersey Street, Elizabeth, New Jersey 07202 OS U Ohio State University, Engineering Experiment Station 2070 Neil Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43210 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road, Skokie, Illinois 60076 PC[ Prestressed Concrete Institute 20 N. Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606 PFS Product Fabrication Service 1618 West Beitline Highway, Madison, Wisconsin 53713 P1 Perlite Institute 45 West 45th Street, New York, New York 10036 PTL Pittsburg Testing Laboratory 1330 Locust Street, Pittsburg, Pennsylvania 15219 RCSHSB Red Cedar Shingle and Handsplit Shake Bureau 5510 White Building, Seattle, Washington 98101 SGA Southern Gas Association 4230 LBJ Freeway, Suite 414, Dallas, Texas 75234 SJl Steel Joist Institute 1703 Parham Road, Richmond, Virginia 23229 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE —__. .................. ..............- -,__.. ............. ......._..AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.__-. SMACCNA Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractor's Nat. Assn. 8224 Old Court House Rd., Vienna, Virginia 22180 SFPA Southern Forest Products Association P.O. Box 52468 New Orleans, La. 70152 SPI Society of Plastics Industry, Inc. 355 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017 SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau P.O. Box 846, Pensacola, Florida 32502 SWI Steel Window Institute 2130 Keith Building, Cleveland, Ohio 44115 S W R I Southwest Research Institute 8500 Culebra Road, San Antonio, Texas78228 TCA Tile Council of America P.O. Box 326, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 TPI Truss Plate Institute 2400 East Devon, Des Plaines, Illinois 60018 ULI Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, Illinois 60062 W W PA Western Wood Products Association 1500 Yeon Building, Portland, Oregon 97204 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction orI distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .__AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER._._ ___ Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE I-ICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL,AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER CHAPTER I ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101 — TITLE AND SCOPE 101.1— TITLE The provisions embraced within the following chapters and sections shall constitute and be known and may be cited as "The Building Code' hereinafter referred to as "this code." 101.2 — CODE REMEDIAL (a) This code is hereby declared to be remedial, and shall be construed to secure the beneficial interests and purposes thereof ---- which are public safety, health, and general welfare — through structural strength, stability, sanitation, adequate light and ventilation, and safety to life and property from fire and other hazards incident to the construction, alteration, repair, removal demolition, use and occupancy of buildings, structures, or pre- mises. (b) Quality control of materials and workmanship is not within the pur- view of this code except as it relates to the purposes stated herein. 101.3 — SCOPE (a) The provisions of this code shall apply to the construction, altera- _ tion, repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, maintenance, remo- val and demolition, of every building or structure or any appurtenances connected or attached to such buildings or structures. (b) The provisions of this code shall not be held to deprive any federal or state agency, or any applicable governing body having jurisdiction, of any power or authority which it had on the effective date of this act or of any remedy then existing for the enforcement of its orders, nor shall it deprive any individual or corporation of its legal rights as provided by law. (c) The appendices included in this code are not intended for enforce- ment unless specifically referenced in the code text or they are specifically included in the adopting ordinance by the applicable governing body. 101.4 — EXISTING BUILDINGS (a) Alterations, repairs or rehabilitation work may be made to any exist- ing building without requiring the building to comply with all the require- ments of this code provided that the alteration, repair or rehabilitation work conforms to the requirements of this code for new construction. The building official shall determine, subject to appeal to the Board of Adjust- ments and Appeals the extent, if any, to which the existing building shall be made to conform to the requirements of this code for new construction. (b) Alterations, repairs or rehabilitation work shall not cause an existing building to become unsafe as defined in Section 103.4. (c) If the occupancy classification of an existing building is changed, the building shall be made to conform to the intent of this code for the new occupancy classification as established by the building official. I-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE t ---- - - - - AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT TO CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (d) Repairs and alterations, not covered by the preceding paragraphs of this section, restoring a building to its condition previous to damage or deterioration, or altering it in conformity with the provisions of this code or in such manner as will not extend or increase an existing non- conformity or hazard, may be made with the same kind of materials as those of which the building is constructed; but not more than twenty-five (25) percent of the roof covering of a building shall be replaced in any period of twelve (12) months unless the entire roof covering is made to conform with the requirements of this code for new buildings. 101.5—SPECIAL HISTORIC BUILDINGS AND DISTRICTS The provisions of this code relating to the construction alteration, repair, enlargement, restoration, relocation or moving buildings or struc- tures shall not be mandatory for existing buildings or structures identified and classified by the state or local jurisdiction as Historic Buildings when such buildings or structures are judged by the building official to be safe and in the public interest of health, safety and welfare regarding any pro- posed construction, alteration, repair, enlargement, restoration, relocation or moving of buildings within fire districts. The applicant must submit complete architectural and engineering plans and specifications bearing the seal of a registered professional engineer or architect. 101.E---MAINTENANCE All buildings or structures, both existing and new, and all parts thereof, shall be maintained in a safe and sanitary condition. All devices or safe- guards which are required by this code in a building when erected, altered, or repaired, shall be maintained in good working order. The owner, or his designated agent, shall be responsible for the maintenance of buildings and structures. - SECTION 102—ORGANIZATION 102.1---BUILDING OFFICIAL (a) There is hereby established a department to be called the "Building Department," and the person in charge thereof shall be known as the Building Official. (b) The Building Official shall have had at least ten (10) years experience or equivalent, as an architect, engineer, building inspector, building con- tractor, or superintendent of building construction, or any combination of these for five (5) years of which he shall have been in responsible charge of work. He shall be appointed by the Chief Appointing Authority of the applicable governing body. His appointment shall continue. during good behavior and satisfactory service. He shall not be removed from office except for cause after full opportunity has been given hiin to be heard on specific charges before such Chief Appointing Authority. 102.2--INSPECTORS The Building Official, with the approval of the Chief Appointing Au- thority, may appoint such number of officers, inspectors, assistants, and 1-2 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of 1 distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __._..... .. .._.,_.... _.__ ................ .....AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER.._ other employees as shall be authorized from time to time. A person shall not be appointed as inspector of construction who has not had at least five (5) years experience as a building inspector, builder, engineer, architect, or as a superintendent, foreman or competent mechanic in charge of con- struction. 102.3—DEPUTY The Building Official may designate as his deputy an employee in the department who shall, during the absence or disability of the Building Official exercise all the powers of the Building Official. 102.4—RESTRICTIONS ON EMPLOYEES An officer or employee connected with the department, except one whose only connection is as a member of the board, established by this act, shall not be financially interested in the furnishing of labor, material, or appliances for the construction, alteration, or maintenance of a building, or in the making of plans or of specifications therefor, unless he is the owner of such building. Such officer or employee shall not engage in any work which is inconsistent with his duties or with the interests of the - department. 102.5—RECORDS The Building Official shall keep, or. cause to be kept, a record of the business of the department. The records of the department shall be open to public inspection. SECTION 103--POWERS AND DUTIES OF BUILDING OFFICIAL 103.1--RIGHT OF ENTRY The Building Official shall enforce the provisions of this code, and he, or his duly authorized representative, may enter any building, structure, or premises to perform any duty imposed upon him by this code. 103.2---STOP WORK ORDERS Upon notice from the Building Official, work on any building or struc- ture that is being done contrary to the provisions of this code or in a dangerous or unsafe manner, shall be immediately stopped. Such notice shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property, or to his agent, or to the person doing the work, and shall state the conditions under which work may be resumed. Where an emergency exists, written notice shall not be required to be given by the Building Official. 103.3--REVOCATION OF PERMITS The Building Official may revoke a permit or approval, issued under the provisions of this act, in case there has been any false statement or misre- presentation as to a material or fact in the application or plans on which the permit or approval was based. 1-3 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR UIS'TRIBU'I'ION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .......__ _._.. _... .._ _._._ _.......... ..........AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC"I"T6 CIVIL AND CRIMINAI:ISIiNAL4"fE5'PHEREUNUER:.... - _... _..._. 103.4—UNSAFE BUILDINGS All buildings or structures which are unsafe, unsanitary, or not provided with adequate egress, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life, or which in relation to existing use constitute a hazard to safety or health by reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapida- tion, obsolescence, or abandonment, are severally in contemplation of this section, unsafe buildings. All such unsafe buildings are hereby declared illegal and shall be abated by repair and rehabilitation or by demolition in accordance with the provisions of the Standard Code for the Elimination or Repair of Unsafe Buildings. 103.5—REQUIREMENTS NOT COVERED BY CODE Any requirement necessary for the strength or stability of an existing or proposed building or structure, or for the safety or health of the occupants thereof, not specifically covered by this code, shall be determined by the Building Official. 103.E-----ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND ALTERNATE METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION The provisions of this code are not intended to prevent the use of any material, or method of construction not specifically prescribed by this code, provided any such alternate has been approved and its use autho- rized by the Building Official. The Building Official shall approve any such alternate, provided he finds that the proposed design is satisfactory aid _ complies with the provisions of Chapter XII, and that the material, method, or work offered is, for the purpose intended, at least the equiva- lent of that prescribed in the code in quality, strength, effectiveness, fire- resistance, durability, and safety. The Building Official shall require that sufficient evidence or proof be submitted to substantiate any claim that may be made regarding its use. If, in the opinion of the Building Official, the evidence and proof are not sufficient to justify approval, the applicant may refer the entire matter to the Board of Adjustments and Appeals as stipulated in Section 111. 103.7—LIABILITY - Any officer or employee, or member of the Board of Adjustments and appeals, charged with the enforcement of this code, acting for the applica- ble governing body in the discharge of his duties, shall not thereby render himself , and he is hereby relieved from all personal liability for any dam- age that may accrue to persons or property as a result of any act required or permitted in the discharge of his duties. Any suit brought against any officer or employee because of such act performed by him in the enforce- ment of any provision of this code shall be defended by the Department of Law until the final termination of the proceedings. 103.8—REPORTS The Building Official shall annually submit a report to the Chief Admin- istrator covering the work of the department during the preceding year. He 1-4 = Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ---- ---- --- ----- ---AGREEMENT,-AND.SUB)F.CT..T.O.C;SVIS,..AND..C.RIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. shall incorporate in said report a summary of the decisions of the Board of Adjustments and Appeals during said year. SECTION 104—TESTS The Building Official may require tests or test reports as proof of corn pliance. Tests, if required, are to be made at the expense of the owner, or his agent, by an approved testing laboratory or other approved agency. Copies of such test reports or the results of all such tests shall be kept on file in the office of the Building Official. SECTION 105—APPLICATION FOR PERMIT 105.1—WHEN REQUIRED (a) Any owner, authorized agent, or contractor who desires to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish, or change the occupancy of a build- ing or structure, or to erect, or construct a sign of any description, or to install or alter fire-extinguishing apparatus, elevators, engines, or to install a steam boiler, furnace, heater, incinerator, or other heat producing appa- ratus, or other appurtenances, the installation of which is regulated by this code, or to cause any such work to be done, shall first make application to the Building Official and obtain the required permit therefor. (b) A general permit shall carry with it the right to install in any building or structure, or part thereof, heating apparatus, elevators, sidewalk eleva- tors, vaults, chutes, coal holes, lifts, cranes, derricks, steam power boilers, steam, oil, gas or vapor engines, provided the same are shown on the draw- ings and set forth in the specifications filed with the application for the permit; but where these are not shown on the drawings and covered by the specifications submitted with said application, special permits shall be required. (c) Ordinary minor repairs may be made with the approval of the Build- ing Offical without a permit, provided that such repairs shall not violate any of the provisions of this code. (d) See Section 501 for Temporary Structures. 105.2--FORM (a) Each application for a permit with the required fee, shall be filed with the Building Official, on a form furnished for that purpose, and shall contain a general description of the proposed work and its location. The application shall be signed by the owner, or his authorized agent. (b) Each application for a permit shall indicate the proposed occupancy of all parts of the building and of that portion of the site or lot, if any, not covered by the building or structure, and shall contain such other informa- tion as may be required by the Building Official. 105.3--DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS (a) When required by the Building Official, two (2) or more copies of specifications, and of drawings drawn to scale with sufficient clarity and detail to indicate the nature and character of the work, shall accompany every application. Such drawings and specifications shall contain informa- 1-5 Copyright O 1582 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant Co License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.......... .................. ...... _......._.. _.__. -—AGREEMENT{ANDSUBJECT Pf7CIVIL AND CRIMINALPENALTiES'1'HEREUNDERr.., _.. ___. tion, in the form of notes or otherwise, as to the quality of materials, where quality is essential to conformity with this code. Such information shall be specific, and this code shall not be cited as a whole or in part, nor shall the term "legal" or its equivalent be used, as a substitute for specific infor- mation. (b) The Building Official may require details, computations, stress dia- grams, and other data necessary to describe the construction and basis of calculations and they shall bear the signature of the person responsible for the design. (c) All drawings, specifications, and accompanying data shall bear the name and address of the designer. In the case of buildings or structures of Group E—Educational, Group I—Institutional and Group A—Assembly Occupancy, and all buildings or structures three (3) stories or more in height or five-thousand (5000) square feet in area, except one and two family dwellings, such designer shall be an architect or engineer legally registered under the laws of this state regulating the practice of architecture or engineering and shall affix his official seal to said drawings, specifica- tions and accompanying data. (d) Plans for all buildings shall indicate how required structural and fire-resistive integrity will be maintained where a penetration of a required fire-resistive wall, floor or partition will be made for electrical, mechanical, plumbing and communication conduits, pipes and systems and also indi- cate in sufficient detail how the fire integrity will be maintained where required fire-resistive floors intersect the exterior walls. 105.4—PLOT DIAGRAM The Building Official shall require drawings showing the location of the proposed building or structure and of every existing building or structure on the site or lot. He may also require a boundary line survey, if necessary, prepared by a qualified surveyor. 105.5—LIMITATION An application for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been abandoned six (6) months after the date of filing, unless before then a permit shall have been issued; provided that, for cause, one or more extensions of time for periods of not exceeding ninety (90) days each may be allowed by the Building Official. 105.6—EXAMINATION OF DRAWINGS (a) The Building Official shall examine or cause to be examined each application for permit and the drawings and computations filed therewith and shall ascertain by such examinations whether the construction. indi- cated and described is in accordance with the requirements of this code and all other pertinent laws or ordinances. (b) The Building Official may accept a sworn affidavit from a registered architect or engineer stating that-the plans submitted conform to the laws as to egress, type of construction and general arrangement and if accom- panied by drawings showing the structural design, and by a statement that 1-6 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ___.. ........... .............. _._..._. ................................AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIF,S THEREUNDER.. ... --.. - the plans and design conform to the requirements of this code as to strength, stresses, strains, loads and stability, he may without any examina- tion or inspection accept such affidavit, provided the Architect or Engineer who made such affidavit agrees to submit to the Building Official, on the completion of the structure a certification that the structure has been erected in accordance with the requirements of this code. Where the Build- ing Official relies upon such affidavit, the architect or engineer shall assume full responsibility for the compliance with all provisions of this code and other pertinent laws or ordinances. 105.7—STREET LINES A permit shall not be given by the Building Official for the construction of any building, or for the alteration of any building where said building is to be changed and such change will affect the exterior walls, bays, balco- nies, or other appendages or projections fronting on any street, alley or public lane, or for the placing on any lot or premises of any building or structure removed from another lot or premises, unless the applicant has made application at the office of the Director of Public Works for the lines of the public street on which he proposes to build, erect or locate said building; and it shall be the duty of the Building Official to see that the street lines are not encroached upon in any manner whatsoever, except as provided for in Chapter XXIL . SECTION :106- P.E:RINITS `- 1061 ACTION'ON"APPLICATION (a) A person, firm or corporation shall not erect, construct, enlarge, alter; repair, move, improve, remove, convert or demolish any building or structure in the applicable jurisdiction, or cause the same to=be done, with- out first obtaining a separate building,permit for such building or structure from the Building Official. (b) If the Building Official is satisfied that the work described in an application for permit and the drawings filed therewith conform to the requirements of this code and other pertinent laws and ordinances, he shall issue a permit therefor to the applicant. (c) If the application for a permit and the drawings filed therewith des- cribe work which does not conform to the requirements of this code or other pertinent laws or ordinances, the Building Official shall not issue a permit, but shall return the drawings to the applicant with his refusal to issue such permit. Such refusal shall, when requested, be in writing and shall contain the reason therefor. 106.2—CONTRACTORS LICENSE AND BOND REQUIRED It shall be the duty of every contractor or builder, who shall make con- tracts for the erection or construction or repair of buildings for which a permit is required, and every contractor or builder making such contracts and subletting the same, or any part thereof, to pay a license tax as pro- vided in the general license ordinance, and to register his name in a book provided for that purpose, with the Building Official, giving full name, 3 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zote 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECI'TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER...._ ............___ _.__. residence and place of business, and, in case of removal from one place to another to have made corresponding change in said register accordingly;. and it shall be the further duty of every such person to give .%ood and sufficient bond in a sum prescribed and as required by the administrative authority and approved by the Department of Law, conditioned to con- form to the building regulations, the regulations of this section, and other ordinances or laws of the applicable governing body in reference to buildings. 106.3—CONDITIONS OF THE PERMIT The Building Official shall act upon an application for a permit with plans as filed, or as amended, without unreasonable or unnecessary delay. A permit issued shall be construed to be a license to proceed with the work - and shall not be construed as authority to violate, cancel, alter, or set aside any of the provisions of this code, nor shall such issuance of a permit prevent the Building Official from thereafter requiring a correction of errors in plans or in construction, or of violations of this code. Every per- mit issued shall become invalid unless the work authorized by such permit is commenced within six (6) months after its issuance, or if the work auth- orized by such permit is suspended or abandoned .for a.period of six (6) months after the time the work is commenced; provided, that, for cause, one or more extensions of time, for:periods not exceeding ninety (90) days each, may be allowed.-and such extensions shall be in writing by the 9ili3d '- ing Official. 106.4—DRAWINGS TO BE KEPT AT SITE When the Building Official issues a permit, he shall endorse, in writing, or stamp, both sets of plans "Approved". One set of drawings so approved shall be retained by the Building Official and the other set shall be returned to the applicant. The approved drawings shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Official or his authorized representative. 106.5—PERMITS ISSUED UPON AFFIDAVITS Whenever a permit is to be issued in reliance upon an affidavit as pro- vided in Section 105.6(b) or whenever the work to be covered by a permit involves construction under conditions which, in the opinion of the Build- ing Official, are hazardous or complex, the Building Official shall require that the architect or engineer. who signed the affidavit or made the draw- ings or computations shall supervise such work, be responsible for its con- formity with the approved drawings, and forthwith upon its completion make and file with the Building Official written affidavit that the work has been done in conformity with the approved plans and with the Structural provisions of the code. In the event such architect or engineer is not avail- able, the owner shall employ in his stead a competent person or agency whose qualifications are approved by the Building Official. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS I RESERVED.IA� sed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ........._. .... ......................... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVILAND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER: 106.6—FOUNDATION PERMITS When application for permit to erect or enlarge a building has been filed and pending issuance of such permit, the Building Official may, at his dis- cretion, issue a special permit for the foundations of such building. The holder of such a special permit shall proceed at his own risk and without assurance that a permit for the superstructure will be granted. SECTION 107—FEES 107.1—GENERAL A permit shall not be issued until the fees prescribed in this section shall have been paid. Nor shall an amendment to a permit be approved until the additional fee, if any, due to an increase in the estimated.cost of the build- ing or structure, shall have been paid. 107.2-----FAILURE TO OBTAIN A PERMIT (a) if any person commences any work on a building or structure before obtaining the necessary permit from the applicable governing body, he shall be subject to the penalty prescribed herein. (b) Where construction is commenced before a permit is obtained, the permit fees shall be doubled. 107.3—ACCURATE:RECORDS: The Building Officialshall .keep a permanent and accurate accounting of a-11 permit fees and,.other monies:collected,•=thie!names of all persons upon whose account the same was paid; the date and amount_thereof. 107.4—SCHEDULE:OF PERMIT FEES' On all buildings, structures or alterations requiring a building permit, as -- set forth in Section 105, a fee for each building permit shall be paid as required at the time of filing application, in accordance with the schedule as established by the authority having jurisdiction. (See Appendix "K" for recommended fee schedules.) 107.5 BUILDING PERMIT VALUATIONS If, in the opinion of the Building Official, the valuation of building, alteration, or structure appears to be underestimated on the application, permit shall be denied, unless the applicant can show detailed estimated cost to meet the approval of the Building Official. Permit valuations shall include total cost, such as plumbing, electrical, mechanical equipment and other systems. SECTION 108—INSPECTIONS 108.1--INSPECTIONS—GENERAL (a) Before issuing a permit the Building Official may examine or cause to be examined any building for which an application has been received for permit to enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish, or change the occupancy thereof. He shall inspect all buildings and structures, from time to time, 1-9 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE ............. ...............AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAL'ITES'PHEREUNDER:._. ................ _._. _.._. .. - - __.... during and upon completion of the work for which a permit was issued. He shall make a record of every such examination and inspection and of all violations of this code. (b) When deemed necessary by the Building Official, he shall make an inspection of materials or assemblies at the point of manufacture or fabri- cation. He shall make a record of every such examination and inspection and of all violations of this code. (c) The Building Official may make, or cause to be made, the inspections required by this Section. He may accept reports of inspectors of recognized inspection services provided that after investigation he is satisfied as to their qualifications and reliability. A certificate called for by any provision of these requirements shall not be based on such reports unless the same are in writing and certified by a responsible officer'of such service. 108.2—INSPECTIONS REQUIRED (a) The Building Official shall inspect or cause to be inspected at various intervals all construction or work for which a permit is required, and a final inspection shall be made of every building or structure upon comple- tion, prior to the issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy, as required in Section 109. (b) Work requiring a building permit shall not be commenced-:until.the permit holder or his agent shall have posted the building-permit card..in a conspicuous place on the front of the. premises.°The permit .sha-ll be pro „. tected from the weather and located in such position as -to permit',.'t,he . Building Official to, conveniently make the required entries thereon. This .r.. permit card shall be maintained in.such position by the permit holder until the Certificate of Occupancy has been issued by the Building Official. (c) The Building Official upon notification from the permit holder or his agent shall make the following inspections of buildings and such other inspections as may be necessary, and shall either approve that portion of the construction as completed or shall notify the permit holder or his agent wherein the same fails to comply with the law: Foundation Inspection: To be made after trenches are excavated and forms erected. Frame Inspection: To be made after the roof, all framing, fireblock- ing and bracing is in place, all concealed wiring, all pipes, chimneys, ducts and vents are complete. Final Inspection: To be made after the building is completed and ready for occupancy. (d) Work shall not be done on any part of a building or structure beyond the point indicated in each successive inspection without first obtaining the written approval of the Building Official. Such written approval shall be given only after an inspection shall have been made of each successive step in the construction as indicated by each of the forego- ing three inspections. (e) Reinforcing steel or structural frame work of any part of any build- ing or structure shall not be covered or concealed in any manner what- Co pyright O r5sz ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. c1s�L to Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or j I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE `. ................ .............._.. ..._... ..........._ ......._.. _._-AGRELMEN'f;AND SUBJECT"I'O 6IVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENRLTIES''HEREUNDER--- ............................... ..... - .. - _ _. . ___. soever without first obtaining the approval of the Building Official, the designing architect or engineer. (f) In all buildings where plaster is used for fire protection purposes, the permit holder or his agent shall notify the Building Official after all lathing and backing is in place. Plaster shall not be applied until the approval of the Building Official has been received (See Chapter X). SECTION 109—CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY 109.1--WHEN REQUIRED A new building shall not be occupied or a change be made in occupancy or the nature or the use of a building or part of a building until after the Building Official shall have issued a certificate of occupancy therefor. Said - certificate shall not be issued until all required fire protection systems have been tested and approved. 109.2--CONTENTS OF CERTIFICATE Upon completion of a building hereafter erected_ in accordance with approved plans; and after the final inspection herein referred to, and upon application therefor,.the Building Official shall issue a certificate of occu- pancy_stating the nature of the occupancy permitted, the number of per- sons for each floor when limited,by law,the allowable load per square foot for:each.floor.in accordance with the provisions of this.code.. 109;3 F[A; TEMPOR:Y OCC:UPt�[NCY A.Jemporary,.--certificate.s of:occupancy may be issued for a portion or portions of a building:which may safely be occupied prior to final comple- tion of the building. 109.4—EXISTING BUILDINGS A certificate of occupancy for any existing building may be obtained by applying to the Building Official and supplying the information and data necessary to determine compliance with this code for the occupancy intended. Where necessary, in the opinion of the Building Official, two (2) sets of detailed drawings, or a general inspection, or both, may be required. When, upon examination and inspection, it is found that the building conforms to the provisions of this code for such occupancy, a certificate of occupancy shall be issued. SECTION 110—POSTING FLOOR LOADS 110.1—FLOOR LOADS (a) An existing or new building shall not be occupied for any purpose which will cause the floors thereof to be loaded beyond their safe capacity. The Building Official may permit occupancy of a building for mercantile, commercial, or industrial purposes, by a specific business, when he is satis- fied that such capacity will not thereby be exceeded. (b) It shall be the responsibility of the owner, agent, proprietor or occu- pant of Group S - Storage and Group F - Factory-Industrial occupancies, 1-11 I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE � . ....... _.............. ................ _.... ....__._._ __.....AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAh PF.NAITIF,STHERF,UNDF,R:.._ or any occupancy where excessive floor loading is likely to occur, to employ a competent architect or engineer in computing the safe load capacity. All such computations shall be accompanied by an affidavit from the architect or engineer stating the safe allowable floor load on each floor in pounds per square foot uniformly distributed; it shall thereupon be filed as a permanent record of the Building Department. 110.2—SIGNS REQUIRED In every building or part of a building used for business storage, indus- trial or hazardous purposes, the safe floor loads, as approved by the Build- ing Official, shall be marked on plates of approved design which shall be supplied and securely affixed by the owner of the building in a conspicuous place in each story to which they relate. Such plates shall not be removed or defaced, and if lost, removed or defaced, shall be replaced by the owner of the building. 110.3—LOADS IN EXCESS OF POSTED CAPACITY The owner shall not place, or permit to be placed, on any floor of a building a greater load than the safe load so determined and posted. SECTION 111—BOARD OF ADJUSTMENTS'AND APPEALS 111.1—APPOINTMENT There is hereby established a board to be called the .Board of Adjust ments and Appeals, which shall consist of five (5) members. Such Board°-` shall be composed of'one Architect, one General Contractor or Engineer and three Members at large from the building industry. The said Board shall be appointed by the Chief Appointing Authority. 111.2—TERM OF OFFICE Of the members first appointed two (2) shall be appointed for a term of one (1) year, two (2) for a term of two (2) years, one (1) for a term of three (3) years, and thereafter they shall be appointed for terms of four (4) years. Vacancies shall be filled for an unexpired term in the manner in which original appointments are required to be made. Continued absence of any member from regular meetings of the Board shall, at the discretion of the Chief Appointing Authority, render any such member liable to immediate removal from office. 111.3—QUORUM Three (3) members of the board shall constitute a quorum. In varying the application of any provisions of this code or in modifying an order of the Building Official, affirmative votes of the majority present, but not less than three (3) affirmative votes shall be required. A board member shall not act in a case in which he has a personal interest. 111.4—RECORDS The Building Official shall act as Secretary of the Board of Adjustments and Appeals and shall make a detailed record of all its proceedings, which - - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVEJ.u91c2esed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __.._. _............ .........._... __.._ .........._. AGREEMENT;AND SUB7ECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - .. ........................ shall set forth the reasons for its decisions, the vote of each member participat- ing therein, the absence of a member, and any failure of a member to vote. 1'11.5—PROCEDURE The board shall establish rules and regulations for its own procedure not inconsistent with the provisions of this code. The board shall meet at regu- tar intervals, to be determined by the Chairman, or in any event, the board shall meet within ten (10) days after notice of appeal has been received. SECTION 112—APPEALS 112.1—TIME LIMIT (a) Whenever the Building Official shall reject or refuse to approve the �-- mode or manner of construction proposed to be followed or materials to be used in the erection or alteration of a buidling or structure, or when it is claimed that the provisions of this code do not apply, or that an equally good or more desirable form of construction can be employed in any spe- cific case, or when it is claimed that the true intent,and meaning of this code or .any of the regulations .thereunder have been misconstrued or wrongly interpreted, the owner of such building or structure, or his duly authorized agent, may appeal from the decision of the Building Official to the Board of Adjustments and Appeals: Notice of appeal shall be in writ- :ing .and filed within ninety-(90) days after the decision is rendered by the Building Official. A fee of $10.00 shall accompany such notice of appeal. (b) In case of-a. building or structure.which, in the opinion of the Build- ng<Official, is unsafe or:dangerous,the Building Official may, in his order, limit the time for such appeal to a shorter period. Appeals hereunder shall -be on forms provided by the Building:Official:. SECTION 113—DECISIONS OF THE BOARD OF ADJUSTMENTS AND APPEALS 113.1—VARIATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS (a) The Board of Adjustments and Appeals, when so appealed to and after a hearing, may vary the application of any provision of this code to any particular case when, in its opinion, the enforcement "thereof would do manifest injustice, and would be contrary to the spirit and purpose of this code or public interest, or when, in its opinion the interpretation of the Building Official should be modified or reversed. (b) A decision of the Board of Adjustments and Appeals to vary the application of any provision of this code or to modify an order of the Building Official shall specify in what manner such variation or modifica- tion is made, the conditions upon which it is made and the reasons therefor. 113.2—DECISIONS (a) Every decision of the Board of Adjustments and Appeals shall be final, subject, however, to such remedy as any aggrieved party might have at law or in equity. It shall be in writing and shall indicate the vote upon 1-13 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENULTIES'IHEREUNDE x. the decision. Every decision shall be promptly filed in the office .of the Building Official, and shall be open to public inspection; a certified copy shall be sent by:mail or otherwise to the appellant and.a copy shall be kept publicly posted in the office of the Building Official for two weeks after filing. (b) The Board of Adjustments and Appeals shall, in every case, reach a decision without unreasonable or unnecessary delay. (c) if a decision of the Board of Adjustments and Appeals reverses or modifies a refusal, order, or disallowance of the Building Official, or varies the application of any provision of this code, the Building Official shall immediately take action in accordance with such decision. SECTION 114—VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES Any person, firm, corporation or agent who shall violate a provision of this code, or fail to comply therewith, or with any of the requirements thereof, or who shall erect, construct, alter, demolish or move any struc- ture, or has erected, constructed, altered, repaired, moved or demolished a building or structure in violation of a detailed statement or drawing;sub- mitted and approved thereunder, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. Each. such person shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for each and every day or portion thereof during which any violation of any of the provisions of this code is committed, or continued and upon conviction of any.such violation such person shall be punished within the limits and as provided by State.Laws. SECTION 115—VALIDITY If any section, sub-section, sentence,,clause or phrase of this Ordinance is ,. for any reason held to be unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Code. s 1-14 - - I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE , .............. _.._... _._._ _............AGRE.EMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:-- _._. _. CHAPTER iI DEFINITIONS SECTION 201—DEFINITIONS 201.1—GENERAL For the purpose of this Code, certain abbreviations, terms, phrases, words, and their derivatives, shall be construed as set forth in this Section. 201.2—TENSE, GENDER AND NUMBER Words used in the present tense include the future. Words in the mascu- line gender include the feminine and neuter. Words in the feminine and `- neuter gender include the masculine. The singular number includes the plu- ral and the plural number includes the singular. - ADDITION--is an extension or increase in floor area or height of a building or structure. ALLEY—means any public space or thoroughfare twenty (20) feet or less in width which has been dedicated or deeded for public use. ALTER OR ALTERATION—means any change or modification in construction or occupancy. AMUSEMENT DEVICE—means a mechanically operated device which. is used to convey persons-in.any direction as a:form of amusement. APARTM ENT--shalLmea•n:a dwelling,unit4s defined in this code. APARTMENT HOUSE'-is any-building or portion thereof used as a multiple dwelling for the purpose of providing three (3) or more separate dw6lling units which may share means. of egress and other essential facilities. APPLICABLE GOVERNING BODY—a city, county, state, state ag- ency or other political government subdivision or entity authorized to administer and enforce the provisions of this code, as adopted or amended. APPROVED—means approved by the building official or other author- ity having jurisdiction. ARCHITECT—within the meaning of this Code, shall be deemed to be a duly registered and licensed architect. AREA (building)---is the maximum horizontally projected area of the building at or above grade, exclusive of areas open and unobstructed to the sky. AREA (Gross Floor)—is the area within the inside perimeter of the exterior wails with no deduction for corridors, stairs, closets, thickness of walls, columns or other features, exclusive of areas open and unobstructed to the sky. AREA (Net Floor)—is the area actually occupied not including acces- sory unoccupied areas such as corridors, stairs, closets, thickness of walls, columns, toilet room, mechanical area or other features A.S.T.M.—means American Society for Testing and Materials. 3 ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY--(Defined in Section 404). 2-1 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE f -....._ ............... AGREEMENT;ANDSUBJECT'T.O..CIVIL AND CRIMINAL'�' L PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ATTIC STORY—means any story situated wholly or partly in the roof, so designated, arranged or built as to. be used for business, storage or habitation. AUTOMATIC—as applied to fire protection devices, is a device or sys- tem providing an emergency function without the necessity for human intervention and activated as a result of a predetermined temperature.rise, rate of rise of temperature, or combustion products, such as incorporated in an automatic sprinkler system, automatic fire door, automatic fire shut- ter, or automatic fire vent. AUTOMOBILE PARKING STRUCTURE—means a structure used for the parking or storage of automobiles. AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE STATION—(Defined in Section 405.4). BALCONY—means that portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised four (4) feet or more above the level of the main floor. BASEMENT—means that portion of a building between floor and ceil- ing, which is partly below and partly above grade, but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor below is less than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling. BEAM—a primary structural member supporting secondary.structural members, floor, roof,joists, and the like. BOILER—is a heatingappliance.intended.to supply. hot.,water.or-steam. BUILDING—means any structure built for the support, shelter .or enclosure of persons, animals, chattels, or property of any kind whicJi�has enclosing walls for fifty (50) percent of its perimeter. The term ' building" shall be as if followed by the words "or part thereof". .(For the purpose of this Code each portion of a building separated from other portions by a fire wall shall be"considered as a separate building). For the purpose of area and height limitations this definition shall be applicable to sheds and open sheds. SHED—means any structure built of the support, shelter or enclosure of persons, animals, chattels, or property of any kind which has enclos- ing walls for less than fifty (50) percent of its perimeter. OPEN SHED—means any structure that has no enclosing walls. BUILDING (existing)—is any structure erected prior to the adoption of this Code, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued. BUILDING OFFICIAL—is the officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of this code, or his duly authorized representative. BUILDING LINE—means the line, established by law, beyond which the building shall not extend, except as specifically provided by law. BUSINESS OCCUPANCY—(Defined in Section 405). CAST STONE—is a building.stone manufactured from cement concrete precast and used as a trim, veneer or facing on or in buildings or structures. CELLAR—means that portion of a building, the ceiling of which is Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Z72ed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or g distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE e _-.AGRF,EMENT,.AND.SUBJF..CT..TO.CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER,._ entirely below grade or less than four (4) feet six (6) inches above grade. (See STORY). CHIMNEY CONNECTOR—is the pipe which connects a fuel burning appliance to a chimney. CITY—(See definition APPLICABLE GOVERNING BODY.) COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL—a material which cannot be classified as non-combustible in accordance with that definition. COMMON-PROPERTY LINE--means a line dividing one lot from another when said lots are not of one ownership. COMPLIANCE REPORTS--a report indicating compliance with the provisions of the Standard Building Code as analyzed by the Committee on Research and Compliance of the Southern Building Code Congress International. CONCRETE—(See Chapter XVI.) CONDOMINIUM DWELLING UNIT—for the purpose of this code is an.apartment as defined in this code. CONSTRUCTION TYPES Type I— See Section 602 Type II-- See Section 603 Type III-- See Section 604 Type IV-- See Section 605: ,Type V— See Section 606 Type VI--.See Section.507. COVER'-ED 'MA-LL=is a'covered or-'roofed interior area used as a pedestrian public: way and 'connecting tenant spaces and/or groups of tenatnl spaces housing individual:or:multiple tenants. CURB LEVEL—referring to a building, .means the elevation at that.. point of the street grade that is opposite the center of the wall nearest to and facing the street line. DEAD END—means when a hallway, corridor or. other space is so arranged that a person therein is able to travel in one direction only in order to reach an exit. ..DEAD LOAD—(See Section 1202.). DISPLAY SIGN--means a structure that is arranged, intended, de- signed or used as an advertisement announcement or direction, and includes a sign, sign screen, billboard and advertising devices of every kind. DORMITORY---is a space in a unit where group sleeping accommoda- tions are provided with or without meals for persons not members of the same family group, in one room, or in a series of closely associated rooms under joint occupancy and single management, as in college dormi- tories, fraternity houses, military barracks, and ski lodges. DWELLING—when used in this Code without other qualifications, means a structure occupied exclusively for residential purposes by not more than two (2) families. DWELLING UNIT—is a single unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons including permanent provisions for 2-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE _._. -"...__.... __.. _.__..... ...__.. ...._...AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT"I'O-CIVIL AND CRIMINAZPlNAZIIESI'HLREUNUEI2....... living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation. I EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCY—(Defined in Section 406). ENGINEER—within the meaning of this Code, shall be deemed to be a duly registered and licensed engineer. EXISTING BUILDING—(See BUILDING—EXISTING). EGRESS, MEANS OF—See Definition, Sectin 1102. EXIT—See Definition, Sectin 1102. EXIT ACCESS—See Definition, Section 1102. FAMILY—means one or more persons living together, whether related to each other by birth or not, and having common housekeeping facilities. FIRE DISTRICT—(See Section 301.) FIRE DOOR—means a door and its assembly, so constructed and assembled in place as to give the specified protection against the passage of fire. FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING—means the time in hours that the material or construction will withstand the standard fire exposure: as determined by a fire test made in conformity with the "Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, ASTM El 19." FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD—shall be defined as any wood product which, when impregnated with chemicals by an approved pressure process, or by other approved means during manufacture shall, when tested in accordance with ASTM test designation E-84 Standard— Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building .Materials, haue a. flamespread classification of twenty-five(25) or less and show no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is continued fora f period of thirty (30) minutes. In addition, the flame front shall not pro- gress more than ten and one-half (10%) feet beyond the center line of the burners at any time during the test. All fire retardant wood products shall bear identification showing the flamespread classification thereof issued by an approved agency having a re-examination service. Where fire retardant treated wood products are to be subjected to sus- tained high humidity or exposed to weather, they shall be further identified as to indicate that there is no increase in the listed flamespread classifica- tion as defined above when subjected to ASTM D2898 Standard Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Fire Retardant Treated Wood for Fire Testing. Subsequent to treatment, fire retardant treated lumber and plywood shall be dried to a moisture content of nineteen (19) percent or less for lumber and fifteen (15) percent or less for plywood.. FIRE WALL—is a fire resistive wall, having protective openings, which restricts the spread of fire and extends continuously from the foundation to or through the roof and shall have sufficient structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of construction on either side without col- lapse of the wall. FLAME SPREAD—is the propagation of flame over a surface. 2-4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ..._..._.. _._._. ...._...._.... __.... __.AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES..THE.REUN.DER...... LISTED—Equipment or materials included in a list published by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, inspection agency or other organ- ization concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspec- tion of production of listed equipment or materials, and whose listing states either that the equipment or material meets nationally recognized standards or has been tested and found suitable for use in a specified manner. The means for identifying listed equipment may vary for each testing laboratory, inspection agency, or other organization concerned with product evaluation, some of which do not recognize equipment as listed unless it is also labeled. The authority having jurisdiction should utilize the system employed by the listing organization to identify a listed product. LOAD (live)—is the weight superimposed by the use and occupancy of the building, not including the wind load, earthquake load, or dead load. LOAD DURATION—is the period of continuous application of a given load, or the aggregate of periods of intermittent applications of the same load. LODGING HOUSE-is any building or portion thereof containing`noi ` more than five (5) guest rooms which are used by not more than five(5) guests where rent is paid in money, goods, labor or otherwise. A lodging house shall comply with.all the requirements for.dwellings. LOT---a.parcel of land considered.as a unit. .,MASONRY—means that form of construction, composed of stone, brick, concrete,,gypsum,..hollow clay tile, concrete;block or tile, or-other similar building<units or:materials:or. a:combination of these materiali. laid„ , up unit by unit and set in mortar. SOLID MASONRY—means masonry built without hollow spaces. MEZZANINE—one or more intermediate levels between the floor and ceiling of any story, with a total area of all mezzanines not exceeding one- third (1 f 3) that of the room or space in which they are located. MIXED TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION—has the meaning as set forth in Section 609 of this Code. MOTEL—shall mean hotel as defined in this Code. MULTIPLE DWELLING--has the same meaning as APARTMENT HOUSE. NONCOMBUSTIBLE BUILDING MATERIAL—is one which, in the form and thickness in which it is used, meets any of the following requirements: 1. Materials which pass the test procedure for defining non-combusti- bility of elementary materials set forth in ASTM E 136. 2. Materials having a structural base of noncombustible materials as defined in paragraph one, with a surfacing not more than one-eighth (%) inch thick which has a flamespread rating not greater than fifty (50) when tested in accordance with the method of test for surface burning character- istics of building materials set forth in ASTM E84. The term noncombustible does not apply to the flamespread characteris- tics of interior finish or trim materials. A material shall not be classed as 2-6 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE i AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT"fO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES-`i'HEREUNDER:... _... ._ _... _.._. FLAME SPREAD RATING—is that numerical value assigned to a material tested in accordance with "Methods of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, ASTM E84." FLOOR AREA—See Area (floor). FRONT OF LOT—means the front boundary line of a lot bordering on the street, and in the case of a corner lot, may be either frontage. GALLERY--means that portion of the seating space of an assembly room having a seating capacity of more than ten (10) located above a balcony. GARAGE—PRIVATE GARAGE—(See Section 412.6). GARAGE—PUBLIC GARAGE---means any garage other than a pri- vate garage. `-- GRADE—is a reference plane representing the average of finished ground level adjoining the building at all exterior walls. GRADE—with reference to lumber, means the division of sawn lumber into quality classes with respect to its physical and mechanical properties as defined in published lumber manufacturer's standard grading rules. HABITABLE SPACE--is a space in a structure for living, sleeping, eat- ing or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet compartments, closets, halls, storage or utility space, and similar areas are not considered habitable space. HEATING—(All definitions in Chapter Vill and Standard Mechanical Code.) HEIGHT-as. applied- to a° building; means the vertical distance from grade to the highest finished>roof`surface in the case of flat roofs or to a point at the average height-of roofs having a pitch of more than one (1) foot in four and one-half (4%2) feet; HEIGHT of a:building-in stories does not include basements and cellars, except as specifically provided other- wise. HEIGHT—as applied to a story, means the vertical distance from top to top of two successive finished floor surfaces. HEIGHT—as applied to a wall, means the vertical distance to the top measured from the foundation wall, or from a girder or other intermediate support of such wall. HOTEL—is any building containing six (6) or more guest rooms in- tended or designed to be used, or which are used, rented or hired out to be occupied or which are occupied for sleeping purposes by guests. INCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL—is synonymous with NONCOM- BUSTIBLE MATERIAL. INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCY---(Defined in Section 408). INNER COURT---an open unoccupied space bounded by the walls of the building, but located within the exterior walls of the building. INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY--(Defined in Section.409). INTERIOR LOT LINE—is synonymous with COMMON-PROPERTY LINE. LINTEL—means the beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall which supports the wall construction above. 2-S Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE . ............. _ AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. noncombustible building construction material which is subject to increase in combustibility or flamespread rating beyond the limits herein estab- lished through the effects of age, moisture or other atmospheric conditions. OCCUPANCY—is the purpose for which a building, or part thereof, is used or intended to be used. MIXED OCCUPANCY—means mixed occupancy as set forth in Sec- tion 403 of this Code. OWNER—is any person, agent, firm or corporation having a legal or equitable interest in the property. PARTITION—means an interior wall, other than folding or portable, that subdivides spaces within any story, attic or basement of a building. PENTHOUSE—is an enclosed structure above the roof of a building, other than a roof structure or bulkhead, occupying not more than one- third (1/3) of the roof area. PERMIT—is an official document or certificate issued by the authority having jurisdiction authorizing performance of a specified activity. PERSON—means a natural person, his heirs, executors, administrators, or assigns, and also includes a firm, partnership, or corporation, its or their successors or assigns, or the agent of any of the aforesaid. PLENUM--is an air compartment or chamber to which one or more -ducts are connected:and which forms part,of an air distribution system. PUBLIC SPACE—is a legal open space on the premises, accessible to a public way or street-,, such as- yards, courts or. open spaces permanently ` devoted :to public''use.:-which,-'abuts:'thefpremises, and .that is permanently maintained accessible to the Fire Department and free of all incumbrances that might.interfere with its use by the Fire Department. . REPAIR—is the reconstruction or renewal of any, part of an existing building for the purpose of its maintenance. REQUIRED—means"required by some provision of this Code. RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCY—(Defined in Section 411). ROOF STRUCTURE--is an enclosed structure on or above the roof of any part of a building. ROOM CAPACITY--(See Chapter XI). SEATING CAPACITY—(See Chapter XI). SELF-CLOSING—as applied to a fire door or other opening, means normally closed and equipped with an approved device which will insure closing after having been opened for use. SERVICE STATION--(Defined in Section 405.4). SHAFT—means a vertical opening extending through one or more sto- ries of a building, for elevators, dumbwaiter, light, ventilation, or similar purpose. SHALL--as used in this Code, is mandatory. SIGNS---(See Chapter XXIII). SMOKE DETECTOR—a smoke detector is an approved listed detector sensing either visible or invisible particles of combustion. 2-7 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ' _ - __ _._._ ___ _..'....._"AGRLLMEN'P;AND SUBJEY9`I"I`O-CIVIL AND CRIMINALPENAL"I'fES'1'HEREUNDER.:.............. .. ... . ...... _..._. _. SPECIAL OCCUPANCY—means Group H Hazardous occupancy, as set forth in Section 407 of this Code. SPRINKLERED—means equipped with an approved automatic sprink- ler system properly maintained. See Chapter IX. STANDPIPE—is an arrangement of piping, valves, hose outlets7 and allied equipment installed in a building or structure with outlets located in such a manner that water can be discharged through hose and nozzles for the purpose of extinguishing a fire. Standpipes are classified as either one of four types as follows: Class I—for use by fire departments and those trained in handling heavy fire streams (2%2-inch hose). Class 11—far use primarily by the building occupants until the arrival of the fire department (I%-inch hose). Class III—for use by either fire departments and those trained in handling heavy hose streams (2%2-inch hose) or by the building occu- pants (I%-inch hose). COMBINED SYSTEMS—is one where the water piping serves"both 2y2-inch outlets for fire department use and outlets for automatic sprinklers. DRY STANDPIPES—A fire line system. without. a constant water 4 supply and equipped with fire department :inlet, and outlet: connec- tions and installed,exclusively for the use of the fire department WET STANDPIPES—A.standpipe system, Class 1,.11. or_I11, :having a constant source of water supply under pressure at all times FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS—A hose connection at grade or street level for use by the fire department only for the purpose of supplying water to standpipes or sprinkler systems. STAGE—is a partially enclosed, unenclosed, or raised platform portion of an assembly building which is designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations or other entertainment wherein scenery, drops, or other effects may be installed or used. STAGE—WORKING--(Also Theatrical Stage — See Section 404.10) —a working stage is a partially enclosed portion of an Assembly Building, cut off from the audience section by a proscenium wall of masonry of not less than two (2) hour fire-resistive construction, and which is equipped with scenery, loft, gridiron, fly-gallery, and lighting equipment, and the proscenium opening shall be equipped with a fire-proof and smoke-proof curtain, and the depth from the proscenium curtain to the back wall shall be not less than fifteen (15) feet. STAGE, PLATFORM—a platform is a raised section of floor within the assembly hall or auditorium area, and setting on the floor thereof, not enclosed above the platform floor level, and usually a relatively small area compared to the auditorium seating area. A platform may be of perman- ent, temporary, or portable construction; it may have "flat" movable scen- ery and draw curtains. STAGE, ROSTR U M--(See "platform") usually used for single or small 2-S Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSF, - _ _.__.. .... __ _..__.... ..............AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECT TO CIVTT;AND CRIMINAL;I'EIVRLTTES THEREUNDER:'" ................ ................ ................ ._.__. ................ .............. __.. group of persons such as Iecturers, no scenery or curtains. May be per- manent, temporary, or portable. STAGE, DAIS--a small and low "platform" or "rostrum" may be placed on a "stage". May be permanent, temporary, or portable. STAGE, PODIUM—a small "dais" of size sufficient to accommodate one or two persons„ such as a band or orchestra conductor or a soloist. A "podium" may be located on a Stage, Platform, Rostrum, or Dais, or the floor of the audience section of a place of assembly. A podium is almost always a portable construction. STAIRWAY—means one (1) or more flights of stairs and the necessary landings and platforms connecting them, to form a continuous and unin- terrupted passage from one (1) story to another in a building or structure. STANDARD FIRE TEST—Means the fire test formulated under the procedure of the American Society for Testing and Materials as the "Methods" of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, ASTM El 19. STORY--is that portion of a building included between the upper sur- face of a floor and upper surface of the floor or roof next above. --� STREET—means any public thoroughfare (street, avenue, boulevard, park) or space, more than twenty (20) feet in width which has been dedi- cated or deeded to the public for public use. . STREET LINE—means a lot line dividing a lot from a street. STRUCTURE:--is_:thatwhich is built or.constructed: THEATER—means: a building, or part thereof, which contains an assembly hall with or without stage which may be equipped with curtains and permanent .stage scenery or mechanical, equipment adaptable to the showing of plays, operas, motion pictures, performances, spectacles and similar forms of entertainment. (See Section 404). TOWNHOUSE—is a single-family dwelling unit constructed in a series or group of attached units with property lines separating such units. VALUATION OR VALUE—as applied to a building, means the esti- mated cost to replace the building in kind. VENEER---means a facing attached to a wall for the purpose of provid- ing ornamentation, protection, or insulation, but not counted as adding strength to the wall. VERTICAL OPENING—is an opening through a floor or roof. WALL (bearing)—is a wall supporting any vertical load in addition to its own weight. WALL (nonbearing)—is a wall which supports no vertical load other than its own weight. WALL, CAVITY—means a wall built of masonry units or of plain con- crete, or a combination of these materials, so arranged as to provide an air space within the wall, and in which the inner and outer parts of the wall are tied together with metal ties. WALL, CURTAIN--means a non-bearnig wall between columns or 2-9 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUPHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO.CIVIL ...VIL AND CRIMINAL PlNAL17ES'I'HEREUNUER. piers and which is not supported by girders, or beams, but is supported on the ground. WALL, FACED—means a wall in which the masonry facing and back- ing are so bonded as to erect common action under load. WALL, EXTERIOR—means a wall, bearing or non-bearing, which is used as an enclosing wall for a building, other than a Party Wall or Fire Wall. WALL, FOUNDATION—means a wall below the first floor extending below the adjacent ground level and serving as support for a wall, pier, column or other structural part of a building. WALL OF MASONRY, HOLLOW—means a wall built of masonry units so arranged as to provide an air space within the wall, and in which the inner and outer parts of the wall are bonded together with masonry- units or steel. WALL, PANEL—means a non-bearing wall in skeleton or framed con- struction, built between columns or piers and wholly supported at each story. WALL, PARAPET—means that part of any wall entirely above the roof line. WALL, PARTY—a fire wall on an interior lot line, used or adapted for joint service between two (2) buildings. WALL {retaining}--is a wall designed to prevent the lateral displace- ment of soil or other material. WRITING—includes printing and typewriting. WRITTEN NOTICE—is a notification in writing delivered in person to the individual or parties intended, or delivered at, or sent by certified or : : registered mail to the last residential or business address of legal record. YARD--is an unoccupied open space other than a court. 2-10 = Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __. _...,. ................ ........._..._ _._. ----AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES CHAPTER III FIRE DISTRICT SECTION 301—GENERAL BUILDING RESTRICTIONS-- WITHIN THE FIRE DISTRICT •_, 301.1—GENERAL For the purpose of this Code a Fire District may be established. The Fire District shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 301.4. 301.2—TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION PERMITTED Within the Fire District every building hereafter erected shall be one of the following Types (except as permitted in Section 304). Type I Type II Type III Type IV Type V . 30.1.3--OTHER SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS (a) Exterior walls of buildings located in the Fire. District shall comply with the requirements specified in Chapter VI—except as set forth in Table 600. `~ (b) Every Group H:.Qcc,upancy shall be prohibited from location within the Fire District. -(c) Every building shall be fire protected throughout as specified for the various Types of Construction in Chapter VI. (d) Roof covering in the Fire District shall conform to the requirements �- of Type A or B—Roof Coverings as defined in Section 706. (e) In buildings two (2) stories or more in height (unless of Type III Construction; Sprinklered throughout; an Automobile Parking Structure; or surrounded on all sides by a permanently open space of not less than thirty (30) feet) all walls, floors, roofs, and their supporting structural members shall provide not less than one (1) hour fire resistance. (Tempor- ary partitions are set forth in Table 700). (f) Within the Fire District the exterior walls of Type IV Buildings shall provide the following fire resistance: 3-1 1 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or ,E distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ___...... .................. .........._... ........... _._....... __AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT—TO C;NIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIE;S'I'HERLUNDER..._ _.. 'FIRE RES. FIRE DISTRICT 2 A.) Buildings More Than One Story OR More Than 2000 Sq. Ft. in Area. Exterior Walls Except as pro- B.) One Story Buildings Not Exceeding vided in Table 2000 Sq. Ft. in Area. 600, Footnote I 2 1.) Walls facing and within 15 feet of common property or interior lot line. N.C.* 2.) Other walls. *noncombustible 301.4—SCOPE (a) The Fire District shall include such territory or portion as outlined in an Ordinance or law entitled "An Ordinance (Resolution) Creating and Establishing A Fire District." Whenever, in such ordinance creating and establishing a Fire District, reference is made to the Fire District, it shall be construed to mean the Fire District designated and referred to in this Chapter. (See Appendix "G" for recommended method-of establishing said Fire District.) (b) The Fire District complying with the provisions of this Section shall � be shown on a map, which shall be available to the public. SECTION 302—CHANGES TO BUILDINGS 302.1—EXISTING BUILDINGS WITHIN THE FIRE DISTRICT An existing building shall not be.hereafter increased in height unless it is of a type of construction permitted for new buildings within the Fire Dis- trict or is altered to comply with the requirements for such type of con- struction. Nor, shall any existing building be hereafter extended on any side unless such extensions are of a type of construction permitted for new buildings within the Fire District. 302.2—ALTERATIONS—GENERAL Nothing in this Section, however, shall prohibit other alterations within the Fire District provided there is no change of Occupancy that is other- wise prohibited and provided the fire hazard is not increased by such alteration. z 302.3—MOVING BUILDINGS Buildings shall not hereafter be moved into the Fire District or to another lot in the Fire District unless it is of a type of construction permit- ted in the Fire District. (See Section 2204—Regulations for Moving Buildings.) 3-2 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or d distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i ___. .................. ............AGREEMENT,AND SUBJF.CT TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES TFMREUNDER:.._._............ ...........___.. .. .. _....... __.. SECTION 303--BUILDINGS LOCATED 1N AND OUT OF THE FIRE DISTRICT Any building located partially in the Fire District shall.be of a type of construction required for the Fire District, unless the major portion of such building lies outside of the Fire District and no part is more than ten (10) feet inside the boundaries of the Fire District. Section 304-----EXCEPTIONS TO RESTRICTIONS IN FIRE DISTRICT The preceding provisions of this Chapter shall not apply in the following instances: 1. Temporary Buildings used in connection with duly authorized construction. 2. A private garage used exclusively as such, not more than one (1) story in height, nor more than six hundred and fifty (650) square feet in area, located on the same lot with a dwelling. 3. Fences not over eight (8) feet in height. 4. Coal Tipples, Material Bins, Trestles conforming to Section 412.5, 5. Water Tanks and Cooling Towers conforming to Section 713 and Section 714, 6. Greenhouses less than fifteen(15) feet high. 7. Porches on dwellings not over one (1) story in height; and not over ten (10) feet wide from the face of the building, provided such porch does not come within five(5) feet:.of any property line. 8. Display.,signs.as. provid'rr.d in Chapter XXIII. 9. Sheds open on a long side not over fifteen (15) feet high and five hundred (500) sq. ft. in area. 10. One and two family dwellings when of a type of construction not in the Fire District may be extended twenty-five (25) percent of the floor area existing at the time of inclusion in the Fire District by any type of construction permitted by this Code. SECTION 305—OUTSIDE THE FIRE DISTRICT Outside the Fire District, all types of construction are permitted pro- vided they comply with the provisions prescribed elsewhere in this Code that apply regardless of location. Roof Coverings shall conform to the requirements as defined in Section 706. 3-3 Copyright 0 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 1-5,2016 3:07:00 PM CC.No further reprod or distribution a thou ed.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE I,CF.NSE'AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL,AND CRIMINAI,PENALTIES THEREUNDER. j Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .............AGREEMEN'T;AND SUBJECT.TO"CIVIL:AND CRIMINAL PENALt'fLS.THEREUNDER:..... ....... __._ _._ _._.... CHAPTER IV CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING BY OCCUPANCY SECTION 401—CLASSIFICATION BY OCCUPANCY OR USE 401.1--GENERAL (a) Every new and existing building, structure or part thereof shall, for the purpose of this Code, be classified according to its use, or occupancy as a building or structure of one of the following occupancy groups: ASSEMBLY .(A) (Section 404) BUSINESS (B) (Section 405) EDUCATIONAL (E) (Section 406) HAZARDOUS (H) (Section 407) FACTORY-INDUSTRIAL (F) (Section 408) INSTITUTIONAL (I) (Section 409) MERCANTILE (M) (Section 410) RESIDENTIAL (R) (Section 411) STORAGE (S) (Section 412) (b) Each occupancy=grow.p-is.,intehde&to embrace buildings as hereinaf- ter defined and those of similar character or use. Wherever there is any uncertainty as to the classification of a .building, the Building Official shall determine the classification within which it falls,-according-to the life safety and relative fire hazard involved. SECTION 402—HEIGHT AND AREA 402.1—APPLICATION (a) For the purpose of this Code, "height" and "area", as applied to a building, has the meaning designated in Chapter 11, Definitions. (b) Allowable Heights and Floor Areas—The height and area for build- ings or structures of the different types of construction, shall be governed by the intended occupancy or use of the building, as provided for in this Chapter and shall not exceed the limits set forth in Table 400 except as modified in Section 402.2 and 402.3 and the specific use provisions of this chapter. For the purpose of this Code, each part of a building or structure included within fire walls shall be considered a separate building. (c) Area of Existing Building—A building heretofore erected shall not be extended to exceed the allowable floor area set forth in this chapter, gov- erned by the occupancy and type of construction. A building heretofore lawfully erected, which exceeds such area, may be extended horizontally, provided such extension does not exceed the area prescribed-and provided such extension is separated from the existing building by a fire wall as set forth in Section 402.1(b). 4-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or * I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ____. _.........".. .........._ __........ ...... . __._AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL;PE,NAhTIE5 THEREUNDER:..._ (d) Height of Existing Buildings—An existing building shall not be increased in height unless the entire building is altered to meet the require- ments of this Code for a new building of such increased height and floor areas. 402.2--HEIGHT MODIFICATIONS (a) Roof Structures—Church spires, chimneys, tanks and supports, aerial supports, parapet walls not over four (4) feet high, bulkheads and penthouses used solely to enclose stairways, tanks, elevator machinery or shafts, or ventilation or air-conditioning apparatus, need not be considered in determining the highest point of the building, provided that the highest point shall be taken to be the highest point of the roof of the highest penthouse when the aggregate area of all penthouses and other roof struc- tures exceeds one-third (1 1 3) of the area of the roof upon which they stand. (See Section 712, 713, 714, 715 and 716). (b) Grade Entrance Parking—Where a one-story automobile parking structure, enclosed or open, of Type I or It Construction, with grade entrance, is provided under a building of Group R—Residential Occu- pancy, the number of stories to be used in determining the minimum type of construction may be measured from the floor above such parking area. The floor assembly shall provide the occupancy separation.required in Sec do n 403.1(d). (c) Mezzanines—A mezzanine shall be counted as a 'story when rt does not meet the definition in .section 201.2. In any case the construction of a mezzanine shall comply with the type of materials and.fire-resistance rat- ings as required for the building. (d) Basements--The basement of a building shall not count as a story if the upper surface of the first floor above such basement is less than seven (7) feet above average grade, (e) Group E - Educational and Group A - Assembly Basement Rooms- Basements used as classrooms or assembly rooms shall be counted as a story. (f) The height of Group B - Business, Group M - Mercantile and Group R - Residential occupancies of Type II Construction shall not be limited provided the fire-resistance of all columns shall be not less than three (3) hours and the other structural members including floors shall be not less than that shown in Chapter VI, but in no case less than two (2) hours except that roofs and their supporting beams, girders, trusses and arches shall be not less than one and one-half (1%) hours fire-resistive con- struction. (g) Cotton Warehouses See Section 407.10 (h) Dry Cleaning See-Section 407.6 (i) Automobile Parking Structures See Section 412.7 �) Stadiums and Grandstands See Section 503 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERV'D�Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORPZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ...... ____. .... _. __...AGREEMENT,AND SUB)ECT'TO CIVILAND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ............._ _.__. 402.3--AREA MODIFICATIONS . (a) Application--The exceptions and requirements of this Section shall modify the area limits set forth in Table 400 and the specific use provisions of this Chapter. (b) Area Increase for Separation-Where streets or public places, or horizontal separation from property lines of total width of not less than �- thirty (30) feet (or 30 feet between buildings on commonly owned prop- erty) extend along more than twenty-five (25) percent of the building perimeter, except for hazardous occupancies, the unsprinklered areas per- mitted by Table 400 may be increased as follows: When floor areas are required to be sprinklered in Table 400, the corres- ponding unsprinklered areas are computed as one-third (1/3) the sprink- lered area for one story only and as one-half (%) the sprinklered area for multi stories. Where I = 4 j 3 1100% (FJ P - 0.25)' ] I = Percent increase of unsprinklered areas F = Building perimeter in feet which fronts on streets, public places or horizontal separation not less than thirty (30) feet wide P = Total perimeter of building.in.feet :(e) Unlimited Areas 1. The area of a one-story building of Group B - Business, Group F-- Factory--Industrial;..Group: M. - Mercantile, or Group S - Storage occu- pa4cy4 shall not -be-; limited,-pr"ide.d. the building ;is. equipped, with are approved auto matic.sprinklcr, system throughout, in accordance with Sec- tion 901 or other automatic extinguishing systems as approved by the Building. Official, and is surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space of not less than sixty (60) feet: �. Where water may cause or increase a fire, other fire extinguishing sys- tems shall be required in rooms or buildings used for the manufacture or storage of hazardous materials including but not limited to, aluminum powder, calcium carbide, calcium phosphate, metallic sodium and potas- sium, quicklime, magnesium powder and sodium peroxide. In Group S - Storage and Group F - Factory-Industrial occupancies where non-combustible products are manufactured or stored, such as metal processing and manufacturing plants, and metal products are not stored in combustible wrappings, containers or paIletiied, the sprinkler system may be omitted upon approval of the Building Official. Note:See Secrion 4073(c)for Storage and Handling gjHazardous Materials and Processes. 2. The area of a one-story building of Type IV construction used for Group E - Educational Occupancy shall not be limited provided the build- ing is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 901, is surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space of not less than sixty (60) feet, and is provided with one-hour fire-rated smokestop partitions dividing the �building into areas not to exceed thirty thousand (30,000) square feet in floor area. (d) Assembly Occupancy Area Modification 4 J] - - I Copyright U 1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed 6y Bobby Teague on Mar 15,201E 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of ; distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE q __.. .............. ,........ __._. ___.AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT TO CIVIL�AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES-THFREUNDF.R:..... - ... ............... .........._. __._.. _ 1. One Story Group A - Assembly Buildings non-working stage of Type III, IV, or,V one (1) hour construction which are surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space of not less than sixty (60) feet, are provided with an automatic approved sprinkler system, and the assembly floor is located at, or within twenty-one (21) inches of street or grade level and all exits meet the street or grade level by ramps having a slope not exceeding one (1) foot in ten (10) shall not be limited in area. 2. Where there are no balconies or galleries in Large Assembly Places without a working stage or in Small Assembly Places, with or without a working stage, and the assembly floor is located at, or within twenty-one (21) inches of street or grade level and all exits meet the street or grade level by ramps having a slope not exceeding orie (1) foot in ten (10) feet, the maximum allowable areas of Type III, IV, and V construction may be increased fifty (50) percent over those specified for Assembly occupancies in Table 400. This increase may-be added to the area increase permitted by section 402.3(b). 3. One (1) story buildings used for participation sport activities such as tennis, skating and similar acitvitis, limited in occupant content to those participating in the sports activity, and with no spectator seating permitted, may be unlimited in area when of Types III, IV, and V construction and are surrounded on all sides by not less than thirty (30) feet of permanent open space. 4. When used as a place of worship, the allowable area of Type. VI -: construction may be increased thirty-three and;one-third (33 1/3) .percent . over those specified for small assembly non-working stage occupancies in Table 400. 5. For sprinkler requirements see Section 901.8(c). (e) Group E - Educational Occupancy Area Modifications—The area of a one-story Type III, IV or V building may be increased one hundred (100) percent if the building is surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space of not less than sixty (60) feet, and there are not less than two exits provided from each classroom, one of which opens directly to the exterior of the building. This increase may be added to the area increase permitted by section 402.3(b). (f) Group H - Hazardous Occupancy Area Modifications—Section 407 1. For sprinkler requirements—Section 407.4(e) 2. Dry Cleaning Establishments using flammable solvents—Section 407.6. 3. Tire Recapping—Section 407.8. 4. Storage of Combustible Fibers—Section 407.10. 5. Storage of Hav---Section.407.11. —" (g) Group M - Mercantile Area Modifications 1. Covered Malls—Section 507.7 2. Sprinkler Requirements—Section 901.7(a). (h) Group S - Storage .Occupancy Area Modifications—Section 412. 1. Aircraft Hangers—Section 412.4(b). 2. Automobile Parking Structures—Section 412.7. 3. Garages—Sprinkler Requirements—Section 901.6. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER*4ccessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or s distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _..__ ............... ........-...... _.._.. _.._.AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT-TO-EVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:__ __... ____ ___.. 402.4-GENERAL PROTECTIVE REFERENCES The following references to other protective requirements as set forth in this Code apply to all occupancies or use groups as set forth in this chap- ter. See Individual Occupancies for Special Protective References. Subject Section . 1. Allowable Height and Area.............................................. Table 400 Heights and Areas are based upon type of construction used. 2. Types of Construction....................................................Chapter VI 3. Exit Requirements .........................................................Chapter XI 4. Protection of Vertical Openings........................................... ..... 701 5. Protection of Wall Openings......... ............................................ 703 6. Sprinklers and Standpipes ...............................901 to 902, inclusive 7. Mixed Occupancy and Separation Requirements....................... 403 8. Light, Ventilation and Sanitation..................2001 to 2002, inclusive 9. Heating Requirements ................................................ Chapter VIII and the Standard Mechanical Code 10. Tat-proof Construction..............................................Chapter XIX 11. Interior Partitions .................................................... .............. 403 Table 700 702 Chapter XI 12. Exterior=Wall-Requirements..............:...............:...........Chapter V I 1:3._Fire Wa11 Requirements,.- ,.......... . .................. Definitions 402.1(b) Chapter VI 14. Storage and Handling of Flammable.Liquids and Gases shall be in. accordance with the Standard Fire Prevention Code. 15. Furnace and Boiler Room......................................................... 806 402.5-SPECIAL PROTECTIVE REFERENCES Special protective references applying to individual occupancies are listed in the appropriate occupancy requirements of this chapter. 1. Requirements for High-Rise Buildings-Section 506. 2. Requirements for Malls-Section 507. 3. Requirements for the Handicapped---Section 508. 4. Reviewing Stands, Grandstands and Bleachers-Section 503. 5. Temporary Structures-Section 105.1(d) and 501. 6. Farm Buildings-Section 504. SECTION 403-MIXED OCCUPANCY SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS 403.1-GENERAL (a) A building that is used for two or more occupancies, classified within different occupancy groups, shall be considered a mixed occupancy build- ing. (b) A mixed occupancy building shall be governed by the Height and 4-5 ` - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 3 distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ; ___ ..... .._.__ ._..... ..._..-.-_AGREEMENT,AND SVBfECTTO CIVII,AND CRINIINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER....... Area limitations applying to the principal intended use. Accessory occu- pancies shall not exceed the area limitations nor be located at a. story height greater than that permitted for such occupancy group and type of construction being used. Where minor accessory uses do not occupy more than ten (10) percent of the area of a building, nor more than the basic area permitted the occu- pancy by Table 400 for such minor use for the purpose of determining allowable areas, the major use of the building shall determine the occu- pancy classification provided the uses are separated as specific in this section. (c) Unless otherwise specifically prescribed in this Section, the separation of mixed occupancies shall provide not less than one (1) hour fire resist- ance, except that portions of buildings used as accessory offices or for customary non-hazardous uses necessary for transacting the principal bus- iness in Group S - Storage and Group F - Factory-Industrial occupancies may be separated by partitions of non-combustible construction without fire resistance or by partitions constructed of materials as permitted in the type of construction used. The following occupancies need not be separated from the uses to which they are accessory: 1. Assembly rooms having a floor area of not over seven hundred fifty (750) sq. ft. 2. Administrative and clerical offices and similar rooms which, in the aggregate, do not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of;the floor area oaf the w: major use when not related to Group H - Hazardous Occupancies. (d) The minimum fire resistance of construction separating any two occu- pancies in a building of mixed occupancy, shall be the higher rating required for the occupancies being separated, as specified in Table 403. TABLE 403 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS* Assembly Large............................................................................................. 4 hour Small.................................................... ...............__................. 2 hour Business ........................ ................................................................. I hour Educational....................................................................................... 2 hour Hazardous ........................................................................................ 4 hour Factory-Industrial............................................................................. 2 hour Institutional ...................................................................................... 2 hour Mercantile......................................................................................... I hour Residential........................................................................................ I hour Storage......................................................................................._.... 4 hour Automobile Parking Structures ........................................................ 2 hour *For materials:and assemblies to. provide the required fire resistance, see Chapter X and Appendix B. (e) A separation between a private garage and any occupancy shall be the minimum fire resistance specified above for the occupancy, except in i Copyright(,)1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.A<gssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORI7,ED41 P DUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ......-.. _....._ ___.. ................AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND-CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:..... the case of a one or two-family dwelling, fire resistance separation shall not be required. (f) Fire resistance separation shall not be required between Sunday School rooms and a Church Auditorium of Small Assembly Occupancy, and between classrooms in day schools and auditoriums, gymnasiums, cafeterias, and libraries of small assembly occupancy, which are used only as accessory uses to the education occupancy. A two (2)-hour fire resist- ance separation shall be required between: 1. Day school classrooms and a large Group A - Assembly Occu- pancy (auditorium, cafeteria, and gymnasium) which is used exclusively as an accessory use to the education occupancy. 2. Sunday School classrooms and a Church Auditorium (sanctuary) of Large Assembly Occupancy. (g) A separation between an automobile parking structure used exclu- sively for the storage of passenger vehicles that will accommodate not more than nine (9) passengers and any other occupancy shall be two (2) hours. 403.2—TENANT SEPARATION w In a building, or portion of a building of a single occupancy classifica- tion, when enclosedspaces are :provided for separate tenants, such spaces sha11 be separated by not less than one (1).hour fire resistance—except that in Group B - .business and Group S - storage buildings, non-fire rated partitions may be used to separate,tenants provided no area between parti- tions rated-at one-(I).hour or•more._exceeds three-thousand:(3000) square feet. 403.3=SEPARATION :BETWEEN TOWNHOUSES Each townhouse (See definition for townhouse, Section 201) shall be considered a separate building and shall be separated from adjoining town- houses by the use of separate exterior walls meeting the requirements of Table 600 for zero clearance from property lines as required for the type of construction, or by a party wall, or when not more than three (3) stories in height, may be separated by a single wall meeting the following require- ments: I. Such wall shall provide not less than a two (2) hour fire resistance rating. Plumbing, piping, ducts, electrical or other building services shall not be installed within or through the two (2) hour wall, unless such mate- rials and methods of penetration have been tested in accordance with Sec- tion 1001(a). 2. Such wall shall be continuous from the foundation to the underside of the roof sheathing, and the underside of the roof shall have at least one (1) hour fire resistance for a width not less than four (4) feet on each side of such wall. 3. Each dwelling unit sharing such wall shall be designed and con- structed to maintain its structural integrity independent of the unit on the opposite side of the wall. Exception: Said wall may be penetrated by roof and floor structural 4-7 Copyright O 1582 ICC.ALL RIGHT'S RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .............. __.AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL:PENALIIES'IHERLUNDER:... members provided that the fire resistance rating and the structural integrity of the wall is maintained. SECTION 404—ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY—(A) 404.1--SCOPE (a) Group A - Assembly occupancy is the use of a building or structure, or any portion thereof, for the gathering together of persons for purposes such as civic, social or religious functions or for recreation, or for food or drink consumption or awaiting transportation. (b) Group A - Assembly occupancy shall include, among others, the following: Amusement Park Buildings Motion Picture Theaters Auditoriums Museums Churches Passenger Depots Dance Halls Public Assembly Halls Gymnasiums Recreation Halls Restaurants (large) (restaurants that Stadiums and Grandstands accomodate 100 or more people, or that Tents (Assembly) provide dancing or entertainment) Theaters for Stage Production (c). All buildings of'Group.A - Assembly occupancy-shall front directly upon at least one public street or public place not less than thirty (30) feet wide, in which front shall be located a main entrance and exit of such building. 404.2--SUB-C LAS Si FI CATI O N S (a) Assembly occupancies shall be divided into two sub-classifications as set forth in this section, both of which shall comply with the requirements for Group A - Assembly Occupancy unless otherwise specified: 1. Large Assembly—shall include theaters and places of assembly hav- ing a capacity of one thousand (1,000) or more persons. Also, Large Assembly shall include theaters and places of assembly having a working stage (see definition) and having a capacity of seven hundred (700) or more persons. 2. Small Assembly—shall include theaters and places of public assem- bly with or without a working stage having a capacity less than designated for Large Assembly. 404.3—OCCUPANT CAPACITY (a) The capacity of occupant content assembly occupancies shall be as set forth in Chapter XL F (b) A sign setting forth the allowable capacity of every Group A - Assembly Occupancy, in number of occupants other than employees, shall be displayed in a prominent place. Such signs shall be read as follows: - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDIAccessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER.- a "Occupancy by more than persons is dangerous .and unlawful." Building Official (c) A permit as required by the Standard Fire Prevention Code shall not be issued unless all seats, stands and structures conform to the require- ments of Chapter XII (Minimum Design Loads). All seats shall be marked allowing a space for each person of not less than eighteen (18) inches in width. 404.4—SPECIAL PROTECTIVE REFERENCES (a) The following reference to other protective requirements, as set forth in this Code, shall apply to all areas classified as assembly occupancies. Refer to Section 402.4 for General Protective References applicable to all occupancies. Subject Section 1. Special Exit Doorway Requirements .............................Chapter XI 2. Non-Combustible Stairway Requirements .....................Chapter XI 3. Storage and handling of flammable liquids and gases shall be prohibited. 4. Special Construction Requirements .......................... ............. 404.5 5. Interior Finish...............................................................404.6 & 704 6. Sprinklers=and:Standpipes:.................................404.7 & Chapter IX 7: Sup plementaryLightmg�.Systems...:........................................ . 404.8 8. Non-Working.Stage................................................................ 404.9 9. Working Stage.......................... ..... ...,_...........................404.10 10. Proscenium Curtain.. ...........................................................404.11 I L Motion Picture Projection Rooms........................................404.12 12. Foyers and Lobbies...............................................................404.13 13. Aisles and Seating.................................................................404.14 14. Continental Seating Systems.................................................404.15 15. Boxes, Balconies and Galleries..............................................404.16 16. Tents for Public Assembly ....................................................404.17 17. Amusement Park Buildings...................................................404.18 18. Churches................. .............................................................404.19 404.5—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS (a) Buildings of Group A - Large Assembly with a working stage shall be of Type I or 11 Construction except that in auditoriums, ornamental wood, trusses and paneling may be of wood. (b) Buildings of.Group A - Large Assembly without a working stage shall conform to the limitations of use prescribed in Table 400. (c) Buildings of Group A - Small Assembly shall conform to the limita- tions of use prescribed in Table.400 as modified. ;3 (d) Gymnasiums and similar occupancies may have running tracks con- structed of wood or unprotected metal. 4-9 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.._ __._.. ............._ __._.... __. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THER$(7NDER...._ (e) All walls and partitions for enclosing stairs, passageways or corridors (except foyers or waiting spaces) which are used for exits, or enclosing rooms used for..exit purposes in Assembly occupancies, shall be of not less than two (2) hour fire resistive construction. Refer to Table 700 for other requirements. (f) A kitchen in an assembly occupancy does not constitute a mixed occupancy. A fire-resistant separation is not required. 404.6—INTERIOR FINISH (a) For regulations governing flame spread of ceiling and wall finish materials see Section 704. Use of materials which give off smoke that is more dense or more toxic than that given off by the burning of untreated wood or untreated paper under comparable exposure to heat or flame shall not be permitted. (b) Imitation leather or other material, consisting of, or coated with a pyroxylin or similarly hazardous base, shall not be used in Assembly occupancies. 404.7—SPRINKLERS AND STANDPIPES FOR LARGE ASSEMBLY WITH WORKING STAGES (a) Every theater classified as Group A - .Lange assembly with working stage shall have an approved system of automatic sprinklers and stand- pipes conforming with Chapter 9. (b) Sprinklers may be omitted in.auditoriums, foyers and lobbies and over generators and other electrical equipment or switch boards. 404.8—SUPPLEMENTARY LIGHTING SYSTEM There shall be installed in every Group A - Large Assembly a supple- mentary lighting system in addition to the regular system by local electric power. Such supplementary or emergency lighting shall he automatically actuated in case of power failure. 404.9—NON-WORKING STAGE (a) A non-working stage shall not provide greater risk to life safety or - increase the fire hazard or other emergencies than does the assembly hall served. (b) Such stage areas may be an unenclosed area or raised platform within the assembly room. (c) A theater stage having a permanent non-movable projection screen shall be considered a non-working stage if otherwise complying with the provisions of this sub-section. 404.10—WORKING STAGE (a) All working stages shall be enclosed on all sides with walls having a fire-resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours and extending from foundation to a height of two (2) feet above roof, or may terminate at the underside of the roof deck if the deck is of non-combustible construction. ?. 4-10 Copyright 0)1582 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'I'eague on Mar 15,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __.. ... ................ .......... ............ ......._._... .....AGIiEEML'N'I;ANDSUBJEC';T"T'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (b) There shall not be openings in the wall separating a working stage from the auditorium except the stage or proscenium opening, one doorway at each side.;of the proscenium opening at the stage floor level or the audit- orium floor level, at the level of the musicians pit, and where necessary to the organ. Each such doorway shall be not more than twenty-one (21) square feet in area and shall be protected by a self-closing fire door having a three (3) hour fire-resistive rating. (c) There shall not be windows in such enclosure walls of a working stage within five (5) feet of property line other than a street line, and all windows shall be of approved fire-resistive type. (d) All mouldings and decorations around proscenium opening shall be constructed entirely of non-combustible or fire-resistant materials. (e) Above the proscenium opening of a working stage shall be a girder or other structural member of adequate strength to support all loads, and protected to provide not less than two (2) hour fire-resistance. (f) All that portion of the working stage except that used for the working of scenery, traps and other mechanical apparatus for the presentation of a scene, approximately equal to the width of the proscenium opening, shall be of Type I Construction, and appurtenant rooms and compartments shall be of Type I or Type I1 Construction. (g) The rigging loft, fly galleries, including pin-rails, shall be of non- combustible materials. (h) The roof over the working stage shall be of Type I Construction (i) Dressing: rooms.. scene .docks,-property rooms, workshops, store- rooms, and other rooms or compartments appurtenant to the stage shall be of Type I or Type If Construction and shall be separated from the working stage and other parts of the building and from each other by non- combustible partitions providing not less than one (1) hour fire-resistance. Openings other than the necessary doorways at stage level, protected with self-closing fire doors, shall not connect such rooms with the stage. 0) Openings through stage floors shall be equipped with tight-fitting trap doors of wood not less than two (2) inches thick. (k) The troughs or frames for footlights and border lights shall be of metal or other non-combustible materials. The suspension lines of border lights shall be of wire for at least ten (10) feet from the frames. (1) All electrical equipment shall be protected from falling objects and from contact with stage equipment, and shall conform with the electrical requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. (m) All woodwork and all scenery, drapes, and sets used upon the stage shall be coated or treated by approved method to make them non- flammable or fire-resistive. (n) All shelving, closets, etc., property rooms, or storage rooms, shall be constructed of metal or other non-combustible material. (o) Space over the working stage shall be provided with one or more ventilators of metal or other' non-combustible material, equipped with movable shutters or sash, having an aggregate clear area of not less than (5) percent of the area of the stage, constructed to open automatically and 4-1 l Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ---- --- AGREEMENTS AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. --- instantly by approved heat-actuated devices. Suitable means for manual operation shall be provided in addition. If glass is used in the construction, only wired glass shall be used in such parts where the breaking of glass would cause it to fail on the stage. 404.11—PROSCENIUM CURTAIN (a) Every proscenium opening shall be provided with a curtain sc designed and constructed that it will protect against passage of flame for five (5) minutes. When closed, the proscenium curtain shall be reasonably tight against the passage of smoke. The Building Official may require a fire test or other satisfactory evidence of its sufficiency in respect to these requirements. The curtain shall be subjected to operating tests and be approved by the Building Official before initial performance shall be held and shall be lowered after every performance. (b) Every proscenium curtain shall overlap the proscenium opening by at least two (2) feet at the top and eighteen (18) inches at each side and shall slide vertically at each side within iron or steel grooves which shall have a minimum depth of twelve (12) inches. Every such curtain shall be so arranged and maintained that, in case of fire, it would be released automat- ically and instantly by an approved heat-actuated device, and will descend slowly and safely by its own weight to completely close the proscenium opening within thirty.(30) seconds, taking not over five (5) seconds for the bottom five (5) feet. It shall also be equipped with effective devices to permit prompt and immediate closing of the proscenium opening by n14n ual means. (c) Any part of any proscenium curtain shall not be supported by or fastened to combustible material. : (d) Every proscenium opening shall be provided with a curtain meeting the requirements of SBCCI Standard 4-1. - 404.12—MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ROOMS (a) The provisions of this Section shall apply where ribbon-type cellulose acetate or other safety film is used in conjunction with electric arc, Xenon or other light source .projection equipment which develops hazardous gases, dust or radiation. Where cellulose nitrate film is used, projection rooms shall be in compliance with the provisions of N.F.P.A. Standard No. 40, Article 29. (b) Every motion picture machine projecting film as mentioned within the scope of this Section shall be enclosed in a projection room. Appurte- nant electrical equipment, such as rheostats, transformers and generators, may be within the projection room or in an adjacent room of equivalent construction. (c) There shall be posted on the outside of each projection room door and within the projection room itself a conspicuous sign with one-inch block letters stating: "SAFETY. FILM ONLY PERMITTED I.N THIS ROOM." (d) Every projection room shall be of permanent construction consistent with the construction requirements for the type of building in which the Copyright(c)t5sz ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVI�4c(s�'yy ed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant Co License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ..._. .. ............................... .._.._AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECTTO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAL11ES"THEREUNDER: projection room is located. Openings need not be protected. (e) The room shall have a floor area of not less than eighty (80) square feet for a single machine, and at least forty (40) square feet for each addi- tional machine. Each motion picture projector, floodlight, spotlight or sim- ilar piece of equipment shall have a clear working space not less than thirty (30) inches by thirty (30) inches on each side and at the rear thereof, but .� only one such space shall be required between two adjacent projectors. (f) The projection room and the rooms appurtenant thereto shall have a ceiling height of not less than seven (7) feet six (6) inches. (g) The projection room shall be provided with not less than one exit having a minimum opening of not less than thirty (30) inches wide and eighty (80) inches high. �... (h) The aggregate of openings for projection equipment shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the area of the wall between the projection room and the auditorium or assemblage area. All such openings shall be provided with glass or other approved material so as to completely close the opening. (i) The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to projection rooms where electric arc projection equipment is used. The projection room itself shall be provided .with two or more separate fresh air inlet ducts with screened opening terminating .within. twelve (12) inches of the floor and they shall be located at opposite ends of the room. Such air inlets shall be bf sufficient size to permit an-air change every three (3.) minutes. Fresh air -may be. supp;lied;fr.om< the general>buifidiiig air conditioning system—but µ when this is done, .it shall be so -arranged that the projection room will continue to receive one (1) change of air every (3) minutes, regardless of the status of the general air conditioning system: Each projection room shall be provided with one or more exhaust air outlets which may be mani- folded into a single duct outside the room. Such outlets shall be.so located as to insure circulation througout the room. Projection room exhaust air systems shall be independent of any other air systems in the building. Exhaust air ducts shall terminate at the exterior of the building in such a location that the exhaust air cannot be readily recirculated into the supply air system. The exhaust system shall be mechanically operated and be of such capacity as to provide a minimum of one (1) change of air every three (3) minutes. The blower motor shall be outside the duct system. The pro- jection room ventilation system may also serve appurtenant rooms such as the generator room and the rewinding room. 6) Each projection machine shall be provided with an exhaust duct which draw air from each lamp and exhaust it directly to the outside of the building in such a fashion that it will not be picked up by supply inlets. Such a duct shall be of rigid materials, except for a continuous flexible connector approved for that purpose_. The lamp exhaust system shall not be interconnected with any other system. For electric arc projection equipment the exhaust capacity shall be two-hundred (200) cfm for each lamp connected to the lamp exhaust system, or as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. Auxiliary air may be introduced into the system through a screened opening to stabilize the arc. When Xenon projection 4-13 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 7 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSh ....................... ._. ........... ..__..... .............._ _.._.AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC;.LT'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER- ___... _.. equipment is used the lamp exhaust system shall exhaust not less than three-hundred (300) cfm per lamp nor less than that exhaust volume required or recommended by the equipment manufacturer, whichever is greater. The external temperature of the lamp housing shall not exceed one hundred thirty (130) degrees F when operating. (k) Each projection room shall be provided with rewind and film,storage facilities. (1) A maximum of four (4) containers for flammable liquids not greater than sixteen (16) ounce capacity and of a non-breakable type may be per- -mitted in each projection room. 404.13—FOYERS AND LOBBIES (a) In every Group A - Large Assembly Occupancy, a foyer consisting of a space at a main entrance of the auditorium or place of assembly shall be provided. Such foyer, if not directly connected to a public street by all the main entrances or exits, shall have a straight and unobstructed corridor or passage to every such main entrance and exit. (b) The width of foyer at any point shall not be less than the combined width of aisles, stairways, and passageways tributary thereto. The foyer shall be at the same level as the back of the auditorium., and exits leading therefrom shall not have a steeper gradient than one (1) foot in ten (10) feet. (c) In theaters and similar.Group A - Assembly occupancies, wheee-per- sons are admitted to the building at times when seats are not availablee and are allowed to wait in a lobby or similar space, such use of lobby or similar space shall not encroach upon the required clear width of exits. Such wait- ing areas shall be separated from the required exitways by substantial per- manent partitions or by fixed rigid railings not less than forty-two (42) inches high. 404.14--AISLES AND SEATING (a) Every portion of any building which contains seats, tables, displays, equipment, or other material shall be provided with aisles leading to exits. Maximum dead end aisle shall be twenty (20) feet. (b) Aisles, cross-aisles, corridors and passageways shall be of width at least equal to the minimum width required for exits in this code, but in any case the width of an aisle or cross-aisle shall not be less than the width of the widest aisle, passage, cross-aisle or exit which it serves. An aisle shall not be less in width than forty-two (42) inches, measured at its narrowest point at the end farthest from the foyer, plus an increase of one and one- half (1%) inches for each five (5) feet of length of such aisle from its begin- ning to an exit, except that aisles with seats on one side only may be six (6) inches less in width. Where egress is provided at both ends of an aisle, the aisle may have a uniform width not less than the average widths herein specified. Cross-aisles shall not be less than three (3) feet six (6) inches wide. An aisle bordering on a means of entrance shall be not less than four (4) feet wide. - i Copyright U 1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.4.14 by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .AGR$ENZENT;AND SUBJF,CTTOCI'V.IZ,AND CRIMINAL PEN;SZ,TTESTEl'.F.REUNDER:...... ........ . Exception: When serving sixty (60) seats or less, aisles shall be not less I than thirty (30) inches wide. (c) In all balconies and.galleries having more than twenty (20) rows of seats, there shall be provided a cross-aisle not less than four (4) feet wide leading directly to an exit. (d) There shall not be obstructions of any kind in any aisle. Aisles shall �• not have a slope of more than one (1) in eight (8). (e) Rows of seats between aisles shall not have more than fourteen (14) seats. (f) Rows of seats opening onto an aisle at one end only shall have not more than seven (7) seats. Seats without dividing arms shall have their capacity determined by allowing eighteen (18) inches per person. �-- (g) Exits and aisles shall be so located that the travel distance to an exit door shall not be greater than one hundred and fifty (150) feet measured along the line of travel. Travel distance may be increased to two hundred (200) feet in sprinklered buildings. (h) Steps shall not be used in aisles where differences of level can be overcome by gradients not exceeding those permitted herein. Where steps are used in aisles, such steps shall extend across the full width of aisles and shall be illuminated; treads and risers- shall be as required elsewhere in the Code for exit stairs: Where seating is on stepped,platforms-, one tread in each :seat platform width may have a greater width to accomodate access to seats. Isolated:steps shall not be permitted Flights of less than three (3) risers"are.not'perinitted (i) In places of`assembly used regularly_ for theatrical or similar perfor- mances, or for the display of motion pictures, the seats shall be securely fastened to the floor..°In- restaurants,: cafeterias; gymnasiums and similar multi-purpose .places of assembly, the seats shall not be required to be fastened to the floor. All other Assembly occupancies seating more than two-hundred(200) persons shall have seats fastened to the floor. All seats in balconies or galleries shall be secured to the floor except that in railed-in enclosures, boxes, or loges, with level floors and having no more than fourteen (14) seats, the seat need not be fastened to the floor, or have separating arms. 6) The spacing of rows of seats from back to back shall be not less than thirty (30) inches, and not less than twenty-seven (27) inches plus the sum of the thickness of the back and the inclination of that back; but in all cases there shall be a space of not less than twelve (12) inches between the back of one seat and the front of the seat immediately behind it as mea- sured between plumb lines. 404.15—CONTINENTAL SEATING SYSTEMS (a) Chairs shall be of the fixed type installed in continuous rows across the auditorium, except in areas where aisles are designated. (b) Chairs shall be floor attached, riser attached, or mounted on bars which are firmly anchored to the floor or riser facing. 4-15 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Feague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ........... ............... ......AUKFlMEN'P,AND SU$fLCT 1`O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL RZMINAL PENALI`IES'I'HEREUNDER. (c) Chairs shall not be less than twenty (20) inches in width as measured across the chair from center lines of arm rests. (d) The number of seats per row of seats for continental seating may be increased, subject to all of the following conditions. 1. The spacing of unoccupied seats shall provide a clear width between rows of seats measured horizontally as follows (automatic or self rising,seats shall be measured in the seat-up position,other seats shall be measured in the seat-down position: 18 inches between rows of 18 seats or less 20 inches between rows of 35 seats or less 21 inches between rows of 45 seats or less 22 inches between rows of 59 seats or less 24 inches between rows of 60 seats or more 2. Exit doors shall be provided along each side aisle of the rows of seats of the rate of one pair of doors for each five rows of seats. 3. Each pair of exit doors shall provide a minimum clear width- of 66~ ._ inches discharging into a foyer, lobby or exterior of the buildling. (e) The top edges of chair backs shall extend a minimum of twenty-one - (21) inches above the front edge of platform riser treads immediately to the rear. When it is necessary to increase riser heights inorder to .meet the desired sightlines to the.stage or screen, a safety rail twenty-one (21).inches high shall be installed along: the line of chair backs at the front edge of platform riser treads.and shall be anchored.to the tread. (f) Platform riser facing shall be in a true vertical plane and the joint between the tread and facing shall not.include a fillet of more than one- half(%2) inch radius. (g) Ventilator hoods or similar devices which are specified for attach- ment to floors directly under the chair seats shall not exceed four (4) inches in height. (h) Incline of the areas of the floor on which chairs are installed shall not- exceed one (1) inch per foot forward or three-quarter (3/) inch per foot reverse. Inclines within the same limitations may be used in the tread areas of platform riser systems. (i) Concrete floors shall have a minimum thickness of three (3) inches and a minimum strength of three thousand (3000) pounds per square inch. Concrete risers for treads shall have a minimum thickness of three (3) inches and riser facings a minimum thickness of five (5) inches. (j) Prestressed or preformed concrete risers and/or steel faced riser sys- tems shall provide permanent anchored locks between tread and facing which are designed to withstand the full amount of torsion forces gener- ated when chairs which are attached to riser facing are occupied. Steel face risers shall have a minimum thickness of one-quarter (1/) inch. (k) Side aisles shall be not less than forty-four (44) inches in width. f I (1) Aisles shall provide access to a foyer or exit. (m) The width of foyers, exit lobbies, or exit passageways shall be of 3f sufficient width to accommodate fifty (50) percent. of the total occupant Copdissttributioht n authorized.ANRIGHTS UNAUTHORIZED REEcle(ld by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM F RUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATIONursuant to license OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreernent with ICC.No ACT AND THEE LICENSEion or 5 .....AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES-THERE,UNDER........ ___... ____. _.._ load served by such aisles or spaces as determined in accordance with Sec- tions 1105.1 and 1105.3. (n) Main entrance doorways and exit doorways which open directly to the outside of the .building shall open directly to a street or open public space and shall be of sufficient width to accommodate fifty (50) percent of the total occupant load but shall not be less than the sum of the required width of all aisles, exit passageways, exitways, or exit foyers leading thereto. (o) Where doors open from the main auditorium seating area, lighted exit signs will not be required at each individual exit doorway. When such doorways open into aisles, corridors, exit passageways, exit foyers, or exit lobbies, lighted directional exit signs shall be provided in such a manner as to be visible from each doorway leading from the main auditorium seating area. 404.16—BOXES, BALCONIES AND GALLERIES (a) The fascia of boxes, balconies and galleries shall have substantial railings not less than twenty-six (26) inches high above the floor. The rail- ing at the front edge of a balcony, loge or gallery where the aisle terminates shall be forty-two (42) inches in height. (b) Cross-aisles, except where the backs of seats on the front of the aisle projects twenty-four.(24) inches or .more-above the floor of the aisles, shall be, provided with railings not less.than twenty-six (26) inches high, (c) In balconies;- galleries, or othere.location&where:seats_:are.arranged on platforms or successive.tiers .:and-.the height of the rise from one platform to another exceeds twenty-one (21) inches, a substantial railing of not less than thirty (30) inches high shall be.placed at the edge of the platform along the entire row of seats. (d) See Chapter X1 for exit provisions. 404.17—TENTS FOR PUBLIC ASSEMBLY (a) Before a temporary permit is granted, the owner or agent shall file with the Building Official a certificate executed by an acceptable testing laboratory, certifying that the tent, decorative materials and tarpaulins meet the requirements for fire resistance prescribed in the National Fire Protection Association "Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame-- Resistant Textiles and Films, NFiPA No.701,"and that such fire-resistance is effective for the period specified by the permit, (b) Tent Exits—Tent exits, aisles, seating, etc., shall conform with the requirements for places of assembly. All exits shall be kept free and clear of obstructions while the tent is occupied by the public. (c) Ground within and adjacent to tents shall be cleared of all grass, underbrush or similar fire hazards. 404.18—AMUSEMENT PARK BUILDINGS (a) Amusement park buildings used as dining rooms, theaters, or for 4-17 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ".... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVn.AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. other purposes shall conform to the requirements of this Code governing the particular use or occupancy. (b) Amusement park buildings over one (1) story in height, or one thou- sand two hundred (1200) square feet in floor area, shall have exterior walls, floors and their supports of not less than one (1) hour fire-resistive construction. (c) Where amusement park buildings are located within thirty (30) feet of adjacent property lines, buildings or other structures, the exterior walls shall be constructed of non-combustible materials, or shall be protected to ;i. .: provide not less than one (1) hour fire resistance. (d) Structures of open skeleton frame type shall not be limited in height or area, except that grandstands shall comply with the requirements of Section 503. (e) Amusement structures shall provide adequate safety for all loads to which they may be subjected and shall be equipped with approved safety devices and safeguards. 404.19—CHURCHES .(a) This section shall apply to churches or places of worship. (b) All interior finishes and decorations shall conform with Section 404.E except that nothing in this Section shall prevent the use of wood for_or.na- mental purposes, trusses, paneling or chancel furnishing. (c) Every aisle shall lead to an exit door or to a cross aisle running parallel to the seats and leading directly to an exit. Aisles shall not be less in width than thirty-six (36) inches plus an increase of one and one-half (l y2) inches for each five t5) feet of such aisle from its beginning to an exit,. except that aisles with seats on one side may be six (6) inches less in width; where egress is provided at both ends of an aisle, the aisle may have a uniform width of not less than specified herein. Cross aisles shall not be less than three (3) feet six (6) inches. An aisle bordering on a means of entrance shall be not less than four (4) feet wide. (d) There shall not be obstructions of any kind in an aisle. Aisles shall not exceed a gradient of more than one (1) in eight (8). Steps shall not be used in any aisle where differences of level can be overcome by gradients. Where it is necessary in balconies to use steps, they shall extend the full width of aisles and risers shall not exceed six and one-half (6y2) inches. (e) Rows of seats between aisles shall have not more than twenty (20) seats. Rows of seats opening onto an aisle at one end shall have not more than seven (7) seats. Seats without dividing arms shall have their capacity determined by allowing eighteen (18) inches per person. (f) The spacing of rows of seats from back to back shall be not less than thirty (30) inches, In every case there shall be a clear space of not less than twelve (12) inches between the back of one seat and the front of one seat immediately behind it, measured at the seat line. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.4 eslsby Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .....AGREEMENT.,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER,___ s SECTION 405—BUSINESS OCCUPANCY—(B) 405.1—SCOPE (a) Group B -- Business Occupancy is the use of a building or structure, or any portion thereof, for office, professional, or service type transactions including normal accessory storage and the keeping of records and ac- counts. (b) Group B - Business occupancy shall include, among others, the following: Office buildings, greenhouses, service stations, banks, bowling alleys, libraries (other than school). (c) Restaurants or places supplying food or drink that accommodate one-hundred (100) or more people, or that have a stage, or that provide dancing or entertainment features, shall be classified in Assembly Occu- pancy (See Section 404). All other restaurants or places supplying food or drink shall be classified in Business Occupancy. (d) See Section 506 for High Rise Provisions. 405.2—OCCUPANT CAPACITY --- The capacity or occupant content of business occupancies shall be as set forth in Section 1105. 406 3----SPECIAL PROTECTIVE REFERENCES (a) The following- referenees to other protective 'requirements, as set forth. in this .Coale, shall .apply, to"all-areas classified as� business oc- cupancies. Refer to Section,402.4 for General Protective References applicable to all occupancies. 1. Special. Exit Doorway Requirements ...............................Chapter XI 2. Storage and handling of flammable liquids and gases shall be in accordance with the Standard Fire Prevention Code. 3. Posting of floor loads in business storage areas........................ 110,2 4. High Rise Provisions .................................................................. 506 5. Automotive Service Stations.................................................... 405.4 6. Bowling Alleys......................................................................... 405.5 7. Furnace and Boiler Room................._....................................... 806 405.4—AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE STATIONS (a) An automotive service station of Group B. - Business Occupancy is a place of retail business at which outdoor automotive refueling is carried on using fixed dispensing equipment connected to underground storage tanks by a closed system of piping and at which goods and services generally required in the operation and maintenance of motor vehicles and fulfilling of motorist needs may also be available. The building consists of a sales .office .where automotive accessories and packaged automotive. supplies may be kept or displayed. It may also include one or more service bays in which vehicle washing, lubrication and minor replacement, adjustment and 4-19 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to license Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS,A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE.AG.REEMENT,-' AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL_ --'"` �� VIL AND(:RIMZNAI.PENALTIES THEREUNDER. repair services are rendered. An automotive service station building shall not have a cellar or basement, but may have open pits if such pits are continually ventilated. An automotive service station building shall be of . Type I, Type 1I, Type I11, Type 1V, Type V or Type VI. (b) Canopies and their supports over pumps shall be of non-combustible materials, wood of Type III sizes, or of construction providing one (1) hour fire resistance. (c) All equipment likely to cause an explosion, or to be capable of ignit- ing gasoline vapor from heat, sparks, or open flames, shall be located at least four (4) feet above the floor, or be completely and tightly enclosed by non-combustible construction, or construction of not less than one (l) hour fire resistance. Any openings to such enclosures shall be from the outside with the sill raised at least one (1) foot above the adjoining outside level, and shall be located at least five (5) feet from any property line or adjacent building. (d) See Section 407.4(a) for special requirements. 405.5—BOWLING ALLEYS (a) Bowling Alleys shall comply with the provisions of this section. (b) Where bowling pin finishing or refinishing operations are carried on, a separate building, or a separate room, constructed as specified herein, shall be provided. (c) Such a room shall be located at or above street level and shall have one or more windows opening to the outside of the building. (d) Walls and ceiling of such rooms shall have not less than one (1) hour, fire resistance. Floors shall be of concrete at least two (2) inches thick or equivalent non-combustible protective material. Walls shall be liquid tight where they meet the floor. (e) Door openings shall be provided with non-combustible sills raised six (6) inches above floor level and protected with approved fire doors. (f) Shelving, containers, and all furnishings shall be of non-combustible material. Machinery shall be effectively grounded. See Section 407.4(f). (g) Ventilation sufficient to effect a complete change of air at least once every three (3) minutes shall be provided. SECTION 406—EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCY—(E) 406.1—SCOPE (a) Group E - Educational Occupancy is the use of a building or struc- ture, or any portion thereof, for the gathering together of persons for the purpose of instruction. (b) Group E - Educational Occupancy shall include, among others, the following: Schools Universities Colleges Academies (c) Parts of buildings used for the congregating or gathering of one- hundred (100) or more persons in one room shall be classified as Assembly 4-20 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE { __.... ......... .....-.._. ---AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES.-T-HERE.UND.ER....... .......... _..__ _.._... Occupancy—(see section 404), regardless of whether such gathering is of an educational or instructional nature or not. (d) Schools for business or vocational training shall be classified in the same occupancies and conform to the same requirements as the trade, vocation or business taught provided the concentration of persons will not exceed that listed in Section 1105 for the occupancy classification used. 406.2—OCCUPANT CAPACITY The capacity of occupant content of educational occupancy shall be as set forth in Section 1105. 406.3—SPECIAL PROTECTIVE REFERENCES (a)The following references to other protective requirements, as set forth in this Code, shall apply to all areas classified as educational occupancies. Refer to Section 402.4 for General Protective References Applicable to all Occupancies. 1. Non-combustible Stairways Required.............................Chapter Xl 2. Corridors ........................................................................Chapter XI 3. Unilateral Light .............................................. .....................2001.4 4. Every heating appliance which produces an unprotected open flame shall be prohibited.. 5. Where permanent motion picture projectors using cellulose nitrate Zfilm are installed,-:::booths shall be provided, as set forth in Section 404;11 6. Rooms,used fouday care nurseries,kindergarten or first grade pupils ..shall not be located above or below the floor of exit discharge. Rooms used for second grade pupils shall not be located more than one (1) story above the floor of exit discharge. 7. Furnace and Boiler Room...................................................... ... 806 SECTION 407--HAZARDOUS OCCUPANCY—(H) 407.1---SCOPE (a) Group H Hazardous Occupancy is the principal use of a building or structure, or any portion thereof, that involves highly combustible mate- rials or flammable materials, or explosive materials -or materials that have inherent characteristics that constitute a high fire hazard. (b) Group H - Hazardous occupancies shall include among others, the following: Dry Cleaning Establishments using flammable solvents Explosive Manufacturing Grain Elevators Paint or Solvent Manufacturing (flammable base) Pyroxylin. Plastic Manufacturing Sodium Nitrate or Ammonium Nitrate v Storage of Combustible Film Storage or use of Highly Combustible Materials Tank Farms—used to store flammable liquids or gases h 4-21 A Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or y distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZEll REPR011UC'I'ION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A V10L '1'JQN_OPTHE YLDERAL.COPYRIGHT AC'I'-ANDTHE LICENSE AGItEEMEN1', - "- -- AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER (c) Portions of all other occupancies involving highly combustible, inflammable or explosive products or materials shall be properly ventilated and properly separated from the remainder of the building in accordance with the appropriate NFPA Standard or the entire building will be classi- fied as Hazardous Occupancy. 407.2—OCCUPANT CAPACITY The capacity of occupant content for hazardous occupancies shall be as set forth in Section 1105. 407.3—SPECIAL PROTECTIVE REFERENCES (a) The following references to other protective requirements, as set forth in this Code, shall apply to all areas classified as hazardous oc- cupancies. Refer to Section 402.4 for General Protective References applicable to all occupancies. 1. Special Requirements..................... Section 407.4 2. Special Hazardous Materials .......................................Section 407.5 3. Dry Cleaning, Dyeing or Similar High Fire Hazard Occupancy Utilizing Flammable Solvents...............................Section 407.E ;. 4. Grain Elevators.......................... ....:.Section 407.7 5. Tire Recapping ...........................................................Section 407.8 6. Handling or Storage.of Cellulose Nitrate Film.. ..........Section .1.9 7. Combustible Fibers....................................................Section 4Q.7.J0 8. Hay Storage...............................................................Section 407.11 407.4—SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (a) Storage and Handling of flammable liquids, gases and other hazard- ous substances shall be in accordance with the Standard Fire Prevention Code. (b) Group H - Hazardous occupancies shall not be permitted in the Fire District. (See Section 301.3(b)) (c) An increase in the allowable areas or heights as set forth in Table 400 shall not be permitted when the principal use of the building or structure is a hazardous occupancy or the building or structure is classified as a hazardous occupancy in accordance with Section 407.1. (d) Buildings of Group H - Hazardous Occupancy not specifically pro- vided in this Code, which involve the storage, manufacture, .or use of highly combustible or flammable materials shall be constructed to provide a degree of fire protection adequate for the hazard involved. Such protec- tion may exceed the fire-resistive requirements prescribed for Type 1 Con- struction, if deemed necessary by the Building Official, but in all cases the construction shall meet the minimum requirements specified for Group H -Hazardous Occupancies. (e) In all buildings of Group H - Hazardous occupancy, approved auto- matic sprinklers shall be installed throughout, except that where the nature 4-22 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _._..... .......... ............... __._. _.__. _.._AGREEMENT,AND.SUB).ECT..TO.CLVSh.ANR.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER, of fire hazard is such that application of water is not effective as a means of protection, other approved means of protection shall be provided. Where the appropriate NFiPA Standard does not require ,,automatic sprinklers or automatic extinguishing equipment, such equipment need not be installed. (f) Buildings or structures or portions thereof, housing occupancies involving the use of highly combustible material or processes, and their equipment, shall be erected, altered, and installed in accordance with safe practice. Except as otherwise provided in this Code, the provisions of the various regulations or standards of the National Fire Protection Associa- tion governing the particular occupancy or process shall be considered as constituting safe practice. Those standards shall include but not be limited to the following: Standard Fire Prevention Code. NFiPA Standards for the storage, handling and use of flammable liq- uids, "Flammable & Combustible Liquids Code, NFiPA No. 30." NFiPA Standards for spray finishing using flammable materials, "Spray Finishing Using Flammable Materials, NFiPA No. 33." w NFiPA Standards for dip tanks containing flammable or combustible liquids, "Dip Tanks, NFiPA No. 34." NFiPA Standards for the installation and operation of oxygen-fuel gas systems for welding and cutting, "Oxygen Fuel Gas Systems for Welding and Cutting, NFiPA No. 5L" N FiP:.A; Standards. for'<the`ato.rage-a-nd- handling of liquefied petroleum gases; "Storage an-d..H'andli-ng of Liquefied Petroleum Gases, NFiPA No. 5&" NFiPA Recommended- good practice requirements for the installation and use of combustion engines and gas turbines, "Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines, NFiPA No. 37." NFiPA Code for the Storage of Pyroxylin Plastic, NFiPA 40E. NFiPA Standards for the storage, handling and use of pyroxylin plastic in factories making articles therefrom, "Pyroxylin Plastics in Factories, NFiPA No. 42." NFiPA Standards on the fundamental principles for the prevention of dust explosions in industrial plants, "Prevention of Dust Explosions in Industrial Plants, NFiPA No. 63." NFiPA Code for the prevention of dust explosion in the manufacturer of aluminum powder, "Aluminum Powder, NFiPA No. 651." NFiPA Code for the Storage of Liquid and Solid Oxidizing Materials, NFiPA No. 43A. NFiPA Hazardous Chemical Data, NFiPA No. 49. 407.5—SPECIAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (a) The processing, manufacturing or storing of .the materials listed in paragraphs (b) and (c), among others, shall be classified as a special fire hazard, (Hazardous Occupancy), because of the highly combustible and 4-23 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zo 16 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or r I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, i AND SUBJECT I O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER explosive quality of the materials involved. (b) The following materials or products stored or handled shall be classi- fied as a Special Hazardous material when stored or handled in a manner or in quantities which may be hazardous to the occupants of the building: Acids: Sulphuric, Nitric or Hydroflouric—Asphaltum—Celluloid. Che- micals: Poisonous, combustible, explosive—Cereal, flour or feed mills--- Cork —Excelsior—Petroleum Products (Not retail gasoline service .sta- tions)—Pyroxylin and Pyroxylin Plastic Products—Shoddy Mills-----Loose Spices and Vegetable Stocks (not retail stores)—Feather Renovating—Films —Fireworks—Gas: Irritating and flammable—Jute---Kapok—Naval Sto- res—Paper: Baled Waste—Oakum or Hemp Processing—Paints: Manu- facturing—Starch Mills—Waste Paper—Rubber Manufacturing Plants. (c) Materials or products stored or handled in quantities in excess of the cubic foot areas set forth below shall be classified as Special Hazardous Materials: In Excess of Acetylene gas in pressure containers Artificial flowers ........................................................................ 1200 cu. ft. Artificial leather...................................... .................................. 600 cu. ft. Bags—Burlap, paper or cotton................................................... 1000 cu. ft. Barrels—second hand ........................... 1800 cu. ft. Brooms and Broom corn.................... Cotton (Loose) Wadding or Waste .............................................. 400 cu. ft. Drugs.........:t.............:........:...:............. ................................. 6500x&u. ft. Enameling ... 240.0' . ft. Fertilizer (Bags only).................................................................. 2700 cu. ft. Lacquers (Separate containers only) .......................................... 3600 cu. ft. Matches....................................................................................... 300 cu. ft. Mattresses.................................................................................. 4800 cu. ft. Paints (Separate metal containers only) ..................................... 6000 cu. ft. Spray painting shops.................................................................. 3200 cu. ft. Tire Recapping ............................................................... See Section 407.8 Tires---storage..........................................................................12,000 cu. ft. Varnish—Turpentine (Separate metal containers only).............. 2400 cu. ft. 407.6----DRY CLEANING, DYEING OR SIMILAR HIGH FIRE HAZARD OCCUPANCY UTILIZING FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS (a) A building used for dry cleaning or similar hazardous occupancy utilizing flammable solvents shall not be located within the Fire District, unless only non-flammable liquids are used for cleaning purposes. (b) Dry cleaning, dyeing, or similar establishments using combustible or flammable liquids or solvents with a flash point of one hundred ninety (190) degrees F, or lower (closed cup test), shall be of Type I, or Type 11 Construction, and shall not exceed one (1) story in height or ten thousand (10,000) square feet in area, without attics, concealed roof spaces, base- ments or pits. Floors shall not be below grade. (c) Roofs shall be flat. If, due to local conditions, the Building Official 4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.472 4 by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or l I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE : AGRFEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL.AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.. deems it desirable to vent possible explosions upwards, the roof may be of lightweight, non-combustible construction. (d) An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be installed through- out each drying room in accordance with Section 901. (e) Partitions shall have not less than two (2) hour fire resistance. (f) Drying rooms, if under the same roof as the dry cleaning and dry . dyeing rooms, shall be separated from such rooms by each wall having a fire-resistance of not less than four (4) hours. The entrance to such drying rooms shall be provided with self-closing fire doors. (g) Except for necessary openings for vents, ducts, piping and shafting, all openings in exterior walls shall be protected with fire doors or windows. Windows shall be of wired glass in steel sash so hung that they will readily swing out in case of explosion, (h) Exterior walls except those on street fronts, which are located less than ten (10) feet from adjacent property lines. shall not have openings therein and shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than four (4) hours, or the equivalent, but in no case shall more than two (2) sides of the building have blank walls. (1) Skylights shall be provided. They shall be constructed with metal frame and sash with plain thin glass and with wire screen provided above the skylight as prescribed.in Section 707, or with wired glass arranged to swing outward readily in case of an explosion. O Mechanical systems of ventilation, of explosion-proof type,. shall be provided to ins:u.re-comp.lete.and continuous--change of air once every three - ' (3) minutes in dry-cleaning:and dry-dyeing rooms. (k) All other regulations contained in this Code pertaining to construc- tion, ventilation, storage, heating and lighting, or the like, shall apply as well as any laws of the State regulating the construction and maintenance of dry-cleaning, dyeing,. or similar plants. (1) The installation, ventilation, erection, alteration, maintenance or use of equipment, of buildings or structures for dry-cleaning or dry-dyeing purposes shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Standards of the National Fire Protection Association for dry-cleaning and dry-dyeing plants, "Dry Cleaning Plants, NFiPA No, 32." 407.7--GRAIN ELEVATORS (a) Grain elevators, or structures used to store grain, shall not be located within fifty (50) feet of adjoining property lines of other structures, except railway rights of way or adjoining navigable waters, nor shall they be located within the Fire District. (b) Grain elevators, or structures used to store grain, shall be con- structed of steel, concrete, or other non-combustible material or with lumber exterior or interior framing, including plank and laminated walls, when the sizes of the members used conform to the requirements for Type 1I I Construction to meet the approval of the Building Official, and all such structures, buildings, and equipment shall be erected, altered, or installed in accordance with the provisions of Section 407.4(f). 4-25 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAI.PENALTIES THEREU NDER. (c) Where combustible material, other than grain, is present in quantity sufficient to produce a serious fire, fire protection equivalent to Type i Construction shall be provided unless approved automatic sprinkler pro- tection is provided (Section 901). In any case, the requirements for grain elevators, or grain storage buildings, shall not be less restrictive than those applying to Hazardous occupancies. 407.8—TIRE RECAPPING Tire recapping facilities shall not be permitted to exceed the square foot- age shown below. Type Construction Square Feet Type I No Limit Type 11 No Limit Type 111 7,500 Type l V 5,000 Type V 5,000 Type VI Not Permitted 407.9—HANDLING OR STORAGE OF CELLULOSE NITRATE FILM (a) Construction of Buildings Where Films Are Stored or. Processed. t. All buildings in which cellulose nitrate "films are stored or pro- cessed, such as film exchanges, film laboratories, motion picture studios, etc., shall be of Type 1 or Type II construction and shall be equipped throughout with approved automatic sprinklers in accordance with Section 901. Such buildings shall not be located in the Fire District and shall not - exceed the maximum height and area limitations specified in Table 400. 2. The following regulations shall govern the handling and storage of cellulose nitrate film except that they do not apply to the following: Films in original packages in quantities less than fifty (50) pounds, and film stored in motion picture projection booths (see Section 404.12). 3. Except as otherwise specified herein, the handling and storage of combustible film shall be governed by the Standards of the National Fire Protection Association for storage and handling of cellulose nitrate motion picture film, "Cellulose Nitrate Motion Picture Film, NFiPA No. 40." 4. All rooms in which cellulose nitrate films are stored or handled, except motion picture projection booths and film vaults, shall be enclosed in partitions of non-combustible construction having not less than two (2) hours fire resistance. Openings in such partitions shall be protected by •�. approved fire doors. Floor-ceiling assemblies of such rooms shall provide fire resistance of not less than two (2) hours and vents that open automati- cally in case of fire shall also be provided. Tables and racks used in con- nection with the handling of film shall be of metal or other non-com- bustible material and shall be at least four (4) inches away from any radiator or heating apparatus. Fire-fighting appliances using water, or water solutions, shall be provided in every room. In rooms where film is 42 CopI distribution authorized.ANRIGHTS UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATIONcessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM ursuant to license OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreernent with ICC.No ACT AND THEE LICENSEion or ----- --- - - - --- ---AGREEMENT,AND.SUBJECT..T.O.CIYIS..AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER,_._. stored or handled in quantities greater than fifty (50) pounds, cabinets shall be provided with insulated metal vents. Film storage rooms in which two or more persons work, shall have at least two exits remote from each other. 5. Cellulose nitrate film in amounts of more than one thousand (1,000) pounds shall be kept in vaults constructed as prescribed in this Section. 6. Amounts of cellulose nitrate film in excess of twenty-five (25) `�- pounds shall be kept in approved metal cabinets of capacity not exceeding three hundred seventy-five (375) pounds. Cabinets having a capacity of over fifty (50) pounds of film shall be provided with insulated metal vents of at least fourteen (14) square inches per. hundred (100) pounds of film. Cabinets holding over seventy-five(75)pounds of film shall be provided with at least one automatic sprinkler, unless so built that each roll is in a separate compartment so constructed that the film will burn out without communicat- ing fire to film in any other compartment. 7. Unexposed film, when stored in the original shipping cases with each roll in a separate container, shall be stored only in a room provided with an approved automatic sprinkler system. (Section 901.) (b) Film Vaults. 1. Vaults used for the storage of cellulose. nitrate film shall not exceed seven hundred, fifty .(750) cubic feet inside and shall not be located near chimneys or other sources of heat. 2. Walls; floors and. roofs of film vaults and their supports shall be of not.less than four:(4) hour fire.;res!istance=construction built without cracks or holes that wilF.permit escape of gases. Drains, or scuppers, to the out- side of the building shall be provided. All door openings shall.be protected with approved fire.doors on each face of the wall; the inner door shall be automatic, the outer-door-shall be of the self-closing swinging type. 3. Each vault shall have an independent vent having not less than one hundred forty (140) square inches effective area per one thousand (1,000) pounds of film capacity (equivalent to seventy (70) square inches per one hundred (100) standard rolls) but the vent area for a vault of seven hundred fifty (750) cubic feet shall in no case be less than one thousand four hundred (1400) square inches. Vents shall be of non-combustible materials and shall be located at least fifty (50) feet from all openings exposed thereto. 4. Film shall be protected against ignition by rays of the sun and by radiated heat. 5. Vaults shall not have skylights or glass windows except as specified for vents. Vents may be protected against the weather by a single thickness of glass (1 J 16" thick) not less than two hundred (200) square inches in area, in a sash arranged to open automatically in case of fire, or by equi- valent protection. 6. Vaults shall be protected by an approved system of automatic sprinklers (Chapter IX) with a ratio of one (1) head to each sixty-two and one-half (62%) cubic feet of total vault space. A vault of seven hundred fifty (750) cubic feet shall have not less than twelve (12) sprinkler heads. 4-27 Copyright 01982 ICC.AhL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE ; _...... - _._. ___. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PF.NAZ,TIESTH'.F.REUNDER...... ._ .. ... ..._. _..._.. 7. Wire guards shall be provided so that film cannot be placed within twelve (12) inches of heating pipes or radiators. 8. Vault heating shall be automatically controlled .so as not to exceed a temparature of seventy (70) degrees F. or a steam pressure of ten (10) pounds per square inch (psi). 9. All racks and equipment in vaults shall be of metal or other non- combustible material. 407.10—COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS Warehouses used to store combustible fibers such as cotton, sisal, jute, hemp, kapok, excelsior and similar materials having a flash fire hazard, shall be limited to story heights of not over twelve (12) feet, floor to ceil- ing, and no single storage compartment shall exceed five thousand (5,000) square feet in. floor area or thirty six thousand (36,000) cubic feet in capacity. 407.11—HAY STORAGE Stables, for storing hay, which do not exceed one (1) story and storage loft, or a maximum of twenty (20) feet in height, and do not exceed three thousand (3,000) square feet in floor area, may be of Type VI Construction if located thirty (30) feet or more from adjoining property lines and other structures. SECTION 408—FACTORY-INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCY—(F) 408.1—SCOPE (a) Group F - Factory-Industrial Occupancy is use of a building or struc- ture, or any portion thereof, for assembling, disassembling, repairing, fab- ricating, finishing, manufacturing, packaging or processing operations that are not otherwise classified in this code. (b) Group F - Factory-Industrial Occupancy—shall include, among oth- ers, the occupancies listed in this Section, but does not include buildings used principally. for any purpose involving highly combustible, inflamma- ble, or explosive products or materials (See Section 411): Manufacturing Plant Processing Plant Factory Mill Assembly Plant (c) Portions of Group F - Factory-Industrial Occupancy involving highly combustible, flammable or explosive products or materials shall be prop- erly ventilated, protected and/or separated from. the remainder of the building in accordance with the appropriate NFiPA Standard or the entire building will be classified as Hazardous Occupancy. (See'Scetion 407). 408.2—OCCUPANT CONTENT The capacity of occupant content of industrial occupancies shall be as set forth in Chapter XI. 4-28 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE f —AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRFMINAh PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - ` 408.3--SPECIAL PROTECTIVE REFERENCES (a) The following references to other protective requirements, as set forth in this Code, shall apply to all areas classified as Factory-Industrial occupancies. Refer to Section 402.4 for General Protective References applicable to all occupancies. 1. Occupancy Permit Required for Changed Floor Loads .......I.... 1207 2. Storage and Handling of Flammable Liquids and Materials.... 407.4 SECTION 409--INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY—(I) 409.1—SCOPE (a) Group I - Institutional Occupancy (Unrestrained) w' Buildings, structures or any portion thereof used for the purpose of pro- viding medical care and sleeping facilities for four (4) or more persons who are mostly incapable of self-preservation because of physical or mental dis- ability, and shall include among others: Hospitals Nursing Homes �. Mental Institutions (restrained and unrestrained) Nursery Facilities providing full .time twenty-four (24) hour care for persons under.six (6) years of age. (b) Group-I - Institutional Occupancy—Restrained Buildings, structures-or�any>portion,.thereof occupied by-four (4) or more persons who, are,-confined -or -housed:under some degree of restraint or security, and shall include among others; Jails Detention Centers Correctional institutions ._. Reformatories Pre-release Centers Other residential - restrained care facilities 409.2-.--OCCUPANT CONTENT The capacity of occupant content of institutional occupancies shall be as set forth in Chapter XI. 409.3—SPECIAL PROTECTIVE REFERENCES, (a) The following references to other protective requiements, as set forth in this Code, shall apply to all areas classified as Institutional Occupancies. Refer to Section 402.4 for General Protective References applicable to all Occupancies. 1. Storage and Handling of Flammable Liquids shall be in accordance with the Standard Fire Prevention Code and the appropriate NFiPA Standard. 2. Special Exit Doorway Requirements ................Chapter XI 3. Special Exit Requirements..............................................Chapter XI 4-29 iCopyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or s distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE E ... ...._.......... __........ ................. _.... .._ ___....AGREEMENTS AND-SUBJECT TO CIVTh AND CRIMINAL PENAZTIESTHF,REUNDF,R. . .. . __._. 4. Non-Combustible Stairways Required............................Chapter XI 5. Handling and Storage of Combustible Film.................Section 407.9 6. Sprinklers Required................................................ Sect ion.901.8(b) 7. Furnace and Boiler Rooms.............................................Section 806 8. Special Construction Requirements ................................Section 509 SECTION 410 — MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY --(M) 410.1----SCOPE (a) Group M - Mercantile Occupancy is the use of a building or struc- ture or any portion thereof, for the display and sale of merchandise. (b) Group M - Mercantile Occupancies shall include, among others, the following: Shopping Malls Shops Stores Markets Note: Restaurants or places supplring food or drink that accommodate one-hundred(100)or more people or that have a stage, or that provide dancing or entertainment(See Section 404). 410.2---OCCUPANT CONTENT The capacity of occupant content for mercantile occupancies shall be as set forth in Chapter XI. =M 410.3--SPECIAL PROTECTIVE .REFERENCES (a) The :following references to. other .protective requirements, as-.-set forth in this Code, shall apply to all areas classified as mercantile oc- cupancies. Refer to Section 402.4 for General Protective References applicable to all occupancies. 1. Special exit doorway requirements..................................Chapter XI 2. Sprinklers Required.................................................Section 901.8(a) 3. Shopping Malls...............................................................Section 507 SECTION 411—RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCY—(R) 411.1—SCOPE (a) Group R - Residential Occupancy is the use of a building or struc- ture, or any portion thereof, for sleeping accommodations and is not classed as an Institutional Occupancy. (b) Group R - Residential Occupancies shall include, among others, the following: Dwellings Multiple Dwellings (more than two families) Hotels and Motels f Dormitories Lodging Houses 3 Convents Monasteries 3 4-30 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or < distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE t ____ .........._..AGREEMENT;AND-SUBJECT PO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL FENAL`PIESTHEREUNDER:. 411.2—OCCUPANT CAPACITY The capacity of occupant content for residential occupancies shall be as set forth in Chapter XI. 411.3-SPECIAL PROTECTIVE REFERENCES (a) The following references to other protective requirements, as set forth in this Code, shall apply to all areas classified as residential oc- cupancies. Refer to Section 402.4 for General Protective References applicable to all occupancies. 1. Storage and handling of flammable liquids shall be in accordance with the Standard Fire Prevention Code. 2. Fire Detection Systems on multiple family dwellings and town- houses, Section 1125, also includes one and two family dwellings. 3. All dwelling units or apartments within Multiple Dwellings shall be separated with one (1) hour fire-resistive construction (See Section 403.2). 4. See Section 403.3 for separation required between townhouses. 5. See Section 506 for High Rise provisions. SECTION`412=STORAGE OCCUPANCY—(S) 412.1—SCOPE (a) Group ,S Storage,,Occupancy,is the:principal use of a building or -- structure, or any-r portion tfiereof; 'for storage that is not classed as a Hazardous Occupancy-or for-the-purpose of shelteringanimals. (b) Group S Storage Occupancy— shall include, among others, the occupancies- listed: in this Section,- but does not include buildings princi- pally used to store highly combustible, flammable or explosive products or materials (See Section 407). Aircraft Hangers Storage Buildings Garages Freight Depots Warehouses Automobile Parking Structures (c) Portions of Storage Occupancy involving highly combustible, nam- mable or explosive products or materials shall be properly ventilated, pro- tected and/or properly separated from the remainder of the building in accordance with the appropriate NFiPA Standard or the entire building will be classified as Hazardous Occupancy. 412.2-OCCUPANT CONTENT (a) The capacity of occupant content for storage occupancies shall be as set forth in Section 1105. (b) in places of storage occupancies the safe floor loads, as approved by the building official, shall be posted by the building owner. 412.3—SPECIAL PROTECTIVE REFERENCES (a) The following references to other protective requirements, as set forth in this Code, shall apply to all areas classified as storage occupancies. 4-31 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ----- ---- ---- ---AGREEMENT,ANI7SUBTF,CT TnCIVIhAND-CRIIvIiNAh PF.NAZ,TIF,STHERF.UNDER: -- - -- - Refer to Section 402.3 for General Protective References applicable to all occupancies. 1. Non-combustible Stairway Requirements ......................Chapter XI 2. Occupancy Permit for Changed Floor Loads...............Section 1207 3. Storage and handling of flammable liquids and materials....... 407.4 4. Storage and handling of combustible films ............................. 407.8 5. Aircraft Hangars..................................................................... 412.4 6. Coal Pockets................................................................. ....... 412.5 7. Private Garages.............................................................. . ...... 412.6 8. Parking Lots and Automobile Parking Structures .................. 412.7 9. Public Garages........................................................................ 412.8 10. Standard Fire Prevention Code..................................... Chapter 38 412.4—AIRCRAFT HANGARS (a) Aircraft hangars may be of any type of construction. Exterior walls that are located within thirty (30) feet and facing common property, inte- rior lot lines or the opposite side of a public street or thoroughfare shall provide not less than two (2) hour fire resistance. (b) The floor areas of hangars shall not exceed those permitted for Stor- age Occupancies in Table 400 as modified. (c) Where hangars have basements,:the floor over the basement shall be of Type I Construction and shall be made tight against seepage of water, oil or vapors. There shall be no opening or communication between base- ment and hangar. Access to basement shall be from outside only. (d) Floors shall be graded and drained to prevent water or gasoline from remaining on the floor. Floor drains shall discharge through an oil separa- tor to the sewer or to an outside vented sump. (e) Heating equipment other than unit heaters suspended at least ten (10) feet above the upper surface of wings or engine enclosures of the highest aircraft which may be housed in the hangar and at least eight (8) feet above the floor in shops, offices, and other sections of the hangar community with storage or service areas shall be placed in a separate room cut off by four (4) hour fire-rated construction and four (4) inch reinforced concrete floor and ceiling construction. Entrance shall be from the outside or by means of a doorway with a sill raised at least eight (8) inches above the hangar floor level or through a vestibule providing two door separation. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the installation of other than unit heaters in aircraft hangars when the heating equipment is listed for such ,, use and is installed in accordance with its listings and the provisions of this code and other applicable ordinances. (f) The process of "doping", involving use of a volatile flammable sol- vent, or of painting, shall be carried on in a separate detached building equipped with automatic sprinkler equipment in accordance with Section 901. (g) Each hangar of area exceeding ten thousand (10,000) square feet - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERV]$-3t2sed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ----- -- -- - --- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. shall be equipped with approved automatic sprinklers in accordance with Section 401. 412.5—COAL POCKETS Coal pockets, and other similar structures, shall be constructed of steel, concrete, or other non--combustible material, or of lumber sizes which meet the requirements of Type III Construction. 412.6—PRIVATE GARAGES (a) Garages which are provided for the storage of motor vehicles owned by tenants of buildings on the premises, and with maximum undivided space used for storage of not more than four (4) automobiles, or trucks of one (1) ton or less capacity, but not exceeding eight hundred fifty (850) square feet, shall be considered private garages. All other garages shall be considered public garages. (b) Private garages may be of Type 1, It, III, IV, V or VI construction, but a private garage shall not occupy space above the first floor of Type VI building nor be erected in the fire district except as provided in Section 304.2. Private garages shall not be located within, or attached to, a build- ing occupied for any other purpose unless it is separated from such other occupancy by walls, partitions, and floor/ceiling assemblies that have a fire resistance rating as specified in Section 403 (Mixed Occupancy Separa- tions). Walls, floors, partitions and floor-ceiling assemblies that effect .such separation shall be continuous and unpierced. A single flush-type solid core wooden door. of.not:less-,than. P/4 .inch nominal thickness, equipped with a self-closing device, may be permitted provided the sill is raised at least eight (8) inches above the garage floor when the doorway connects directly with any room in which there is any direct-fired heating device or gas fixture. In no case, however, shall a garage have an opening directly into a room used for sleeping purposes. 412.7—PARKING LOTS AND AUTOMOBILE PARKING STRUCTURES (a) Parking Lots—Open sheds or canopies may be erected up two-thirds (2/3) the area of a lot, provided such construction is not less than required for Type IV Construction, and that all such construction meets the appro- val of the Building Official. (b) Enclosed Automobile Parking Structures--As defined in Section 201.2—Automobile Parking Structures, may be constructed with enclosed exterior wails with roof parking permitted to the allowable heights and areas specified in Table 400 for Storage Occupancy Buildings. (c) Open Automobile Parking Structures—As defined in Section 201.2 Automobile Parking Structures, may be constructed with open exterior walls with roof parking permitted to the allowable heights and areas speci- fied in Table 412.7 for Open Automobile Parking Structures when meeting } the following criteria: 1. At least fifty (50%) percent of the clear height between floors shall be open to the atmosphere for the full length of at least two (2) exterior E 4-33 - j Copyright 0)1582 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobhy'I'eague on Mar 15,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER walls, excluding required stair and elevator walls and structural columns. 2. The distance from any point on any floor level to an open exterior wall facing on a street, or to other permanently maintained open space at least twenty (20) feet in width extending full width to a street, shall not exceed two hundred (200) feet. 3. When such structures are within ten (10) feet of a common property or building line, they shall be provided with an enclosure wall along the line of not less than one (1) hour fire resistance without openings therein, except door openings meeting the requirements of Section 703.4 shall be permitted. (d) Guardrails - All floor and roof areas provided for the parking or movement of automobiles shall be provided with pedestrian guardrails in accordance with Section 1115.8 at all exterior and interior vertical open- ings when the vertical distance to the ground or surface directly below exceeds three (3) feet. Such parking areas shall also be provided with exte- rior or interior walls or impact guardrails, except at pedestrian or vehicular accesses in accordance with section 1204.2(c). Each floor of such structures shall have wheel guards not less than four (4) inches in height above the floor with a clear passage of three (3) feet between the wheel guard and edge of the structure. TABLE 412.7—OPEN AUTOMOBILE PARKING STRUCTURES ALLOWABLE HEIGHTS AND AREAS a Allowable Area Construction Type Sq. Ft. Per Floor Allowable Height Type I No Limit No Limit Type 11 No Limit No Limit - Type 111 30,000 4 stories or 40 ft. Type IV 160,000 8 stories or 75 ft. (e) Enclosed and basement public parking decks shall be provided with a mechanical ventilation system capable of providing eighteen (18) air changes per hour for each level. 412.8—PUBLIC GARAGES (a) A public garage is any building or part thereof wherein is kept or stored motor vehicles having any flammable fuel in their tanks, which is: 1. Over eight hundred and fifty (850) square feet in area; or, . 2. Used to store more than four automobiles, or, 3. Used for painting, body and fender work, engine overhauling or other major repair of motor vehicles. This occupancy shall not include automotive service stations as defined in Section 405.4. (b) A public garage shall be of Type 1, I1, 111, IV, V, or VI Construction. If of Type V Construction, a public garage shall not exceed one story in Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVI4.34,ed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or '. distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ____ ___. __. _.....-. .........AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTH'ERETTN'DER. height, nor shall it exceed the maximum height and area allowed for Stor- age Occupancy. Public garages of Type VI Construction may be used only for dead storage and display of automobiles. (c) A public garage shall not be located within, or attached to, a building occupied for any other purpose, unless separated from the other occupan- cies as prescribed in Section 403, but in no case by walls having fire resist- ance. less than two (2) hours. Such separation shall be continuous and unpierced, except for doors leading to salesrooms, or offices, operated in connection with such garages, provided such openings are approved by the Building Official as being required or essential, and provided such open- ings are equipped with self-closing fire doors conforming to the require- ments of Section 703. (d) Unenclosed ramps shall not be considered as providing required exit facilities. Enclosed ramps shall be in accordance with the Exit Require- ments of Chapter X1. (e)Basement and sub-basement garages shall be continuously ventilated by a mechanical system with positive means for both inlet and exhaust of at least one (1) cubic foot of air per minute per square foot of floor area, controlled from a location close to the entrance door. (f) Garage floors shall be of concrete or similar non-combustible and non-absorbent materials Floors which drain to sewers or storm drains shall be provided with an oil separator or trap. (g) Sprinkler equipment shall be provided as required in Section 901. u (h) Heating`equipment, other::t.han unit heaters suspended at least eight (8) feet above the..°garage floor, shall be placed in a separated room cut off by four (4) hour fire rated construction and four (4) inch reinforced con- crete floor and ceiling.construction.- Entrance shall be from the outside or by means of a doorway with sill raised at least eight (8) inches above the garage floor level or through a vestibule providing two doorway separations. Doors for the protection of the interior openings shall have a minimum fire protection rating of three (3) hours. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the installation of other than unit heaters in garages when the heating equipment is listed for such use and is installed in accordance with its listing and the provisions of this code and other applicable ordinances. 412.9----HELISTOPS (a) General. Helistops may be erected on buildings or other locations when they are constructed in accordance with this section. (b) Size. The touchdown or landing area for helicopters of less than three thousand five hundred (3,500) pounds shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet in size. The touchdown area shall be surrounded on all sides by a clear area having a minimum average width at roof level of fifteen (15) feet but with no width less than five (5) feet. (c) Design. Helicopter landing areas and the supports therefor on the roof of a building shall be noncombustible construction. Landing areas 4-35 - - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE "-- 'AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENA LTIES THEREUNDER. shall be designed to confine any flammable liquid spillage to the landing area itself and ;,provision shall be made to drain such spillage away from. any exit or stairway serving the helicopter landing area or from a structure housing such exit or stairway. (d) Exits and Stairways. Exits and stairways from helistops shall comply with the provisions of Chapter X1 of this code, except that all landing areas located on buildings or structures shall have two or more exits. For landing platforms or roof areas less than sixty (60) feet in length, or less than two thousand (2,000) square feet in area, the second exit may be a fire escape or ladder leading to the floor below. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVF4 Q36sed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,F,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FF,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICF.NSF, AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER: _.__. _.............................. _._... TABLE 400 -- ALLOWABLE HEIGHTS AND FLOOR AREAS Letters in Table refer to "Notes". Height for types of construction is limited to the number of stories shown, or height in feet. NL w No limit. Allowable areas are shown in thousands of square feet per floor. LIA= No limit for floor area. For modifications to allowable heights and areas, see: 402.2 Height Modifications; 402.3 Area Modifications TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION TYPE I TYPE It TYPE Ili TYPE IV TYPE V TYPE VI I-Hour Unprot. 1-Hour Unprot, 1-Hour Unprot. MAXIMUM HEIGHT IN FEET: No Limit 80' 65, 65, 55, 65, 55, 50' 40' OCCUPANCY uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr P P P P P P P P A-1 ASSEMBLY-LARGE (working stage) a,b,c,l d Max.No.of stories: NL NL NL NL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W Area:Multi-story: UA UA UA UA v One Story only UA UA UA UA A-1 ASSEMBLY-LARGE (without working stage) a,b,C.I d e e e e Max. No.of Stories: NL NL NL NL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 Area:Multi-story: UA UA 'UA LIA One Story only UA UA UA UA 12.0 36.0 12.0 36.0 8.0 24.0 12.0 36.0 8.0 24.0 A-2 ASSEMBLY-SMALL (working stage) a,b,I d e e e e Max.No.of Stories: NL NL NL NL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 Area:Multi-story: UA UA UA UA One Story only UA UA UA UA 10.0 30.01 9.0 27.0 6.0 18.0 9.0 27.0 6.0 18.0 4.5 13.5 3.0 9.0 A-2 ASSEMBLY-SMALL (without working stage) a,b,I d e e e e Max.No.of Stories: NL NL NL NL 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 Area:Multi-story: UA UA UA UA 12.0 24.0 12.0 24:0 8.0 16.0 12.0 24.0 8.0 16.0 One Story only UA UA UA UA 12.0 36.0 12.0 36.0 8.0 24.0 12.0 36.0 8.0 24.0 7.5 22.5 5.0 15.0 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAtTTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR I DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHTACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 400 - ALLOWABLE HEIGHTS AND FLOOR AREAS (Continued) Letters in Table refer to "Notes". Height for types of construction is limited to the number of stories shown, or height hi feet. NL = No limit. Allowable areas are shown in thousands of square feet. UA = No limit for floor area. For modifications to-allowable heights and areas, see: 402.2 Height Modifications; 402.3 Area Modifications TYPE F CONSTRUCTIC TYPE I TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V TYPE VI I-Rour UnprGt. I-Hour Unprot. 1-Hour npro. MAXIMUM HEIGHT IN FEET: No Limit 80, 65' 65, 55, 65, 55' 50, 40' CCUPANCY uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr uns spr P P P P P P P p B BUSINESS a,b,g,I f I'd f f h h h h h h Max.No.of Stories NL NL NL NL 5 5 5 5 2 5 5 5 2 5 2 2 2 2 Area:Multi-story: UA UA UA UA 25.5 51.0 25.5 51.0 17.0 34.0 21.0 42.0 14.0 28.0 13.5 27.0 9.0 18.0 One Story only UA UA UA UA 25.5 76.5 25.5 76.5 17.0 51.0 21.0 63.0 14.0 42.0 13.5 40.5 9.0 27.0 t'l E EDUCATIONAL 00 a,b,l d i i i i Max.No.of Stories: NL NL NL NL 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 Area:Multi-story: UA UA UA UA 18.0 36.0 18.0 36.0 .18.0 36.0 12.0 24.0 One Story only UA UA UA UA 18.0 54.0 18.0 54.0 12.0 36.0 18.0 64.0 12.0 36.0 12.0 36.0 8.0 24.0 F FACTORY-INDUSTRIAL a,b,g,l,o d Max.No.of Stories: NL NL NL NL 3 6 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 1 1 1 Area:Multi-story: UA UA UA UA 31.5 63.0 31.5 63.0 21.0 42.0 22.6 45.0 15.0 30.0 One Story only UA UA UA UA 31.5 94.5 31.5 94.5 21.0 63.0 22.5 67.5 15.0 45.0 15.0 46.0 10.0 30.0 H HAZARDOUS b,j Max.No.of Stories: 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 Area:Multi-story: 11.5 8.3 7.5 One Story only 11.5 8.3 7.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 1 INSTITUTIONAL- RESTRAINED' Max.No.of Stories: 0 NL 0 NL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Area:Multi-story: UA UA One Story only UA UA t Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'I'eague on Mar is,2016 3 0700 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR I I llIS'I'I2IBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF'I'HE EEDEI2AL COPYRIGHT ACT AND I'HE LICENSE AfiItEEMHNT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. I INSTITUTIONAL- UNRESTRAINED b,c,l Max.No.of Stories: NL NL NL NL 0 2 1 3 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 Area:Multi-story: UA UA UA UA 24.0 30.0 21.0 One Story only UA UA UA UA 36,0 15.0 45.0 30.0 31.5 22.5 M MERCANTILE a,b,c,g,l n n n %h,n h n In h,n h n h n n Max.No.of Stories: NL NL NL NL 5 5 '5 5 2 5 5 5 2 5 2 2 2 2 Area:Mufti-story; 15.0 UA 15.0 UA 13.5 27.0 13.5 27.0 9.0 18.0 13.5 27.0 9.0 18.0 9.0 18.0 .6.0 12.0 One Story only 15.0 UA 15.0 UA 13.5 40.5 13.5 40.5 9.0 27.0 13.5 40,5 1 9.0 27.0 9,0 27.0 6.0 18,0 R RESIDENTIAL a,b,l f f,d f f h h h h h h Max.No.of Stories: NL NL NL NL 3 3 .5 5 2 5 5 5 2 5 3 3 2 2 Area:Multi-story: UA UA UA UA 18.0 36.0 18.0 36.0 12.0 24.0 18.0 36.0 12.0 24.0 10.5 21.0 7.0 14.0 One Story only UA UA UA UA 18.0 54.0 18.0 54.0 12.0 36.0 18.01 54.0 12.0 3&0 10.5 31.5 7.0 21.0 S STORAGE a,b,g,k,m,o 4:z, Max.No.of Stories: NL NL 6 6 2 6 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 1 1 1 + Area: Multi-story: UA UA 30.0 60.0 24.0 48.0 24.0 4&0 16.0 32,0 24.0 48.0 16.0 32.0 One Story only UA UA 30.0 90.0 24.0 72.0 24.0 72.0 16.0 4&0 24.0 72.0 16.0 48.0 9.0 27.0 6.0 18.0 TABLE 400 NOTES a. For height modifications and limitations by Occupancy,see: b.For area modifications and limitations by Occupancy see: 1.Mezzanines 402.2(c) 1.Area increase for separation (All occupancies except H) 402.3(b) 2.Basements 402.2(d) 2.Assembly 402.3(d) 3.Assembly-Basements 402.2(e) 3.Business 402.3(c) 4.Business 402.2(t) 4.Educational 402.3 (0)&(e) 5.Educational Basements 402.2(e) 5. Hazardous 402.3(f) 6.Mercantile 402.2(f) 6. Factory-Industrial 402.3(c) 7. Residential 402.2 (b) 7. Mercantile 402.3 (c) &(9) 8.Storage 402.3 (c) &(h) Continued on next page Copyright(,)1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL i 5,2016 (COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIh AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR TABLE 400 NOTES (Continued) c.See 901.8 for sprinkler requirements. d. In Type 1 Construction, partitions,columns, trusses, girders, beams and floors may be reduced by one (1) hour if the building is equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system throughout,but no component or assembly may be less than one(1)hour. e.One(1)hour fire resistive floors shall be provided. f.See Section 506 for high rise requirements. g.See Section 402.3(c)herein for unlimited area provisions. h.When five(5)or more stories in height,two (2)hour fire-resistive floors shall be required over the basement or cellar. i.Floors located immediately above useable space in basement or cellars shall have a fire-resistive rating of not less than one(1)hour except where an approved automatic sprinkler system is provided. j. Modifications in height and area shall not be permitted in Hazardous Occupancies.For detail requirements see Section 407. k.See 412.7 for allowable height and floor areas of Automatic Parking Structures. 1.See 901.6 for sprinkler requirements in basements and for buildings without access openings. m.See 901.7 for sprinkler requirements for Public Garages. n.Total area after increase permitted by 402.3(b)shall not exceed 15,000 sq.ft.. o.Height in feet not applicable to storage(S)and factory-industrial (F)occupancies. p.When buildings listed under this column are sprinklered,the height may be increased one(1)story. 'Maximum height 80 feet. b i O - i Copyright U 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai.15,.201E 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR t DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE,AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIh AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. CHAPTER V SPECIAL OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 501—TEMPORARY STRUCTURES A special building permit for a limited time shall be obtained before the �. erection of Temporary Structures such as construction sheds, seats, cano- pies, tents and fences used in construction work or for temporary purposes such as reviewing stands. Such structures shall be completely removed upon the expiration of the time limit stated in the permit. SECTION 502—GREENHOUSES Greenhouses more than thirty-five (35) feet in height shall have a non- combustible structural frame. Greenhouses not over four hundred (400) square feet in area, or fifteen (15) feet high, shall be considered accessory structures and may be of any construction, except that a greenhouse with wood frame construction shall be located not less than five (5) feet from an adjoining structure or property line. Maximum allowable deflection for structural members of greenhouses shall not extend 1] 120 of span. SECTION 503-REVIEWING STANDS, GRANDSTANDS AND BLEACHERS 503.1—SCOPE Reviewing stands, grandstands and bleachers.shall conform to the provi- sions of this Section. 503.2—DEFINITIONS BLEACHERS: Bleachers are tiered or stepped seating facilities without backrests in which an area of three (3) square feet or less is assigned per person for computing the occupant load. FOOTBOARDS: Footboards are that part of a raised seating facility other than an aisle or cross aisle upon which the occupant walks to reach a seat. GRANDSTANDS: Grandstands are tiered or stepped seating facilities wherein an area of more than three (3) square feet is provided for each person. OPEN AIR GRANDSTANDS AND BLEACHERS: Open air grand- stands and bleachers shall refer to seating facilities which are located so that the side toward which the audience faces is unroofed and without an enclosing wall. PERMANENT: Permanent stands are those seating facilities which remain at a location for more than ninety (90) days. REVIEWING STANDS: Reviewing stands are elevated platforms ac- commodating not more than fifty (50) persons. Seating facilities, if pro- vided, are normally in the .nature of loose chairs. Reviewing stands accommodating more than fifty (50) persons shall be regulated as grand- stands. i 5-1 Copyright 0 1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Nhu 15,2016 3:07:00 PM I distribution a thou ed.ANY UNAUTHORI7 P REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on or AGREEMENT,RNII SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRZMINAI;PF.NALTIF,STHEREUNDER. SAFE DISPERSAL AREA: Safe dispersal area shall mean an area which will accommodate a number of persons equal to the total capacity of the stand and building which it serves in such a manner that no person within the area need be closer than fifty (50) feet from the stand or build- ing. Dispersal areas are based upon an area of not less than three (3) square feet per person. TEMPORARY: Temporary seating facilities are those which are in- tended for use at a location for not more than ninety (90) days. 503.3—HEIGHT OF GRANDSTANDS AND BLEACHERS (a) Grandstands and bleachers may be of the types of construction per- mitted for Assembly Occupancy, Non-Working Stage in Table 400. There shall not be more than three (3) seating terraces or balconies in a single story- (b) When spaces under .grandstands or bleachers are used for purposes other than toilet rooms, ticket booths less than one hundred (100) square feet in area, and open ramps or level exiting facilities, such spaces shall be separated by not less than one hour fire resistant construction. (c) The highest level of seat platforms of any grandstand or bleacher having a combustible structural frame of less than Heavy.Timber sizes (See Section 604) shall be not more than twenty (20) feet. (d) Combustible material may be used for seatboard, toeboards, bearing or base pads or footboards. 5.03.4--DESIGN REQUIREMENTS See Chapter XII. 503.5—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (a) Row spacing. There shall be a clear space of not less than twelve (12) inches measured horizontally between the back or backrest of each seat and the front of the seat immediately behind it. The minimum spacing of rows of seats measured from back to back shall be: 1. Twenty-two (22) inches for seats without backrests. 2. Thirty (30) inches for seats with backrests. 3. Thirty-three (33) inches for chair seating. (b) Rise between rows. The maximum rise from one row of seats to the next shall not exceed sixteen (16) inches unless the seat spacing from back to back measured horizontally is forty (40) inches or more. (c) Seating capacity determination. Where bench type seating is used, the number of seats shall be based on one person for each eighteen (1 S) inches of length of the bench. (d) Aisles. Aisles required. Aisles shall be provided in all seating facilities except that aisles may be omitted when all of the following conditions exist: 1. Seats are without backrests. 5-2 I disttrib utioht n uthonied.ANY UNAUTHORIZEGHTS D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOLATION pursuant OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreern,ent with IACT AND TH further E I,CENSEreproduction or -AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TOCIVIL,AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER..- .. ...... ...... ........................................... ... .. . .......... 2. The rise from row to row does not exceed twelve (12) inches per row. 3. The number of rows does not exceed eleven (11) in height. 4. The top seating board is not over then (10) feet above grade. 5. The first seating board is not more than twenty (20) inches above grade. (e) Obstructions. Obstructions shall not be placed in the required width of any aisle or exitway. (f) Width. Aisles serving seats on both sides shall have a minimum width of forty-four (44) inches. When serving seats only on one side, the aisle shall have a minimum width of thirty-six (36) inches. 1. Cross aisles and vomitories shall be not less than fifty-four (54) inches in clear width and shall extend to an exit, enclosed stairway or exterior perimeter ramp. 2. Stairs and ramps. All stairs shall have a maximum rise of every step in a stairway of seven and one-half (7y2) inches and a run of not less than ten (10) inches with a one-quarter (1/4) inch tolerance. Ramps shall comply with the requirements of Section 1116. 3. Guardrails. Perimeter guardrails or enclosing walls, or fencing shall be. provided for all portions.-of elevated seating facilitiesmore'.than thirty (30) inches above grade or floor. The height of the guardrail shall be forty- two (42) inches above:the front edge of the walking surface and measured :verticalty Where the:,seatboard is the walking surface, the height shall he measured from the.front edge,of:the seatboard. Open guardrail and stair railings shall have intermediate rails or an ornamental pattern such that a sphere six (6) inches in diameter cannot pass through. -- Guardrails adjacent to seating must resist a load of twenty (20) pounds per lineal foot applied horizontally to the top rail. Guardrails which serve exit facilities must resist a load of fifty (50) pounds per lineal foot applied horizontally to the top rail. Exception: Guardrails at the front of the front row of seats which are not located at the end of an aisle and where there is no cross aisle may have a height of thirty (30) inches with a midrail. 4. Toeboards. A four (4) inch high vertical barrier shall be installed along the edge of walking platforms whereon guradrails are required. EXCEPTION: Toeboards shall not be required at the end of footboards. 5. Footboards. Footboards shall be provided for all rows of seats above the third row or beginning at such a point where the seating plank is more than two (2) feet above grade. Where the same platform is used for both seating and footboard, the platform shall be not less than twenty-four (24) inches wide. Footboards at a level below the seat board shall be not less than a structural grade of two (2) inch by ten (10) inch lumber or equivalent. When aisles are required by Section 503.5(d), footboards not less than eighteen (18) inches in width shall be installed between each row of seats. i 5-3 Copyright 0 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 1-5,2016 3:07:00 PM distribution a thou ed.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on or - --- - --- -- - -- -AGREEMENT;'AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 503.6--SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (a) Grandstands and Bleachers Within Buildings. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, grandstands and bleachers shall comply with the other applicable sections of Chapter XI. EXCEPTION: When seats are without backrests, there may be nine (9) seats between any seat and an aisle. (b) Open Air Grandstands and Bleachers. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, open air grandstands and bleachers shall comply with the other applicable sections of Chapter X1. 1. Dead ends. Dead ends in vertical aisles shall not exceed a depth of sixteen (16) rows for permanent grandstands and twenty-six (26) rows for temporary grandstands. 2. Distance to exit. The line of travel from any seat to a safe dispersal area exit ramp, enclosed stairway or vomitory shall not be more than two- hundred (200) feet. Whan the seats do not have backrests, the distance may be measured by direct line. 3. Safe dispersal area. Each safe dispersal area shall have a minimum of two (2) exits. if more than six-thousand (6000) persons are to be accommodated within a dispersal area, there shall be a minimum of three (3) exits and for more than nine-thousand (9000) persons there shall be at least four (4) exits. The aggregate clear width of exits.from a safe dispersal 4 area shall be determined on the basis of not less than one (1) exit unit of twenty-two (22) inches for each five-hundred (500) persons to be accom modated and no exit shall be less than forty-four (44) inches in width. 4. Two exits required. Two (2) exits .shall be provided from every stand which accommodates more than three-hundred (300) persons. 5. Three exits required. Three (3) exits shall be required where a grandstand or section thereof accommodates more than one-thousand (1000) persons. 6. Four exits required. Four (4) exits shall be provided where a grand- stand or section thereof accommodates more than three-thousand (3000) persons. 7. Determination of exit width. The total width of exits in feet shall be not less than the total occupant load served divided by one hundred fifty (150) when exiting by stairs and divided by two hundred (200) when exit- ing by ramps, corridors, tunnels or vomitories. 8. Minimum exit width. No exit shall be less than forty-four (44) inches in width. 9. Number of seats between aisles. The number of seats between any seat and an aisle shall not be greater than twenty.(20) when the seats are without backrests and nine (9) if the seats have backrests. SECTION 504—FARM BUILDINGS Farm Buildings shall include those structures other than residences and- structures appurtenant thereto, for on-farm use (barns, sheds, poultry houses, etc.). Maximum allowable deflection for structural members of such farm buildings shall not exceed 1/ 180 of span. Design limitations CopI dissttributioht n authorized.ANRIGHTS UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATIONessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM ursuant to license OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreernent with ICC.No ACT AND THEE LICENSEion or ........................ - - .....AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.... based on deflection as prescribed elsewhere in this code shall not be applicable. SECTION 505—COVERED AND ENCLOSED WALKWAYS AND TUNNELS `- 505.1—SCOPE This section shall apply to connections between buildings such as walk- ways or tunnels, located at, above, or below grade level, that are used as a means of travel by persons. 505.2--DEFINITIONS �-- COVERED WALKWAY. A roofed, unobstructed walkway, where the least horizontal dimension is less than thirty (30) feet, connecting buildings and used as a means of travel by persons and where less than fifty (50) percent of the perimeter is enclosed. ENCLOSED WALKWAY. A roofed, unobstructed walkway, where the least horizontal dimension is less than thirty (30) feet, connecting buildings and used as a means of travel by persons and where fifty (50) percent or more of the perimeter is enclosed. TUNNELED WALKWAY. An unobstructed underground walkway connecting buildings and used as a means of travel by persons. 5.05.3—CON STRUCTION` (a) Covered walkway A covered walkway shall be of any type of con- struction permitted by this code, provided the walls and openings at the point of connection to the buildings shall be protected so as to reasonably prevent the spread of lire from one building into the other. (b) Enclosed walkway: An enclosed walkway shall be required to be of a type of construction permitted for the buildings connected. Separation between the enclosed walkway and the building to which it is connected, except when used as an exit outlet, shall be of not less than one (1) hour fire resistant construction, and openings therein shall be protected in accordance with Table 700. (c) Tunneled walkway: A tunneled walkway shall be of a type of con- struction suitable for underground location. Separation between the tun- neled walkway and the building to which it is connected shall be not less than two (2) hour fire resistant construction and openings therein shall be protected in accordance with Table 700. 505.4—EXITS See Chapter X1. 505,5—VENTILATION Smoke and heat venting shall be provided for enclosed walkways and tunneled walkways. Such venting systems shall be in accordance with "Guide for Smoke and Heat Venting, NFiPA 204" or other accepted engi- neering practice. 5-5 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT.ACLANDTHE.LICENSE AGREEMENT, ANDSUB�JEC'"I O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL - - - - INAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SECTION 506—SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE GROUP;R—RESIDENTIAL AND GROUP B—BUSINESS BUILDINGS 506.1—SCOPE These requirements shall apply to all Group R - Residential and Group B -Business buildings having floor surfaces used for human occupancy located more than seventy-five (75) feet above the lowest level of Fire Department vehicle access. Such buildings shall be provided with either an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 506.10 or areas of refuge (compartmentation) in accordance with Section 506.9. All mechanical and electrical systems shall be approved and installed in accordance with approved plans and specifications pursuant to this section and shall be tested and proved to be in proper working condition to the satisfaction of the Building Official before-issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy. See also Section 1104.5—Smokeproof Enclosures. 506.2-SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS (a) At least one approved smoke detector suitable for .the intended use shall be installed in: 1. Every mechanical equipment, electrical, transformer, telephone -_ equipment, elevator machine or similar room. 2. In every elevator lobby. 3. In the main return and exhaust air plenum of each air conditioning system serving more than one (1) story and located in a serviceable area downstream of the last duct inlet. 4. Each connection to a vertical duct or riser serving two (2) or more stories from return air ducts or plenums of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, except that in Group R - Residential occupancies, an approved smoke detector may be used in each return air riser carrying not more than five thousand (5000) cfm and serving not more than ten (10) air inlet openings. The actuation of any detector required by this Section shall operate the voice alarm system and shall place into operation all equipment necessary to prevent the recirculation of smoke. 506.3—ALARM AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (a) The alarm and communciations systems shall be designed and installed such that damage to any terminal unit or speaker will not render more than one (1) zone of the system inoperative. The voice alarm and public address system may be a combined system. When approved, the Fire Department communications system may' be combined with the voice alarm system and the public address system. Three communication systems shall be provided as follows: 1. Voice Alarm System (A) The operation of any smoke detector required by this section, Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVES-�&ssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE . . ... . ............... .................. ..................... .... ... - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES..THEREUNDER...... ................ -.. --._.. sprinkler, waterflow device or manual fire alarm system, shall automati- cally activate a voice alarm system. The voice alarm system shall provide a pre-determined message on a selective basis to the area where the alarm originated. (B) The voice alarm shall provide information and give direction to the occupants. (C) The Central Control Station shall contain controls for the voice alarm system so that a selective or general voice alarm may be manually initiated. (D) The system shall be continuously electrically supervised against component failure of the audiopath including amplifiers, speaker wiring, switches and electrical contacts and shall detect opens and shorts which might impair the function of the system. (E) Activation of the system shall automatically sound an alert sig- nal to the desired areas followed by voice instructions giving appropriate information. (F) The alarm shall be designed to be heard clearly by all occupants within the building or designated portions thereof as is required for the Public Address System. 2. Public Address System A' public address communication system designed to be clearly heard by-all occupants of the building shall operate from the Central Con- trol.Station. It shall.be established on a selective or general basis to the following terminal,areas: ~' (A) Elevators (B) Elevator lobbies (C) Corridors (D) Exit stairways (E) Rooms and tenant spaces exceeding one-thousand (1,000) sq.ft. in area (F) Dwelling units in apartment houses (G) Hotel guest rooms or suites 3. Fire Department Communication System A two-way fire department communication system shall be pro- vided for Fire Department use. It shall operate between the Central Con- trol Station and every elevator, elevator lobby, entry to every enclosed exit stairway and in corridors, 506.4—CENTRAL CONTROL STATION (a) A Central Control Station for Fire Department operations shall be provided in location approved by the Fire Department. It shall contain: 1. The voice alarm and public address system panels. 2. The Fire Department communications panel. 3. Fire detection and alarm system annunciator panels. 4. Status indicators showing location of elevators in the hoistways and 5-7 disttributioht n authorized.ANRIGHTS UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM ursuant to license OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreernent with ICC.No ACT AND THEE LICENSEion or --- AGREEMENT,AN D SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES T .... .. ............ .....-__ _..__ ...........-. HEREUNDER. switches to selectively turn on or off power to elevators. 5. Status indicators and controls for air handling systems, 6. Control`, for unlocking all stairway doors simultaneously. ` 7. Sprinkler valve and waterflow detector display panels. 8. Emergency power, light and emergency system controls and status indicators. 9. A telephone for fire department use with controlled access to the public telephone system. 506.5---SMOKE CONTROL (a) Natural or mechanical ventilation for the removal of products of combustion shall be provided in every story and shall consist of one of the following: 1. Panels or windows in the exterior walls which can be opened remotely from an approved location other than the fire floor. Such venting facilities shall be provided at the rate of twenty (20) square feet per fifty (50) lineal feet of exterior wall in each story and shall be distributed around the perimeter at not more than fifty (50) foot intervals. Such win- dows or panels and their controls shall be clearly identified. 2. in a building which is equipped.with an approved, complete auto- matic sprinkler system, windows or panels manually openable from the fire ; floor or panels of approved fixed fully tempered glass may be substituted for the remotely operated openable panels or windows. Such mantxaily openable windows or'fixed tempered panels shall be clearly identifieOnd shall be of the size and spacing required in Section 506.5(a) 1. 3. In a building which is equipped with an approved, complete auto- matic sprinkler system, properly designed mechanical air handling equip- ment may be substituted for the natural ventilation described in Sections 506.5 (a) 1. and 506.5 (a) 2., provided that the air handling equipment is connected to the standby power and light system (See Section 506.7 (b) 2). Under fire conditions, the return and exhaust air shall_ be moved directly to the outside without recirculation to other sections of the building. The air handling system shall have the capability of providing a minimum of one (1) exhaust air change every ten (10) minutes for any area which might be involved. 4. Any other design which will produce equivalent results may be con- sidered by the Building Official. 506.6—ELEVATORS (a) General Elevators and elevator lobbies shall comply with the following pro- visions: Note: A bank of elevators is a group of elevators or a single elevator controlled by a common operating system, that is, all those elevators which respond to a single call button constitute a bank of elevators. 'There is no limit on the number of cars which may be in a bank or group but there may not be more than four cars within a common hoistway. 5-8 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE P ............_............. __... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIh AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDERr........... - __. _..... _ _.. _ _. L Openings in the elevator lobby shall be limited to those required for access to the elevators and for egress from the building. Exit stairways, chutes, janitor closets, guest rooms, service rooms, etc., shall not open into the elevator lobby. Except for the main entrance level, all elevators on all floors shall open into elevator lobbies which are separ- ated from the remainder of the building as required for exit access corridor construction in Chapter 7. EXCEPTION: Where there are open exterior corridors the entire width of the building with stairs located at each end and the elevators are located on the exterior of the buillding, elevator lobbies may be deleted. 2. Each elevator lobby shall be provided with an approved smoke detector located on the lobby ceiling. When the detector is activated, eleva- tor doors shall not open and all cars serving that lobby are to return to the main floor and be under manual control only. if the main floor detector or a transfer floor detector is activated, all cars serving the main floor or transfer floor shall return to a location approved by the Fire Department and building official and be under manual control only. The smoke detec- tor is to operate before the optical density reaches 0.03 per foot. The detec- tot may serve to close the lobby doors. 3. A permanent sign shall be installed in each elevator cab adjacent to the floor status indicator and at each elevator call station on each floor reading "IN FIRE EMERGENCY, DO NOT USE ELEVATOR--USE EXIT STAIRS 4. Elevator-hoistways:shall�:na 'be vented into an elevator machine room. Cable slofis entering;the:machine room shall be sleeved beneath. the machine room floor and extend to not less than 12 inches below the shaft vent to inhibit. he passage of smoke- into the machineroom. 5. At least one elevator car in each building serving all floors shall have a minimum inside car platform of four (4) foot three (3) inch deep by six (6) foot eight (8) inch wide with a minimum clear opening width of 42" unless otherwise designed to provide equivalent utility, to accommodate an ambulance stretcher (minimum size 22" x 78") in its horizontal position. This elevator shall be identified. 506,7--STANDBY POWER AND LIGHT (a) On-site Generated Power A permanently installed standby power generation system conforming to NFiPA 70 shall be provided, The system shall be equipped with suitable means for automatically starting the generator set upon failure of the nor- mal electrical service and for automatic transfer and operation of electrical functions. System supervision devices with manual start and transfer fea- tures shall be provided at the Central Control Station. An on-premise fuel supply sufficient for not less than two (2) hours full demand operation of the system shall be provided. All power lighting, sig- nal and communication facilities provided under the requirements of this section shall be transferable to the standby power system. EXCEPTION: If the building design utilizes standby equipment fueled 5-9 Copyright(,)1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 1-5,2016 3:07:00 PM distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on or - - ----- --- - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Iby pipeline natural gas and acceptable to the administrative authority. (b) Standby Power Loads The following loads are classified as standby power loads. The transition time from the instant of failure of the normal power source to the genera- tor source shall not exceed sixty (60) seconds. The standby power load shall be sized to supply the following: 1. The elevator required under 506.6(a)5. 2. Mechanical air handling systems required to'be operating during an emergency. 3. Fire pumps. (c) Emergency Power Loads The transition time from the instant of failure of the normal power source to the. generating source shall not exceed ten (10) seconds unless otherwise specifically noted. The following loads are classified as emer- gency Power Loads: 1. Voice alarm system 2. Voice communication system 3. Fire alarm systems 4. Fire detection systems 5. Elevator car lighting 6. Escape route lighting and exit sign illumination which shall both operate within one second. (d) All vertical runs of :alarm and communication systems shall be installed in a two (2) hour fire-resistive shaft, provided for that purpose, with protected access openings. These enclosures shall be aligned vertically and be accessible from common or public areas. 506.8—EXITS (a) All stairway doors which are to be locked from the stairway side shall have the capability of being unlocked simultaneously without un- latching upon a signal from the Central Control Station. (b) Telephone or other two-way communications systems connected to an approved emergency service which operates continuously shall be pro- vided at not less than every fifth floor in each required stairway where other provisions of this code permit the doors to be locked. 506.9—AREAS OF REFUGE (COMPARTMENTATION) ALTERNATE (a) Areas of refuge may be provided in lieu of automatic sprinklers. To . provide such areas of refuge, each story exceeding fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet in area shall 'be divided into two (2) or more areas of approxi- mately the same size but riot exceeding fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet each. (b) Where openings in an exterior wall are above and within five (5) feet laterally of an opening of the story below, such openings shall be separated by an approved flame barrier extending thirty (30) inches beyond the exte- 5-10 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ................._. .._ . . _.__........................... --AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIh AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER: rior wall in the plane of the floor or by approved vertical flame barriers and not less than three (3) feet in height measured vertically above the top of the lower opening. Such flame barriers are not required when a com- plete automatic sprinkler system is installed. (c) Walls used for compartmenting a building shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours. Duct penetrations of this wall shall not be permitted. Piping and conduit may penetrate or pass through the wall only if the openings are caulked with impervious noncombustible materials sufficiently tight to prevent the transfer of smoke or combustion gases from one side of the wall to the other and are so maintained. The fire door serving as the horizontal exit between compartments shall be so installed, fitted and gasketed that it will provide a substantial barrier to the passage of smoke. (d) The fire resistance of the floor or the floor-ceiling assembly shall extend to and be tight against the exterior wall so that the fire-resistive integrity is maintained. Penetrations or other installations which will impair the fire-resistive integrity of the floor or floor-ceiling assembly are not permitted. (e) A manual fire alarm system (pull boxes) shall be provided. (f) Each area of refuge (compartment) shall contain a minimum of one (1 ) enclosed exitway stairway and each compartment shall have access to an elevator which may serve additional compartments. When elevators are directly accessible to- more than one (1) compartment, the elevator lobby shall be separated from the compartments by not less than two (2) hour fire resistance xate:d construction with tightfitting opening protectiues hav- ing fire resistance ratings.of not less than one.and one-half"(1112) hour. 506.10 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS ALTERNATE (a) An approved complete automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the building. The sprinkler system shall be designed using the perameters set forth in the NFiPA 13 and the following: 1. Shut off valves and water flow devices shall be provided at the riser connection on each floor. In addition to actuating a local alarm on the floor upon which the water flow is detected, such valves shall be supervised by a continuously manned control station or by a central station. The sprinkler riser may be combined with the Fire Department standpipe riser. 2. In Seismic Zones 2 and 3, in addition to the main water supply, a secondary on-site supply of water equal to the hydraulically calculated sprinkler demand plus one hundred (100) gallons per minute for the stand- pipe system shall be provided. This supply shall have a duration of thirty (30 minutes, but need not exceed ten thousand (10,000) gallons. 3. Automatic Fire Sprinklers may be omitted in the following rooms or areas when such rooms or areas are protected with an approved auto- matic fire detection system which will respond to visible or invisible parti- cles of combustion: (A) Generator and Transformer rooms. 5-11 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __ - ............ ____ .............. __ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECTT-- AGREEMENT, O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (B) Any room where the application of water, or flame and water, may constitute a serious life or fire hazard. (C) Communication equipment areas under the exclusive control of a public utility provided: (1) The equipment areas are separated from the remainder of the building by construction equivalent to a one (1) hour fire-resistive wall and two (2) hour fire-resistive floor-ceiling assemblies, and (2) Such areas are used exclusively for such equipment. (D) When approved by the Building Official, any other area or room where sprinklers are considered undesirable because of the nature of the contents. 506.11—ALTERNATES PERMITTED (a) When a complete approved automatic sprinkler system, complying with Section 506.10 is provided, the following modifications of Code requirements are acceptable: (See also footnote d Table 400). 1. Fixed tempered glass may be used in lieu of openable panels for smoke control purposes. 2. The one and one-half (1%2) inch wet standpipe, hose.and nozzles is not required, however, the Fire Department risers and hose connections in required stairways are to be provided. 3. The manually,operated fire alarm system required in the com. part- mented building is not required. 4. Spandrel walls, eyebrows and compartmentation are not required, however, the fire resistance of the floors and juncture of exterior walls with =r each floor must be maintained. 5. Fire dampers, other than those needed to protect floor-ceiling assemblies (to maintain the fire resistance of the assembly) are not required except for those which may be necessary to by-pass smoke to the outside; to convert from recirculated air to one hundred (100) precent outside air; and that which may be required to protect the fresh air supply intake against smoke which may be outside the building. 6. Smokeproof enclosures may be omitted provided all required stair- ways are equipped with a dampered relief opening at the top and supplied mechanically with sufficient air to discharge a minimum of two thousand five hundred (2500) cubic feet per minute through the relief opening while maintaining a minimum positive pressure of fifteen hundredths (0.15) inch water column relative to atmospheric pressure with all doors closed. Acti- vation of the mechanical equipment shall be in accordance with Section 1104.5(h)7. --- 7. The required fire resistance rating of vertical shafts other than stairway enclosures and elevator hoistways may be reduced to one (1) hour when sprinklers are installed within the shafts at alternate floors. 8. In Type I construction, partitions, columns, trusses, girders, beams and floors may be reduced by one (1) hour, but no component or assembly shall be less than one (1) hour. 5-12 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i _..__. _.... ... ............... - ..AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT TO CIVIh AND CRIMINAb PENALTIES-THEREUNDER:.......... _ _.. _.... . 506.E 2—SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS (a) In Seismic Zones 2 and 3 the anchorage of the following mechanical and electrical equipment required by the section shall be designed in accordance with Section 1207 for a lateral-force based on a'"Cp" value of five-tenths (0.5) unless data substantiating a lesser value is furnished: 1. Elevator drive and suspension systems. 2. Standby power and lighting facilities. 3. Fire pumps and other fire protection equipment SECTION 507----COVERED MALLS 507.1--SCOPE The provisions of this section shall apply to buildings or structures defined herein as covered mall buildings, except when approved by the Building Official. The following uses need not comply with the provisions of this section: 1. Terminals for transportation facilities. 2. Foyers and lobbies of hotel, apartment and office buildings. --- 507.2--DEFINITIONS For the purposes of this section, certain terms are defined as follows: COVERED MALL BUILDING is a single building enclosing a number of tenants and occupancies such as, retail istores, drinking.and dining estab- lishments,:entertainme'nt and amusement facilities, offices and,other sim- ilar: uses wherein two or more tenants have a main entrance into one or more malls. For the purpose of this Chapter anchor stores shall not be considered as a part of the covered mall building, ANCHOR STORE is an exterior perimeter department store or major merchandising center having direct access to a mall but having all required exits independent of a mall. GROSS LEASABLE AREA is the total floor area designed for tenant occupancy and exclusive use. The area of tenant occupancy is measured from the center lines of joint partitions to the outside of the tenant walls. All tenant areas, including areas used for storage, shall be included in cal- culating gross leasable area. MALL is a roofed or covered common pedestrian area within a covered mall building which serves as access for two or more tenants. OCCUPANT LOAD is the total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion thereof at any one time. 507.3—LEASE PLAN The Building and Fire Departments shall be provided with a lease plan for each covered mall building showing the locations of each occupancy and its exits after the certificate of occupancy has been issued. Such plans shall be kept current. Modifications or changes in occupancy or use shall not be made from that shown on the lease plan without prior approval of the Building Official: 5-13 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUPHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ... ������� �� �� �� AaREEYvIEiST1,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 507.4—TENANT SEPARATION Each tenant shall be separated from adjoining tenants by one (1) hour fire-resistive partition walls complying with the requirements of Section 702.1(b). Separation is not required between a tenant space and a mall. 507.5------EXITS Exit facilities shall be provided in accordance with the following re- quirements: (a) The occupant load permitted for the covered mall building, assuming all portions, including individual tenant spaces and the mall, to be occu- pied at the same time, shall be determined by dividing the gross leasable area by thirty (30) for covered mall buildings containing up to one hundred fifty thousand (150,000) square feet of gross leasable area; by forty (40) for covered mall buildings containing between 150,001 and three hundred fifty thousand (350,000) square feet of gross leasable area, and by fifty (50) for covered mall buildings containing more than three hundred fifty thousand (350,000) square feet of gross leasable area. Exit requirements for the gross leasable area of the covered mall building shall be based on the occupant load thus determined. The occupant load of anchor stores opening into the mall need not be included in computing the total number of occupants for the mall. (b) For exit purposes the mall may be considered to be a public way. (c) The maximum distance of travel from any point within a mall to the exterior, an exit enclosure, a horizontal exit or an exit passageway shall not exceed two hundred (200) feet. (d) Each individual occupancy within the covered mall building shall..be provided with exits in accordance with other provisions of this code. Travel distance may be measured to the entrance to the mall. (e) One-half (Y2) of the required units of exit width for tenant spaces connected to a covered mall shall lead to the outside by means other than through the mall; except that when a tenant space does not exceed two thousand two hundred fifty (2,250) square feet in area and the distance of travel from any point in the space to the entrance to the mall does not exceed seventy-five (75) feet only one egress door shall be required; or when a tenant space-if located at the intersection of two covered malls or has exposure on two different covered malls, such tenant space when in excess of two thousand two hundred fifty (2,250) square feet in area shall have at least two (2) separate egress doors both of which may lead through the covered malls providing the egress doors are located as remote from each other as practical. The covered mall connecting tenant spaces shall have not less than two (2) independent exits located as remotely as practi- cal from each other and shall have a total number of units of exit width equal to that required for the exits from the tenant spaces which are within one hundred (100) foot travel distance to the exit from the mall plus that required for one (1) person per foot of mall width. (f) Anchor stores shall provide the required number and width of exits directly to the exterior. The occupant load of anchor stores opening into the mall shall not be included in determining exit requirements for the mall. 5-14 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or s distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE t c . ........................_ -_ -____ -___. -_..AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT'£O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES T-ITERF,UNDER:— .._... ......._-. . (g) The dead end of a mall shall not exceed twice its width. (h) The total width of exit doors from a covered mall building shall be sufficient to accomodate the entire calculated occupant. load exclusive of the anchor stores. (i) The minimum width of exit from a mall shall be sixty-six (66) inches. 0) The aggregate required width of exits shall be divided approximately equally around the mall. (k) When exit passageways are present to provide a secondary exit from a tenant space, doors to the corridor shall be one-hour fire doors. Such doors shall be self-closing and be so maintained or shall be automatic clos- ing by smoke detection. (1) Storage is prohibited in exit corridors which are also used for service '�-- to the tenants. Such corridors shall be posted with conspicuous signs so stating. (m) Tenant Spaces, requiring more than one exit, may have one of the exits through an adjoining or intervening room which provides a direct, obvious and unobstructed means of travel to an exit corridor, exit enclo- sure or until egress is provided from the building, provided the exit does not pass through restrooms, kitchens, closets or spaces used for similar purposes. 507.E—MALL WIDTH The minimum:.width of the mall.shall be 20.feet. There shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet clear exit width to a height of eight (8) feet between any projection of a tenant space bordering the mall to the nearest kiosk, vending machine, bench, display opening, or other obstruction to exit travel. The mall width shall be sufficient to accommodate the occupant load emptying into the immediately adjacent malt as determined by Section 1105.1. 507.7--TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION The area of any covered mall building including anchor stores, of types 1, 11, 111 and IV construction shall not be limited provided the building is surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space of not less than sixty (60) feet. For one story buildings, see Section 402.3. 507.8—OCCUPANCY Covered mall buildings shall be classified as Group M, Mercantile Occupancies and may contain accessory uses consisting of Group A, E or R Occupancies. Individual accessory uses within a covered mall building shall contain an area not exceeding the sprinklered area permitted by Table 400 of this Code for the type of construction and the occupancy involved. The aggregate area of all accessory uses within a covered mall 5-15 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE I,ICANSE, .. .................. .............. AGREFMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. building shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the gross leasable area. Groups A, ''E and R Occupancies shall be separated from" adjacent tenants by a minimum of a one (1) hour fire-resistive occupancy sep- aration. Exceptions: 1. The side or sides which border the mall need have no separation. 2. Group A Large Assembly Occupancies shall be located in the covered mall building so that their main entrance is immediately adjacent a principal entrance to the mall. 507.9--AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS (a) Automatic Fire Suppression Systems. The covered mall building shall be provided with an automatic fire-extinguishing system. conforming to the provisions of NFiPA 13. In addition to these Standards,the automatic fire extinguishing system shall comply with the following: 1. All automatic fire-extinguishing system control valves shall be elec- trically supervised by an approved central station, proprietary or remote station alarm service which will give an audible signal at a constantly attended station. (NFiPA 7 or 72) 2. The automatic fire-suppression system shall be complete and opera- tive throughout all occupied space in the covered mall building prior to occupancy of any of the tenant spaces. Unoccupied tenant space shall. be similarly protected unless provided with approved alternate protection:' 507.10-HOSE CONNECTIONS . (a) Hose Connections: There shall be a hose outlet connected to a supply capable of delivering two hundred fifty (250) gpm at each of the following locations: 1. Within the mall at the entrance to an exit passage or exit corridor. 2. At each floor level landing within enclosed stairways opening directly onto the mall. 3. Adjacent to principle exterior entrances to the mall. (b) Hose outlets shall be installed to comply with the requirements of NFiPA 14 with regard to materials, installation methods and testing. Exceptions: 1. Risers and laterals of dry standpipe systems not located within and enclosed stairway need not be protected by a degree of fire resistance equal to that required for vertical enclosures in the covered mall building. 2. In buildings where more than one standpipe is provided,; they need not be interconnected. 3. Piping may be hydraulically sized. 507.11=FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Fire extinguishers shall be provided as required by the Standard Fire Prevention Code. 5-16 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ___.. __ .. ..........._ .... ............AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAh PF.NAhTIF,S THEREUNDER........._ _._....._... _. 507.12—SMOKE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS (a) The purpose of smoke control is to restrict movement of smoke to the general area of fire.origin and to maintain means of egress in a usable condition. (b) Smoke detectors shall be provided within the return air portion of an air conditioning system in accordance with the Standard Mechanical Code. Actuation of either a smoke detector or the sprinkler system shall cause the air supply to the air conditioning zone in which the fire occurs to shut down. (c) The mall shall have smoke removal capability installed in or near the roof. Such facility may be either natural or mechanical. (d) Before the systems are accepted by the Building Official, they shall be �. tested in his presence to confirm that they are operating in compliance with the requirements of this subsection. 507.13—PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM When a public address system is provided, the system shall be made accessible to and usable by the Fire Department. 507.14—FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT Rooms containing controls for air conditioning systems, sprinkler risers and valves, or other fire detection; suppression or control elements shall be identified for the use of the Fire Department. 507.15-- PLASTIC.PANELS.AND'�PLASTIC SIGNS (a) Within every store or level and from side wall to side wall of each tenant space or mall, approved plastic panels and signs shall be limited as follows: 1. They shall not exceed twenty (20) percent of the wall area facing the mall. 2. They shall not exceed a height of thirty-six (36) inches except that if the sign is vertical then the height shall not exceed ninety-six (96) inches and the width shall not exceed thirty-six (36) inches. 3. They shall be located a minimum distance of eighteen (18) inches from adjacent tenants. 4. All edges and backs shall be fully encased in metal. SECTION 508--ACCESSIBILITY FOR THE PHYSICALLY DISABLED AND/OR HANDICAPPED 508.1---APPLICATION The requirements of this section shall apply to all levels and areas of buildings and structures except as modified by Section 508.7(a), 508.7(b), 508.7(c), and to all occupancy classifications except Group H - Hazardous and except single family structures and duplexes of Group R - Residential. 508.2--STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS (a) The provisions of this section may not adequately provide for every 5-17 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,= AND SUBJEC' IO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. contingency relating to barriers for the handicapped. In situations not con- templated by the provisions of this section, compliance with the standard "Specifications for Making Building and Facilities Accessible to, and Usa- ble by, the Physically Handicapped", American National Standards Insti- tute A117.1, shall be evidence of compliance with the intent of this section. (b) The term "accessible ", as used in this section, means minimally that; 1. Paths have been provided for the physically disabled and/or handi- capped which are unobstructed; and devoid of curbs, stairs, or other abrupt changes in elevation. 2. Ramps, where provided along such paths, are in compliance with the requirements of Section I I16(f). However, changes in elevation of I" or less need not be ramped. 3. Corridors included in such paths are of a width between walls not less than forty-four (44) inches. 4. Single walk through swinging doors and one leaf of multiple leaf swinging doors (where manually operated) shall be not less than thirty-two (32) inches in width. All walk through openings shall.provide not less than twenty-nine (29) inches in clear width. 508.3—ACCESS TO BUILDINGS (a). Accessibility to such buildings shall be provided from rights-of-way and parking areas by means of a pathway leading to at least one entrance generally used by the public. Such pathway shall have been cleared o. all obstructions related to construction activity, .prior to the.opening of >(he building to the general public. Where curbs exist along such pathway,"as between a parking lot surface and a sidewalk surface, inclined curb approaches or curbcuts having a gradient of not more than one (1) foot in twelve (12) feet and a width of not less than four (4) feet shall be provided for access by wheelchairs. (b) A parking lot servicing each entrance pathway shall have a number of level parking spaces, as set forth in the following table, identified by above-grade signs as being reserved for physically handicapped persons. Each parking space so reserved shall be- not less than twelve (12) feet in width. PARKING SPACES FOR HANDICAPPED Required Number of Required Number of Total Spaces in Lot Reserved Spaces Total Spaces in Lot Reserved Spaces up to 25 1 151 to 200 6 26 to 50 2 201 to 300 7 51 to 75 3 301 to 400 8 76 to 100 4 401 to 500 9 101 to 150 5 501 to 1000 2%of total Parking spaces for the physically handicapped shall be located as close as possible to elevators, ramps, walkways and entrances.. Parking spaces should be located so that physically handicapped persons are not com- pelled to wheel or to walk behind parked cars to reach entrances, ramps, walkways and elevators. Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESEADIIceessed b Bobb I ea e on Mar Is,zota s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or Y Y'� & P B P distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ; _- -- -- - -- _ A�GREEIVIEN'I;AND SUBJECT TO CZVIE AND CRIMINAL PENAE'PIES THEREUNDER._- 508.4—ACCESS WITHIN BUILDINGS (a) Accessibility within buildings shall be provided utilizing at least one of the required means of egress at ground level, preferably an entrance generally used by the public, -and shall include access provisions to each floor. Where provided, elevators shall be included in the contemplated access patterns. (b) Elevator entrances shall be identified as to each floor level by means of a plaque located five (5) feet above the floor on the right jamb of such entrances, bearing square-edged numerals at least one and one-half (1 VZ) inches high raised at least twenty-five thousandths (0.025) of an inch and adjacent braille symbols. Elevator control panels shalt bear identification of buttons by means of square-edged numerals or letters at least one-half (%) inch high raised at least twenty-five thousandths (0.025) of an inch and adjacent braille symbols. (c) Common facilities of Group R "Residential" Occupancies, provided for the use of all residents and their guests, such as pools, patios, sauna rooms, recreational buildings, laundry rooms and similar areas shall be included in contemplated access patterns. (d) Rooms included in accessibility patterns which do not have a depth of seven (7) feet or a turning space of four (4) feet by five (5) feet shall be equipped with outwar&swinging-doors if hinged door leaves are installed. (e) In buildings equipped, with water fountains, -at least one such shall have a spout within..: thirty-three (33) inches of the floor and shall be h>.;front m`aurrtedN'hand operated controls. When accessible equipped wit fountains are ilocat-e&,in.'a coves,' the `alcoves shall be of a width not less than thirty-two (32) inches. (f) Where public telephones are provided, at least. one (1) shall be so installed that the headset dial.and. coin receiver are within fifty-four (54) inches of the floor. Unobstructed access to within twelve (12) inches of the telephone shall be provided. Such access shall be not less than thirty (30) inches in width. 508.5—RESTROOM FACILITIES (a) In buildings equipped with restrooms for use by the public or by the general tenancy, at least one restroom for males and one for females on each floor shall be made accessible to and usable by the handicapped. Such restrooms shall be marked by signs or symbols generally recognized as pertaining to facilities suitable to the handicapped. Where such restrooms are not visible from all public areas on each floor, the direction thereto shall be indicated by use of similar signs or symbols. Exception: Unisex, single occupant restrooms for the handicapped, may be pro- vided in lieu of separate facilities for each sex. Such single occupant res- trooms shall comply with the minimum dimensions contained herein, and shall be equipped with a water closet, lavatory and lockable door. (b) Any abrupt changes in floor level in excess of one (1) inch at door- 5-19 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Feague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENA a L'I'IES'1'HEREUNDER. ways to such restrooms shall be ramped. Where the entrance to the restroom is a vestibule containing privacy screens or a series of doors, there shall be unobstructed space between screens or doors not less than four (4) feet in width,and five (5) feet in length. (c) Each such restroom shall be provided with at least one toilet stall approachable through an unobstructed passage forty-four (44) inches in width and with a space not less than five (5) feet in diameter, or fifty-two (52) inches by seventy-two (72) inches for one hundred eighty (180) degree turns by wheelchairs. The toilet stall shall be at least three (3) feet in width and at least four (4) feet eight (8) inches preferably five (5) feet in length, be equipped with an outward swinging or sliding door which provides a clear opening of not less than twenty-nine (29) inches, be provided with handrails of twenty- four (24) inch length mounted on each side wall thirty-three (33) inches above the floor and capable of supporting a two hundred and fifty (250) pound load, and be equipped with a water closet whose seat is fifteen (15) to nineteen (19) inches above the floor. (d) Where mirrors, towel dispensers and disposal units are provided, at least one shall be installed within forty (40) inches of the floor. 508.6—SEATING ACCOMMODATIONS (a) Places of assembly with fixed seating arrangements shall provide not f_ less than two (2) viewing positions for persons in wheelchairs. - (b) Viewing positions for persons in wheelchairsshall be provided ire"a reasonable and convenient section or sections of the facility by one of l e following methods: 1. By providing portable seats which can easily be removed; 2. By providing clear space devoid of any portable or fixed seating arrangements. (c) These positions shall be so located as not to interfere with egress from any row of seats, shall be reached by means of ramps and/or eleva- tors, and shall not infringe upon aisle requirements. (d) There shall be no steps in the aisles or in the access route used by the physically handicapped to reach the viewing positions, but the aisles may be inclined according to the provisions of Section 1118(f). 508.7—EXCEPTIONS (a) The provisions of this section need not apply to the buildings or areas within buildings which are frequented only by employees and where the work within such areas cannot reasonably be performed by the handi- capped unless such areas lie in the path of egress from.areas normally used by the handicapped. (b) Buildings having accessibility at habitable grade levels, where no public elevator is provided, shall not be required to comply with the provi- sions of this section at floors above such levels if facilities normally sought and used by the public in such buildings are available at said grade level. (c) Group B - business buildings with five thousand (5,000) square feet 5-20 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __._ _._... -._...... _..__... ...........AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.... ......__._- _....... _.. __._. -_.... _.._.._ ___... or less per floor, having accessibility at habitable grade levels but without an elevator, and Group S - storage buildings having five thousand (5,000) square feet or less of office space shall not be required to comply with the provisions of.this section. (d) Buildings of Occupancy Classification Group R "Residential" are exempt from the provisions of this section in the following respects: 1. The number of dwelling units or guest rooms which shall be required to comply with the provisions of this part shall be not less than the following: 0 through 10 no units 11 and over 5%Q 2. Hallways within dwelling units having no walk through openings in the sidewalls may be less than forty-four (44) inches in width but shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches wide. 3. Within dwelling units, toilet rooms providing twenty-nine (29) inch clear passage need not comply with the other provisions of this section. (e) Ramps seven (7) feet and less in length required to provide accessibil- ity need not be provided with hand rails. SECTION 509—GROUP I-INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCIES 5.09.1--GENERAL The provisions of this section=shall apply to all Group l - Institutional occupancies defined in Section 409.1. (a): Such buildings may be either sprinklered.or,unsprinklered..;To qualify for.-.the sprinkler option buildings shall be fully pro:tected:.in accordance.with_N:Fi,PA 13 and.the sprinkler system shall be electronically supervised in accordance with Section 901.9. Table 509. 1 identifies the building features or systems required under either option. There shall be no co-mingling of the two options. All Group I - Institutional restrained occupancies defined in Section 409.1 (b) shall be equipped throughout with a manual or automatic fire sprinkler system in accordance with section 901.7 (b). 509.2—SMOKE PARTITIONS (a) Group 1, Institutional occupancies, all doorways to areas housing bedridden patients, and doorways between patient occupied spaces and the required exit, and all exit doorways leading to the exterior shall be not less than forty-four (44) inches in clear width except that exit doors so located as not to be subject to use by patients, may be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in clear width. Required corridors, ramps, or passageways shall be not less than eight (8) feet in clear width in all areas occupied by patients or serving as part of the means of egress from patient areas. (b) All Group 1, Institutional occupancies, shall have smoke partitions to divide into at least two (2) compartments every story used by inpatients for sleeping and/or treatment, and any story having an occupant load of fifty (50) or more persons, and to limit on any story the maximum area of each smoke compartment to not more than twenty two thousand five hundred (22,500) square feet, of which both the length and width shall not be more 5-21 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or t distribution authorized.ANY UNAUPHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. than one hundred fifty (150) feet. At least thirty (30) net square feet per occupant for the total of bed and/or litter patients shall be provided, on each side of the smoke partition, and on stories not housing bed and/or litter patients at least six (6) square feet per occupant in adjoining compartments. (c) Smoke partitions shall be minimum of one (1) hour fire-resistance. Such partitions shall form an effective membrane continuous from outside wall to outside wall and from floor slab to floor/roof slab/deck thereby including continuity through all concealed spaces, such as those found, above suspended ceilings, and including interstitial structural and mechan- ical spaces. Transfer grilles, whether equipped with fusible link-operated dampers or not, shall not be used in these partitions. See Standard Mechanical Code, Section 510(d). Exception: Smoke partitions are not required in interstitial spaces when such spaces are designed and constructed with ceilings that provide resist- ance to the passage of smoke equivalent to that provided by smoke partitions. (d) Doorways separating corridors in adjoining smoke compartments shall be equipped with a pair of swinging type doors, each swinging in a direction opposite from the other, and the minimum clear width of each door shall be forty-four (44) inches for hospital corridors meeting the requirements of 509.2 and thirty-two (32) inches for other hospital corri- dors and thirty-two (32) inches for residential-custodial care institutions. Other doors in smoke;;partitions shall be swinging type;of required width.. (e) Doors in smoke partitions shall have a fire resistance rating of twenty (20) minutes. Double egress corridor doors shall have, other doors`may have, vision panels of one-quarter (1/) inch labeled wire glass mounted in steel frames. The glass areas shall be limited to one thousand two hundred ninety-six (1296) square inches for each door. The door(s) shall close the opening with only the clearance necessary for proper operation under self- closing, and shall be without undercuts, louvres and/or grilles. Rabbets or astragals are required at the meeting: edges of double egress doors, and..stops are required on the head and jambs of all doors in smoke partitions. Positive latching devices are not required on double egress corridor doors, and center mullions are prohibited. Exception: Protection at the meeting edges of doors and stops at the head and sides of door frames may be omitted in buildings equipped with an approved engineered smoke control system. The engineered smoke con- trol system shall respond automatically preventing the transfer of smoke across the barrier. (f) Doors in smoke partitions shall be self-closing or shall be provided with door hold-open devices of the fail-safe type which shall release the doors causing them to close upon the actuation of smoke detectors as well as upon the application of a maximum manual pull of fifty (50) pounds against the hold-open device. (g) Patient rooms in Institutional Occupancies shall be provided with not less than two (2) egress doorways opening from the room to the exit access, when the room has provisions for six (6) or more beds. When pro- 5-22 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ........... _._.._... .... .....___ __._.._.... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO.GIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER.. vision for less than six (6) beds is made, only one (1) egress doorway need be provided. (h) A fire damper shall be provided at each point a duct penetrates a smoke partition. The damper shall close upon detection of smoke by an approved smoke detector located within the duct. Exception: Dampers may be omitted in buildings equipped with an approved respond automatically preventing the transfer of smoke across the barrier. 509.3—CORRIDOR PARTITON (a) In Group I - Institutional buildings equipped throughout with a complete automatic sprinkler system, exit access (corridor) partitions shall be constructed of materials permitted by this code for the type of construc- tion used and shall not be required to have a fire-resistance rating. Such partitions shall comply with Section 1204.5 and shall be designed to resist the passage of smoke. If these partitions are to be terminated at the ceiling membrane, the ceiling membrane shall also be designed to resist the pas- sage of smoke. (b) In non-sprinklered Group I - Institutional buildings, exit access cor- ridors shall provide a minimum one (l) hour fire resistance rating and shall comply with Section 702.1. 509.4—COR RI O.FUDOo�Rs (a) In Group I Institutional buildings :equipped throughout with a complete automatic sprinkler system,-. doors in corridor partitons need not have a fire resistance rating or closing devices but shall be designed to resist the passage of smoke. Doors shall be equipped with approved latches that will keep the door tightly closed. (b) In non-sprinklered Group I- Institutional buildings,doors in corridors shall comply with Section 703:4(b)2. If automatic closing devises are used and more than one door is designed to close upon detection of a fire condition, a means of identifying the room of fire origin shall be provided. v_. :F09.5 SMOKE DETECTORS (a) 1n Group I - 'institutional buildings not equipped throughout with a complete automatic sprinkler system shall have an approved automatic smoke detection system installed in all corridors in accordance with N FiPA 72E, but in no case shall smoke detectors be spaced further apart than 30 ft. (914 cm) on centers or more than 15 ft. (457 cm) from any wall. Where each room opening onto the corridor is protected by a smoke detector, the corridor systems are not required. All automatic smoke detectors required by this section shall be electrically interconnected to the fire alarm system. 509.6—PROTECTION FROM HAZARDOUS AREAS (a) In both sprinklered and non-sprinklered Group I - Institutional buildings, hazardous areas including but not limited to the following shall 5-23 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ........ _......_............_ _._._. .......AGREEMENT,AND SUB)E.CT.T.O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.:...... _. ........... _ _.............. ......... . __.. be separated from the remainder of the building by construction having a minimum fire-resistance rating of one (1) hour, with all openings protected by automatic or self-closing 45 minute fire doors complying with Section 703.4(b)2. Boiler and heater rooms Laboratories employing quantities of Laundries flammable, or combustible Kitchens materials. Repair Shops Rooms or spaces, including repair Handicraft Shops shops, used for storage of com- Employee Locker Rooms bustible supplies and equipment in Solid Linen Rooms quantities deemed hazardous by Paint Shops the building official Trash collection rooms Gift Shops (b) In non-sprinklered Group I - Institutional buildings, those areas identified in Section 509.6(a) shall also be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system. Sprinkler piping serving not more than six (6) sprinklers for any isolated hazardous area may be connected directly to a domestic water supply system having a capacity sufficient to provide 0.15 gallons per minute per sq. ft. (1.02 x.10-4 cu. m/s/sq. m) of floor area throughout. the entire enclosed area. An indicating shutoff valve shall be installed in,an accessible location. A waterflow alarm shall be provided to sound the building fire alarm system where more than two sprinklers.are installed in a single area. 509.7--SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE (a) In Group I - institutional buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, the smokeproof enclosure required by Section 1104.5 may be omitted when all required exit stairways are pressurized in accordance with Section 506.11 (a) 6. (b) Non-sprinklered Group I - institutional buildings more than three (3) stories in height shall be provided with at least one smokeproof enclosure complying with Section 1104.5. Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER5'D24,ssed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zote 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORPZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ._.._. _.... _...................... . _.......AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC T TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER-.. TABLE 509.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP I-INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCIES BUILDING SYSTEMS SPRINKLERED BUILDINGS' N4N- SPRINKLERED BUILDINGS Height & Areas Table 400 Table 400 Smoke Barriers Required Section 509.2 Required Section 509.2 Interior Finish Rooms C B Means of Egress B A Corridor Partitions Section 509.3(a) Section 509.3(b) Corridor Doors Section 509.4(a) Section 509.4(b) Manual Fire Alarms Section 1124 Section 1 124 Smoke Detectors Section 509.2 Section 509.5 Protection From Hazardous Areas Section 509.6(a) Section 509.6(a) & (b) Smokeproof Enclosure: =Sections 5093(a) &.I 104.6 Section 509.7(b) Exit Capacity Level Travel 45 30 Stairs 35 22 Travel Distance 150' 100' 'Sprinklered buildings are those equipped throughout with a complete approved automatic sprinkler system designed and installed in accordance with NFiPA 13. If sprinklers are omitted from rooms or areas in accor- dance with the provisions of section 901,7(b) the entire building shall be considered unsprinklered. SECTION 510—ATRIUMS 510.1—GENERAL T Vertical openings through three (3) or more floor levels may be unen- closed in all buildings other than {'croup H - hazardous occupancies when meeting the requirements of this section. Stair enclosures, utility chases, elevator hoistways and escalators shall not be classified as an atrium. 510,2—USE The floor of the atrium shall not be used for other than fire hazard uses and only approved materials and decorations may be used in the atrium space. 5-25 CopI I I distribution utiorightn authorized.ANRIGHTS UNAUTHORIZED pursuant.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOLATIONOF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT reernent with I furtherCC.No ion or COPYRIGHTACT AND THE LICENSE _.... _.. ......._.._...... ....._. _.._... AGREEMFNT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Exception: The atrium floor area may be used for any approved use when the individual space is provided with an automatic fire suppression system. 510.3—AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the entire building. Exception: That area of a building adjacent to or above the atrium need not be sprinklered provided that portion of the building is separated from the atrium portion by fire separations corresponding to Table 600 but in no case less than a two (2) hour fire-resistant separation without openings or partitions. When the ceiling of the atrium is more than fifty-five (55) feet above the floor, sprinkler protection at the ceiling of the atrium may be omitted when approved by the building official. 510.4—SMOKE CONTROL A smoke control system shall be designed to control the migration of products of combustion in the atrium space. Upon detection of a fire, the system shall shut down the air supply to the fire floor and the return air from all non-fire floors. Any other approved design which will achieve the >>. same level of smoke control as described in this section may be.used in lieu of these requirements. 1. In atriums fifty-five (55) feet or less in height with=a volume of.six hundred thousand (600,000) cu. ft. or less, a smoke exhaust system shall..be located at the ceiling of the atrium. Such systems shall exhaust forty thou- sand (40,000) cfm or six (6) air changes per hour, whichever is greater. When the volume of the atrium exceeds six hundred thousand (600,000) cu. ft. the exhaust system shall be sized to provide a minimum of four (4) changes per hour. Supply air inlets may be provided at the lowest of the atrium. These inlets shall be-�jzed to provide seventy-five (75) percent of the exhaust. For purposes of this section, the volume of the atrium shall include all spaces not separated from the atrium provided in 509. 2. When the height of the atrium exceeds fifty-five (55) feet, and exhaust system shall be provided as required in (a), however, supply air shall be introduced mechanically from the floor of the atrium and shall be directed vertically at the exhaust outlet above. The capacity of the supply shall be seventy-five (75) percent of the exhaust. 510.5—ENCLOSURE OF ATRIUMS Atrium spaces shall be separated from adjacent spaces by a one (1) hour fire separation wall. A glass wall forming a smoke partition may be used in lieu of the required fire separation wall where automatic sprinklers are spaced six (6) feet or less along both sides of the separation wall, or on the room side only if there is not a walkway on the atrium side, and not more than 1 foot away from the glass and so designed that the entire surface of the glass is wet upon activation of the sprinkler system. The glass shall be 5-26 - - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE ........ .... . _.. _.__..... ... ..............AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL,PENALTIES THEREUNDER...._ _.__. _ __... in a gasketed frame so installed that the framing system may deflect with- out breaking (loading) the glass before the sprinkler system operates. Exception: The adjacent spaces of any three (3) floors of the atrium shall not be required to be separated from the atrium, however, such spaces shall be included when computing the volume of the atrium. �-' 510.6--SMOKE DETECTORS In addition to such smoke detection as may be required by the Mechani- cal Code, smoke detectors shall be provided at the ceiling of the atrium and on the underside edge portion of the floor area projecting into the atrium space. Detectors shall be located in accordance with their listing. The actuation of two (2) detectors shall actuate the atrium smoke removal system. The actuation of any one detector shall cause an alarm to be sounded at a constantly manned location. 510.7—STANDBY POWER All equipment required to provide smoke control shall be connected to a standby power system. 510.8—SMOKE CONTROL 1N OTHER THAN THE ATRIUM When the building containing an.atrium is .provided with an air-condi- toning system, that system shall be so designed as to exhaust smoke from the.occupied:space:as would.be required for a-high rise building in Section ..50&5., . 510.9—ACCEPTANCE OF-SMOKE:CONTROL SYSTEM Before the certificate-of .occupancy:is issued, the smoke:control system shall be tested by an approved independent agency to show compliance with the requirements of this section. 510.10—INSPECTIONS The smoke removal and control systems shall be tested by an approved inspection agency or by the owner or his representative when so approved. Such inspections shall be made every six (6) months and a log of the tests shall be kept by the inspection agency. The log shall be on the premises and available for examination. 510.11—INTERIOR FINISH The interior finish of walls and ceilings of the atrium shall not exceed class B with no reduction in class for sprinkler protection. E 5-27 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I 1t distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - - -AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIZ,AND CRIMINAh PF.NAI,TIF,S THEREUNDER. 3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ...... __...._.._.._ ... ._.... ..._.._.._ __..AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER._.. _.._._ _... . __. __.... CHAPTER VI CLASS.I.FICATION OF BUILDINGS BY CONSTRUCTION SECTION 601--CLASSIFICATION BY TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION 601.1--TYPES Every building shall be classified by the Building Official into one of the types of construction as set forth in this section: TYPE I TYPE 11 TYPE III TYPE IV ONE (1) HOUR PROTECTED UNPROTECTED TYPE V ONE (1) HOUR PROTECTED UNPROTECTED TYPE VI ONE (1) HOUR PROTECTED UNPROTECTED; 601.2—FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS All fire-resistive requirements are expressed in terms of the number of hours of satisfactory performance in accordance with the "Standard Met- hods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials of the American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM El 19", 601.3—MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION APPROVED FOR FIRE PROTECTION (a) The degree of fire resistance and the materials, assemblies, and con- structions providing such resistance shall be defined in Chapter X of this Code, except that other materials, assemblies, and constructions shall be approved, provided test data of a recognized engineering or testing labora- tory are submitted, establishing that they develop the required fire-re- sistance ratings under tests made in accordance with the "Standard Meth- od of Fire Tests of Buiding Construction and Materials, ASTM E 119" or when permitted by the Building Official may be based on testing and accepted engineering practice as set forth in Appendix P.. (b) Where structural requirements necessitate assemblies providing great- er fire resistance than specified in this Chapter, such structural require- ments shall govern. 601.4—FIRE DISTRICT—SEE SECTION 301 601.5—HEIGHT AND AREA—SEE CHAPTER IV i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed(y BJiby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ........ _._ __ _....... _ ......... ___...AGREEIDIENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAi,T1$S THEREUNDER... 601.6---REGULATIONS GOVERNING EXTERIOR USE OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS (a) Skylights...........................................................................Section 707 (b) Dormer Windows .............................................................Section 708 (c) Gutters and Leaders..........................................................Section 711 (d) Towers, Spires and Cupolas..............................................Section 712 (e) Tanks................................................................................Section 713 (f) Cooling Towers .............. ................................. ........ .......Section 714 (g) Roof Coverings..................................................Sections 301 and 706 601.7—REGULATIONS GOVERNING INTERIOR USE OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS (a) Group A, Assembly Occupancies ......................................Section 404 (b) Floor Finish...................................................................Section 704.2 (c) Ceilings and Interior Wall Finish ......................................Section 704 (d) In Group H, Hazardous Occupancy, only noncombustible finishes shall be used. (e) Vertical Openings..............................................................Section 701 (f) Partitions...........................................................................Section 702 601.8—STRUCTURAL AND ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS x (a) Minimum Design Loads.................................................. Chapter X1I r (b) Foundations...................................................................Chapter XIII (c) Masonry and Veneered Walls......................................... Chapter XI'V (d) Steel.................................................................................Chapter XV (e) Concrete......................................................................... Chapter XVI (f) Wood......... .................................................................Chapter XVII (g) Lathing and Plastering................................................ Chapter XVI11 (h) Safeguards During:Construction....................................Chapter XXI (i) Elevators and Escalators.............................................. Chapter XXIV 0) Plastics.......................................................................... Chapter XXVI (k) Glass.. .......................................................................Chapter XXVII (1) Aluminum..................................................................Chapter XXVIII 601,9—FIRE PROTECTIVE REQUIREMENTS (a) Roof Coverings.................................................. Sections 301 and 706 (b) Protection of Wall Openings.............................................Section 703 (c) Firestopping.................................................. Sections 705 and 1703.1 (d) Special Occupancies........................................................... Chapter V (e) Means of Egress................................................................Chapter XI (f) Plastics ........................................................................ Chapter XXVI (g) Sprinklers and Standpipes.................................................Chapter IX I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESI6-2, Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE t - -- --- - - --- -' ----AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRTNIINAZ PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ------ - -- -- (h) Separation of Furnace or Boiler Rooms ...........................Section 806 SECTION 602—TYPE I CONSTRUCTION Type I Construction is that type of construction in which the structural members including exterior walls, interior bearing walls, columns, floors and roofs are of noncombustible materials and are protected so as to have resistance not less than that specified for the structural elements as speci- fied in Table 600. Reference Note: Materials may be used as specified in Table 600, or as permitted in this chapter. SECTION 603—TYPE II CONSTRUCTION Type II Construction is that type of construction in which the structural members including exterior walls, interior bearing walls, columns, floors and roofs are of noncombustible materials and are protected so as to have fire resistance not less than that specified for the structural elements as specified in Table 600. Reference Note: Materials may be used as specified in Table 600, or as permitted in this chapter. SECTION 604—TYPE III CONSTRUCTION 604.1----GENERAL Type III Construction, is that type in which fire resistance is attained by the sizes,of heavy timber members (sawn 'or glued-laminated) being not less than indicated in this Section, or by providing fire resistance not less than one (1) hour. where materials :other:than. wood of heavy timber sizes are used; by the.avoidance of concealed spaces under floors and roofs; by, the use of approved .fastenings, construction details and adhesives for structu- ral members; .and by providing the required degree of fire resistance in exterior and interior walls. Reference Note:.Materials may be used as spec- ified in Table 600, or as permitted in this chapter. 604.2—COLUMNS (a) Wood columns may be sawn or glued-laminated and shall be not less than eight (8) inches, nominal, in any dimension when supporting floor loads, and not less than six (6) inches, nominal, in width and eight (8) inches, nominal, in depth when supporting roof and ceiling loads only. (b) Columns shall be continuous or superimposed throughout all stories by means of reinforced concrete or metal caps with brackets, or shall be connected by properly designed steel or iron caps, with pintles and base plates, or by timber splice plates affixed to the columns by means of metal connectors housed within the contact faces, or by other approved methods. 604.3--FLOOR FRAMING (a) Beams and girders of wood may be sawn or glued-laminated and shall be not less than six (6) inches, nominal, in width and not less than ten (10) inches, nominal, in depth. (b) Framed or glued-laminated arches which spring from, the floor line and support floor loads shall be not less than eight (8) inches, nominal, in any dimension. 6-3 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT' AND SU..... _ .... _ ... BJECI"IO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER (c) Framed timber trusses supporting floor loads shall have members of not less than eight (8) inches,.nominal, in any dimension. 604.4—ROOF FRAMING (a) Framed or glued-laminated arches for roof construction which spring from the floor line and do not support floor loads shall have members not less than six (6) inches, nominal, in width and eight (8) inches, nominal; in depth for the lower of the height and not less than six (6) inches, nominal, in any dimension for the upper half of the height. (b) Framed or glued-laminated arches for roof construction which spring from the top of walls or wall abutments, framed timber trusses and other roof framing which do not support floor loads, shall have members not less than four (4) inches, nominal, in width and not less than six (6) inches, nominal, in depth. Spaced members may be composed of two or more pieces not less than three (3) inches, nominal, in thickness when blocked solidly throughout their intervening spaces or when such spaces are tightly closed by a continuous wood cover plate of not less than two (2) inches, nominal, in thickness, secured to the underside of the members. Splice plates shall be no less than three (3) inches, nominal, in thickness. When protected by approved automatic sprinklers under the roof deck, such framing members shall be not less than three (3) inches, nominal, in width. 604.5—CONSTRUCTION DETAILS : . (a) Wall plate boxes of self-releasing type, or approved hangers, sha[l'be` provided where beams and girders enter masonry. An air space of one-half (%2) inch shall be provided at the top, ends and sides of the member unless approved durable or treated wood is used. (b) Girders and beams shall be closely fitted around columns and adjoin- ing ends shall be cross-tied to each other, or inter-tied by caps or ties, to transfer horizontal loads across the joint. Wood bolsters may be placed on tops of columns which support roof loads only. (c) Where intermediate beams are used to support floors, they shall rest on top of the girders, or shall be supported by ledgers or blocks securely fastened to the sides of the girders, or they may be supported by approved metal hangers into which the ends of the beams shall be fitted closely. (d) Columns, beams, girders, arches and trusses of material other than wood shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour. (e) Wood beams and girders supported by walls required to have a fire resistance rating of two hours or more shall have not less than four (4) inches of solid masonry between their ends and the outside face of the wall, and between adjacent beams. (f) Adequate roof anchorage shall be provided. 604.E—FLOOR DECKS Floors shall be without concealed spaces. They shall be of sawn or glued-laminated plank, splined, or tongue and grooved, of.not less than three (3) inches, nominal, in thickness, or of planks not less than four (4) 6-4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or a I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE k ... ..... _... .---- -_...._.. ..........._. ___._ .- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND-CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ................ ._ -.. inches, nominal, in width set on edge and well spiked together. The planks shall be laid so that no continuous line of joints will occur except at points of support and they shall not be spiked to supporting girders. Planks shall be covered with one (1)::inch, nominal, tongue and groove flooring laid crosswise or diagonally or with one-half (%2) inch plywood. Planks and flooring shall not extend closer than one-half (%) inch to walls to provide an expansion joint, and the joint shall be covered at top or bottom. 604.7—ROOF DECKS Roofs shall be without concealed spaces and roof decks shall be sawn or glued-laminated, splined or tongue and grooved plank, not less than two (2) inches, nominal, in thickness, or of planks not less than three (3) inches, nominal, in width, set on edge and spiked together as required for floors, �. or of one and one-eighth (1%8) inch tongue and grooved plywood bonded with exterior glue. Other types of decking may be used when approved by the Building Official. 604.8—WALLS Bearing portions of exterior and interior walls shall be of approved non- combustible materials and shall provide fire resistance ratings in accor- dance with Table 600. :Non-bearing, portions of.exterior walls. shall be of approved non-com- bustible materials and shall provide fire resistance ratings in accordance with Table 600. Exception: Where a:hor zontalseparat on of at least.twenty (20) feet is provided, wood columns, arches :beams and roof decks conforming to heavy timber sizes may be used externally. SECTION 605--TYPE IV CONSTRUCTION - Type IV Construction is construction in which the structural members including exterior walls, interior bearing walls, columns, floors and roofs are of noncombustible materials. Type IV Construction may be protected or unprotected. Fire resistance requirements for structural elements of Type IV Construction shall be as specified in Table 600. Reference Note: .Materials may be used as specified in Table 600, or as permitted in this Chapter. SECTION 606--TYPE V CONSTRUCTION Type V Construction is construction in which the exterior bearing and nonbearing walls are of noncombustible material and have fire resistance not less than that specified in Table 600; bearing portions of interior walls are of material permitted in Table 600, and have fire resistance not less than that specified in Table 600; and floors, roofs and interior framing are wholly or partly of wood or other approved materials. Type V Construc- tion may be either protected or unprotected. Fire resistance requirements for .structural elements of Type V Construction shall be as .specified in Table 600. Reference Note: Materials may be used as specified in Table 600, or as permitted in this Chapter. 6-5 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Feague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE r - - AUKELMIiN'I',ANU SUBJEC`I 1`O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'I'HEKLUNDER. SECTION 607—TYPE VI CONSTRUCTION Type V1 Construction is construction in which the exterior bearing and nonbearing walls and partitions, floors and roofs and their suppotts are or partly of wood or other approved materials. Type VI Construction may be either protected or unprotected. Fire resistance requirements for structural elements of Type VI Construction shall be as specified in Table 600. Refer- ence Note: Materials may be used as specified in Table 600, or as permitted in this Chapter. SECTION 608—EXCEPTIONS TO FIRE PROTECTION 608.1 ELEVATOR FRAMES Structural members of frames for elevators will not be required to have the fire protection required for structural steel, provided such members are erected within an enclosure of the prescribed fire resistance rating. (Section 701—Enclosure of Vertical Openings.) 608.2—LINTELS Lintels over openings in walls shall be protected to provide a fire resist- ance rating at least equal to that required for beams, except that when such lintels are used over openings less than six (6) feet wide, such protection may 'be omitted. The outer member of an assembled steel.lintel, which supports face masonry that is securely bonded to backing need not be pro- tected, provided that the load carrying member of such lintel is protected as herein! required: 608,3—FOAM PLASTIC IN EXTERIOR WALLS OF BUILDINGS OF TYPE I AND II CONSTRUCTION (a) The amount of foam plastic in any portion of the wall or panel shall not exceed six thousand (6,000) BTU/sq. ft. of projected area as deter- mined by tests conducted in accordance with the Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials, NFiPA No. 259, or the Standard Method of Test for Gross Calorific Value of Solid Fuel by the Adiabatic Bomb Calorimeter ASTM D2015. (b) The foam plastic core, coatings and facings shall have a flame spread rating of twenty-five (25) or less and a smoke developed rating of four hundred fifty (450) or less as determined by the ASTM E 84 Test Method. (c) Facing, coating and core materials shall be structurally fastened to the building frame to prohibit failure in bond as a result of temperatures which may be experienced in a building fire, from wind loads or other conditions. (d) The facing or coating material shall be of such thickness proven acceptable by fire test. (e) Results of diversified or full scale fire tests reflecting an end use con- figuration shall be submitted to the Building Official demonstrating the assembly shows no tendency to spread flame. (f) Walls shall comply with Section 717. 6-6 - I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or ; distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - _._...... ............ _ .......... .................. __.......AGREEMENT;AND-SUBJECF TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:..................... __.. ................ .. _._ - . 608.4---WOOD VENEERS ON EXTERIOR WALL PANELS OF TYPES I, 11, III, IV AND V CONSTRUCTION (a) Wood veneers of not less than. one (1) inch nominal thickness or three-eights (%) inch exterior type plywood or particleboard may be used in or out of the Fire District on exterior walls when all the following con- ditions are met: 1. The wall to which the veneer is attached faces a street or permanent open space of thirty (30) feet or more in width, and 2. The veneer does not exceed two (2) stories in height, measured from grade, and 3. The veneer is attached to or furred from a noncombustible backing of the fire resistance required by other provisions of this Chapter, and 4. Where open or spaced wood veneers (without concealed spaces) are used, they shall not project more than twenty-four (24) inches from the - building wall. (b) Where the wood veneer is furred from the wall and forms a solid surface, the distance between the back of the veneer and the wall shall not exceed one and five-eights (1%) inches and the space thereby created shall - be firestopped in accordance with Section 1703 and arranged so that there will be no open space exceeding one hundred (100) sq. ft. Where wood furring strips are used they shall be of approved wood of natural decay- resistance or pressure treated wood. 608.5--UNUSABLE.SPAC'E: In one (I) hour fire-resistive construction the ceiling may be omitted over unusable crawl space and flooring may be omitted when unusable attic space occurs above. SECTION 609---MIXED TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION 609.1—HORIZONTAL SEPARATION When two (2) or more types of construction not separated by fire walls occur in the same building, the entire building shall then be subject to the restrictions, based on occupancy of the least fire resistive type of construc- tion used in the building. 609.2—VERTICAL SEPARATION (a) Where a building is constructed of more than one type of construc- tion, the following limitations shall apply: TYPE I construction shall not be supported by any other type. TYPE 11 construction shall not be supported by construction other than Type I or Type I1. TYPE III construction shall not be supported by construction other than Type 1, 1I or 111. TYPE IV construction shall not be supported by construction other than 3 Type 1, II, 111, or IV. 6-7 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE J ........._.. ........ ................................. _.... ... ...AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TOCIVIL AND CRIMINAL PF.NAI,TIF,S THERF,UNDF,R........... __._..._.. _. TYPE V construction shall not be supported by construction other than Type I, 11, I11, IV or V. (b) When tykes of construction of lower classification are erected above higher classifications, the entire building shall then be subject to the restric- tions of the lowest fire resistive type of construction used in the building. SECTION 610—BUILDINGS LOCATED ON THE SAME LOT Where the exterior walls of two (2) or more buildings located on the same lot face one another, and one of the walls is not constructed as required for a fire wall, a property line shall be assumed between them. The fire resistance requirements for such facing walls and for the protec- tion of openings therein shall be the same as required by this code for walls and openings facing an assumed property line, as provided in Table 600. 9 i Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.6.8ed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE . ...... . ... .._.... ............ _...... _.AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND..CRIMINAL PENALTffiS THEREUNDER.._. ___... __.._.. 4 TABLE 600—FIRE PROTECTIVE REQUIREMENTS REQUIRED FIRE RESISTANCE IN HOURS STRUCTURAL ELEMENT T Type IV Type V Type VI Type I Type II Type III 1-Hour 1-Hour 1-Hour Protected Unprotected Protected Unprotected Protected Unprotected PARTY AND FIRE WALLS(a) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 INTERIOR BEARING WALLS Supporting more than one floor,columns or other bearing walls 4 3 2 1 NC 1 0 1 0 Supporting one floor only 3 2 1 1 NC i 0 1 0 Supporting a roof only 3 2 1 1 NC 1 0 1 0 ;p INTERIOR NONBEARING PARTITIONS See Sections 403,701 and 702 COLUMNS(e) See Sec. 604 Supporting more than one floor or other columns 4 3 H(d) 1 NC 1 0 1 0 Supporting one floor only 3 2 H(d) 1 NC 1 0 1 0 Supporting a roof only 3 2 H(d) 1 NC 1 0 1 0 BEAMS, GIRDERS, TRUSSES & See Sec. 604 ARCHES(e) Supporting more than one floor or Columns 4 3 H(d) 1 NC 1 0 1 0 Supporting one floor only 3 2 H(d) 1 NC 1 0 1 0 Supporting a roof only 1%Z(f) 1(f,g) H(d) 1 NC 1 0 1 0 NC—Non Combustible (NL)—No Limits H—Heavy Timber Sizes See Section 604 Copyright�,)1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on DISTRIIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND IT ar� Agreement5,2016 3:07:DO PM pursuant to license HELICENSE AGRF,MENT,AND SUBJECT TOCIVII,AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR TABLE 600—FIRE PROTECTIVE REQUIREMENTS—Continued Type IV Type V Type VI STRUCTURAL ELEMENT Type I Type 11 Type III 1-Hour 1-Hour 1-Hour Protected Unprotected Protected Unprotected Protected Unprotected FLOOR See Sec. 604 CONSTRUCTION 3 2 H 1 NC 1 0 1 0. ROOF See Sec.604 CONSTRUCTION(h) 1 Y/2 (f) 1 (f,g) H(d) 1(f) NC(f) 1 0 1 0 EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS(h)(j) (%indicates percent of protected and unprotected wall openings permitted. See Section 703.1 for protection requirements.) Horizontal separation— (distance from common property line or assumed property line). � 0 ft.to 3 ft.(c) 4(0%) 3(0%) 3(0%)(b) 2(0%) 1(0%) 3(04/o)(b) 3(0%)(b) 1(0%) 1(0%) ' over 3 ft.to 10 ft.(c) 4(10%) 3(10%) 2(10%)(b) 1(10%) 1(10%) 2(10%)(b) 2(10%)(b) 1(20%) 0(20%) Q over 10 ft.to 20 ft. (c) 4(20%) 3(20%) 2(20%)(b) 1(20%) NC(20%) 2(20%)(b) 2(200/o)(b) 1(40%) 0(40%) over 20 ft,to 30 ft. 4(40%) 3(40%) 1(40%) 1(40%) NC(40%) 1(40%) 1(40%) 1(60%) 0(60%) over 30 ft. 4(NL) 3(NL) 1(NL) 1(NL) NC(NL) 1(NL) 1(NL) 1(NL) 0(NL) EXTERIOR NONBEARING _ WALLS(h), (j),(k) (% indicates percent of protected and unprotected wall openings permitted. See Section 703.1 for protection requirements.) Horizontal separation---- (distance from common property line or assumed property line). 0 ft.to 3 ft,(c) 3-(0%) y3-(0%) 3-(0%)(b) 2-(0%) 1-(0%) 3-(0%)(b) 3-(0%)(b) 1(0%) 1-(0%) over 3 ft to 10 ft. (c) 2-(10%) 2-(i0%) 2-(10%)(b) 1-(10%) 1-(10%) 2-(10%)(b) 2-(10%)(b) 1-(20%) 0-(20%) over 10 ft.to 20 ft.(c) 2-(20%) 2-(20%) 2-(20%)(b) 1-(20%) NC-.(20%) 2-(20%)(b) 2-(20%)(b) 1-(40%) 0-(40%) over 20 ft.to 30 ft, 1-(40%) 1-(40%) 1-(40%) NC-(40%) NC-(40%) 1-(40%) 1-(40%) 0-(60%) 0-(60%) over 30 ft. NC(NL)I NC(NL)I NC(NL)I NC(NL)I NC(NL)I NC(NL)I NC(NL)i 0-(NL) 0-(NL) NC—Non Combustible (NL)—No Limits H—Heavy Timber Sizes See Section 604 z Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobbl Teague on Mars 206E s en.00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND PHk LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALIZES THEREUNDER. TABLE 600--REFERENCE NOTES a. Party and Fire Walls shall extend not less than three (3) feet above the roof, except that fire walls need not extend above the roof where the roof is of noncombustible construction for the area within forty (40) feet of each side of the wall. b. Exterior walls shall extend not less than eighteen (18) inches above the roof, except that parapet walls need not be constructed on buildings where the roof slopes more than four (4) inches vertical to twelve (12) inches horizontal from the back of the exterior wall of such buildings or where the exterior wall of such building is located fifteen (15) feet or more distant from the common property line or the center line of a public way. c. See Section 703 for protection of wall openings. d. Where horizontal separation of twenty (20) feet or more is provided, wood columns, arches, beams, and roof deck conforming to heavy timber sizes may be used externally. e. Columns, beams, trusses and girders supporting masonry or concrete walls eight (8) feet or more in height shall have the fire resistance required for the wall they support, but in no case less than one (1) hour. f. In two (2) story buildings approved Fire Retardant Treated Wood may be used. In buildings of Group A - Assembly and Group E - Educa- tional occupancies, fireproofing may be omitted where structural members support a roof only and are twenty (20) feet or more clear above any floor or balcony. g. in one (:1) .story. buildings.structural.members of heavy timber sizes may.be.used as_an alternate:to unprotected structural roof members. h. See Section 716 for Penthouses and .Roof Structures. i. The use of combustible construction for interior bearing partitions shall be limited to the support of not more than two (2) floors and a roof. �. j. Exterior walls shall be fire tested in accordance with Section 601.2 from the interior side of the wall for the required time period. k. See Section 301.3(f) for fire resistance requirements for exterior walls of type 1V buildings in Fire District. 1. Walls or panels shall be of non-combustible material or exterior grade fire retardant treated wood. 6-11 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Teague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION Or THE FEDERAL_COPYRIGHT AC('AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT"IO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.._.-. ... ..... ...... ..............AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT TO EVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.... CHAPTER VII FIRE PROTECTION REOUIREMENTS SECTION 701 SECTION 701--PROTECTION OF VERTICAL OPENINGS, `-- STAIRS AND ELEVATORS 701.1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS AND SHAFTS (a) Openings in floors or roofs, except one and two family dwellings, shall be enclosed to prevent spread of fire from story to story, as herein specified, unless otherwise specifically excepted in this code. (b) All vertical shafts, extending through more than one (1) story shall be enclosed throughout their length with construction of not less than that specified in Table 700. A shaft that does not extend through the roof shall have its top enclosed with construction having fire resistance at least equal to that of the enclosing walls. Inner court walls shall be constructed to provide the fire resistance rating required in Table 600 for interior bearing or non-bearing walls depending on the type of inner court walls. Exceptions: 1. One and two family dwellings 2. Open stairways shall be permitted as specified in Chapter XI. 3. In other than .group I and E occupancies an enclosure is not required for openings which serve only one adjacent floor and are not connected with openings serving other floors and are not concealed within the building construction. (c) For bearing partition requirements see Types of Construction, Chap- ter VI. (d) Parapet walls, at least thirty-six (36) inches in height above any part of the roof within five (5) feet shall be provided around all open shaft enclosures that extend through a roof. Except that where the roof is of non-combustible construction a non-combustible guardrail at least forty- two (42) inches high may be used around openings instead of a wall. (e) Openings in all shaft enclosures shall be limited to those necessary for the purposes of the shaft. Exception: In fully sprinklered buildings, which are supervised, fire dampers may be omitted. (f) Floor penetrations by pipe or conduit are required to be enclosed in shafts as in the foregoing or shall be fire stopped at the floor level, whether within a partition or not, with tightly fitted non-combustible material. (g) Shaft enclosures shall be of non-combustible materials in Types 1, 11 and IV construction and may be of combustible materials in Types II1, V and V1 construction. Exception: Refuse chutes shall be of non-combustible materials meeting Part I of 7-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 4 I distribution authoriuct ANY UNAU"I'HORI"LED REPRODUC'PION OR llISTRIBU'pION IS A VIOLATION OF'PHE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'FHE LICENSE i - _--AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - the definition of non-combustible materials in Section 201.2. 701.2—STAIRWAY AND EXIT ENCLOSURES Stairways and exit enclosures shall meet the requirments of Chapter X1. 701.3—ELEVATOR ENCLOSURES (a) Where four (4) or more elevators serve all or the same portion of a building, they shall be located in not less than two (2) hoistways, but in no case shall more than four (4) elevators be located in any one hoistway. Such hoistway enclosure shall have fire resistance as specified in Table 700. (b) Where an elevator is installed in a blind hoistway or on the outside of a building, there shall be installed in the blind portion of the hoistway or blank face of the building, are emergency door at every third floor but not more than thirty-six (36) feet apart at least thirty (30) inches wide and seventy-eight (78) inches high conforming to the requirements of Section 703.6 (c) Elevators shall not be in a common enclosing shaft with a stairway, and the path of travel from one flight of stairs to the next shall not pass directly in front of elevator doors. (d) Construction at Top and Bottom of Hoistway 1. Where a hoistway extends into the top floor of a building,. fire resistive or machinery-space enclosures,;where required_, shall be carnid;tw the underside of the roof if the roof is offire-resistive construction and at least three (3) feet above the top surface of the roof if the roof is.of non- fire-resistive construction. 2. Where a hoistway does not extend into the top floor of a building, the top of the hoistway shall be enclosed with fire-resistive construction having a fire-resistance rating at least equal to that required for the hoist- way enclosures. 3. Pits extending to the ground shall have non-combustible floors and shall be so designed as to prevent entry of ground water into the pit. The pit floor of any hoistway not extending to the ground shall be of fire- resistive construction having a fire-resistance rating of at least equal to that required for the hoistway enclosure. Exception: Partitions between fire-resistive hoistways and machine rooms having fire-resistive enclosures and which are located at a side of or beneath the hoistway, may be of unperforated non-combustible material at least equal to fifty-five thousandths(0.055)inch thick sheet steel in strength and stiffness , with openings therein essential for ropes, drums,sheaves and other elevator equipment. (e) A metal or concrete floor shall be provided at the top of the hoistway. Exceptions: Floors are not required below: 1. Secondary and deflecting sheaves of traction-type machines located over the hoistway. ovi n rt RESERVED. � pursuant Agreement ICC.No further ion or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FFDERAICOPYRIGHTACT AND THE LICENSE s AGREFME,�NT;AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL-AND CRID4IN.AL PENALTIES THEREUNDER, 2. Overhead sheaves, governors and other equipment where the eleva- tor machine is located below or at the side of the hoistway, provided that: A. MV ans of access for inspection and servicing of governors is pro- vided from outside the hoistway, conforming to the requirements of Rule 101.3c ANSI A 17.1 B. Sheaves and other equipment (except governors) may be in- spected and serviced from the top of the car, or means of access from outside the hoistway may be provided conforming to the requirements of Rule 101.3c, ANSI A 17.1. (f) Floors may be of concrete or may be of metal construction with or without perforations. Metal floors shall conform to the following: 1. If of bar-type grating, the openings between bars shall reject a ball three-quarters (3/) of an inch in diameter. 2. If of perforated sheet metal or of fabricated openwork construction, the openings shall reject a ball one (1) inch in diameter. (g) Hoistways of elevators serving more than three (3) floors shall be provided with means for venting smoke and hot gases to the outer air in case of fire. Exception: Hoistways not extending into the top floor of the building, in buildings other than hotels, apartment houses,- hospitals and similar buildings with overnight sleeping quarters, where, the hoistways are equipped with ap- proved automatic sprinklers connected to the building water-supply system or to an approved automatic-sprin>kler,.system (See NFPA 13). Such sys- = ems shall,be res,p,onsi've to°an ace mu:Iation:of smoke as well as heat at the top.-Of the hoistway: 701.4—ESCALATOK ENCLOSURES Protection of floor openings shall be as required by "American Safety _ Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators and Moving Walks, ANSI A 17.1, Section 800, Rules 900.1, 900.2 and 800.3 and Section 902. Rule 902.1." 7-3 3 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO_-- CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER TABLE 700 MINIMUM FIRE RESISTANCE OF WALLS, PARTITIONS AND OPENING PROTECTIVES' Walls and Opening Component Partitions Protecti►res (Hours) (Hours) VERTICAL SHAFTS General: 4 or more stories 2 11/2 B less than 4 stories 1 . 1 B Stairways and Exits: 4 or more stories 2 1%2 B less than 4 stories 12 1 132 Elevators: 4 or more stories 2 1]/2 B less than 4 stories 1 1 B Refuse chutes 2 11/2 B WALLS AND PARTITIONS fire walls' 4 3`/ ;' occupancy separation` SEE'SECTION 403.2 within tenant space SEE NOTE 4 OF THIS TABLE; tenant space (see also 403.2) 1 3/ C horizontal exit 2 116 B corridors, exit access (note 5 & 6) 1 20 min. smoke partitions SEE SECTION 1104 refuse chute access room 1 3/ C refuse vault 2 1% B hazardous use separations SEE SECTION 407 high rise buildings SEE SECTION 506 mall buildings SEE SECTION 507 assembly buildings SEE SECTION 404 'Table 600 may require greater fire resistance of watts to insure structural stability. 'Ail exits and stairways in Group H hazardous occupancies shall be two(2) hours with 1; hour B door assemblies. 'See also Section 402.1 (b). `Partitions dividing portions of stores, offices or similar places occupied by one tenant only and which do not establish a corridor serving an occupant load of thirty(30)or more persons may be movable,partial or full height,temporary or permanent and may be constructed of any material approved by this code provided that: a. They do not block required exits(without providing alternative conforming exits) and they do not establish an exit corridor. b.Their location is restricted by means of permanent tracks,guides or other approved methods. c. Flammability shall be limited to materials having a flame spread classification as set forth in Table No.704.4 for rooms or-areas. 'See 702.3 Exit access corridors that serve an occupant load greater than thirty(30)persons shall have a minimum fire resistance rating of one(1)hour. 'See section 509.0 for sprinklered Group I-Institutional buildings. 7-4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ............_ _._ -_. _._.._ _..... ........._...AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TOGIVii.AND6;.RiMSN.aLPENALTIES THEREUNDER.... _._. _.. . SECTION 702--INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION FIRE SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS 702.1—GENERAL (a) This section shall apply to the fire separation requirements of interior walls and partitions for the various occupancies and types of construction. Partitions of higher fire resistance rating required by other sections of this code may also serve to meet the requirements of this section. (b) All partitions enclosing vertical openings such as stairways, utility shafts and elevator shafts which are required to have a fire resistance rating shall extend from floor to floor or floor to roof. Where the openings are offset at intermediate floors, the offset and floor construction shall be of construction having a fire resistance of not less than that required for the enclosing partitions. (c) All other partitions required to have a fire resistance rating shall extend from the top of the floor below to the ceiling above and shall be securely attached thereto. Where said ceiling is not a part of an assembly having a fire resistance rating at least equal to that required for the parti- tion, the partition shall be constructed tight against the floor or roof deck above. The design of the partitions or ceilings and any openings shall be such as to prevent spread of smoke to the corridor. (d) Where:a greater degree of fire resistance is required by other sections of this code, the provisions of Section 702.2 and 702.3 shall not apply. (e) View panels in one (1) hour fire resistive partitions shall be limited to one thousand two.,hundre-d ninety.=six{1296)°square inches with no dimen- lion greater than fifty-four (S4) iriches'of one=quarter(3/) inch labeled wire glass assemblies ihstalle'&in steel-frames; but shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the wallarea separating a room from a corridor. . (f) Corridor partitions, smokestop partitions, horizontal exit partitions, exit enclosures, and fire walls shall be effectively and permanently identi- . fied with signs or stenciling in a mannner acceptable to the authority hav- ing jurisdiction. Such identification shall be above any decorative ceiling and in concealed spaces. Suggested wording, "Fire and Smoke Barrier— Protect All Openings." 702.2—PARTITION REQUIREMENTS BY TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION Bearing walls shall comply with the provisions of Chapter V1, but shall provide not less than the degree of fire resistance specified in Table 600. All non-bearing partitio s shall conform to the requirements of this sec- tion and have the fire resistance specified on Table 700 except as specified elsewhere in this code. TYPE I AND TYPE 11 CONSTRUCTION--Partitions shall be con- structed of noncombustible materials except that framing members of Eire Retardant Treated Wood may be used. TYPE III CONSTRUCTION—Partitions may be of any material per- mitted by this code. TYPE IV CONSTRUCTION—Partitions shall be constructed of non- 7-5 Copi * her reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY IUNAUI'HORI'LED REPRODUCTIIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by ON OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OFTHE FEDERAL t to License xCOPYRIGHT AC I AND t with ICC.No THE.LICENSE AGREEMENT, ANU SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND-- -- CRIMINAL --- NALPENAI;IFS 1'HFREUNUIiIL combustible materials except that framing members of fire-retardant treat- ed wood may be used. Partitions in one story buildings only may be of any material permitted by this code. Partitions in fully sprinklered buildings, regardless of height, may be of any material permitted by this code. TYPE V AND TYPE VI CONSTRUCTION—Partitions may be of any material permitted by this code. 702.3—WALL AND PARTITION REQUIREMENTS BY OCCUPANCY All walls and partitions shall provide not less than the degree of fire resistance required in Table 700, except as may be specified elsewhere in this code. GROUP B - BUSINESS BUILDINGS—Partitions along exit access corridors shall be of one (1) hour fire resistant construction. Regardless of Type of Construction, non-fire rated partitions may be constructed within rooms or spaces not exceeding three thousand (3,000) square feet in area. Such rooms or space shall be enclosed with permanent partitions having not less than one (1) hour fire-resistive construction. (See Section 403 for Mixed Occupancy and Separation Requirements, Section 403.2 for Tenant Separation, Table 700 Note S for Area Exception and Section 704.3 for Ceiling and Interior Wall Finish Requirements). GROUP R - RESIDENTIAL--Except in one and two family dwellings, all partitions along exit access. corridors or partitions.that separate ,a' >rt meats, dormitory rooms or hotel rooms, or that separate apartffi nts, dormitory rooms, or hotel rooms from other occupancies, shall be of not less than one (1) hour fire resistive construction. Non-fire rated partitions may be permitted within individual dwelling units. The tenant separation partition in a two family dwelling shall comply with Section 403.2. GROUP E - EDUCATIONAL--Partitions along exit access corridors, in buildings housing Group E, Educational Occupancies, shall be of not less than one (1) hour fire resistant construction. Group I - Institutional - unrestrained - Partitions along exit access cor- ridors shall be of one�(I) hour fire resistant construction. Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an approved, automatic sprinkler system may have spaces open to the corridor subject to the following: 1. The spaces are not used for patient sleeping rooms, treatment rooms or hazardous areas, and 2. Each space is located to permit direct supervision by the facility staff, and - 3. The space and corridors which the space opens onto in the same smoke compartment are protected by an electrically supervised automatic smoke detection system, and 4. The space is arranged not to obstruct access to required-exits: Note:See Section 1104.3—Exit access Corridors for the use of exit access corridors for return and/or exhaust air from adjoining spaces. 'f 7-6 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE s __._.. ............ ............... _... ...............AGREEMENT,AND-SUB)ECTTO CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER:... _..._.. SECTION 703--PROTECTION OF WALL OPENINGS 703.1--PROTECTION OF OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR WALLS (a) Every exterior wall within fifteen (15) feet of a property line shall be equipped with approved opening protectives; Exceptions: 1. One and two family dwellings. 2. Exterior walls not required by Table 600 to have a fire resistance rating. 3. Show windows fronting on a street or public space. 4. Open parking structures meeting the requirements of Section 412.7. (b) Every building, except one and two family dwellings, where openings in exterior walls are above and less than fifteen (15) feet from any part of a neighboring roof shall be equipped with approved opening protectives. (c) Where openings in an exterior wail are above and within five (5) feet laterally of an opening of the story below, such openings shall be separated by an approved flame barrier extending thirty (30) inches beyond the exte- rior wall in the plane of the floor or by approved vertical flame barriers and not less than three (3) feet in height measured vertically above the top -- of the lower opening. Such flame barriers are not required when a com- plete.approved automatic sprinkler system is installed. 7032—EXTERIOR WALLS WITHOUT ACCESS OPENINGS ,(a), Automatic sp:rrnk-le•rs s.half-.be_ installed throughout every building which does not..have access to each story above grade on at. least one accessible side of the building up to a height of seventy-five (75) feet. Such access shall be openings (for fire.department>use) through the wall at each story, a minimum of thirty-two (32) inches wide and forty-eight (48) inches high and with the bottom of the opening not more than thirty-two (32) inches above the floor. Openings shall be so spaced that there will be one opening in each fifty (50) feet of exterior wall on the accessible side of the building. Exception: Buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system through- out shall have access panels as set forth above for each two hundred (200) feet of wall. (b) See Standard Fire Prevention Code, Section 38.09. 703.3—PROTECTION OF OPENINGS IN INTERIOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS (a) Openings in walls and partitions, except in one and two family dwel- lings, shall be protected in accordance with Table 700. (b) When proof satisfactory to the Building Official is furnished that a larger size of opening than prescribed herein is necessary, the area may be increased if such opening is provided with protective devices that meet the approval of the Building Official-in accordance with Section 103.6: (c) Except when proper fire tests have shown that fire dampers are not necessary to maintain the required fire resistance of construction, fire 7-7 i I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS.A VIO,LATIQN OF TH..EFEDERAL COPYRIGHT.ACT AND:THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,' AND SUBJECT"IO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAhIlES THEREUNDER. dampers complying with the requirements of UL 555 shall be installed in the following locations: 1. Ducts penetrating walls or partitions having a fire resistance rating of one (1) or more hours. When a wall is of three (3) hours of greater fire resistance a fire door meeting the requirements of ASTM E 152 or a three (3) hour fire damper meeting the requirements of UL 555 shall be used.. EXCEPTION: Fire dampers are not required in steel ducts penetrating one (1) hour walls or partitions. 2. Ducts penetrating shaft walls having a fire resistance rating of one or more hours. 3. Ducts penetrating floors of buildings requiring the protection of vertical openings when the duct is not protected by shafts. Exceptions: Fire dampers are not required: A. In buildings which do not require protected floor openings. B. In duct systems serving only one floor and used only for exhaust of air to the outside and not penetrating a wall or partition having a required fire resistance rating of two (2) hours or more or passing entirely through the enclosure for a vertical shaft. C. Where branch ducts connect to return risers in which the air flow is upward and subducts at least twenty-two (22) inches in length is carried up inside the riser at each inlet. D. See Standard Mechanical Code, Section 510 for additional exceptions. 703.4—APPROVED TYPES OF FIRE WINDOWS,.DOORS AND SHUTTERS (a) Wall openings required to be protected by Table 700 shall be pro- tected by approved listed and labeled fire doors, windows and shutters and their accompanying hardware in accordance with the requirements of NFiPA standards -for "Fire Doors and Windows, NFiPA 80," except as otherwise specified in this code. 1. Opening protective assemblies shall include all frames, hardware, closing devices, anchorage and sills. (b) Classification of Wall Openings and Fire Protection Rating of Doors, Shutters and Windows. Openings are classified in accordance with the character and location of the wall in which they are situated. In each of the following classes, the minimum fire protection ratings are shown: Fire protection ratings for products intended to comply with this section shall be as determined and reported by a national recognized testing agency in accordance with "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies", ASTM E-152 or "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Win- dow Assemblies", ASTM E-163. All such products shall bear an approved label. 1. Fire doors are classified as 3 hr. (A), 1%2 hr. (B), I hr (B), 3/ hr. (C), 1%2 hr. (D), 3/ hr. (E) or 20 minutes. The letter designation indicates the classification of opening in a wall or partition assembly for which a door is I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Access€d by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,zo16 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ........ ...._...._ _...._. ___ ... . ... ..._........- RMINLNALTIETEREUNDERAGREEMFNT;AND SUBJECT CIVIL AND C E H .._ _... considered suitable and the relative importance of the door in preventing the spread of fire. These designations are described as follows: CLASS A—openings in walls that divide a single building into fire areas or fire walls.separating buildings. CLASS B—openings in enclosures of vertical communications through buildings. They are also suitable for certain other openings in walls or partitions. CLASS C---openings in walls or partitions between rooms and corridors or hallways, except as provided in Section 703.4(b)2 for twenty (20) minute doors. CLASS D & E--openings in exterior walls subject to severe and moder- ate fire exposure from outside of the building respectively. 2. In walls and partitions having a one (1) hour fire resistance rating unless otherwise specified, all door openings shall be protected with a tight fitting smoke and draft assembly (including door frame and hardware) having a fire protection rating of twenty (20) minutes when tested in accordance with ASTM E-152 without the hose stream. Said doors shall be equipped with approved self-closing or automatic closing devices. Door assemblies shall be identified in accordance with their listing. Exception: Doors from classrooms in group E occupancies, opening directly into a one (1) hour fire rated corridor, may be installed without self closing devices. (c) The maximum size of fire doors .shall not exceed that specified in Table BA of Appendix B :NFiPA G.,.except as may be modified by Sec- tion 703.3(b). (d) For 1% hour (B) and 1 hour,(B) doors used in stairway enclosures the average temperature developed, on the unexposed side shall not exceed four hundred fifty (450) degrees.at-the end of thirty (30) minutes of stand- ard fire test exposure. (e) Fire doors shall be equipped with an approved closer. See Section 1117.1 (f) for doors in smoke barriers, horizontal exits. (f) One-quarter (t/4) inch thick wired glass labeled for fire protection pur- poses may be used in approved opening protectives with the maximum sizes described below: LIMITING SIZE OF WIRED GLASS PANELS Max. area Max. height Max. width Rating, opening sq. In. Inches inches 3 hour, Class A door 0 0 0 1 & 1% hour, Class B doors 100 33 12 3/ hour, Gass C door 1296 54 54 11/ hour, Class D door 0 0 0 3/ hour, Class E door 1296 54 54 Note 1—T'he glass shall be well embedded in putty,and all exposed joints between the metal and glass shall be struck and pointed. Note 2—Devices used to view through fire doors rated at I%2 hour or less shall be labeled. 7-9 I i I i Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT_ACT AND'THE LICENSE AGREEMENI, ANU SU$�fhC'I"IOCIV- - IL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Note 3—Wired glass in 20 minute doors shall be limited to the amount of glass tested in a door. 703.5—FIRE SHUTTERS (a) When equipped with fire shutters of the swinging type, at least one in every three openings facing a street in each story shall have such shutters arranged to be readily opened from the outside. Distinguishing marks shall be provided on such shutters. (b) Fire shutters of the rolling type shall be carefully counter-balanced and so arranged that they can be readily opened from the outside. 703.6—OPENINGS IN STAIRWAYS OR SHAFTWAYS Shaft walls or enclosures of vertical openings shall have no openings other than such as are necessary for the purpose of the shaftway; all open- ings in shafts shall be protected with approved fire doors, approved fire shutters or approved fire windows. 703.7----OPENINGS IN MIXED OCCUPANCY SEPARATIONS See Section 703.4 for requirements governing door openings in walls and partitions required to be of fire-resistive construction. SECTION 704—RESTRICTIONS ON INTERIOR USE OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS 704.1—GENERAL (a) Combustible materials may be used for ceilings, floor finish or other interior finish of buildings as provided in this Section. Show windows in the first story of buildings may be of wood or of unprotected metal framing. (b) Interior finish means the exposed interior surfaces of buildings including, but not limited to, fixed or movable walls and partitions, columns, and ceilings. Requirements_ for finishes shall not apply to trim, defined as picture molds, chair rails, baseboards, and handrails; to doors and windows or their frames, nor to materials which are less than 1/28 inch in thickness cemented to the surface of walls or ceilings, if these mate- rials have flame-spread characteristics no greater than paper of this thick- ness cemented to a non-combustible or fire retardant treated wood backing. 704.2—CLASSIFICATION Interior finish materials shall be classified in accordance with ASTM E-84 "Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials". Interior finish materials shall be grouped in the following classes in accordance with their flame and smoke development: Class A Interior Finish. Flame Spread 0-25, Smoke Developed 0-450.. Includes any material classified at 25 or less on the flame spread test scale and 450 or less on the smoke test scale. Any element thereof when so tested shall not continue to propagate fire. Class B Interior Finish. Flame Spread 26-75, Smoke Developed 0-450. 7-10 - - I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of 7 distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE ,i __._... . . _..... .......................... ._.... ...........AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND"CRIMINAL PF.NAhTIF,S THEREUNDER. _....... ___.. __.... .. _. Includes any material classified at more than 25 but not more than 75 on the flame spread test scale and 450 or less on the smoke test scale. Class C Interior Finish. Flame Spread 76-200, Smoke Developed 0-450. Includes any.material classified at more than 75 but not more than 200 on the flame spread test scale and 450 or less on the smoke test scale. 704.3---INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS BASED ..- ON OCCUPANCY The minimum flame spread classification of interior finish shall be based on the use or occupancy as set forth in Table 704.3. TABLE 704.3—MINIMUM INTERIOR FINISH CLASSIFICATION Occupancy Unsprinklered Sprinklered Access to Other Access to Other Exits' Exits Spaces Exits' Exits Spaces A-1 Working Stage A A B B C C A-t Non-Working Stage A A B C C A-2 Working Stage A A B B C C A-2 Non-Working Stage A A B B C C B 8 B C C C C E A - B C B C C F C C C C C C H Sprinklers required. B C C 1-Restrained A A B, A A B' F Unrestrained A A B B C C S B B C C C C _. C C C C C C 'In vertical exitways of buildings three stories or less in height of other than Group I Restrained the interior finish may be Class B for unsprink- lered buildings and Class C for Sprinklered buildings. 'Class C interior finish materials may be used in administrative areas, EXCEPTIONS TO TABLE 704.3: (a) Except in Group 1 Occupancies and in enclosed vertical exits, Class C interior finish material may be used in access to exits and/or other spa- ces as wainscoating extending not more than forty-eight (48) inches above the floor and for tack and bulletin boards covering not more than 5 per- cent of the gross wall area of the room. (b) The exposed faces of Type III structural members, including decking and planking, where otherwise permitted by this code, are excluded from �i flame spread requirements. 7-1 1 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,' .. ................. AND SUBJECT"I O CIVIL L AND CRIMINAL PLNAL- 'IIESTH THEREUNDER 704,4---FOAM PLASTICS Foam Plastics shall not be used as interior finish except: (a) as provided;in Section 717. (b) foam plastic of low density such that its weight is not greater than two (2) ounces per square foot may be used as ceiling finish when the flame spread is not greater than twenty-five (25) and the foam plastic is mounted in such a way that it will remain in place at an ambient room temperature of one hundred seventy-five (1750) degrees F for a period of not less than fifteen (15) minutes. 704.5CARPET ON WALLS AND CEILINGS Carpeting and similar materials having a napped, tufted, looped or sim- ilar surface may be used as interior finish on walls and ceilings only when it has a flamespread rating of twenty-five (25) or less as determined by test in accordance with ASTM E-84, when tested as an assembly. 704.E—FLOOR FINISH (a) In buildings of Type 1 Construction, or Type 11 Construction, floor finish, if of combustible material, shall be applied directly upon the floor construction, except that a floor finish of wood, linoleum, rubber, tile or cork may be secured .to a sub-floor of wood. Where wood sleepers are used for laying wood floors or sub-floors in such buildings, they shall be fire- stopped so that there will not be:an open. space extending under any per manent partition. Where wood sleepers are used and the space between the floor slab and the underside of the floor or subfloor is more than two and one-half (21/2) inches, such space shall be filled with non-combustible mate- rial so that such space is not more than two and one-half(21/2) inches. (b) Combustible insulating boards may be used for sound deadening, or insulating of floors, except that in buildings required to be of Type I Co-n- struction or of Type 11 Construction, such insulating"board shall not be more than one-half (1/2) inch thick and cemented directly to the floor slab or secured to wood sleepers fire stopped as called for above and covered with approved finish flooring 704.7—FLOOR COVERING Finished floors or floor covering materials of a traditional type, such as wood, vinyl, linoleum, terrazzo an other resilient floor covering materials are exempt from the requirements of this section. Carpet type floor cover- ings shall be tested as proposed for use including underlayment and shall comply with the following: (a) Carpet materials used on floors of exit access corridors and enclosed exits, in other than Group I - Institutional Occupancies, shall satisfactorily withstand a minimum critical radiant flux of twenty-two hundredths (0.22) watts per square centimeter when tested in accordance with the "Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radient Heat Energy Source," NFiPA Standard No.253. (b) Carpet materials used on floors of exit access corridor and enclosed 7-12 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -_AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO,CIVIL.AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER,-- exits, in Group I - Institutional Occupancies, shall satisfactorily withstand a minimum critical radiant flux of forty-five hundredths (0.45) watts per square centimeter when tested in accordance with the "Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source," NFiPA Standard No. 253, (c) In buildings equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system, the requirements for compliance with forty-five hundredths (0.45) watts per square centimeter may be reduced to twenty-two hundredths (0.22) watts per square centimeter, where twenty-two hundredths (0.22) watts per square centimeter is specified, floor coverings complying with the Depart- ment of Commerce "pill test" (DOC FF-1-70) may be used. (d) Use of carpet materials on walls and ceilings shall be limited in accordance with Section 704.5. (e) All carpet required by this code to meet critical radiant flux limits established by the Flooring Radiant Panel Test, NFiPA Standard No 253, shall have been tested by an approved laboratory. A copy of the test report representing the style shall be provided to the Building Official upon request. The test report shall identify the carpet by manufacturer (or supp- lier), style name and shall be representative of the current construction of the carpet. The carpet shall be identified by a hang tag or other suitable method as to: manufacturer (or .supplier), style and shall indicate the critical radiant flux level. 704 g=APPLICATION O.F-!NTE-'Rt0'R:fF NISH Interior finish materials-applied to walls. and ceilings shall be tested as specified in 704.2 and regulated for purposes of limiting flame spread by N:. the following provisions: (a) When walls and ceilings are required by any provision in this code to - be of fire-resistive, noncombustible, or fire retardant treated wood con- struction, Class B or C finish materials shall be applied directly against such construction-o-r to furring strips not exceeding one and three-quarters (13/4) inches in thickness applied directly against such surfaces. The inter- vening spaces between such furring strips shall be filled with inorganic or Class A materials or shall be firestopped not to exceed eight (8) feet in any direction. (b) Where walls and ceilings are required to be of fire-resistive, noncom- bustible, or fire-retardant treated wood construction and walls are set out or ceilings are dropped distances greater than specified in Section 704.8(a), Class A finish materials shall be used except where the finish materials are protected on both sides by automatic fire-extinguishing systems or are at- tached to a noncombustible or fire retardant treated wood backing or to furring strips installed as specified in Section 704.8(a). The hangers and assembly members of such dropped ceilings that are below the main ceiling fine shall be of noncombustible or fire retardant treated wood materials. (c) Wall and ceiling finish materials of all Class A, B or C materials, as permitted, may be installed directly against the wood decking or planking of Heavy-Timber Construction or to wood furring strips applied directly to 7-13 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -- - - - -AGREEMENT;AND SUBTE.CT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. the wood decking or planking installed and firestopped as specified in Sec- tion 704.8(a). (d) Interior finish materials. shall be cemented or otherwise fastened in place so 'that they will not readily become detached when subjected .to room temperatures of three hundred (3000) degrees F. for twenty-five (25) minutes. 704.9—PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL AND AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS IN RATED ASSEMBLIES In Type I and Type II Construction, materials used for piping, conduit, raceways or duct systems which do not qualify as noncombustible in accordance with the requirements of part one (1) of the definition of Non- combustible Material contained in Section 201.2, shall not penetrate or be concealed within any fire-resistive assembly unless enclosed by or totally embedded within materials which comply with the requirements of part one (1) of the definition of noncombustible Material of Section 201.2, unless such materials and methods of penetration have been tested in accordance with Section 1001 (a) and (c). SECTION 705-- FIRESTOPPING AND DRAFT STOPPING 705.1----FI RESTOPPIN G (a) Firestop.ping shall be-provided in all walls and partitions to.cut off all,:. 5 5 concealed draft openings both horizontal and vertical and to form a fire barrier between floors and between the upper floor and the roof space. (See also Section 1703.1). Firestopping shall not be covered or concealed until inspected by the Building Official. (b) Walls, including masonry walls furred with combustible material, and stud partitions shall be firestopped with non-combustible material at floors, ceilings and roofs, except in those parts of a building which are framed with wood, the firestopping may be of wood not less than two (2) inches in nominal thickness. (See also Section 1703.) (c) All openings around .pipes, ducts and conduits shall be firestopped with approved non-combustible materials. (See also Section 1703) (d) Chimneys shall be firestopped in accordance with sections 802, 803, and 1703. (e) Where approved noncombustible material is used, the installed mate- rial shall prevent the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to ASTM E-1 19 time-temperature fire condi- tions for the time period equivalent to the fire resistance rating of the con- struction penetrated. 705.2—D RAFTSTO PPI NG Enclosed attic and floor spaces formed on combustible construction shall be divided in accordance with Section 1703.2. 7-14 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -.........-AGREEMEN-T-,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ... . SECTION 706—ROOF COVERINGS 706.1—GENERAL Roof Coverings shall be divided into the classes defined below, whose use within the Fire District shall be governed by the requirements of Sec- tion 301.3(d). All Class A, B and C roof coverings shall be tested in accor- cance with ASTM E-108 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Roof Cover- ings."All roof Coverings shall be installed in accordance with SBCCI 7A or other approved nationally recognized standard. 706.2----CLASS A ROOF COVERINGS Class A Roof Coverings shall include the following: Brick, Concrete, Slate, Tile Corrugated Asbestos Cement or assemblies listed and identified - as Class "A" by an approved testing agency. 706,3—CLASS B ROOF COVERINGS Class B Roof Coverings shall include the following:. Corrugated iron sheets, glavanized iron sheets, galvanized iron shingles, sheet copper gal- vanized iron or assemblies listed and identified as Class "B" by an approved testing agency. 706.4—CLASS C ROOF COVERINGS Class C Roof Coverings shall include the assemblies listed and identified �. as Class "C" by pan approvecf<te'sting.agency 706.5—REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOFS OUTSIDE FIRE DISTRICT Roofs on buildings outside the Fire District, as established in Chapter III, shall have Class A, Class B or Class C roof coverings, as specified herein. Wood Shingles or Shakes may be used as provided in section 706.6. Private detached garages, carports and farm buildings as defined in Sec- tion 504 are not regulated by this section. 706.6—WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES Outside the Fire District, buildings not over three (3) stories in height and/or nine thousand (9,000) sq.. ft. (For Allowable Area Increases see Section 402.3 for horizontal separation modifications) in area and located not less than six (6) feet from the property line may be roofed with grade- labeled No. 1 or No. 2 Wood Shingles and No. 1 Shakes with a minimum butt thickness of one-half (y2) inch, securely fastened with rust resistant nails. Wood shingles and shakes may be applied to roofs with solid or spaced sheathing boards. Sheathing boards shall be not less than one (1) inch by four (4) inches nominal dimensions, spaced not more than four (4) inches clear between boards for shingles and 18 inch shakes. Sheathing boards for 24 inch shakes shall be not less than one (1) inch by six (6) inches nominal dimensions, spaced not more than four and one-half (4%2) inches clear between boards. Shingles and shakes shall be applied in accordance with 7-15 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or z distribution authorized.ANY UNAUPHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 3 AGREEMENT,AND'SUBJECTT'O CIVIL AND CRIMINALPENALTIES THEREUNDER recommendations of the Red Cedar Shingle and Handsplit Shake Bureau, and with the following exposure. WEATHER EXPOSURE AND ROOF PITCH Roof Pitch Exposure 3/12' to 4/12 pitch 5/12` pitch and steeper Length Grade 16 inch No. 1 33/a" 5" No, 2 3%2" 4" Shingles 18 inch No. 1 41/" 5%2" No. 2 4" 4%2 24 inch No. 1 53/4" 71/2" No. 2 5%2" 6%" Length Exposure and Pitch 18 inch 7%" for 4/12* and steeper Shakes 24jnch 10" for 4./12* and steeper pitch *minimum roof slope 706.7—WEATHER PROTECTION Roof coverings shall provide weather protection for the building at the roof. SECTION 707—SKYLIGHTS (a) In other than types 111, V and V1 construction, all skylights frames shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. All skylights shall be designed for the tributary roof loads in section 1203.7. All skylights having their glazing set at an angle of less than forty-five (45) degrees measured from the horizontal, shall be mounted at least four (4) inches above the plane of the roof on a curb constructed as required for the frame. (b) Spacing between supports in one direction for flat wired glass in the skylight shall not exceed twenty-five (25) inches. Corrugated wire glass may have supports five (5) feet apart in the direction of the corrugation. All skylights shall be glazed with wire glass or laminated safety plate glass with a minimum thickness of seven-thirty secondths' (7/32) inch. Skylights over vertical shafts extending through two (2) or more stories shall be glazed with plain glass:as.specified in this Section; provided, that wire glass may be used if ventilation equal to not less than one eighth (1/s) the cross- section area of the shaft but not less than four (4) feet is provided at the top of such shaft. 7-16 T r Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 9. distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE .. .... .......... _.._......... ............... ................-..............ACi2EEMEN'I';AND SUB)£f-I`TO CIVILAND CRIMINAliPENAL3'IHS'I'HEREUNUER:... - - (c) Glazing at an angle greater than fifteen (15°) degrees, measured from the vertical, over lobbies, reception areas, office areas, walkways, and other areas accessible to the public, shall be laminated glass, wire glass, rigid plastic, or have protective wire screens immediately beneath the glass. (d) Ordinary glass may be used in the roof and the skylights for green houses provided that the height of the green house at the ridge does not �., exceed twenty (20) feet above grade. Skylight frames may be of wood con- struction in greenhouses located outside the fire district if the height of the skylight does not exceed twenty (20) feet above grade, but in other cases non-combustible frames shall be used. (e) Glass used for the transmission of light, when placed in floors or sidewalks, shall be supported by non-combustible frames, and such glass over sixteen (16) square inches in area shalt be wire glass or shall be pro- vided with a screen as specified for skylights in this section. All portions of the floor tights or sidewalk lights shall be of the same strength as is required by this Code for floor or sidewalk construction, except in cases where the floor is surrounded by a railing not less than three (3) feet six (6) inches in height, in which case, the construction shall be calculated for not less than roof loads. For additional requirements for plastic skylights, see Section 2605. SECTION 708—DORMER WINDOWS Dormer windows shall be of the same type of construction as the roof on which they are placed,. o.r,,of.the side walls.of the building. The top and -"sides shall be covered with roofing materials conforming with the require- ments governing the roofing of the building. SECTION 709—ARCHITECTURAL TRIM, BALCONIES, BAY WINDOWS (a) All architectural trim, such as cornices and other exterior architectu- rat elements, attached to the exterior walls of buildings located in the Fire District shall be constructed of approved non-combustible materials or fire retardant treated wood. Outside the Fire District, such trim on buildings of Type 1, ll and IV Construction not more than three (3) stories or forty (40) feet in height may be of Type V1 Construction; and may be of Type VI Construction on all buildings of Type 111, V and VI Construction. Such trim shall be secured to the wall with metal or other approved brackets and/or fasteners. When such architectural trim is located along the top of exterior walls it shall be completely backed by the exterior wall and shall not extend over the top of exterior walls. For wood veneers on exterior walls, see Section 608.3. For projection over public property, see Section 2202. (b) Continuous exterior cornices of wood, or of wood frames, shall be firestopped at intervals not exceeding twenty (20) feet. (c) Balconies not used as required exits, and bay windows, shall conform 7-l 7 - Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMEN"I ............... -............. ...............AND SUBJECTTO CIViL AND CRIMINAL PENAUIlES THEREUNDER. to the type of construction required for the building to which they are attached, except that on buildings more than three (3) stories in height, all exterior balconies shall be of non-combustible construction. (d) Combustible projections from walls located where protection of openings is required shall be one hour fire-resistive or heavy timber con- struction. Projections shall not extend more than twelve (12) inches into the areas where openings are prohibited. SECTION 710—CANOPIES ON EXTERIOR WALLS (a) Canopies extending over public property shall comply with the requirements of Chapter XXIL (b) Other permanent canopies may extend over adjacent open spaces and be of any material permitted by this Code provided. _ That when located in the Fire District or less than thirty(30) feet from an interior lot line or other structure the canopy and its supports shall be of non-combustible material, fire retardant treated wood, wood of Type III sizes, or of one (1) hour fire-resistive construction; 2. The canopy shall have one long side open; 3. The maximum horizontal width of the canopy shall not exceed fifteen {15) feet. 4. The fire resistance of exterior walls shall not be reduced. SECTION 711—GUTTERS AND LEADERS Gutters and leaders hereafter placed on buildings other than one or two- family dwellings, private garages, or buildings of Type VI Construction, shall be of non-combustible material. See section 1406 for Parapet Wall relief opening requirements. SECTION 712--TOWERS, SPIRES, CUPOLAS, AERIAL SUPPORTS, POLES, DOMES (a) Any tower, spire, dome or cupola shall be of a type of construction not less in fire-resistance rating than required for the building to which it is attached except that any such tower, spire, dome or cupola which exceeds sixty (60) feet in height above grade, and all construction upon which it is supported, shall be of Type I or Type 11 Construction when the area at any horizontal section of such tower, spire, dome, or cupola exceeds two hundred (200) sq, ft. or when it is used for any purpose other than a belfry or an architectural embellishment. (b) Any tower, spire, dome or cupola which exceeds twenty-five (25) feet in height above the highest point at which it comes in contact with the roof or which exceeds two hundred (200) sq. ft. in area at any horizontal section or which is intended to be used for any purpose other than a belfry or architectural embellishment, shall be entirely constructed of and supported by non-combustible materials. Such structures shall be separated from the building below by construction having a fire-resistance rating of not less than one and one-half (1 %) hours and, if access doors are provided, such doors shall be of approved fire-resistive type. I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or t LICENSE ppppppDUCTIN OR DISTRIBUTION ---- -- ---.-AGREuEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND I1INAL PENA IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LTIES THE F VNDERLICENSE (c) All structures, except aerial supports not over twelve (12) feet high, flag poles, water tanks and cooling towers, placed above the roof of any building within the Fire District, or above the roof of any building more than. fifty (50) feet in height, wherever located, shall be of non-combustible material and shall be supported by construction of non-combustible ma- terial. .� (d) Towers and Spires when enclosed shall have exterior walls as required for the building to which they are attached. The roof covering of spires shall be of a class of roof covering, as required for the main roof of the rest of the structure. SECTION 713---TANKS `-r (a) Tanks of more than five hundred (500) gallons capacity placed in or on a building shall be supported on masonry, reinforced concrete or steel construction, except that portion of the supporting structure which is above the roof of the building may be of heavy timbers; provided that when such construction is within the building it shall be as required for Type I Construction. 1. (b) Such tanks shall have in the bottom or on the side near the bottom, a pipe or outlet, fitted with a suitable quick opening valve for discharging the contents in an emergency through an adequate drain. (c) Such tanks shall not be placed over nor near a line of stairs or an elevator shaft, unless there is a solid roof or floor underneath the tank. (d) All unenclosed roof tanks shall have covers sloping toward the outer edges. (e) When hoops are used in the construction of tanks, they shall be of metal, and provision shall be made to guard against corrosion. SECTION 714—COOLING TOWERS Cooling towers in excess of two hundred and fifty (250) square feet in base area or in excess of fifteen (15) feet in height when located on build- ings more than fifty (50) feet in height in or out of the Fire District, shall be of non-combustible construction; except that drip boards may be of wood not less than one (1) inch nominal thickness and the enclosing frame work may be of wood, if covered on the exterior of the tower with non- combustible material. Cooling towers shall not exceed one-third (1 J 3) of the supporting roof area. SECTION 715---DRYING ROOMS (a) Drying rooms or dry kilns located within a building shall be con- structed entirely of non-combustible materials where used or intended to be used at temperatures exceeding one hundred twenty-five (125) degrees F; if enclosure is of metal, it shall be insulated from all combustible mate- rial by not less than a twelve (12) inch air space, one-quarter inch asbestos or other approved insulation. (b) All drying rooms shall have approved ventilation. 7-19 I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE 3 -- ---- ---- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (c) Heating pipes, not located overhead, shall be shielded to maintain not less than two (2) inch clearance between them and the contents. SECTION 716—PENTHOUSES AND ROOF STRUCTURES 716.1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (a) Height. A penthouse or other projection above the roof in structures of other than Type I construction shall not exceed twenty-eight (28) feet in height above the roof when used as an enclosure for tanks or for elevators which run to the roof and in all other cases shall not extend more than twelve (12) feet in height above the roof. (b) Area. The aggregate area of all penthouses and other roof structures shall not exceed thirty-three and one-third (33 1 J 3) percent of the area of the supporting roof. (c) Prohibited Uses. A penthouse, bulkhead, or any other similar projec- tion above the roof shall not be used for purposes other than shelter of - mechanical equipment or shelter of vertical shaft openings in the roof. Penthouses or bulkheads used for the purposes other than permitted by this Section shall conform to the requirements of this Code for an additional story. 716.2—TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED (a) Roof structures shall be constructed with walls, floors and roof as required for the main portion of the building. EXCEPTIONS: 1. On Buildings of Type I and Type 11 construction, the exterior walls and roofs of penthouses which are more than five (5) feet and less than twenty (20) feet from a common property line shall be of at least one (1) hour non-combustible construction. Walls and roofs which are over twenty (20) feet from a common property line may be of non-combustible con- struction. All interior framing and walls shall be non-combustible con- struction. 2. On buildings of Type 111, IV and V construction, the exterior walls and roofs of penthouses which are more than five (5) feet and less than twenty (20) feet from a common property line shall be at least one (1) hour construction. Walls which are over twenty (20) feet from a common prop- erty line may be of heavy timber construction or non-combustible con- struction. Roofs may be of wood frame construction. All interior framing and walls shall be heavy timber construction or non-combustible con- struction. 3. Enclosures housing only mechanical equipment and located at least twenty (20) feet from adjacent property lines may be of unprotected non- combustible construction. 4. On one (l) story buildings, unroofed mechanical equipment screens, fences or similar enclosures may be of combustible construction when located at least twenty (20) feet from adjacent property lines and when not exceeding four (4) feet in height above the roof surface. _ Copyright i t pursuant g I further ion or Z *ditrbutionauthorizeauthorized.ANYUNAUTHORFfr147UCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAICOPYRIGHTACT AND THE LICENSE i AGREEMENLAND SUBJECT TO CI-VIL AND-CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ___._ (b) The restrictions of this subsection shall not prohibit the placing of wood flagpoles or similar structures on the roof of any building. 716.3—TOWERS AND SPIRES Towers and Spires when enclosed shall have exterior walls as required for the building to which they are attached. (See Section 712.) The roof .� covering of spires shall be as required for the main roof of the rest of the structure. SECTION 717 — FOAM PLASTICS 717.1—GENERAL The provisions of this section shall govern the requirements and uses of foam plastic insulation in all buildings and structures regardless of type of construction. Except where otherwise provided in this section, all foam plastics or foam plastic cores in manufactured assemblies used in building construe- tion shall have a flame-spread rating of not more than seventy five (75) and shall have a smoke-developed rating of not more than four hundred fifty (450) when tested in the maximum thickness intended for use in accor- dance with ASTM E-84. Foam plastic, except where otherwise provided shall be separated from the interior of a building by an approved thermal barrier of one-half (%2) inch gypsum wallboard or equivalent thermal barrier material which will v limit the average temperature rise of the unexposed surface to not more than two hundred fifty (2500) F after fifteen (15) minutes of fire exposure complying with the ASTM E-1 19 standard time-temperature curve. This equivalency may be determined through the use of the "Small Scale Horizontal Exposure Furnace" of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. The thermal barrier shall be installed in such a manner that it will remain in place for the duration of the particular test used, either the procedures outlined-in-"An Enclosed Room Fire Test" PICC 401 or Fac- tory Mutual Building Corner Fire Test - FM Procedure 4880 or "Outline of Investigation of Insulated Wall Construction" UL 1040, and meet the acceptance criteria thereof. 717.2--SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS The following requirements shall apply to all uses of foam plastic unless specifically approved in 717.3 or by other sections of the code. (a) Masonry or concrete construction. Foam plastics may be used with- out the thermal barrier described above when the foam plastic is protected by a minimum of one (1) inch thickness of masonry or concrete. (b) Cold storage construction. Foam plastic when tested in a thickness of four (4) inches may be used in a thickness up to ten (10) inches when the building is equipped with an approved automatic fire suppression system. r The approved automatic fire suppression system shall be provided in both the room and that part of the building in which the room is located. (c) Walk-in coolers. Foam plastics having a maximum flame spread of 7-21 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE ..... _ _............_ _..._ _....._. ..........._.AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER. seventy-five (75) may be used in a thickness up to four inches in free- standing walk-in coolers or freezer units with an aggregate area not exceed- ing four hundred (400) square feet in floor area without a thermal barrier and without an automatic fire suppression system when the foam plastic is covered by a metal facing not less than thirty two thousandths (0.032) inch-thick aluminum or corrosion-resistant steel having a minimum base metal thickness of sixteen thousandths (0.016) inch. When protected by a thermal barrier, the foam plastic may be used in a thickness up to ten (10) inches. (d) Exterior walls in buildings of fire resistive or non-combustible construction. 1. One-story buildings. Foam plastic insulation having a flame spread of twenty-five (25) or less may be used without thermal barriers in or on walls in thickness of not more than four (4) inches when the foam plastic is covered by a thickness of not less than thirty-two thousandths (0.032) inch aluminum or corrosion-resistant steel having a base metal thickness of sixteen thousandths (0.016) inch and the insulated area is protected with automatic sprinklers. 2. Multi-story buildings A. Where walls face a street or permanent open space of thirty (30) feet or more foam plastic insulation may be used in a non-fire rated exte- rior wall assembly. Where a separation of less than thirty (30) feet exists, foam plastic may be used within exterior walls, provided the wall assembly affords the required fire-resistance. B. Any foam plastic insulation shall be separated from the building interior by a thermal barrier meeting the provisions of section 717.1 unless a specific approval is obtained on the basis of 717.3. C. The potential heat of foam plastic in any portion of the wall or panel shall not exceed six thousand (6000) BTU/square foot of projected area as determined by tests conducted in accordance with NFiPA 259. D. The foam plastic core, coatings and facings shall have a flame- spread rating of twenty five (25) or less and a smoke-developed rating of four hundred fifty (450) or less as determined in accordance with ASTM E-84. E. Results of diversified or full scale fire tests reflecting an end-use configuration shall be submitted to the building official demonstrating the assembly in its final form does not propagate flame over the surface or through the core when exposed on the exterior face to a fire source. Note: The limitations contained within Chapter 26 dealing with veneer materials do not apply to this section. (e) Roofing. Foam plastic may be used in a roof covering assembly _. without the thermal barrier when the foam is separated from the interior of the building by plywood sheathing not less than one-half(%) inch in thick- ness bonded with exterior glue, with edge supported by blocking, tongue- and-groove joints or other approved type of edge support, or an equivalent material. Foam plastic roof insulation which complies with Factory Mut- ual Standard 4450 or Underwriters Laboratories Subject 1256 need not meet the requirements of 717.1. - - Copyright O 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESE17�2cessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ...... _._ _ _._. _._.._ _._........ .............RGREEMEN'I',ANDSUBJEC'I"I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'1'HEREUNDER.-.. __.... _ _ -. For all roof applications, the smoke developed rating shall not be limited. (f) Attics and crawlspaces. Within an attic or crawlspace where entry is made only for service of utilities, foam plastics shall be protected against ignition by one and one-half (1%2) inch thick mineral fiber insulation, one fourth (1/) inch thick plywood, three eighths (%) inch particleboard, one fourth (1/) inch hardboard or three eighths (3/s) inch gypsum wallboard, corrosion-resistant steel having a base metal thickness of sixteen thou- sandths (0.016) inch, or other approved material installed in such a manner that the foam plastic is not exposed. The protective covering shall be con- sistent with the requirements for the type of construction. (g) Doors. Where doors are permitted without a fire-resistive rating, foam plastic having a flame spread rating of seventy five (75) or less may be used as a core material when the door facing is metal having a min- imum thickness of thirty two thousandths (0.032) inch aluminum or sheet steel having a minimum thickness of sixteen thousandths (0.016) inch. The thermal barrier requirement is waived. EXCEPTION: In one grid two family dwellings, foam filled exterior entrance doors not requiring a fire resistive rating may be faced with wood. (h) Siding backer board. Foam plastic of not more than two thousand (2000) BTU per square foot as determined by Standard Method of Test for Potential Heat of Building Materials, N FiPA Standard 259 may be used as siding backer board with a maximum thickness of one-half (%). inch pro- vided it is separated from the interior of the building by not less than two (2) inches of mineral fiber insulation or equivalent in lieu of the thermal barrier or when applied as insulation with residing over existing wall construction. (i) Interior Trim. Foam plastic trim defined as picture molds, chair rails, baseboards and handrails, ceiling beams, door trim and window trim provided: 1. The minimum density is twenty (20) pounds per cubic foot. 2. The maximum thickness of the trim is one-half (%2) inch and the maximum width is four (4) inches. 3. The trim constitutes no more than ten (10) percent of the area of any wall or ceiling. 4. The flame spread rating does not exceed seventy five (75) when tested per ASTM E-84. The smoke developed rating is not limited. 717.3—SPECIFIC APPROVAL Plastic foam not meeting the requirements of Sections 717.1 and 717.2 above may be specifically approved on the basis of approved tests such as, but not limited to, a tunnel test in accordance with ASTM E-84, FM Procedure 4880, UL Subject 1040. ASTM E-152 or the room test proce- dure described in SPI Bulletin PICC 401 or fire tests related to actual end-use configuration. The specific approval may be based on the end-use, quanity, location and similar considerations where such tests would not be appliable of practical. 7-23 = Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE . .. .. ........... _... ___.._... ._._._.. .................. ..._....AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT TOCIVII;AND CRIMINAL P"ENAT;TIESTHF,RF,UNDF,R.... _.. _. Foam plastics which are used as interior finish shall also meet the flame spread requirements for interior finish. SECTION 718 — FIREMAN'S ACCESS PANELS IN WINDOWLESS WALLS (a) An access door or covered opening with suitable hardware and iden- tifying marking shall be installed in the veneered facing on each floor above the main floor, with free access into the building. (See Standard Fire Prevention Code, Section 37.09). 1. Opening shall be of sufficient size to permit ready access of fire fighting personnel and hand carried fire fighting equipment. 2. Exterior of the opening shall have distinctive markings for purpose of ease in locating panels. 3. Such access opening shall open into a fire aisle within the building and no shelving, loose or fixed, no containers or equipment of any descrip- tion, nor any loose merchandise shall be placed so as to block aisleway. SECTION 719 — THERMAL INSULATING MATERIALS 719.1—GENERAL Insulating materials, including vapor barriers, breather papers, and sim- ilar coverings, shall comply with the requirements of this section. Where a flame spread rating or a smoke developed rating is specified in this section, such rating shall be determined in accordance with the ASTM Standard Method of Test E-84. Any material which is subject to an increase in flame spread rating or smoke developed rating beyond the lim- its herein established through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmo- spheric conditions, shall not be permitted. 719.2—CONCEALED INSTALLATION (a) Insulating materials, when concealed as installed, in buildings of any type construction, shall have a flame spread rating of not more than seventy-five (75) and a smoke developed rating of not more than four hundred fifty (450). (b) When such materials are installed in concealed spaces in buildings of Type 111, Type V, or Type V1 construction, the flame spread and smoke developed limitations do not apply to facings, provided that the facing is installed in contact with the unexposed surface of the ceiling, wall or floor finish. 719.3—EXPOSED INSTALLATION Insulating materials when exposed as installed in buildings of any type construction shall have a flame spread rating of not more than twenty-five (25) and a smoke developed rating of not more than four hundred fifty (450). 719.4----ROOF INSULATION The use of combustible roof insulation not complying with Section 719.2 Copyright O 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESE17TI24ccessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECI'.'I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'I'HEREUNllER. or 719.3 shall be permitted in any type construction provided it is covered with approved roof coverings directly applied thereto. 719.5—DUCT INSULATION Duct linings and coverings shall conform to the appropriate require- ments of the Standard Mechanical Code. 719.E----FOAM PLASTICS Foam plastics shall comply to Section 717. 719.7----CELLULOSE FIBER THERMAL INSULATION Cellulose fiber thermal insulation shall be tested in accordance with �. Standard Specification for Cellulosic Fiber (Wood-Base) Loose Fill Ther- mal Insulation, ASTM C739 and HH-I-515D with amendment 1. The insu- lating material shall comply with the following requirements. (a) Density: The density of the insulating material shall not exceed 3.2 pounds per cubic foot. (b) Thermal Resistance: The thermal resistance value R, shall not be more than five (5) percent less than the thermal resitance value, R, listed for the insulating material. (c) Surface burning characteristics: The flame spread shall not exceed twenty-five (25) when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84. (d) Flame resistance permanency: The surface burning characteristics shall not increase more than twenty (20) percent when retested using the 2 foot apparatus or shall not increase when retested using ASTM E-84. (e) Moisture absorption: The moisture absorption shall be no more than fifteen (15) percent by weight. (f) Odor emission: The odor emission shall be no more than a slight trace. (g) Corrosiveness: The insulating material shall meet the test require- ment as a noncorrosive insulating material. (h) Starch: The insulating material shall meet the test requirement as .having no evidence of the presence of starch. 7-25 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or e distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE --... ........................... .. ... ............. ................ .......RGIiEEMEN'I',AND SUBjEC'I'TO-CIVILANDGRIMINALPINAZ'I'IHS'I'HEREUNUER... Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE s _ _ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER CHAPTER Vill APPURTENANCE REOUIREMENTS SECTION 801—GENERAL 801.1--HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING, REFRIGERATION �-- AND VENTILATION All heating, air conditioning, refrigeration and ventilation equipment shall conform to the requirements set forth in the Standard Mechanical Code. SECTION 802—CHIMNEYS 802.1--GENERAL (a) Chimneys shall be required for all heating or heat producing applian- ces except electrical heating and appliances listed for use with venting systems. Every chimney shall be constructed and every venting system shall be installed in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Chapter. (b) Every chimney, vent or venting system shalt be capable of producing a draft at the appliance not less than that required for the safe operation of the appliance connected thereto. A power exhauster may be used, except with incinerators to increase low draft. When an exhauster is used, provision shall be made to shut off the fuel supply to the appliance in the event of failure to the exhauster. (c) Nothing in this Code shall prohibit the joining of two (2) or more connectors into a combined connector, provided that all pipes are of suffi- cient size to serve all of the appliances thus connected, and provided that all pipes are constructed to comply with the severest requirements for any of those connected. (d) The connector of a fuel burning appliance shall not be connected into the chimney flue of an incinerator which has the rubbish chute identi- cal with the chimney flue. 802.2—CHIMNEY CONSTRUCTION (a) A chimney shall not carry any load other than its own dead weight. (b) Chimney crickets of metal or other roofing materials shall be laid or installed on solid roof decking consistent with the construction of the roof. (c) All chimneys which are or become unsafe or dangerous shalt be made safe or taken down. (d) Chimneys shall extend at least three (3) feet above the highest point where they pass through the roof of the building and at least two (2) feet higher than any portion of the roof or building located within ten (10) feet horizontally of such chimney. (e) An appliance equipped with a forced or induced draft system which may result in positive pressure in the venting system shall be connected to a pressure-tight venting system. i 8-1 ALL RIGHTS Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 1-5,2016 3:07:00 PM distribution a thou ed.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on or _ .. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAh PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 802.3—RAISING ADJOINING CHIMNEYS (a) Whenever a building is hereafter erected, enlarged or raised, the owner of such building shall, at his own expense, carry up, either inde- pendently or on his own building, all chimneys, smoke-stacks, and smoke flues of any adjoining buildings which are within ten (10) feet of any por- tion of the wall entending above such chimney or flue. (b) The construction of such chimney shall conform to all requirements of this Code. Such a chimney shall be carried up simultaneously with the walls. (c) It shall be the duty of the owner of the building to be erected, enlarged or raised to notify in writing, at least ten (10) days before such work is to begin, the owner of the chimney affected, of his intention to carry up such chimney. 802.4—FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS Factory-built chimneys shall be listed and shall be installed in accor- dance with the conditions of the listing, and the manufacturer's instruc- tions. (a) Nothing contained in this Code shall be construed as prohibiting the use of insulated suspended factory-built chimneys provided such assem- blies have been tested and approved by a recognized laboratory for the use intended and are installed in accordance with their approval. (b) Factory-Built Chimneys may be installed with zero clearance from wood structural members, such as framing, roof rafters, floor and ceiling joists and other component structural members, when it has been deter- mined by test reports of recognized and approved testing laboratories that the unit does not transmit heat to the supporting combustible members of more than ninety (90) degrees F. above room temperature. (c) Supports for such chimneys attached to ceiling or floor joists shall be permitted provided the joists are of adequate size to support additional load. (d) All chimney installations shall conform with the height requirements of this Code. SECTION 803—MASONRY CHIMNEYS 803.1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (a) Support. Masonry chimneys shall be supported on properly designed foundations of masonry or reinforced concrete. Noncombustible material having a fire resistance rating of not less than three (3) hours may be used to support masonry chimneys where such supports are independent of the floor construction and the load is transferred to the ground. (b) Corbeling. Masonry chimneys shall not be corbeled from a wall or foundation more than six (6) inches, nor shall a chimney be corbeled from a wall or foundation which is less than twelve (1 2) inches in thickness unless it projects equally on each side of the wall, provided that in the second story of two (2) story dwellings corbeling of chimneys on the exte- rior of the enclosing walls may equal the wall thickness. Corbeling shall Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.&2sed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. not exceed one (1) inch projection for each course of brick projected. (c) Change in size or shape at roof not permitted. A change in size or shape of a chimney flue where the chimney passes through the roof, shall not be made within a distance of six (6) inches above or below the roof joists or rafters. (d) Cleanout openings. Cleanout openings provided in chimneys shall be equipped with ferrous metal doors and frames arranged to remain tightly closed when not in use. Adequate clearance between Cleanout doors and combustible material shall be provided. (e) Firestopping. All spaces between chimneys and floors and ceilings through which chimneys may pass shall be firestopped with noncombusti- ble material. The firestopping of spaces between chimneys and wood joists, bearns, or headers shall be to a depth of one (1) inch only placed on strips of metal or metal lath laid across the spaces between combustible material and the chimney. (f) Smoke test. Masonry chimneys shall be proved tight by a smoke test after erection and before being put into use. -- SECTION 804—FIREPLACES 804.1—FACTO RY-BUILT FIREPLACES (a) Factory built fireplaces shall be listed and shall be installed in accor- dance with the conditions of the listing. (b) Factory-built fireplaces shall be tested in accordance with and meet the requirements of U.L. 127, Factory Built Fireplaces- (c) Hearth extensions of approved factory built fireplaces and fireplace stoves shall be installed in accordance with the listing. Masonry hearth extensions if used with factory built fireplaces shall be installed as required in Section 804.3 (e). The hearth extension shall be readily distinguished from the surrounding area. (d) Factory-built fireplaces shall be installed in accordance with Section 804.3 (h). 804.2—FACTORY-BUILT FIREPLACE STOVES AND SOLID FUEL TYPE ROOM HEATERS (a) Factory-built fireplace stoves and solid fuel type room heaters shall be listed and shall be installed in accordance with the conditions of the listing. The factory-built fireplace stoves shall be tested in accordance with and meet the requirements of UL 737, Standard for Fireplace Stoves. The solid fuel type room heaters shall be tested in accordance with and meet the requirements of U L 1482, Standard for Solid Fuel Type Room Heaters. (b) Factory-built fireplace stoves shall also be installed in accordance with Sections 804. 1(b) and 804.3(h). 804.3—MASONRY FIREPLACES (a) Fireplaces shall be constructed of solid masonry or of reinforced concrete with back and sides of the thickness specified in this paragraph, 8-3 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -.-- ....................... ._-.. ............_........ AGREEMENT,AND SUB)ECT'PO-CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER except as provided in Section 804. L Where a lining of firebrick at least two (2) inches thick-or other approved lining is provided, the total thickness of back and sides, including the lining, shall be not less than eight (8) inches. Where no such lining is provided, the thickness of back and sides shall be not less than twelve (12) inches. (b) Steel fireplace units incorporating a firebox liner of not less than one-quarter (i/) inch thick steel and an air chamber may be installed with masonry to provide a total thickness at the back and sides of not less than eight (8) inches, not less than four (4) inches of which shall be solid masonry. (c) Warm air ducts employed with steel fireplace units of the circulating air type shall be constructed of metal or masonry. (d) Fireplace hearth extensions of approved noncombustible material shall be provided for all fireplaces. Where the fireplace opening is less than six (6) sq. ft., the hearth extension shall extend at least sixteen (16) inches in front of, and at least eight (8) inches beyond each side of the fireplace opening. Where the fireplace opening is six (6) sq. ft. or larger, the hearth extension shall extend at least twenty (20) inches in front of, and at least twelve (12) inches beyond each side of the fireplace opening. Where a fire- place is elevated above or overhangs a floor, the hearth extension shall also extend over the area under the fireplace. (e) Fireplaces constructed of masonry or reinforced concrete shall have hearth extensions of brick, concrete, stone, tile or other approved non- combustible material properly supported and with no combustible material against the underside thereof. Wooden forms or centers used during the construction of hearth and hearth extension shall be removed when the construction is completed. Exception: A header of combustible material may be used to support the hearth extension provided that it is located more than twelve (12) inches from the face of the fireplace. (f) All wood beams, joists and studs shall be trimmed away from fire- places. Headers supporting trimmer arches at fireplaces shall not be less than twenty (20) inches from the face of the chimney breast. Trimmers shall be not less than six (6) inches from the inside face of the nearest flue lining. (g) Woodwork shall not be placed within four (4) inches of the back of a fireplace, but this shall not prevent plastering directly on the masonry or on metal lath and metal furring. (h) Woodwork shall not be placed within six (6) inches of a fireplace opening. Woodwork above and projecting more than one and one-half (1%) inches from a fireplace opening shall not be placed less than twelve (12) inches from the top of a fireplace opening. 804.4—FALSE FIREPLACES False fireplaces may be used in connection with listed gas or electric heaters, provided such fireplaces are constructed of noncombustible materials. - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER,874ccessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of 5 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - -- ---- - ---AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SECTION 805--BARBECUES (a) Factory built barbecues shall be of an approved type and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. (b) Masonry built barbecues shall meet the applicable requirements of Section 804.3. �. SECTION 806--FURNACE AND BOILER ROOM (a) Every central heating boiler and/or furnace with an input capacity of two hundred and fifty thousand (250,000) B.T.U. or over, installed in any building, other than a one or two-family dweIIing, shall be enclosed and separated from the rest of the building by walls, partitions, floor and ceil- ing of not less than one ( 1) hour fire resistive construction. Not more than two (2) central heating boilers and/or furnaces shall be permitted in any one tenancy in any building unless all are enclosed and separated by walls, partitions, floors and ceilings of one (1) hour fire resistive construction. (b) A central heating boiler and/or furnace of any input capacity installed in a building staving a capacity for its particular use of more than seventy-five (75) persons, or in a Group I - Institutional Occupancy, or Group A - Assembly Occupancy, or Group H - Hazardous Occupancy, shall be separated from the rest of such building by walls or partitions, floor and ceiling construction having a fire-resistive rating of not less than two (2) hours, except as required below. (c) Every stream boiler carrying more than fifteen (1 5) pounds per square inch pressure with a rating in excess of ten ( 10) boiler horsepower, installed in a building other than one of Group F - Factory-industrial Occupancy, shall be located in a separated room, or compartment—shall not be located under a means of egress and shall be separated from the rest of the building by walls or partitions having at least two (2) hour fire resistance and by floor-ceiling construction having not less than two and one-half (21,,) hours fire resistance, provided, however, that when in the opinion of the Building Official, it is desirable to provide for the venting of a possible explosion upward this rating may be reduced in accordance with the hazard existing. SECTION 807---GAS APPLIANCES Gas appliances shall be installed and vented in accordance with the requirements of the Standard Gas Code. SECTION 808—PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS All plumbing fixtures and plumbing installations shall conform to the Standard Plumbing Code. (See Section 2002) SECTION 809—FRESH AIR INTAKES Fresh air intakes shall be protected against exterior fire exposure by means of approved fire doors, dampers, or other suitable protection in accordance with the degree of exposure hazard and shall be screened with a corrosion-resistant material not larger than one-half (%2) inch mesh. 8-5 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,rote 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE --- - -----AGREEMENT,AND SUB)EC`F TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL:PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Fresh air intakes shall not be taken from a location closer than ten (10) feet from any chimney or vent outlet, or sanitary sewer vent outlet, unless such vent is not less than eighteen (18) inches above the fresh air vent. SECTION 810—PLENUM FLOOR SYSTEMS Plenum Floor Systems shall comply with the requirements of the Stand- ard Mechanical Code. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED"Acc ssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 'E distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE j _AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER _ '' CHAPTER IX SPRINKLERS AND STANDPIPES SECTION 901 — SPRINKLERS 901.1--APPROVED EQUIPMENT AND LAYOUT Only approved sprinklers and devices shall be used in automatic sprink- ler systems and the complete layout of the system shall be submitted to the Building Official for approval before installation. 901.2---REOUIREMENTS Every automatic sprinkler system required by this Code shall conform with the requirements of the standards for the installation of Sprinkler Systems NFPA 13, except that a single water supply of adequate pressure, capacity and reliability, equal to the primary supply required by those standards, may be permitted by the Building Official. 901.3---MATERIAL Piping shall be as specified in the standards for installation of Sprinkler Systems NFPA 13. 901.4----HOSE THREADS All hose threads in connections shall be uniform with that used by the Fire Department of the City of authority having jurisdiction. 901.5—GENERAL (a) Approved automatic sprinkler equipment meeting the requirements of this Section shall be installed in buildings as follows: 1. Basements or cellars having floor areas exceeding two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet when used as workshops or for manufacturer, repair, sale or storage of combustible materials or when used as lounges or nightclubs regardless of the size. Exception: See Section 402.3 (c) 3. 2. In buildings which do not have suitable access as set forth in Sec- tion 703.2 (a) to each story above the basement on at least one accessible side of the building. Openings which are glazed with security glazing designed to withstand breakage shall not be considered as access openings. 3. See Article 37 — High Piled Combustible Stock, Standard Fire Prevention Code. 4. See Standard Building Code, Section 402.3 (c) 3, 407.4 (e) and Sec- tion 412.4 (p) and (g). 901,6—GARAGES (a) Approved automatic sprinkler systems shall be provided in the fol- lowing garages: I. Enclosed parking garages over sixty-five (65) feet in height and exceeding ten thousand (10,000) square feet per floor. 9-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i. distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE --- — - - - ......... --- - - - AGREEMENT,AND SUB)ECTTPO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAL'PIES"THEREUNDER. 2. Repair garages two (2) stories or more in height, and exceeding ten thousand (10,000) square feet in a single floor area located below another occupancy. 3. One (1) story repair garages exceeding fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet. 4. Basement or sub-basement garages five thousand (5,000) square feet in area or repair garages in a cellar exceeding two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet. 5. Garages used for the storage of commercial trucks and having an area exceeding five thousand (5,000) square feet. 6. Bus garages when used as passenger terminals for four (4) or more - buses or when used for bus storage or loading of four (4) or more buses. 901.7—OTHER OCCUPANCY SPRINKLER REQUIREMENTS (a) GROUP M - MERCANTILE An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in stores and similar occupancies where stocks of combustible materials are on display for public sale and where the story floor area exceeds fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet. (b) GROUP I - INSTITUTIONAL - RESTRAINED An approved manual or automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all Group I - Institutional buildings defined in section 409.I(b). (c) GROUP A - LARGE ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in Group A-1 Large Assembly Occupancies over areas which could be used for the dis- play, sale or storage of combustible materials when such display, sale or storage floor area exceeds fifteen thousand (15,000) sq. ft. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided under the roof and gridiron in the tri and fly galleries and in all places behind the proscenium wall of stages; over enclosed platforms in excess of five _ hundred (500) sq. ft. in area; and in dressing rooms, workshops and store rooms accessory to such stages and platforms. Exceptions: 1. Stages or enclosed platforms open to the auditorium room on three (3) or more sides. 2. Alters, pulpits or similar platforms and their accessory rooms. 3. Stage gridirons, when side wall sprinklers with one hundred thirty five (135) degrees F. rated heads with heat baffle plates are installed around the entire perimeter of the stage except for the proscenium-opening at points not more than thirty (30) inches below the gridiron nor more than six (6) inches below the baffle plate. 9-2 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of � i distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE --- ---- -- --- -- - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO QIVIZ,AND CRIMINAZ,PF.NAhTIF,S THEREUNDER. 4. Under stage or under enclosed platform area less than four (4) feet in clear height used exclusively for chair or table storage and lined on the inside with materials approved for one (1) hour resistive construction with a solid backing. (d) HIGH PILED COMBUSTIBLE STOCK An approved automatic sprinker system shall be provided throughout buildings having a contiguous area (minimum separation between storage areas of 60 feet) used for high piled combustible storage, as defined in the Fire Prevention Code, exceeding twenty thousand (20,000) sq. ft. Exception: Automatic sprinkler systems may be provided only in the storage area of the building when the storage is separated from the remainder of the building by an minimum two (2) hour fire resistive sepa- ration in accordance with the Standard Building Code. 901.8—SUPERVISORY FACILITIES Where an automatic sprinkler system is provided either as a requirement or as an alternate to another requirement of this Code, the system shall be adequately supervised to assure reliable operation as follows: (a) The extinguishing system shall be electrically connected, either directly or through a central station facility or other approved equal, to the fire department legally committed to serve the area in which the building is. located. System actuation shall initiate alarm sequence.. (b) Where a system may be disabled by closing of valves, interruption of power, etc., adequate supervision shall be provided to sound at least a local trouble alarm when the system is deactivated. (c) Where building fire alarm facilities are provided, actuation of the extinguishing system shall cause the building alarm to sound. See Central Signaling Systems, NFiPA 71 Proprietary Protective Signaling Systems, NFiPA 72D Public Fire Service Communications, NFiPA 1221 SECTION 902 — STANDPIPES 902.1—REQUIREMENTS Unless otherwise provided herein, standpipes, standpipe systems, hose, water supply, pumps, connections, etc., shall be constructed and installed to meet the requirements of the standard for the installation of "Standard and Hose Systems, NFiPA 14,"except that a single source of water supply,if reliable and capable of automatically supplying the required service, may be approved by the Building Offical. z When standpipes are provided in a building equipped fully with auto- matic sprinklers, occupant use hose connections, hose and hose cabinets for Class II and Class III standpipes, service may be omitted. 9-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJP,'CL TO CIVIL AND- -- --- " CREMINAI.PENAhTIES THEREUNDER. 902.2—APPROVAL The complete layout of the standpipe and hose system shall be submitted to the Building Official before installation. 902.3—STANDPIPES REQUIRED (a) Buildings two (2) stories or more and exceeding fifty (50) feet in height shall be provided with a Class Ill standpipe system. (b) Group R - residential occupancies, hotels, dormitories and motels three (3) stories or more in height shall be provided with a Class Ill stand- pipe system. (c) Exceptions: 1. Wet standpipes are not required in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic fire-extinguishing system. 2. Wet standpipes are not required in basements or cellars equipped with a complete automatic fire-extinguishing system. 3. Wet standpipes shall not be required in Group A - Assembly Areas used for Worship. 902.4—FIRE DEPARTMENT STANDPIPE In ,buildings requiring wet standpipes in accordance with Section 902. 1 where, in the opinion of the Building Official and the Chief Fire Depart- ment, such constant and automatic water supply is not necessary because of the occupancy and type of construction, fire department standpipes may be substituted for one or more of the required wet standpipes. 902.5—STANDPIPES DURING CONSTRUCTION See Section 2101.9(c) for requirements. SECTION 903 ----- SPRINKLER AND STANDPIPE REFERENCES 903.1—OTHER CODE REFERENCES Hereunder are listed the Section numbers and subjects of references in other portions of this Code pertaining to Sprinklers and Standpipes. Table 400 —Height Increase for Sprinklers. Table 400 ----Area Increase for Sprinklers. Section 402.3 --Unlimited Areas. Section 404.7 —Group A Assembly Occupancy. Section 412 —Group S Storage Occupancy. Section 407 —Group H Hazardous Occupancies. Section 407.6 ----Dry Cleaning or Similar Occupancy. Section 407.9 —Handling or Storage of Combustible Film Section 407.7 —Grain Elevators. Section 412.4 —Aircraft Hangars, Section 412.8 —public Garages. Section 507 —Covered Malls. 9-4 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 5 -- - - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ' Section 702 — Partition Requirements. Section 703.2 —Exterior Walls Without Access Openings. Section 704.3 —Interior Finish. Table 1 103 —Maximum Distance of Travel to an Exit Table 1124 —Fire Alarm. E 9-5 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 2 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISl'RIBUI'ION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, ....... - -- ANDSUB)ECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER_ E Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .....AGREEMENT,AND.SU$JECT T9 CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. CHAPTER X FIRE RESISTANCE STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1001---GENERAL (a) Fire protection requirements of this Code are based on fire resistance ratings. Materials, thicknesses, and assemblies which have successfully per- formed under tests made by a recognized laboratory in accordance with the requirements of the "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Con- struction and Materials, ASTM E l 19," shall be accepted by the Building Official for specific ratings or when permitted by the Building Official may be based on calculations, testing and accepted engineering practices as set forth in Appendix P. (b) Thicknesses as established by said tests shall be construed as estab- lishing minimum requirements for fire resistance only, and shall not pre- elude the application of other requirements of this code where considera- tion of strength, durability or stability require greater thicknesses. (c) Combustible materials shall not enter into the construction of assem- blies except as provided in the foregoing prescribed tests. (d) Fire doors, curtains, shutters, windows, or other protection required for openings in fire resistive walls, shall be in accordance with the require- ments of Section 703. (e) The penetration of fire resistant walls or partitions, floors, or floor ceiling assemblies for electrical, telephone, plumbing, air conditioning, intercommunication systems or similar facilities shall not be permitted unless such openings are installed in such a manner that the required fire resistance is not decreased. (See Section 105.3(d). (f) When walls, floors and partitions are required to have a minimum one (1) hour or greater fire resistance rating, cabinets, bathroom compo- nents, lighting and other fixtures shall be so installed such that the required fire resistance will not be reduced. Exception: Fixtures which are listed for such installation are permitted. (g) Where columns require a fire resistance rating, the entice column, including its connections to beams or girders, shall be protected. Where the column extends through a ceiling, fire protection of the column shall be continuous from the top of the floor through the ceiling space to the underside of the floor deck above, except as provided in Table 600, note (f) or other such provisions of the code. 1001.1—MATERIALS FOR FIRE PROTECTION . Materials prescribed herein for fire-resistance and fire protection shall conform with the requirements of this Chapter. 1001,2--CONCRETE (a) Concrete used for fire-protection shall consist of one (1) part (by 10-1 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:tn:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, - -----ANll SUBJECT TO CIVIL'AND-CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. volume) portland cement and not more than two (2) parts of sand and four (4) parts of approved aggregate, not over three-quarter (3/4) inch diameter, reinforced with wire or metal fabric. (b) Grade A Concrete is concrete in which the coarse aggregate consists of blast-furnace slag, limestone, calcareous gravel, trap rock, burnt clay or shale, cinders containing not more than twenty-five (25) percent of com- bustible material and not more than five (5) percent of volatile material, and other materials meeting the requirements of this Code and containing not more than thirty (30) percent quartz, chert, flint, and similar materials. (c) Grade B Concrete is concrete in which the coarse aggregate consists of granite, quartzite, siliceous gravel, sandstone, gneiss, cinders, containing more than twenty-five (25), but not more than forty (40) percent of com- bustible material and not more than five (5) percent of volatile material, and other materials meeting the requirements of this Code and containing more than thirty (30) percent quartz, chert, flint, and similar materials. 1001.3---BRICK Brick shall be laid in Type M, S, N or O mortar. Solid clay and shale brick shall conform to the "Standard Specifications for Facing Brick", ASTM C216 or "Standard Specifications for Building Brick", ASTM C62. Hollow clay and shale brick shall conform to the "Standard Specifications for Hollow Brick", ASTM C652. Concrete brick shall conform to the "Standard Specification for Concrete Building Brick", ASTM C55. Sand- lime brick shall conform to the "Standard Specification for Calcium Sil- icate Face Brick (Sand Lime Brick)," ASTM C73. Ceramic glazed struc- tural facing tile and facing brick shall conform to the "Standard Specifica- tion for Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick and Solid Masonry Units", ASTM C126. 1001.4—CLAY OR SHALE TILE Hollow clay or shale tile shall be laid in Type M, S, N, O or gypsum mortar. Clay or shale tile used in non-bearing partitions, and for fire- proofing shall meet the requirements of the "Standard Specifications for Structural Clay Non-Load Bearing Tile, ASTM C56." Clay or shale tile used in exterior walls and in all load-bearing walls or load-bearing parti- tions, shall comply with the requirements of the "Specifications for Struc- tural Clay Load-Bearing Wall Tile, ASTM C34", and "Specifications for Structural Clay Facing Tile, ASTM C212." 1001.5—GYPSUM (a) Poured gypsum used for fire-proofing and floor and roof construc- tion shall contain not more than twelve and one-half (12y2) percent of wood chips, shavings or fiber, measured in a dry condition, as a percen- tage, by weight, of the dry mix. Gypsum mortar shall be composed of one part gypsum and not more than three parts clean, sharp, well-graded sand, by weight. (b) Fibered plaster may be used where unsanded or neat gypsum plaster is prescribed. 1 10-2 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CMMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (c) All plaster mixes for sanded gypsum plasters shall be measured by dry weight. (d) When gypsum plaster is used with an aggregate, the proportions shall be as required in Section 1803(b), These proportions take precedence over the proportions for plastering shown in Tables of Appendix B. 1001.6—GYPSUM LATH, GYPSUM WALLBOARD, AND GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD (a) Gypsum lath shall comply with the provisions of the "Specifications for Gypsum Lath, ASTM C37." Perforated gypsum lath shall have perfo- rations not less than three-quarters (}/) inch in diameter, with one perfora- tion for not more than sixteen (16) square inches of lath surface. (b) Gypsum lath shall be mailed to wood studs or joists in all construct- ions required to be fire-resistive, with No. 13 gauge, one and one-eighths (I 1K), nineteen-sixty fourths (19/64) inch flat-head blued nails at intervals not exceeding four (4) inch on centers, (Five (5) nails per lath for support of sixteen (16) inch lath), or equivalent attachment. (c) Gypsum wallboard shall comply with the provisions of the "Specifi- cations for Gypsum Wallboard, ASTM C36." (d) Gypsum wallboard shall be applied and finished in compliance with the provisions of the Gypsum Association "Recommended Specification for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board, GA-216". (e) Gypsum sheathing board shall comply with the provisions of the . ."Specifications for Gypsum Sheathing Board, ASTM C79". (f) Gypsum veneer base shall comply with the provisions of the "Specifi- cation for Gypsum Base for Veneer Plaster, ASTM C588". (g) Gypsum veneer plaster shall comply with the provisions of the "Spec- ification for Gypsum Veneer Plaster, ASTM C587_" (h) Gypsum veneer base and veneer plaster shall be applied and finished in compliance with the provisions of the "Specification for the Application of Gypsum Base to receive Gyps-um Veneer Plaster", ASTM C-844 and "Specification for Application of Gypsum Veneer Plaster", ASTM C-843. (i) Gypsum lath shall be applied in compliance with the provisions of the "Specifications for the Installation of Interior Lathing and Furring, ASTM C841 ". 1001.7—METAL OR WIRE LATH (a) Metal lath shall comply with the provisions of the Standard Specifi- cation for Metal Lath, ASTM C-874. Wherever metal lath or wire lath and plaster are used as required protection against the spread of fire, the weight of lath shall be not less than two and one-half (21.,) Ibs. per square yard when used in vertical position, and not less than two and three-quarter (211) lbs. .per square vard when used in horizontal position. Wire lath shall not be lighter than two and one-half (21. ) meshes per inch, or equivalent. (b) Weight tags shall be left on all metal lath or wire lath until inspected and approved by the Building Official. 10-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE --------- --- --- - --- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER, --- (c) Metal lath for ceilings below wood joists in construction which is required to be fire resistant shall be attached with one and one-half (1 j2) inch, eleven (if) gage, seven-sixteenths (7/ 16) inch head barbed roofing nails spaced at intervals not.to exceed six (6) inch on centers, or equivalent attachment. (d) Whenever the word wire lath is used in fire-resistive plastering it shall not preclude the use of paper back wire lath. Whenever paper back wire lath is used it shall be in accordance with the Requirements for Paper- Backed Wire Fabric as prescribed in Chapter XVIII of this Code. 1001.8----CONCRETE BLOCK Hollow concrete masonry units used in exterior walls and in all walls or partitions shall comply with the requirements of the "Specifications for Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units, ASTM C90" and "Non- load-Bearing, C-l 29". Solid load-bearing concrete masonry units shall comply with the require- meets of "Specifications for Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units, ASTM C-145", 1001.9—VERMICULITE Vermiculite, when used as an aggregate with plaster, shall conform in particle size to the "Specifications for Inorganic Aggregates for use in Gyp- sum Plaster, ASTM C35". The weight of vermiculite shall be not less than six (6) nor more than ten (10) lbs. per cu. ft., as determined by measure- ment in a cubic-foot box, using the shoveling procedure as outlined in the "Tentative Method of Test for Unit Weight of Aggregate, ASTM C29". 1001.10—PERLITE Perlite, when used as an aggregate with plaster, shall conform in particle size to the "Specifications for Inorganic Aggregates for use in_ Gypsum Plaster, ASTM C35." The weight of perlite shall be not less than seven and one-half (7 j,) nor more than fifteen ( 15) lbs. per cu. ft., as determined by measurement in a cubic-foot box, using the shoveling procedure as out- lined in the "Tentative Method of Test for Unit Weight of Aggregate, ASTM C29". SECTION 1002—FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION 1002.1—REFERENCE TABLES (a) To meet the fire resistive requirements of this code, it shall be deter- mined that materials, constructions and assemblies of construction mate- rials have successfully performed under accepted tests as prescribed in Sec- tion 1001. (b) Appropriate fire resistant materials, constructions and assemblies of constructions as listed in Appendix B and the following publications may be accepted as if herein listed: 10-4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -- -- -- AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.. Fire Resistance Design Manual, Tenth Edition Fire Resistance Directory, U.L.I. 1980 (c) Other fire resistive ratings may be accepted by the building official for fire protection on evidence of compliance with Section 1001 of this code. 10-5 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - - -- - - --- - - -RGRF,EMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PF.NAhTIF,S THEREUNDER. ;. y Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ....... . .........- - - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. CHAPTER Xi MEANS OF EGRESS REQUIREMENTS SECTION 1101--GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) In every building hereafter erected means of egress shall comply with the minimum requirements of this Chapter. (b) Means of egress shall consist of continuous and unobstructed paths of travel to the exterior of a building at all times. Means of egress shall not be permitted through kitchens, closets, restrooms and similar areas nor through adjacent tenant spaces. (c) Where unusually hazardous conditions exist, additional means of egress facilities shall be provided as required by the Building Official, when necessary to assure the safety of the occupants. (d) A building shall not hereafter be altered so as to reduce the capacity of the means of egress to less than required by this Chapter nor shall any change of occupancy be made in any building unless such building con- forms with the requirements of this Chapter. (e) Stairways, ramps and passageways used for required exits shall be of non-combustible construction except where otherwise specifically permit- ted by Section 11 13—Stairways; 1112—Exit Outlets; and 11 16—Ramps. SECTION 1102—DEFINITIONS (a) A MEANS OF EGRESS is a continuous path of travel from any point in a building or structure to the open air outside at ground level and consists of two separate and distinct parts: (1) the exit access, and (2) the exit. A means of egress comprises the vertical and horizontal means of travel and may include the room space, doorway, corridor, hallway, pas- sageway, stairs, ramp, lobby, fire escape, escalator, and other paths of travel. 1. EXIT is that portion of a means of egress which is separated from the area of the building from which escape is to be made, by walls, floors, doors, or other means which provide the protected path necessary for the occupants to proceed with safety to a public space. 2. EXIT ACCESS is that portion of a means of egress which leads to an entrance to an exit. .fibre:Art interior aisle. 4orritlor. halhrar. or ather swans of travel used to rea(-h all exit stair or dnoru-ar is iron an exit, r.rr pt where thi,maximum allowable disrartre ul lrurel to are erir isexr-eeded al which poitrr it shall he treawd a start eil the exit or is sa lae'atrd,arranged,and enclosed as to rnnstiture air ritregrallrari trhan exit Jarili{r. (b) OCCUPANT LOAD—Total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion thereof at any one time. (c) PUBLIC WAY—Any street, alley or other parcel of land open to the outside air, deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated to the public for public use and having a clear width and height of not less than ten (10) feet. (d) PANIC HARDWARE—A door latching assembly incorporating.a device which releases the latch upon the application of a force in the direc- tion of exit travel. 1 Copyright O 1582 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or r distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE I` - _._ __ AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIV'tL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.:.... .. . . SECTION 1103—ARRANGEMENT AND NUMBER OF EXITS 1103.1—ARRANGEMENTS (a) Exits shall be so located that the distance from the most remote point in the floor area, room or space served by them to the nearest exit, mea- sured along the line of travel, shall not be more than specified in Table 1103. Where floor areas are sub-divided into small spaces or rooms, and the egress travel in the room or space does not exceed fifty (50) feet, the distance of travel to an exit shall be measured from the corridor entrance to such rooms or spaces. See Section 1103.1(d) or factory-industrial buildings. TABLE 1103--MAXIMUM DISTANCE OF TRAVEL TO AN EXIT, IN FEET Occupancy Ocpupancy Uns rinklered S rinklered Group A—Assembly 150 200 Group B—Business 150 200 Group E—Educational 150 200 Group H—Hazardous NP 75 Group F—Factory-Industrial 150 200. Group I—Institutional (restrained) NP 150 Group I—Institutional (unrestrained) 100 150 Group M—Mercantile 150 200 Group R—Residential 150 200 Group S—Storage 150 200 Open Parking Structures 200 200 (b) Where more than one (1) exit is required, at least two (2) shall be located as remote from each other as practicable and shall be so arranged and constructed to provide direct access in separate directions from any point in the area served and to minimize the possibility that both may be Mocked by any one fire or other emergency condition. (c) Where open stairways or ramps are permitted, as a path of travel to required exits, such as between mezzanines or balconies and the floor below, the distance shall include the travel on the stairway or ramp, and the travel from the end of the stairway or ramp to reach an outside door or other exit, in addition to the distance to reach the stairway or ramp. (d) In one (1) story storage and factory-industrial occupancy buildings requiring undivided floor areas so large that the distances from points within the area to where exit doors could be provided are in excess of those specified in Table 1103. The Building Official, .by special ruling, may permit other exit arrangements with distances in excess of the maximum distances specified if complete automatic sprinkler protection is provided and if the height of ceilings, ceiling curtain boards, and roof ventilation is such as to minimize the possibility that employees will be overtaken by the spread of fire or smoke within six (6) feet of the floor level before they have time to reach exits, provided, however, that in no case may the dis- tance of travel to reach the nearest exit exceed four hundred (400) feet. l 1-2 = Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. F Where smoke venting is required as a condition for permitting distances of travel to exits in excess of the maximum otherwise allowed, the smoke venting arrangement shall be in accordance with NFiPA No, 204. 1103.2—MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS (a) There shall be not less than two (2) approved independent exits, �y accessible to each tenant area, serving every story, except in one and two family dwellings, and as modified in Section 1 103.2(b). 1. The minimum number of exits for all occupancies, except as modi- fied by Section 1103.2(b), based on occupant load, shall be as follows: Minimum Number of Exits Occupancy Load per Story 2 1 - 500 3 501 - 1000 4 more than 1000 (b) In the following cases there may be access to one (1) exit provided that such exit is enclosed by construction as specified in Section 1106, but affording not less than one (1) hour fire-resistance. Where one exit is permitted: 1. In Group R - Residential occupancies one (1) common exit is per- mitted provided all of the following conditions are met. (A) Maximum distance of travel to reach the exit from the entrance door to any living unit shall not exceed thirty (30) feet. (B) Maximum number of dwelling units served by the exit shall not exceed four (4) per floor. (C) Maximum gross area of the dwelling units served by the exit shall not exceed three thousand five hundred (3500) square feet per floor. (D) Maximum building height shall be two (2) stories. 2. In Group B Business occupancies having a per floor area not over three thousand five hundred (3,500) sq. ft. served by that exit and not over two (2) stories in height provided the occupant content shall not exceed forty (40) persons above the street floor. Maximum distance of travel to the exit shall not exceed seventy-five (75) feet. 3. In Group M Mercantile occupancies at street floor level having a floor area less than two thousand two hundred fifty (2,250) sq. ft. and a distance of travel to an exit not exceeding fifty (50) feet. 4. 1n Group S Storage occupancies, one ( 1) story only, and having a floor area less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) sq. ft. with a dis- tance of travel fifty (50) feet or less. (c) Sufficient exit facilities shall be provided so that the aggregate capac- ity of all such exits, determined in accordance with this Chapter, shall be not less than the occupant content as determined from Section 1 105. 1. (d) It shall be unlawful to occupy any part of a building by a greater number of persons than that for which exit capacity, as prescribed in this Chapter, has been provided. (e) Each level of a Group A assembly occupancy shall have access to a 11-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or a distribution authorized.ANY UNAiTI'HORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE -AGREEM-E:NT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. main exit and shall be provided with additional exits of sufficient width to accommodate two-thirds (2/3) of the total occupant load served by that level. Such additional exits may also be main exits discharging separately. Each level of over six hundred (600) capacity shall have access to three exits. Each level over one thousand (1000) capacity shall have access to four (4) exits. The total exits from any level shall be of sufficient capacity to accomodate 7/6 of the occupant load. Such exits shall discharge directly to street or into an enclosed stairway, outside stair, or exit passageway leading to a street. Such exits shall be located as far apart as practicable. (f) Two means of egress shall be required from theatre balconies when the occupancy exceeds fifty. SECTION 1104—SPECIAL EXIT REQUIREMENTS 1104.1—BOILER, INCINERATOR, FURNACE ROOMS Except in one and two-family dwellings, two (2) exits shall be provided from all boiler, incinerator, and furnace rooms that exceed five hundred (500) square feet in area, and the largest installed piece of fuel-fired equip- ment exceeds 400,000 BTU input capacity. When two (2) exits are re- quired, one may be fixed ladder. Exits must be separated by horizontal distance not less than one-half(y2) the maximum horizontal dimensions of the room. A six (6) inch sill (dike) shall be provided where oil fire equip- ment is used. Interior openings between a Group H—Hazardous occu- pancy and a boiler, incinerator, furnace or similar room shall not be per- mitted. Maximum distance of travel to an exit shall not exceed fifty (50) feet. 1104.2—DEAD END POCKETS OR HALLWAYS Exits and exit access shall be so arranged that dead end pockets or hallways in excess of twenty (20) feet in depth shall not occur. 1104.3—EXIT ACCESS CORRIDORS (a) It shall be prohibited to use exit access corridors, separated from building use areas by fire rated partitions and providing access to exit, for return or exhaust from adjoining air conditioned spaces through louvers or other devices mounted in corridor doors or partitions. (See Table 700 Note 5). (b) Except in institutional or residential occupancies, Paragraph 1 104.3(a) may be waived by the authority having jurisdiction providing corridors are equipped with approved fire detectors sensing products of combustion other than heat arranged to automatically stop supply, return and exhaust fans and close louvers or other devices mounted within the corridor doors or partitions. 1104.4--EMERGENCY EGRESS OPENINGS Every sleeping room in one and two-family residences shall have at least one operable window or exterior door approved for emergency egress or rescue. The units must be operable from the inside to a full clear opening without the use of separate tools. Where windows are provided as a means 11-4 Copyright O 1582 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant Co License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or !. distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _...... ..........- _-. _.... __.._ _.. .AGREEMENT,AND-SUB)E<;f'.'FOCIVIL AND CRIMINAL FENAL2'fES`I'HEREUNDER.. _. of egress or rescue, they shall have a sill height of not more than forty-four (44) inches above the floor. All egress or rescue windows from sleeping rooms must have a minimum net clear opening of five and seven-tenths (5.7) square feet. The minimum net clear opening height dimension shall be twenty-four (24) inches. The minimum net clear opening width dimension shall be twenty (20) inches. `--� EXCEPTION: Grade floor windows may have a minimum net clear opening of five (5) square feet and a sill height of not more than forty-eight (48) inches above the floor_ 1104.5—SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURES �- (a) General. A smokeproof enclosure shall consist of a vestibule and continuous stairway enclosed from the highest point to the lowest point by walls of two-hour fire-resistive construction. The supporting frame shall be protected as set forth in Chapter V1. (b) Where Required. Where the floor surface of any story is located more than seventy-five (75) feet or six (6) stories above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, one of the required exits for the building shall be a smokeproof enclosure. When a smokeproof enclosure is re- quired, it shall be used to meet the requirements of Section 1120. Buildings of Use Group B and R exceeding fifteen thousand (15,000) sq. ft per floor and complying with the area of refuge (co m part mentation) option described in Section 506.9 are exempt from the smokeproof enclo- sure requirements. (e) Construction. Stairs in smokeproof enclosures shall be of non- combustible construction. (d) Outlet. A smokeproof enclosure shall exit into a public way or into an exit passageway leading to a public way. The exit passageway shall be without other openings and shall have walls, floors, and ceiling of two (2) hour fire resistance. (e) Barrier. A stairway in a smokeproof enclosure shall not continue below the grade level unless an approved barrier is provided at the ground level to prevent persons from accidentally continuing into the basement. (f) Access. Access to the stairway shall be by way of a vestibule or by way of an open exterior balcony of noncombustible materials. (g) Smokeproof Enclosures by Natural Ventilation. 1. Doors. Doors to both the vestibule and to the stairway shall be labeled and listed and shall have a minimum one (1) hour fire-resistive rating and have closing devices as specified in Section 1 104.5(h) 6. Wired glass one-quarter (1/) inch thick may be installed not to exceed one hundred (100) square inches with neither dimension exceeding twelve (12) inches. 2. Open air vestibule. The vestibule shall have a minimum of,sixteen (16) square feet of opening, in a wall facing an exterior court, yard or public way at least twenty (20) feet in width. (h) Smokeproof Enclosures by Mechanical Ventilation. 11--5 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE --'AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVILAND CR'IMNAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. -- -- - - 1. Doors. The door from the building into the vestibule shall have a one and one-half (1 %2) hour fire-resistive rating and have closing devices as specified in Section 1 1 15, 1(f). The door from the vestibule to the stairway shall be as required by Section 703.4 have a minimum one (1) hour fire- resistive rating. Wired glass, if provided, shall not exceed one hundred (100) square inches in area and shall be set in a steel frame. The door shall be provided with a drop sill or other provision to minimize air leakage. 2. Vestibule size. The vestibule shall have a minimum dimension of forty-four (44) inches in width and seventy-two (72) inches in direction of exit travel. 3, Vestibule ventilation. The vestibule shall be provided with not less than one (1) air change per minute and the exhaust shall be one hundred fifty (150) percent of the supply. Supply air shall enter and exhaust air shall discharge from the vestibule through separate, tightly constructed ducts used only for that purpose. Supply air shall enter the vestibule within six (6) inches of the floor level. The top of the exhaust register shall be located at the top of the smoke trap but no more than six (6) inches down from the top of the trap and shall be entirely within the smoke trap area. Doors, when in the open position, shall not obstruct duct openings. Duct openings may be provided with controlling dampers if needed, to meet the design requirements but are not otherwise required. Note: For buildings where such air changes would result in excessively large duct and blower requirements, a specially engineered system may be used, Such an engineered system shall provide two Thousand five hundred(2,500)cfm exhaust from a vestibule when in emergency operation and shall be sized to handle three(3)vestibules simultaneously and the smoke detector located outside each vestibule shall release to open the supply and exhaust duct dampers in that affected vestibule. 4. Smoke trap. The vestibule ceiling shall be at least twenty (20) inches higher than the door opening into the vestibule to serve as a smoke and heat trap and to provide an upward moving air column. 5. Stair shaft air movement system. The stair shaft shall be provided with mechanical supply and exhaust air. There shall be a minimum of twenty five hundred (2,500) cfm discharge at the top of the shaft. The supply shall be sufficient to provide a minimum of five hundredths (.05) inch of water column with respect to atmospheric pressure with all doors closed and a minimum of one-tenth (.10) inch water column difference between the stair shaft and the vestibule. 6. Exit doors. The exit doors into the vestibule and into the stair shaft shall close automatically when released by activation of a detector meeting the requirements of Section 1 1 15. l(f). The door holding devices shall be of an approved type which will release the doors so that they will close in the event of a power failure. 7. Operation of ventilating equipment. Vestibule and stair shaft mec- hanical ventilation may be inactive or may operate at reduced levels for normal operations as approved by the Building Official; but when the detectors referred to in Section 1104.5(h) 6, either fail or are activated, the mechanical equipment shall operate at the levels specified in Section 1104.5(h) 3 and 5. 8. Standby power. Mechanical ventilation equipment shall be pro- vided by an approved self-contained generator set to operate whenever - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERIEL-Mr/,cessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant.to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of 3 � I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __... .................. ............... ......... ._. _ .--_AGREEMENT,,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.. there is a loss of power in the normal house current- The generator shall be in a separate room having a minimum one (1) hour fire-resistive occupancy separation and shall have a minimum fuel supply adequate to operate the equipment for two hours. 9. Acceptance and testing. Before the mechanical equipment is ac- cepted by the Building Official, it shall be tested in his presence to confirm that the mechanical equipment is operating in compliance with these re- quirements. 10. Emergency lighting. The stair shaft and the vestibule shall be pro- vided with emergency lighting. The standby generator which is installed for the smokeproof enclosure mechanical ventilation equipment may be used for standby emergency lighting power supply. SECTION 1105—MEANS OF EGRESS CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS 1105.1—OCCUPANT CONTENT (a) For determining the exits required, the minimum number of persons or the occupant content of any floor area shall not in any case be taken less than specified in the Table below. Use Area per* Occupant (Sq. Ft.) Assembly without fixed seats Concentrated.............. .. 7 net StandingSpace..................................................................................3 net Unconcentrated.............................................................................. 15 net Assembly with fixed seats ................................................................. Note Bowling alleys, allow 5 persons for each alley, including 15 feet of runway and for additional areas....................................................... 7 net Businessareas ................................................ ....................... 100 gross Small restaurants (without fixed seats)........................................... 15 net Small restaurants (with fixed seats) ............................................... Note 1 Court rooms—other than fixed seating areas..................................... 40 net Educational Classroomareas ............................................................................. 20 net Shops and other vocational areas......... ......_..................... ........... 50 net Industrialareas .............................................._........................----.. 100 gross Institutional Sleepingareas............................................................................ 120 gross Inpatient treatment and ancillary areas ..................................... 240 gross Outpatient area ......................................................................... 100 gross Library Readingrooms............................................................................... 50 net Stackarea ................................................................................. 100 gross Malls............ ............Section 507 1 1-7 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .; - - ---- - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Mercantile Basement and grade floor areas.................................... .......30 gross Areas on other floors........... ...................................................60 gross Storage, shipping area............................................................... 100 gross Parking garage.............................................................................. 200 gross Residential.................................................................................... 200 gross Storage area, mechanical .............................................................. 300 gross Note I—The occupant load for an assembly area having fixed seats installed shall be determined by the number of fixed seats. *Floor area, gross: For the purpose of determining the number of persons whom exitways are to be provided, gross floor area shall be the floor area within the perimeter of the outside walls of the building under considera- tion, without deduction for hallways, stairs, closets, thickness of walls, columns, or other features. *Floor area, net: For the purpose of determining the number of persons for whom exitways are to be provided, net floor area shall be the actual occupied area, not including accessory unoccupied areas or thickness of walls. *The occupant content of floor areas of the building shall be computed on the basis of the specific occupancy classification of the building. Where mixed occupancies occur, the occupant content of each occupancy area shall be computed on the basis of that specific occupancy- (b) The area per occupant (sq. ft.) listed in the Table shall not limit-the. occupant content of any floor area, providing the capacity of the exits serving that floor area is not exceeded. (c) The occupant content of any occupancy may be determined as pro- vided above when the necessary aisles and means of egress are provided as approved by the Building Official. An aisle, egress and seating diagram shall be provided to the Building Official to substantiate the occupant content. 1105.2---OCCUPANT CONTENT POSTED Signs stating the maximum occupant content shall be conspicuously posted by the owner of the building in each assembly room, auditorium or room used for a similar purpose where fixed seats are not installed. It shall be unlawful to remove or deface such notice or to permit more than this legal number of persons within such space. This number shall be deter- mined by the capacity of the exits provided. 1105.3—MEASUREMENT OF MEANS OF EGRESS WIDTH (a) The width of the means of egress shall be measured in units of twenty-two (22) inches. Fractions of a unit shall not be counted except that twelve (12) inches added to one or more full units shall be counted as one-half (3•,) a unit. (b) The width shall be measured in the clear at its narrowest point. Hand- rails may project three and one-half (3%2) inches and door ,jambs one (1) inch on each side of the measured width. Copyright i distribution'a authorized.AI L RIGHTS NY UNAUTHORES�ZFD REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI 17F�Accessed by Bobby Teague on UTION IS A VIOLATION pursuant OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT reernent with ICC.No further reproduction or COPYRIGHTACT AND THE LICENSE ..AGREEMENT,.AND.SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.. . .. 1105.4—CAPACITY OF MEANS OF EGRESS (a) The capacity or number of persons per unit (22 inches) of exit width through doors, corridors, stairs and other paths of exit travel shall be in accordance with the following Table: Person Per Unit (22 inches) of Exit Width Occupancy Level Travel (Corridors, doors, ramps, etc.) Stairs Group R—Residential 100 75 B—Business 100 60 E--Educational 100 75 --- 1—Institutional (restrained) 100 60 I---Institutional 45 35 (unrestrained) M---Mercantile 100 60 A—Assembly 100 75 S---Storage 100 60 F—Factory- 100 60 Industrial H---Hazardous 50 30 (b) The minimum aggregate width of main entrance doorways for Group A Assembly occupancies shall be-sufficient to accommodate fifty (50) per- cent of the occupant content but in any case not less than thirty-six (36) inches. Main entrance doorways shall be considered as part of the require- ments for the means of egress. (c) The capacity of exit stairways constructed in accordance with Section 1115 shall not exceed the limits specified herein and may be used as a required exit from all floors which they serve. If, for example, three (3) stairways are required to serve the third floor of a building and a like number are required for the second floor, the total number of stairways required shall be three, not six, and the capacity of the stairway shall he 'r determined by the floor having the highest occupant content and not the total occupant content of the building. (d) The aggregate width of passageways, aisles or corridors serving as 11-9 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __......AGREEMENT AND SUBJECT'TO CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER.... access to exits shall be at least equal to the required width of the exit. Where all travel to any exit is along the same access to the exit, the width of the access shall be at least equal to the exit; where there are several accesses to an exit each shall have a width suitable for the travel which it may be called on to accommodate. (e) The minimum width of any means of egress shall be thirty-six (36) inches in the clear. (See Section 1105.3 (b) and section 1115.1(b) for .exceptions). (f) Where exits serve more than one floor, only the occupant content of each floor, considered individually, need be used in computing the required capacity of the exits at that floor; provided that such capacity shall not be decreased at any point along the exit facility in the direction of exit travel. When exits from floors above and below converge at an intermediate floor, the capacity of the exit from such intermediate floor shall not be less than the sum of the widths of the exits converging on such intermediate floor. There shall be no reduction in the capacity of the exits along the means of egress from the building. (g) The minimum width of exitway access corridors shall be forty-four (44) inches; except in institutional occupancies requiring the movement of beds and minimum width shall be ninety-six (96) inches and schools with more than one hundred (100) occupants shall be seventy-two (72) inches. One and two family dwellings shall have a minimum thirty-six (36) inch corridor. (h) Doors opening onto exit access corridors shall not reduce the corri- dor width to less than one-half (%2) the required width during the opening process. When fully open, the door may project seven (7) inches into the corridor. (i) Exit access corridors shall have fire resistance ratings as specified in Section 702.3. 1105.5—CAPACITY OF ESCALATORS OR MOVING STAIRS The width and exit capacity of escalators complying with the require- ments of Section 1120 shall be as specified for stairways except that the maximum width of escalators shall not exceed forty--eight (48) inches. w SECTION 1106—EXIT ENCLOSURES (a) All stairways and other openings between floors in Group E—Educa- tional and Group H - Hazardous, and Group I - Institutional occupancies shall be enclosed in fire-resistive construction. Exit stairways in other occupancies shall be enclosed with the following exceptions: 1. Stairways serving and contained within a single residential dwelling unit. 2. Stairways in a one and two family dwelling. 3. Supplemental stairway which is not a required means of egress serv- ing one adjacent floor and not connected with a corridor or stairway serv- ing other floors. 4. In any building with low hazard occupancy (such as storage of non- 11-10 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ,( -_._ .-,---.- ........... ............. - _-AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT.TO.CIVII..AND..CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER._... .... .......... _ 4 combustible) or with ordinary hazard occupancy (such as residential, mer- cantile, etc.) with automatic sprinkler protection, up to three communicat- ing floor levels are permitted whithout enclosure protection between floors, provided all the following conditions are met: (A) The lowest or next to the lowest level is a street floor- (B) The entire area including all communicating floor levels is suffi-ciently open and unobstructed so that it may be assumed that a fire or other dangerous condition in any part will be immediately obvious to the occupants of all communicating levels and areas. (C) Exit capacity is sufficient to provide simultaneously for all the occupants of all communicating levels and areas, all communicating levels in the same fire area being considered as a single floor area for purposes of determination of required exit capacity. (D) Each floor level, considered separately, has at least one-half (%) of its individual required exit capacity provided by an exit or exits leading directly out of that area without traversing another communicating floor level or being exposed to the spread of fire or smoke therefrom. (b) In all buildings three (3) stories or less in height all required exit stairs shall be enclosed in one (1) hour fire-resistive construction. In all buildings four (4) or more stories in height the required exit stairs shall be enclosed in two (2) hour fire-resistive construction. (c) In Group A Assembly occupancies, all exit enclosures shall be not less than two (2) hour fire resistance. (d) Basement or cellar stairs: Except in one and two family dwellings, basement or cellar stairways located under stairways from upper stories shall be completely enclosed by construction providing fire resistance not less than required for the stair enclosure above the basement but in any case not less than one (1) hour fire resistance. (e) In stair enclosure walls or partitions protecting the stair from the interior of the building, openings except the necessary doorways shall not be permitted. Ducts serving other areas and-piping for steam (other than stair heating units) or flammables shall not be located in or pass through exit enclosures. Fire windows of the fixed or automatic closing type may be installed in stair enclosures provided they open to the exterior of the building and are located at least ten (10) feet from any other wall opening. (f) Enclosed exit stairways that continue beyond the floor of discharge shall be interrupted at the floor of discharge by partitions, doors or other effective means. (g) The space under a stairway may be used if it is separated from the stairway by fire-resistive construction as required by Section 1106(b). SECTION 1107—MONUMENTAL STAIRS An enclosure shall not be required for a flight of "monumental" stairs (as used in public buildings, stores, hotels, office buildings, etc.) from the main street entrance floor to the floor next above or floor next below or for stairs leading to a mezzanine or balcony from the main floor when such stairs are not a required part of the building exit facilities. it-ll - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ___ _.._._.. .. ......_ _..._.. .._............ ..............AGRLEMEN'f;AND SUBJE(;Y"I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES`I'HEREUNDEI2...... ____ -.__... _............... .___._ _....... . .. ... SECTION 1108—EXTERIOR BALCONIES 1108.1 GENERAL (a) Any exterior balcony, porch, or gallery may serve as a means of egress if it complies with all the requirements as to width, arrangement, travel distance and materials of construction that are specified in this Chapter for means of egress and provided they comply with the require- ments of the following paragraphs of this section. (b) All porches, balconies, raised floor surfaces or landings located more than thirty (30) inches above the floor or grade below shall have guardrails not less than forty-two (42) inches in height. Intermediate vertical or longi- tudinal guardrails shall be provided to prohibit the passage of a six (6) inch sphere, except that for areas of Group F - factory industrial and Group S storage occupancies not accessible to the public, guardrails may be pro- vided to prohibit the passage of a twelve (12) inch sphere. A bottom rail shall be provided that extends above the finished floor surface at a height that will reject the passage of a sphere two (2) inches in diameter. Con- struction of guardrails shall be adequate in strength, durability, and att- achment for its pruposes as prescribed in Chapter XII. (c) Balconies, porches or galleries serving as means of egress in climates subject to snow or ice shall have a roof to protect against the accumulation of snow and ice. (d) Balconies or other open spaces serving as a means of egress shall be maintained as a required path of travel without obstruction so as to main- tain the required minimum width of exit travel. (e) Balconies, porches or galleries having structural concrete floors shall have all supporting framing members of noncombustible materials. 1108.2—PRIVATE BALCONIES Not used as a means of egress. Exterior private balconies extending beyond the exterior wall shall conform to the following requirements: Projections from walls of Type I or 11 construction shall be of noncom- bustible materials. Projections from walls of Type 111, IV or V construction may be of any approved materials. Combustible projections from walls located where protection of open- ings is required shall be one-hour fire-resistive or heavy timber con- struction. Projections shall not extend more than twelve (12) inches into the areas where openings are prohibited. 1108.8—PROJECTIONS Balconies projecting over public property shall have such projection reg- ulated as determined by the clearance of the lowest point of the projection above the grade immediately below, as follows: Clearance above grade less than eight (8) feet—no projection is per- mitted. 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESE��.D.12essed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 3 z .. .......... ............. .............. _.._._ _._ACGREEMENT;�ANDSUBJECT TO<;IVILHND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHF,RF,UNDF,R..._ Clearance above grade over eight (8) feet—one (1) inch of projection is permitted for each additional inch of clearance, provided that no such pro- jection shall exceed a distance of four (4) feet, The fire rating of the balcony floor shall have the same rating as the adjacent floor. �--- SECTION 1109—MEANS OF EGRESS FOR INTERIOR BALCONY AND GALLERY (a) For balconies or galleries of Group A, Assembly occupancies having a seating capacity of over fifty (50), at least two (2) means of egress, shall be provided, one from each side of every balcony or gallery, leading directly to a street or exit court. .__. (b) All interior stairways and other vertical openings shall be enclosed and protected as provided in this Chapter, except that stairs may be open between balcony and main assembly floor in occupancies such as theaters, churches and auditoriums. The means of egress capacity required for bal- conies or galleries shall be determined on the same basis as those required for the occuancy use. (c) The maximum distance of travel for balcony or gallery from any seat to an exit shall be determined on the same basis as the building occupancy. SECTION 1110—MEANS OF EGRESS FOR STAGE AND DRESSING ROOM AREAS OF GROUP A-1 LARGE ASSEMBLY Not less than one exit to a street, exit court, or passageway to a street, three (3) feet or more in width, shall be provided from each side of the stage of every Group A-1, Large Assembly Place, and from each side of the sub-stage or basement or cellar under the stage, and an exit not less than thirty (30) inches wide shall be provided from each flygallery and from the gridiron. An iron ladder shall be provided leading from the grid- iron to a scuttle in the stage roof; such scuttle shall be not less than two (2) feet x three (3) feet in size and shall be provided with a metal-covered or non-combustible trap door. Each tier of dressing rooms shall be pro- vided with at least two means of egress, each not less than two (2) feet six (6) inches wide, one of which shall lead directly into an exit court or street. All exit stairs shall be constructed of non-combustible material as pres- cribed in Section 1113, Stair Construction. Stair exits from stage and dressing rooms need not be enclosed. SECTION 1111—FOYERS, LOBBIES, AISLES AND SEATING For the requirements in Group A, Assembly occupancies, see Section 404. 13, 404. 14 and 404.15, and for Church occupancies see Section 404.19. SECTION 1112—EXIT OUTLETS (a) Every required exit shall provide continuous and protected egress discharging into a street, an open space leading to a street, or into an exit court having a passageway leading to a street or into open space having access to a street. 11-13 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or s distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ..-. ..... - -� � �-�-�-� ��---- -- -- �����-- � AGREEMEN'I;AND SUB)EC'I'TO CIVIL ANDCRIMINAL PENALTIES THERE UNDER.- - (b) Such exit courts or passageways shall be enclosed with construction providing fire resistance consistent with that required for exit stairways in Section 1106(b). (c) The width of such courts or passageways shall be not less than the required capacity of the means of egress tributary thereto based on occu- pancy load. There shall be no reduction of width in the direction of exit travel. Such courts or passageways shall be not less than eight (8) feet in height. (d) Slope of floors in exits shall not exceed one (1) foot in ten (10) feet. (e) All exit courts and passageways shall have approved opening protec- tives with a minimum fire-resistive rating of three-quarters (3/) hour when ten (10) feet or less in width. SECTION 1113--STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION 1113.1---GENERAL (a) Exterior and interior exit stairways shall be constructed of non- combustible materials throughout in the following building: 1. All buildings of Type I and of Type 11 Construction. 2. All buildings of Group E - Educational three (3) stories or more; of Group I - Institutional (Unrestrained); Group A-1 - Assembly Occupancy, and Group A-2 Assembly three (3) stories or more in height. 3. All other buildings three (3) stories or more in height or occupied by more than forty (40) persons above or below the first story at street or grade level, except one and two family dwellings and buildings of Type VI Construction. (b) Except when located within a dwelling unit, all interior stairways shall have solid risers. Exterior stairs may have open risers. (c) Interior stairs constructed of wood, except those with open risers, shall be firestopped as specified in Section 705. (d) Except in one and two family dwellings which are less than three (3) stories in height, closets shall not be located beneath stairs unless such stairs are protected as required by Section 1106(g), (e) Except in one and two family dwellings the underside of interior stairways, if of combustible construction, shall be protected to provide not less than one (1) hour fire-resistance. (f) In buildings two (2) or three (3) stories in height with balconies, porches or galleries where each room opens directly into such areas, exit stairways may extend from floor to floor on the outside provided such stairways are protected by a one (1) hour fire-resistive separation from the building. In buildings four (4) or more stories in height, two (2) hour pro- tection shall be provided. 3 i 1113.2—BASEMENT STAIRS (a) In Group A, Theaters and Assembly occupancies, an exit stair from a lower story shall not lead to an exit doorway serving an exit stair from an upper story. 11-14 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.... _ _.._ ......_AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO(]IVIh AND CRIMINAL PENAhTIES THEREUNDER...... (b) Enclosed exit stairways that continue beyond the floor of discharge shall be interrupted at the floor of discharge by partitions, doors or other effective means. 1113.3----TREADS AND RISERS (a) Treads and risers of required stairs shall be so proportioned that the sum of two (2) risers and a tread, exclusive of projection of nosing, is not less than twenty-four (24) inches nor more than twenty-five (25) inches. The height of riser shall not exceed seven and three-quarter (71/4) inches, and treads, exclusive of nosing, shall be not less than nine (9) inches wide. Every tread less than ten (10) inches wide shall have a nosing, or effective projection, of approximately one ( 1) inch over the level immediately below that tread, except in circulars, winders or spirals a nosing of approximately one (1) inch or more may be used with open risers. (b) Treads shall be of uniform width and risers of uniform height in any one flight of stairs. (c) Winders shall not be permitted in exit stairways, except one and two family dwellings and stairways serving a single family dwelling unit. The minimum depth of a winder is limited to six (6) inches and must have a minimum depth of nine (9) inches at a point twelve (12) inches from the narrow edge. Spiral stairways are acceptable in one and two family dwellings, and within a single dwelling unit, and from a mezzanine not more than two hundred fifty (250) square feet and serving not more than five (5) occupants. A spiral stairway must have a seven and one-half (7%) inch minimum clear tread depth at a point twelve ( 12) inches from the narrow edge. All treads must be identical. The rise must be sufficient to provide a headroom of six (6) feet six (6) inches minimum but not more than nine and one-half (9%) inches. The minimum width is twenty-six (26) inches. Circular stairs may be used as an exit providing the minimum width of run is not less than ten (10) inches and the smaller radius is not less than twice the width of the stairway. 1113.4—LANDINGS (a) A flight of stairs shall not have a vertical rise of more than twelve (12) feet between floor or landings, provided that in stairways serving as exits in buildings of Group A Theater and Assembly occupancies, such vertical rise shall not exceed eight (8) feet between landings. (b) The width of landings shall be not less than the width of stairways they serve. Every landing shall have a minimum dimension measured in the direction of travel equal to the width of the stairway. Such dimension need - not exceed four (4) feet when the stair has a straight run. Doors opening onto a landing shall not reduce the landing to less than one-half (?2) the required width. When fully open, the door may project seven (7) inches onto landing. (c) In buildings of Group A Assembly occupancies, flights of less than three (3) risers shall not be used in stairways, interior or exterior, passage- 1 1-15 � i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE li .......... .................. .......... ................ __.... _.....AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT Tt>-CIVIL AND GRIlvIINAh PENALTIES THEREUNDER:.... ways, at entrance or elsewhere in connection with required exits. To over- come lesser differences in level, gradients not exceeding one (1) foot in ten (10) feet may be used. 1113.5—HANDRAILS (a) All stairways having treads located more than three (3) risers above a floor or grade, and all stairs or changes in grade in hospitals,nursing homes, convalescent homes and similar occupancies, shall be equipped with handrails located not less than thirty (30) nor more than thirty-four (34) inches above the leading edge of a tread. Handrails shall be well secured to the stairwell walls or shall be an integral part of a guardrailing well secured to the stairway framing where wall is not immediately adja- cent to the treads and/or stringers. Open-sided landings shall be protected as prescribed in Section 1 108(b). Stairways of less than forty-four (44) inches in width and having a wall immediately adjacent to the treads on one or both sides may have handrail- ings on one side only, which shall be the side without a wall where such condition exists. Stairways lacking adjacent walls on either side shall have handrailings on both sides regardless of width, and stairways of width in excess of forty-four (44) inches shall be equipped with handrailings at least on both sides. (b) When the required width of a flight of stairs exceeds eighty-eight (88) inches, one or more intermediate handrails, continuous between landings, substantially supported and terminating at the upper end in newels or standards shall be provided and there shall be not more than eighty-eight (88) inches between such adjacent handrails. (c) Guardrailings, where required along open-sided flights of stairs, shall be of construction adeqdate in strength, durability and attachment for their purpose as prescribed in Chapter 12. They shall include, besides the handrailing, intermediate vertical or longitudinal rails or latticework of arrangement which prohibits the passage of a six (6) inch sphere, except that for areas of Group F - factory industrial and Group S - storage occu- pancies not accessible to the public, the arrangement may be provided to prohibit the passage of a twelve (12) inch sphere. 1113.E----WIDTH (a) Stairs serving as required means of egress shall be clear of all obstructions except that handrails attached to walls may project not more than three and one-half (31/2) inches at each side within the required width, and stringers may project one and one-half (I %2) inch at each side within the required width. (b) Width of stairs shall not decrease in the direction of exit travel. (c) The minimum width of any stair serving as a means of egress shall not be less than forty-four (44) inches, except that stairs serving an occu- pancy load of less than fifty (50) people may be thirty-six (36) inches in width. 11-16 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,201E 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I ; distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.__................ ....:.......... _.._.. ........ ............. ........_...AGREEMENTS AND SUBJECT PO CIVIh AND GRIMINAI:PENALTIES TT-IEREi7NDF,R... .......... .._ .... .......................... .. . .... ...... 1113.7—HEADROOM Stairs serving as required means of egress shall have a minimum head- room clearance of six (6) feet eight (8) inches, measured vertically from the nearest nosing to the nearest soffit_ This minimum shall be maintained for the full required width of stairs and landings. ` 1113.8--GUARDRAILS All unenclosed floor and roof openings, open and glazed sides of land- ings and ramps, balconies or porches which are more than thirty (30) inches above grade or a floor below shall be protected by a guardrail. Guardrails shall be not less than forty-two (42) inches in height. Open guardrails shall have intermediate rails or an ornamental pattern such that a sphere six (6) inches in diameter cannot pass through. Exceptions: 1. Guardrails need not be provided on the loading side of loading docks. 2. Guardrails for dwellings and within individual dwelling units or guest rooms may be 36 inches in height. 3. Guardrails on a balcony immediately in front of the first row of fixed seats and which are not at the end of an aisle may be twenty-six (26) inches in height. Guardrails at the front edge of a balcony, loge or gallery where the aisle terminates shall be forty-two (42) inches in height. 4. A guardrail shall not be required at the front of any stage. 5. A forty-two (.42) inch guardrail shall not be required for the inside edge of stairs which reverse direction at intermediate landings where the horizontal distance between successive flights is less than one (1) foot. A handrail thirty (30) to thirty-four (34) inches high with intermediate rail or vertical balusters shall be provided. SECTION 1114—FIRE ESCAPES (a) Fire escapes shall not be permitted except as approved by the Build- ing Official for existing buildings not exceeding four (4) stories in height when more adequate exit facilities cannot be provided. Fire escapes shall not provide more than fifty (50) percent of the required exit capacity. (b) When located on the front of the building and projecting beyond the building line, the lowest landing shall be not less than seven (7) or more than twelve (12) feet above grade, equipped with a counter-balanced stair- way to the street. In alleyways and thoroughfares less than thirty (30) feet wide, the clearance under the lowest landing shall be not less than twelve ( 12) feet. (c) The fire escape shall be designed to support a live load of one hundred (100) pounds per square foot and shall be constructed of steel or other approved noncombustible materials. Fire escapes may be constructed of wood not less than two (2) inches thick on buildings of Type VI construction. (d) Stairs shall be at least twenty-two (22) inches wide with risers not 11-17 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE ...... .__.... .. ............... _,... ....... .._....AGREFMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. more and treads not less than eight (8) inches and with landings at foot of stairs not less than forty (40) inches wide by thirty-six (36) inches long, located not more than eight (8) inches below the access window or door. (e) All openings located within ten ( 10) feet of fire escapes shall be pro- tected with approved opening protectives of at least three-quarter (�%) hour fire-resistance. SECTION 1115—DOORS 1115.1—GENERAL (a) Every egress door shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit, a fire protected corridor or passageway, meeting the requirements of this chapter and providing continuous protected egress to a street or to an exterior open space leading to a street. The clear height of egress doorways shall be not less than six (6) feet and eight (8) inches. All egress doors shall be swinging side hinge type doors. (b) Egress doors, when in the open position, shall provide a clear open- ing not less than thirty-two (32) inches in width, with a maximum leaf width of forty-eight (48) inches, except that in Group I - Institutional (Unrestrained) occupancies doorways serving as egress for areas housing bedridden patients shall be not less than forty-four (44) inches in width. (c) Every room or tenant space which is occupied by more than fifty (50) people or in which the travel distance from the most remote point to the entrance to the exit access exceeds fifty (50) feet shall have not less than two (2) egress doors located as remote from each other as practical and both shall swing in the direction of exit travel. In rooms or tenant spaces not meeting these requirements only one egress door is required and it may swing into the room or tenant space. All egress doors in Group H—Ha- zardous occupancies shall swing in the direction of exit travel. (d) Doors opening onto exitway stairs or other approved exits shall swing in the direction of exit travel and shall not obstruct the travel along any required exit, except that doors may project into stairways as provided for in section 11 13.4(b). (e) Exit doorways shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing of at least the width of door shall be provided, which is the same elevation as the finished floor from which it is exiting. (f) All doors in smoke barriers, horizontal exits, stairway enclosure and other doors opening between rooms and fire-rated exit access corridors shall be self-closing and so maintained or shall be provided with approved door holding devices of the fail safe type which will release the door(s) causing it to close when activated by approved listed smoke detectors sens- ing visible or invisible particles of combustion. Exceptions: Doors from classrooms in Group E - educational occupancies, opening directly into a one (1) hour rated corridor, may be installed without self closing devices, (g) Required exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key, tool, special knowledge or effort. Manually operated flush bolts Copyright oPyb distribution authorized.ANY RIGHTS UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATIONursuant to OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreenient with ICC.No ACT AND THEE LICENSE ion or ............... ................ .......... . ... ....AGREEMENT;AND 3UI3IF.CT TO CIVIL'AND CR3MINRL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. or surface bolts are prohibited. All hardware must be direct acting requir- ing no more than one operation. Double cylinder dead bolts, (requiring a key for operation on both sides), are prohibited on required means of egress doors. The following occupancies shall be exempt from these requirements. 1. Single family dwellings 2. Group I----Institutional (Restrained) and 3. Group B---Business and Group M—Mercantile occupancies when: (A) A clearly visible "business hour" sign is posted, and (B) Devices are readily distinguishable as being locked, and 4. Assembly over one hundred (100) occupants such as, restaurants, bars, bowling alleys, auditoriums when (A) A clearly visible "business hour"sign is posted, and (B) The main exit is a single door or one pair of doors, and (C) When unlocked, the door or both leaves of the pair must swing free (D) Device is readily distinguishable as locked, and occupancies such as banks and mercantile which are usually staffed during hours when not open to the public, may provide exit doors which fully comply with respect to width and hardware, but not travel distance, for such employees. All other doors required to accommodate the total occupant load during business hours may use key locks if: 1. Readily distinguishable as locked 2. "Business Hour" sign posted The exceptions listed herein may be revoked by the building official for cause. (h) For required width of doorways, serving exit stairways and the exit - capacity of doorways, see Section 1105.2 and 1105.3. (i) Locks, if provided, shall not require any key to operate from the inside, except as may be required for mental and penal institutions, except this requirement shall not apply to exterior exit doors in a Group B - business, Group F - factory industrial or Group S - storage occupancies if there is a readily visible durable sign on or adjacent to the door stating "THIS EXITTO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS." The sign shall be in letters no less than one (1) inch high on a contrasting background. The locking device must be of a type that will be readily distinguishable as locked. The use of this exception may be revoked by the Building Official for due cause. 1115.2----PANIC HARDWARE (a) The exit doors of Group E - Educational (except doors of individual school rooms), and Group A - Assembly occupancies having more than one hundred (100) occupants shall be equipped with latches (panic hard- ware) which release when pressure of not to exceed fifteen (15) pounds is applied to the releasing devices in the direction of the exit travel. Such releasing devices may be bars or panels extending not less than one-half 11-19 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or 3 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE t AGREEMENT,AND SO'BJECI rOCIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. (%2) of the width of the door and placed at heights suitable for the service required, but not less than thirty (30) nor more than forty-four (44) inches above the floor, 1115.3—POWER OPERATED DOORS Where required doors are operated by power which is activated by a photo-electric device, floor mat, wall switches or other approved device or as well as doors with power assisted manual operation, the design, installa- tion and maintenance shall be such that, in the event of power failure, the door may be manually opened to permit exit travel. These doors shall be openable as is required for other non-power operable doors. Power operating sliding doors may be used provided the sliding leaf is equipped with an emergency swing (panic release) feature. Power operated doors shall comply with appendix L. 1115.4—REVOLVING DOORS (a) Approved revolving doors may be used between street floor and street as required exits except as noted in paragraph (e) below, but not within five (5) feet of the swing of the wings at foot of stairs from upper floors nor within twenty (20) feet of each revolving door, with there being no fewer swing doors than revolving doors as individual exits, except as provided in paragraph (c) below. (b) Each revolving door shall receive egress credit equal to the dimension of the clear opening between the extreme ends of the enclosure walls, less that space occupied by all of the wings when collapsed in a "book-fold" manner and moved to the extreme egress position. (c) Revolving doors may serve as exits, without swinging doors, for street floor elevator lobbies if no stairways or doors from other parts of the building discharge through the lobby, and the lobby has no occupancy other than as a means of travel between elevator and street. (d) All approved revolving doors shall be: 1. Equipped with means to prevent their rotation at too rapid a rate to permit orderly egress. (A rate of 12 revolutions per minute is recom- mended), and 2. Equipped with emergency collapsing devices such that each of the wings will collapse in either direction when a force of not more than one hundred eighty (180) pounds is applied on the outer stile of the wings at push bar level, and all of the wings must collapse together into a "book- fold" position. (e) Revolving doors may be used in the following occupancy classifica- tions in accordance with this section: Group R—Residential Group B—Business Group M—Mercantile Group S----Storage Group F—Factory-Industrial 11-20 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE j ____- .............. ............ .........-.... .- ...--.AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT-TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES-THEREUNDER...... .................. - Group E—Schools—Only at main entrances of administrative build- ings where not subject to emergency use. Group I----Institutional—Only at main entrances of administrative buildings where not subject to emergency use. Group A--Assembly—Not permitted as required exits. v 1115.5-SPECIAL DOORWAY REQUIREMENTS (a) A door, when opening or when fully open shall not project beyond the building line. (See Chapter XXII, Use of Public Property). (b) Patient rooms or tenant space egress doors in Group l - Institutional occupancies shall not be lockable except in places of restraint or detention. SECTION 1116--RAMPS (a) The requirements for ramps used as exits such as enclosure, head- room, handrails, etc. shall comply with Section 1106, 1 112 and l 1 13. The minimum width of ramps used as a means of egress shall be forty-four (44) inches except for the following. 1. Thirty-six (36) inches in one and two family dwellings 2. Seventy-two (72) inches in Group E - Educational occupancies with more than one hundred (100) occupants 3. Ninety-six (96) inches in Group I - Institutional occupancies for the movement of beds- (b) The slope of ramps shall not-exceed one (1) foot in eight (8) feet. (c) Surface of ramps shall be of non-slip material. (d) Exit ramps shall be of non-combustible construction except as otherwise permitted for stairs. (e) Ramps shall comply with all requirements for stairways so far as those requirements are applicable. (f) In all public buildings such as, but not limited to, public libraries, city halls, court houses and public schools that have their main floor level above or below ground level shall have at least one ramp at a public entrance to the building accessible and available for use by the Physically Handicapped using wheel chairs, braces or crutches. 'Ramps for Physically Handicapped shall not have a slope greater than one (1) foot rise in twelve (12) feet, or eight and one-third (8.33) percent, or four (4) degrees fifty (50) minutes. Ramp slopes greater than I in 15 shall have landings at the top, bottom and each five (5) feet of vertical rise. Each landing shall have a minimum length of five (5) feet except the bottom landing shall have a length of six (6) feet. Projections into the required ramp and landing width shall be limited to handrails (31,," max.) and stringers (I �r " max.). Doors opening onto a ramp or landing shall not reduce the clear width to Iess than forty-two (42) inches. (See also Section 508.) (g) Where changes in elevations exist in exit access corridors, exits and exit discharges, ramps shall be used when the difference in elevation is less than twenty-one (21) inches. 11-21 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIUHT ACT AND,THF I,ICRNS,E_, -- -- ..... ---- ---- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIZ,AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SECTION 1117—HORIZONTAL EXITS (a) A horizontal exit is a way of passage from one building to an area of refuge in another building on approximately the same level or a way of passage through or around a wall or partition having a minimum fire resistance rating of two (2) hours to an area of refuge on approximately the same level in the same building which affords safety from fire or. smoke from area of incidence and areas communicating therewith provided, how- ever, that horizontal exits shall not comprise more than one-half (V2) the required exits from any building or floor area. (b) The width of horizontal exits shall not be less than required for exit doorways. The exit capacity of horizontal exits shall be as specified in Section 1105.3. (c) All fire doors in horizontal exits shall be self-closing or automatically closing when activated by a smoke detector. All opening protectives in horizontal exits are to be consistent with the fire-resistance rating of the wall or shall have a minimum of one and one-half(I %2) hour rating. (d) The discharge area of a horizontal exit shall be of sufficient size to accomodate the occupancy at three (3) square feet per occupant except for non-ambulatory institutional areas which shall be thirty (30) square feet per occupant. (e) The area into which a horizontal exit leads shall be provided with exits adequate to meet the requirements of this Chapter, but not including the added capacity imposed by persons entering it through horizontal exits from another area. At least one (1) of its exits shall-lead directly to=the exterior. (f) Where there is a difference of level between connected areas, ramps, not steps, shall be used, meeting the requirements of Section 1 1 lb—Ramps. (g) Doors in horizontal exits shall be kept unlocked and unobstructed. _ SECTION. 11 18—ACCESS TO ROOF (a) Buildings four (4) stories or more in height except those with a roof slope greater than 4 in 12, shall be provided with a stairway to the roof. Such stairway shall be marked at street and floor levels with a sign indicat- ing that it continues to the roof. (b) Where roofs are used for roof gardens or for other purposes, stair- ways shall be provided as required for such use or occupancy. (c) Where a stairway does not extend to the roof, scuttles shall be pro- vided of size not less than two (2) feet by three (3) feet, giving access to the roof. SECTION 1119—ELEVATORS (a) Elevators shall conform with the requirements of the "Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters and Escalators, ANSI A 17.1", as applicable unless otherwise specified. (b) Elevator shafts shall be enclosed and protected from the rest of the building as specified by Section 701.3. I)- r Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFSERJ E sed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - __.... ............_ ____. __._..AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVFF,AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THF,REUNDER:....... (e) Elevators shall not be located in a common enclosing shaft with an exit stairway. See Section 701.3. SECTION 1120--ESCALATORS (a) Unless otherwise specified, escalators shall comply with the require- ments for escalators in the "Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters and Escalators, ANS I A 17. 1". SECTION 1121—EXIT SIGNS �- (a) All required exits shall be equipped with approved exit signs in all occupancies with an occupant content of fifty (50) or more. (b) All exit and directional signs shall have letters at least six (6) inches high with a minimum stroke of three-quarters (%) inch. Illumination equal to five (5) foot-candles at the surface of the sign shall be provided from a separate electric circuit or service. A battery operated electric light or any type of portable lantern shall not be used for required exits. Luminescent or fluorescent, or reflective materials shall not be used as a substitute for any required illumination. Where a main entrance serves as an exit and is visible to the occupants, an exit sign is not required over the main entrance door. (c) Where exit lights or signs or the exits themselves are not visible from the exit approach, directional signs indicating the way of egress shall be provided. The level at which there is direct exit to the exterior shall also be clearly indicated. (d) An independent and separate source of power shall be provided for exit signs in all occupancy classifications listed below, subject to the occu- pant content noted: Minimum Occupant Occu ant Content Assembly (A) Greater than 300 Institutional (I} All Mercantile (M) Greater than 150 Residential (R) Greater than 100 Educational (E) Greater than 300 SECTION 1122--ILLUMINATION OF EXITS (a) Means of egress shall be illuminated at all times when the building is occupied with light of not less than one (1) foot candle intensity at the floor level, except theatres which shall have not less than one-fifth (1/5) foot candle in aisles. 1 I-23 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Teague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or • distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,- _ _ _ ............. .... .... ..... _._.. _....... .............__. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (b) A separate or emergency source of illumination shall be provided in the following occupancies: Minimum Occupant Occupant Content Assembly (A) Over 300 capacity Institutional (1) All Mercantile (M) Over 150 capacity Residential (R) Over 100 capacity Educational (E) Over 300 capacity Business (B) Over 150 capacity The duration of the emergency power source shall be not less than one and one-half (1%2) hours. Each building housing an Institutional Group I Unrestrained Occupancy equipped with, or requiring, the use of life support systems shall have illumination for the means of egress and emergency lighting equipment supplied by the life safety branch of the electrical system described in Chapter 3, N FiPA 76A, Standard for Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities. SECTION 1123—EXIT OBSTRUCTIONS (a) Obstruction shall-not be placed in any aisle, exit, foyer, passageway or corridor, (b) Where floor space is occupied by tables, chairs or other movable furniture, aisles not less than thirty-six (36) inches in clear width shall be maintained to provide ready access to egress doors. SECTION 1124---FIRE ALARM (a) A manual fire alarm system in accordance with provisions of "Local Protective Signaling Systems," NFiPA 72A, shall be installed in all the following buildings: Group R: Hotels having accommodations for more than fifteen (15) guests, apartment houses four (4) stories or more in height, dormitories, lodging or rooming houses having more than twenty (20) sleeping accom- modations. Group B: Business buildings having a total occupancy of five hundred (500) or more persons or more than one hundred (100) persons above or below the street floor. Group E: Schools. Group I: Restrained and unrestrained see section 409. Group A: Assembly having a capacity of one thousand (1,000) persons. Group F: Factory-Industrial occupancy buildings two stories or more in height, and having a total capacity of five hundred (500) or more above or below the street floor level. 1 1-24 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or o distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE - _... _.._............_.....AGREEMENT,AND SUB)ECI'TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAFTIES'THEREUNDER:. Group H. Hazardous occupancies. Nine: The manteal,lire•alurnt N.F.siem near he rrntitle•d, where required aNu ve, in huilding.c equipped itwh air autanrat-ir lire alarnrr arawomatie.%prinkler sr.oem ray erinA all eiretas. AFrtiation ti/'rhe attrnnratir lire•alarm urawomarit,sprink ter srsrem shall wand an internal a vat'uaiivrr alarm, Prm-i,rhirr shall he IFIMIC to nranuallr aerieate the internal eeae-uatiurt alarm at a mirrilmun a/erne reirtralb lnrated.rialinn. (b) Zoning: Each floor shall be zoned separately. No one zone may exceed fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet. A zone indicator panel shall be located at grade level at the normal point of Fire Department access or at a constantly attended building security control clear. SECTION 1125—SMOKE DETECTOR SYSTEMS Every dwelling and every dwelling unit within an apartment house, con- dominium, townhouse, and every guest room in a motel or hotel, every sleeping room in dormitories and every basement or cellar within such dwellings, shall be provided with approved listed smoke detectors, installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendation and listing. When activated, the detector shall provide an audible alarm. The smoke detectors shall be tested in accordance with and meet the requirements of U.L. 217, Single and Multiple Station Smoke Detectors, SECTION 1126--GRADE PASSAGEWAYS AND LOBBIES USED AS AN EXITWAY ELEMENT 1126.1—ENCLOSURES OF PASSAGEWAYS Every required interior and exterior exitway element which does not adjoin a street shall be directly connected to the street or to an open court leading to the street by an enclosed passageway, corridor, lobby or other unobstructed exitway element constructed as provided in this section and in Section 1106. 1126.2—WIDTH AND HEIGHT The effective width of the lobby or other enclosed passageway shall be not less than three-quarters (1/) of the aggregate width of all required exit- way stairways leading thereto and all required exitway doorways opening into the passageway. Such passageway shall have a minimum width of forty-four (44) inches and a minimum clear ceiling height of eight (8) feet. 1126.3--MAXIMUM STAIRWAY LIMITATIONS Not more than fifty (50) percent of the required stairways shall discharge through the same passageway. 1126.4—CONSTRUCTION When required exit stairs terminate in a grade passageway or lobby the grade passageway or lobby shall be provided with an automatic fire sup- pression system and any other portion of the floor with access to the grade passageway or lobby shall be provided with an automatic fire suppression system or shall be separated therefrom in accordance with the require- ments for the enclosure of exitways. 11-25 Copyright i 1 on or distribution authorized.AINY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATIONL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM 'OF THE FEDERAIrsuant to license �reernent with I COPYRIGHTACT AND I,THE CENSECC.No further t AGREEMENT, =L AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CREMZNAI.PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1126.5—FOYERS (a) An exit may discharge into an interior vestibule or foyer, other than a grade passageway or lobby, which meets the following criteria: I. The depth from the exterior of the building is not greater than ten (10) feet and the length is not greater than twenty (20) feet. 2. The foyer is separated from the remainder of the level of discharge by self-closing doors and the equivalent of one-quarter (1/) inch thick wired glass in steel frames. SECTION 1127--EXTERIOR EXITWAY STAIRWAYS 1127.1----GENERAL (a) Exterior stairways conforming to the requirements for interior stair- ways in all respects, except as to enclosures and except as herein specifi- cally modified, may be accepted as an element of a required means of egress in buildings not exceeding six (6) stories or seventy-five (75) feet in height for other than Group I - Institutional buildings. Exterior stairways in climates subject to snow or ice shall be protected to prevent accumula- tion of snow and ice. (b) Exterior stairways may be utilized where at least one (1) door from each tenant opens onto a roofed-over open porch or balcony served by at least two (2) stairways so located as to provide a choice of independent, unobstructed means of egress directly to the grade, except a single stairway shall be allowed when the provisions of Section 1103.2(b) are met. Such porches and stairways shall comply with the requirements for interior exitway stairways as specified in Section 1108 and 1113. Porches and bal- conies shall be not less than four and one-half (4%2) feet in width. The stairways shall be located remotely from each other. The maximum travel distance from any tenant space to the nearest stairway shall be specified in Table 1103. Porches and stairways shall be located at least ten (10) feet from adjacent property lines and from other buildings on the same lot, unless openings in such buildings are protected by three-quarter (3/) hour fire-resistive doors or windows. (c) Guards and handrails shall be specified in Section 1108. (d) Opening protectives: Openings below and within ten (10) feet horizon- tally of the stairway shall be protected with approved three-quarter (3/) hour fire-resistive automatic opening protectives, except that such opening protectives shall not be required for buildings not more than three (3) stories in height where all parts of the exterior stairway are at least six (6) feet from the building wall. 1127.2---LOCATION (a) All required exterior stairways shall be located so as to lead directly to a street or open space with direct access to a street; or when located on the rear of the building may lead through a passageway at grade complying with Section 1126. (b) Exterior stairways shall not project beyond the street lot line. (c) Exterior stairs, porches and balconies shall be constructed of mate- ; 11-26 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or WIN distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES-THEREUNDE'R': - - - - rials consistent with the types of materials permitted for the type of con- struction of the building to which the stairway is attached. 1 l-27 = Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3 07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION,IS.A VIOLATION OF THE.EE.DERAL COPYRIGHTACTAND.THF LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAI.PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1 �1 f 1 j r Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or E distribution authorized.ANY UNAU"I'HORZ"LED REPRODUCTION OR llISTRIBU'TION IS A VIOLATION OF'THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE __... AGREEMENT,AND SUBjEC,l"TOCIVIL AND CRIMINALPINALTIES THEI2ETJNDEI2.-- __._. ..__........._ ___ -_...... .__...._. __.._. ....._ . CHAPTER XII MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS SECTION 1201—GENERAL Every building and structure shall be of sufficient strength to support the imposed live, dead and wind loads and impact loads, if any, without --- exceeding, in any of its structural elements, the stresses prescribed else- where in this code. SECTION 1202—DEAD LOADS The dead load of a building or other structure is the weight of all per- manent construction, such as floors, roofs, permanent partitions, stair- ways, and walls. (See Appendix A for weights of construction materials.) SECTION 1203----LIVE LOADS 1203.1--FLOOR LOADS Uniformly Distributed toads—The live loads assumed for purposes of design shall be the greatest loads that probably will be produced by the intended uses and occupancies; provided that the minimum live loads to be considered as uniformly distributed shall be as given in the following table. MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS Live Load Occupancy or Use (psl) Apartments (see Residential) Armoriesand drill rooms......................................................................................... 150 Assembly halls and other places of assembly: Fixedseats..................................................................................................................50 Movableseats.......................................................................................................... 100 Platforms (assembly)............................................................................................. 100 Balcony (exterior).........................................................................................................60 On one and two family residences.......................................................................40 Bowling alleys, poolrooms and similar recreational areas...............................75 Corridors: FirstFloor................................................................................................................. 100 Other floors, same as occupancy served except as indicated.................... 100 Dance halls and ballrooms....................................................................................... 100 Dining rooms and restaurants................................................................................ 100 Dwellings (see Residential) Fireescapes................................................................................................................... 100 On multi- or single-family residential buildings only....................................40 Garages (passenger cars only).................................................. ................................50 For trucks and buses use AASHO* lane loads (see Table 2 for concentrated load requirements) 12-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE --- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND MINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Grandstands (see Reviewing Stands) Gymnasiums, main floors and balconies............................................................. 100 Hospitals: Operating rooms, laboratories.............................................................................60 Privaterooms.............................................................................................................40 Wards...........................................................................................................................40 Corridors, above first floor...................................................................................80 Hotels (see Residential) Libraries: Readingrooms..........................................................................................................60 Stack rooms (books and shelving at 65 pet).................................................. 125 Corridors, above first floor...................................................................................80 Manufacturing: Light............................................................................................................................ 100 Heavy.......................................................................................................................... 150 Marquees.................................................................................................. .........75 .............. Office Buildings: Offices...........................................................................................................................50 Lobbies....................................................................................................................... 100 Corridors, above first floor...................................................................................80 File and computer rooms require heavier loads based upon anticipated occupancy Penal institutions: Cellblocks...................................................................................................................40 Corridors................................................................................................................... 100 Residential: Multifamily houses: Private apartments.................................................................................................40 Publicrooms.......................................................................................................... 100 Corridors..........................................V........................................................................80 Dwellings: Sleepingrooms..........................................................................................................30 Atticswith storage....................................................................................................30 Atticswithout storage............................................................................................. 10 �. Allother rooms.........................................................................................................40 Hotels: Guestrooms...............................................................................................................40 Publicrooms............................................................................................................ 100 Corridors serving public rooms......................................................................... 100 Corridors.....................................................................................................................80 Reviewing stands and bleachers"......................................................................... 100 Schools: Classrooms..................................................................................................................40 Corridors.....................................................................................................................80 Sidewalks, vehicular driveways and yards, subjectto trucking. ................................................................................................200 12-2 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .... ..._.....- _- -_._._ _... ........... ....... ..AGREEMENT-;AND SUBJECT�TO CIVIL AND 'AGREEMENT PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Skatingrinks................................................................................................................. 100 Stairsand exitways..................................................................................................... 100 Storage warehouse: Light........................................................................................... ............................... 125 Heavy..........................................................................................................................250 Stores: Retail: Firstfloor, rooms...................................................................................................75 Upperfloors.............................................................................................................75 Wholesale.................................................................................................................. 100 Theaters: Aisles, corridors and lobbies............................................................................... 100 Orchestrafloors.........................................................................................................50 `-- Balconies...................................... ...............................................................................50 Stagefloors............................................................................................................... 150 Wards and terraces, pedestrians.............................................................................. 100 *American Association of State Highway Officials. **For detailed recommendations, see American National Standard for Tents, Grandstands and Air-Supported Structures Used for Places of Assembly ANSI Z20.3 (NFiPA No. 102). 1203.2—ITEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY COVERED For occupancies not listed in Section 1203.1, the live load shall be approved by the Building Official. 1203.3—PROVISION FOR PARTITIONS The actual weight of all permanent partitions shall be included in the dead load. Where partitions are likely to be used, although not definitely located, or where they are likely to be shifted, twenty (20) pounds per square foot shall be added to the dead load in the areas supporting them, except in the case of light partitioning. 1203.4—CONCENTRATED LOADS In the design of floors, probable concentrated loads shall be considered. Where such loads may occur, the supporting beams, girders and slabs shall be designd to carry either the concentrated loads or the live load de- scribed in Section 1203.1, whichever produces the greater stresses. Concen- trated loads shall be equal to the machinery, vehicle, equipment, or appa- ratus anticipated but shall not be less than two thousand (2,000) pounds placed upon any space two and one-half(2Y2) feet square. 1203.5—REDUCTION OF LIVE LOAD (a) Floor live loads, as set forth in Section 1203.1, may be reduced in accordance with the following provisions. Such reductions shall apply to slab systems designed for flexure in more than one direction, beams, girders, columns, piers, walls and foundations. 12-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT .... .......___ ... ...... _.__. SUBJECT - -- CT TO CIVIL AND CREMZNAL.PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1. A reduction shall not be permitted in Group A assembly occupan- cies, or for roof live loads or for lateral loads. 2. A reduction shall not be permitted when the live load exceeds one hundred (100) pounds per square foot, except that the design live load for columns may be reduced twenty (20) percent. 3. For live loads not exceeding one hundred (100) pounds per square foot, the design live load for any structural member supporting one hundred fifty (150) square feet or more may be reduced at the rate of eight hundredths (0.08) percent per square foot of the area supported. Such reduction shall not exceed forty (40) percent for horizontal members, sixty (60) percent for vertical members, nor R as determined by the following formula: R = 23.I (1+ D where: R = Reduction in percent D = Dead load per square foot of area supported L = Live load per square foot of area supported. 1203.6—RESTRICTIONS ON LOADING It shall be unlawful to place, or cause or permit to be placed, on any floor or roof of a building or other structure a load greater than is permit- ted by these requirements. 1203.6.1—DISTRIBUTION OF LIVE LOADS Where structural members are arranged so as to create continuity, the distribution of the live loads, such as on adjacent spans or alternate spans, which would cause maximum design conditions shall be used, except that roof live loads shall be distributed uniformly as provided in Section 1203.7. 1203.7—ROOF LIVE LOADS (a) The design roof live loads shall take into account the effects of equipment, occupancy, water, wind and snow loads but shall be not less than the minimum roof live loads as set forth in Table 1203.7. 12-4 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE s -__ -...__ .. ... ....... —AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT-TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER TABLE 1203.7 -- MINIMUM ROOF LIVE LOAD (Pounds per square foot of horizontal projection) Tributary Loaded Area in Square Feet For Any Structural Member Roof Slope 0 to 200 201 to 600 Over 600 Flat or rise less than 4 inches per foot Arch or dome with rise less than 20 16 12 one-eighth of span Rise 4 inches per foot to less than 12 inches per foot Arch or dome with rise one-eighth 16 14 12 of span to less than three-eighths of span Rise 12 inches per foot and greater Arch or dome with rise three-eighths 12 12 12 of span or greater W Awnings except cloth covered 5 5 5 Greenhouses, lath houses and 10 10 10 agricultural buildings (b} Roof shall have sufficient slope or camber to prevent the accumula- tion of water in valleys or at low points of structural spans except when roofs are designed for the intentional retention of water. (c) Provision shall be made for added roof loads resulting from, but not .limited to, air conditioning equipment, ventilators, hoists, piping, ducts and electrical services, when such loads are specified. (d) Roofs designed as future floors, for the parking of automobiles, or for other occupancy loadings shall comply with the provisions of Section 1203.1 and 1203.4. (e) Wind loads shall comply with the provisions of Section 1205. (f) Minimum ground snow loads shall be as set forth in Figure 1203.7 or as established by local records when exceeding the ground snow loads as set forth in Figure 1203.7. 1. Roof snow loading shall be determined by applying the appropriate coefficients Cs for type of roof, as set forth in paragraphs (f) 4 and (f) 5 of this Section. 2. Roof snow loads shall be assumed to be distributed on the horizon- tal projection of the roof with no reduction for tributary loaded areas. 12-5 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALI IES THEREUNDER. 3. The full roof snow load shall be applied to any one contiguous roof area with no load on the remainder of the roof area when such loading results in higher design stresses. 4. The basic snow load coefficient Cs shall be 0.8 of the minimum snow loads as set forth in Figure 1203.7 and shall be increased or decreased in accordance with the following conditions: (A) Decrease load due to slide-off of snow on roofs with slopes exceeding thirty (30) degrees. (B) Increase load due to nonuniform accumulation of snow on pitched or curved roofs. (C) Increase load due to snow accumulation in valleys formed by multiple series roofs. (D) Increase load due to snow sliding off sloping roof areas onto adjacent roof areas. (E) Increase load on the lower levels of multilevel roofs and on roof areas adjacent to projections, such as penthouses, cooling towers, parapet walls, etc., due to drifting snow. 5. Snow load coefficients and distributions for typical roof configura- tions shall be as set forth in Figures 1203.8, 1203.4 and 1203.10. When more than one case is applicable, each case shall be considered separately in proportioning structural elements. 12-6 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _._AGRF,F,NfENT�AND SUBJECT-TO-CIVIL AND GRiMiNAZ,PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ___. .. .. ................ _ ' FIGURE 1203.7 ESTIMATED GROUND SNOW LOAD IN LBS./SQ. FT. 50 YEAR MEAN RECURRENCE INTERVAL y Q Y y 1" C O � � r y i i O j 1 N _ y is ,f t5 / ,�,��'-�•� � y !~� - i i - V o - y '5 tp� ; _ '?a J. O ( F 0 y i — in +( C 6 C I C p J 'I { l 2-7 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or - distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE r ....... ... _._... ...._. ... ............ __.. __...AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL,PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ........... ___ _.._ FIGURE 1203.8 SNOW LOAD DISTRIBUTIONS AND COEFFICIENTS ROOF SHAPES �� I- ,7---1 0 a rf�� SIMPLE FLAT AND SIMPLE OA8LE AND SIMPLE ARCH AND SHED ROOFS HIP ROOFS CURVED ROOFS SNOW LOAD DISTRIBUTIONS AND COEFFICIENTS LIMITATIONS CS, CASE I Ili I III I i 7•Ijl I �� CASE I I It tl I OW I 'I I CASE II r { ; € i i I CASE 11 20 Ci = 08- TYPICAL VALUES= FOR a S 201 USE CASE t ONLY FOR 31k USE CASE I ONLY a C, FOR a>-20' USE CASES I AND II FOR y USE CASE I AND It SHELT EXPO 0 TO 30, 08 08 CASE I Cs a O.8- 9 50 40° 0.6 045 50. O.4 Q3 CASE it Cs = L25{0.8-*P} 50, 02 0.15 TO° TO 902 0 0 *For roofs conforming to wind exposure requirements of 1205 or 1206, all —. values of C5 marked with an asterisk (*) may be reduced 25%. The term a - 30 50 is valid only for a > 30 degrees. 12-8 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ; AGREEMENT;AND-SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. FIGURE 1203.9 SNOW LOAD DISTRIBUTIONS AND COEFFICIENTS ROOF SHAPES 02 I_� h r1� f�r k, 12 LOWER LEVEL OF MULTI-LEVEL ROOFS - QI 12 (WHEN UPPER ROOF IS PART OF THE SAME BUILDING OR ON AN ADJACENT VALLEY AREAS OF TWO-SPAN AN0 MULTIPLE BUILDING NOT MORE THAN 15 It AWAY SERIES SLOPED OR CURVED ROOFS :. SNOW LOAD DISTRIBUTIONS AND COEFFICIENTS. LIMITATIONS CASE I a-30 h i l l l " I ;0.81 I 0.8- Ci = O.B- 50 f — W=2h j L 10 h 1 I I.0 h CASE II I I f l i 11 1 0 5 C s 215 9 WHEN 15 h <0.8 USE Cs a 0.8- 41 2 0 2 WHEN 15 G > 3.0 USE Cs=3.0 -- W=2h it i111 IS WHENh< 5f1 USE W =tOfi ! h> 15ft USE W=301t CASE SII � ' I I I ' i 1 1 O 5 h= DIFFERENCE OF ROOF HEIGHTS IN f f - q = GROUND SNOW LOAD IN pat W= WIDTH OF DRIFT FROM HIGHER BUILDING IN ft p 4 a = DISTANCE BETWEEN BUILDINGS -15ff. I + a2 DESIGN UPPER ROOF FOR LOADS APPLICABLE rQ= TO SINGLE-LEVEL ROOFS 2 FOR Q< 10- USE CASE I ONLY FOR 10- <Q < 20- USE CASE I AND r[ FOR Q ? 20- USE CASE I,II AND III *For roofs conforming to wind exposure requirements of 1205 or 1206, all values of CS marked with an asterisk (*) may be reduced 25%. f The term a - 30 50 is valid only for a > 30 degrees. 12-9 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ..... _. _._.__.. . .................. __._. .....AGREEMF.N3's AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND 6RiMINA7,PENALTIES THEREUNDER.... ........._ _._._._.... FIGURE 1203.10 SNOW LOAD DISTRIBUTIONS AND COEFFICIENTS ROOF SHAPES UPPER ROOF LOWER ROOF LOWER OF AIULTI-LEVEL ROOF'S WITH UPPER ROOF ROOF AREAS ADJACENT TO SLOPED TOWARDS LOWER ROOF PROJECTIONS AND OBSTRUCTIONS ON ROOFS SNOW LOAD DISTRIBUTIONS AND COEFFIGENTS. LIMITATIONS LOAD FROM SLIDING SNOW DRIFT LOAD I 1 i 1 {III ,q W=2h W=2h T DESIGN LOWER ROOF FOR LOADS APPLICABLE TO IO h MULTI-LEVEL ROOFS PLUS A PORTION OF THE SLIDING SNOW FROM THE UPPER ROOF C, =10 h (SEE APPENDIX A7.2.11 WHEN 10 9<0-8' USE Cox 0_60 DESIGN UPPER ROOF FOR LOADS APPLICABLE WHEN 10 >2.0 use C.=2.0 TO SINGLE-LEVEL ROOFS WHEN I< I USE C.- O.e= w= 2h WHEN h< 5 ft USE * -loft WHEN h >15 ft USE W=30 tt h= HEIGHT OF PROJECTION IN ft p = GROUND SNOW LOAD IN paf w = WIDTH OF SNOW DRIFT IN ft = LENGTH OF PROJECTION IN ft *For roofs conforming to wind exposure requirements of 1205 or 1206, all .. values of CS marked with an asterisk (*) may be reduced 25%. 12-10 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 1 I 1 distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE n .......-- ___._-.._.. .....AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.. ............ 1203.8—OTHER LIVE LOADS Sidewalks shall be designed to carry either a uniformly distributed load of two hundred (200) pounds per square foot or a concentrated load of eight thousand (8,000) pounds on a space two and one-half (21/) feet square and placed in any position, whichever will produce the greater stresses. (This does not apply to sidewalks on grade). 1203.9—IMPACT LOADS (a) For structures carrying live loads which induce unusual impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to provide for same. If not otherwise specified, the increase shall be: For supports of elevators..................................................I.................. 100 percent For cab operated traveling crane support girders and their connections*.............................................................................25 percent For pendant operated traveling crane support girders and their connections*.............................................................................10 percent For supports of light machinery, shaft or motor driven, not less than.......................................................... .......................20 percent -- For supports of reciprocating machinery or power driven units, not less than.......................................................................50 percent For hangers supporting floors and balconies...................................33 percent *Live loads on crane support girders shall be taken as the maximum crane wheel loads. (b) The lateral force on crane runways to provide for the effect of mov- ing crane trolleys shall, if not otherwise specified, be twenty (20) percent of the sum of the weights of the lifted load and of the crane trolley (but exclusive of other parts of the crane). The force shall be assumed to be applied at the top of the rails, acting in either direction normal to the runway rails, and shall be distributed with due regard for lateral stiffness of the structure supporting these rails. The longitudinal force shall, if not otherwise specified, be taken as ten ( 10) percent of the maximum wheel loads of the crane applied at the top of rail. 1203.10—LOAD TESTS The Building Offical�may require a load test of any construction whenever there is a reason to question its safety for the intended use. Such Tests are to be made at the expense of the owner or his agent. The construction shall sustain a superimposed load equal to twice the design live load and shall recover at least seventy-five (75) percent of its maximum deflection within twenty-four (24) hours after the load is removed. Such load tests of constructions are not intended to be used as a method for determination of acceptance allowable working stresses of a material as an alternate to the established standard method of determining such stresses. 12-11 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ..._...AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. . .. ............................. ................. ... .... .. .. . SECTION 1204—SPECIAL LOADS 1204.1—SOIL PRESSURES ON BASEMENT WALLS AND FLOORS (a) In the design of basement walls and similar approximately vertical structures below grade, provisions shall be made for lateral pressure of adjacent soil. Due allowances shall be made for possible surcharge from fixed or moving loads. (b) In the design of basement floors and similar approximately horizon- tal constructions below grade, the upward pressure of water, if any, shall be taken as the full hydrostatic pressure applied over the entire area. The hydrostatic head shall be measured from the underside of the construction. 1204.2—RAILINGS (a) Stairway railings, both exterior and interior shall be designed to res- ist a horizontal thrust of twenty (20) pounds per linear foot applied at the top of the railing. (b) Balcony railings, both exterior and interior, shall be designed to res- ist a horizontal thrust of fifty (50) pounds per linear foot applied at the top of the railing. (See Section 1108). (c) Guardrails or interior and exterior walls acting as guardrails, in park- ing structures shall be designed to absorb an energy of two thousand five hundred (2,500) foot-pounds applied at eighteen (18) inches above the floor at any point horizontally along the span of the guardrail. All ele- ments of the guardrail system, including supports and connections, shall be designed to absorb this energy by the formula: PA = 2500 ft.-lbs. 24 - Where:P = The equivalent static load in pounds at the point of impact. A = deflection or movement of the guardrail at the point of impact in inches. 1204.3—SUPPORTS FOR WALKWAYS Where walkways are to be installed above ceilings, supports shall be designed to carry a load of two hundred (200) pounds occupying a space two and one-half (2%) square feet, so placed as to produce maximum stresses in the affected members. 1204.4—HELISTOPS In addition to other design requirements of this chapter, heliport and helistop landing gr touchdown areas shall be designed for the maximum stress induced by the following: 1. Dead load plus actual weight of the helicopter. 2. Dead load plus a single concentrated impact load covering one (1) sq. ft. of seventy five hundredths (.75) times the fully loaded weight of the helicopter if it is equipped with hydraulic shock absorbers, or one and one-half (1%) times the fully loaded weight of the helicopter if it is 22 12 - - I Copyright O 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _._._. _...___.. ........_ _..... .................. ........AGRLEMEN'f';AND SUBJEC'i'I'O-CIVIL AND-CRIMINAL PENAL'PIES'1'HEREUNDER........_.... equipped with a rigid or skid type landing gear. 3. The dead load plus a uniform live load of one hundred (100) pounds per sq. ft. The required live load may be reduced in accordance with the formula in Section 1203.5. 1204.5—INTERIOR WALLS Interior walls, permanent partitions, and temporary partitions shall be designed to resist all loads to which they are subjected but not less than five (5) pounds per square foot applied perpendicular to the walls, except for decorative screen walls. SECTION 1205—WIND LOADS `—' 1205.1—DESIGN FOR WIND LOADS REQUIRED (a) Buildings and structures and every part thereof shall be designed to withstand the forces of wind pressure assumed in any direction. Allowance shall not be made for the effect of shielding by other structures. (b) The floor, roof or other horizontal bracing system shall be designed and constructed to transfer horizontal forces to the parts of the structural -_ frame designed to carry the forces to the ground. 1205.2---VELOCITY PRESSURES (a) The basic velocity pressures to be used to determine the minimum design unit pressures shall be as set forth in Table 1205.1. The Building Official may accept a design based on lower pressures, the validity of which is shown by nationally recognized data. The Building Official may require evidence to support the design pressures used in the design of struc- tures not included in this Section. Alternate: NAVFAC DM-2, or ANSI A58.1, may be used in lieu of this section for the design of one and two story structures provided that Table 1205.1 shall be used to determine the basic wind load. When used, the plans-shall show that structural design is based on NAVFAC DM-2, or ANSI A58. 1. (b) Structural members and systems providing the stability for the build- ing or structure shall be designed for the velocity pressures set forth in Table 1205.1, multiplied by the appropriate shape factor set forth in Table 1205.2, 1205.3, and 1205.4, except as required in Paragraphs (e) and (f) of this Subsection. (c) Components such as purlins, girts, and similar secondary members that transfer wind loads to the primary structural frame or system shall be designed for the velocity pressures set forth in Table 1205.1, multiplied by the appropriate shape factor set forth in Table 1205.5, except as specified in Paragraphs (e) and (f) of this Subsection. (d) Curved roofs shall be designed for wind forces computed on the basis that the curved section is divided into not less than five equal segments. The force on each segment shall be determined by use of the shape factors set forth in Table 1205.4 for inclined surfaces, appropriate to the slope of the chords of the segment. 12-13 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE F .. ... __.... __....... .. _. _......_................AGREEMENT,AND 5UBJEC•h.•1"O CIVIL-AND CItIMINALPENAL'1`tES'I'HEREUNDER..... ................ ..... ........... ....................... ..... . (e) Where rigid awnings, canopies, and canopy shutters are intended to be positioned to close an opening during periods of high wind, they shall be designed as required in Paragraph (b) of this Subsection. Where rigid awnings, canopies, and canopy shutters are intended to be removed or repositioned during periods of high wind, they shall be designed in their open position to withstand a pressure of sixty (60) percent of that set forth in Table 1205.1, with applicable shape factors, but not less than 15 psf. Shape factors for these structures shall be as set forth in Table 1205.2, 1205.3, 1205.4, and 1205.5. (f) Screened enclosures and supports for screening shall be designed to withstand the loads set forth in Table 1205.6, multiplied by a shape factor of 1.3 inward or outward to the walls and 0.7 applied upward or down- ward to the roof. These factors apply only to enclosures at or near grade level. (g) For determining stresses, all vertical design loads, except the roof live load and crane loads, shall be considered to be acting simultaneously with the wind pressure. Where simultaneous combination of vertical design loads and wind pres- sure would produce a design stress less than either when.acting alone, then the single condition resulting in the maximum design stress shall be used. 12-14 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZEll REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE E AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALI'IESTHEREUNDER:..._ TABLE 1205.1 BASIC WIND LOAD PRESSURES IN POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOTb, (See Figure 1205.1) Height Above 100 Yr. Recurrence of Fastest Mile Ground', Feet of Wind, MPH 70 80 90 100 105 110 120 130 0 - 30 10 13 16 20 23 24 29 34 31 - 50 14 18 22 28 31 34 40 47 51 - 100 16 21 27 33 37 40 48 56 101 - 200 20 26 33 40 45 49 58 68 201 - 300 23 30 38 47 52 57 67 79 -- 301 - 400 25 33 42 52 57 62 74 -87 401 - 500 27 36 45 55 61 67 80 94 501 - 800 30 39 50 62 68 74 89 104 801 - 1,000 33 43 55 68 75 82 97 114 Over 1,000 34 45 56 70 77 84 100 117 a--Measured above the average level of the ground adjacent to the structure. n—To be modified by shape factors. Velocity pressures are based on the formula N3O 2/7 P = 0.0025 x VZ x V = Wind Speed in MPH; and H = the height above grade (in feet) of the pressure being computed. This formula is only applicable to heights 30 feet or greater. 12-15 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or ' distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 8 .......... __.... __..... . . ... ............... ----AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER..... ..._.. _.. _. _. _..._.. _.._. ' FIGURE 1205.1 BASIC WIND SPEEDS IN MILES PER HOUR 0 A k, N., 0 A.- 0 0 0 7 Annual Extreme Fastest-Mile Speed 30 feet Above Ground, 100 Year Mean Recurrence interval Copyright C)1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RJSZVJkAcc,ssed by Bobby Teague on Me,15,2016 3:07:0O PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL..ENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 1205.2 SHAPE FACTORS FOR PRIMARY FRAMES AND SYSTEMS— VERTICAL SURFACES Vertical Surface Factor Rectangular prismatic structures*a 1.3b* Cylinders (chimneys, tanks, etc.) 0,7 Flat surfaces with no appreciable depth, including signs and fences 1.4 Partially open surfaces* [percent solid] 10% 0.35 20% 0.55 40% 0.80 60% 1.00 80% 1.20 100% 1.30 *See Table 1205.4 for footnotes. fE i 7 12-17 a Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE � —--- ....AGREEMENT,.AND.SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL,.PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ? TABLE 1205.3 SHAPE FACTORS FOR PRIMARY FRAMES AND SYSTEMS— HORIZONTAL SURFACES Factor Normal To Normal To Windward 1/3 Leeward 2/3 Horizontal Surface* of Surface of Surface Enclosed buildings —1.0� —0.75 Buildings with one or more sides open —1.5 —1.25 Overhangs and eaves' —1.5 —1.50 *See Table 1205.4 for footnotes. TABLE 1205.4 SHAPE FACTORS FOR PRIMARY FRAMES AND SYSTEMS— INCLINED SURFACES Factor Inclined Surface' Normal to Normal to Degree from Windward Leeward Horizontal Surface Surface -90 +0.80 —0.70 60-70 +0.65 —0.70 50-60 +0.55 —0.70 40-50 +0.25 —0.70 30-40 —0.25 —0.70 20-30 —0.75 —0.70 10-20 —0.93 —0.70 Overhangs and Eaves' —1.50 —1.50 'Includes +0.8 on windward and-0.5 on leeward sides. b+indicates forces inward, — indicates forces outward. `Shape factor to be applied to gross area of surface. dIncludes surfaces with less than 101 inclination to horizontal. 'For buildings with one. or more sides open, add -----1.0 to all negative factors. 'This factor is not additive and shall be treated as a separate load. 12-18 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or ... ...... .. distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ---AGREEMENT;AND-SUBJECT"I'O-CIVIL AND CRIMINAli PENALTPESTHEREUNDER. -- TABLE 1205.5 SHAPE FACTORS FOR COMPONENTS TRANSFERRING WIND LOADS TO THE STRUCTURAL FRAME OR SYSTEM Pressure Pressure �. Vertical Surface"* Inward Outward Exterior walls of closed buildings, in- cluding fixed glass, glazing, windows, +l 1 -1.1 doors, fixed panels, veneer facings and sup- porting members Exterior walls of buildings with one or more sides open, including fixed glass, +1.1 -1.5 glazing, windows, doors, fixed panels, veneer facings and supporting members _fforizontal surfaces Table 1205.3 Inclined surfaces Table 1205.4 *See Table 1205.4 for footnotes TABLE 1205.6 WIND PRESSURES FOR SCREENED ENCLOSURES a Percent Open" Wind Pressure [psf] Less than 40 30 40 to 60 20 Over 60 10 'See Subsection 1205.2(f) for shape factors; load to be applied to gross screened area. "Percentage of gross area. 1205.3—STABILITY (a) Calculations to determine overturning and uplift forces shall be made with the shape factors set forth in Tables 1205.2, 1205.3 and 1205.4. (b) The overturning moment calculated from the wind pressure shall not exceed two-thirds (2/3) of the dead load resisting moment. (c) The uplift forces calculated from the wind pressure shall not exceed two-thirds (2/3) of the resisting dead loads. (d) Anchorage of the roof to walls and columns and of walls and columns to the foundation to resist overturning, uplift, and sliding forces shall be provided. 12-19 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or -r distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .. _........ ............. ... ___.. ___ _..AGIZEEMEN'I;AND SUBJECT'"IY)CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER._.. SECTION 1206—ALTERNATE WIND LOADS FOR LOW RISE BUILDINGS 1206.1—GENERAL This section defines alternate procedures that may be used for determin- ing and applying wind pressures in the design of buildings with flat, single sloped, and gable shaped roofs whose mean roof heights do not exceed sixty (60) feet and whose eave heights do not exceed their least horizontal dimension. Background information and typical examples are included in the commentary in Appendix "0". 1206.2—WIND PRESSURES Structural members, cladding, fasteners, and systems providing stability for the building shall be designed for the velocity pressures from Table 1206.1 using Figure 1206.1, multiplied by the appropriate shape factor from Table 1206.2, Figures 1206.3, .4, and .5. The coefficients in Section 1206 do not correspond to the coefficients used in many other sources as they include the gust factor. The mixing of coefficients and dynamic pres- sures from different sources is not permitted. These coefficients include an internal bursting pressure coefficient of 0.2 suitable for use with enclosed buildings. For partially enclosed buildings, all of the above referenced coefficients shall be adjusted to include an additional 0.4 internal bursting pressure coefficient. 1206.3—MAIN WIND FORCE RESISTING SYSTEMS (a) GENERAL External pressure coefficients Cp for all wind loading actions arising from combined loads acting simultaneously on more than one surface shall be determined by Section 1206.3. (b) END ZONES The width of end zones as shown in Figure 1206.2 shall be twice the value of Z as determined in Section 1206.4(b) or twenty (20) feet whichever is greater except that for framed buildings whose end bays are not less than .... twice the value of Z (as determined in Section 1206.4(b)), the entire extra load for the end zone may be allocated entirely to the end frame. (c) APPLICABILITY OF COEFFICIENTS 1. Pressure coefficient Cp for components qualified by Section 1206.3 shall be taken.from Table 1206.2. and applied as shown in Figure 1206.2 and as specified in Section 1206.3. For roof angles from 300 to 45° cases 1, II and III shall apply. 2. Coefficients I to 4 in Table 1206.2 shall only be used in combina- tion so as to develop appropriate loads for the design of main frames and wind bracing systems. 3. Coefficients 5 and 6 shall be read from Figure 1206.3 if they act independently or either acts in combination with coefficients 1 to 4. 4, For design consideration with the endwall loads acting together, as Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESEA.;Qssed by Robby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or - I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE f ............... _ _ _ _ _ _ ............. .............AGREEMENT,.ANT]SUBJECT TO.CIVIL.AND.CRIMINAL.PENALTIES THEREUNDER.............. ... for overall longitudinal stability of the building, the coefficients 5 and 6 may be taken the same as coefficients I and 4 respectively, 1206.4--PARTS AND PORTIONS (a) GENERAL External pressure coefficients Cp for all wind loading actions not ti.,. included under Section 1206.3(a) shall be determined by Section. 1206.4. (b) EDGE STRIPS The width of the edge strips Z for walls and roofs as shown in Figures 1206.3(b), 1206.4(b) and 1206.5(c) shall be determined by the following rules: 1. The smaller of 1. 10% of the least horizontal dimension of the building 2. 40% of the eave height 2. But not less than 1. 4%Q of the least horizontal dimension of the building 2. 3 feet (c) WALLS 1. Pressure coefficients Cp for parts and portions of wails shall be taken from Figure 1206.3(a) according to their tributary areas and applied to the corresponding regions of the building as shown in Figure 1206.3(b). 2. Coefficients taken from Figure 1206.3(a) may be reduced 10%Q if the angle of roof inclination is not more than 10°. 3. Design loads for studs shall be based on the tributary area of walls providing the wall panels are capable of distributing the load among the studs. (d) ROOFS 1. Pressure coefficients Cp for parts and portions of roofs whose incli- nations are not more than 101 from the horizontal shall be taken from Figure 1206.4(a) according to their tributary areas and applied to the cor- responding regions of the building as shown in Figure 1206.4(b). 2. Similarly pressure coefficients Cp for roof inclinations between 10' and 45' shall be taken from Figures 1206.5(a) or 1206.5(b) and applied to the corresponding regions of the building as shown in Figure 1206.5(c). 3. Design loads for rafters shalt be based on the tributary area of roofs providing the roof panels are capable of distributing the load among the rafters. 1206.5—FOUNDATIONS For the design of foundations, but exclusive of anchorage to frame, only 70% of the load from frames may be considered effective, provided Section 1205.3 is observed. 12-21 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or j I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUEJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. FIGURE 1206.1 BASIC WIND SPEEDS IN MILES PER HOUR 1 O , 0 Y o a 1 r O 0 k i X<- • o k �• tt � ` it 1_ - _ - ` o � k + i k � � ! �—�---$�-ice-- f r•� -, E I I -`�• ` i7 rr r ;O t .� O • t / rD� � 1.j• -i tl - .4 I tt Annual Extreme Fastest-Mile Speed 30 Feet Above Ground, 50 Year Mean Recurrence Interval (ANSI A 58.1--1972) 2 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESElt2_'y2A2cessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE Y AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 1206.1 VELOCITY PRESSURE q IN POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT Fastest Mile Wind Velocity In Miles per hour (from figure 1206.1 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 0 a� 15 10.3 13.4 17.0 21.0 25.4 30.2 35.5 y(D 16 10.5 13.7 17.3 21.4 25.9 30.8 36.2 17 10.7 13.9 17.6 21.8 26.3 31.3 36.8 18 10.8 14.2 17.9 22.1 26.8 31.9 37.4 �- 19 11.0 14.4 18.2 22.5 27.2 32.4 38.0 20 11.2 14.6 18.5 22.8 27.6 32.8 38.5 22 11.5 15.0 19.0 23.4 28.3 33.7 39.6 24 11.8 15.4 19.5 24.0 29.1 34.6 40.6 0 0 26 12.0 15.7 19.9 24.6 29.7 35.4 41.5 T- 28 12.3 16.1 20.3 25.1 30.4 36.1 42.4 30 12.5 16.4 20.7 25.6 31.0 36.9 43.3 a) 35 13.1 17.1 21.7 26.8 32.4 38.5 45.2 > 40 13.6 17.8 22.5 27.8 33.6 40.0 47.0 45 14.1 18.4 23.3 28.7 34.8 41.4 48.6 50 14.5 19.0 24.0 29.6 35.8 42.7 50.1 55 14.9 19.5 24.7 30.4 36.8 43.8 51.4 60 15.3 20.0 25.3 31.2 37.8 44.9 52,7 q psf = 0.00256 VZ(H 30)V7 V = Fastest mile wind velocity in miles per hour determined from Figure 1206.1 *H = Mean height of the roof or 15 feet whichever is greater. The eave height may be substituted for the mean roof height H if the inclination of the roof is not more than 10'. A single value of q is used for the entire building. 12-23 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or 7 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ACREEM-ENT',AND-SUBJECP'I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 1206.2 MAIN FRAME COEFFICIENTS, Cp e END ZONE INTERIOR ZONE ROOF ANGLE COEFFICIENTS COEFFICIENTS a 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 00 - 100 +.5 -1 .4 -.8 -.7 +.25 -1 .0 -.65 -.55 100 - 300 +.7 -1 .4 -1 .0 -.95 +A -1 .0 -.75 -.7 -,75 -1 .4 -,8 -,75 -.7 -1 .0 -.65 -.7 .p 300 - 450 *11 +.6 +.1 -.8 -.75 +,45 +.05 -.7 -.65 *ill +1 .0 +.5 -.4 -.35 +.85 +.45 -.3 -.25 *Frames must be designed for Cases 1, 11, and III. b. + sign indicates inward acting pressures. c. For coefficients 5 and 6, see Sections 1206.3(c), 3 & 4. i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zote s.en:ao PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. FIG URE'1206.2---APPLICATION OF MAIN FRAME COEFFICIENTS 6 2 3 2 3 4 N N a Interior 4 Zone 5 End Zone - Section 1206.3(b) i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zota s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. FIGURE 1206.3 WALL COEFFICIENTS FOR PARTS AND PORTIONS ) WALL .. 0 - o.s ...... ............... t ------ -- - .... .. . ................ ... I . 2.0 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 TRIBUTARY AREA- FT' - r� 1 I ,a� 1 I J �^•�N 1 I ! I I 1 I ,w e G I I � Figure (b) 12-26 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _. ......_..._ _._.._ ....... .._ _..... _.._AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER.. ' FIGURE 1206.4 ROOF COEFFICIENTS FOR PARTS AND PORTIONS a - 0° - 100 -3•:r t � I ROO If 24 -2.0 ' Cp i++ t,s R LJ 1,2 10 20 S0 100 200 S00 1000 TRIBUTARY AREA —Fr I , (a) ROOF OVERHANG* 2.. =a 2.0 pt s _ l — 1. raid 10 20 50 100 200 S00 1000 TRIBUTARY AREA—Fr *ROOF OVERHANG COEFFICIENTS INCLUDE CONTRIBUTIONS FROM BOTH UPPER AND LOWER SURFACES z , a t z cl ELEVATION z-I� ROOF PLAN z Figure (b) 12-27 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ....... ................. ......... AGREEMENT,AND SUB)ECTTO CIVIL ANDCRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIGURE 1206.5 ROOF COEFFICIENTS FOR PARTS AND PORTIONS a = 101 - 301 -3.0 - - - L - 4a} ROOF C 2.2 -2.0 7.4 $•- ----- — - - - -- i 10 20 50 100 200 500 1004 TRIBUTARY AREA--FT2 2-9 4 -- (a) ROOF OVERHANG* 1.] : .... Cpi 1......... ....-- .. 1.2 1.0 0.4 f ...... - y:. .....-," ],= 0. .. .-.. -,-j V I 10 20 50 100 200 5�0 1000 TRIBUTARY AREA —FT 2 End Zone Areas --- Interior Zone Areas *ROOF OVERHANG COEFFICIENTS INCLUDE CONTRIBUTIONS FROM BOTH UPPER AND LOWER SURFACES 12-28 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 'w AGREEMENT,.AND.SUBJECT.TO.CIVIL.AND.CRIMINAL.PENALTIES THEREUNDER.— y FIGURE 1206.5 ROOF COEFFICIENTS FOR PARTS AND PORTIONS a=300 - 450 c!!. s _ ., +1+ + ,(b) ROOF -4 as a. Llit j Cp o'' + Qt 7 r 1• �►�� RNOiOM! .4. - .l�[ 1.1 1.4 i rT 02.0 10 20 5o 100 200 Soo loon TRIBUTARY AREA— FT' End Zone Areas ----interior Zone Areas "USE HIGHER VALUES FOR END ZONES 12-29 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or P I iI i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i ------- -------- -- AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.- FIGURE 1206.5 ROOF COEFFICIENTS FOR PARTS AND PORTIONS a = 300 - 450 -2A L b : : : : : : :: -_ (b} ROOF OVERHANG**-,--- ' CAS jj- r - — ---- O.b -__ ----..._ 0-2 - -- f- - CP -- ...-•_-•••• - - — - 0 0.2 .... Ail Rffift Sf -- .,.. ....... - 2A I 10 Zo So ioo Zoo Soo #000 TRIBUTARY AREA —FT 2 End Zone Areas --- Interior Zone Areas *USE HIGHER VALUES FOR END ZONES .**ROOF OVERHANG COEFFICIENTS INCLUDE CONTRIBUTIONS FROM BOTH UPPER AND LOWER SURFACES 12-30 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2o16 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ..........__ ... --.- -- -.-._. ............................... . .. AGREEMENT,ANB RUBJEC'P'I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'I'HEREUNDER. '. FIGURE 1206.5 ROOF COEFFICIENTS FOR PARTS AND PORTIONS a = 700 - 45 I � r 1 1 I IS `•r• f � S l � i I r 1 I i i � I I I 1 I I i — Cl � C z �fz I Z �— � z —T Figure (c) a 12-31 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ? _- __-.-.-.--... _- ... .. .. .......... .. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SECTION 1207—SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Where seismic design is required by local authorities, all buildings and structures shall be designed to withstand seismic forces in accordance with the requirements of ANSI A58.1—Building Code Requirements for Min- imum Design Loads in Buildings and Other Structures. (See Figure 1207.1) SECTION 1208—OCCUPANCY PERMITS FOR CHANGED LOADING Plans for other than residential buildings filed with the Building Official with applications for permits shall show on each drawing the live loads per square foot of area covered, for which the building is designed, and occu- pancy permits for buildings hereafter erected shall not be issued until the floor load signs, required by Section 110, have been installed. Changes in the occupancy of a building now existing or hereafter erected shall not be made until a revised occupancy permit has been issued by the Building Official certifying that the floors are suitable for the loads characteristic of the proposed occupancy. (See Section 109). 12-32 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -- - - - ---- -- -AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - FIGURE 1207.1 RISK ZONES AND DAMAGING EARTHQUAKES IN THE UNITED STATES THROUGH 1968 N7. r �_Y r 7 W x x > I ! J• -- .1y � 11L �+ N1 � i • I ' � O `y � -� O - --T-�y✓C I CIA Y � i • 11 � • z J i !I -1-�--Q-- - -_---- 0 4 LLJ J 3 f •�r i z � ; -�--�_a j = ,__, I -- /whew w M • r n � • � r • +� V Q Cc iz I + o q � CO ;.. ' O ? QQ k ' •w . w u, u, u, Z Z Z Z • �-C ° N N N N ;2 12-33 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. FIGURE 1207.1 (Continued) RISK ZONES AND DAMAGING EARTHQUAKES OF THE UNITED STATES THROUOGH 1968 o ALASKA M- �I � HAWAII OKA"MIIHAUoAHu I�IaoKAI - IMAuI Z ulywl� a AHOOL. 3 HAWAII 6 Maps of the three separate areas of the United States with indicated earthquake risk zones. This zoning was superposed on maps showing the damaging earthquakes of the United States through 1968 that were compiled and supplied by the Seismology Division of the Coast and Geodetic Survey (now NOAA Enviornmental Research Laboratories). The earthquake risk zones were determined by American National Standards Committee A58. 12-34 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _..__ __,....... _........... ._.......... AGREEMENT,ANDSUBJEC,TTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER: CHAPTER XIII FOUNDATIONS EXCAVATIONS, FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS SECTION 1301—EXCAVATIONS 1301.1—GENERAL When excavating for buildings or excavations accessory thereto, such excavations shall be properly assured against any danger to life and prop- erty. Permanent excavations shall have retaining walls of sufficient strength made of steel, masonry, or reinforced concrete to retain embankments, together with any surcharged loads. Excavations for any purpose shall not extend within one (1) foot of the angle of repose or natural slope of the soil under any footing or foundation, unless such footing or foundation is first properly underpinned or protected against settlement. 1301.2—SUPPORT OF ADJOINING BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES (a) When an excavation extends not more than ten (10) feet below the established curb grade nearest the point of excavation under consideration, the owner of any adjoining. building or structure, the footings or founda- tions of this section, shall be notified in writing by the one causing the excavation to be made. The owner of the adjoining structure or building shall be afforded the necessary license to enter the premises where the excavation is to be made, and at his own expense, shall provide the neces- sary underpinning or protection. (b) Notice to the owner of adjoining buildings or structures shall be _ served at least ten (10) days before an excavation is commenced, and it shall state the depth and location of the proposed excavation. (c) When an excavation extends more than ten (10) feet below the estab- lished curb grade nearest the point of excavation under consideration, the one causing the excavation to be made, if given the necessary license to enter the adjoining premises, shall provide at his own expense the under- pinning and protection required by that part of the excavation which extends to a depth greater than ten (10) feet below the established curb grade nearest the point of excavation under consideration, whether or not the existing footings or foundations extend to the depth of ten (10) feet or more below curb grade; or he may shore and brace the sides of his excava- tion so as to prevent effectively any soil movement into his excavation. if permanent lateral support is provided, the method used must satisfy requirements of the Building Official. If the necessary license is not afforded the person causing the excavation to be made, it shall be the duty of the owner failing to afford such license to provide the regdired under- pinning or protection for which purpose he shall be afforded the necessary license to enter the premises where such excavation is to be made. 13-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE J -- ----- ---- --.-- - - --- --- AGREEMENP,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL:PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (d) If there is not a established curb grade, the depth of excavation shall be referred to the level of the ground at the point under consideration. If an existing building or structure, the footings or foundations of which are required to be underpinned or protected, is so located that the curb grade or level to which it is properly referred is at a higher level than the level to which the excavation is properly referred, then such part of the required underpinning or protection that is necessary due to the difference in these levels shall be made and maintained at the joint expense of the owner of the building or structure and the person causing the excavation to be made. For the purpose of determining such part of the underpinning, or protection that is necessary due to such difference in levels, the level to which a building more than five (5) feet back of the street line is properly referred shall be considered to be the level of the natural ground surface adjoining the building or structure. (e) A party wall which is in good condition and otherwise suitable for continued use, shall be underpinned or protected as required at the expense of the person causing the excavation to be made. (f) Where the necessary license has been given to the person making an excavation to enter any adjoining structure for the purpose of underpin- ning or protecting it, the person receiving such license shall provide for such adjoining structure adequate protection against injury due to the ele- ments resulting from such entry. (g) Only approved granular materials shall be used for backfill. It shall be properly compacted in order to prevent lateral displacements of the soil of the adjoining property after the removal of the shores or braces. SECTION 1302—FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS 1302,1—GENERAL Footings and foundations, unless specifically designed otherwise, shall be constructed of grillages of steel, of masonry or of reinforced concrete with the following exception: temporary structures of secondary buildings not exceeding one (1) story in height and four hundred (400) square feet in area shall be exempt from these requirements; one and two family dwel- lings may not be required to have footings and foundations of grillages of steel or reinforced concrete. All footings shall extend at least twelve (12) _ inches below the finished grade. In geographic areas subject to severe freezes, the bottom of foundations shall extend below the frost line estab- lished by local records. Masonry units in foundation walls and footings shall be laid up in mortar as specified in 1402.10 Table 3. The base area of all footings and foundations shall be proportioned as specified in Section 1302.3. 1302.2--BEARING CAPACITY OF SOIL (a) Footings shall be so designed that the allowable bearing capacity of the soil is not exceeded. If structural plain concrete, masonry or timber footings are used, they shall rest on undisturbed or minimum ninety (90) percent compacted soil of uniform density and thickness. (b) Where the bearing capacity of the soil is not definitely known or is in 13--2 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHT'S RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR UIS'TRIBU'I'ION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT'I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'I'HEREUNDER. question, the Building Official may require load tests or other adequate proof as to the permissible safe bearing capacity at that particular location. To determine the safe bearing capacity of soil, it shall be tested at such locations and levels as conditions warrant, by loading an area not less than four (4) square feet to not less than twice the maximum bearing capacity desired for use. Such double load shall be sustained by the soil for a period of not less than forty-eight (48) hours with no additional settlement taking place, in order that such desired bearing capacity may be used. Examina- tion of subsoil conditions shall be made at the expense of the owner, when deemed necessary by the Building Official. (c) Foundations shall be .built upon natural solid ground. Where solid natural ground does not occur at the foundation depth, such foundations shall be extended down to natural solid ground or piles shall be used. Foundations may be built upon mechanically compacted earth or fill mate- rial subject to approval by the Building Official upon submittal of evidence that proposed load will be adequately supported. (d) Where footings are supported by soils of widely different bearing capacity, the allowable bearing values of the more yielding soil shall be reduced or special provisions shall be made in the design to prevent serious differential settlements. (e) When it is definitely known the top or sub-soils are of a shifting or moving character, all footings shall be carried to a sufficient depth to insure stability. The excavation around piers shall be back filled with soils or materials which are not subject to such expansion or contraction. 1302.3—FOOTING DESIGN (a) The base area of the footings of all buildings shall be designed in the following manner. The area of the footing which has the largest percentage of live load to total load shall be determined-by dividing the total load by the allowable soil load. From the area thus obtained the dead load soil pressure of such footing is determined and the areas of all other footings of the building shall-be determined on the basis of their respective dead loads only and such dead load soil pressure. In no case shall the load per square foot under any portion of any footing, due to the combined dead, live, wind and/or any other loads, exceed the safe sustaining power of the soil upon which the footing rests. The total reduced live load occurring in the column immediately above the footing shall be the live load used in the above computation. (b) Footings shall be proportioned to sustain the applied loads and induced reactions without exceeding the allowable stresses specified in this code, 1302.4—CONCRETE FOOTINGS (a) Concrete in footings shall have an ultimate compressive strength of not less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) pounds per square inch at twenty-eight (28) days. (b) Design of footings shall be in accordance with Chapter XVI. 13-3 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, ---- - - - --- --AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'PHEREUNDEIL 1302.5—FOUNDATION WALLS (a) Foundation walls shall be designed and constructed in accordance with accepted engineering practice, provided however the provisions of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) may be used without additional engineering design. (b) Foundation walls shall be not less in thickness than the walls imme- diately above them and not less than twelve (12) inches for unit masonry walls, or eight (8) inches for cast-in-place concrete walls; except that solid masonry walls extending not more than five (5) feet, and hollow walls of masonry or walls of hollow units extending not more than four (4) feet below the adjacent finished ground level may be eight (8) inches in thick- ness. These depths may be increased to a maximum of seven (7) feet with .the approval of the Building Official when he is satisfied that soil condi- tions warrant such an increase. The total height of eight (8) inch founda- tion walls and walls supported shall not exceed that permitted by this Code for eight (8) inch walls. In all cases, however, foundation walls shall have sufficient strength and thickness to resist all lateral pressures permitted by this code. (c) Foundation walls of eight (8) inch thickness, except as provided for in Section 1302.5(d), and conforming to the provisions of Section 1302.5(a) may be used as foundations for dwellings with walls of brick veneer on frame walls or with ten (10) inch cavity walls, provided that the dwelling is not more than one and one-half (1%2) stories in height and the total height of the wall, including the gable, is not more than twenty (20) feet. Founda- tion walls of eight (8) inch thickness supporting brick veneer or cavity walls, shall be corbeled with solid units to provide a bearing the full thick- ness of the wall above. The total projection shall not exceed two (2) inches with individual corbels projecting not more than one-third (1/3) the height of the unit. The top corbel course shall not be higher than the bottom of floor joists and shall be a full header course. (d) Foundation walls of cast-in-place concrete when supporting one story basementless structures may be six (6) inches thick if the total height of the foundation wall and the wall supported is within the allowable height permitted by this Code for six (6) inch walls. (e) Crawl spaces under buildings without basements shall be ventilated by approved mechanical means or by openings in foundation walls. Open- ings shall be arranged to provide cross ventilation and shall be covered with corrosion resistant wire mesh of not less than one-quarter (i/) inch nor more than one-half (%2) inch in any dimension. Openings in foundation walls shall not be less than the following: 1. Where wood floor systems are used, such openings shall have a net area of not less than one (1) sq. ft. for each one hundred fifty (150) sq. ft. of crawl space, 2. Where other than wood floor systems are used, such openings shall be not less than one and one-half(1%2) sq. ft. of net opening for each fifteen (15) lineal feet or major fraction thereof of exterior wall. 3. Where asphalt saturated felt weighing fifty-five (55) pounds per 13-4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - square, lapped at least two (2) inches at joints, or four (4) mil polyethylene lapped at least four (4) inches at joints, or other approved vapor barrier is installed over the ground surface, the required net area of openings may be reduced to ten (10) percent of that required above, and vents may have operable louvers. There shall be one ventilation opening within three (3) feet of each corner. 4. Where combustion equipment is installed within a crawl space, air for combustion shall be provided in accordance with Section 809 and the Standard Mechanical Code. (f) Foundation walls of hollow masonry supporting Type IV construc- tion shall be capped with four (4) inches of solid masonry or concrete or shall have cavities of top course filled with concrete or grout unless a sill plate of two (2) inch nominal thickness bears on both face shells. 1302.6—TIMBER FOOTINGS Footings of wood may be used if they are entirely below permanent water level, or if they area pressure impregnated with an approved preser- vative as established in Appendix "C". 1302.7--WOOD FOUNDATION SYSTEMS The foundation system may be of wood when the engineering design is based upon the bearing capacity of the soil (see Section 1302.2) and the design and construction complies with the provisions of "All-Weather Wood Foundation Systems" Technical Report No. 7 as published by the National Forest Products Association. SECTION 1303—PILES 1303.1—INVESTIGATION Pile foundations shall be designed and installed on the basis of a founda- tion investigation and report which shall include borings, test pits or other subsurface exploration at locations and depths sufficient to determine the position and adequacy of the bearing soils except where sufficient data upon which to base the design and installation is available. The investiga- tion and report shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Recommended pile types and installed capacities. 2. Driving criteria. 3. Installation and field inspection procedures. 4. Pile load test requirements. 5. Durability of pile materials. 6. Designation of bearing stratum or strata. 1303.2—SPECIAL TYPES OF PILES The use of types of piles not specifically mentioned herein, may be per- mitted, subject to the approval of the Building Official, upon the submis- sion of acceptable test data, calculations and other information relating to the structural properties and/or load capacity of such piles. The allowable stresses shall not in any case exceed the limitations specified herein. I3-5 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE AGREEMENI, - ---- AND SUBJECT"I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALT'IES'THEREUNDER. 1303.3—PROTECTION OF PILE MATERIALS Where boring records or site conditions indicate possible deleterious action on pile materials because of soil constituents, changing water levels or other factors, the pile materials shall be adequately protected by mate- rials, methods or processes approved by the Building Official. Protective materials shall be applied to the piles so as not to be rendered ineffective by driving. 1303.4—LATERAL SUPPORT Any soil other than fluid soil shall be deemed to afford sufficient lateral support to the pile to prevent buckling and to permit the design of the pile in accordance with accepted engineering practice and the applicable provi- sions of this code. All piles standing unbraced in air, water or soils not capable of providing lateral support shall be designed as columns in accor- dance with the provisions of this code. 1303.5—GROUP ACTION In cohesive soils, the compressive load capacity of a group of friction piles shall be analyzed by a rational method approved by the Building Official and where such analysis indicates, the individual allowable pile load shall be reduced accordingly. 1303.6—STABILITY All. piles shall be braced to provide lateral stability in all directions. Three or more piles connected by a rigid cap shall be considered as being braced provided that the piles are located in radial directions from the centroid of the group not less than 60° apart. A two-pile group in a rigid cap shall be considered to be braced along-the axis connecting the two piles. Methods used to brace piles shall be subject to the approval of the Building Official. Piles supporting walls shall be driven alternately in lines spaced at least one (1) foot apart and located symetrically under the center of gravity of the wall load carried, unless effective measures are taken to provide for eccentricity and lateral forces, or the wall piles are adequately braced to provide for lateral stability. A single row of piles without lateral bracing may be used for one-and-two-family dwellings and light-weight construc- tion not exceeding two (2) stories or thirty-five (35) feet in height provided the centers of the piles are located within the width of the foundation wall. 1303.7—STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY Piles shall be installed in such a manner and sequence as to prevent distortion or damage to piles being installed or already in place to the extent that such distortion or damage affects the structural integrity of the piles. 13-6 r Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i _.._.._ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVTI.ANIDCRINIINAh PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1303.8—SPACING The minimum center-to-center spacing of piles shall be not less than twice the average diameter of a round pile, nor less than one and three- quarters (13/4) times the diagonal dimension of a rectangular pile. When driven to or penetrating into rocks, the spacing shall be not less than twenty-four (24) inches. When receiving principal support from end bear- ing on materials other than rock, or through frictional resistance, the spac- ing shall be not less than thirty (30) inches except for piles having enlarged bases formed either by compacting concrete or driving a precast base the minimum center to center spacing shall be four feet six inches (4'6"). The spacing of piles shall be such that the average load on the supporting strata will not exceed the safe bearing value of those strata as determined by test borings or other approved methods. 1303.9—SPLICES Splices shall be constructed so as to provide and maintain true align- ment and position of the component parts of the pile during installation and subsequent thereto and shall be of adequate strength to transmit the vertical and lateral loads and moments occurring at the location of the splice during driving and under service loading. Splices shall develop not less than fifty (50) percent of the least value of the pile in bending. In addition, all pile splices occurring in the upper ten feet of the embedded portion of the pile shall be capable of resisting at allowable working stresses the moment and shear that would result from an assumed eccen- tricity of the pile load of three (3) inches or the pile shall be braced in accordance with Section 1303.6 to other piles that do not have splices in the upper ten (10) feet of embedment. 1303.10—PILE CAPS Pile caps shall be of reinforced concrete. The soil immediately below the pile cap shall not be-considered as carrying any vertical load. The tops of all piles shall be embedded not less than three (3) inches into pile caps and the caps shall extend at least four (4) inches beyond the edges of all piles. The tops of all piles shall be cut back to sound material before capping. 1303.11---PRE-EXCAVATION The use of jetting, augering or other methods of pre-excavation shall be subject to the approval of the Building Official. When permitted, pre- excavation shall be carried out in the same manner as used for piles subject to load tests and in such a manner that will not impair the carrying capac- city of the piles already in place or damage adjacent structures. Pile tips shall be driven below the pre-excavated depth until the required resistance or penetration is obtained. 1303.12—INSPECTION A qualified inspector approved by the Building Official shall be present 13-7 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or } distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. when pile foundations are being installed and during tests. The inspector shall make and submit to the Building Official detailed records of the installation of each pile and the results of load tests. Records shaWinclude the cut-off and tip elevation of each pile relative to a permanent reference. 1303.13----IDENTIFICATION All pile materials shall be identified for conformity to the specified grade with this identity maintained continuously from the point of manufacture to the point of installation or shall be tested by an approved agency to determine conformity to the specified grade and the approved agency shall furnish an affidavit of compliance to the Building Official. 1303.14—PILE LOCATION PLAN A plan showing the location and designation of all piles by an identify- ing system shall be filed with the Building Official prior to installation of such piles. All detailed records for individual piles shall bear an identifica- tion corresponding to that shown on the plan. 1303.15----USE OF EXISTING PILES Piles left in place where a structure has been demolished shall not be used for the support for new construction unless satisfactory evidence-is submitted to the Building Official indicating that the piles are sound and meet all the requirements of this code. Such piles shall be load tested or redriven to verify their capacity. The design load applied to such piles shall be the lowest allowable load as determined by tests or redriving data. _ 1303.16—PILE DRIVABILITY Pile cross-sections shall be of sufficient size and strength to withstand driving stresses without damage to the pile and to provide sufficient stiff- ness to transmit the required driving forces. 1303.17----HEAVED PILES All piles that have heaved during the driving of adjacent piles shall be redriven as necessary to develop the required capacity and/or penetration or the capacity of the pile shall be verified by load test in accordance with Section 1304.4. 1303.18—SETTLEMENT ANALYSIS The settlement of individual piles or groups of piles shall be estimated based upon accepted methods of analysis. The predicted settlement shall not cause harmful distortion of or instability in the structure nor shall it lead to any stresses exceeding allowable values. Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESE�VED�Accessed b Bobb I ea e on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or E Y Y'� & P B P distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE r ...... _. _.. ....... -__.... _.........AGRhP?M'EN"T,AND�13-BfECT`I'O CIVIL AND GRIMINALPENALTIESTF3EREUNllER. 1303.19—USE OF VIBRATORY DRIVERS Vibratory drivers may be used to install piles only if pile load capacity is verified by load tests in accordance with Section 1304.4. The installation of production piles shall be controlled according to power consumption and rate of penetration or other means acceptable to the Building Official that assures pile capacities equal or exceeding that of test piles. 1303.20—INSTALLATION SEQUENCE Piles shall be installed in such sequence that the soil surrounding the piles is not compacted to the extent that other piles cannot be installed properly and that ground movements that could damage adjacent struc- tures are prevented. SECTION 1304--ALLOWABLE PILE LOAD 1304,1-13ETERMINATION OF ALLOWABLE LOADS The allowable axial and lateral loads on piles shall be determined by an approved formula, load tests or method of analysis. 1304.2---PILES IN SUBSIDING AREAS Where piles are driven through subsiding fills or other subsiding strata and derive support from .underlying firmer materials, the downward fric- tional forces which are imposed on piles by the subsiding upper strata shall be included in the design. 1304.3--DRIVING FORMULA The allowable compressive load on any pile when determined by the application of an approved driving formula shall not exceed forty (40) tons. The formula load shall be determined for gravity-drop or power- actuated hammers and the hammer energy used shall be the maximum consistent with the size, strength and weight of the driven piles. The use of a follower shall be permitted only with the approval of the Building Offi- cial. The introductioTr-of fresh hammer cushion or pile cushion material just prior to final penetration shall not be permitted. 1304.4—LOAD TESTS When greater compressive loads per pile than permitted by Section 1304.3 are desired or when the design load for any pile foundation is in doubt, control test piles shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 1143. At least one pile shall be test loaded in each area of uniform subsoil condi- tions. When required by the Building Official;additional piles shall be load tested if necessary to establish the safe design capacity. The resulting allowable load shall not be more than one-half of that test load which produces a permanent net settlement per ton of test load of not more than one hundredth (0.01) inch, but in no case more than three-fourths (3/) inch. In subsequent driving of the balance of foundation piles, all piles. shall be deemed to have a supporting capacity equal to the control pile when such piles are of the same type, size and relative length as the test pile, are installed using the same or comparable methods and equipment as 13-9 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - _._ ---AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER:__. _.......... .. ... ..... ... _... _...... ............. the test pile, are installed in similar subsoil conditions as the test pile and when the rate of penetration of such piles is equal to or less than that of the test pile through a comparable driving distance. 1304.5----USE OF HIGHER ALLOWABLE STRESSES Allowable stresses greater than those specified for each pile type in this article shall be permitted when supporting data justifying such higher stresses are filed with the Building Official. Such substantiating data shall include: 1. A foundation investigation in accordance with Section 1303.1. 2. Pile load tests in accordance with Section 1304.4 regardless of the load supported by the pile. The design and installation of the pile foundation shall be under the direct supervision of a registered professional engineer knowledgeable in the field of soil mechanics and pile foundations who shall certify to the Building Official that the piles as installed satisfy the design criteria. 1304.6—ALLOWABLE LATERAL LOAD When required by the design, the lateral load capacity of a single pile or a pile group shall be determined by an approved method of analysis or by lateral load tests to at least twice the proposed design working load. The resulting allowable load shall be not more than one-half (%) of that test load which produces a gross lateral movement of one inch at the ground surface. 1304.7—UPLIFT CAPACITY When required by the design, the uplift capacity of a single pile shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D-3689 or an approved method of •analysis based upon a minimum factor of safety of three. The maximum allowable uplift load shall be one-half (Y2) that load which produces an upward movement of the pile but equal to the gross elastic extension of the pile plus 0.1 inch. For pile groups subjected to uplift, the allowable work- ing uplift load for the group shall be the lesser of: 1. The proposed individual pile uplift working load times the number of piles in the group, or 2. Two-thirds (2/3) of the effective weight of the pile group and the soil contained within a block defined by the perimeter of the group and the length of the pile. 1304.8—BEARING CAPACITY Individual piles and groups of piles shall develop ultimate load capaci- ties of at least twice the design working loads in the designated bearing layers. Analysis shall show that no soil layer underlying the designated bearing layers causes the bearing capacity safety factor to be less than two (2). Copyright O 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESElg7.19essed b Bobb I ea e on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or Y Y'� & P B P , distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - ----- - -- --- --- --- - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT.'I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'I'HEREUNDER. 1304.9---BENT PILES The load carrying capacity of piles discovered to have a sharp or sweep- ing bend may be determined by an approved method of analysis or by load testing a representative pile. 1304.10—OVERLOADS ON PILES ... The maximum compressive load on any pile due to mislocation shall not exceed one hundred ten (1 10) percent of the allowable design load. SECTION 1305—STRUCTURAL STEEL PILES 1305.1MATERIALS ,—` Structural steel piles, steel pipe and fully welded steel piles fabricated from plates, shall conform to one of the following specifications: ASTM A 36—Structural Steel ASTM A 252—Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles ASTM A 283—Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plate of Structural Quality ASTM A 572---High Strength Low Alloy Columbium Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality ASTM A 588—High Strength Low Alloy Structural Steel with 50,000 psi Minimum Yield Point to 4 inch Thick. ASTM A 690—High Strength Low Alloy Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling for Use in Marine Environments. 1305.2—ALLOWABLE STRESSES The allowable design compressive stress shall not exceed twelve thou- sand six hundred (12,600) pounds per square inch except the allowable design stress may be increased up to 0.50 of the minimum specified yield strength of steel where substantiated by Section 1304.5. 1305.3—MINIMUM DIMENSIONS (a) H-PILES: Sections of H-Piles shalt comply with the following: (1) The flange projections shall not exceed 14 times the minimum thickness of metal in either the flange or the web and the flange widths shall be not less than 80 percent of the depth of the section. (2) The nominal depth in the direction of the web shall be not less than eight (8) inches. (3) Flanges and web shall have a minimum nominal thickness of three- eighths (3/a) inch. (b) STEEL PIPE PILES: Steel pipe piles driven open-ended shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less than ten(10)inches and a minimum wall thickness of not less than twenty-five hundredths(0.25)inch for diameters less than fourteen(14)inches and a minimum wall thickness of not less than three hundred seventy-five thousandths (0.375) inch for diameters fourteen (14) inches and over. Pipe of less wall thickness may be driven open-ended if a suitable cutting shoe is provided. 13-11 CopI dissttributioht n authorized.ANRIGHTS UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM ursuant to license OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreernent with ICC.No ACT AND THEE LICENSEion or AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SECTION 1306—CONCRETE FILLED STEEL PIPE AND TUBE PILES 1306.1—MATERIAL Steel pipe and tube piles shall conform to one of the following specifications: ASTM A 252—Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles ASTM A 283—Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates of Structural Quality Concrete shall conform to Section 1307.1(a). The maximum size coarse aggregate shall be three-quarters (3/) inch. 1306,2---ALLOWABLE STRESSES The allowable design compressive stress in the concrete shall not exceed 0.33 of the 28-day ultimate strength (f c). The allowable design compressive stress in the steel shall not exceed twelve thousand six hundred (12,600) psi except that the allowable design compressive stress may be increased up to 0.50 of the minimum specified yield strength of the steel where substan- tiated by Section 1304.5. 1306.3--MINIMUM DIMENSIONS Piles shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less than eight (8) inches and a minimum wall thickness in accordance with Section 1305.3(b) except that for mandrel-driven pipe piles the minimum wall thickness may be 0.10 inches. 1306.4—REINFORCEMENT Reinforcement steel shall conform to Section 1307.1(b). Reinforcement ` shall not be placed within one (1) inch of the steel casing. 1306.5—PLACING CONCRETE Placing concrete shall conform to Section 1307.1(c). SECTION 1307—CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILES 1307.1—GENERAL (a) MATERIAL: All concrete shall have twenty-eight (28) day ultimate compressive strength (f c) of not less than twenty-five hundred (2500) pounds per square inch. When concrete is placed through a funnel hopper at the top of the pile, the concrete mix shall be designed and proportioned so as to produce a cohesive workable mix having a slump of not less than four (4) and not more than six (6) inches. If concrete is to be pumped, the mix design including slump shall be adjusted to produce a pumpable concrete. (b) REINFORCEMENT: Except for steel dowels embedded five (5) feet or less in the pile and as provided in Section 1307.2 reinforcement when required shall be assembled and tied together and shall be placed in the pile as a unit before the reinforced portion of the pile is filled with concrete. (c) INSTALLATION: Concrete shall be placed in such a manner as to 13-12 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE , -._AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO.CIVIT..AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - ' insure the exclusion of any foreign matter and to secure a full sized shaft. Concrete shall not be placed through water except when tremie methods are approved by the Building Official. When depositing concrete from the top of the pile the concrete shall not be chuted directly into the pile but shall be poured in a rapid and continuous operation through a funnel hopper centered at the top of the pile. 1307.2 DRILLED OR AUGERED UNCASED PILES (a) ALLOWABLE STRESSES: The allowable design stress in the con- crete of drilled uncased piles shall not exceed thirty-three (33) percent of the 28-day ultimate compressive strength (f c). The allowable design stress in the concrete of augered cast-in-place piles shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the twenty-eight (28) day ultimate compressive strength (f c). (b) DIMENSIONS: The pile length shall not exceed thirty (30) times the average diameter. The minimum diameter shall be twelve (12) inches. (c) INSTALLATION: If pile shafts are formed through unstable soils and concrete is placed in an open drilled hole, a steel liner shall be inserted in the hole prior to placing concrete. If the steel liner is withdrawn during concreting, the level of concrete shall be maintained above the bottom of the liner a sufficient height to offset any hydrostatic or lateral soil pressure. If concrete is place by pumping through a hollow-stem auger, the auger shall not be permitted to rotate during withdrawal and shall be withdrawn in a steady continuous motion. Concreting pumping pressures shall be measured and shall be maintained high enough at all times to offset hydrostatic and lateral earth pressures. Concrete volumes shall be mea- sured to insure that the volume of concrete placed in each pile is equal to or greater than the theoretical volume of the hole created by the auger. If the installation process of any pile is interrupted or a loss of concreting pressure occurs, the pile shall be redrilled to original depth and reformed. Augered cast-in-place piles shall not be installed within six (6) pile diame- ters center--to-center of a- pile filled with concrete less than 24 hours old unless approved by the Building Official. if the concrete level in any com- pleted pile drops, the pile shall be rejected and replaced. (d) REINFORCEMENT: For piles installed with a hollow-stem auger, longitudinal steel reinforcement may be placed without lateral ties pro- vided it is placed through ducts in the auger prior to filling the pile with concrete. All pile reinforcement shall have a concrete cover of not less than two and one-half(2%2) inches. 1307.3—DRIVEN UNCASED PILES (a) ALLOWABLE STRESS: The allowable design stress in the concrete shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the twenty-eight (28) day ulti- mate compressive strength (f c) applied to a cross-sectional area not greater than the inside area of the drive casing or mandrel. (b) DIMENSIONS: The pile length shall not exceed thirty (30) times the average diameter. The minimum diameter shall be twelve (12) inches. 13-13 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Feague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or ; distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT'TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (c) INSTALLATION: Piles shall not be driven within six (6) pile diame- ters center-to-center in granular soils or within one-half (V2) the pile length in cohesive soils of a pile filled with concrete less than 48 hours old unless approved by the Building Official. If the concrete surface in any completed pile rises or drops, the pile shall be rejected and replaced. Piles shall not be installed in soils which could cause pile heave. (d) CONCRETE COVER: All pile reinforcement shall have a concrete cover of not less than two and one-half (2%2) inches measured from the inside face of the drive casing or mandrel. 1307.4 ENLARGED BASE PILES (a) MATERIALS: The maximum size for coarse aggregate for all con- crete shall be three quarter (3/) inch. Compacted concrete shall have a zero slump. (b) ALLOWABLE STRESS: The allowable design compressive stress in the concrete shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the twenty-eight (28) day ultimate strength (f'c) except that where the concrete is placed in a permanent steel casing the allowable concrete stress may be increased to 0.33 f e. (c) INSTALLATION: Enlarged bases formed either by compacting con- crete or driving a precast base shall be formed in or driven into granular soils. All piles shall be constructed in the same manner as successful proto- type test piles driven for. the project. Pile shafts extendin through peat or: -- - other organic soil shall be encased in a permanent steel casing. If a case shaft is used, it shall be adequately reinforced to resist column action or the annular space around the pile shaft shall be filled sufficiently to re- establish the lateral support of the soil. If pile heave occurs, the pile shall be rejected unless it can be demonstrated that the pile is undamaged and capable of carrying twice its design load. (d) BEARING CAPACITY: Pile bearing capacity shall be verified by load tests in accordance with Section 1304.4. (e) CONCRETE COVER: The minimum concrete cover shall be two and one-half (2%2) inches for uncased shafts and one (1) inch for cased shafts. 1307.5—STEEL CASED PILES (a) MATERIAL: Pile shells or casings shall be of steel and shall be sufficiently strong to resist collapse and sufficiently water tight to exclude any foreign materials during the placing of concrete. Steel shells shall have a sealed tip with a diameter of not less than eight (8) inches. (b) ALLOWABLE STRESSES: The allowable design compressive stress in the concrete shall not exceed thirty-three (33) percent of the twenty-eight (28) day ultimate compressive strength (f'c) except that the allowable con- crete stress may be increased to a maximum value of 0.40 f c for that por- tion of the pile meeting the following conditions: 1. The thickness of the steel shell is not less than No. 14 gage (0.068) inch min.). Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RES[;VE17.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - _ - - --AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.. 2. The shell is seamless or is provided with seams of strength equal to the basic material and is of a configuration which will provide confinement to the cast-in-place concrete. 3. The ratio of steel yield strength (fy) to design Pc shall be not less than six (6). 4. The nominal pile diameter is not greater than sixteen (16) inches. �. (c) INSTALLATION: Piles shall have steel shells mandrel-driven their full length in contact with the surrounding soil left permanently in place and filled with concrete. No pile shall be driven within four and one-half (41/2) average pile diameters of a pile filled with concrete less than twenty- four (24) hours old unless approved by the Building Official. Concrete shall not be placed in steel shells within heave range of driving;. (d) REINFORCEMENT: Reinforcement shall not be placed within one (1) inch of the steel shell. Reinforcing shall be considered necessary only for unsupported pile lengths or when the pile is designed to resist uplift or unbalanced lateral loads. SECTION 1308—PRECAST CONCRETE PILES 1308.1—GENERAL (a) DESIGN AND MANUFACTURE: All piles shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with accepted practice and to resist all stresses induced by handling, driving and service loads. The minimum lateral dimensions shall be ten (10) inches. All corners of square piles shall be chamfered. Longitudinal steel shall be arranged in a symetrical pattern and shall be laterally tied with steel ties or wire spiral spaced not more than three (3) inches apart, center-to-center for a distance of two (2) feet from the ends of the pile and not more than six (6) inches elsewhere except that at the ends of each pile the first five (5) ties or spirals shall be spaced one (1) inch center-to-center. (b) INSTALLATION: All piles shall be handled and driven so as not to cause injury or overstressing which will affect their durability or strength. 1308.2—REINFORCED PILES (a) DESIGN: The minimum amount of longitudinal reinforcement shall be two (2) percent of the concrete section and shall consist of at least four (4) bars. (b) MATERIAL: All concrete shall have a twenty-eight (28) day ulti- mate compressive strength (f'c) of not less than four thousand (4000) pounds per square inch. (c) ALLOWABLE STRESS: The allowable compressive stress in the concrete shall not exceed thirty-three (33) percent of the twenty-eight (28) day ultimate strength (f c) applied to the gross cross-sectional area of the pile. (d) CONCRETE COVER: All pile reinforcement shall have a concrete cover of not less than two (2) inches except that for piles exposed to sea- water, the minimum protective concrete cover shall be three (3) inches. (e) INSTALLATION: A precast concrete-pile shall not be driven before 13-15 Copyright 0 1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 15,2016 3:07:00 PM distribution a thou ed.ANY UNAUTHORI7 P REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on or _........._........ ..... ......... _._._ ..........._.AGREEMF,NT;RND 3USJF,CT TO-CIVIL'AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.... _._. the concrete has attained a compressive strength of at least three thousand (3000) pounds per square inch except that in all cases the concrete strength shall be sufficient to withstand handling and driving forces. 1308,3—PRESTRESSED PILES (a) DESIGN: The effective prestress in the pile shall be not less than seven hundred (700) pounds per square inch. (b) MATERIAL: Prestressing steel shall conform to the following specification: ASTM A 416—Specification for Uncoated Seven Wire Stress Relieved Strand for Prestressed Concrete. All concrete shall have a twenty-eight (28) day ultimate compressive strength (f'c) of not less than five thousand (5000) pounds per square inch. (c) ALLOWABLE STRESS: The maximum allowable design compres- sive stress (f'c) in concrete shall be determined as follows: fc =0.33 f c - 0.27 fps where fps is the effective prestress stress on the gross section. (d) INSTALLATION: A prestressed pile shall not be driven before the concrete has attained a compressive strength of at least four thousand (4000) pounds per square inch except that in all cases the concrete shall be of sufficient strength to withstand handling and driving forces. (e) CONCRETE COVER: All prestressing steel and pile reinforcement shall have a concrete cover of not less than two (2) inches except that for piles exposed to seawater, the minimum protective concrete cover shall be two and one-half(2%) inches. SECTION 1309--TIMBER PILES 1309.1—MATERIALS Timber piles shall conform to the following specification: ASTM D 25—Round Timber Piles 1309.2—PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT Timber piles used to support permanent structures shall be treated in accordance with this section unless it is established that the tops of untreated timber piles will be below lowest ground water level assumed to exist during the life of the structure. Preservative and minimum final retention shall be in accordance with AW PA Standard C-3. When timber piles are used in salt water, the treatment shall conform to AWPB Standard MPI, MP2, or MP4. Pile cut-offs shall be treated in accordance with American AWPA Standard M4. 1309.3----ALLOWABLE STRESSES The allowable stresses for treated round timber piles shall not exceed those set forth in Table 1309.3. 13-16 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 1 __ _ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. , TABLE 1309.3 ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES FOR TREATED ROUND TIMBER PILES, NORMAL LOAD DURATION--VALUES AT TIP OF PILE .. Compression Shear Comp. Modu[us Species Parallel to Bending Horiz. Perp, to of Grain psi' psia psi" Grain psi` Elasticity Pacific Coast Douglas Fir (1 ) 1250 2450 115 230 1,500,000 Southern Pine (1,2) 1200 2400 110 250 1 ,500,000 Red Oak (3) 1100 2450 135 350 1 ,250,000 Red Pine (5) 900 1900 85 155 1 ,280,000 NOTES 1. The allowable unit stresses in compression parallel to grain for Pacific Coast Douglas Fir and Southern Pine may be increased 0.2 percent for. each foot of length from the tip of the pile to the critical section. The increase shall not exceed 10 percent for any pile. The stress increase is cumulative with increase in section properties due to pile taper. 2. Southern Pine values apply to Longleaf, Slash, Loblolly, and Short Leaf Pines. 3. Red Oak values apply to Northern and Southern Red,Oak. 4. The working stresses in the above table have been adjusted to com- pensate for strength reductions due to conditioning prior to treatment. Where piles are air dried or kiln dried prior to pressure treatment, or where untreated piles are to be used, the above working stresses shall be increased by multiplying the tabulated values by the following factors: Pacific Coast Douglas Fir, Red Oak, Red Pine 1.11 Southern Pine 1.18 5. Red Pine values apply to Red Pine grown in the United States. 1309.4—END BEARING PILES Any sudden decrease in driving resistance of an end bearing timber pile shall be investigated with regard to the possibility of damage; and if the sudden decrease in driving resistance cannot be correlated to bearing data, the pile shall be removed for inspection or rejected. SECTION 1310--COMPOSITE PILES 1310.1—DESIGN Composite piles consisting of two (2) or more approved pile types shall be designed to meet the conditions of installation. 13-17 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or !_ distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _ -........... ........... ... ..... .. . AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1310.2—LIMITATION OF LOAD The maximum allowable load shall be limited by the capacity of the weakest section incorporated in the pile. 1310.3—SPLICES Splices between concrete section and steel or wood sections shall be designed to prevent separation of the sections both before and after the concrete portion has been set, and to insure the alignment and transmis- sion of the total pile load. Splices shall be designed to resist uplift due to upheaval during driving of adjacent piles and shall develop the full com- pressive strength and -not less than fifty (50) percent of the strength in tension and bending of the weaker section. SECTION 1311—CAISSON PILES 1311.1—CONSTRUCTION Caisson piles shall consi9t of a shaft section of concrete-filled pipe extending to bedrock with an uncased socket drilled into the bedrock and filled with concrete. The caisson pile shall have a full length structural steel core or a stub core installed in the rock socket and extending into the pipe portion a distance equal to the socket depth. 1311.2—DESIGN The depth of the rock socket shall be sufficient to develop the full load bearing capacity of the caisson pile with a minimum factor of safety of two (2) but the depth shall be not less than the outside diameter of the pipe. The design of the rock socket may be predicated on the sum of allowable bearing pressure on the bottom of the socket plus bond along the sides of the socket. The minimum outside diameter of the caisson pile shall be eighteen (18) inches and the diameter of the rock socket shall be approxi- mately equal to the inside diameter of the pipe. 1311.3—MATERIAL Pipe and steel cores shall conform to the material requirements in Sec- tion 1305. Pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness of three-eighths (3/8) inch and shall be fitted with a suitable steel driving shoe welded to the bottom of the pipe. All concrete shall have a twenty-eight (28) day com- pressive strength (f c) of not less than four thousand (4000) pounds per square inch. The concrete mix shall be designed and proportioned so as to produce a cohesive workable mix with a slump of from four (4) to six (6) inches. 1311.4—STRUCTURAL CORE The gross plan area of the structural steel core shall not exceed twenty- five (25) percent of the gross caisson section. The minimum clearance between the structural core and the pipe shall be two (2) inches. If cores are to be spliced, the ends shall be milled or ground to provide full contact and shall be full depth welded. 13-18 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1311.5—ALLOWABLE STRESSES The allowable design compressive stresses shall not exceed the following: concrete, 0.33 f c; steel pipe, 0.35 fy; structural steel core, 0.50 fy. 1311.6---INSTALLATION The rock socket and pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign �-- materials before filling with: concrete. Steel cores shall be bedded to cement grout at the base of the rock socket. Concrete shall not be placed through water except when tremie methods are approved by the Building Official. 13-19 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL,COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND - - SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ............_. .AGREEMENT,.AND.SASJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL.PENALTIES THEREUNDER. CHAPTER XIV MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1401---GENERAL (a) All masonry construction shall conform to the provisions of this chapter and other applicable sections of this Code. (b) in all cases masonry shall be of adequate thickness, strength and proportions to support all superimposed loads within the allowable work- ing stresses prescribed. (c) All masonry materials are required to meet the specifications as out- lined in Section 1402. If the Building Official has reason to doubt the materials meeting the applicable specification he may require tests on the materials. (d) Masonry units may be reused when clean, whole and conforming to the other requirements of this chapter, except that the allowable working stresses shall be fifty (50) percent of those permitted for new masonry units. Masonry units to be reused as structural units in areas subject to the action of the weather or soil shall not. be permitted unless representative samples are tested for compliance with the applicable requirements of Sec- tion 1402. (e) The: wall-.:thickness: and other specified .dimensions are nominal dimensions. The-:actual masonry o wall :dimensions may vary from the nominal dimensions.by not.more than one-half(%) inch. (f) Weepholes shall be provided at four (4) feet, on centers by omitting mortar in the vertical joints at the bottom course of the veneer: or at the lintels in multistory buildings. (g) A shield or insect barrier.shall be provided having openings or lou- vers one-sixteenth (1/ 16) inch or less which drains and dries the inner cavity but will retain poured insulation. (h) All brick masonry units, except hollow clay and shale brick, shall be laid with full head and bed joints and all interior vertical joints that are designed to receive mortar shall be filled. The average thickness of head and bed joints shall not exceed one-half(12) inch. SECTION 1402—MATERIALS 1402.1—BRICK Brick of clay, shale, concrete, or calcium silicate (sandlime) shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by ASTM Standards: ASTM C216 for solid clay and shale faced brick; ASTM C62 for solid clay and shale building brick; ASTM C902 for paving brick; ASTM C652 for clay and shale hollow brick; ASTM C55 for concrete brick; and ASTM C73 for calcium silicate brick. When in contact with the ground, such as foundation work, or when used in retaining walls, the brick shall be of at least Grade SW for clay or shale or sand-lime brick, or Grade S for concrete brick. When exposed to 14-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .: AGREEMENT;AND-SUBJECT TO"CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER: - - - the weather above ground the brick shall be of at least Grade M W for clay or shale or sand-lime brick, or Grade S for concrete brick. 1402.2—STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE Structural clay tile shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by ASTM Standards: Clay and shale load--bearing tile shall conform to "Spec- ifications for Structural Clay Load-Bearing Wall Tile, ASTM C34", or "Specifications for Structural Clay Facing Tile, ASTM C212"; clay and shale non-load-bearing tile shall conform to "Specifications for Structural Clay Non-Load-Bearing Tile, ASTM C56," or "Specifications for Struct- ural Clay Non-Load-Bearing Screen Tile, ASTM C530." 1402.3- -CERAMIC AND SALT GLAZED STRUCTURAL CLAY FACING TILE OR BRICK All glazed masonry building units shall conform to the applicable requirements for solid or hollow clay masonry units of Sections 1402.1 and 1402.2. 1402.4—HOLLOW AND SOLID CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (a) Hollow concrete masonry units shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by "Specifications for Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Mas- onry Units, ASTM C90.', or "Specifications for Solid Load-Bearing Con Crete Masonry Units, ASTM C 145", when used for bearing walls or piers or when in contact with the ground or exposed to the weather, or equal to "Specifications for Hollow Non-Load-Bearing Concrete -Masonry Units, ASTM C-129", when used for non-load-bearing purposes and not exposed to the weather. (b) Structural concrete filler-block or floor tile when included in strength calculations in ribbed floor construction shall have webs and shells not less than one inch thick, unless otherwise designed, and shall develop an aver- age compressive strength on the net area not less than that of the rib concrete. 1402.5—PLAIN CONCRETE Concrete that is either unreinforced or contains less reinforcement than the minimum amount specified for reinforced concrete (Chapter XVI) shall be classed as plain concrete. Plain concrete used for structural purposes shall conform to the requirements of Section 1602 and have a minimum compressive strength, fc of two thousand five hundred (2,500) psi. . 1402.E--NATURAL STONE Natural stone for masonry shall be sound and free from loose or friable inclusions; and shall meet the strength, fire resistance, durability, and res- istance to impact for the proposed use. The Building Official may require satisfactory written evidence to this effect. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESE4*-2,essed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or t distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1402.7—ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA AND CERAMIC VENEER All architectural terra cotta and ceramic veneer shall have a strong homogenous body and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section '1402.2. All units of the anchor type shall have the necessary anchor holes and shall be so formed as to engage properly with the sup- porting structure. All units of the adhesion type shall have keyed or scored �- back surfaces. 1402.8—STRUCTURAL GLASS BLOCK UNITS Structural glass block shall comply with the provisions of Section 1413. 1402.9---MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS, PROPORTIONS AND WORKABILITY (a) Mortar and its ingredients as delivered to the mason shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by "Standard Specifications for Mor- tar for Unit Masonry", ASTM C270, or "Standard Specifications for Mor- tar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry", ASTM C476. (b) Masonry cement shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by "Masonry Cement, ASTM C91". (c) The type of mortar delivered to the mason for any specific job shall be as required-in 1402.10. (d) Grout for non-reinforced and reinforced masonry shall conform to "Standard Specifications for Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry",. ASTM C476. (e) Where mortar type is determined in accordance with Table 1; the volume of aggregate in mortar shall be not less than two and one-fourth (21/) times but not more than three and one-half (3%2) times the volume of cementitious material. When mortar type is determined by proportions, the aggregate ratio shall comply with Table 2. (f) Gypsum mortar shall be composed of one (1) part unfibered calcined gypsum to not more than three (3) parts sand by weight. Only gypsum mortar shall be used with gypsum tile and block units. 14-3 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE - ........ -.-.-... ........... -...-.- ........- - - --AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1402.10—TYPES OF MORTAR REQUIRED Masonry shall be laid in mortar of the types specified in Tables 1, 2 and 3. TABLE 1 - TYPES OF MORTAR Minimum Compressive Strength' Type at 28 days, psi M 2500 S 1800 N 750 O 350 Average of three 2-inch cubes of laboratory prepared mixed mortar, in accordance with ASTM C270. "Standard Specifications for Mortar for Unit Masonry". TABLE 2 — MORTAR PROPORTIONS BY VOLUME* Portland Masonry Hydrated Lime Aggregate Measured in Mortar Cement Cement or Lime Putty Damp Loose Condition Type :: ; Cu. Ft. Cu. Ft. Cu. Ft. Cu. Ft. 1 None y2 M 1 1 None 1 None Over 1/ S to V2 Not less than 21/ and /2 1 None not more than 3 times the sum of the volumes 1 None Over y2 of cement and lime -- . N to 11/ used. None 1 None 1 None Over 11/ 0 to 2 y2 *For the purpose of these specifications, the weight of one (1) cubic foot .� of the respective materials used shall be considered to be as follows: Portland Cement......................................................................................94 pound's Masonry Cement...............................................................weight printed on bag HydratedLime............. . ............. ........................................................40 pounds Lime Putty (Quicklime)..........................................................................80 pounds Sand, damp and loose...................................................80 pounds of dry sand 4-4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RPSERVEll.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE y .............AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 3 -- TYPES OF MORTAR REQUIRED Type of Masonry Types of Mortar Permitted Foundations: (below grade masonry) Footings M or S Walls of Solid Units M, S or N Walls of Hollow Units M or S Hollow Walls M or S �- Masonry Other Than Foundation Masonry Piers of Solid Masonry M, S or N Piers of Hollow Units M or S Walls of Solid Masonry M, S, N or O Walls of Hollow Masonry M. S or N Hollow Walls and Cavity Walls (a) Design Wind Pressure Exceeds 20 psf. M or S (b) Design Wind Pressure 20 psf or less. M, S or N �- `Glass Block Masonry, M, S or N Non-Bearing Partition and Fireproofing M, S, N, O or Gypsum Fire Brick Refractory Air Setting - Mortar Masonry Other Than Above M, S or N 1402.11—CERAMIC TILE (a) Ceramic tile units shall be as defined in "Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile, TCA 137.1", and shall be of quality at least equal to "Standard Grade", graded and marked in conformance with that specification. (b) Ceramic tile set in cement mortar shall be installed in accordance with the following Standard Specifications with mortar mixes as specified therein for particular uses: Glazed Wall Tile, Ceramic Mosaic Tile, Quarry and Paver Tile Installed with Portland Cement Mortar--ANSI A 108.1. (c) Organic adhesives to be used in installing ceramic tile shall conform to requirements of "Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile, ANSI A 136.1". Installation of ceramic the with such adhesives shall con- 14-5 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - -- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. form to "Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed With Water-Resistant Organic Adhesives, ANSI A108.4". (d) Ceramic ,tile set in dry-set or latex-portland cement mortar shall be installed in accordance with "installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar, ANSI A- 108.5", and the dry-set mortar shall conform with requirements of Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar ANSI A118.1." The latex-portland cement mor- tar shall conform with requirements of "Latex-Portland Cement Mortar", ANSI A118.4. (e) Ceramic file set in epoxy shall be installed in accordance with "Ceramic Tile Installed With Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile- Setting and Grouting Epoxy, ANSI Ak08.6", and the epoxy shall conform with "Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and Grouting Epoxy, ANSI A 118.3." SECTION 1403--WORKING STRESSES 1403.1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (a) In determining the stresses in masonry, the effects of all loads and conditions of loading and the influence of all forces affecting the design and strength,of the several parts shall be taken into account. (b) The thickness of masonry walls shall be sufficient at all points to withstand all vertical and horizontal loads as specified in Chapter XII, Minimum Design Loads. (c) Stresses-shall be.calculated,on actual rather than nominal dimensions:. (d) The maximum allowable stresses in masonry shall not exceed those set out in this chapter, unless it can be determined by accepted engineering analysis that the design meets all safety requirements; see Section 1403.3, - = 1403.7 and 1411.1. 1403.2—WORKING STRESSES IN UNREINF'ORCED MASONRY Except as permitted in other sections of this Code, the compressive stresses in unreinforced masonry shall not exceed the values given in Table 4. 14-6 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .............A.GREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL,PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 4— ALLOWABLE COMPRESSIVE STRESSES IN UNIT MASONRY Allowable compressive stresses gross cross-sectional area Construction; grade of unit (except as noted) Type Type Type Type M S N O Mortar Mortar Mortar Mortar Solid masonry of brick and other solid units of clay or shale; sand-time or concrete brick; psi psi psi psi 8,000 plus, psi..................................... 400 350 300 200 4,500 to 8,000, psi............................. 250 225 200 150 2,500 to 4,500, psi............................. 175 160 140 110 1,500 to 2,500, psi............................. 125 115 100 75 Grouted` solid masonry of brick and other solid units of clay or shale; sand lime or concrete brick:;. 4,500 plus,.psi................................... 350 275 200 ....... 2,500 to 4,500, psi........................... 275 215 155 ....... 1,500 to 2,500, psi............................ 225 175 125 ....... Solid masonry of solid concrete masonry units: 1,800 plus, psi..................................... 175 160 140 100 1,200 to 1,800, psi............................. 125 115 100 75 Masonry of hollow units...................... 85 75 70 ....... Piers of hollow units, cellular spaces filled, as in Section 1405.6................................................... 105 95 90 ....... Hollow walls (cavity or masonry bondedf Solid units: 2,500, plus psi.................................... 140 130 110 ....... 1,500 to 2,500, psi............................ 100 90 80 ....... Hollow units........................................ 70 60 55 ....... 14-7 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or P distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ...... -_.... ...................... .. . .. - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 4 Continued Allowable compressive stresses gross cross-sectionalarea (except as noted) Construction; grade of unit Type Type Type Type M S N O Mortar Mortar Mortar Mortar Stone ashlar masonry: Granite......................... 800 720 640 500 Limestone or Marble ........................ 500 450 400 325 Sandstone or cast stone................. 400 360 320 250 Rubble stone, coursed, rough or random.............................. 140 120 100 80 'See Section 1410. 'On gross cross-sectional area of wall minus area of cavity between wythes (leaves). The allowable compressive stresses for cavity walls are based upon the assumption that the floor loads bear upon one (1) of the two (2) wythes. When hollow walls are loaded concentrically, the allowable stresses may be increased by twenty-five (25) percent. 1403.3—HIGHER WORKING STRESSES Higher stresses than herein specified may be used, but only if it is clearly established to the satisfaction of the Building Official, by test, or other approved evidence, that material of a higher grade or a superior workman- ship than is generally provided in accepted practice will be employed under approved inspection. The use of higher stresses, however, shall not be allowed until a statement, giving the reasons for such permission together with the facts and circumstances on which it is based, has been placed on file and made a part of the official record of the permit. 1403.4—ALLOWABLE STRESSES IN COMPOSITE WALLS In composite walls or other structural members composed of different kinds or grades of masonry units or mortars, the maximum stress shall not exceed the allowable stress for the weakest of the units and mortars of which the wall or member is composed. 1403.5—ALLOWABLE STRESSES IN PLAIN CONCRETE Unless designed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter XVI, structural members of plain concrete shall be proportioned for allowable stresses not to exceed twenty-five (25) percent for compression and three (3) percent for tension in extreme: fiber in flexure of the compressive, strength of the concrete. When the ratio of height to thickness exceeds ten (10), the percentage for compression stress shall be reduced proportion- 14-8 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE s! AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ately to eighteen (18) percent for a ratio of height to thickness of twenty (20). . 1403"6--CONCENTRATED LOADS (a) A fifty (50) percent increase in the allowable working-stresses shown in Table 4 shall be permitted for concentrated loads meeting the bearing requirements of Section 1409.3 where such loads are supported upon not less than a four (4) inch height of solid masonry units or hollow masonry units with the cells filled solidly with mortar or grout. The clear distance between the application of two (2) adjacent concentrated loads on a wall shall be not less than the sum of the widths of the bearings or bearing plates. (b) For piers and columns the bearing plate shall not exceed sixty (60) percent of the cross-sectional area of the pier or column and the resultant reaction of all 'vertical and horizontal loads shall fall within the middle one-third (113) of the member. (c) Concentrated loads shall not be considered as distributed in masonry laid in stacked bond unless one continuous one-quarter (1/) inch round reinforcing bar or its equivalent is placed in the horizontal bed joints for each four (4) inches of wall thickness and spaced not less than sixteen (16) inches on centers vertically. 1403.7= STRUCTURAL,ANALYSIS: OF UNREINFORCED �. MASONRY (a) Where wall thickness and lateral support requirements are deter- mined by a structural ianalysis based upon: accepted engineering practice, the requirements contained in Sections 1404 and 1405 may be waived. The Building Official may require a copy of the structural analysis by the archi- tect or engineer and he may require the designer or other qualified person to inspect the construction. (b) For brick masonry of solid masonry units made from clay or shale, the design and construction may conform to the provisions of "Building Code Requirements for Engineered Brick Masonry, BIA". (c) For concrete masonry units, the design and construction may con- form to the provisions of "Specification for the Design and Construction of Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry, NCMA" or Building Code Require- ments for Concrete Structures, ACI 531, with the exception of Chapter 12, Composite Masonry. SECTION 1404—WALL THICKNESS 1404.1--GENERAL The minimum thickness of all masonry bearing or non-bearing walls shall_ be sufficient to resist .or withstand all vertical or horizontal loads required by this Code and the fire-resistance requirements set out in Chap- ter X. (See Section 1403.7.) 14-9 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution I � t authorized.ANY UNAU FH„ORILEp REP L'$ODCPION-ORIIZS'FRZBU'FION �A-ZS VIOL N'ATIO OP'I'HE-FEDHRAL GOPYRIUH"I'AC'F THE HE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT -- - - ----- _--- TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1404.2--THICKNESS OF BEARING WALLS The minimum thickness of masonry bearing walls shall be at least twelve (12) inches in-thickness for the- uppermost thirty-five (35) feet of their height and shall be increased four (4) inches in thickness for each succes- sive thirty-five (35) feet or fraction thereof measured downward from the top of the wall. Exception: (a) Stiffened Walls: Where solid masonry bearing walls are stiffened at distances not greater than twelve (12) feet apart by masonry cross-walls or by reinforced concrete floors, they may be of twelve (12) inch thickness for the uppermost seventy (70) feet, measured downward from the top of the wall, and shall be increased four (4) inches in thickness for each successive seventy (70) feet or fraction thereof. (b) Top Story Walls: The top-story bearing wall of a building not exceeding thirty-five (35) feet in height may be of eight (8) inch thickness, provided the roof construction imparts no lateral thrust to the walls, and providing the walls meet lateral support requirements of Section 1405.1 or Appendix "D", whichever is applicable. (c) One-Story Walls: The walls of a one (1) story building may be not less than six (6) inches in thickness, provided the masonry units meet the minimum compressive strength requirements of two thousand five hundred (2,500) psi for the gross area and that the masonry be laid in Type M, S or N mortar. Exception: The walls of one (1) story single-family dwellings and p Avate garages may be not less than six (6) inches in thickness provided" the masonry units meet the minimum requirements of Section 1402 for mas- onry units and mortar. (d) Walls of Residence Buildings: in residence buildings not more than.. three (3) stories in height, walls other than coursed or rough or random rubble stone walls, may be of eight (8) inch thickness when not over thirty- five (35) feet in height, provided the roof is designed to impart no horizon- tal thrust. Such walls in one (1) story buildings or private garages may conform to exccption (c) above, and the provisions of Section 1405.1 (e) Penthouses and Roof Structures: Masonry walls above roof level, twelve (12) feet or less in height, enclosing stairways, machinery rooms, shafts, or penthouses, may be of eight (8) inch thickness and may be consi- dered as neither increasing the height nor requiring any increase in the thickness of the wall below. (f) Walls of Plain Concrete: Plain concrete walls may be two (2) inches less in thickness than required otherwise in this section but not less than - eight (8) inches except that they may be six (6) inches in thickness when meeting the provisions of exception (c) above. (g) Cavity Walls: Cavity walls shall not exceed thirty-five (35) feet in height. The cavity between wythes shall be not less than two,12) inches (actual) nor more than four (4) inches in width, and the minimum wythe thickness shall be not less than four(4) inches, except where three (3) inch 14-10 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT"I:O CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL RENALTIES'1'HEREUNDER. - thick wall wythes are specifically permitted. The backing wythe shall be at least as thick as the facing wythe. (See Section 1401.) 1. Where both the facing and backing wythes have a thickness of four (4) inches, the height of such cavity,walls shall not exceed twenty-five (25) feet. 2. Where both the facing and backing wythes are composed of solid masonry units, the wythes may be three (3) inches thick but the height of such cavity walls shall not exceed twenty (20) feet. (h) Masonry Bonded Hollow Walls: Masonry bonded hollow walls shall not exceed thirty-five (35) feet in height. The cavity between wythes shall not be less than two (2) inches (actual) nor more than four (4) inches in width,and the minimum wythe thickness shall not be less than three(3)inches The backing wythe shall be at least as thick as the facing wythe. (See Section v 1401.) (i) Composite or Faced Walls: Neither the height of faced (composite) wails nor the distance between lateral supports shall exceed that prescribed for the masonry of either of the types forming the facing or the backing. 0) Stone Walls: Rough or random or coursed rubble stone walls shall be four (4) inches thicker than required or solid masonry walls of the same - heighf, but in no case less than sixteen (16) inches in thickness. 1404.3--THICKNESS OF NON-BEARING WALLS (a) Exterior Non-Bearing- Walls.:Non-bearing exterior masonry walls may :be four (4) inches less.in thickrress�,,than required for-bearing walls but the thickness shall,be not' less than eight (8) inches except where six (6) inch walls are specifically permitted. (b) Exterior Panel, Apron or Spandrel Walls. Panel, apron or spandrel walls that do not exceed thirteen (13) feet in height above their support shall not be limited in thickness, provided they meet the fire-resistance requirements of Chapter X and are so anchored to the structural frame as to insure adequate lateral support and resistance to wind or other lateral forces (See Table 600). 1404.4—FOUNDATION WALLS See Section 1302.5. SECTION 1405 LATERAL SUPPORT 1405.1-EXTERIOR WALLS Exterior masonry walls, whether they be bearing or non-bearing shall be supported either horizontally or vertically at right angles to the face of the wall at intervals not exceeding those shown in Table 5 except that an addi- tional six (6) feet will be permitted for gables in residential structures and private garages that do not exceed one (1) story in height. (See Section 1403.7.) 14-11 Copyright 0 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 1-5,2016 3:07:00 PM on or distribution a thou ed.ANY UNAUTHORI7 P REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL - IMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 5 — H/ta LATERAL SUPPORT RATIOS FOR EXTERIOR MASONRY WALLSb Design Wind Pressure, psf* Wall Construction` 15 20 25 30 Grouted, Solid, or Filled Cell Masonry 26 22 20 18 Hollow Masonry, or Masonry Bonded Hollow Walks 23 20 18 16 Cavity Wallsd 20 18 16 15 a. h =clear height or length between lateral support. t = nominal wall thickness. b. h/t ratios required for wind pressures greater than 30 psf must be determined by an engineering analysis in accordance with the national design standards in Section 1403.7. c. All masonry units shall be laid in Type M, S or N mortar unless otherwise required (see Table 3). Where Type N mortar is used and the wall spans in the vertical direction, the ratios shall be reduced by 10 percent. 5 d. in computing the h/t ratio for cavity walls, "t" shall be the sum ofdhe nominal thicknesses of the inner and outer wythes. - *These wind pressures incldde shape-factors from Section 1205.' <- 1405.2—BEARING PARTITIONS Masonry bearing partitions shall be supported either vertically or horiz- ontally (whichever distance is the lesser) at right angles to the face of the wall at intervals not exceeding twenty-four (24) times the wall thickness for solid masonry units, and twenty (20) times the wall thickness for hollow masonry units when laid in Type M, S or N mortar. 1405.E—NON-BEARING PARTITIONS (a) Non-bearing partitions shall be supported either vertically or hori- zontally at right angles to the face of the walls at intervals not exceeding forty--five (45) times the nominal wall thickness exclusive of plaster. (See Section 1403.7.) 1405.4—METHOD OF SUPPORT (a) Lateral support shall be provided by intersecting walls, pilasters, columns, or other vertical members of sufficient .strength. to provide the required support when the distance between supports is measured horizon- tally; or by floors, roofs or other horizontal structural elements which are of sufficient strength to provide the required support when the distance between supports is measured vertically. (b) Sufficient bonding or anchorage shall be provided between the walls and its supports to resist the assumed wind or other horizontal forces act- ing either inward or outward. All structural elements relied upon for lat- i I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOL pursuant7 Used by Bobby Teague on Mai 1-5,2016 3:07:00 PM ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on of , ............. ................. ........... —-_ .................._ ...AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT-TO.CIVIL„AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ,. eral support shall have sufficient strength and stability to transfer the horizontal force acting in either direction to adjacent structural members or to the ground. When floors or roofs are depended upon for receiving horizontal forces, provisions>shall,be made in the buildings to transfer the lateral forces to the ground. (c) When horizontal structural elements of a building (such as floors, roof, spandrel beams) are depended upon for lateral support, vertical brac- ing of bearing or non-bearing walls shall also be provided at intervals of not more than seventy-five (75) times the wall thickness. Such vertical bracing may be provided by cross-walls, pilasters, buttresses or other equiv- alant structural members. 1405.5—PILASTERS When relied upon to provide the required lateral support, the width of pilasters shall be not less than one-tenth (I/ 10) the spaces between such pilasters. All pilasters shall be not less than four (4) inches thicker than the wall supported. In no case shall the distance between such pilasters exceed the lateral support provisions of Table 5. 1405.6—PIERS ~The unsupported height of masonry piers shall not exceed ten (10) times their least dimension. When structural clay tile or hollow concrete masonry units are used for isolated :piers to:support beams and girders; the cellular spaces sha-11= be filled.^:s.oiidly with=concrete'<or FType °M or ;S mortar;.except that unfilled hollow piers- may be-used-,if aheir unsupported height is, note more. than four (4) times their least dimension. When hollow masonry units are solidly+filled.:with concrete or Type°M. S or N mortar, the-allow- able compressive stress may be increased as provided for in Table 4. Hollow piers shall be capped with four (4) inches of solid masonry or concrete or shall have cavities of top course filled with concrete or grout or other methods approved by the Building Official. SECTION 1406---PARAPET WALLS 1406.1---GENERAL (a) Parapet walls may be of plain solid masonry, hollow masonry units, cavity wall design or reinforced masonry as provided in this section. (b) All parapet walls shall be properly coped with non-combustible, wea- therproof material of a width not less than the thickness of the parapet wall. (c) Proper flashings shall be installed in such a manner as to prevent moisture entering the wall through the joints in the coping. (d) There shall be placed in all parapet walls scuppers or relief openings as close as practical to each downspout of not less than four (4) to six (6) inches in size and spaced not-more than six (6) inches above the roofline unless the roof.is especially designed for water cooling, in which case the scuppers may be raised to provide for retaining the water. 14-13 I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, - AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. 1406.2—SOLID MASONRY AND HOLLOW MASONRY PARAPET WALLS Parapet walls of plain solid masonry construction shall be not less than eight (8) inches in thickness and their height shall not exceed four (4) times the nominal wall thickness. 1406.3---CAVITY WALL PARAPETS Cavity wall parapets may be used when the facing and backing are con- structed of solid masonry units and when they conform to all of the other requirements for cavity walls, except their height shall not exceed four. (4) times the combined nominal thickness of the facing and backing masonry units. 1406.4—REINFORCED MASONRY PARAPET WALLS Unless reinforced to withstand safely, wind loads to which they may be subjected, reinforced masonry parapet walls may be considered adequate if they conform to one of the following: (a) When solid masonry parapet walls are reinforced both horizontally and vertically with not less than one-quarter (1/) inch:rods spaced not more than two (2) feet on centers, the height shall be not more .than six (6) times the nominal wall thickness. (b) When scdid masonry parapet walls-are reinforced. both horizontal and vertically with a .minimum of one-quarter:(1/) .inch:,round rods homz- ontally on sixteen (16):inch centers and three-eighths (%) :inch round rods vertically on twenty-four (24) inch centers,-the height:shall:not-exceed eight (8) times the nominal wall thickness. SECTION 1407—BONDING 1407.1—GENERAL The facing and backing of masonry walls and partitions shall be bonded in such a manner to provide for common.action of the wythes of the mate- rial used. Bonding may be accomplished as outlined in .Section 1407.2, 1407.3, 1407.4, 1407.5, 1407.6, or 1407.7. 1407.2—BONDING WITH HEADERS When the facing and backing are bonded by means of masonry headers, no less than four (4) percent of the wall surface of each face shall be com- posed of headers extending not less than four (4) inches into the-backing. The distance between adjacent full length headers shall not exceed twenty- four (24) inches either vertically or horizontally. In walls in which a single header of course does not extend through the wall, bonders from the opposite sides shall lap at least four (4) inches, or bonders from opposite. sides shall lap at least four (4) inches, or bonders from opposite sides shall be covered with another bonder course overlapping the bonder below at least four (4) inches. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESEII,' 14ssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __-.- -- ....... .............................. AGREEMENT,AND SUBIECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1407.3—BONDING WITH METAL TIES (a) The facing and backing of solid or hollow masonry walls shall be bonded with corrosion-resistant three-sixteenths (3/ 16) inch diameter steel ties or metal wire of equivalent stiffness embedded in the horizontal mortar joints. There shall be one metal tie for not more than each four and one- half (4%) square feet of wall area. Ties in alternate courses shall not exceed twenty-four (24) inches and the maximum horizontal distance shall not exceed thirty-six (36) inches. The ends of ties shall be bent to ninety (90) degree angles to provide hooks not less than two (2) inches long or ties bent to a rectangular shape shall be used. Additional bonding ties shall be provided at all openings spaced not more than three (3) feet apart around the perimeter and within twelve (12) inches of the opening . Ties bent to a- rectangular shape shall be used with hollow masonry units laid with the �-- cells vertical. (b) The wythes of cavity walls shall be bonded as required in 1407.3(a) where the cavity does not exceed three and one-half (3%) inches in actual width. Where the cavity width exceeds three and one-half (3%) actual inches there shall be one metal tie for not more than each three (3) square feet of wall area. Ties bent to a rectangular shape shall be used with hollow masonry units and laid with the cells vertical. (c) In .non-reinforced masonry where units are laid in stack bond, con- tinnuous.steel bar or prefabricated joint reinforcement shall be corrosion resistant and embedded.in the horizontal .mortar beds, at vertical intervals not to exceed.sixteen (16) -inches. The longitudinal bars or wires of such reinforce.rnerit. shell,.be no#` less than<: hTo: nine (9) gage:and: at least one loiigitud€nal bar°or wire shall be'-provided for each six (6) inches of wall thickness or fraction thereof: (d) In,high-lift•grouted• double wythe construction,:individual wall ties. shall be of not less than nine(9) gage wire. Rectangular or Z shaped ties two (2) inches shorter than the overall wall thickness shall be used. Ties shall not contain kinks, bends, or water drips. The spacing of ties shall not exceed twenty-four (24) inches on center in the horizontal direction and sixteen (16) inches on center in the vertical direction, For_stack bond, the tie spacing shall not exceed twelve (12) inches on center in the vertical direction. Prefabricated joint reinforcement may be used as an alternate to individual metal ties in accordance with Section 1407.7. 1407.4—BONDING WITH HOLLOW MASONRY UNITS When two (2) or more hollow masonry units are used to make up a thickness of a wall, the inner and outer courses may be bonded at vertical intervals not exceeding thirty-four (34) inches by lapping at least four (4) inches over the units below, or by lapping with. units at least fifty (50) percent greater in width than the unit below at vertical intervals not exceeding seventeen (17) inches. 1407.5—ASHLAR, NATURAL OR CAST STONE (a) Construction: In ashlar masonry, bond stones uniformly distributed i 14-15 Copyright(,)1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 15,2016 3:07:00 PM distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on or . ... ... ... AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRZMINAZ;PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - shall be provided to the extent of not less than ten (10) percent of the area of exposed faces. Rubble stonemasonry twenty-four (24) inches or less in thickness shall have bond stones with a maximum spacing of three (3) feet vertically and three (3) feet horizontally and, if the masonry is of greater thickness than twenty-four (24) inches, shall have one bond stone for each six (6) square feet of wall surface on both sides. (b) Minimum Thickness: Store masonry walls shall not in any case have a minimum thickness of less than sixteen (16) inches. 1407.6—MASONRY BONDED HOLLOW WALLS (a) In masonry bonded hollow walls, the facing and backing shall be bonded so that not less than four (4) percent of the wall surface of each face is composed of masonry bonding units extending not less than three (3) inches into the backing. The distance between adjacent bonders shall not exceed twenty-four (24) inches either vertically or horizontally. (b) Where the bonding units have a compressive strength of four thou- sand five hundred (4,500) psi gross area, the facing and backing may be bonded so that not less than two (2) percent of the wall area is composed of bonders. 1407.7-BONDING WITH JOINT'REINFORCEMENT Prefabricated joint :reinforcement for banding masonry walls-.shall..,b. corrosion resistant and shall:have at aeast one No. 9, gage cross wire for; each two (2) square feet of wall area. The vertical.spacing of the .reinforce- ment shall not exceed sixteen (16) inches. The joint,reinforcement shall engage all wythes. SECTION 14.08—ANCHORAGE 1408.1—ENERAL All structural elements depending upon one another for continuity or support shall be securely anchored in such a manner as to resist all forces which might tend to separate the structural elements. It is particularly important that adequate anchorage be provided between the roof structure and load-bearing masonry walls to prevent the uplifting and subsequent separation of the roof from the masonry wall as the result of wind pressures. 1408.2—ROOF ANCHORAGE Roof structures shall be securely anchored to load-bearing masonry. walls. Anchorage shall be considered adequate if provided in one of the following manners or its equivalent: (a) Anchorage may be provided by one-half (y2) inch bolts extending a .minimum of fifteen (15) inches into the masonry and spaced not more than six (6) feet on centers. A steel plate having a minimum surface area of six (6) square inches shall be securely attached to the head of the bolt and completely embedded in the masonry. 6 '3 Copyright O t5sz ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER f44 ed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant Co License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or , distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECP'I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'I'HEREUNllER. '- (b) Where a continuous bond beam at least eight (8) inches deep and having a minimum continuous reinforcing of two-tenths (0.2) square inches is provided at the top of the wall, anchorage may be provided by one of the following methods: 1. Welding one-half (Y2) inch anchor bolts to longitudinal reinforcing. 2. Hooking tightly around the longitudinal reinforcing through one hundred eighty (180) degrees. With this type of anchorage, bolts need only extend into the wall a min- imum of six (6) inches. 1408.3—FLOOR ANCHORAGE (a) Wood floor joists or beams resting on masonry wails shall be anchored at intervals of not more than six (6) feet by approved metal fas- teners attached in a manner to be self-releasing. When joists are parallel to masonry, such walls shall be secured to three (3) or more joists by approved metal anchors at intervals of not more than six (6) feet. (b) Steel floor joists not supporting a concrete slab floor shall be anchored in a manner providing anchorage equivalent to that required for wood floor joists. Concrete slabs bearing on masonry walls shall be consid- ered to provide adequate anchorage .without additional anchorage. 1408.4—ANCHORING INTERSECTING WALLS AND PARTITIONS Masonry walls-. that :,meeV.-or.;intersect; shall be.. adequately bonded or anchored as follows.: (a) Intersecting bearing walls may be bonded either by laying a true bond of at least:fifty (50) percent of.the units at the intersection or by using corrosion-resistant metal ties embedded in the bed joints. When metal ties are used for such bonding, they shall be corrosion-resistant three-six- teenths (3/ 16) inch diameter steel rods bent to a rectangular shape and spaced at intervals not exceeding sixteen (16) inches vertically. They shall be placed in such a manner as to extend at least three (3) inches into each intersecting wall. (b) Non-bearing partitions, when intersecting walls or partitions, shall be anchored with metal ties or clips at least seven-eighths (7/8) inch wide and . not less than fifty-eight thousandths (0.058) inch galvanized steel at inter- vals of not more than thirty-two (32) inches vertically. . (c) Brick or tile facing against concrete shall be anchored to the concrete by the use of dovetailed anchors inserted in slots built into the concrete. Anchors shall be at least seven-eighths (%8) inch wide and not less than fifty-eight thousandths (0.058) inch galvanized steel. They shall be spaced not more than eighteen (18) inches vertically and twenty-four (24) inches horizontally. (d) Two (2) inch split furring and two (2) inch open back (split) the (soaps) shall be anchored to the backing with hardware cloth ties consist- ing of one half (1/2) inch mesh, No. 20 gauge galvanized iron fabric, at least four (4) inches wide and extending at least three (3) inches into the masonry and to within one-half (V2) inch of the face of the furring, or by 14-17 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Teague on Mar ts,2016 s:tn:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,'r AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER other approved ties. Ties shall be spaced not farther apart than twenty-four (24) inches vertically and thirty-six (36) inches horizontally. SECTION 1409—MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 1409.1—CHANGE IN WALL THICKNESS Except for permissable chases and recesses, walls shall not vary in thick- ness between their lateral supports. Where cavity walls or walls of hollow masonry units are decreased in thickness, a course of solid masonry not less than four (4) inches in thickness shall be interposed between the wall below and the thinner wall above, or the hollow units in the top course of the thicker wall shall be filled solidly with concrete or Type M, S or N mortar. 1409.2—CHASES (a) Chases in masonry walls shall not be deeper than one-third (1/3) the wall thickness, nor longer than four (4) feet horizontally, except that chases below windows may equal the width of the opening above. (b) No chase shall be cut or built in an eight (8) inch wall or within the required area of a pier, except that in buildings of residential occupancy not more than two (2) stories in height, chases not more than four (4) inches deep may be built in eight (8) inch walls. (c) Chases shall not be cut in cavity walls, hollow walls or walls of hol low units but, when permitted, maybe built in. 1409.3—SUPPORTED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS (a) When combustible structural members frame into walls of thick- nesses not greater than twelve (12) inches, they shall project not more than four (4) inches into the wall and shall be so spaced that the distance between embedded ends is not less than four (4) inches. The space above, below, and--between such members shall be filled solidly with burnt-clay materials, mortar, concrete, or equivalent fire-resistive material to a depth of not less than four (4) inches on all sides of the members. (b) Beams, joists, girders or other concentrated loads supported by a wall or pier shall have bearing at least four (4) inches in length upon solid masonry or upon a bearing plate of adequate design and dimensions to distribute safely the loads on the wall or pier and in no case shall the stresses be greater than allowed in Section 1403. 1409.4—SUPPORT ON WOOD Masonry shall not be supported on combustible construction, except that prefabricated partitions weighing not more than thirty (30) pounds per square foot, properly strapped or reinforced and provided with proper nailing devices for attachment may be supported on combustible construc- tion, provided the supporting construction has been designed to carry such loads. Concrete decks for roofs or floors may be supported on wood con- struction provided such decks and their supporting members have been designed in accordance with accepted engineering practices. When exposed JpA� Y Y fi PAgreement d st ibution a thou ed.ANY UNAUTHORIZ D RFE.��UCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOLATIONIOF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT IACT AND THE LICENSE'on of � AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. to the weather the wood supporting members shall be of approved wood of natural decay resistance or pressure treated wood or shall be separated from the concrete by the use of membrane covering. 1409.5—CORBELING The maximum horizontal projection of corbeling from the face of the wall from which it projects shall not exceed one-half (%) of the nominal wall thickness. Individual corbels or the maximum projection of one (1) unit shall not exceed one-half (y2) the height of the unit not one-third (1 J 3) its bed depth. For corbeling of chimneys see Section 803.1(b). 1409.E--ARCHES AND LINTELS The masonry above openings shall be supported by well buttressed arches or lintels of non combustible materials which shall bear on the wall at each end for not less than four (4) inches. In addition, the bearing area shall be sufficient to prevent a concentration of compressive stresses greater than those allowed in Table 4, Section 1403. 1409.7=COLD WEATHER CONSTRUCTION Masonry may be laid when the temperature of the-outside air,is below forty (40) degress F when protection_requirements are in compliance.with "Recommended .Practices.for Cold..Weather,Masonry..Construction", as published by the International.Masonry Industry All-Weather Council. 14098 WETTING`OF MASONRY UNITS` (a) Brick of clay or shale, at the time of laying, shall require wetting if the unit's initial rate of water absorption (suction) exceeds thirty-five thou- sandths (0.035) ounces per square inch when immersed flatwise in one- eighth (%g) inch of water for one minute in accordance with test procedures for initial rate of absorption in "Standard Method of Sampling and Test- ing Brick and Structural Clay Tile", ASTM C67. (b) Structural clay tile having absorptions (]-hour boil) of twelve (12) percent or more shall be wetted before laying. 1409.9—CONSTRUCTION PRECAUTIONS Except when carried independently by girders at each floor, a wall shall not be built up more than twenty-five (25) feet in height in advance of other walls of the building. Walls shall be adequately braced during erec- tion. Masonry walls in locations where they may be exposed to high winds during erection shall not be built higher than ten (10) times their thickness unless adequately braced or until provision is made for the prompt instal- lation of permanent bracing at the floor or roof level immediately above the story under construction. Back fill shall not be placed against founda- tion walls until they have been braced to withstand the horizontal pressure. 14-19 Copyright 1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 15,2016 3:07:00 PM I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on or - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1409.10—USE OF EXISTING WALLS (a) An existing masonry wall may be used in the alteration or extension of a building, provided that under the new conditions it meets the require- ments of this Code and is structurally sound or can be made so by rea- sonable repairs. (b) An existing wall shall not be used for the alteration or extension of a building, or increased in height without specific written permission from the Building Official. SECTION 1410--GROUTED AND FILLED-CELL MASONRY 1410.1—GENERAL Grouted and filled-cell masonry is a form of construction made with clay, shale or concrete units in which the interior vertical spaces are filled with grout. The interior vertical spaces shall consist of continuous cavity spaces between masonry wythes, or aligned, unobstructed vertical cells of hollow units. Grouted masonry shall conform to all requirements of Sec- tion 1401 to 1409 inclusive, except as modified by this Section. 1410.2—MORTAR AND GROUT (a) Mortar shall conform to "Specification for .Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C270." Grout shall conform to the applicable requirements of "Specifications for Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry. ASTM C476," or shall be Type M or Type S mortar to which sufficient water has been added to produce pouring consistency.' Mortar and grout for rein forced masonry shall be in accordance with ASTM C476 and Tables 6 and. 7. (b) Where the minimum continuous clear .openings of a grout space exceeds six (6) inches, it may be filled and treated as unreinforced monoli- thic concrete. 14-20 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ----- - -AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 6 — MORTAR PROPORTIONS BY VOLUME FOR REINFORCED MASONRY Portland Cement Hydrated Fine Aggregate Measured or Portland Masonry Lime or In a Damp,Loose Type blast- Cement Lime Party Condition Furnace Slag Cement PM 1 1 ---- 21/ to 3 times the sum of the volume of the cementitious PL 1 ---- 1/ to %2 materials TABLE 7 — GROUT PROPORTIONS BY VOLUME FOR REINFORCED MASONRY Portland, Cement Hydrated Aggregate Measured In a Damp, Type or Portland,: , Ume,or Loose Condition : . 131ast-Furnace ::.Lima Putty Slag Cement...=.• Fine Coarse Fine 1 0 to 1/10 21/to 3 times the sum ---- grout of the volume of the cementitious materials Coarse 1 0 to 1/10 21/to 3 times the sum 1 to 2 times the sum grout of the volume of the of the volumes of the cementitious cementitious materials materials 1410.3—BOND While all interior cavity spaces are filled with grout in double wythe construction, masonry headers shall not be used. Metal wall ties shall be used, in accordance with Section 1407.3, to prevent spreading of the wythes and to maintain the vertical alignment of the wall. 1410.4—CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS (a) Low-Lift Grouted Construction. All units in the two (2) outer wythe shall be laid with full head and bed joints. Only Type M or Type S mortar shall be used. Mortar shall not.protrude into spaces designed to be filled with grout. All longitudinal vertical (collar) joints to be grouted shall not 14-21 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CZVIZ,AND CRIMINAZ,PF.NAZ,TIF,S THEREUNDER. be less than three-fourths (3/) inch in thickness. In walls of three (3) or more wythes, interior masonry units shall be placed or floated in grout poured between-the two (2) outer wythes so that at least three-fourths (3/) inch of grout surrounds the sides and ends of each unit. in grout spaces less than two (2) inches in both horizontal dimensions, fine grout, as speci- fied in ASTM C476, shall be used. When such grout spaces are two. (2) inches or more in dimension, coarse or fine grout may be used. Metal ties and joint reinforcement, as required in Section 1407.3(a) or 1407.7, may be used to prevent spreading of the wythes. One (1) exterior wythesmay be carried up sixteen (16) inches before grouting, but the other exterior wythe shall be laid up and grouted in lifts not to exceed twelve (12) inches. Each pour of grout shall be stopped at least one and one-half (I1/2) inches below the top of the last course laid and rodded or puddled immediately after pouring. If the work is to be stopped for one (1) hour or longer, all masonry and grout shall be brought to the same level before stopping. (b) High-Lift Grouted Construction. In high-lift construction, the mas- onry shall consist of two (2) wythes with all units laid with full head and bed joints of either Type M or Type S mortar. The grout space (longitudi- nal vertical joint) shall be not less than two and one-half (21/2) inches in width. The two (2) wythes shall be tied together with metal ties. The ties shall be No. niAc (9) steel wire in the form of rectangles or Z shapes two (2) inches less in length than the overall wall thickness. The ties shall be placed not more than twenty-four (24) inches on center horizontally nor more than sixteen (16) inches vertically for walls laid in running bond. When stack bond is used, the vertical spacing of the ties shall not exceed hl'2) inches. Mortar fins and other foreign matter shall be removed from-the grout space prior to pouring grout. Vertical grout barriers or dams shall be built of solid masonry units across the grout space not more than twenty- 4 five (25) feet apart for the entire height of the wall to control flow of grout horizontally. The masonry walls shall cure at least three (3) days to gain strength before pouring or pumping the grout. Grout shall be placed by pumping or---by an approved alternate method, and no more than two (2) hours after water has been added. It shall be done in a continuous pour in lifts not exceeding four (4) feet and shall be consolidated by rodding, pud- dling or mechanical vibrating during placing and reconsolidated after excess moisture has been absorbed by the masonry, but before plasticity has been lost. Grouting of any section of wall between vertical grout barri- ers shall be completed in one day, with no interruptions greater than one (1) hour. Aluminum piping shall not be used to transfer grout. (c) Filled Cell Masonry. All filled cell masonry shall be built to preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the cells to be filled with grout. Units shall be laid with full face shell mortar beds. All head (end) joints shall be continuously filled with mortar for a distance from the face of the wall or unit not less than the thickness of the longitudinal face shells. Cross webs adjacent to vertical cores to be filled shall be fully bedded with mor- tar to prevent leakage of grout. Bond of masonry units shall be provided by lapping units in alternate courses or by equivalent mechanical anchor- age when units are laid in stack bond. All mortar fins or other obstructions or debris shall be removed from the insides of the cell walls. All cells to be 14-22 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFSERV ED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE I AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. filled shall be filled solidly with grout. Grout shall be poured or pumped in lifts of eight (8) feet maximum height, and shall be consolidated at time of pouring by rodding or vibrating, followed by reconsolidated later, before plasticity is lost. When total grout pour is to exceed eight`(8) feet in height, it shall be done in four (4) foot lifts. When grouting is to be stopped for one (I) hour or longer between lifts, horizontal construction joints shall be formed by stopping the pour one and one-half (IV2) inches below the top of the uppermost unit. SECTION 1411 — REINFORCED MASONRY (a) Reinforced masonry shall conform to the provisions of `Building Code Requirements for reinforced masonry, ANSI A41.2 (Handbook 74), or (b) Reinforced solid brick masonry shall conform to the provisions of - Building Code Requirements for Engineered Brick Masonry, BIA, or (c) Reinforced concrete masonry shall conform to the provisions of "specifications for the design and construction of load-bearing concrete masonry", NCMA or Building Code. Requirements for concrete masonry structures, ACI 531. SECTION 1412 — REINFORCED GYPSUM CONCRETE (a) Reinforced Poured Gypsum Concrete shall conform to the require- ments of"Specificati:ons for Gypsum Concrete, ASTM C317". (b) T.heAesigp/and:applicatlon:Gf-reinforced gypsum concrete shall�be` n accordance with the requirements. of "Specifications for Reinforced Gyp- sum Concrete, ANSI A59.I". (c) A competent inspector, satisfactory to the Building Official, shall be present on .the work at all times when cast-in-place gypsum concrete is being mixed or deposited. SECTION 1413 -- STRUCTURAL GLASS BLOCK 1413.1--WHERE PERMITTED Masonry of glass blocks may be used in non-load-bearing exterior or interior walls and in openings which might otherwise be filled with win- dows, either isolated or in continuous bands, provided the glass block pan- els have a thickness of not less than three and one-half (31/) inches at the mortar joint and the mortared surfaces of the blocks are satisfactorily treated for mortar bonding. 1413.2----SIZE OF PANELS Glass block panels for exterior walls shall not exceed one hundred forty- four (144) square feet of unsupported wall surface nor twenty-five (25) feet in length nor twenty (20) feet in height between supports. For interior walls, glass block panels shall .not exceed two hundred fifty {250) square feet of unsupported area nor twenty-five (25) feet in one direction between supports. 14-23 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ....... ............ ............... ............. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC-E TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1413.3—REINFORCEMENT OF EXTERIOR PANELS (a) Anchorage: Exterior glass block panels. shall be held in place in the ',resist both-,external and internal pressures due too wind. wall opening.to Panels shall be set in recesses at the jambs and, for panels exceeding ten (10) feet in horizontal dimension between supports, at the head as well, so as to provide a bearing surface at least one (1) inch wide along the panel edges; except that when approved by the Building Official for panels not exceeding one hundred (100) square feet in area not ten (10) feet in either horizontal or vertical dimension, and situated four (4) stories or less, anchorage may be provided by means of non-corrodible perforated metal strips. (b) Placing Reinforcement: Glass block panels shall have reinforcement in the horizontal mortar joints, extending from end to end of mortar joints, but not across expansion joints, with any unavoidable joints spliced by lapping the reinforcement not less than six (6)_inches. The reinforce- ment shall be spaced not more than two (2) feet apart vertically. In addi- tion reinforcements shall be placed in the joint immediately below and above any openings within a panel. The reinforcement shall consist of two (2) parallel, longitudinal, galvanized steel wires. No. 9 gage or larger, spaced two (2) inches apart, and having welded thereto No. 14 or heavier gauge cross wires at intervals not exceeding eight (8) inches, or the equiva- lent approved by the Building Official. z. 1413.4—MORTAR Glass block shall be laid in Type M, S or N mortar. Both vertical and horizontal mortar joints shall be at least one-quarter (1/) inch and not .; more than three-eighths (3/8) inch thick and shall be completely filled. 1413.5—EXPANSION JOINTS Every exterior glass block panel shall be provided with expansion joints at the sides and top. Expansion joints shall be entirely free of mortar, and shall be filled with resilient material. SECTION 1414—VENEERED WALLS 1414.1—GENERAL (a) Veneer as used in this section refers to a facing of brick, tile, con- crete, masonry units, metal, including metal coated with porcelain enamel, glass, wood or similar material securely attached to a wall for the purpose of providing ornamentation, protection, or insulation but not so bonded as to exert a common reaction under load. (b) Veneer shall not be assumed as supporting any load other than its own weight, neither shall it be assumed to add to the strength of the wall. (c) Exterior veneer shall not be attached to wood at any point more than twenty (20) feet above the.adjacent ground elevation. See Section 1414.5. (d) See Section 608.3 for exterior wood veneer. I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERV Ell.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1414.2---VENEER OF STRUCTURAL MASONRY UNITS Veneer of structural masonry units shall apply to. all veneer composed of units meeting the physical requirements of this Chapter, set in mortar and not less than one and five-eighths (] ) inches in actual thickness for solid masonry units, and not less than three (3) inches in actual thickness for hollow masonry units. 1414.3—SUPPORT OF VENEER OF MASONRY UNITS The weight of all masonry veneer one and five-eighths (1%) inches or greater in actual thickness shall be supported upon footings, foundation walls or other approved non-combustible structural supports. �--f 1414.4—ANCHORAGE OF VENEER OF MASONRY UNITS (a) All masonry veneer one and five-eighths (1%) inches or greater in actual thickness shall be attached to the supporting wall either by headers as provided in Section 1407.2, or with corrosion-resistant metal ties or other approved methods. (b) Veneer. ties, .if of strand wire, shall be not less than No. 6 W. & M. gage wire with the end of the wire bent to a ninety(90) degree angle to form a hook not less than two (2) inches long embedded in the mortar joint. Veneer ties, if of corrugated-sheet metal,shall,be not less than thirty .thousandths (0.030) inch. Each:metal tie.shall support not more than three (3) square feet of:walk area,-and; shall-,not be spaced farther apart than: sixteen (16)4nche vertically:<and°tlnrty=twn (32) inches horizontally. 4414.5— HEIGHT OPMENEER:OF MASONRY U.NiTS. Masonry veneer one and five-eighths(I%) inches or greater in thickness, unless.otherwise designed, shall not be attached to wood framing at any point more than twenty (20) feet above the foundation, except in gables. Such veneer attached to masonry walls shall not exceed thirty-five (35) feet in height above approved supports. 1414.6—VENEER OF NON-STRUCTURAL UNITS Veneer of non-structural units shall apply to all veneer less than one and five-eighths (1%) inches in thickness and the units shall not be assumed to support any superimposed loads. 1414.7—ANCHORAGE GENERAL Non-structural materials used as veneer shall be anchored to the sup- porting wall by corrosion-resistant metal ties not less in thickness than No. 9 W. & M. gage wire, and spaced not more than twelve (12) inches apart both horizontally and vertically or by other approved devices or methods. Such attachments and their supports shall be capable of resisting a hori- zontal force equal to the wind loads specified in this Code, but in no case less than twenty (20) pounds per square foot. 1.4-25 .Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM rsuant to 1 distribution a authorized.AN Copyright © YUNAUTHORIZEDRIGHTS u REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL g reenient with ICC.No further reproduction COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE Z,CE ENSEAGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 1414.8—ADHESION TYPE ANCHORAGE (a) Material: Approved units or units less than one and five-eighths (1%) inches in thickness of flat tile, stone or adhesion type architectural terra Gotta manufactured with keyed or scored back surface may be cemented to a masonry or concrete wall or to exterior portland cement mortar on high rib metal lath with a Type M or S mortar provided the mortar bond is sufficient to withstand a shearing stress of fifty (50) pounds per square inch after curing for twenty-eight (28) days. An individual unit so attached shall not exceed thirty (30) inches in any one dimension and shall not have more than five hundred and forty (540) square inches of superficial face area. (b) Installation: Just before setting, each piece shall be soaked in clean water for one hour or more and the surface of the backing wall shall be saturated with water applied through a hose nozzle at a pressure of at least twenty-five (25) pounds per square inch. A brush coat of neat portland cement and water shall then be applied both to the backing and the back side of the veneer. The mortar shall average three-quarter (3/) inch in thickness. One-half of the mortar, three-eighths (3/) inch, shall be applied to the veneer unit and half to backing just prior to setting. Pieces disturbed after having been tapped into place shall be removed immediately, after which additional mortor shall be applied as required above and the piece reset. 1414.9—METAL VENEERS (a) Material: Metal veneers that are exposed .to the weather shall be,..of corrosion resistant metal,.or metal hovered.front and;back with porc etxn, enamel or given other approved treatment or coating to render ti". corrosion-resistant. (b) Attachment: Exterior metal veneer shall be securely attached to the supporting masonry or framing members. with corrosion-resistant fasten- ings, metal ties or by other approved devices or methods. The spacing of the fastenings or ties shall not exceed twenty-four (24) inches either verti- cally or horizontally, except where wider spacing is deemed adequate and specifically approved by the Building Official; but where units exceed four (4) square feet in area there shall be not less than four attachments per unit. The metal attachments shall have a cross-sectional area not less than provided by No. 9 W. & M. gage wire (0.0173) square inch. Such attach- ments and their supports shall be capable of resisting a horizontal force equal to the wind loads specified in this Code, but in no case less than twenty (20) pounds per square foot. (c) Supports: Metal supports for exterior metal veneer shall be protected by painting, galvanizing, or by other approved equivalent coating or treatment. Wood studs, furring strips, or other wood supports for exterior metal veneer shall be pressure-treated with an approved preservative or otherwise protected against decay in the approved manner. (d) Protection: All joints and edges in metal veneer that are exposed to the weather shall be caulked or painted with approved durable waterproof- ing material, or shall be`protected by other approved means to`prevent penetration of moisture. Masonry backup shall not be required for metal veneer except as is 14-26 distributioht n authorized.ANY RIGHTS UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM pursuant to License gCOPYRIGHT reernent with IACT AND THCC.No eE LICENSEion or AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL,PENALTIES THEREUNDER. necessary to meet the fire-resistance requirements of this Code. (e) Grounding Metal Veneers: Metal veneers fastened to supporting ele- ments which are not a part of the grounded metal framing of a building shall be made electrically continuous by contact or interconnection of indi- vidual units and shall be effectively grounded. The conductor used to ground the veneer shall have no greater resistance than the conductor used to ground the electrical system within the building. Where a metal veneer is applied to a building with no electrical wiring system, grounding shall be required only if determined to be necessary by the Building Official. 1414.10—GLASS VENEER (a) Area: The area of a single section of thin exterior structural glass veneer shall not exceed ten (10) square feet where not more than fifteen (15) feet above the level of the sidewalk or grade level directly below, and shall not exceed six (6) square feet where more than fifteen (15) feet above that level. (b) Length or. Height: The length or-height. of any section of thin exterior structural glass veneer shall not exceed forty-eight (48) inches. (c) Thickness: The thickness of thin exterior structural glass veneer shalt - be not less than eleven thirty-seconds (11/32) inch. 1414.11---�ATTACHMENT' Thin exterior. structural.glass. veneer shall be set only after backing is thoroughly dry, a.nd.after appllcatlon .of an approved bond"coat applied - uniformly:over°the entire=surface of the:backing so as to effectively seal the surface. Glass- shall :be set in place with an approved mastic cement in sufficient quantity.so that at least fifty(50) percent of the area of each glass unit is directly bonded to the backing by mastic not less than one-quarter (1/) inch thick and not more than_five-eighths (%) inch thick. Bond coat and mastic shall :preferably be from the same manufacturer and shall bond firmly together. 1414.12—GLASS AT SIDEWALK LINE Where glass extends to sidewalk surface, each section shall rest in an approved metal moulding, and set at least one-quarter (1/4) inch above the highest point of the sidewalk. The space between the moulding and the sidewalk shall be thoroughly caulked and made watertight. 1414,13—JOINTS (a) Abutting Edges: Unless otherwise specifically approved by the Build- ing Official, all abutting edges of thin exterior structural glass veneer shall be ground square. Mitered joints shall not be used except when specifically approved for wide angles. (b) Treatment of Joints: All joints shall be uniformly buttered with an approved jointing compound and all horizontal joints shall be held to not less than one-sixteenth (1/ 16) inch by an approved non-rigid substance or device. 14-27 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Feague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OP THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND S' - ... U$�Jp,C`C LO CIVIL CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (c) Expansion Joints: Where thin exterior structural glass veneer abuts non-resilient material at sides or top, expansion joints not less than one- quarter (1/) inch wide shall be provided. 1414.14—SHELF ANGLES When thin exterior structural glass veneer is installed above the level of the top of a bulkhead facing, or at a level more than thirty-six (36) inches above the sidewalk level, the mastic cement binding shall be supplemented with approved non-ferrous metal shelf angles located in the horizontal joints in every course. Such shelf angles shall be of not less than eighteen (18) Manufacturer's gauge and not less than two (2) inches in length, and shall be spaced at approved intervals, with not less than two (2) angles for each glass unit. Shelf angles shall be secured to the wall or backing with expansion bolts, toggle bolts, or by other approved methods. 1414.15—MECHANICAL FASTENINGS (a) All thin exterior structural glass veneer installed above the level of the heads of show windows and all such veneer installed more than twelve (12) feet above sidewalk level, shall, in addition to the mastic cement and shelf angles, be held in place by the use of approved fastenings at each vertical or horizontal edge, or at the four (4)corners of each glass unit. (b) Attachment to Backing: Fastenings shad be secured to the wall or backing with expansion bolts, toggle bolts; or by other approved:methods. (c) .Type and .Design: Fastenings shall be .of approved type and be so designed as to hold the glass veneer in.a vertical plane independently of the 71 mastic cement. Shelf angles providing both support and fastenings maybe used. 1414.16—FLASHING Exposed edges of thin exterior structural glass veneer shall be flashed with over-lapping corrosion-resistant metal flashing and caulked with a waterproof compound in an approved manner to effectively prevent the entrance of moisture between the glass veneer and the backing. 14-28 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of ; distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ---- ---- - - --- ...... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - -- - - - - -- --- - ......................................... CHAPTER XV STEEL CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1501—GENERAL The quality, design, fabrication and erection of steel and iron used struc- turally in buildings or structures shall conform to the provisions of Sec- tions 1502 through 1509 of this chapter and Chapter XXX. SECTION 1.502—STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION The design, fabrication and erection of structural steel for buildings shall conform to the requirements of "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" of American Institute of Steel Construction. SECTION 1503—COLD-FORMED STEEL CONSTRUCTION The design, fabrication and erection of cold-formed steel construction shall conform to the "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members" of American Iron and Steel. Institute.. All individual structural members and assembled panels of cold-formed steel construction, except where fabricated of approved corrosion-resistive steel or of steel having corrosion-resistive metallic or other approved coat- ing;: shall be protected against corrosion with an acceptable shop coat of paint, enamel, or:other-approved: protection. SECTION 1504'"COLD FORMED.STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION The design, fabrication and, erection of cold-formed stainless steel con- struction shall conform to the "Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed. Stainless Steel. Structural Members" of American Iron and Steel Institute. SECTION 1505—OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST CONSTRUCTION The design, fabrication and erection of open web steel joist construction shall comply with the following specifications: "Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, H-Series" adopted by American Institute of Steel Construction and Steel Joist Institute. "Standard Specifications for Longspan Steel Joists, LH-Series, and Deep Longspan Steel Joists, DLH-Series" adopted by American Institute of Steel Construction and Steel Joist Institute. "Standard Specifications for Joist Girders" adopted by Steel Joist Institute. SECTION 1606—STRUCTURAL STEEL CABLES The design, deflection, connections, protective coatings, fabrication, erection and inspection of building construction utilizing steel cables shall IS-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or -. I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. conform to the "Criteria for Structural Application of Steel Cables for Buildings" of American Iron and Steel Institute. SECTION 1507—WELDING Details of design, workmanship and technique for welding, inspection of welding, and qualification of welding operators shall conform to the fol- lowing specifications: "Structural Welding Code" by American Welding Society. "Specifications for Welding Sheet Steel in Buildings" by American Welding Society. SECTION 1508—HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS The design and assembly of structural joints and connections using high strength steel bolts shall conform to the "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts" approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineer- ing Foundation. SECTION 1509--MATERIAL STANDARDS Steel for structural applications in buildings shall conform to the "Stan- dard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet .Piling, and Bars for Structural Use," ANSIJASTM Ab by American Society for Testing and Materials. 15-2 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .........._ ....._.. __..... ................_ ._........ _....A:GREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER: CHAPTER XVI CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1601—GENERAL All structures of reinforced concrete, including prestressed concrete, shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, ACI 318". Structural members of plain concrete shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of "Building Code Requirements for Structural Plain Concrete", AC1 322. Concrete that is either unreinforced or contains less reinforcement than the minimum amount specified for reinforced concrete shall be classified as plain concrete. SECTION 1602—CONCRETE QUALITY 1602.1—GENERAL (a) Concrete shall be proportioned and produced to provide an average compressive strength sufficiently high to minimize the frequency of strength tests below the value of the specified compressive strength of the concrete, f'c`See Section 1602.2(b)1. -(b) Requirements for f, shall be based on tests of cylinders made and tested in accordance.with ASTM methods as prescribed in Section 1602.2 . and 1602.3. (c) Unless other.wise°-specified,. VC shall be based on 28-day tests. For high-early strength concrete, the test age for f'c shall be as indicated in the plans or specifications. 1602.2—SELECTION OF CONCRETE PROPORTIONS (a) Proportions of ingredients for concrete shall be established on the basis of paragraphs (b) through (h) of this section to provide; 1. Conformance with the strength test requirements of Section 1602.3. 2. Adequate workability and proper consistency to permit the concrete to be worked readily into the forms and around reinforcement under the conditions of placement to be employed, without excessive segregation or bleeding. 3. Resistance to freezing and thawing and other aggressive actions,where required. The criteria of paragraphs (b) through (d) of this Section are solely for the purpose of establishing required mixture proportions and do not con- stitute a basis for conforming the adequacy of concrete strength, which is covered in Section 1602.3. (b) Except as permitted in Paragraph (d) or required by Paragraphs(e), (f) .or (g) of this Section, proportions, including water-cement ratio, shall be established on the basis either of laboratory trial batches or of field experience with the materials to be employed. The proportions shall be selected to produce an average strength at the designated test age exceed- 16-1 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE ....__-AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT"T`O-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES T'HERCUN)EII.-. ing f, by the amount indicated below, when both air content and slump are the maximums permitted by the specifications. 1. Where the concrete production facility has a record, based on at least thirty (30) consecutive strength tests representing similar materials and conditions to those expected, the strength used as the basis for select- ing proportions shall exceed the required f,- by at least: 400 psi if the standard deviation is less than 300 psi 550 psi if the standard deviation is 300 to 400 psi 700 psi if the standard deviation is 400 to 500 psi 900 psi if the standard deviation is 500 to 600 psi Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESTA—Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ..AGREEMENT,ANDSUBSECT.TO.CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL.PENALTIES.THEREUNDER.-. ....... ............... ............... ................ ............ ............... .. .... TABLE 1602.2A -- MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE. WATER-CEMENT RATIOS AND MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENTS FOR CONCRETE (WHEN STRENGTH DATA FROM TRIAL BATCHES OR FIELD EXPERIENCE ,ARE NOT AVAILABLE) Maximum permissible water-cement ratio Minimum Specified sks. cement Non-air-entrained concrete Air-entrained concrete compressive strength per cu. yd, .f.'psi* concrete Absolute ratio U.S. gal. per 94-lb. Absolute ratio U.S. gal. per 94-lb. �. by weight bag of cement by weight bag of cement a 2500 5 0.65 7.3 0.54 6.1 3000 51/2 0.58 6.6 0.46 5,2 3500 6 0.51 5.8 0.40 4.5 4000 6%2 0.44 5.0 0.35 4.0 4500 7 0.38 4.3 0.30 3.4 5000 7% 0.31 3.5 ** ** *28-day strengths for cements meeting strength limits of ASTM C150 Type i, IA, li or IIA and 7-day strengths for Type III and IIIA; with most materials, the water-cement ratios and cement contents shown will provide average strengths greater than indicated in Section 1602.2(b) as being required. **For strengths above 4500 psi with air-entrained concrete, proportions should be selected by the methods of Sections 1602,2(b) and (c). i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zota s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR I DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Strength data for determining standard deviation shall be considered to comply with the foregoing stipulations if they represent either a group of at least thirty (30),,consecutive tests or the statistical average for two groups totaling thirty (30) or more tests.. The tests used to establish standard devi- ation shall represent concrete produced to meet a specified strength or strengths within one thousand (1,000) psi of that specified for the proposed work. Changes in materials and proportions within the population of background tests shall not have been more closely restricted than they will be for the proposed work. 2. If the standard deviation exceeds six hundred (600) psi or if a suit- able record of strength test performance is not available, proportions shall be selected to produce an average strength at least twelve hundred (1,200) psi greater than the required Pc. Using the methods of "Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Com- pression Test Results of Field Concrete (ACI 214)", the amount by which the average strength must exceed f'c may be reduced to an appropriate level below twelve hundred (1,200) psi after sufficient test data become available from the job to indicate that, at the lower average strength, the probable frequency of tests more than five hundred (500) psi below f c will not exceed 1 in 100 and that the probable frequency of an average of three (3) consecutive tests below f c will not exceed I in 100. (c) When laboratory trial batches are used as the basis for selectingcon- crete proportions, strength tests shall be:made in accordance with "Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete 'Cylinders" (ASTlv1 C39) on specimens prepared in accordance with "Method .of Making'and Curing Test Specimens in the Laboratory" (ASTM C 192). A curve shall be 41. ;. established showing the relationship between water-cement ratio (or ce- ment content) and compressive strength. The curve shall be based on at least three points representing batches which produce strengths above and below that required. Each point shall represent the average of at least three specimens tested-at twenty-eight (28) days or the earlier age designated. The maximum permissible water-cement ratio (or minimum cement con- tent) for the concrete to be used in the structure shall be that shown by the curve to produce the average strength indicated in Paragraph (b) unless a lower water-cement ratio or higher strength is required by Paragraphs (e), (f), or (g) of this Section. (d) If suitable data from trial batches or field experience cannot be obtained, permission may be granted to base concrete proportions on the water-cement ratios and cement factors shown in Table 1602.2A. This table shall be used only for concrete to be made with cements meet- ing the strength requirements for Type 1, Type I1, or Type III, or, for - air-entrained concrete only, Type IA, Type IIA, or Type IIIA of "Specifi- cation for Portland Cement" (ASTM C 150), and shall not be applied to concrete containing lightweight aggregates or admixtures other than those for entraining air. Application of this.method for estimating proportions does not remove the requirement to meet compressive strength test criteria of Section 1602.3 and the water-cement ratio limits of Paragraphs (e), (f) and (g) of Section 1602.2. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESET -Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ; --- - -- ---AGREEMENT,.ANDSUBJF.CT.TQ CIVIL AND.CRIMINAI.PENALTIES THEREUNDER, .................... - (e) Concrete that, after curing, will be subject to freezing temperatures while wet shall contain entrained air within the limits of Table 1602.213. For such concrete made with normal weight aggregate, the water-cement ratio shall not exceed fifty-three hundredths (0.53) by weight. When the concrete is made with lightweight aggregate, the specified compressive strength of f'c shall be at least three thousand (3,000) psi. TABLE 1602.213—CONCRETE AIR CONTENT FOR VARIOUS SIZES OF CONCRETE AGGREGATE Nominal maximum size of Total air content coarse aggregate, in. percent by volume 3/ 6 to 10 V2 5 to 9 3/ 4 to 8 1 3.5 to 6.5 1h 3to6 2 2.5 to 5.5 3 1.5 to 4.5 f) When:made 'i-th:momina-1 weight aggregate, concrete L that is intended to:be watertight;shalli.have:-a maximum water-cement ratio of forty-eight hundredths (0;48)=for exposure,,to fresh water and forty-four hundredths (0.44) for exposure:.to sea water: With lightweight. aggregate, the specified compressive strength f c shall be at least three thousand seven hundred fifty (3,750) psi for exposure to fresh water and four thousand (4,000) psi for exposure to sea water. (g) Concrete that will be exposed to injurious concentrations of sulfate- containing solutions shall conform to Paragraph (f) above and be made with sulfate-resisting cement. (h) Where different materials are to be used for different portions of the work, each combination shall be evaluated separately. 1602.3—EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE (a) Samples for strength tests of each class of concrete shall be taken not less than once a day nor less than once for each one hundred fifty (150) cu. yd. of concrete or for each five thousand (5,000) sq. ft. of surface area placed. The samples for strength tests shall be taken in accordance with "Method of Sampling Fresh Concrete" (ASTM C172). Cylinders for acceptance tests shall be molded and laboratory-cured in accordance with "Method of Making and Curing Concrete Compressive and Flexural Strength Test Specimens in the Field" (ASTM C31) and tested in accor- dance with "Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders" (ASTM C39). Each strength test result shall be the average of 16-5 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - AGREFMPNT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES T ............. ............._ ,.... _... ..._- HEREUNDER. two cylinders from the same sample tested at twenty-eight (28} days or the specified earlier age. (b) When the frequency of testing of Paragraph (a) above will provide less than five tests for a given class of concrete, tests shall be made from at least five (5) randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. When the total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than fifty (50) cu. yd., the strength tests may be waived by the Building Official if, in his judgment, adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided. (c) The strength level of the concrete will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three (3) consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the required fc and no individual strength test results falls below the required f e by more than five hundred (500) psi. (d) Strength tests of specimens cured under field conditions in accor- dance with Section 7.4 of"Method of Making and Curing Concrete Com- pressive and Flexural Strength Test Specimens in the Field" (ASTM C31) may be required by the Building Official to check the adequacy of curing and protection of the concrete in the structure. Such specimens shall be molded at the same time and from the same samples as the laboratory cured acceptance test specimens. Procedures for protecting and curing the concrete shall be improved when the strength of field-cured cylinders at the test age designated for measuring f c is less than eighty-five (85) percent of that of the companion: laboratory-cured cylinders. When the laboratory- cured cylinder,strengths are appreciably higher than fc the field-cured, cylinder strengths need not exceed fc by more than five hundred (500) psi even though the 85 percent criterion is not met. (e) If individual tests of laboratory-cured specimens produce strengths more than fifty (50) psi below f'c or if tests of field-cured cylinders indicate deficiencies in protection and curing, steps shall be taken to assure that load-carrying capacity of the structure is not jeopardized. If the likelihood of low-strength concrete is confirmed and computations indicate that the load carrying capacity may have been significantly reduced, tests of cores drilled from the area in question may be required in accordance with "Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" (ASTM C42). Three cores shall be taken for each case of a cylinder test more than five hundred (500) psi below f'c. If the concrete in the structure will be dry under service conditions, the cores shall be air dried (temperature sixty (60) to eighty (80) degrees F, relative humidity less than sixty (60) percent) for seven (7) days before test and shall be tested dry. If the concrete in the structure will be more than superficially wet under service conditions, the cores shall be immersed in water for at least forty-eight (48) hours and tested wet. 1. Concrete in the area represented by the core tests will be considered structurally adequate if the average of the three (3) cores is equal to at least eighty-five (85) percent of f'c and if no single core is less than seventy-five .(75) percent of f c. To check testing accuracy, locations represented by erratic core strengths may be retested. If these strength acceptance criteria are not met by the core tests, and if structural adequancy remains in doubt, Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESTA0.Aq essed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE I ......_.............._. ____. _.._- -..__.. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER...... the responsible authority may order load tests as outlined in "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" ACI 318, Chapter 20, for the questionable portion of the structure, or take other action appropriate to the circumstances. SECTION 1603--MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS The minimum thickness of concrete floor slabs supported directly on the ground shall not be less than three and one-half (3%) inches unless designed by an architect or engineer. An approved vapor barrier shall be installed underneath the slab. SECTION 1604—MINIMUM CONCRETE STRENGTH The minimum specified compressive strength Pc, for concrete designed `--' and constructed in accordance with this chapter shall be 2500 psi. 16-7 I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LH ENSF.AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVILAND CRIMINAL ................. _.__.... -.. .......... NAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER - Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -. .............AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT-TO.CIVIL AND CRIMINAL.PENALTIES.THEREUNDER._..- CHAPTER XVII WOOD CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1700—GENERAL 1700.1—GENERAL (a)The quality and design of wood members and their fastenings used for load supporting purposes shall conform to good engineering practice. (b) All members shall be framed, anchored, tied and braced so as to develop the strength and rigidity necessary for the purposes for which they are used. (c) Preparation, fabrication and installation of wood members and the glues, connectors, and mechanical devices for the fastening thereof shall conform to good engineering practices. (d) The detailed requirements contained in this Chapter are based on sound engineering principles such as those in the Standards hereunder and are intended for light frame construction in general use for structures hav- ing light frame construction in general use for structures having light loads and closely spaced framing. Where additional structural requirements .should be applied because of the nature of the structure, the Standards hereunder shall be accepted as good.-engineering practice. (e) For heavily loaded or engineered timber. construction, structural design%based.on,,the,recommendations,of;--the,,Standards:hereunder shall be accepted as con I rmance.iw.th..goodY engineering practice: Other sections of this Chapter: which are-applicable, shall apply to heavily loaded or engi- neered,timber construction•as well as light frame.construction: (f) For engineered plywood structural diaphragm design, the Supple- ment A to Chapter XVII shall apply. I �- National Forest Products Association: National Design Specification for Wood Construction Wood Construction Data No. 5--Heavy Timber Construction Details. American Institute of Timber Construction: Timber Construction Standards—AITC 100. Inspection Manual—AITC 200. Timber Construction Manual Standard Specifications for Structural Glued Laminated Timber of i Softwood Species, Manufacturers and Design, AITC 117. I Standard Specifications for Structural Glued Laminated Timber AITC 119. American Plywood Association: Design Specifications for Plywood-Lumber Components.............APA Fabrication Specifications for Plywood-Lumber Components......APA Plywood Commercial/Industrial Construction Guide............... APA Plywood Residential Construction Guide.....................................APA Cantilevered In-Line Joist System ................................................APA 17-1 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Teague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT T O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAL'IIES'THEREUNDER Truss Plate Institute, Inc: Design Specifications For Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Roof Trusses—TPI American Wood Preservers Institute: Pole Building Design National Particleboard Association: How To Install Particleboard Underlayment (g) For engineered particleboard structural diaphragm design, the Sup- plement B to Chapter XVII shall apply. 1700.2—DETERMINATION OF REQUIRED SIZES (a) All wood structual members shall be of sufficient size to carry the dead and required live loads without exceeding the allowable working stresses as contained in the Standards listed in Section 1700.1 (f). (b) Where applicable as determined by end use, allowable working.. stresses may be determined by "Machine Stress Rating"as approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee. (c) Where minimum sizes of lumber members are shown herein, they shall be construed as meaning nominal sizes. Minimum dressed sizes cor- responding to, nominal sizes shall conform with the provisions of the American Lumber Standards. (d) For convenience;:nominal sizes may. be_shown.on the plans:. If rough sizes or finished sizes greater.or:smaller than American Lumber Standard dressed sizes are to be usedi computations shall be predicted upon such actual sizes, provided they are specified on the-:plans .or in a: statement appended thereto. 1700.3—QUALITY OF MATERIALS (a) All lumber-including end jointed lumber, used for load supporting purposes shall be identified by the Grade Mark of an approved Lumber' Grading or Inspection Bureau or Agency. The glued joints in end jointed lumber when used forload supporting purposes shall be certified to be in accordance with the appropriate provisions of the "Voluntary Product Standard for Structural Glued Laminated Timber", PS-56. (b) Structural glued laminated timber shall be manufactured and identi- fied as required in the "Voluntary Product Standard for Structural Glued Laminated Timber", PS-56 (c) All plywood when used structurally (including among others, used for siding, roof and wall sheathing, subflooring, diaphragms and built-up -- members) shall conform to the performance standards for its type in Pro- duct Standard PS I for Construction and Industrial Plywood. Each panel or member shall be identified for grade and glue type by the trademarks of an approved testing and grading agency. Plywood components shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with the applicable standards listed in Section 1700.1(f) and identified by the trademarks of an approved test- ing and inspection agency indicating conformance with the applicable - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVER 7A<2ed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ----- - -- ... ......AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT CIVIL.AND CRIMINAZ,PENALTIES THEREUNDER. standard. In addition, all plywood, when permanently exposed in outdoor applications, shall be of Exterior type, . (d) Wood Shingles and/or shakes shall be identified by the grademark of a grading or inspection bureau or agency recognized as being competent. (e) Fiberboard for its various uses shall conform to "Voluntary Product Standard, Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board PS-57". Fiberboard sheathing when used structurally shall be so identified by an approved agency as conforming to the Product Standard. (f) Hardboard shall conform to the applicable Product Standard, "PS-58 Basic Hardboard, PS-59 Prefinished Hardboard Paneling, or PS-60 Hard- board Siding", and shall be identified as to classification. Hardboard sid- ing when used structurally shall be identified by an approved agency as -� conforming to the Product Standard. U nderlayment—Hard board shall meet the strength requirements of seven thirty-seconds (7/32) inch or one-quarter (1/) inch Service class hardboard that is planed or sanded on one side to a thickness of two hundred fifteen thousandths (0.215) plus or minus five thousandths (0.005) inches. (g) Particleboard shall conform to American National Standard for �-- Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard", ANSI A208.I. Particleboard shall be identified by the grade mark or Certificate of Inspection issued by an approved agency. Particleboard =floor-underlayment shall'conform to Type I-M-1 of the American ;Nati�o.nal._.Sta°ndard° U.r derlaytxient` shall- be not less than one quarter(11) inch•.iii thidkness.,and shall be"installed in accordance with the installation instructions-of the National Particleboard Association. Articleboard-subfloor or combination subfloor-underlayment shall con- form to one of the Grades in Table 1705.6E. (h) All lumber and plywood required to be preservatively treated in Sec- tion 1702 shall bear an approved AWPB Quality Mark or that of an inde- pendent inspection agency that maintains continuing control, testing and inspection over the quality of the product as described in the Quality Con- trol Standards listed in Appendix C. (i) Hardwood and decorative plywood shall be manufactured and identi- fied as required in`"Voluntary Product Standard Hardwood and Decora- tivc Plywood", PS-51. (j) Wood flooring of the various types shall be manufactured and identi- fied as required in the appropriate standard as listed. Laminated Hardwood Block Flooring—Interim Industry Standard HPMA- LF. Flooring Grading Rules (Oak, Pecan, Beech, Birch, Hard Maple [Ater Saccharum])—National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association Mosaic-Parquet Hardwood Slat Flooring PS-27 Hard Maple Flooring Standard Specification (Hard Maple, Beech and Birch)---Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association (k) Rigid Vinyl Siding (Polyvinyl Chloride Plastic) (PVC) siding, soffits and accessories shall comply with "Voluntary Product Standard " PS-55. 17-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ............. .. ... ___. .. ...... -_..._. .............. _.._... .AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.. (1) Aluminum siding in clapboard, V-groove, board and batten and Sim- ilar configurations shall conform to the Architectural Aluminum Manufac- turers Association's "Specifications for Aluminum Siding", AAMA Publi- cation 1402.3. 1700.4—MINIMUM LUMBER GRADES The minimum grade of lumber used for light frame construction shall be: (a) For joints and rafters: Those obtained in "Design Values for Joists and Rafters" as published by the National Forest Products Association. (b) For Load Bearing Studs: No. 3 Grade, Standard Grade or Stud Grade. Utility Grade may be used to support roof and ceiling loads only. (c) For Non-Load Bearing Studs: Utility Grade. 1700.5--END-JOINTED LUMBER End jointed lumber may be used interchangeably with solid sawn lumber of the same grade and species. Such uses shall include, but not limited;to light framing, studs,joists, planks and decking. 1700.6—MOISTURE CONTENT All lumber and plywood members, including pressure treated, two (2) inches and less in thickness shall contain not more than nineteen (19):.per cent moisture at the time of permanent incorporation in a building, or structure. SECTION 1701—CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 1701.1—PREPARATION OF.BUILDING SITE (a) All building sites shall be graded so as to provide drainage under all portions of the building not occupied by basements or cellars. (b) The foundation and the area encompassed therein shall have all vege- tation, stumps, roots and foreign material removed and the fill material shall be free of vegetation and foreign material. The fill shall be compacted to assure adequate support of the foundation. 1701.2--REMOVAL OF DEBRIS After all work is completed, loose wood and debris shall be completely removed from all spaces under the building. All wood forms and supports shall be completely removed. Wood shall not be stored in contact with the ground under any building. 1701.3—FOUNDATIONS Foundations shall ,be:designed and. constructed in accordance with the provisions of Section 1205.3 and Section 1302. Where spot piers are used, unless properly designed, spacing of such piers shall not exceed eight (8) feet center to center. - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVE1 Ac24ed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - 1701,4—MUD SILLS A one (1) story building, except a dwelling, which does not exceed four hundred (400) square feet in area may be constructed without masonry or reinforced concrete foundation, provided such building.is placed on a sill of approved wood of natural decay resistance or pressure treated wood and provided the structure is properly anchored to resist overturning and sliding as required in Section 1205.3. Mud sills shall be not less than nomi- nal two by six (2 x 6) or three by four (3 x 4) inches in cross-section. SECTION 1702—PROTECTION AGAINST DECAY AND TERMITES 1702.E--WOOD SUPPORTS EMBEDDED IN GROUND Where wood is embedded in or in contact with the ground for support of permanent structures, it shall have an approved pressure preservative treatment suitable for ground contact use except where continuously below the groundwater line or continuously submerged in fresh water. 1702,2--UNEXCAVATED SPACES When wood joists or the bottom of wood structural floors without joists are closer than eighteen (18) inches, or wood girders are closer than twelve (12) inches to exposed ground located within the periphery of the building over crawl space or unexcavated areas, they shall be of approved wood of natural decay resistance, or pressure treated wood. 1.702.3-.SILLS:ON:EXTER10R WALLS AND CONTINUOUS .:.FOUND`ATIGNS :, All sills which rest on,exterior walls or continuous foundations of either concrete or masonry construction and are less than eight (8) inches from exposed.earth shall be of approved wood of natural decay resistance or pressure treated wood. 1702.4--SLEEPERS AND SILLS ON CONCRETE SLAB Sleepers and sills on concrete or masonry slabs at or below grade shall be of approved wood of natural decay resistance or pressure treated wood. 1702.5-----POSTS OR COLUMNS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER OR IN BASEMENTS AND CELLARS (a) Wood posts or columns exposed to the weather or in basement or cellars, and which support permanent structures shall be supported by concrete piers or metal pedestals projecting at least one (1) inch above concrete or masonry floors or decks and six (6) inches above exposed earth and separated therefrom by an approved impervious barrier except when approved wood of natural decay resistance or pressure treated wood is used. (b) Posts or columns supporting permanent structures which are closer than eight (8) inches to exposed. ground in enclosed crawl spaces or unex- cavated areas located within the periphery of the building shall be approved wood of natural decay resistance or pressure treated wood. 17-5 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - - - - ——---- - --- -- AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1702.6—GIRDERS ENTERING MASONRY WALLS Ends of wood girders entering masonry or concrete walls .shall be pro- vided with one=half (%2) inch air space on tops, sides and ends unless approved wood of natural decay resistance or pressure treated wood .is used. 1702,7—CLEARANCE BETWEEN SIDING AND EARTH Clearance between wood siding and earth on the exterior of a building shall be not less than six (6) inches except where siding, sheathing and wall framing are of approved pressure treated wood or approved wood for nat- ural resistance to termites. 1702.8—CRAWL SPACE VENTILATION Crawl spaces under buildings without basements shall be ventilated in accordance with Section 1302.5(e). 1702.8.1—ACCESS TO CRAWL SPACE Usable crawl spaces under buildings without basements shall be pro- vided with a minimum of one (1) access opening not less than eighteen (18) inches by twenty-four (24) inches. Access openings shall be readily accessi- ble and provided with a door or device that may be easily removed or operated. 1702.9—APPROVED WOOD OF NATURAL RESISTANCE (a) Approved wood for natural resistance to decay shall be heartwood of any of the following species: Bald Cypress (Tidewater Red). Black Locust, Black Walnut, Cedars, and Redwood. (b) Approved wood for natural resistance to termites shall be heartwood r of Bald Cypress (Tidewater Red), Redwood or Eastern Red Cedar. The expression "wood for natural resistance" refers to the heartwood of the above species with the exception that an occasional piece with corner sapwood may be included in ninety (90) percent or more of the width of each side on which it occurs is heartwood. 1702.10—APPROVED PRESSURE PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT The Standards of the American Wood Preservers Bureau and/or the American Wood Preservers Association shall be deemed as approved in respect to pressure treated wood. 1702.1I --APPROVED PRE-CONSTRUCTION SOIL TREATMENT The Standards of the National Pest Control Association shall be deemed as approved in respect to pre-construction soil treatment for protection against termites. 1702.12--SPECIAL TERMITE PROTECTION In territories where hazard of termite damage is known to be very heavy the building official may require floor framing of termite resistant wood, 17-6 - - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE -' -- ---- - - -- --- - - - ---AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVII AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. pressure treated wood, soil treatment or other approved methods termite protection. 1702.13—STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER Those portions of glued laminated timbers which form the structural supports of a building or other structure and are exposed to weather and not properly protected by a roof, eave overhangs, or similar coverings shall be pressure preservatively treated or be manufactured from wood of natu- ral resistance to decay. 1702.14—STRUCTUAL SUPPORTS OF BUILDINGS, BALCONIES, PORCHES OR SIMILAR PERMANENT BUILDING APPURTENANCES EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER In geographical areas where experience has demonstrated a specific need, approved wood of natural resistance or.pressure treated wood shalt be used for those portions of wood members which form the structural supports of buildings, balconies, porches or similar permanent building appurtenances when such members are exposed to the weather without adequate protection from a roof, eave, overhang or other covering to pre- vent moisture or water accumulation on the surface or at joints between members. Depending on local experience, such members may include: (a) horizontal members such as girders,joists and decking; or (b) vertical members such as posts, poles and columns; or (c) both horizontal.or vertical members. 1702.15--WOOD=STRUCT.URAL MEMBERS SUPPORTING MOISTURE PERMEABLE, FLOORS OR ROOFS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER Wood structural members supporting moisture permeable floors or roofs which are exposed to the weather, such as concrete or masonry slabs, shall be of approved wood of natural resistance or pressure treated wood unless separated from such floors or roofs by an impervious moisture barrier. SECTION 1703—FIRE PROTECTION 1703.1---FIRESTOPPING (a) Firestopping shall be provided to cut off all vertical and horizontal concealed draft openings. Firestopping shall be as indicated in this Section and as provided in Section 705. (b) Firestopping, when of wood, shall be of not less than two (2) inch thickness and shall effectively fill all spaces for the entire width or depth of the framing or structural member. (c) Firestopping, when of other materials as provided in Section 705, shall be securely and tightly fitted into place. In the case of spaces between chimneys and wood framing, such spaces shall be solidly filled with mortar or loose non-combustible matter supported on non-combustible supports. 17-7 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Feague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE . ..... .............. -_...-. -_.......... .. -.........._ .__AGREEMENT,AND-SUB)ECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. (d) Firestopping shall be installed in wood frame construction in the following locations: . 1. In concealed ,spacesm of stud walls and partitions including furred spaces at ceiling and floor levels. 2. At all interconnections between concealed vertical and horizontal spaces such as occur at soffits, drop ceilings, cove ceilings, etc. 3. In concealed spaces between stair stringers at the top and bottom of the run. 4. At openings around vents, pipes, ducts, chimneys and fireplaces at ceiling and floor levels with non-combustible materials, except in the case of approved metal chimney installations as set forth in Section 802.4—Fac- tory Built Chimneys. 5. In concealed spaces created by an assembly of floor joists, firestop- ping shall be provided for the full depth of the joists at the ends and over the supports. Except as provided in subsection 4, firestopping shall consist of two (2) inch nominal lumber, or two (2) thicknesses of one (1) inch nominal lumber with broken lap joints, or one (1) thickness of three-fourths (3/) inch plywood, with joints backed by three-fourths (3/) inch plywood,or other approved materials. 1703.2--DRAFTSTOPPI NG Draftstopping shall be provided in wood frame construction in the-fot- lowing locations: - (a) Floor-Ceiling Assemblies 1. Single Family Dwellings. In floor-ceiling assemblies separating use- able spaces into two or more approximate areas with no area greater than 500 sq.. ft. Draftstopping shall be provided parallel to the main framing members. 2. Multi-Family (two or more) Dwellings, Motels, Hotels. In the floor-ceiling assemblies above and in line with the tenant separation, when tenant separation walls do not extend to the floor sheathing above, 3. Other Buildings. In floor-ceiling assemblies so that horizontal areas do not exceed 1000 sq. ft. (b) Attics I. Single Family Dwellings. None required. 2. Multi-Family (two or more) Dwellings, Motels, Hotels. In the attic, mansard, overhang, or other concealed roof space above and in line with the tenant separation when tenant separation walls do not extend to the roof sheathing above. Exception (i)—Where corridor walls provide a tenant separation, draft- stopping shall only be required above one of the corridor walls. Exception (ii)—Where flat roofs with solid joist construction are used, draftstopping over tenani•separation walls is not required. Exception (iii)—Where approved sprinklers are provided, draftstopping shall be required for over 9000 square feet. 17-5 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I? distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __.. -_.. ... _...... --.--.AfREEMEN'I',AND-SUB)LC'T TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'I'HEREUNDER:--....... .. 3. Other Buildings. In attic spaces so that horizontal areas do not exceed 3000 sq. ft. Exception (i)—Where flat roofs with solid joist construction are used draftstopping over tenant separation walls is not required. Exception (ii)—Where approved sprinklers are provided, the area may be tripled. Ventilation of concealed roof spaces shall be maintained in accordance with Section 1707.8. Draftstopping materials shall be not less than one-half (Y2) inch plywood or other approved materials adequately supported. The integrity of all draftstops shall be maintained. 1703.3—FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS. When fire resistance ratings are specified by this Code, it shall be pro- vided in conformance with the requirements of Chapter X, and Appendix B, Fire Resistance Ratings. 1703.4—Fi RE CUTS Where joists, beams, or girders enter and teminate in a masonry wall, � they shall be provided with a fire cut of three (3) inches or provided with wall plate boxes of self-releasing type or approved hangers, and if located in a required fire resistive wall shall be separated from the opposite side of the wall by at least four (4) inches of solid masonry. SECTION 170'4`' FASTENINGS 1704.1—NAILING AND STAPLING REQUIREMENTS' The number of nails or staples connecting wood members shall not be less than those specified:in Table 1704.1—Nailing Schedule. Where nails of a type other than those shown in the Table are used, the number and spacing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructrions. 1704.2—OTHER FASTENINGS Where framing anchors, clips, staples, glues, or other methods of fasten- ing are used, they shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. SECTION 1705—FLOOR FRAMING 1705.1—SILLS ON FOUNDATIONS Sills on continuous foundation walls shall be not less than two (2) inches in thickness and shall be anchored thereto by one-half (1/) inch bolts spaced not more than six (6) feet apart and which are embedded at least six (6) inches in concrete or fifteen (15) inches in masonry units. Girders supported on piers shall be provided a true and even bearing surface. Except where wood of natural decay resistance or pressure treated wood is used an approved mositure barrier shall be provided between the sill and foundation wall. 17-9 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .. . .................. _.....-- .. -..._ ........AGREEMENT,-AND-SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. 1705.2—BEAMS AND GIRDERS Beams and Girders shall be designed in accordance with Section 1700.1- (d) or 1700:2(a): Where two or more pieces of two (2) inch lumber are nailed together to provide girders, the wide faces shall be vertical and the end joints shall occur over supports, provided that for a girder continuous over three (3) or more supports the.end joints may be staggered in adjacent pieces at one-fourth (1/) the distance from intermediate supports. Where a girder is spliced over the support an adequate tie shall be provided. 1705.3—FLOOR JOISTS (a) Maximum spans for floor joists shall be in accordance with the "Span Tables for Joists and Rafters", as provided by the National Forest Products Association; or may be designed in accordance with Section 1700.1(d) or 1700.2(a). Spans for field-glued plywood-lumber floor systems using approved adhesives shall be as forth in "APA Glued Floor System", as published by the American Plywood Association. Approved adhesives for the APA Glued Floor System shall be those meeting the requirements of AFG-01, Adhesives for Field Gluing Plywood to Wood Framing, as published by the American Plywood Association. (b) Except where supported on a one (1) by four`(4) inch ribbon strip and nailed to the adjoining stud, the ends of each joist-.shall have not less than one and one-half(I Y2) inches of bearing on wood or metal nor less than three (3) inches of masonry. (c) Except in one and two family and multi-family dwellings, floor joists, having a depth to.thickness ratio exceeding six (6) and/or the design live load is in excess of forty (40) pounds per square foot, shall be supported laterally by bridging or blocking installed at intervals not exceeding eight (8) feet. (d) Joists shall be supported laterally at the ends by solid blocks or diag- onal struts except where--the ends of joists are nailed to a beam (wood or steel with an attached nailer), header, band joists or to an adjoining stud. (e) Notches on the ends of joists shall not exceed one-fourth (1/) the depth. Holes bored for pipes or cable shall not be within two (2) inches of the top or bottom of the joist and the diameter of any such hole shall not exceed one-third (1/3) the depth of the joist. Notches for pipes in the top or bottom of joists shall not exceed one-sixth (I/6) the depth and shall not be located in the middle one-third (1 J 3) of the span. (f) Joists framing from opposite sides of a beam, girder or partition shall be lapped at least four (4) inches and fastened, or the opposing joists shall be tied together in an approved manner. (g) Joists framing into the side of a wood girder shall be supported by. framing anchors, on ledger strips not less than two (2) by two (2) inches, or by other approved methods. 17-10 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or ' + I 11 1 distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPR011UCI'ION OR UISTRIBU'I'ION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEGr'3'f-1CIVIL AND CRIMINALPENALTIES'I'HEREUNDER. ' 1705.4—FRAMING AROUND OPENINGS Trimmer and header joists shall be doubled when the span of the header exceeds four (4) feet. The ends of header joists more than six (6) feet long shall be supported by framing anchors, joist hangers, or other approved methods unless bearing on a beam, partition or wall. Tail joists over twelve (12) feet long shall be supported at header by'framing anchors or on ledger strips not less than two (2) by two (2) inches. 1705.5—JOISTS SUPPORTING PARTITIONS Bearing partitions parallel to joists shall be supported on beams, girders, walls, or other bearing partitions. Bearing partitions perpendicular to joists shall not be offset from supporting girders, wall or partitions more than the joist depth, unless such joists are of sufficient size to carry the addi- tionalload. 1705.6—SUBFLOORS (a) Except as provided in Section 1705.6(b), all floor joists shall be covered with subflooring of any of the following types: Lumber Minimum Net Thickness For Lumber Placed Perpendicular Diagonally Joist Spacing* to Joists to Joists 24" 11 /16" 3/411 1611 5/8" 5/8" 12" 5/8" 5/8" *Joists in subflooring shall occur over supports unless end-matched lumber is used, in which case each piece shall bear on at Ieast two (2)joists. Plywood Plywood applied in accordance with the provisions of Table 1705.6A and fastened in accordance with Table 1704.1. (b) Subflooring may be omitted when joist spacing does not exceed sixteen (16) inches and nominal one (1) inch tongue and grooved wood strip floor- ing is applied perpendicular to the joists. (c) When resilient flooring is applied directly to plywood subfloor, it shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Table 1705.6C and fastened in accordance with Table 1704.1. 17-11 - - I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE - ---- - - -----AGREEMENTS AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.--" Particleboard Particleboard applied in accordance with the provisions of Table 1705.6E and fastened in accordance with Table 1704.L (d) When resilient flooring is applied directly to particleboard sub floor, it shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Table 1705.6E and fastened in accordance with Table 1704.1. TABLE 1705.6E ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PARTICLEBOARD SUBFLOOR AND COMBINED SUBFLOOR-UNDERLAYMENT1 4 Maximum Spacing of Supports" Grade Thickness Subfloor Combined Subfloor- (inches) Underlayment 5/8 16 16 2-M-W 21/32 16 16 3/4 19.2 19.2 2-M-F 3/4 19.2 19.2 2-M-3 3/4 19.2 19.2 1. All panels continuous over two (2) or more supports and the tongue-and-groove panels are installed with the long dimension perpendic- ular to supports. 2. Uniform deflection limitation: 1/360th of the span under 100 psf minimum load. 3. Edges shall have tongue-and-groove joints or shall be supported with blocking unless 1/" minimum thickness underlayment is installed, or finish floor is 25/32" wood strip. 4. Floor sheathing conforming with this table shall be deemed to meet the design criteria of Section 1705.6. 1705.7—PLANK-AND-BEAM FRAMING (a) Beams supporting plank floors shall not exceed the limitations set forth in Section 1705.2. (b) The allowable span for two (2) inch planks shall be determined in accordance with Section 1700.1(d) or 1700.2(a). Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVEP/712d by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I 1 I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE : — - - --- --- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1705.8—ANCHORING OF THE FLOOR FRAMING TO MASONRY WALLS Wood Floor Construction which,rests on-masonry. walls shall be an- chored thereto in accordance with Section 1408.3. 1705.9—STAIR FRAMING (a) Stair framing shall be supported adequately on floor framing or on walls or partitions. (b) Except in public stairs where the number and size of stringers shall be determined by engineering analysis, two (2) rough stringers shall be provided for each set of stairs, cut to receive finish treads and risers of uniform width and height. (c) Unless stringers are supported on walls or partitions, the minimum effective depth at each notch shall be not less than three and one-half(3%) inches. SECTION 1706—VERTICAL FRAMING 1706.1—EXTERIOR WALL FRAMING (a) Stud Size and Spacing Studs in one-and-two story buildings shall be not less than two (2) by four (4) inches with the wide face perpendicular to wall. In three-story buildings, studs in_.first story shall be not less than three (3) by four (4) inches or two (2) by six(6).inches.- Studs shall be spaced:-not more than the following: Stud Supporting roof and Supporting 1 floor Supporting 2 floors Size ceiling only roof and ceiling roof and ceiling 2 x 4 24" 16" — 3 x 4 24" 24" 16" 2 x 5 24" 24" — 2 x 6 24" 24" 16" 1706.2—BRACING OF EXTERIOR STUD WALLS (a) Not less than three (3) studs shall be installed at every corner of an exterior wall, except that a third stud may be omitted through the use of continuous wood spacer or backup cleat of 3/8 inch thick plywood, 1 inch thick lumber or other approved devices which will serve as an adequate backing for the attachment of facing materials. (b) Stud walls shall be braced by one of the following methods: 1. Nominal one (1) inch by four (4) inch continuous diagonal strips set into the face of the studs and top and bottom plates at each corner of building. 2. Wood boards of five-eighths (5/8) inch (net) minimum thickness, applied diagonally. 3. Wood sheathing panels two (2) by eight (8) feet of five-eighths (5/8) inch minimum thickness applied horizontally. 17-13 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or 7 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .... .............. ................. __._.. __...........AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. 4. Plywood sheathing panels not less than forty-eight (48) inches wide and ninety-six (96) inches long applied either vertically or horizontally, and fastened in accordance with Table 1704.L 5. Fiberboard sheathing, gypsum sheathing and particleboard sheath- ing as specified in Section I706.2(d) when applied vertically in panels of four (4) feet wide and no less than eight (8) feet long and properly installed in accordance with Table 1704.1. (c) Sheathing shall be applied on the exterior walls of all type VI build- ings, more than one (1) story in height except when back-plastered stucco construction is used. (d) Sheathing, where required for exterior walls, shall be applied solidly over the wall surface and shall be one or more of the following materials and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recom- mendations. 1. Wood Boards and sheathing panels five-eighths (%) inch minimum thickness. 2. Plywood complying with Table 1706.2 shall be not less than five- sixteenths (5/ 16) inch thick for sixteen (16) inch stud spacing or not less than three-eighths (3/8) inch for twenty-four (24) inch stud spacing. Ply- wood of exterior type complying with Section 1706.8(c), including Table 1705.6(D), may also serve as siding. Sheathing paper may be omitted over plywood except where exterior stucco .finish, brick veneer, and exterior wall coverings which.permit passage of water are used. F, TABLE 1706.2—ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PLYWOOD WALL SHEATHING") (3) Maximum Stud Spacing Panel Identification Index Panel Thickness(inch) (inches)Exterior Covering and Construction Nailed to: Stud Sheathing 12/0, 16/0, 20/0 5/16 16 16(2) 16/0, 20/0, 24/0, 32/16 3/8 and 24 16 - 1 /2 3-ply 24(2) 24/0, 32/16 1 /2 (4 and 5 ply) 24 24 (1) When plywood sheathing is used, building paper and diagonal wall bracing can be omitted. (2) When sidings such as shingles are nailed only to the plywood sheathing, apply plywood with face grain across studs. (3) Blocking of horizontal joints not required. 3. Fiberboard not less than seven-sixteenths (7/ 16) inches thick. 4. Gypsum not less than one-half(1/2) inch thick, 5. Particleboard when it conforms to American National Standard ANSI A208.1 grades in Table 1706.2A. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVE.7.A1c4 d by Bobby Teague on Mar is,zote 3:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC: No further reproduction or 1 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAU"I'HORZ'LED REPRODUC'PION OR DISTRIBU'PION IS A VIOLATION OF'PHE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE ---AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 1706.2A ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PARTICLEBOARD WALL SHEATHING (Not Exposed to the Weather, Long Dimensions of the Panel Parallel or Perpendicular to Studs) Stud Spacing (Inches) Sheathing Under Coverings Siding Specified In Section Grade Thickness Nailed to 1706.8(b) and 1706.8(g) (inches) Studs Parallel or Perpendicular to Studs 2-M-W 5/16 16 - and 3/8 24 16 2-M-F 7/16 24 24 2-M-1 3/8 16 - and 2-M-2 1 /2 16 16 (e) Studs shall be capped with double top plates installed to provide. overlapping at corners:.and...at intersections with bearing. partitions. End joints in double top plates shall be offset at least twenty-four (24) inches. In lieu of double top plates, a continuous header may be used. - Exception: A single 2 x 6 top_ plate may be installed in 2 x 6 bearing and exterior walls provided the plate is adequately tied at joints, corners and intersecting walls by at least the equivalent of 3-inch by 6-inch by 0.036 inch thick galvanized steel that is nailed to each wall or segment of wall by three 8d nails or equivalent, provided the rafters or joints are cen- tered over the studs with a tolerance of no more .than 1 inch. Top plates may be omitted over lintels which are adequately tied to adjacent wall section as previously described or with 1-inch by 4-inch by 12-inch wood members splice nailed to each wall section by three 8d nails or equivalent. (f) For Platform Frame Construction, studs shall rest on a single bottom plate, 1706.3—OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR WALLS (a) Headers shall be provided over each opening in exterior bearing walls, and shall not exceed the spans shown in Table 1706.3. Headers may be of two pieces of nominal 2-inch framing lumber set on edge and nailed together or may be of solid lumber of equivalent size. (b) A wall stud shall be at each side of the opening with the ends of the header supported as follows: 1'7-15 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE '- ............ . .. ... ._ - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT'TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. For openings three (3) feet or less in width each end. of the header shall rest on a single header stud or may be supported by framing anchors attached to the wall stud: For openings more than three (3) feet but not more than six (6) feet in width each end of the header shall rest on a single header stud. For openings more than six (6) feet in width each end of the header shall rest on two header studs. 1706.4—POST AND BEAM FRAMING (a) Where post and beam framing is used in lieu of stud and joist con- struction, the posts shall be located to support the beams above and shall be designed in accordance with Section 1700.1(d) or 1700.2(a). (b) Intermediate framing shall be attached to the posts and braced in the manner specified in Section 1704.2. 1706.5--INTERIOR BEARING PARTITIONS (a) Studs in one (1) and two (2) story buildings shall be not less than two (2) x four (4) inches with the wide face perpendicular to the partitions. In three (3) story buildings, studs in the first story shall be not less than three (3) by four (4) inch or two (2) by six (6) inches. (b) Studs shall be spaced not more than the following: Supporting Supporting Supporting Stud roof and 1 floor 2 floors calling only roof and ceiling root and ceiling 2 x 4 24" 16" — 3 x 4 24" 24 It 16" 2 x 5 24" 2411 — 2 x 6 24" 24" 16" (c) Leaders shall be provided over each opening in interior bearing par- titions as required in Section I706.3. (d) Studs shall be capped with double top plates installed to provide overlapping at corners and at intersections with exterior walls. End joints in double top plates shall be offset at least twenty-four (24) inches. For platform frame construction, studs shall rest on a single bottom plate. Exception: A single top plate may be installed in accordance with Sec- tion 1706.2(e). 1706.6—INTERIOR NON-BEARING PARTITIONS (a) Framing for non-bearing partitons shall be of adequate size and spac- ing to support the finish applied thereto in accordance with the manufac- turers recommendations. In non-bearing walls and partitions, studs may be spaced not more than.twenty-eight (28) inches o.c, and may be set.with the long dimension parallel to the wall. (b) Openings in the non-bearing partitions may be framed with single studs and headers. I f f Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFSERV11 7,16ed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zote 3:07:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE — AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECF'IT CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1706.7--CUTTING, NOTCHING AND BORED HOLES In exterior walls and bearing partitons, any wood stud may be cut or notched to a depth not exceeding twenty-five (25) percent of its width. Cutting or notching of studs to a depth not greater than forty (40) percent of the width of the stud is permitted in nonbearing partitions supporting no loads other than the weight of the partition. A hole not greater in diameter than forty (40) percent of the stud width may be bored in any wood stud. Bored holes not greater than sixty (60) percent of the width of-the stud are permitted in non-bearing partition or in any wall where each bored stud is doubled provided not more than two successive double studs are bored. In no case shall the edge of the bored hole be nearer than five-eighths {5/e) inch to the edge of the stud. Bored holes shall not be located at the same section of stud as a cut or notch. 1706.8--EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS Exterior wall coverings of other than the following shall be of a material` approved for exterior use and shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations when not otherwise covered in the Code. Exterior wall coverings shall provide weather protection for the building at the walls. (a) Weatherboarding. Wood siding patterns known-as rustic drop siding or shiplap.shall.have :an average thickness in place of not less than ninteen .thirty seconds 9- 32)- inches and:shall have a minimum thickness of not less than.three-eighths(3j) inches. Bevel siding shall have a minimum thick- ness measured at the butt section of not less than seven-sixteenths.(7/ 16) inches and,a. tip thickness of not less than, three--sixteenths (3/ 16) inches. Siding of lesser dimensions may be used provided such wall covering is placed over sheathing which conforms to the provisions of Section 1706.2. (b) Wood Shingles or Shakes. Wood shingles or shakes attached to sheath- ing other than wood or plywood shall be secured with approved mechani- cally-bonding nails or by corrosive resisting common nails on shingle nail- ing boards securely nailed to each stud with two 8d nails. Wood shingles or shakes may be applied over fiberboard shingle backer and fiberboard sheath- ing with approved non-corrosion annular grooved nails or may be nailed directly to fiberboard nailbase sheathing with non-corrosion annular grooved nails. The minimum thickness of wood shingles or shakes between nailing boards shall be not less than three-eighths (%) inches. (c) Plywood. Plywood shall be of the exterior type and shall have a thickness of three-eighths (3/8) inches, except as provided in Table 1705.6(c). All Plywood joints shall be backed solidly with nailing pieces not less than two (2) inches in width, unless wood or plywood sheathing is used, or joints are lapped horizontally, or otherwise made waterproof, (d) Fiberboard Siding shall be medium density not less than one-half(%) inch nominal thickness. (e) Hardboard Siding shall conform with the requirements of Section 1700.3(f). 17-17 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE y -- ---- -- -AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (f) Particleboard siding used for covering the exterior of outside walls shall be one of the Exterior Type 2-M grades conforming to the American National Standard .ANSI 208.1. Particleboard panel siding shall be in- stalled.in accordance with Table 1704.1 and Table 1706.8. Nails shall be spaced not less than three-eighths (%) inch from edges and ends of shea- thing. Unless applied over five-eighths (5/a) inch net wood sheathing or one- half (%2) inch plywood sheathing, joints shall occur over framing members and shall be covered with a continuous wood batt; or joints shall be lapped horizontally or otherwise made waterproof to the sitisfaction of the Build- ing Official. TABLE 1706.8 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR EXPOSED PARTICLEBOARD PANEL SIDING Minimum Thickness (inches) Stud Exterior Spacing Siding Ceilings and Soffits Grade (Inches) Direct to Studs Continuous Support Direct to Supports 2-M-W 16 3/8 5/16 5/16 and 2-M-F 24 1/2 5/16 .3/8 2-M-1 16 5/8 3/8 and 2-M-2 24 3/4 3/8 (g) Asbestos Shingles attached to sheathing other than wood or plywood shall be secured with approved mechanically-bonding nails or by corrosion-- resistive common nails on shingle nailing boards securely nailed to each stud with two 8d nails, except that asbestos shingles may be attached directly to fiberboard nail-base sheathing with corrosion-resistive annular grooved nails. Asbestos shingles shall have a minimum thickness of five thirty-seconds (5/32) inches. (h) Masonry Veneer. Masonry veneer shall conform to the requirements of Chapter XIV—Masonry Construction. Brick or other unit veneers shall be backed with solid sheathing covered with waterproof building paper, -. except where the sheathing is water-repellant. Brick veneer shall be se- curely attached to the structure as required in Section 1414.4. (i) Stucco. Stucco or exterior plaster shall conform to requirements of Section 1804. 0) Metal. Exterior wall coverings may be of formed metal not less than twenty-eight (28) Manufacturer's Standard Gauge. For aluminum siding, see also section 1700.3(k). Copyright O 1582 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER117-d1&zed by Bobby'Peague on Mar 15,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant Co License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT;ANDSUBJECT'I'O CIVIL AND-CRIMINAL PENALTIES'I'HEREUNDER. (k) Solid Masonry. Solid masonry walls shall conform to requirements of Chapter XIV—Masonry Construction. (1) Flashing shall be provided as necessary to prevent the entrance of water at openings in, or projections through, exterior walls; at intersections of exterior wall coverings of different materials, unless such materials pro- vide self-flashing joint; at other points subject to the entrance of water. Caulking shall be provided where such flashing determined by the Building Official to be impractical. (m) Rigid Vinyl Siding shall conform with the requirements of 1700.3 and is limited to Type VI Construction with group, R occupancy. SECTION 1707—ROOF AND CEILING FRAMING 1707.1--CEILING JOIST AND RAFTER FRAMING (a) Maximum spans for ceiling joists and rafters shall be in accordance with "Span Tables for ,foists and Rafters" as published by the National Forest Products Association; or may be designed in accordance with Sec- tion 1700.1(d) or 1700.2(a). (b) Where rafters meet to form a ridge, they shall be placed directly opposite each other and nailed to a ridge board of not less than one (1) inch in thickness, and not less in depth than the cut end of rafters. -(c) Ceilings joists and rafters shall be nailed to each other where possible arid the assembly shall be nailed to the top wall plate in an adequate mannner to secure the roof framing to the walls. (d) Ceiling:joists. shall be-..continuous:or,where they meet over. interior partitions, shall:fie securely:joined .to provide a continuous tie across the building. (e) Where ceiling joists are not parallel to rafters, sub-flooring or metal straps attached to the ends of the rafters shall be installed in a manner to provide a continuous tie across.the building. (f) Valley and hip rafters shall be two (2) inches deeper than the jack rafters. (g) Collar beams of one (1) by six (6) inch boards shall be installed in the upper third of the roof height to every third pair of rafters. (h) Notches on the ends of joists shall not exceed one-fourth. (1/) the depth. Holes bored for pipes or cable shall not be within two (2) inches of the top or bottom of the joist and the diameter of any such hole shall not exceed one-third (1/3) the depth of the joist. Notches for pipes in the top or bottom of joists shall not exceed one-sixth (1/6) the depth and shall not be located in the middle one-third (1/3) of the span. 1707.2----TRUSSED RAFTERS (a) Trussed rafters shall be designed in accordance with accepted engi- neering practice. Members may be joined by nails, glue, bolts, timber con- nectors or other approved framing devices. (b) The allowable deflection, under live load, for trusses shall be 1/360 for plastered ceilings, 1/240 for unplastered finished ceilings, and 1/ 180 for trusses without a ceiling. 17-19 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - - ----- -- - -- — - - -- ----AGREEMENP,AND SUBJECT:TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (c) The design of metal plate connected wood roof trusses shall comply with the "Design.Specifications For Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Roof Trusses,"TP1. (d) Where trusses are to support mechanical or other equipment, the trusses shall be.designed for such additional load. 1707.3--ROOF JOISTS (a) Maximum spans for roof joists shall be in accordance with "Span Tables for Joists and Rafters", as published by the National Forest Pro- ducts Association; or may be designed in accordance with Section 1700.1(d) or Section 1700.2(a). (b) Joists shall be supported laterally at the ends by solid blocks or diag- onal struts. Such bridging may be omitted where ends of joists are nailed to a header, band joist or to an adjoining stud. (c) Notches on the ends of joists shall not exceed one-fourth (1/) the depth. Holes bored for pipes or cable shall not be within two (2) inches of the top or bottom of the joist and the diameter of any such hole shall not exceed one-third (1/3) the depth of the joist. Notches for pipes in the top or bottom of joists shall not exceed one-sixth (1/6) the depth and shall not be located in the middle one-third (1/3) of the span. 1707.4--ROOF SHEATHING (a) All rafters and roof joists shall be covered with sheathing as follows: Lumber , f Solid sheathing—Wood boards of five-eighths ($/$) inch (net) minimum ` thickness Spaced sheathing—Wood boards of three-quarter (3/) inch (net) min- imum thickness - Plywood Applied in accordance with the provisions of Table 1705.6(A) and nailed in accordance with Table 1704.L Insulating Roof Deck Fiberboard insulating roof deck not less than one (1) inch nominal thickness. Particleboard Applied in accordance with the provisions of Table 1707.4 and nailed in accordance with Table 1704.1. I I I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER L71 Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or f distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 1707.4 ALLOWABLE LOADS FOR PARTICLEBOARD ROOF SHEATHING' 2 4 Maximum Grade Thickness On-Center Spacing Live Load Total Load �-� (inches) of Supports (pounds per (pounds per (Inches) square foot) square foot) 3/8 16 45 65 2-M-W 7/16' 16 105 105 and 7/16' 24 30 40 2-M-F 1 /2 16 110 150 1 /2 24 40 55 1. Panels are continuous over two (2) or more spans. 2. Uniform load deflection limitation: 1/ 180th of the span under live load plus dead load and 1/240th of the span under live load only. 3. Edges shall be tongue-and-groove or supported with blocking or edge clips. 4. Roof sheathing conforming with this table shall be deemed to meet the design criteria of:Section . 70.7.4. {b} Joints m:.1't mber; sheat.hin:g sha1T. occur: .over .supports unless end- -matched lumber.or.approved clips:are-used in which case each piece shall bear on at least two (2) rafters or joists. 1707.5—PLANK AND BEAM ROOFS Beams shall be supported on posts, piers or other beams shall conform to Section 1705.2. Roof planks shall conform to.Section 1705.7. 1707.6—ANCHORAGE OF ROOF FRAMING TO MASONRY WALLS Wood roof construction which rests on masonry walls shall be anchored thereto in a manner equivalent to that specified in Section 1408.2. 1707.7—ACCESS TO ATTIC SPACE Attic spaces shall be provided with an interior access opening not less than twenty-two (22) inches by thirty-six (36) inches. Access opening shall be readily accessible and provided with a lid or device that may be easily removed or operated. When mechanical equipment is to be installed in the attic, and only interior access is to be provided, the access opening shall be not less than specified above, but in no case less than the size required to install or remove the largest major component of the unit without disas- sembly. Access is not required when the clear height of the attic space, measured at the roof peak, is less than twenty-four (24) inches. 17-21 I i i Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or g distribution authorized.ANY UNAU"I'HORI"LED REPRODUCTION OR llISTRIBU'FION IS A VIOLATION OF'FHE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'FHE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1707.8—VENTILATION OF ATTIC SPACE Attic spaces shall be ventilated in accordance with the following: (a) For gabled,and hipped roofs ventilation shall be provided to-furnish cross ventilation of each separate space with weather protected vents. The ratio of total net free ventilating area to the area of the ceiling shall be not less than 1/ 150. That ratio may be reduced to 1/300 provided: 1. A vapor barrier having a transmission rate not exceeding one perm is installed on the warm side of the ceiling, or 2. At least fifty (50) percent of the required ventilating area is pro- vided by ventilators located in the upper portion of the space to be venti- lated (at least 3'-0" above eave or cornice vents) with the balance of the required ventilation provided by eave or cornice vents. (b) For flat roofs, blocking and bridging shall be arranged so as not to interfere with the movement of air. Such roofs shall be ventilated along the overhanging eaves, with the net area of opening being not less than 11250 of the area of the ceiling below. 1707.9—ROOF COVERING (a) Any roof covering permitted in this Code may be applied to dwel- lings. (See Chapter V11—Fire Protection Requirements, Section 706, Roof Coverings). Whenever composition roofing is used, solid sheathing shall.be applied. (b) Flashing shall.be placed around openings and.extensions of mechan- ical appliances or equipment through the roof and otherwise as necessary, to provide-adegtiate drainage. SECTION 1708---FRAMING AT CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES 1708,1—FRAMING MEMBERS All headers, beams, joists and studs shall be kept at least two (2) inches from the outside face of chimney or fireplace masonry. 1708.2—FIREPLACE TRIM All wood mantles and similar trim shall be kept at least six inches from fireplace opening. Parts of the mantle which project more than one and one-half (1%) .inches from the .face of the fireplace shall have additional clearance equal to the projection. 1 17-22 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authoried.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE , - -- - --- - - - - ----AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 1704.1—FASTENING SCHEDULE Fastener Number or Spacing Joist to sill or grinder, toe nail 8d common 3 Bridging to joist, toe nail each end 8d common 2 Ledger strip 16d common 3 at each joist 1" x 6" subfloor or less to each joist, face nail 8d common 2 Over 1" x 6" subfloor to each joist, face nail 8d common 3 2" subfloor to joist or girder, blind and face nail 16d common 2 Sole plate to joist or blocking, face nail 16d common 16" o.c. Top or sole plate to stud, end nailed 16d common 2 Stud to sole plate, toe nail 8d common 4 Doubled studs, face nail 10d common 24" o.c. Doubled top plates, face nail 10d common 16" o.c. N Top plates, lap and intersections face nail 16d common 2 or 3-10d common w Continuous header, two pieces 16d common 16" o.c. along each edge Ceiling joists to plate, toe nail 8d common 3 Continuous header to stud, toe nail 8d common 3 Ceiling joists, laps over partitions, face nail 16d common 3 or 4-10d common Ceiling joists to parallel rafters, face nail 16d common 3 or 4-10d common Rafter to plate, toe nail 8d common 3 1-inch brace to each stud and plate, face nail 8d common 2 1" x 8" sheathing or less to each bearing, face nail 8d common 2 Over 1" x 8" sheathing to each bearing, face nail 8d common 3 Built-up corner studs . 16d common 24" o.c. Built-up girders and beams, of three members 20d common 32" o.c. at top and bottom and staggered 2 ends and at each splice. Copyright,)1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on I DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND IT ar� Agreement5,2016 3:07:DO PM pursuant to license authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 1704.1—FASTENING SCHEDULE (Continued) Fastener Number or Spacing 2-inch Planks 16d common 2 each bearing Studs to sole plate, end nail 16d common 2 each end Plywood and Particleboard Subflooring5 1 /2" 6d Common, annular or 6" o.c, edges and spiral thread 10" o.c. intermediate 5/8" , 3/4" 8d Common...or 6d annular 6" o.c. edges and or spiral thread 10" o.c. intermediate 1%8" 10d Common or 6" o.c. edges and 8d annular or spiral thread 6" o.c. intermediate 1 /2" 16 ga. galvanized wire staples, 3/8" 4" o.c. edges and minimum crown 7" o.c, intermediate 5/8" 1-5/8" length 21/" o.c. edges and 4" o.c. intermediate Plywood and Particleboard Roof & Wall Sheathing 1 /2" or less 6d Common 6" o.c, edges and 12" o.c, intermediate 5/8" or greater 8d Common 6" o.c. edges and 12" o.c. intermediate 5/16" - 1 /2" 16 ga. galvanized wire staples, 3/8" 4" o.c. edges and min. crown. Length of 1" plus 8" o.c. intermediate plywood or particleboard thickness 5/8" - 3/4" 2" o.c, edges and 5" o.c, intermediate 1 /2" Fiberboard Sheathing* 1 -1 /2" Ga.l.yanized roofing nail 3" o.c. at edges 6d common-'wall 6" at other bearings i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Robby Teague on Mar 15,2oi6 s 07:pq PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL,COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LZCENSP,AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 1704.1--FASTENING SCHEDULE (Continued) 25/32" Fiberboard Sheathing' 1 -314" Galvanized roofing nail 3" o.c. at edges 8d common nail fi" o.c. at other bearings 112" Gypsum Sheathing 12 gage 1-1 /4" 4" o.c. at edges Large Head Corrosion-Resistive 8" o.c. at other bearings. Particleboard Siding 3/8"-1 /2"' 6d2 5/80 8d2 3/4i4 8d2 1. Siding applies to five-eighths inch net wood: sheathing or one-half (j2) plywood or one-half (%2) particleboard sheathing. 2. Corrosion resistant nails spaced 6-inches on center at edge and 8-inches on center at intermediate supports. Nails shall have a minimum edge distance of /-inch. 3. Siding applied to studs spaced 16-inch on center maximum. 4. Siding applied directly to studs spaced 24-inches on center maximum. 5. Use annular or spiral thread nails for combination subfloor-underlayment. *Fiberboard sheatning may be stapled using 16 gage galvanized staples 1-1 /8" long for 112" sheathing and 1-112" long for 25/32" sheathing. Staples to have minimum crown of 7/16" and spaced 3" o.c. at edges and 6" o.c. at other bearings. i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zota 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT"AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 1705.6A - ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PLYWOOD FLOOR AND ROOF SHEATHING CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS AND FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTSO Panel Panel Identification Thickness Roof Floor lndex2 (inches) Maximum Load (psf) Maximum Span Total Lire Span, (Inches) Load Load (Inches) Edges Blocked or other Edges Support Unblocked 12/0 5/.16 12 12 155 . 150 0 16/0 5/16, 3/s 16 16 95 75 0 20/0 5/16, 20 20 75 65 0 24/0 3/8 24 20 65 50 0 24/0 1/2 24 24 65 50 0 30/12 5/s 30 26 70 50 12(5) 32/16 ;/z, 5/9 32 28 55 40 36/16 3/4 36 30 55 50 16(6) 42/20 % %, '/8 42 32 40(3) 35(3) 20(s)(7) 48/24 , 7/s 48 36 40(3) 35(3) 24 (1) These values apply for Structural I and I1, C-D Sheathing and C-C grades only. Spans shall be limited to values shown because of possible effect of concentrated loads. Edges may be blocked with lumber or other approved type of edge support. (2) Identification Index appears on all panels in the construction grades listed in footnote (1). (3) For roof live load of 40 psf or total load of 55 psf, decrease spans by 13 percent or use panel with next greater identification index. (4) Plywood edges shall have approved tongue and groove joints or shall be sup- ported with blocking, unless one-fourth (1/) inch minimum thickness underlayment is installed, or finished floor is 25/32" wood strip. Allowable uniform load based on deflection of 1/360 of span is 165 psf. (5) May be 16" if 25/32" wood strip flooring is installed at right angles to joists. (6) May be 24" if 25/32" wood strip flooring is installed at right angles to joists. (7) For joists spaced 24" o.c. plywood sheathing with Identification Index numbers 42/20 or greater can be used for subfloors when supporting 1%" lightweight concrete. E Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER` %cd by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of p distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ° TABLE 1705.68 — ALLOWABLE LOADS FOR PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS AND FACE GRAIN PARALLEL TO SUPPORTSM No. of Total Live Grade Thickness Piles span Load Load ' - Structural I % 4 24 35 25 V� 5 24 55 40 Other grades 12 5 24 30 25 covered in sh 4 24 40 30 PS 1-i 4 5 5 24 60 45 1 Uniform load deflection limitations: 1/180 of span under live load plus dead load, 1/240 under live load only. Edges shall be blocked with lumber or other approved type of edge supports. TABLE 1705.6C- . ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PLYWOOD COMBINATION. SUBFLOOR-UNDERLAYMENTM Plywood Continuous over Two.or More Spans and Face, Grain. Perpendicular to: Supports Species Groups Nfaximum Spacing of Joists (inches) 16" 20" 24" 2,3 :/4" ?g" 4 -3/4" y8►, 1�� (1) Applicable to Underlayment grade, C-C (Plugged) and all grades of sanded Exterior type plywood, Spans limited to values sho-wn because of possible effect of concentrated loads. Allowable uni- form load based on deflection of 1/360 of span is 125 psf. Plywood edges shall have approved tongue and groove joints or shall be sup- ported with blocking, unless one-fourth (1i ) inch minimum thickness underlayment is installed, or finish floor is 25/32" wood strip, if wood strips are perpendicular to supports, thicknesses shown for 16" and 20" spans may be used on 24" spans. Except for 1/2 inch, Under- layment Grade and C-C (plugged) panels may be of nominal thickness 1/32 inch less than the nominal thicknesses sho«-n when marked with the reduced thickness. 17-27 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE ---._. -. ... ............... . ........ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 1705.61) --- PLYWOOD EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS Panel thickness shall be not less than %" nominal except for "303 Specialty Siding" panels which are grooved, striated, brushed, or have other surface texture. Average thickness of "303 Specialty Siding" panels after texturing shall be not less than 5/16". Nailing of plywood shall be as indicated: Plywood(1) Nail Nail Panel Nail-Spacing on Supports (2) Thickness Size Type Edges Intermediate Panel Siding(3) 3/s", 1/2" 6d Non-corrosive, 6" 12" on each stud s/s" & Thicker 8d box or casing 6" 12" on each stdd nails Lap Siding 3s" 6d Non-corrosive, 4" One nail per stud on width 1/2" & Thicker 8d box or casing 12" or less. 8" for widths nails greater than 12" t 303 Specialty 1/2" 6d Non-corrosive, 6" 12" on each stud 00 Sidings(3) %11 & Thicker 8d box or casing 6" 12" on each stud nails Texture 1-11(3) 5/g" 8d Non-corrosive, 6" 12" on each stud box or casing nails (1) Minimum edge distance of (2) Special Requirement: Nails on ship-lap edges" from exposed edge and slant driven towards it; do not set. (3) In direct-to-stud applications 4 and 5-ply panels of 'rs" nominal thickness or more may be used over studs 24" o.c. if texturing does not penetrate through the face veneer. Other panels shall be used with face grain vertical on studs spaced 16" o.c, or with face grain horizontal on studs spaced 24" o.c. Five ply panels hav= ing a nominal thickness of 19/32" or more, groove3 no wider than 1'/2" and space no closer than 12" o.c. may also be applied direct to studs spaced 24" o.c. i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15;2WA 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL,COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 1706.3--MAXIMUM SPANS FOR HEADERS* In this table, headers consist of two pieces of nominal 2-inch traI Ting lumber set on edge and nailed together. The span for the two pieces is expressed as a percentage, of the maximum allowable span for floor joists of the same species and grade spaced 16 inches on centers and subjected to a live load of 40 pounds per square foot. Spans for floor joists are included in Section 1705.3(a). Exterior Wall Openings Bearing Partition Openings Rafters with Bearing Trussed Rafters (Slope Trussed )Rafters (Slope Rafters with Bearing Rafters with Bearing Partition (Slope of 3 of 3 in 12 or less) No over 3 in 12) Attic Partition (Slope of 3 Partition (Slope over 3 in 12 or less) No attic attic storage storage in 12 or less) No attic in 12) Attic storage storage storage Rafters with Bearing Partition (Slope over 3 in 12) Attic storage N Buildings up to 26 ft. 'wide-1 story or 2nd story of 2-story buildings 60%o 40% 50% 35 c/o Buildings up to 26 ft. wide-14. storZ of 1! or 2 storyk buildings 40% 35 70 35% 1 35�/o 30% Buildings 27 to 32 ft. wide-1 story or 2nd stor • of 2 story buildings 55 rJo 4017o 35,,'a 45 r-'o 35'ro Buildings 27 to 32 ft. wide—lst story of 1!,= or 2 story buildings 35% 35,70 35 rJo 35 30 c'o Note 1—Span for 'a header of two 2x4's should not exceed 2'-6" in bearing partitions under attic storage nor 3'-0" elsewhere. Note 2—Example—Section 1705.3(a)--for the species and grade in question, may show a span of 14 feet for 2x8 floor joists spaced 16 inches on center under a 40-pound live load. If the factor f mm the table is 3570, the allowable span for a header consisting of 2 pieces of 2xg of this grade and species would be 351',c of 14 feet or 4 feet, 11 inches. *Headers may be designed in accordance -with Section 17 00,1(d). i Copyright C>1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS PS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar is,2016 3:07:00 P REPRODUCTION pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED EPRODUCTION OR M * l DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT"I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SUPPLEMENT "A" TO CHAPTER XVII PLYWOOD DIAPHRAGMS GENERAL Plywood diaphragms may be used to resist horizontal forces in horizon- tal and vertical distributing or resisting elements, provided the deflection in the plane of the diaphragm, as determined by calculations, tests, or analo- gies drawn therefrom, does not exceed the permissible deflection of at- tached distributing or resisting elements. Permissible deflection shall be that deflection up to which the diaphragm and any attached distributing or resisting element will maintain its structural integrity under.assumed load conditons, i.e., continue to support assumed loads without danger to occupants of the structure. Connections and anchorages capable of resisting the design forces shall be provided between the diaphragms and the resisting elements. Openings in diaphragms which materially affect their strength shall be fully detailed on the plans,,and shall have their edges adequately reinforced to transfer all shearing stresses. Size and shape of diaphragms shall be limited as set forth in Table 1. In buildings of wood construction where rotation is provided for, transverse shear resisting elements normal to the longitudinal element shall be pro- vided at spacings not exceeding two (2) times the width for plywood.dia- phragms. In masonry or concrete buildings, plywood diaphragms shall not be considered as transmitting lateral forces by rotation. TABLE 1 MAXIMUM DIAPHRAGM DIMENSION RATIOS Horizontal Vertical Diaphragms Diaphragms Maximum Maximum Span-Width Height-Width Type Ratios Ratios Plywood, nailed all edges 4:1 3Y2:1 Plywood, blocking omitted 4:1 2:1 at intermediate joints 7 `f1' - - I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERV�ti.A3£SSed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE F --- - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAh PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Design Horizontal and vertical diaphragms sheathed with plywood may be used to resist horizontal forces not exceeding those set forth in Table 2 and 3, may be calculated by principles of mechanics without limitations by using values for nail strength and plywood shear strength given elsewhere in this code. Plywood thickness for horizontal diaphragms shall not be less than set forth in Tables 1705.6 for corresponding joist spacing and loads, except ` that one-fourth (1/) inch may be used where perpendicular loads permit. All boundary members shall be proportioned and spliced where neces- sary to transmit direct stresses. Framing members shall be at least two inches nominal in width. In general panel edges shall bear on the framing members and butt along their center lines. Nails shall be placed not less than three-eighths (3/) inch in from the panel edge, not more than twelve (12) inches apart along intermediate supports, and six (6) inches along panel edge-bearings, and shall be firmly driven into the framing members. No unblocked panel less than twelve (12) inches wide shall be used. 17-31 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE j - --- -- ---- ------AGRF,EMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL ANDGRIMINAh PF.NAhTIF,S THEREUNDER. TABLE 2-- ALLOWABLE SHEAR IN POUNDS PER FOOT FOR HORIZONTAL PLYWOOD DIAPHRAGMSI BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS V.01LOCKED DIAPHRAGM ?'ail swim aL d)xvLraera boandarlea (all eases),al Minimum Minimum Minimum Watinaone Pad ekes •\ails spaced 6"max,at Nominal Nominal Nominal waud to 1iid{"r"a a t) supported end aed at all Laeel edm PLYwm GRADE Common Penetration in Plywood, Width of (Come S a 6) Load perpen- Tail Size Framing Thickness Framing 6 4 2' 2 dirular to un- ALL other (fit Inches) (in Inches) Member blocked edges emd1garltions {fa Inches) Nail spacing at other and tontinuotm races 2 3,4, Plywood panel edges panel Joints o&6) 6 6 4 3 (rase 1) 6d 1U 5/16 2 185 250 375 420 165 125 ok U 3 210 280 420 475 185 140 8d V?- 3/s 2 270 360 530 600 240 1.80 STRUCTURAL 1 3 300 400 600 675 265 200 10d 15; 1/2 2 320 425 6402 7302 285 215 3 360 480 720 820 320 240 6d 11,,4 5/16 11 2 170 225 335 380 150 110 or 1/ 3 190 250 380 430 170 125 4 '/s 2 185 250 375 420 165 125 W 3 210 280 420 475 185 140 tv 4 8d 1y2 3% 2 240 320 480 545 215 160 STRUCTURAL li, C—D, 3 270 360 540 610 240 180 C-C and Other Grades 1 2 270 360 530 600 240 180 Covered in PS 1. 3 300 400 600 675 265 200 10d I sy /� 2 290 385 5752 6552 255 190 3 325 430 650 735 290 215 % 2 320 425 6402 7302 285 215 3 360 480 720 1820 320 240 IT'hese values are for short time loads due to rind or earthquake and most be reduced 25 per cent for normal loading. Space nails 12 inches on center along intermediate framing members. Reduce tabulated allawahte shears 10 per cent when boundary members provide less than 3-inch nominal nailing surface. Lill CM . Ca!6 . taa/ FrariM �ia4iaM nie/Maae�+r 'ni7oin oMil 1� CrMimn Fuel birds a L i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'reague on Mar ts,2o16 s:en:cO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT"AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT',AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 3---ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR WIND OR SEIS31le FORCE''S IN POCNDS PER FOOT FOR PLYWOOD SHEAR WALLSt 111\111i'I[ 111NnIry rLTiYnAn APPLIED I)IRF;CT TO FRAMING ruwonn APPprn Ot'F.R �.-I\III NAIL SIZF; NAIL PF;Xbl- NOMINAL GYPSUM SNF.ATIIIvr, (Common or TRATIOY IN PI.Y►i'oon SAIL.KIZF: Galvanized FRASII C HICK\F.5$ Nali 4pulnR at Plywood Panel Lim Irommnn.+rr Sail Sparin�at PlywrmA Pane! rLTii'DOU GR:IiI); BUZ) (Inches) (Inches) 6 4. gc� Galvanized ltntl $ { 2 2 6d 1'/4, 5/16 200 1 300 450 510 8d 201) 300 450 510 STRUCTURAL I 8d 1's %(2) 280 bo 640 1j30 10d 280 .430 640 10c1 1% ?s 346. $10 770 870 ?3U STRUCTURAL 11, C-D, C- , and Other Grades 6d 114 5i16 180 `?70 400 450 841 180 270 400 450 Covered in PS i. 8d 1',s (2) 1160 380 570 640 1Ud 260 380 570 640 10d 1% ?2 310 460 690 770 -- NAiI SIZE C.d (Gal+:Wised NAIL SIZP w Cuing) (0+I11ni2ed Plywood Panel Casing) --- Siding in Grades 6d 1? iii,'16 140 210 320 360 8d 140 I;U Covered in PS 1. 8d V, 3�(2) 160 240 360 410 10d 160 240 2I0 320 3360 410 'All panel edes hacked with two-inch (2") nominal or wider framing., Plywood installed either horizontally or vertically: Space nails at twelve (12) inches on center along intermediate framing members. These values are for short time Ioads due to wind or earthquake and must be reduced 25 percent for normal loading. 2Reduce shears one-sixth when eifa" Plywood is applied with face grain vertical direct to framing spaced more than I6" o.c. i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SUPPLEMENT B TO CHAPTER XV11 PARTICLEBOARD DIAPHRAGMS GENERAL Particleboard diaphragms may be used to resist horizontal forces in horizontal and vertical distributing or resisting elements, provided the deflection in the plane of the diaphragm, as determined by calculations, tests or analogies drawn therefrom, does not exceed the permissible deflec- tion of attached distributing or resisting elements. Permissible deflection shall be that deflection up to which the diaphragm and any attached distributing or resisting element will maintain its structural integrity under assumed load conditons, i.e., continue to support assumed loads without danger to occupants of the structure. Connections and anchorages capable of resisting the design forces shall be provided between the diaphragms and the resisting elements. Openings in diaphragms which materially affect their strength shall be fully detailed on the plans, and shall have their edges adequately reinforced to transfer all shearing stresses. Size and shape of diaphragms shall be limited as set forth in Table 4. In buildings of wood construction where rotation is provided for, transverse shear resisting elements normal to the longitudinal element shall be°pro- vided at spacings not exceeding two (2) times the width for particleboard diaphragms. In masonry or concrete buildings particleboard diaphragms shall not be considered as transmitting lateral forces by rotation. TABLE 4 MAXIMUM DIAPHRAGM DIMENSION RATIOS Horizontal Vertical Diaphragms Diaphragms --- Maximum Maximum Span-Width Height-Width Type Ratios Ratios Particleboard, nailed all edges 4:1 3%2:1 Particleboard, blocking omitted 4:1 2:1 at intermediate joints Design Horizontal and vertical diaphragms sheathed with particleboard may be used to resist horizontal forces not exceeding those set forth in Table 5 for horizontal diaphragms and Table 6 for vertical diaphragms. 17-34 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 1 -_-.-. -_._- .............._AGREEMENT,.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES.'CHERJ;UN7?F,R,...... ' Particleboard for horizontal diaphragms shall be as set forth in Table 1705.6F for roofs and Table 1705.6E for floors. Particleboard for shear walls shall be as set forth in Table 1706.2E. Grades of particleboard and maximum spans for subfloor-underlayment shall be as set forth in Table 1705.6E. All boundary members shall be proportioned and spliced where neces- sary to transmit direct stresses. Framing members shall be at least 2-inch nominal in the dimension to which the particleboard is attached, In gen- eral; panel edges shall bear on the framing members and butt along their center lines. Nails shall be placed not less than 318 inch in from the panel edge, shall be spaced not more than 6 inches on center, along panel edge bearings, 12 inches apart along intermediate supports, and shall be firmly driven into the framing members. No unblocked panels less than 12 inches wide shall be used. E 17-35 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.._-. _-__. ................ ......... ... _.............._ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TOCIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 5 BLOCKED DIAPHRAGM ALLOWABLE SHEAR IN POUNDS PER FOOT FOR HORIZONTAL PARTICLEBOARD Nall Spacing at Diaphragm DIAPHRAGMS WITH FRAMING OF DOUGLAS Boundrlea(All Cases)and Continuous Panel Edges UNBLOCKED DIAPHRAGM FIR-LATCH OR SOUTHERN PINE Parallel to Load (Cases 3, 4,5 and 6) Nails Spaced 6"Max.at 6 4 2%2 2 Supported End Minimum Minimum Nominal Minimum Nominal Width of Nall Spacing at Load Perpendicular All Other Nominal Common Penetration Framing Other Panel Edges to Unblocked Edges Configuration Thickness Nall in Framing Member &Continuous Panel (Cases,2, 3&4) Grade (in Inches) Size (in Inches) (in Inches) 6 6 4 3 Joists (Case 1) 3/83 6d 1y 2 185 250 375 420 165 125 v 3 210 280 420 475 185 140 i 3/83 8d 1%2 2 240 320 480 545 215, 160 3 270 360 540 610 240 180 2-M-W 7/16 8d 1%2 2 255 340 505 575 230 170 3 285 380 570 645 255 190 and % 8d 1%2 2 270 360 530 600 240 180 2-M-F 3 300 400 600 675 265 200 j2 10d 15/a 2 290 385 575' 655' 255 190 3 325 430 650 735 290 215 5/8 &21/323 10d 15/d 2 320 425 640' 730' 285 215 3 360 480 720 820 320 240 2-M-3 3/ 6d 1 y 2 186 250 375 420 165 125 3 210 280 420 475 185 140 3/ 8d 1%z 2 240 320 1 480 1 545 215 160 3 270 360 540 610 240 180 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,zota s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 1. These values are of short-time loads due to wind or earthquake and must be reduced 25 percent for normal loading. Space nails 10 inches on center for floors and 12 inches on center for roofs along intermediate fram- ing members. Allowable shear values for nails in framing members of other species set forth in the National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction shall be calculated for all grades by multiplying the values by the following factors: Croup 111 0.82, and Group 1V, 0.65. 2. Reduce tabulated allowable shears 10 percent when boundary members provide less than 3-inch nominal nailing surface. 3. Values may be applied to thicker panels with the minimum nail penetrations. NOTE: Framing may be located in either direction for blocked diaphragms. 5 17-37 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE " - - - - --- - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 6 ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR WIND OR SEISMIC FORCES IN POUNDS PER FOOT FOR PARTICLEBOARD SHEAR WALLS WITH FRAMING OF DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE' Panels Applied Direct Panels Applied Over To Framing Y2-Inch Gypsum Sheathing Minimum. Minimum Nall Nominal Nall Size Penetration Mail Spacing at Panel Edges NAIL SIZE Nall Spacing at Panel Edges Thickness (Common or In Framing (Common or GRAVE (In Inchea) Galvanized Box) (in Inches) tt 4 2y2 2 Galvanized Box) B 4 2�/� 2 5116 and 6d 11/4 180 270 400 450 8d 180 270 400 450 %4 .... 2-M-w /84 71 W and 7/16 8d I1/ 220' 320' 470' 530' 10d 260 380 570' 640' ap 2-M-F and 'h and 10d 1 310 460 690' 770' — — — s/� I f J6 I 1—All panel edges racked with 2-inch nominal or wider framing.Install panels either horizontally or vertically.Space nails at 6 inches on center along intermediate framing members for%-inch and 7/16-inch panels installed on studs spaced 24 inches on center and 12 inche on center for other conditions andpanel thicknesses.These values are for short-time loads due to wind or earthquake and must be reduced 25 percent for nominal loading. Allowable shear values for nails in framing members of other species set forth in Nationai Forest Products Association Nation Design Specification for Wood Construction shall be calculated for all grades by multiplying the values for common and galvanized box nails in the table by the following factors: Group III, 0.82, and Group IV, 0,65. 2—Reduce tablulated allowable shears 10 percent when boudndary members provide less than 3-inch nominal nailing surface. 3—The values for 3/-inch panels applied direct to framing may be increased 20 percent, provided studs are spaced a maximum of 16 inches on center. 4—Values for 3/-inch thicknesses may be applied to thicker pan is with minimum nail penetration. V11 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar is 2oc6 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT"ANU�IHE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. CHAPTER XVIII LATHING, PLASTERING, AND GYPSUM WALLBOARD SECTION 1800—GENERAL (a) Lathing, plastering and gypsum wallboard application shall be done in the manner and with the materials specified in this Chapter, and when required for fire protection shall also comply with the provisions of Chap- ter X. (b) No plaster shall be applied until the lathing has been inspected, and approved by the Building Official. (c) The Building Official may require that test holes be made in the wall for the purpose of determining the thickness and/or proportioning of the plaster, provided the permit holder has been notified twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the time of making such tests. (d) Joint treatment of gypsum wallboard shall not be applied until the wallboard application has been approved by the Building Official. SECTION 18.01= MATERIALS Materials Designation Aggregate Sand—Shall be washed and when used with ASTM C 35 portland cement for scratch coat plastering the amount of sand retained on a No. 16 sieve shall not be less than 10% or more than 40% Perlite ASTM C 35 Vermiculite ASTM C 35 Gypsum Plasters ASTM C 28 Gypsum Veneer Plaster ASTM C 587 Gypsum Veneer Base ASTM C 588 Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board ASTM C 630 Bonding Compounds'for.Interior Plastering . ASTM C 631 Lime-Special Finishing Hydrated Lime Type ASTM C 206 l 8-1 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE __- - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SECTION 1801 --- MATERIALS(Continued) Materials Designation Quicklime for structural purposes (Lime putty shall be made from quicklime or hy- drated lime and shall be prepared in an ap- proved manner.) ASTM C 5 Keene's Cement ASTM C 61 Portland Cement Type 1, 11, or III ASTM C 150 Type I-A, II-A, or 111-A ASTM C 175 EXCEPTION: Approved types of plasticiz- ing agents may be added to portland cement Type I or Type 11 in the manufacturing process, but not in excess of 12 percent of the total volume. Plastic or water-proofed cements so manufactured shall meet the re- quirements for portland cement as specified in ASTM C 150 except in respect to the limitation on insoluble residue, air-entrain- ment and additions subsequent to calcination Masonry Cement Type 11 ASTM C 9>1. Portland Blast Furnace Slag Cement ASTM C.595 - Type IS Type IS-A Gypsum Lath ASTM C 37 Metal Lath ASTM C 847 Gypsum Wallboard ASTM C 36 Gypsum Backing Board ASTM C 442 Joint Reinforcing Tape ASTM C 474 and Adhesive Materials ASTM C 475 Steel Studs (for use with Gypsum Sheet _. Materials) ASTM C 645 Screws (for use with Steel Studs covered by ASTM-C-645) ASTM C 646 Gypsum Board Floor and Roof Substrait ASTM C 707 SECTION 1802—APPLICATION OF INTERIOR LATHING AND PLASTERING (a) Interior lathing and furring shall be done in accordance with the procedures set forth in "Specifications for Interior Lathing and. Furring, ASTM C-841". (b) Interior gypsum plastering shall be done in accordance with the procedures set forth in "Specifications for the Application of Interior Gyp- - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER18-2 ssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of p distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. sum Plaster, ASTM C-842", or the Recommended Specifications, "Gyp- sum Plastering" as published by the Gypsum Association. Portland cement plaster shall be in accordance with the provisions of "Specifications for Portland Cement Plastering, ANSI A 42.3". SECTION 1803—APPLICATION OF EXTERIOR LATHING AND PLASTERING (a) Exterior use of gypsum plaster shall be in strict conformance with the applicable requirements of "Recommended Specifications--Gypsum Plas- tering" published by the Gypsum Association and the provisions of"Metal Lath", ASTM C847. (b) Exterior use of portland cement plaster shall be in conformance with the applicable requirements of "Specifications for Portland Cement Stuc- co, ANSI A42.2". SECTION 1804—PNEUMATICALLY PLACED PORTLAND°CEMENT PLASTER (a) Pneumatically placed portland cement plaster shall be a mixture of portland cement and aggregate conveyed by air through a pipe or flexible tube, and deposited by air pressure in its final position. (b) .Rebound: material,may be screened .and reused as aggregate in an amount.not greater.than twenty-five (25) percent.of:the total.sand in any batch. (c), Pneumatically. placed-portland-cement plaster shall consist of a mix- ture of one,part,cement-to not more than five parts of aggregate. Plasticity agents: may .be used as .specified, elsewhere in this Chapter. Except when applied to concrete or masonry, such plaster shall be applied in not less than two coats to a minimum toatal thickness of seven-eighths (%g) inch. SECTION 1805---APPLICATION OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD Interior and exterior application and finishing of gypsum board shall be done in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Gypsum Associa- tion "Recommended Specification. for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board, GA-216". Where gypsum wallboard is used as a base for ceramic or plastic wall tile or plastic finish wall panels in wet areas such as tub and shower enclosures, water resistant gypsum board (ASTM C 630) shall be used and shall be installed according to Section 15 of GA-216. SECTION 1806--APPLICATION OF LIGHT GAUGE STEEL STUDS When screw type steel framing members are used in non-load bearing and/or non-combustible fire resistive assemblies, they shall conform to the "Specification for the Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backer Board or Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board, ASTM C 754". 18-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SECTION 1807—ALLOWABLE PARTITION HEIGHTS TABLE NO. 1 — ALLOWABLE PARTITION HEIGHTS BASED ON WALLBOARD AND NO. 25 GAUGE STUDS' ACTING AS A COMPOSITE SECTION2 FACING STUD DEPTH (In Inches) STUD ON SPACING EACH 1% 2%2 31/ 3% 4 6 (In Inches) SIDE HEIGHT IN FEET AND INCHES 16 %2"-one ply 11'0" 14'8" 17'10" 19'5" 201311 18'1011 24 %2"-one ply 10'0" 13'5" 16'0" 17'3" 18'5" 17'8" 24 %"-two ply 12'4" 1510" 18'3" 19'5" 201811 191011 The tabulated stud heights are based on 25 gauge steel studs and installed in conformance with Gypsum Association specifications for installation of screw type steel framing members to receive gypsumboard. 2Gypsum board product must have a minimum thickness of/2"and may be applied vertically or horizontally. SECTION 1808—VERTICAL GYPSUM BOARD DIAPHRAGMS 1808.1—GENERAL Gypsum wallboard, gypsum sheathing and gypsum veneer base may be ` used on wood studs for vertical diaphragms if applied in accordance with this section. Shear-resisting values shall not exceed those set forth in Table No. 1808. The shear values tabulated shall not be cumulative with the shear value of other materials applied to the same wall. The shear values may be doubled when identical materials applied as specified in this section are applied to both sides of the wall. 1808.2 --WALL FRAMING Framing for vertical diaphragms shall comply with Section 1706.2 for bearing walls and studs shall be spaced not further apart than sixteen (16) inches center to center. Marginal studs and plates shall be anchored to resist all design forces. The maximum allowable height to length ratio for the construction in this section shall be 1 %2 to 1. 1808.3—APPLICATION End joints of adjacent courses of gypsum board sheets shall not occur over the same stud. I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVJ,IXAcc@ssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Where required in Table No. 1808, blocking having the same cross- sectional dimensions as the studs shall be provided at all joints that are perpendicular to the studs. The size and spacing of nails shall be as set forth in Table No. 1808. Nails shall be spaced not less than three-eighths(3/e)inch from edges and ends of gypsum boards or sides of studs, blocking and top and bottom plates. plates. �- (a) Gypsum sheathing four (4) feet wide may be applied parallel or per- pendicular to studs. Two foot wide pieces shall be as set forth in Table No. 1808. (b) Gypsum wallboard or veneer base may be applied parallel or per- pendicular to studs. Maximum allowable shear values shall be as set forth in Table No. 1808. 1808.4—MASONRY AND CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION Gypsum board shall not be used in vertical diaphragms to resist forces imposed by masonry or concrete construction. 18-5 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -. ..... __.... .......................... ... ...... ....... ----Af i2EL-MEN`I',AND-SUBJEf;T TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE NO. 1808 ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR WIND OR SEISMIC FORCES IN POUNDS PER FOOT FOR GYPSUM BOARD VERTICAL DIAPHRAGMS' Type of Thickness of Nail Spacing' Shear Material Material Wall Construction (in Inches) Value „Minimum Nall Size Gypsum 1/2" x 2' x 8' Unblocked 4 75 - No. 11 gage, 13/" long Sheathing V2" x 4' Blocked 4 175 7/16" head, diamond- Board V2" x 4' Unblocked 7 100 point, galvanized 7 100 Unblocked 9 4 125 Qt Y2 rr Gypsum 5d cooler nails Wallboard 7 125 Blocked or 4 150 Veneer Base Blocked 4 175 6d cooler nails Blocked Base Ply 9 Base Ply - 6d cooler nail 250 Two-Ply Face Ply 7 Face Ply - 8d cooler nails 1 . These vertical diaphragms shall not be used to resist loads imposed by masonry or concrete walls. Values are for short-time loading due to wind or earthquake and must be reduced twenty-five (25) percent for normal loading. 2. Applies to nailing at all studs, top and bottom plates, and blocking. i l I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Robby Teague on Hilo,15,,,26t6 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL,COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. CHAPTER XIX RAT-PROOF CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1900---RAT-PROOFING This Chapter provides regulations governing the rat-proofing of occu- pancies that provide conditions favorable to rodent infestation and pro- pagation. SECTION 1901—OCCUPANCY 1901.1—GENERAL Every building in which feed, foodstuff or food is stored, prepared, pro- cessed, served or sold, shall be made, maintained or built of rat-proof con- struction by the owner, tenant, or occupant in accordance with the provi- sions of this section. This Chapter applies particularly to the following occupancies: Group B—Cafes or Restaurants (Curb Markets see Section 1902.3.) `- Group A—Large Restaurants Group S—Storage Group F---Slaughter Houses 19.01.2 �EXISTJNG 'OR NEIN B:'UILDINGS: (a) Foundation Wall Ventilation Openings. All foundation wall ventila- tor.-openings.shall be� covered for their height and width with perforated: sheet metal plates of a thickness not less than seventy thousandths (0.070) inch or with expanded sheet metal of a thickness not less than forty seven thousandths (0.047) inch or with cast iron grills or gratings, or with hard- ware cloth of nineteen (19) B. & S. Gauge or heavier. The openings therein shall not exceed one-half (%2) inch. (b) Miscellaneous Foundation and Exterior Wall Openings--All founda- tion and exterior wall openings (except those used for doors and screened windows), such as those openings around pipes, electric cables, conduits, openings due to deteriorated walls, broken masonry or concrete, shall be protected against the passage of rats -by closing such openings with cement mortar, concrete masonry or non-corrodible metal. (c) Doors. All exposed edges of the lower ten (10) inches of wooden doors, door sills and jambs serving as rear or side entrances into business buildings from the ground, basement, or cellar floors, and other doors accessible to rats shall be protected against gnawing by covering doors, door sills and jambs with solid sheet metal of not less than twenty-four thousandths (0,024.) inch thickness. All doors on which metal protection has been applied shall be hinged so as to be freeswinging. When closed, doors shall fit snugly so that the max- imum clearance between any door, door jambs and sills shall not be greater than three-eighths (3/8} inches. 19-1 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or (; 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Door jambs and sills constructed of metal, concrete, masonry, stone or cement mortar will be acceptable without metal protection as specified under paragraphs above. (d) Windows---All windows and other openings for the purpose of light or ventilation located in exterior walls within two (2) feet above the exist- ing ground level immediately below such opening shall be covered for their entire height and width, including frame, with wire cloth of at least 19 B. & S. Gauge having a mesh not larger than one-half(%2) inch. All windows and other openings for the purpose of light and ventilation in the exterior walls not covered in paragraph above, accessible to rats by way of exposed pipes, wires, conduits, and other appurtenances shall be covered with wire cloth of at least nineteen (19) inch or in lieu of wire cloth covering, said pipes, wires, conduits and other appurtenances shall be blocked from rat usage by installing solid sheet metal guards of twenty- four thousandths (0.024) inch thickness or heavier. Guards shall be fitted snugly around pipes, wires, conduit or other appurtenances. In addition, they shall be fastened securely to and shall extend perpendicularly from the exterior wall for a minimum distance of twelve (12) inches beyond and on either side of pipe, wire, conduit or appurtenance. - SECTION 1902—CONSTRUCTION 1902.1—MASONRY CONSTRUCTION AND CONCRETE FLOORS All new buildings with concrete floors shall be constructed with no intervening space between the edge of the.floor slab and building walls. All openings in the floor slab shall be properly protected against the passage of rats. ` 1902.2---PIER AND WOOD CONSTRUCTION (a) Less Than Twelve (12) Inches Above Ground. All new buildings con- structed on piers having wooden floor sills less than twelve (12) inches above the surface of the ground shall have the intervening space between the .floor sills and ground protected against the passage of rats by installing a solid masonry, concrete curtain wall around the entire perimeter of the building and extending said curtain waltto a depth of not less than twenty- four (24) inches below the surface of the ground level and fastened securely to the exterior wall of the building. Where curtain walls are not desirable, all ground floors of wood con- struction may be replaced with concrete of not less than four (4) inches in thickness with the-exterior wall protected for a height of twenty-four (24) inches above the concrete floor with masonry, concrete or solid sheet metal of twenty-four thousandths(0.024) inch thickness or heavier. Exterior wall protection shall be securely tied into the concrete floor at all points. (b) Over Twelve Inches Above Ground-Buildings`constructed on piers having wooden floor sills more than twelve (12) inches above the ground level, shall have the intervening spaces between floor sills-and ground pro- tected against the passage of rats by installing curtain walls in accordance with Section 1902.2(a), or protecting said building against-the;passage of - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER4,972 sed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .... ........... ......... .. - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. rats by installing solid sheet metal collars of twenty-four thousandths (0.024) inch thickness or heavier at top of each pier and snugly around each pipe, cable, wire, conduit or other utility service passing through wooden ground floor. Metal collars shall be not less than eight (8) inches greater in diameter than the pier, pipe, cable, wire, conduit or other utility service and shall be securely fastened underneath the wooden floor. All other openings in wooden ground floors through which rats may gain entrance into double walls or the interior of business buildings, such as openings that may exist in floors at double walls above floor sills, shall be closed with twenty-four.thousandths (0.024) inch thickness or heavier solid sheet metal or 16 B. & S. Gauge or heavier wire cloth of one-half (1/z) inch mesh or with concrete or masonry. y--- 1902.3—CURB OR FARMER'S MARKET The floors of Curb or Farmer's Markets in which fruit or vegetables are exposed and offered for sale shall be paved with four inches of concrete for the entire surface area of the market. The floor shall be protected by a curtain wall of concrete or masonry of not less than four (4) inches in thickness, hermetically sealed to the surface pavement, and extending not less than twenty-four inches below the ground surface. Curtain wall shall be extended around the entire perimeter of the floor pavement. Display racks, stands, or platforms on which fruit or vegetables are stored or offered for sale shall be of sufficient height that all such fruit or vegetables shall be kept at a distance of not less than eighteen (18) inches above the floor pavement ,and Aso constructed !that rats..cannot harbor: in or under such racks. 19-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE x --- --- ----- -AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. x—. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or ' distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ,. ....ACREEMFNT,ANR.SURIECT.T9.CIYU,.ANT?.CRIMINALPb,NALTIESTHEREUNDER. _ CHAPTER XX LIGHT, VENTILATION AND SANITATION SECTION 2001:--LIGHT AND VENTILATION 2001.1--MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS (a) Every habitable room of buildings hereafter erected shall have one (1) or more windows, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, to afford adequate light and ventilation. The requirements specified in this chapter shall be considered as minimum requirements supplementary to all State laws regulating light and ventilation. (b) Where windows are required such windows shall open on a street, public space, yard, or approved open space that will afford adequate air and light. Required windows shall be so constructed that when fully opened, the total open space shall not be less than one-half (%2) the required window area. Exception: Group I Institutional Occupancies equipped with an engi- neered smoke control system may have fixed glazing in windows of sleep- ing rooms. (c) Attics not used for'habitational purposes shall have provisions for the emission of excess heat. (d) Skylights; vents, louvers or mechanical ventilation may be substi- tuted for windows,when approved by,the Building. Official, provided.ade- quate light:and;. ventilation..is provided-,,to :meet the requirements of this chapter. (e) Except as otherwise provided herein, required .windows shall have glazed openings of clear glass of area not less than eight (8) percent of the floor area of the room served by them with the following exceptions: 1. Storage rooms—windows shall have an area not less than one- twentieth (I/20) of the floor area served. 2. Obscure glass, glass blocks and similar glazed panels that admit less light than clear glass shall have area increased to admit amount of light equivalent to the above requirement. 3. Year around mechanically ventilating conditioned air systems may be substituted for windows, as required herein, in rooms other than rooms used for sleeping purposes. Window type air conditioning units are not included in this exception. (f) Rooms where by reason of use or occupancy, dust fumes, gases, vapors, odors or other hazardous, obnoxious, or injurious impurities exist shall be provided with adequate additional ventilation to insure safe and healthful conditions. j 2001.1.1--ROOM DIMENSIONS (a) Ceiling Heights. Habitable (space) rooms other than kitchens; stor- age rooms and laundry rooms shall have a ceiling height of not less than seven (7) feet six (6) inches. Hallways, corridors, bathrooms, water closet 20-1 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE g .AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT'TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. rooms and kitchens shall have a ceiling height of not less than seven (7) feet measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling. If any room .4in'a building has a sloping ceiling, the`prescribed ceiling height for the room is required in only one-half (%2) the area thereof. No portion of the room measuring less than five (5) feet from the finished floor to the finished ceiling shall be included in any computation of the minimum area thereof. If any room has a furred ceiling, the prescribed ceiling height is required in one-third (1/3) of the area thereof, but in no case shall the height of the furred ceiling be less than seven (7) feet. (b) Floor Area. Every dwelling unit shall have at least one room which shall have not less than one hundred fifty (150) square feet of the floor area. Other habitable rooms except kitchens shall have an area of not less than seventy (70) square feet. (c) Width. No habitable room other than a kitchen shall be less than seven (7) feet in any dimension. 2001.2—ALCOVES An alcove opening off a habitable room may be included as part of that room in determining the window area required, provided that a portion of the common wall between the habitable room and.the alcove, is open and unobstructed - For the purpose of determining light and ventilation-requirements, An-Y room may be considered as a portion of an adjoining room when one fA f (Y2) of the area of the common wall is open and unobstructed and provides an opening of not less than one-tenth of the floor area of the interior room or twenty-five (25) square feet—whichever is greater.. 2001.3—TOILETS (a) Toilet rooms shall not open directly into a kitchen or room used for the preparation of food. (b) Every toilet room shall have windows as specified for habitable rooms providing in no case less than three (3) sq. ft. of open space; or shall .. have approved, equivalent mechanical ventilation. 2001.4---MECHANICAL VENTILATION (a) Where ventilation is provided by mechanical means, fresh air in suf- ficient quantity to maintain healthful condition$ shall be provided to meet the requirements of all state laws. In the absence of'such requirements, ventilation at least equivalent to the requirements of this.code governing natural ventilation shall be provided, or an approved air circulation and treatment system in compliance with National Sanitation Foundation Standard C-10 may be provided. F, : :: (b) Where natural ventilation, or approved. air treatment system in com- pliance with NSF Standard C=10, is not provided, lavatories, toilets, bathrooms, and rest rooms shall be provided with at least two (2) cubic Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERV20,,,2 ed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .d ...... - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. feet of exhaust air per minute per square foot of floor area, with the fol- lowing exceptions: (1) For lavatories, toilets, bathrooms, and rest rooms in one and two family dwellings, exhaust air may be reduced to a minimum of one (1) cubic foot per minute per square foot of floor area. (2) For private toilet rooms with not more than one water closet and one lavatory, exhaust air may be reduced to a minimum of one (1) cubic foot per minute per square foot of floor area. SECTION 2002—SANITATION 2002.1—TOILET FACILITIES (a) Every building and each subdivision thereof which is not open to the public, but where both sexes are employed, shall be provided with not less than the minimum sanitary facilities for each sex prescribed by the Stand- ard Plumbing Code. Exception: Where not more than five (5) employees are employed on any one shift, one toilet for use by both sexes may be provided, either in such building or in a building located adjacent thereto on the same property. __(b) Every building and each subdivision thereof which is open to the public shall be provided, with access to public sanitary facilities for each sex as prescribed by the Standard Plumbing Code. Such sanitary facilities shall be readily .accessible"and free. to. the.public: Fees may: be charged .for use of any fixtures '.which are-in excess 'of'the number'.required by the Standard Plumbing Code. (c) Dwelling.units shall be provided with sanitary facilities as prescribed by the Standard Plumbing Code, connected to an approved disposal system. 2002,2--SURROUNDING MATERIALS The walls and floors of all public rest rooms shall be lined with non- absorbent material to a height of four (4) feet above the floor. (See Standard Plumbing Code for regulations governing installation and facilities.) . 2002.3—SHOWERS Shower compartments shall have floors and walls constructed of smooth, corrosion resistant and non-absorbent water resistant materials to a height of not less than seventy (70) inches above the compartment floor at the drain. 2002.4--JOINTS Built-in tubs with showers shall have water proofed joints between the tub and water resistant wall. 20-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENTS AND SUBJECT TO CIVILAND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THF,R=DER:...... .. _._. _... ................ ___.. _. _.. k Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ............... .............. ....................... ....... ... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. > CHAPTER XXI; SAFEGUARDS DURING- CONSTRUCTION SECTION 2101—GENERAL The temporary use of streets or public property for the storage or han- dling of materials or of equipment required for construction or demolition, `-" and the protection provided to the public shall comply with the provisions of this chapter. z� 2101.1—ALLOWA6LE USE OF PUBLIC PROPERTY DURING CONSTRUCTION The amount of space and conditions under which public property may be used for construction or demolition purposes shall be as set forth below: (a) One-third (1/3) of the width of street that is adjacent to the curb in front of the building being erected and for which a permit has been issued. If street in front of property adjoining such. building is to be used for similarly limited storage, a due waiver of claim against the applicable governing authority for damages on account of such use, issued by the owner of such property, shall be filed with the Building Official before such use shall be permitted. (b) Street or sidewalk space may be used in accordance with the follow- ing provisions 1. ,That such.,.-one-third,(1/3) allocated- space or any portion thereof shall not come within five-(5) feet of a rail:or.railway track. 2. That,a walkway,be constructed:in the outer portion of the permissi- ble occupied street space;-conforming'to the.requirements of Section 2101.3. 3. That building: material, fence, shed or any obstruction of any kind shall not be placed so as to obstruct free approach to any fire hydrant, lamp post, manhole, fire alarm box, or catch basin, or so as to interfere with the passage of water in the gutter. Protection against damage shall be provided to such utility fixtures during the progress of the work, but sight of them shall not be obstructed. 4. That a ten {10) foot clear roadway be maintained through any alley located along the building site. 5. That proper precaution shall be made during construction to pre- vent concrete, mortar washings, or any other material from entering a sewer. 6. The person or persons to whom a permit is issued for such purposes as stated herein, shall post with the applicable governing authority a bond of such type and amount as may be deemed advisable by the applicable governing authority as protection from any and all liability. 2101.2—WHERE COVERED WALKWAYS ARE REQUIRED (a) During the erection or demolition of any building exceeding one (1) story in height that is located at a distance less than ten (10) feet or less than one-quarter (1/) of the height of the building from any street or alley 21-1 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ...._ _ ___ _.__... ............................AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - property line, or when required by the Building Official, a roof covering for the entire length of the project shall be provided over the temporary or permanent sidewalk, from the time the construction or demolition extends above the second floor level until materials are no longer being used or handled on the front above such walk. (b) Buildings having their exteriors altered or repaired in an extensive manner involving any hazard shall be provided with a covered walk as required for new structures during erection. Exception: Where, in the opinion of the Building Official, a covered walk is not necessary, a permit maybe issued' to°block off-part of the sidewalk and have a temporary walk constructed as provided in Section 2101.3. 2101.3—CONSTRUCTION;OF WALKWAYS, FENCES AND PROTECTIVE COVERINGS Before any construction work is commenced the owner or his agent shall construct a temporary walkway in conformity with this section. (a) All fences, barriers, or temporary structures of any kind located on public highways, shall be so constructed as not to obstruct vision at the intersection of streets. (b) Walkways shall be not less than four (4) feet wide in the clear except that in congested districts the Building Official may require a walkway as .wide as, in his opinion; is necessary: Walks shall be built in a safe and substantial manner and be maintained in that condition at all times. A smooth handrail of substantial construction, not less than three (3) feet high, shall be provided on the traffic or street side of the walkway, and also on the building side when considered necessary by the Building Official. (c) Where the distance from building to street or alley property line is less than half the height of the building, a fence of substantial solid con- struction at least eight (8) feet high shall be provided on the building side of the walkway. (d) Roof coverings over walkways, as required by Section 2101.2, shall be considered of not less than one layer of two (2) inch'nominal dimension wood plank spanning not over three(3) feet between supports, or equivalent decking. The framework supporting 1 the walkway.covering.shall be well braced and designed to support at least one hundred fifty (I50) pounds per square foot but the top deck shall be designed to carry not less than two hundred fifty (250) pounds per square foot. The roof covering shall be of width sufficient to cover the entire walkway or sidewalk, and shall be made water-tight. Suitable provision shall be made for -adequate lighting of the walk under the covering, at all times. A.minimum: clearance of eight (8) . feet six (6) inches shall be maintained above walkways. 2101.4---WALKWAYS'OVER EXCAVATED AREA$ When the area occupied by the sidewalk or temporary walkways is to be excavated, such, walk shall:be made of boards not.less than two (2) inches - Copyright(,)1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __._ ___.. _.___ _._... .......... ..........._.AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINALPENALTIES.THEREUNDER.__.._.... nominal dimension designed to support a load of not less than one hundred fifty (150) pounds per square foot, provided with.suitable ramps at,each end. Such walkways shall be provided with.a fence and handrails on each side. 2101.5—STORAGE OF MATERIALS OVER WALKWAYS Whenever a roof of a walkway is used for the storing of materials, it shall be designed for the load to which it is to-be subjected and a railing and footboard shall be installed so as to prevent the materials from spilling into the street. The posts or other supporting members on the street side shall be protected so as to insure against failure due to impact from street traffic. 2101.6—WALKWAYS TO BE KEPT IN REPAIR The street side of any barricade or fence, handrails and sidewalks shall be kept reasonably smooth and in good repair while construction work is in progress, or while such barricades, fences, or walkways are placed on or over public property. 2101.7—CLEANING OF SIDEWALKS AND STREETS The owner or his agent, upon the completion of the building, shall immediately remove all walkways, debris and all other obstructions and leave such public property in as good a condition as it was before such work was,commenced.= 2101.8---RED LIGHTS REQUIRED Every walkway shall be kept well lighted continuously between sunset and sunrise and the outer edge of the occupied space of the street or side- walk shall have placed thereon "red lights" which shall burn continuously between sunset and sunrise. 2101.9—SAFETY REQUIREMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION (a) Construction Scaffolds, Hoists, Equipment, Etc.—All equipment such as temporary stairs, ladders, ramps, scaffolds, hoists, runways, barri- cades, cuter, elevators, etc., as required for the execution of any cosiruc- tion work shall be substantially constructed and erected to insure the safety of the workmen using them or passing under, on or near them. Where a large amount of scaffolding is used the Building Official may require the use of non-combustible material or fire retardant treated wood. The flame proofing of tarpaulins may also be required by the Building Official where, in his opinion, the fire hazard warrants such precaution. (b) Sanitation---Adequate sanitary facilities for the convenience of all workmen shall be provided. These facilities shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition throughout the duration of the work. The temporary workman's convenience shall be enclosed, screened, and weatherproofed and shall be connected to a sewer. Upon removal of the temporary facili- ties the sewer connections shall be removed and the sewer capped, in lieu 21-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 1 distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. of connecting to a sewer, the temporary facility may be a portable, enclosed, chemically treated, tank-tight unit. (c) Standpipes=In buildings under construction, six (6) stories or more in height, not less than one standpipe shall be provided for fire department use during construction. Such standpipe shall be installed when the pro- gress of construction is not more than fifty (50) feet in height above grade. Standpipe shall be provided with fire department connection at accessible locations adjacent to usable stairs, and shall be extended as construction progresses to within one floor of the highest point of construction having secured decking or flooring. Standpipe shall be not less than two and one- half(2%2) inch outlet. It shall be so looted that seventy-five (75) feet of one and one-half (I%z) inch hose will reach within twenty (20) feet of the most remote part of each floor area. (d) Exits---Required exits shall be maintained at all times during remod- eling or alterations and additions to any building. 2101.10—PROTECTION OF ROOFS AND SKYLIGHTS OF ADJOINING BUILDINGS When a building or structure is to be carried above the roof of an adjoining building, protection for the skylights and roof of such adjoining building shall be provided, at his.own expense, by the person constructing or causing the construction of such building or.structure; provided that if the owner, lessee or tenant of the adjoining building should refuse permis- sion. to have the roofs and skylights protected, the ;rdsponsibility and: expense for the necessary protection shall devolve on the person refusing such permission. r I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESEI AEcessed by Bobby'I'eague on Mar is,zoie s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC, No fusilier reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE s ............... ...._ _........... ................ ...__ .............AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC'I'TO Ci3V3L AND-CRIMINAL-PI'•NAL3IES=I'HEREUNDEItr.... _....... ............... _.._...._ _ . CHAPTER XXII USE OF PUBLIC PROPERTY SECTION 2201—GENERAL The use of public property or any portion thereof, shall be in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, except signs which shall conform to the requirements of Chapter XXIII, Signs and Outdoor Displays, and allowa- ble use of public property during construction, Section 2101.1. 2201.1—DOORS AND WINDOWS Doors shall not open or project upon public property. Exit doors, as specified in Chapter XI, which are required to open in the direction of exit travel, shall be set back from the property line by means of vestibules or similar enclosures, Windows which swing over public property shall have a clearance of not less than eight (8) feet above the sidewalk or ground level. 2201.2—MARQUEES, CANOPIES OR FIXED AWNINGS _.- (a) Fixed awnings, marquees or canopies shall be entirely supported from the building. (b) All combustible materials used in the construction of such canopies, awnings or marquees; 'shall be protected with not less than one (1) hour z fire-resistance pratection�-resistance. is--Chapter: X. All glazing in mar- quees, canopies,.`or fixed,.awnings shalt be'of wired glass. (c) Every fixed awning, canopy or marquee shall be at least nine(9) feet in the clear,:_between the: lowest point or projection and a sidewalk imme- diately below. (See 2303.5—Marquee Signs.) (d) A fixed awning, canopy or marquee shall not extend or occupy more than two-thirds (2/3) of the width of sidewalk measured from the building, except that such fixed awning, canopy or marquee may occupy the entire width of the sidewalk, provided it is fourteen (14) feet in the clear above the sidewalk. The overall height of any marquee or.canopy including signs, shall not exceed eight (8) feet, measured from the roof of such marquee. (e) Marquees or canopies constructed with a roof live load of not less than forty (40) pounds per square foot shall be permitted the full width of k, the building (front) and full depth of the building, corner location. 2201.3—MOVABLE AWNINGS (METAL OR CANVAS) (a) Metal or canvas awnings may extend over public property for a dis- tance of not more than five (5) feet, provided such awnings; or any part thereof maintain a clear height of eight (8) feet above the sidewalk. (b)All such movable awnings shall be supported on metal trames attached to the building. 2201,4--PROHIBITED LOCATIONS (a) Every awning, marquee or canopy shall be so located as not to inter- 22-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or ? 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ALTIES THEREUNDER.�����"HGREEMENT;AND SUBJF?CTT(7CTC/TL AND CRIMINAL PEN fere with the operation of any exterior standpipe, stairway or exit from the building. (b) Awnings, marquees or canopies shall not be used as a landing for any fire escape or exterior stair. 2201.5—CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Marquees, canopies and awnings shall be so constructed and anchored to the building so as to support all live and dead loads as specified in Chapter XII. 2201.6—ROOF DRAINAGE REQUIRED The roof of every fixed awning, marquee or canopy shall be sloped to down spouts at the building, which shall conduct all drainage under the sidewalk to the curb. SECTION 2202—OTHER PROJECTIONS 2202.1—GENERAL (a) Every projection of any character over or:upon public property shall maintain a clear height above the sidewalk or ground level of not less than eight (8) feet. The allowable projection over public property shall not F exceed the following measurements'from the building. 1. Bay windows, porches, balconies, fire escapes—' three (3) feet. 2. Cornices, Belt Courses; sills, pilasters, water tables or any decora- tive features—six (6) inches. (b) See Section 709 for fire protective requirements. - 2202.2—SIDEWALK OR STREET OBSTRUCTIONS Public property shall be maintained clear of any and all obstructions, including among others, posts, columns,,display or wares or merchandise and sidewalk signs. SECTION 2203—SPACE UNDER PUBLIC PROPERTY 2203.1---SPACE UNDER SIDEWALK Where space under the sidewalk is used for any purpose a special permit shall be required. 2203.2—SIDEWALK LIGHTS When glass is set in the sidewalk to provide light for spaces underneath, the glass shall be supported by metal or reinforced concrete frames and such glass shall be not less than one-half (1/) inch in thickness. Where such glass is over twelve (12) square inches in area, it shall have wire mesh embedded in the glass. All portions of sidewalk lights 'shall be of not less strength than required in Section 1203.3 for sidewalks. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER,22-4essed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 4 I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _...._.. ............... .................. .................. .._. ._ AGREEMENT,.AND.SUBJECT TO CIVIL.AND GRINIINAL.PE.NAJ TIES THEREUNDER,...................... ....................... .. . . . SECTION 2204-MOVING OF BUILDINGS 2204.1—GENERAL A buildingior part of any building shall not be moved through or across any sidewalk, street, alley or highway within the governmental limits with- out first obtaining a permit from the Building Official. 2204.2--WRITTEN APPLICATION (a) Any person desiring to move a building shall first file with the Build- ing Official a written application setting forth the following information. 1. "Type and kind of building to be moved. 2. The original cost of such building. 3. The extreme dimensions of the length, height and width of the building. 4. Its present location and proposed new location by lot, block, subdi- vision and street numbers. 5. The approximate time such building will be upon the streets, and contemplated route that will be taken from present to new location. 2204.3—BUILDING OFFICIAL SHALL REJECT WHEN (a) If in the opinion of the-Building Official, the moving of any building will cause serious. injury to persons or property or serious injury to the streets ou other.pubhc:;im'provements,:or Alit building to be moved has deteriorated more than:,fifty`(50) percent of its original value by fire or other element, or the moving of the building will violate any of the requirements,-of this Code:.o.r.'of the Zoning I Regulations,. the permit shall not be issued and the.buildings hall not be moved over the streets'. (b) Any building being moved for which permit was granted shall not be allowed to remain in or on the streets for more than forty-eight (48) hours. 2204.4—BOND REQUIRED The Building Official, as a condition precedent to the issuance of such permit, shall require a bond to be executed by person desiring such remov- al permit, with corporate surety to his satisfaction. Such bond shall be made payable to applicable governing body and for such amount as he prescribes. It shall idemnify the applicable governing body against any damage caused by the moving of such building to streets, curbs, sidewalks, shade trees, highways and any other property which may be affected by the moving of a building. Such surety bond shall also be conditioned upon and liable for strict compliance with the terms of said permit, as to route to be taken and limit of time in which to effect such removal and to repair or compensate for the repair and to pay said applicable governing'body as liquidated damages an amount not exceeding fifty dollars ($50.00) to be prescribed by the Building Official each and every day's delay in complet- ing such removal or in repairing any damages to property or public improvement or in clearing all public streets, alleys or highways of all debris occasioned thereby. 22-3 I disttributioht n authorized.ANRIGHTS UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM ursuant to license OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreernent with ICC.No ACT AND THEE LICENSEion or AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 2204.5—NOTICES TO BE GIVEN BY BUILDING OFFICIAL Upon the issuance of said moving permit, the Building Official shall cause notice to be given to the Superintendent of Fire Alarm, Chief of Fire Department, telephone or light companies, or others whose property may be affected by such removal. The Building Department shall set forth in all notices the route that will be taken, time started, and approximate time of completion. 2204.6—PUBLIC SAFETY REQUIREMENTS (a) Every building which occupies any portion of public property after sundown, shall have sufficient lights continuously burning between sunset and sunrise for the protection of the public. (b) There shall be a minimum of five (5) red lights placed on each street side of the building; such red lights shall be attached to the building in such a fashion as to indicate extreme width, height, and size. (c) There shall be placed in addition to the red lights on the building, flares at regular intervals for a distance of two hundred feet up the street on each side of the building. (d) When more than fifty (50) percent of the street, measured between curbs, is occupied at night by the building, or when in the opinion of the Building Official, flagmen are necessary to divert or caution traffic, the owner or person moving such building shall employ at their expense, two flagmen,..one at each,street intersection beyond the.building; such flagatea_- 1 shall remain at these intersections diverting or cautioning traffic from sunset to sunrise. Red lights shall be employed in flagging traffic at night.. t: 2204.7—IMPROVEMENTS BY OWNER, REQUIRED The owner of any house, building, or structure proposed to be moved shall make all. necessary improvements required in order for said house, building or structure to comply with the requirements of the building code within ninety (90) days from the date of the issuance of the moving permit. Extensions of such time as deemed reasonable may be granted by the Building Official upon a showing of delay caused by matters beyond the control of the owner or house mover. The application for the moving per- mit shall be accompanied by an application for a building permit, accom- panied by complete plans and specifications showing the changes or condi- tions of said house, building, or structure as the same is proposed to be when moving, and all contemplated improvements, signed by the owner or the owner's agent. - i Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER22, ,4cessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE . ........ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. '= CHAPTER XXIII SIGNS AND OUTDOOR DISPLAYS SECTION 2301—GENERAL 2301.1--OUTDOOR ADVERTISING DISPLAYS Outdoor advertising displays, means any letter, figure, character, mark, plane, point, marquee sign, design, poster, pictorial, picture, stroke, stripe, line, trademark, reading matter or illuminated service, which shall be so constructed, placed, attached, painted, erected, fastened or manufactured in any manner whatsoever, so that the same shall be used for the attraction of the public to any place, subject, person, firm, corporation, public per- formance, article, machine or merchandise, whatsoever, which are dis- played in any manner whatsoever out of doors. Every outdoor display shall be classified and conform to the requirements of that classification as set forth in this chapter. 2301.2—CLASSIFICATIONS (a) For the purpose of this chapter and the regulations and provisions thereof, outdoor advertising Aisplays shall be classified into one of the fol- lowing type signs.: 1. Spectacular Signs---means an "Outdoor Advertising Display Sign" advertising copy usually.i animated,-constructed:of metal, wired for:lights or uminoas.tubing,_or'both,=with>:copy action:controlled by the flashed cir- cult breakers brmatogravhs. and attachedi on an open face steel structure built especially.for the purpose. Spectacular signs-:may be built upon the ground, attached,to a wall, or above the roof, or projecting from a wall, provided that such spectacular sign meets the requirements of the provisions; of this Code governing ground, roof, wall, projection: or marquee sign, depending upon where such sign is built, as set forth below. Spectacular signs shall be illuminated with electricity only. 2. Ground sign—means an "Outdoor Advertising Display Sign" when such sign is supported by uprights or..braces in or upon the ground; or when such sign is mounted upon a vehicle, trailer, or mobile structure principally used for the purpose of advertising. 3. Roof Sign—means an "Outdoor Advertising Display Sign" erected, constructed, or maintained above the roof of any building. 4. Wall Sign—means an "Outdoor Advertising Display Sign" that shall be affixed to the wall of any building, when such sign shall project not more than twelve (12) inches from the building. 5. Projection Sign—means an "Outdoor Advertising Display Sign" is affixed to any building wall or structural and extends beyond the building wall, structure, building line or property line more than twelve (12) inches. 6. Marquee Sign , means a projecting sign attached to or hung from a marquee and said marquee shall be known to mean a canopy or covered structure projecting from and supported by a building, when such canopy 23-1 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ---- --- --- -- --- ----AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. or covered structure extends beyond the building, building line or property line. 7. Shingle -Sign----means a projection or wall sign not over six (6) square feet in area, constructed of metal or other non-combustible material attached securely to a building and not projecting more than twenty-four (24) inches over public property. 2301.3--PERMITS REQUIRED (a) An "Outdoor Advertising Display Sign" shall not hereafter be erected, constructed, altered or maintained except as provided in this Code, until after permit for the same has been issued by the Building Offi- cial as required in Sections 105 and 106 and the fee paid as specified in Section 107, Fees. (b) A permit fee shall not be required for a shingle sign over a show window or door of a store or business establishment, announcing without display'or elaboration, only the name of the proprietor and nature of the business; nor shall a permit be required for a ground sign, providing such sign is not over fifteen (15) square feet in area. 2301.4--IDENTIFICATION OF SIGNS Every Outdoor Advertising Display Sign hereafter erected, constructed or maintained, for which a permit is required shall be plainly marked with the name of the person, firm or corporation erecting and maintaining su h sign and shall have affixed on the front thereof the permit number issued for said sign by the Building Official. 2301.5—SIGN INSPECTION Every ground sign, roof sign, wall sign, and projection sign, may be inspected by the Building Official or his authorized representative at inter- vals as required by the Building Official. 2301.6-UNSAFE SIGNS Should any sign become insecure or in danger of falling or otherwise unsafe in the opinion of the Building Official, the owner thereof, or the person or firm maintaining the same, shall upon written 'notice from the Building Official, forthwith in the case of immediate danger and in any case within ten (10) days,.secure the same in a manner to be approved by the Building Official, in conformity with the provisions of this Code or remove such sign. if such order is not complied with in ten (10) days the Building Official shall remove such.sign at the expense of the. owner or lessee thereof. 2301.7-MAI NTENANCE All signs for which .a permit is required, together with all their.supports, braces, guys and anchors shall be kept in repair and unless of galvanized or non-corroding metal shall be thoroughly painted at least once every two years. The Building Official may order the removal of any sign:that is not I CoPYg ri ht©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERV72ssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribulion authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ..AGRF,EMENT,..t1.NP.SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ' maintained in accordance with the provisions of this section. Such removal shall be at the expense of the owner or lessee. 2301.8--UNLAWFUL SIGNS In case any sign shall be installed, erected, or constructed in violation of any of the terms of this Code the Building Official shall notify by regis- tered mail or written notice served personally, the owner or lessee thereof •� to alter such sign so as to comply with this Code or of the Zoning Regula- tions and to secure the necessary permit therefor, or to remove the sign. If such order is not complied within ten (10) days the Building Official shall remove such sign at the expense of the owner or lessee therof. 2301,9--LOCATION RESTRICTIONS An Outdoor Advertising Display Sign shall not be erected, constructed or maintained so as to obstruct any fire escape or any window or door or opening used as a means of egress or so as to prevent free passage from one part of a roof to any other part thereof. A sign shall not be attached in any form, shape or manner to a fire escape, nor be placed in such manner as to interfere with any opening required for legal ventilation. 2301.10=SIGNSPROJECTING OVER .PUBLIC PROPERTY Signs projecting from a building or extending over public property shall maintain a clear height of nine (9) feet above the sidewalk and all such signs shall not extend more than-,-.:eighteen (l$) inches of the curb line. SECTION:2302—STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS 2302 1—DESIGN:AND, STRESS DIAGRAMS REQUIRED Before a permit shall-be granted the erector of every Outdoor Advertis- ing Sign with the exception of shingle signs and light cloth temporary signs, shall submit to the Building Official a design and stress diagram or plan, containing the necessary information to enable the Building Official to determine that such sign complies with all the regulations of this Code. 2302.2---WIND PRESSURE In the design and erection of all Outdoor Advertising Display Signs, the effect of wind shall be carefully considered. All signs shall be constructed as to withstand the wind pressure as specified in Section 1205. 2302.3—WORKING STRESSES (a) In all Outdoor Advertising Display Signs, the allowable working stresses shall conform with the requirements of Section 1205 of this Code, except as specified below. 1. The allowable working stresses for steel and wood shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter XV—"Steel Construction" and Chapter XV lI—"Wood Construction." 2. The working strength of chains, cables, guys or steel rods shall not 23-3 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or j distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC;T`TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAUTIEST'HEREUNDER.:. .. exceed one-fifth (1/5) of the ultimate strength of such chains, cables, guys or steel rods. SECTION 2303—CONSTRUCTION 2303.1—GROUND SIGNS (a) Lighting reflectors may project beyond the face of the sign. . (b) The bottom coping of every ground sign shall be not less than three (3) feet above the ground or street level, which space may be filled with platform decorative trim or light wooden construction. (c) Every ground sign shall provide rigid construction to withstand wind action in all directions. (d) Any person or persons, partnership, firm or corporation occupying any vacant lot or premises by means of a ground sign, shall be subject to the same duties and responsibilities as the owner of the lot or premises, with respect to keeping the same clean, sanitary, inoffensive, free and. clear of all obnoxious substances and unsightly conditions on the ground in the vicinity of such ground sign on said premises for which they may be responsible. (e) Wherever anchors or supports consist of wood embedded in the soil, y" the wood shall be pressure-treated with an approved preservative. 2303.2—ROOF SIGNS (a) All roof signs shall be so constructed as to leave a clear space of not less than six (6) feet between the roof level and the lowest part of the sign and shall have at least five (5) feet clearance between the vertical supports thereof-, a portion of any roof sign structure shall not project beyond an exterior wall. (b) Every roof sign shall be constructed entirely of steel construction, including the upright supports and braces, except that only the ornamental moulding and battens behind the steel facing and the decorative lattice work may be of wood construction. (c) The bearing plates of all roof signs, shall distribute the load directly to or upon masonry walls, steel roof girders, columns or beams. The build- ing shall be designed to avoid overstress of these members. (d) A roof sign having a tight or solid surface shall not be at any point over twenty-four (24) feet above the roof level. (e) Open roof signs in which the uniform open area is not less than forty (40) per cent of total gross area may be erected to a height of seventy-five (75) feet on buildings of Type I or Type II Construction and on other type buildings to a height of forty (40) feet, all such signs shall be thoroughly secured to the building upon which they are installed, erected or con- structed by iron, metal anchors, bolts, supports, chains, stranded cables, steel rods or braces and they shall be maintained in good condition as set fo#th in Section 2301.7. I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERv23Acc sled by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE .... - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 2303.3----WALL SIGNS (a) Wall signs attached .to exterior walls of solid'masonry, concrete or stone, shall be safely and securely attached,to the same by means of metal anchors, bolts or expansion screws of not less than three-eighths (3/) inch in diameter and shall be embedded at least five (5) inches. Wood blocks shall not be used for anchorage, except in the case of wall signs attached to buildings with wails of wood. A wall sign. shall not be supported by anchorages secured to an unbraced parapet wall. (b) Temporary cloth signs with wood frames may be kept in place for a period not exceeding thirty (30) days. 2303.4—PROJECTING SIGNS (a) All projecting signs shall be constructed entirely of metal or other non-combustible material and securely attached to a building or structure by metal supports such as bolts, anchors, supports, chains, guys or steel rods. Staples or nails shall not be used to secure any projecting sign to any building or structure. (b) The dead load of projecting signs, not parallel to the building or structure and the load due to wind pressure shall be supported with chains, guys or steel. rods :having net cross sectional dimension of not less than three-eighths (3/$).inch in diameter: Such supports shall be erected or main- tained :at angle of at least forty-five (45) degress with the horizontal to resist the.dead load.and.at an angle of forty-five (45) degrees or more with the.face. of the�sign:lo resist°,the�specified wind�pressure.'Jf such projecting sign exceeds thirty (30) square feet in one facial area, there shall- be pro- vided at least two (2) such supports on each side not more than eight (8) feet apart to resist the wind pressure.-. (c) All supports shall,be"secured to a bolt or expansion screw that will develop the strength of the supporting chain, guys or steel rod, with a minimum five-eighths (5/) inch bolt or lag screw, by an expasion shield. Turn buckles shall be placed in all chains, guys or steel rods supporting projecting signs. , (d) Chains, cables, guys, or steel rods used to support the live or dead load of projecting signs may be fastened to solid masonry walls with expansion bolts or by machine screws in iron-supports, but such supports - shall not be attached to .an unbraced parapet wail. Where the supports must be fastened to walls made of wood, the supporting anchor bolts must go through the wall and be plated or fastened on the inside in a secure manner. (e) A projecting., sign shall not be erected on the wall of any building so as to project above the roof or cornice wall or above the roof level where there is no cornice wall; except that a sign erected at a right angle to the building, the horizontal width of which sign perpendicular to such wall does not exceed eighteen (18) inches may be erected to a height not exceed ing two (2) feet above the roof or cornice wall or above the roof level where there is no cornice wall. A sign attached to a corner of a building and parallel to the vertical line of such corner, shall be deemed to be erected at a right angle to the building wall. 23-5 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, ' - AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 2303.5—MARQUEE SIGNS Marquee signs.shall be constructed entirely of metal or non-combustible material and may be attached to, or hung from a marquee, and such signs when hung from a marquee shall be at least eight (8) feet at its lowest level above the sidewalk or ground level, and further, such signs shall not extend outside the line of such marquee. Marquee signs may be attached to the sides and front of a marquee, and, such sign may extend the entire length and width of said marquee, provided such sign does not extend more than six (6) feet above, nor one (1) foot below such marquee, but under no circumstances, shall the sign or signs have a vertical dimension greater than eight (8) feet. 2303.6—SPECTACULAR SIGNS All permits for spectacular signs shall be issued by the Building Official upon application therefor, after approval by the department having juris- diction over electricity, upon payment of the required permit fee. The per- mit to erect or maintain a spectacular sign shall be good for one (1) year. The Building Official may issue a renewal of the permit issued hereunder upon the expiration thereof or within thirty (30) days thereafter upon the payment by the applicant of a renewal fee of two dollars ($2.00) and by surrendering the old permit, accompanied by satisfactory proof in the form of an affidavit that the sign is as safe as when originally licensed and that the wiring or piping of the same is in good condition. All spectacular signs shall be constructed of non-combustiblematerials. SECTION 2304—USE OF PLASTIC MATERIALS (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Code, plastic materials which burn at a rate no faster than two and one-half (2%2) inches per min- ute when tested in accordance with "Test for Flammability of Rigid Plas- tics Over 0.050 Inches in Thickness, ASTM D635", shall be deemed approved plastics and may be used as the display surface material and for the letters, decorations and facings on signs and outdoor display struc- tures, provided, that in the Fire District the structure of the sign in which the plastic is mounted or installed is non-combustible. (b) Individual plastic facings of electric signs shall not exceed two hundred (200) square feet in area. if the area of a display surface exceeds two hundred (200) square feet, the area occupied or covered by approved plastics shall be limited to two hundred (200) square feet plus fifty (50) percent of the difference between two hundred (200) square feet and two thousand (2,000) square feet. (c) The area of plastic on a display surface shall not in any case exceed one thousand one hundred (1,100) square feet. �.., (d) Letters and decorations mounted upon an approved plastic facing or display surface may be made of approved plastics. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERV23j r6ssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 4 I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ; ---- - .. .......... ............... __... _.__.AGREEMENT,AND.W.BJECT.T.O.CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. `' CHAPTER XXIV ELEVATORS, DUMBWAITERS, ESCALATORS, MOVING WALKS 2401.1--GENERAL Elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators and moving walks shall be con- structed, installed, and maintained to provide proper safety in accordance with the requirements of this code. Construction, installation and mainte- nance shall conform with the Standard Safety Code for Elevators, Dumb- waiter, Escalators and Moving Walks—ANSI A17.1, except as otherwise provided for in this code. 2401.2—SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS (a) All openings in elevator or dumbwaiter shafts shall be protected as required by the standard specified in Section 2401.1 and they shall not in any case be less than the requirements of Section 701 of this code. (b) Every elevator shall have an emergency exit as required by the stand- ard specified in Section 2401.1. (c) A permanent sign shall be installed immediately above each hall push . ,.button station on each floor reading: "In Fire Emergency, Do Not Use Elevator. Use Exit Stairs". This sign shall be letters not less than one-half (;/2) inch in size.. (d) In all structures four (4). or more stories in height, at least one (1) elevator serving all floors shall have a minimum inside car platform of four (4) foot and three (3) inches by six (6) foot and eight (8) inches wide with a minimum clear opening width of 42 inches, unless otherwise designed to provide equivalent utility, to accommodate an ambulance stretcher (min- imum size 22" x 78") in its horizontal position. This elevator shall be identified. NOTE: The elevator entrance may be of the side opening entrance type in order to accommodate a stretcher in its horizontal position to accomplish design flexibility. EXCEPTION: In buildings where one elevator does not serve all floors, two (2) or more elevators may be used. Each elevator shall be identified as to which floors are served. (e) In all buildings or structures where standby power is required or furnished to operate an elevator, the operation of same shall be as follows: 1. Where only one (1) elevator is installed, the elevator shall transfer to standby power within sixty (60) seconds after failure of normal power. 2. Where two or more elevators are controlled by a common operating system, all elevators may transfer to standby power within sixty (60) seconds after failure of normal power; or if the standby power source is of insufficient capacity to operate all elevators at the same time,all elevators shall transfer to standby power in sequence, return to the designated land- ing and discharge their load. After all elevators have been returned to the 24-1 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:tn:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, --- - - AND SUBJEC TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER_ designated landing, at least one elevator shall remain operable from the standby power source. 2401.3—MANLIFTS Manlifts shall be installed in accordance `'with the "American Standard Safety Code for Manlifts—ANSI A90.L" E ^l ^/ i Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFSERVT�P4 N5< sed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 3 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.._. __.._ ___.. .__...AGREEMENT,AND.$U,F3J.F.CT.TQCIYJL..A.Np.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER._ 4 CHAPTER XXV PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTION 2501—GENERAL Prefabricated construction shall conform to the requirements of this Code, except as otherwise provided for in this Chapter. 2502—LOADS Live, dead and wind load requirements shall conform to the require- ments, as set forth in Chapter X11. 2503—STRUCTURAL.DESIGN Where the size and spacing of framing members on materials are in con- flict with, or not covered by this Code, they will be acceptable if the assembly meets the load requirements of this Code, provided they conform to the requirements as set forth for tests under Section 2504. The Building Official may waive load tests for plywood components and other structural elements, designed in accordance with applicable standards listed elsewhere in this code. 2504—TESTS .(a) Every ,manufacturer of prefabricated,construction shall file with the Building Official, duplicate copies of a certificate from a recognized testing laboratory, which states that tests have been made on this particular type of prefabricated construction, and showing the live, dead and wind load capacities in pounds, per square foot, uniformly distributed together with a detailed physical description of the panels tested. (b) Panels and other elements tested for loads shall sustain, without fail- ure, a superimposed load equal to two (2) times the live load. Recovery within twenty-four (24) hours, after removal of the full test load, shall be not less than seventy-five (75) percent of the observed deflection. The mea- sured deflection of any panel or element under full live load shall be not over 1/360 of clear span for floors; 1/360 of clear span for panels and other elements to be plastered; 1/240 of clear span for other panels and elements with finishes other than plaster; 1/ 180 of clear span for roof sys- tems without a ceiling. All structural units and assemblies shall be tested in accordance with the applicable standards of the American Society of Testing and Materials. In the absence of test procedures governing any specific material or method of construction, the building official shall accept authenticated reports from recognized authoritative sources which meet the requirements of this code. (c) When it is definitely ascertained by the Building Official that the requirements of this Code have been met, a permit shall be issued. A copy of all testing laboratory certificates shall be filed as a permanent record in the office of the•Building Official. 25-1 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE t AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - - 2505—PLYWOOD Plywood shall conform to U.S. Product Standard PS 1, Construction and Industrial Plywood. Plywood of species not covered in PS 1, when used structurally, shall be identified as to veneer grade and glue type by an approved agency and shall meet the performance standards in U.S. Pro- duct Standard PS 1 for its type. r Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RE 72 Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ... ..................................... ... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRINIINAh PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ��. CHAPTER XXVI LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTICS SECTION 2601—GENERAL 2601.1--SCOPE �.-- (a) The provisoins of this chapter shall govern the quality and methods of application of plastics for use as light-transmitting materials in buildings and structures. When used as interioir, finish plastic materials shall meet the requirements of Section 704.3. Light-transmitting plastic materials which meet the performance requirements for walls and roofs may be used in accordance with other applicable Chapters of this Code. (b) Plastic materials may be of any class as defined by this section, Before any plastic material is approved for use, the manufacturer shall file with the department technical data which relates to the proposed use of the material. The data shall include the pertinent physical, mechanical, and thermal properties such as weather resistance, expansion coefficient and combustibility characteristics. The department shall determine the ade- quacy of the data. Where the department determines that the material is satisfactory for the intended use, approval of the material shall be given subject to the limitations specified.in this Chapter. (c) All plastic materials approved for use under this Code shall be identi- fied by the trade formula number or name or other acceptable identifica- tion: Each unit;,or package_.shall,bear.the approval number or other identi- fication mark of the.>approving.authority. 2601.2—DEFINITIONS (a) APPROVED PLASTIC: A thermoplastic, thermosetting or rein- forced plastic material which has self-ignition temperature six hundred fifty (650) degrees Fahrenheit or greater when tested in accordance with "Standard Method of Test for Ignition Properties of Plastics, ASTM D 1929", a smoke density rating no greater than four hundred fifty (450) when tested in accordance with "Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, ASTM E 84" in the way intended for use, or a smoke density rating no greater than seventy-five (75) when tested in the thickness intended for use by "Standard Method for Measuring the Density of Smoke from the Burning or Decomposition of Plastics, ASTM D 2843'; products of combustion no more toxic than those of untreated wood when burned under similar conditions and which meets one of the combustibility classifications listed below: CC I—Plastic materials which have a burning extent of one (1) inch or less when tested in nominal .060 inch thickness by ASTM D 635, "Test for Flammability of Self-Supporting Plastics". CC 2—Plastic materials which have a burning rate of two and one-half (2%2) inches per minute or less.when tested in nominal .060 inch thickness by ASTM D 635 or in the thickness intended for use. (b) LIGHT DIFFUSING SYSTEM: a suspended construction consist- 26-1 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or ',c distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ... - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. r ing in whole or in part of lenses, panels, grids or baffles suspended below independently mounted electrical lighting sources. (c) PLASTIC<:. GLAZING: plastic materials which are glazed or set in frame or sash and not held by mechanical fasteners which pass through the glazing material. (d) PLASTIC ROOF PANELS: plastic materials which are fastened to structural members or to structural panels or sheathing and which are used as light-transmitting media in the plane of the roof. (e) PLASTIC WALL PANELS: plastic materials which are fastened to structural members or to structural panels or sheathing and which are used as light-transmitting media in exterior walls. (f) GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC: plastic reinforced with glass fiber having not less than twenty (20) percent of glass fibers by weight. (g) THERMOSETTING MATERIALS: a plastic material which is cap- able of being changed into a substantially non-reformable product when cured. (h) THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL: a plastic material which is capa- ble of being repeatedly softened by increase of temperature and hardened by decrease of temperature. 2601.3—DESIGN AND INSTALLATION .(a) Structural requirements:: All plastic materials and their assemblies .shall be of adequate strength .and durability to withstand the loads ,end forces specified in Chapter XII for their approved use. , (b) Connections and supports: Fastenings shall be adequate to withstand design loads as prescribed elsewhere in this Code. Adequate allowance shall be made in the fastenings and supports for differential expansion and contraction of the connected materials. SECTION 2602—GLAZING OF UNPROTECTED OPENINGS 2602.1—GENERAL (a) Doors, sash, and openings which are not required to be fire protected may be glazed with approved plastic materials in Group R - Residential buildings and in all types of Group E - Educational buildings. In other classes of construction and occupancy, such openings not required to be fire protected may be glazed or equipped with approved plastic materials subject to the following requirements: 1. The area of such glazing shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the wall face of the story in which it is installed. 2. The area of a pane of glazing installed above the first story shall not exceed sixteen (16) square feet and the vertical dimension of a pane shall not exceed four (4) feet. There shall be a minimum three (3) feet vertical spandrel wall between stories. 3. Approved plastics shall not be installed more than seventy-five (75) feet above grade level. 26-2 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or , distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - _ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT'I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'I'HEREUNDER. 2602.2—EXCEPTIONS (a) Approved plastic materials may be installed in areas up to fifty (50) percent of the wall area of each story in structures less than seventy-five (75) feet in height which are provided on.each floor above the first floor with continuous architectural projections constituting an effective fire can- opy extending at least three (3) feet from the surface of the wall in which the glazing is installed. The size and the dimensions of the individual units shall nat be limited in such installations except as required to meet structural loading requirements. (b) When complete automatic fire sprinkler protection is provided in the building, the permissible area of glazing permitted by 2602.1(a) I may be increased to a maximum of fifty (50) percent of the wall face of the story in which it is installed, and shall be exempt from the provisions of 2602.1(a) 2 and 3. (c) Combinations of plastic glazing and plastic wall panels shall be sub- ject to the area, height, percentage limitations and separation requirements applicable to the class of plastics as prescribed for wall panel installations. SECTION 2603—EXTERIOR WALL PANELS 2603.1—GENERAL; (a) Approved plastic materials may be used as wall panels in exterior walls not required to have a fire resistive rating, except Group I - :Institu- tional : Group A-l. Assemblyand>Group H Hazardous occupancies, sub- ject to the,following-requirements: 1. Area limitation and separation requirements of exterior wall panels shall be as provided in Table 2603. 1. 2. Vertical spandrel wall separation between stories shall be as follows: (A) Three (3) feet for CC 1 plastic wall panels. (B) Four (4) feet for CC 2 plastic wall panels. 3. Approved plastics shall not be installed more than seventy-five (75) feet above grade level. 2603.2—EXCEPTIONS (a) In structures which are provided, on any floor above the first, with continuous architectural projections constituting an effective fire canopy extending at least thirty-six (36) inches from the surface of the wall in which plastic wall panels are installed, there need be no vertical separation at that floor except that provided by the vertical thickness of the projection. (b) When complete automatic fire sprinkler protection is provided in the building the maximum percent area of plastic panels in the exterior wall and the maximum square feet of single area given in Table 2603.1 may be increased one hundred (100)percent, but in no case shall the area of plastic wall panels exceed fifty (50) percent of the wall area. These uses shall be exempt from height limitations. 26-3 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or ' I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE hICENSE E AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 2603.1 — AREA LIMITATIONS AND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PLASTIC WALL PANELS* (Minimum Separation Met.%area of Panels of Ext.Walls (ft.) Fire Separation Glass of In Plastic Max.sq.it. (ft.) Plastic Panels Single Area Vertical Horizontal t. or less NP NP — — 6 ft. or more CC 1 10 50 8 4 But less than CC 2 NP NP — -- 11 ft. 11 ft: or more CC 1 25 90 6 4 But less than CC 2 15 70 8 4 30 ft. Over 30 CC 1 30 300 3** 0 CC 2 25 100 6** 3 *See Section 2 (c)for combination of gazing and wall panel areas permitted. "See Section 2602.1(a) 2. SECTION 2604—ROOF PANELS 2604.1—GENERAL (a) Approved plastic roof panels may be installed, except in Group I- Institutional, Group A-1 -Assembly and Group H-.Hazardous occupancies, as follows: 1. In roofs of buildings protected by complete automatic sprinklers; or 2. Where the roof is not required to have a fire resistance rating; or 3. Where the roof panels meet the requirements for roof coverings of the particular occupancy group. 2604.2—LIMITATIONS (a) Individual roof panels or units shall be separated from each other by a distance of not less than four (4) feet measured in a horizontal plane. (b) Where exterior wall openings are required to be protected, a roof panel or unit shall not be installed within eight (8) feet of such exterior wall. (c) Roof panels or units shall'be limited in area and the aggregate`-area of panels shall be limited by a percentage of the floor area of the room or space sheltered in accordance with Table 2604. 26-4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ............. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER TABLE 2604 AREA LIMITATIONS FOR PLASTIC ROOF PANELS AND SKYLIGHTS Maximum Area Individual Maximum Aggregate Unit or Panel Area Class of Plastic (sq. ft.) (% of floor area) CC 1 300 30 CC 2 100 25 2604.3—EXCEPTIONS (a) One story buildings not more than sixteen (16) feet in height and not exceeding twelve hundred (1,200) square feet in area and not closer than eleven (11) feet to another building are exempt from the limitations of Section 2604.2. (b) Low hazard uses such as swimming pool shelters, etc., are exempt from the area limitations of Section 2604.2 provided they do not exceed five thousand (5,000) square feet in area and are not closer than eleven (11) feet- to the property line of adjacent buildings. (c) Roof coverings over terraces and patios of one and two family dwel- lings shall be permitted with approved plastics. SECTION 2605—SKYLIGHTS 2605.1--GENERAL (a) Skylight assemblies may be glazed with approved plastic materials (except in Group H occupancies) in accordance with the following pro- visions: 1. The plastic shall be mounted at least four (4) inches above the plane of the roof on a curb constructed consistent with the requirements-for the type of construction classification. The curb may be omitted on buildings with a minimum roof pitch of 3%2:12, for one and two family dwellings or buildings with an unclassified roof covering. 2. Dome-shaped skylights shall rise above the mounting flange a min- imum distance equal to ten (10) percent of the maximum span of the dome, but not less than five (5) inches. 3. The edges of the plastic lights or dome shall be protected by metal or noncombustible material. 4. Each skylight unit of CC 1 material may have a maximum of three hundred (300) square feet within the curb, and units of CC 2 materials may have one hundred (100) square feet within the curb: 5. The aggregate area of skylights shall not exceed thirty-three and one-third (33 1/3) percent when CC 1 materials are used, and twenty-five (25) percent when CC 2 materials are used, of the floor area of the room or space sheltered by the roof in which they are installed. 26-5 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .----- --.................. ..- AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 6. Skylights shall be separated from each other by a distance of not less than four (4) feet measured in a horizontal plane. 7: Where exterior wall openings are required to be fire protected, no skylight shall be installed within six (6) feet of such exterior wall. 2605.2----EXCEPTIONS (a) The provisions of 2605.1 need not be applied if the building on which the skylights are located is not more than one story in height, the building has an exterior separation from other buildings of at least thirty (30) feet and the room or space sheltered by the roof is not classified in a group of high hazard or institutional occupancy or as a means of egress, or the plastic material meets the fire-retardant requirements of the roof, (b) Except for Group I - Institutional, Group A-1 - Assembly and Group H - Hazardous occupancies, approved plastic materials may be used beyond the limitations specified in Section 2605.1(a) 4, 5 and 6. 1. If serving as an approved fire venting system; or 2. if used in a building equipped with an approved automatic fire extinguishing system. .2605.3—COMBINATION OF ROOF PANELS AND SKYLIGHTS Combinations of plastic roof panels and skylights shall be subject to the area, percentage limitations and separation requirements applicable to roof panel installations. SECTION 2606—LIGHT DIFFUSERS IN CEILINGS 2606.7—LIGHT DIFFUSING SYSTEMSW>,._:,:. (a) Plastic light-diffusing systems shall not be installed in Group 1 - Insti- tutional, Group A-1 -Assembly and Group H - Hazardous occupancies unless protected with automatic sprinkler systems. Plastic diffusers shall be supported directly or indirectly from ceiling or roof construction by use of noncombustible hangers. (b) Approved plastic materials shall comply with Section 704.3, unless the plastic panels meet the following requirements: 1. Fall from their mounting at an ambient temperature of at least two hundred (200) degrees Fahrenheit below the ignition temperature of the plastic material as measured by ASTM D-1929; 2. Remain in place at an ambient room temperature of one hundred seventy-five (175) degrees Fahrenheit for a period of not less than fifteen (15) minutes; 3. The maximum length of any single plastic panel shall not exceed ,..� ten (10) feet and the maximum area of any single light diffuser shall not exceed thirty (30) square feet. (c) A plastic light-diffusing system shall not be installed in areas required to be equipped with automatic sprinklers unless appropriate tests by a rec- ognized laboratory have shown that such system does not prevent effective operation of the sprinklers or unless sprinklers are located both above and below the light-diffusing system to give effective sprinkler protection. LL 'E - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESER�l�'6essed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ' 2606.2---ELECTRICAL LIGHTING FIXTURES Plastic light-transmitting panels and light diffuser panels installed in approved electrical lighting fixtures. shall comply with Section 704 unless the plastic panels meet the requirements of Section 2606.1(b). 2606.3—AREA LIMITATIONS Unless the occupancy is protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system, the area of approved plastic materials when used in requited fire exits or corridors shall not exceed thirty (30) percent of the aggregate area of the ceiling in which they are installed. SECTION 2607—PARTITIONS Refer to control of partitions in the applicable section of the Code. SECTION 2608—EXTERIOR VENEER 2608.1—GENERAL (a) Exterior plastic veneer shall be approved plastic material and except for Rigid Vinyl Siding (Section 1700.3 and 1706.7) shall meet the following requirements. 1. Plastic veneer shall.not be attached to any exterior wall to a height greater than thirty-five(35)feet above grade in locationsother than in the Fire District. 2. Sections of plastic veneer shall not exceed two hundred (200) square feet in area. 3. Sections-of plastic veneer shall be separated by a minimum of four.(4) feet vertically. SECTION 2609—AWNINGS AND SIMILAR SHELTERS Approved plastic may be used on awnings and similar structures in con- formance with general provisions of other sections of this Code. SECTION 2610—GREENHOUSES Approved plastic may be used in lieu of plain glass in greenhouses. SECTION 2611—SIGNS AND OUTDOOR DISPLAYS The use of plastics in signs, outdoor displays and similar structures shall be governed by provisions of Chapter XXIII. SECTION 2612—BATHROOM ACCESSORIES Approved plastics shall be permitted as glazing shower stalls, shower doors, bathtub enclosures, and similar accessory units provided they meet the human impact requirements of the applicable Code. 26-7 I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of -; distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE ....... . - - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or { distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. CHAPTER XXVII-GLASS SECTION 2701—LABELING Each light shall bear the manufacturer's label designating the type and thickness of glass. When approved by the Building Official, labels may be omitted from other than safety glazing materials provided an affidavit is �. furnished by the glazing contractor certifying that each light is glazed in accordance with approved plans and specifications. To qualify as glass with special performance characteristics, each unit of laminated, heat strengthened, fully tempered, and insulating glass shall be permanently identified by the manufacturer. The identification shall be etched or ceramic fired on the glass and be visible when the unit is glazed. Heat strengthened and tempered spandrel glasses are exempted from per- manent labeling. This type of glass shall be labeled with a removable paper label by the manufacturer. SECTION 2702—LOUVERED WINDOWS OR JALOUSIES Regular plate, sheet or patterned glass in jalousies and louvered win- dows shall be no thinner than nominal 7/32 inch and no longer than 48 inches. When other glass types are used, design shall be submitted to the Building Official for approval. Exposed glass edges shall be smooth. Wired-glass with wire exposed on longitudinal edges shall not be used in jalousies or louvered windows. SECTION 2703---HUMAN IMPACT LOADS 2703.1--GENERAL Individual glazed areas in hazardous locations such as those indicated in Section 2703.2 shall pass the test requirements of CPSC 16—CFR, Part 1201 or by comparative test shall be proven to produce at least equivalent performances. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Polished wire glass for use in fire doors, fire windows and view panels in one (1) hour fire resistive walls shall comply with ANSI Z-97.1. 2. The unbacked specimens of plastic materials shall be exposed in Arizona and Florida to 45' facing south for three years. Approved plastic materials shall be acceptable if the impact strength is not reduced by more than 25 percent during exposure when tested in accordance with Section 1201.4(c) (2) (ii) of the CPSC Standard. Some discoloration is permissible, but defects other than this discoloration shall not be permissible. No bub- bles or other noticeable decomposition shall be permissible in the irra- diated portion. 2703.2—HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS The following shall be considered specific hazardous locations for the purposes of glazing. 27-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (a) glazing in ingress and egress doors except wired glass in required fire doors and jalousies; (b) glazing in fixed and sliding panels of sliding type doors (patio and mall type); (c) glazing in storm doors; (d) glazing in all unframed swinging doors; (e) glazing in shower and bathtub doors and enclosures; (f) glazing, operable or nonoperable, whose nearest vertical edge is within forty-eight (48) inches of a door in non-residential occupancies or within twelve (I2) inches of a door in residential occupancies and whose bottom edge is below the top of the door unless an intervening interior permanent wall is between the door and the glazing; (g) glazing in fixed panels having a glazed area in excess of nine (4) square feet with lowest edge less than eighteen (18) inches above the fin- ished floor level or walking surface within thirty-six (36) inches of such glazing. In lieu of safety glazing such glazed panels may be protected with a horizontal member not less than one and one-half (1%) inches in width when located between twenty-four (24) and thirty-six (36) inches above the walking surfaces. Exceptions: The following products, materials and uses are exempt from .. the above hazardous locations: 1. openings in doors through which a three (3) inch sphere is unable.,,to, pass-, 2. leaded glass panels where no individual piece of glass has an area greater than thirty (30) square inches; 3. glazing materials used as curved glass panels in revolving doors; 4. commercial refrigerated cabinet glazed doors; 5. faceted and decorative glass. 2703.3—WIND LOADS (a) For safety, glass or glass areas in exterior walls in screens, in parti- tions and in other openings subject to wind loading shall be capable of safely withstanding the wind loads as shown in Section 1205 acting either inward or outward. In the case of regular plate, float or sheet glass sup- ported on four sides, the design factor shall be not less than two and one- half (21/2). (b) Adjustment Factors for other types of glass are given in Table 2707. X� SECTION 2704—GLASS SUPPORTS (a) Glass supports such as sash members, glazing stops or glazing clips shall be considered firm when deflection of the support at design load does not exceed 1/175 of the span. (b) Where other than firm support on all sides is provided, (3 sides, 2 sides, cantilever, or highly flexible, for example), detailed shop drawings, I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER�jY,'�i�f cessed by Bobby Teague on Mar t5,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAU"I'HORI REGPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'FHE LICENSE j AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. specifications and rational analysis and/or test data assuring safe perfor- mance for the specific installation shall be prepared by engineers expe- rienced in this work and shall be submitted for and receive, .if warranted, formal approval by the Building Official. TABLE 2707 — RELATIVE RESISTANCE TO WIND LOAD (Assuming equal thickness) Glass Type Approximate* Relationship Laminated 0.6 `—f Wired Glass 0.5 Heat Strengthened 2.0 Fully Tempered 4.0 Metal Edge Double Glazing"* 1.5 Rough-tolled Plate 1.0 Sandblasted 0.4 Regular Plate or Sheet 1.0 *Before using Wind Load Chart,,divide the Design Wind Load from 1205 by the value shown here for the glass type involved. "Use thickness:o# the thinner.of the two lights, not thickness of unit. 27-3 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZEll REPR011UC'I'ION OR UIS'1'RIBU'I'ION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'PHE LICENSE AGREEMENT, ............... --.,. -__-. -'ANDSUB-JECT'T'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL.PE'NAT,IIESTHEREUNDER----.. WIND LOAD CHART REQUIRED NOMINAL THICKNESS OF REGULAR PLATE, FLOAT OR SHEET GLASS Based on Minimum Thicknesses Allowed in Federal Specification DDG-00451 b Before Weathering Design Factor — 2.5 200 ISO I00 r � Go i 80 ��; •� .r. n T Sa 55 Od ~T 50 45 i. kL 40 to �; �_ i IL Y .15 n fr, _ [3 YT.n .p �.h Y xs ti -T to S.r. .ry 15 Js Io kL NS8 6 IO IS 20 25 80 35 40 45 50 55 Ra :0 80 90 100 Design Wind Load From Section 1205.1—Pounds Per Square Foot Chart Applies for Patios of Width-to-Length from 2:10 to 10:10 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFS I 4Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE J ...................................AGRkEMBNT,AND SUBJECT.TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. .� CHAPTER XXV111 ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION SECTION 2801—GENERAL The quality, design, fabrication and erection of aluminum, used structur- ally_ in buildings or structures shall conform to good engineering practice, the provisions of this Chapter and other applicable requirements of this Code. SECTION 2802—STRUCTURAL ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION (a) The design, fabrication and assembly of structural aluminum for buildings or structures shall conform to Specifications for Aluminum Structures, Aluminum Construction Manual, Section 1, of the Aluminum Association, Second Edition. (b) The use of aluminum alloys, other than those listed in the above noted manual, shall be permitted for structural members and assemblies, provided standard of performance not less than those required by "Specifi- cation for Aluminum Structures, Aluminum Construction Manual", Sec- tion 1, of the Aluminum Association, Second Edition, are substantiated to the satisfaction of the Building Official. 28-1 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAU"I'HORZ"LED REPRODUCTION OR llISTRIBU'TION IS A VIOLATION OF'THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE ....................... ............ ........._----- -. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT T.0 CIVIt,.faNP.CRI.MINdI..PF,Nt#d,TiES.7'HFRBUNDER. . CHAPTER XXIX ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS SECTION 2901—GENERAL The quality, design, fabrication and erection of metal suspension systems for accoustical tile and lay-in panel ceilings in buildings or structures shall conform to good engineering practice, the provisions of this Chapter and other applicable requirements of this Code. SECTION 2902—ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS (a) Acoustical materials complying with the interior finish requirements of Section 704 shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and applicable provisions for applying interior finish. (b) Suspended acoustical ceiling systems shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of "Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Sys- tems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings" ASTM C635 and "Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Sys- tems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels" ASTM C636. u (c) Acoustical ceiling systems which are part of a fire-resistive construc- tion shall be installed in the same manner used in the assembly tested and shall comply with the provisions of Section 1001 of this Code. If the weight of lay-in ceiling panels, used as a part of fire-resistive floor-ceiling or roof- ceiling assemblies, is., not.adequate-to resist an upward force of one (1) :pound..per square::.foot,:wire or.,other :approved devices,shall be installed above the panels: to prevent upward displacement under such upward force. 29-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -- -—-- -----ACREE-MENT,AND SU'B'IF.C'TTO CIVIL ANDCRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE a __ _ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. CHAPTER XXX LISTING OF REFERENCED STANDARDS SECTION 3001-GENERAL ..� The following standards are referenced in various sections of this Code. The dates listed herein are the applicable dates unless otherwise noted in the Code text. Section Reference Standard Designation 103.4 Standard Code for Elimination or Repair of Unsafe Buildings-1977 201.2; 608.3; 704.2; 717.1; 717.3; ASTM E84-79b 719.1; 719.7; 2601.2 ASTM D2898-1977 201.2; 601.2; 601.3(a); 717.2(a)2; 717.2(a)5; 1001(a) ASTM E119-79 201.2 ASTM E 136-73 201.2 ANSI A2.1-1972 404.1(d) SBCCI 4-1, 1979 404.12; 407.9(a)3. NFi PA,40-1974 404.17 NFiPA 701-1976 407.4(f) NFiPA 30-1973 407.4(f) NFiPA 33-1973 407.4(f) NFiPA 34-1974 407.4(f) NFiPA 51-1974 407.4(f) NFiPA 58-1974 407.4(f) NFiPA 37-1975 407.4(f) NFiPA 40E-1975 407.4(f) NFiPA 42-1967 407.4(f) NFiPA 63-1975 407.4(f) NFiPA 651-1974 407.4(f) NFiPA 43A-1975 I 407.4(f) NFiPA 49-1975 407.6(1) NFiPA 32-1974 505.5; 507(a)5; 1103.1(d) N Fi PA 204-1968 506.2(a); 901.2; 901.3; 901.4 NFiPA 13-1980 506.8(a) NFiPA 70-1975 507(a)7.; 902.1 NFiPA 14-1980 508.2(a) ANSI A117.1-1980 608.3; 717.2(e); 717.2(d) 2c. NFiPA 259-1976 608.3(a) ASTM D2015-1977 { 701.3(f); 701.4; 1121(a); 1122; 2401.1 ANSI A 17.1-1981 703.3(a); 703.3(b) NFiPA 80-1975 30-1 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Section Reference Standard Designation 703.3(b) NFiPA 252-1972 703.3(b); 703.9(a) UL lOb-1970 703.3(b); 1718(2e); 703.5(d); Appendix L-101(e) ASTM E152-66 703.3(b); 703.4(d) ANSI A2.2-1973 703.4(b) ASTM E163-1979 703.8 UL 555-1973 704.5 NFiPA 253-1978 704.7(e) NFiPA 253-1978 706.1 ASTM E 108-1975 706.1 SBCCI 7-1-1977 717.1; 717.3 SPi-PICC 401-1980 717.1; 717.3 FM 4880-1972 717.1; 717.3 UL 1040-January 1980 717.2(e) FM 4450-1977 717.2(e) UL Subject 1256-1979 719.7 ASTM C739-1977a 719.7 H H-1-515D-1979 w/Amend. No.I 804.1 UL 127-1971 804.2 UL 737-1978 804.2(a) UL 1482-1979 810 Standard Mechanical Code-1979 901.8(b) NFiPA 71-1977 901.8(b) NFiPA 72D-1979 901.9(b) NFiPA 1221-1978 1001.3; 1402.1 ASTM C216-1977 1001.3; 1402.1 ASTM C62-1975a 1001.3; 1042.1 ASTM C652-1977 1001.3; 1402.1 ASTM C55-1971 1001.3-, 1402.2 ASTM C73-1967 1001.3; 1402.3 ASTM C 126-1971(1976) 1001.4; 1402.2 ASTM C56-1971 1001.4; 1402.2 ASTM C34-1975 1001.4; 1402.2 ASTM C212-1960(1975) 1001.6(a); 1801 ASTM C37-1976 1001.6(b) ASTM C841-1976 1001.6(c); 1801 ASTM C36-1976a 1001.6(d); 1806 GA 216-1978 1001.6(e) ASTM C79-1976 1001.6(f); 1802 ASTM C588-I976 1001.6(g); 1802 ASTM C587-1973 1001.6(h) ASTM C844-1978 1001.6(h) ASTM C843-1976 1001.7(a); 1801; 1803(a) ASTM C847-1977 1001.8; 1402.4(a) ASTM C90-1970 1001.8; 1402.4(a) ASTM C129-1964T 1001.8; 1402.4(a) ASTM C 145-1966T 1001.9; 1001.10; 1802 RFSg ASTM C35-1970 Copdistribution authorized.ANRIG UNAUHTSTHORIZ,17 EPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION ccessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM �OF THE FEDERAL rsuant to license gCOPYRIGHT reernent with IACT AND THCC.No EE LICENSEion or - - --- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. . Section Reference Standard Designation 1001.9; 1001.10 ASTM C29-1971 I I26(a) NiFPA 72A-1975 1127 U L 217-1976 1203.1 ANSI Z20.3-1967 1203.1 NFiPA 102-1967 1205.2(a) NAVFAC DM-2 10/70 1205.2(a); 1206.1; Appendix A ANSI A58.1-1972 1302.7 NFoPA-All Weather Wood Foun- dation, Technical Report No. 7- January 1979 1304.4 ASTM D1143-1974 1304.7 ASTM D3689-1978 1305.1; 1306.1 ASTM A252-1973 1305.1 ASTM A36-1970a 1305.1 ASTM A572-1973 1305,1; 1306.1 ASTM A283-1979 1305.1 ASTM A588-1979a 1305.1 ASTM A690-1977 1308.3 ASTM A416-1974 1309. 1 ASTM D-25-1979 1309.2; Appendix C AWPA C-3-1975 1309.2 AWBP MPI, MP2, MP4-1979 1309.2 A W PA M-4-1979 1402.1 ASTM .C902-1979 1402.2, ASTM C530-1970(1975) 1402.9(a); 1402.10; 1410.2(a) ASTM C270-1973 1402.9(a); 1402.9(d); 1410.2(a); ASTM C476-1976 1410.4(a) 1402.9(b); 1801 ASTM C91-1968 1402.11(a) TCA 137.1-1976 1402.11(b) ANSI A108.1-1976 1402.11(c) ANSI A136-1-1967 (R 1972) 1402.11(c) ANSI A108.4-1976 .1402.11(d) ANSI A108.5-1976 1402.11(d) ANSI A118.1-1976 1402.11(d) ANSI A118.4-1973 (R I976) 1402.11(e) ANSI A108.6-1976 1402.11(e) ANSI A118.3-1976 1403.7(b); 1411(b) BIA-1969 Building Code Require- ments for Engineered Brick Mas. 1403.7(c); 1411(c) NCMA--1970 Spec. for the Design & Construction of Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry 1403.7(c); 1411(c) Building Code Requirements for Concrete Structures, ACI 531- August 1978 1409.7 IMIAWC-8-1970 Recommended Practices for Cold Weather Masonry Construction 30-3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Section Reference Standard Designation 1409.8(a); Appendix Q ASTM C67-1978 1411(a) ANSI A41.2-1960 1412(a) ASTM C317-1970 1412(b) ANSI A59.1-1973 1502 AISC "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings", November 1, 1978 1503 AISI "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members," September 3, 19K 1504 AISI "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members, 1974 edition." 1505 AISC-SJI "Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists H Series" February 15, 1978 1505 AISC-SJI, Standard Specifications for Longspan Steel Joists, LH Series, and Deep Longspan Steel Joists. DLH Series", February 15, 1978 1505 SJI, "Standard Specifications for Joist Girders," May 15, 1978. 1506 AISI "Criteria for Structural Application of Steel Cables for Buildings 1973 edition". 1507 AWS DI.1-1979 "Structural Weld- ing Code". ^ 1507 AWS D1.3-78 "Specification for Welding Sheet Steel in Structures," February 10, 1978. 1508 AISC "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts", April 26, 1978. . 1509 ANSI/ASTM A6-77b "Standard Specification for General Require- ments for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use," published Nov- ember 1977. 1601; 1602.3(a)I ACI 318-1977 Copyright vi n rt OIR O pursuant by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM g I furtherCC.No ion or RDUCTONd�sbutioauthorizeauthorized.ANYUNAUTHR OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FFDERAICOPYRIGHTACT AND THE LICENSE .............. ................ ................. ................. ...... ............._A.GREEMFNT,.AEiP.3tZS7F,..CT T4 CIVZL.ANI?.CRIMINAL.PENALTIES.THFREVN.1).F.P,................................. .... . ...... Section Reference Standard Designation 1601 ACI 322-1972 1602.2(d); Table 1602.2A; 1801 ASTM C150-1974 1602.2(b)2. ACI 214-1965 1602.2(c); 1602.3(a) ASTM C39-1972 1602.2(c) ASTM C192-1969 1602.3(a) ASTM C172-1971 1602.3(a); 1602.3(d) ASTM C31-1969 1602.3(e) ASTM C42-1969 1604 ANSI A 122.1-1965 1700.1(f) NFPA National Design Specifica- tion for Wood Construction 1977 -- 1700.1(f) NFPA Wood Construction Data No. 5-1974 1700.1(f) AITC 100-1976 1700.1(f) AITC 200-1973 (amended 1976) 1700.1(f) AITC Timber Construction Manual Second Edition-1976 �- 1700.1(f) AITC 177-1979 1700.1(f) AITC 119-1976 1700.1(f) APA 1975 Design Specifications for Plywood-Lumber Components 1700.1(f) APA 1974 Fabrication Specifica- tions for Plywood-Lumber Com- ponents 1700.1(f) APA 1975 Plywood Commercial/In- dustrial Construction Guide 1700.1(f) APA 1974 Plywood Residential Construction Guide 1700.1(f) APA 1975 Cantilevered In-Line ,foist System 1700.1(f); 1707.2(c) TPI 1978 Design Specifications for Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Roof Trusses 1700.1(f) AWPI-1969 "Pole Building Design" 1700.1(f); 1700.3(g) NPA-1969 "How to Install Particle- board Underlayment" 1700.3(a); 1700.3(b) PS 56-I973 (amended 1976) 1700.3(c); 2505 PS 1-1974 1700.3(e) PS 57-1973 1700.3(f) PS 58-1973 1700.3(f) PS 59-1973 1700.3(f) PS 60-1973 1700.3(g); 1706.2(d)5; 1706.8(f) ANSI A208.1-1979 I700.3(i) PS 51-1971 1700.30) HPMA-LF-1971 "Laminated Hard- wood Block Flooring" 30-5 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE t ....... ------.- ..... ......-_.. _.-........ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Section Reference Standard Designation 1700.30) NOFMA-1968 "Flooring Grading Rules (Oak, Pecan, Beech, Birch, Hard Maple)" 1700.30) PS 27-1970 1700.30) MFMA 1969 "Hard Maple Flooring: Standard Specification (Hard Maple, Beech and Birch)" 1700.3(k) PS 55-72 1700.4(a); 1705.3(a); 1707.1(a); 1707.3(a) NFPA "Span Tables for Joists and Rafters-1977""Design Values for Joists and Rafters-September, 1980 1702. 11 National Pest Control Association Standards 1705.3(a) APA AFG6-01; Sept. 1974 "Ad- hesives for Field Gluing Plywood to Wood Framing" 1705.3(a) APA Glued Floor Systems 1705.3(a); 1707.1(a); 1707.3(a) NFPA Span Tables for Joists and Rafters 1801 ASTM C28-1976 1801 ASTM C630-1974a 1801 ASTM C631-1970 1801 ASTM C206-1974 1801 ASTM C5-1974 1801 ASTM C61-1970 1801 ASTM C175-1967 1801 ASTM C595-1964T 1801 ASTM C442-1967 1801 ASTM C474-1973 1801 ASTM C475-1970 1801 ASTM C645-1974 1801 ASTM C646-1972 1801; 1802(a); 1803(b) ASTM C707-1974 1802 ANSI A42.4-1967 1802(b) ANSI A42.1-1964 1802(b) ANSI A42.3-1971 1802 ASTM C150-1974 1803(b) ANSI A42.2-1971 1806 ASTM C754-1974 2001.5 USF CIO-1976 r 2401.1 ANSI A17.1--1981 2401.3 ANSI A90.1-1969 2504(b) ASTM E72-74 2601.2(a); 2606.1(b) 1 ASTM D 1929-1968 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESTD. ccessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or € distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHO.I . PRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE g ----. _........- ............. ...... __AGRP.EMENT,.A,NI?.S.USJFCC.'yQ.G.YIZ.AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. q Section Reference Standard Designation 2601.2(a) ASTM D2843-1970 2601.2(a); 2304(a) ASTM D635-1974 2702 FS D DG-45 l d-1977 2703.1 ANSI Z97.1-1966 { 2802(a) AA "Specifications for Aluminum Structures, Aluminum Construc- tion Manual, 1976 edition" 2802(b) AA "Specifications for Aluminum Structures, Aluminum Constru- tion Manual, 1971 edition" 2902(b) ASTM C636-1969 2902(b) ASTM C635-1969 Appendix B Tables 2, 3, 4, 5 and GA Fire Resistance Design 7; Appendix E; 1002.1(b) Manual-Tenth Edition 1981 Appendix C AWPA P1-1978 Appendix C AWPA P2-I978 Appendix C AWPA P3-1967 Appendix C AWPA PI I-1970 Appendix C AWPA P8-1977 Appendix C AWPA P9-1977 Appendix C AWPA P5-1978 Appendix,C AWPA CI-1980 Appendix C AWPA C2-1980 Appendix C AWPA C3-1980 Appendix C AWPA C4-1980. Appendix C AWPA C9-1977 Appendix C AWPA C18-1977 Appendix C AWPA C23-1977 Appendix C AWPA C28-1979 Appendix C AWPB LP2-1980 Appendix C AWPB LP22-1980 Appendix C AWPB LP3-1978 Appendix C AWPB LP33-1978 Appendix C AWPB LP4-1978 Appendix C AWPB LP44-1978 Appendix C AWPB LP5-1978 Appendix C AWPB LP55-1978 Appendix C AWPB LP7-1978 Appendix C AWPB LP77-1978 Appendix C AWPB FDN-1980 Appendix E ASTM E90-1970 Appendix E NCMA Tek-69-1975 Appendix E BIA Tech Notes 5-A-1970 Appendix H ANSI A119.1-1974 Appendix H FS QQ-S 781-F 30-7 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _._. ............... ...... ... ..... - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Section Reference Standard Designation Appendix H ASTM A370-1974 Appendix H ASTM D2487-1969 Appendix H ASTM D 1586-1967 Appendix J Code for Energy Conservation in New Buildings, NCSBCS, BOCA; ICBO and SBCC1-12-77 Appendix J ASHRAE 90-75 Appendix J ASHRAE 90A-1980; 9013-1975; Appendix J AA MA 1602.1-1977 Appendix J Simplified Thermal Design of Building Envelopes for Use with ASHRAE 90-75, PCA 1976 Appendix J Recommended Requirement to Code Officials for Solar Heating, Cooling and Hot Water Systems-CABO June 1980 Appendix Q(5.6) ANSI A42.3-1971 SECTION 3002 — ORGANIZATIONS Standards listed in this chapter are published by the following organic:. tions; addresses are located in the front of this Code. AA—Aluminum Association AAMA—Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association ABPA—American Board Products Association ACI—American Concrete Institute AISC—American Institute of Steel Construction AISI—American Iron and Steel Institute AITC—American Institute of Timber Construction ANSI—American National Standards Institute APA—American Plywood Association ASH RAE—American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Condition- ing Engineers, Inc. ASTM—American Society for Testing and Materials A W PA—American Wood Preservers Association AWPB—American Wood Preservers Bureau AWPI—American Wood Preservers Institute AWS—American Welding Society BIA—Brick Institute of America CABO—Council of American Building Officials CS—Commercial Standard (U.S. Department of Commerce) FM—Factory Mutual FS—Federal Specifications (Government Printing Office) GA—Gypsum Association HPMA---Hardwood Plywood Manufacturer's Association CopI dissttributioht n authorized.ANRIGHTS UNAUTHORI PRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION�OF THE FEDERAL rsuant to license gCOPYRIGHT reernent with IACT AND THCC.No EE LICENSEion or AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER IMIAWC--International Masonry Industry All Weather Council MFMA—Maple Flooring Manufacturer's Association NAVFAC—Naval Facilities Command (U.S. Department of Navy) NCMA—National Concrete Masonry Association NF PA----National Fire Protection Association NFoPA—National Forest Products Association NOFMA—National Oak Flooring Manufacturer's Association NPA—National Particleboard Association NSF--National Sanitation Foundation PCA—Portland Cement Association PS—Product Standard (U.S. Department of Commerce) SJI—Steel Joist institute SPI--Society of the Plastics Industry I TCA—Tile Council of America TPI—Truss Plate institute UL---Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 30-9 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ? ......_....... ......._._.._.. _.__. _._._ __. _....._AURF,EM$NT,.dhiD..SUF}IFC;T..TQ CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. '. APPENDIX "A" WEIGHTS OF BUILDING MATERIALS In estimating dead loads for purposes of design, the actual weights of materials and constructions shall be used. Additional sources of informa- tion are ANSI A58.1, manufacturers literature and trade association publications. Weight Weight MATERIALS Lb. Per MATERIALS Lb. Per Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft. CEILINGS Plaster Board, unplastered........3 28 Manufacturer's Standard Plaster, `1/4% and wood lath ........8 Gauge ..............................78 Plaster, %" and metal lath .........8 Roofing felt, 3 ply and Plaster, on the or concrete ........5 gravel ................................. 51/2 Suspended, metal lath and Roofing felt, 5 ply and '---W plaster ................................. 10 gravel ....,............................ 61/2 Roofing felt, 3 ply and slag.... 4% FLOORS Roofing felt, 5 ply and slag .... 5%2 Hardwood flooring,. %8" thick 4 3-ply ready roofing.................... I Sheathing, yellow pine, 1" Shingles,. wood ��- Oreegon pine;spruce. or Tile or slate.......................:..5-20 hemlock, %$" thick............... 2%2 Sheathing, yellow pine, 1" thick......................................4 PARTITIONS Wood block, creosoted, 3" Channel studs, metal lath, thick ............ 15 "'�""'"""'""""""'""' cement plaster, solid 2" Cement finish, per inch thick .......:.......... 17.5 ............... thick.................................... I2 Studs, 2" x 4", wood or Cinder concrete, per inch metal lath, 3/" plaster thick......................................9 both sides ............................ 18 Cinder concrete fill, Studs, 2" x 4", plaster board per inch thick ........................5 %" plaster both sides............ 18 Terrazzo, Tile, Mastic, Plaster 1/2", on clay tile Linoleum, per inch (one side)...............................4 thick, including base............ 12 Hollow clay tile, 2 13 Gypsum slab, per inch thick......5 Hollow clay tile, 3.................... 16 Hollow clay tile, 4.................... 18 ROOFS Hollow clay tile, 5"..................20 Corrugated metal, galvanized: 20 Manufacturer's Standard Hollow clay tile, 6....................25 Gauge ........................... 1,66 Hollow clay tile, 8....................30 24 Manufacturer's Standard Hollow clay tile, 10 .................35 Gauge ........................... 1.16 Steel partitions..........................2 A-1 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Feague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ____ __.- _............................... --AGRE,EMENT;AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. Weight Weight MATERIALS Lb. Per MATERIALS Lb. Per Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft. WALLS BRICK MASONRY Brick, 8" thick.........................$4 Pressed brick..................... 140 Brick, 12" thick ..................... 121 Common brick .................. 120 Brick, 16" thick ..................... 168 Soft brick ...........................100 Brick, 20" thick ..................... 205 Brick, 24" thick ..................... 243 CONCRETE MASONRY Wall tile, 6" thick ....................30 Wall file $" thick 33 Cement, stone, sand .......... 144 ................... Cement, slag, etc. .............. 130 Wall tile, 10" thick ..................40 Cement, cinder, etc. 100 Wall tile, 12" thick ..................45 Brick 4", tile backing 4.............60 Brick 4", tile backing 8.............75 VARIOUS BUILDING Brick 9", file backing 4"......... 100 MATERIALS Brick 9',', the backing 8.. ......... 115 Ashes, cinders.................46-45 Limestone 4", brick 9............. 140 Cement, portland, loose ......94 Cement, portland, set ........ 1$3 Limestone 4",.brick 13"......... 175 Lime, gypsum, loose........ 53-64 Limestone 4", the 8..................90 Mortar, set . 1:03 Limestone 4", tale 12" ..:......... 100 Slags, bank slag .. 67`72 Corrugated metal siding Slags, bank screenings. 98417 same as roofs Slags, machine slag..............96 Windows, glass, frame Slags, slag sand .............. 49-55 andsash ................................8 EARTH, ETC., EXCAVATED ASHLAR MASONRY Clay, dry .............................63 Per Cu.Ft. Clay, damp, plastic............ 110 Granite, syenite, gneiss ...... 165 Clay, and gravel, dry ......... 100 Limestone, marble...........:. 160 Earth, dry, loose..................76 Sandstone, Bluestone......... 140 Earth, dry, packed...............95 Earth, moist, loose ..............78 Earth, moist, packed ...........96 Earth, mud, flowing .......... 108 MORTAR RUBBLE MASONRY Earth, mud packed ............ 115 Granite, syenite, gneiss ...... 155 Riprap, limestone......... 80-115 Limestone, marble............. 150 Riprap, sandstone ...............90 Sandstone, bluestone......... I30 Riprap, shale .... 105 `" Sand, gravel, dry, loose ......................... 90-105 DRY RUBBLE MASONRY Sand, gravel, dry, Granite, syenite, gneiss ...... 130 packed .....................100-120 Limestone, marble............. 125 Sand, gravel, Sandstone, bluestone......... 110 dry, wet....................118-120 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESE1jccessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or = I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __AGRF.EMF,NT,ANP.S.VBI.ECT.TO.CTYIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES.THEREUNDER. Weight Weight MATERIALS Lb. Per MATERIALS Lb. Per Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft. BITUMINOUS SUBSTANCES MINERALS Asphaltum...........................81 Asbestos............................ 153 Coal, anthracite...................97 Barytes .............................. 281 Coal, bituminous.................84 Basalt ................................ 184 Coal, lignite.........................78 Bauxite.............................. 159 Coal, charcoal, pine.............28 Borax ................................ 109 Coal, charcoal, oak .............33 Chalk ................................ 137 Coal, coke...........................75 Clay, marl ......................... 137 Graphite............................ 131 Dolomite........................... 181 Paraffine .............................56 Feldspar, orthoclase .......... 159 Petroleum............................54 Gneiss, serpentine.............. 159 .� Petroleum, refined...............50 Granite, syenite ................. 175 Petroleum, benzine..............46 Greenstone, trap................ 187 Petroleum, gasoline.............42 Gypsum, alabaster............. 159 Pitch....................................69 Hornblende ....................... 187 Tar, bituminous...................75 Limestone, marble............. 165 Magnesite.............—.......... 187 EXCAVATIONS IN WATER Phosphate rock, apatite..... 200 Sand or gravel.....................60 Pumice natural....................40 'Sand or gravel and clay........65 Porphyry........................... 172 Clay.....................................80 Quartz, flint....................... 165 River mud ...........................90 Sandstone, bluestone......... 147 Soil.... . ...... :.70 Shale, slate ........................ 175 Stone riprap ..... .....:65 Soapstone, talc. ................. 169 COAL AND COKE,.PILED. Coal, anthracite..............47-58 STONE, QUARRIED, PILED Coal, bituminous Basalt, granite, gneiss ..........96 lignite .............................40-54 Limestone, marble, quartz...95 Coal, peat, turf............... 20-26 Sandstone............................82 Coal, charcoal ................ 10-14 Shale ...................................92 Coal, coke ...................... 23-32 Greenstone, hornblende..... 107 A-3 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE --- -.......... - - ----- ---- 'AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINALPENALTIES THEREUNDER. - Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE n __-_. ...._.......... ................ ............,. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL.PENALTIES THEREUNDER._ _ APPENDIX "B" FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION (a) In various Chapters and Sections of this Code there are specific requirements of fire protection as expressed in terms of fire-resistance. This `-- Appendix B provides a guide in the form of Tables in terms of minimum requirements for the stated fire resistance related to materials and assemblies of construction materials. (b) The fire resistance ratings as stipulated in the Tables in this Appendix arc not intended to be all inclusive but rather those which are acceptable as the result of having successfully performed under accepted tests as prescribed in Section 100 1 of this Code. Other fire resistance ratings may be accepted by the L Building Official as fire protection on compliance with Section 1001 of this Code. TABLE 1 FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS for NON-LOAD BEARING WALLS and PARTITIONS MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS For Fire Ratings Indicated WALL OR PARTITION (inches) ASSEMBLY 4-Hr. 3-Hr. 2-Hr. 1-Hr. BRICK--Clay,Shale,Concrete or Sand-Lime. Solid-Unplastered....................................... .8 8 8 4 ---I/Z" Plaster on both sides........................ 8 8 4 Clay or Shale........................... . ............... 6 O.S.U. ##2 BRICK Hollow--Plastered or Unplastered....... 12 8"' 8 N.B.S. 44 Plastered on both sides....................... 8 Vol. 35 —Hollow Rolok-Bak;Plastered.............. 8 Hollow—Cells filled with perlite loose fill insulation................................................ 8 CONCRETE—Plastered and Un- plastered 0.2%reinforced in , each direction;A/,"max,size aggregates,................................................ 6 5 4 3 —Plastered both sides........................... 6 5 3 3 Units at least 71%solid B-1 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,zota s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _._..Af,RhEMEN'I',AND3UBJEC'I"TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER: .. ... _............ .. .... ....... ...... TABLE 1 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATING for NON=,LOAD !BEARING WALLS and PARTITIONS MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS WALL OR PARTITION For Fire Ratings Indicated(Inches) MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS 4-Hr. 3-Hr. 2-Hr. 1-Hr. HOLLOW CLAY TILE —Plastered or unplastered 2-units: 3 cells in wall thickness.....—.................. 12 2 units,4 cells in wall thickness.......... 8 3-cells; in wall thickness................... 12 8 3-interior cells and double shells....... 8 T-shaped 2 cells in wall thickness 8 —Plastered 2-cells in wall thickness,both sides 8 8 2-cells in wall thickness,one side 8 Plastered both sides................................ 4 HOLLOW CLAY TILE,BRICK FACING CONCRETE TILE, BRICK FACING Tile units bond to 4 inch brick facing,having%" 1:3 plaster ap- plied to tile,total masonry thick- ness........................................................... .. 12 STONE MASONRY-SOLID WALLS Plastered or Unplastered....................... 12 8= K B-2 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - ....... ..... _..-AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT"TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ............ ............ . .. ..... _ -_...._... ..- TABLE 1 (Continued) MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS (IN INCHES) FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED Members Framed into Walt or Partition WALL OR PARTITION None or Noncombustible ASSEMBLY 4--Hr. 3-Hr. 2-Hr. 1-Hr. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS Expanded Slag or Pumice Aggre- gates............................................................. 4.7 4.0 3.2 2.1 Expanded Clay or Shale Aggregates 5.7 4.8 3.8 2.6 Expanded Shale,Clay or Slate Aggregates(Rotary Kiln Process) 5.35 4,50 3.95 2.6 Limestone,Cinders,or Unexpanded Slag Aggregates....................................... 5.9 5.0 4.0 2.7 Calcareous Gravel Aggregates........... 6.2 5.3 4.2 2.8 Siliceous Gravel Aggregates.................. 63 5.7 4.5 3.0 Note(a) Where combustible members are framed into the wall,the wall must be of such thickness or be so constructed that the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall,or between:members setin from opposite sides,will not be less than 93%of the thickness shown in " table. Note(b) Equivalent thickness is the average thickness of the solid material in the wall.It may be found by taking the total volume of a.walVunit,,subtracting the.volume of core spaces,dividing this bylhe area of the face,of.the>unit;-Whece walls are plastered orfaeed'with-bricklhe thickness of r plaster or brick maybe included in determining the equivalent ahickness.-The:minimum.nominal thickness of non-load bearing concrete masonrywalls(not:including thickness of plaster)shall be not less than 3"for single wythe walls and not less than 10"(two 4"wythes plus 2"air space)for cavity walls. B-3 l Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar ts,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL ACT AND'THE LICE^NSE.AGREEMENI, ......... -.. ............ .._ - AND SUBJECT"IOCIVI LAND CRIMINAL PENAhT1ES 1`HEREUNDEIL TABLE 2 FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS for NON-LOAD.BEARING WALLS and PARTITIONS` Fire Wall or Partition Assembly Resistance Rating SOLID PLASTER PARTITIONS Total thickness of partition: 2-Hr. 2"unsanded gypsum plaster. Solid Plaster Plaster applied to metal lath Steel-Framed (except as noted)supported 2 j2"vermiculite-gypsum or Partitions on 3/e"steel channel studs. perlite-gypsum plaster. 2-Hr. 2"sanded gypsum plaster (mix 1:%). 1'/-Hr. 2"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster 1-Hr. 2"sanded gypsum plaster (mix 1:2). 1-Hr. 212"sanded gypsum plaster (mix 1:2, 1:3)on metal lath or paper-backed wire fabric. 1-Hr. Solid Plaster 1"plaster applied to each Total thickness of partition: Studless side of Y2"long length plain Partitions gypsum lath inserted at top 2%2"vermiculite-gypsum or and bottom in steel or other perlite-gypsum plaster. 2 Hi: non-combustible runners. '/2"long length gypsum Total thickness of partition: lath,3/"gypsum plaster ap- plied each side. Lath in- 2"gypsum-perlite or ver- :, serted at top and bottom in miculite(mix 1:2, 1:2). 1!-Hr. steel runners. 3f"plaster applied to each Total thickness of partition: side of %"long-length plain gypsum lath inserted at top 2"vermiculite-gypsum or and bottom in steel or other perlite-gypsum plaster. 1-Hr. non-combustible runners. Plaster applied to each side Total thickness of partition: of diamond mesh or rib metal lath fastened top and 2"sanded gypsum-plaster bottom in steel or other non- (mix 1:2). 1-Hr. combustible runners. 13/16"plaster applied to Total thickness of partition: each side of 3/"or 3/"plas ter applied to each side of 2"sanded gypsum plaster long length plain gyp- (mix 1:1,1:2). 1 1-Hr. sum lath inserted at top and bottom in steel or other non- combustible runners. i B-4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _... ................. .... _. - .._.......AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAI.TIES THEREUNDER:... .__.. .... _. _ ... __._. __. TABLE 2 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS for NON-LOAD BEARING WALLS AND.PARTITIONSa Fire Wall or Partition Assembly Resistance Rating SOLID PLASTER PARTITIONS Total thickness of parti- Plaster Solid Plaster 1"perlite/portland cement tions 51/"min, side ex- Steel Stud plaster applied to self fur- posed Partitions ring metal lath on 20 ga. 4 Hr. Unsymmetri- 35/"steel studs one side; gypsum cal non-load remaining side fie'Type X side ex- bearing ex- gypsum wallboard with posed- - terior wall 3%"perlite/portland ce- 2-Hr. assemblies ment B back plaster applied OSU �— is stud cavity. 5645 Hollow 1"T&G gypsum coreboard Wallboard attached to 1 Sib"steel or Total thickness of partition: Partitions wood runner by gypsum screws. '/2"gypsum wall- 4%" 2-Hr. board laminated and screw attached. Type"X"face panels laminated to both sides 1"x 6"gypsum ribs 24"o.c., 2'/4" 1-Hr. wood or metal runners. HOLLOW>STEEL'FRAMED . Each face=l"vermiculile- CONSTRUCTION`'''''` gypsum or perlite'_gypsum T_..:..,;plaster(mix 2 cu.ft.of Steel Stud Steel studs to both faces of aggregate per 100 Ibs: Hollow which are attached resilient gypsum for scratch coat 3-Hr, Partitions clips, 1/a"dism:rods,metal and 3 cu.ft.aggregate ` lath and piaster. Minimum per 100 Ibs.gypsum for stud size 2". brown coat). Steel studs to both faces of Each face--7s"unsanded which is attached plaster ap- gypsum plaster. 2%2-Hr. plied over face of metal iath with not less than 2"air %e"vermiculite gypsum or space between inside faces perlite gypsum plaster. 2-Hr. of lath. 3/"unsanded,gypsum plaster or%g'sanded gypsum plaster(mix 1:1Y2). 2-Hr. 3/a"sanded gypsum piaster (mix 1 1/z)or 5/�'un- sanded gypsum plaster. 11/z-Hr. sanded gypsum plaster ter(mix 1:2). 1-Hr. 3/"sanded gypsum plaster (mix 1;2, 1:3) 1-Hr. 3/"sanded Portland ce- ment-asbestos fiber plas ter(mix 1:2, 1:3----3 lb. asbestos fiber per bag of cement). 1-Hr. i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.AcceQ b Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .. - -------- .............AGRF,F,MF,NT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRINIINAh PENAhTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 2 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS for NON-LOAD BEARING WALLS AND PARTITIONS' Fire Wail or Partition Assembly Resistance Rating HOLLOW STEEL FRAMED CONSTRUCTION Steel Stud Steel studs to both faces of Each face—j2"vermiculite- Hollow which is attached plaster ap- gypsum or perlite-gypsum Partitions plied to%"perforated gyp- plaster 'mix 2%cu.ft. sum lath (the lath shall be of aggregate per 100 lbs. fastened to the studs by gypsum). 1-Hr. approved wire clips support- ing the lath fully across its %"sanded gypsum Alas- face),with not less than 2" ter{mix 1:2). 1-Hr air space between inside faces of lath. 3/"perlite gypsum Alas- ter(1:2-1:2). 2-Hr. Steel studs to both faces of Each face--- which is attached gypsum wallboard with not less than %"type X wallboard 1-Hr. 1%" air space between wall- board.Studs.24"o,c.Wall- Two layers of%"type X board Screw applied. wallboard with face layer laminated. 2-Hr., perforated gypsum lath. "gypsum sanded plas- clip attached to steel studs. ter(mix 1:2). 1 HOLLOW WOOD FRAMED CONSTRUCTION Each face— ' Wood Studs 5/x"perforated gypsum lath ;2"perlite or vermicu- Hollow nailed. lite gypsum plaster(mix Partitions 1:2). 1%-Hr. Fire Retardant Treated Each face— Wood studs 2"x 4"(or larger)spaced not more than %"Type X Gypsum Wall- 24"o.c. board f-Hr. MASONRY WALLS AND PARTITIONS Thickness of Partition: Hollow Shale tile or dense hard- 4 inches(Units not less Structural burned clay the unplas►ered than 40%solid)2 1-Hr. Clay Tile Partitions 6 inches(Units not less than 30%solid) 2-Hr. (1:3)sanded gypsum Thickness of Partition: plaster on each side. 4 inches' (Units not Less than 50%solid). 1-Hr. 6 inches' (Units not less 30%solid). 1-Hr. 4 inchei§' (Units not less than 40%solid12 2-Hr. 6 inches' (Units not less than 30%solid)2 3-Hr. I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESBV-10 Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _._....................... ___ .......- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINALPENALTIES THEREUNDER... TABLE 2 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS for NON-LOAD BEARING WALLS and PARTITIONS4 Fire Wall or Partition Assembly Resistance '�--� Rating MASONRY WALLS AND PARTITIONS Hollow i Medium-burned clay the un- 6 inches(Units not less Structural plastered. than 45%solid). (Two Clay Tile cells in wall thickness). 1-Hr. Partitions 6 inches(Units not less than 30%solid)' 2-Hr. (1:3)sanded gypsum 3 inches' (Units not less piaster on each side. than 50%solid). 1-Hr. 6 inches' (Units not less than 30%solid). 1-Hr. 4 incises' (Units not less than 60%solid). (Two cells in wall thickness). 2-Hr. 6 inches' (Units not less than 30%solid)' 3-Hr. Perlite Hollow periite:concrete rna- Thickness of Wall: Concrete sorry Units with care'S'filteld "4 inches: 4-Hr. Masonry with:perlite-concrete mortar Walls unplastered. Lightweight ExteriorSectton'=--V periite- Concrete portland cement concretes ap- Thickness of Wall: Panel or plied on paper-backed wire 6 inches'. 4-Hr, Curtain Wall fabric encasing steel fram- ing members and Interior Secllon—Channet furred sec- tion comprising a 1"air space and 1"pertile-gypsum plaster applied on paper- backed wire fabric. Vermiculite-portland cement concrete applied to paper- Thickness of Wall: backed wire fabric space 4 inches. 4-Hr. 1 r2,,from(11 ."x 1'�„) steel channels,2'on centers Concrete encasing channels. 314"thickness of periite- Thickness of Wall. Portland cement spray-ap- 4 inches. 2-Hr. plied to paper-backed wire lath attached to 4"steel studs 16"on center. Footnotes: 'Thickness of partition(not including piaster). 'Cells filled with broken tile,slag,cinders or sand mixed with mortar. 'Total thickness of partition,including plaster. 'Appropriate fire resistance ratings as listed in Fire Resistance Design Manual, Tenth Edition,as published by the Gypsum Association,may be accepted as if herein listed. B-7 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or r r distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ---------- -- - -- ----- - AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 3 FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS for LOAD BEARING WALLS and PARTITIONS" MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS (In Inches) FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED Members Framed Into Wall or Partition WALL OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY Combustible None or Non-Combustible 4-Hr. 3-Hr. 2-Hr 1-Hr. 4-Hr. 3-Hr. 2-Hr. 1-Hr. SOLID BRICK WALLS OSU T-1971 Solid--(Clay,shale,concrete or sand-lime) 12 12 8 8 8 8 8 T-1972 —unplastered —(clay or shale) 6 4 Solid(as above) w"(1:3)sanded gypsum 12 8 or 12 8 8 8 plastered on one side (1) (1)(2) (1) (1) 8 8 Solid—(as above)J�"(1:3)sanded gypsum 12 8 or 12 8 8 8 8 plastered on each side (2) Brick—(clay or shale)-4"nominal thick units at least 75 percent solid backed with a hat shaped metal furring channel 3/"thick formed from 0.021"sheet metal _ attached to the brick wall on 24"centers with approved fasteners;and V2"Type X gypsum wall board attached to the metal furring strips with t"long Type S screws spaced 8"on center. 5 € Copyright Bobby Teague o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR I DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OFT HE FEDERAL COPYRBGH T'ACT AND RI HE 11CLNSE' � >REEMHNT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 3 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS for LOAD BEARING WALLS and PARTITIONS" MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS (In Inches) FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED Members Framed Into Wall or Partition WALL OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY Combustible None or Non-Combustible 4-Hr. 3-14r. 2-Hr. 1-Hr. 4-Hr. 3-Hr. 2-Hr. 1-Hr. Cavity Walt consisting of two 3 in. (ac- tual)brick wythes separated by 2-in.air space;masonry joint reinforced spaced 1 ft.3 in.o.c.vertically:mortar fill 8 (1 ft.in height)placed between wythes at top of wall. HOLLOW BRICK WALLS Hollow units(clay or shale)cells filled with perlite loose fill insulation. 8 `a --Unplastered"" 8 8 NBS# —Plastered"" 8 8 Vol.35 HOLLOW CAVITY WALLS Hollow Cavity Type(clay or shale) Un- 9 9 9 9 9 9 plastered or %2" (1:3)sanded gypsum on (3) each side-1/q" metal ties for each 3 sq. ft.of wall area. Hollow Rolok(clay or shale) Unplastered 12 12 8 12 8 y2" (1:3)sanded gypsum plaster on one side 12 8 $ y2" (1:3)sanded gypsum plaster on each side 8 Hollow Rolok Bak(clay or shale) Un- plastered 8 Copyright 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on I DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND IT ar�5,2016 3:07:DO PM pursuant to license �THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR G , TABLE 3 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS for LOAD BEARING WALLS and PARTITIONS" MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS (in Inches) FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED Members Framed Into Wall or Partition WALL OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY Combustible None or Non-Combustible 4-Hr. 3-Hr. 2-Mr. 1-Hr. 4-Hr. 3-Hr. 2-Hr. 1-Hr. CONCRETE WALLS Plain Concrete Solid Walls(Unplastered) 8 8 Solid Concrete Reinforced 6 6 inch wire welded fabric near the center plane of wall STRUCTURAL TILE BRICK FACED WALLS Hollow Structural Tile(Clay or Shale) 16-12 12 or 16 12 8 or 12 12 8 or 12 8 or 12 8 Walls Unplastered (5)(6) (6)(7) (6)(8) (6)(9) (10) 01) (14) (13) . (1:3)sanded gypsum plaster on one 16 12 8 or 12 8 8 or 12 8 or 12 8 side (6)(7) (6)(8) (6)(12) (6)(13) (11) (14) (15) Hollow Structural Tile(Clay or Shale)— 12 8 12 8 Brick Faced Walls(Tile Bonded to 4" Brick Facing Unplastered,total Masonry thickness) (1:3)sanded gypsum plaster on tile side,total masonry thickness 16 12 8 8 ! � i I DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLA O OGHTS P THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT COPYRIGHT ACT ANDssed by Bobby Teague on ITHEir tLILnio a q7 OgTM.pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 3 (Continued) MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS (IN INCHES) FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED Members Framed Into Wall or Partition WALL OR PARTITION None or Noncombustible ASSEMBLY 4-Hr. 3-mr. 2-Hr. 9-Hr. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS Expanded Slag or Pumice Aggregates 4.7 4.0 3.2 2.1 Expanded Clay or Shale Aggregates....................... 5.7 4.8 3.8 2.6 Expanded Shale,Clay or Slate Aggre- gates,(Rotary Kiln Process)................................... 5.35 4.50 3.95 2.6 Limestone,Cinders,or Unexpanded Slag Aggregates.......................................................... 5.9 5.0 4.0 2.7 Calcareous Gravel Aggregates.................................. 6.2 5.3 4.2 2.8 Siliceous Gravel Aggregates....................................... 6.7 5.7 4.5 3.0 Note(a) Where combustible members are framed into the wall;the wall must be of such thickness or be so constructed that the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall;or between members set:nfrom opposite sides,will"not be less than93%of the thickness shown in . table. Note(b) Equivalent thickness.is,the;average thickness of the solid material in the wall.It may be found by. taking the total volume of'a:wall unit,subtracting the volume of core spaces,dividing this by the area of the face of the unit. Where walls are plastered or faced with brick the thickness of plaster or brick may be included in determining the equivatent thickness:The minimum nominal thickness of non-load bearing concrete masonry walls=(not including thickness of plaster)shalt be not less than 3"for single wythe walls and not less than 10"(two 4"wythes plus 2"air space)for cavity walls. LOAD BEARING WALLS AND PARTITIONS FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING WALL OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY Plaster Side Brick-Faced Exposed Side Exposed STEEL-FRAMED BRICK-VENEERED 1`/z-hr. 4-hr. WALLS Steel studs faced outer side with %"wood fiber- board sheathing next to studs,3/4`air space formed with 3/"x 1%"wood strips placed over the fiberboard and secured to the studs;metal or wire lath nailed to such strips,33/4"brick veneer held in place by filling 3/"space between the brick and lath with mortar. Inside facing of studs:3/4"unsanded gypsum plaster on metal or wire)lath attached to 5/16"wood strips secured to the edges of the studs. B-11 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or ?, distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - 2hEivlEi�Y'�',AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL CRIMINAL -_ AGI' "� - - _- - - IL AND CRIMINAL PlNAL TIESTHEREUNDER. TABLE 3 (Continued) LOAD BEARING WALLS AND PARTITIONS FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING WALL OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY Plaster Side Brick-Faced Exposed Side Exposed STEEL FRAMED 13RICK VENEERED WALLS Steel studs faced outer side with 1"insulation 1 V2-hr. 4-hr. board sheathing attached to studs, 1"air space, and 33/4"brick veneer attached to steel frame with metal ties every fifth course.Inside facing of studs:ye"sanded gypsum plaster(1:2 mix) applied on metal(or wire)lath attached directly to the studs. Same as the above except use %S"vermiculite- 2-hr. 4-hr. gypsum plaster or 1"sanded gypsum plaster (1:2 mix)applied on metal(or wire). Steel studs faced outer side with 1�"gypsum 2-hr. 4-hr, sheathing board,attached to studs,and 33/"brick veneer attached to the steel frame with metal ties every fifth course. Inside facing of studs; V2" sanded gypsum plaster(1:2 mix)applied on J�" perforated gypsum lath(see Sec. 1001.5)securely attached to the studs and having strips of metal lath 3 inches wide applied to all horizontal joints of gypsum lath. WOOD FRAMED WALLS AND PARTITIONS Wood Frame Metal or wire lath(except sanded gypsum plaster 1-hr Plaster and as noted)and piaster on (mix 1:2)or 3/"sanded Wallboard Partitions both sides of 2"x 4"(or gypsum plaster(mix 1:2, larger)wood stud framing. 1:3)on metal lath or paper- effectively fire-stopped. backed wire fabric. Vvermiculite-gypsumor 1-hr. perlite-gypsum plaster on metal lath. 3/"sanded portland cement 1-hr. plaster(mix 1:2, 1:3 with 3 lbs.of short asbestos fiber per hag of cement)on metal or wire lath. i I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVEB.Ale2ed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i ................... _ ___. .. ................. _.... .............AGREEMENTS AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTTESTHEREUNDF,R:.... TABLE 3 (Continued) LOAD BEARING WALLS and PARTITIONS Fire .� Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Wood-Framed Gypsum lath and plaster on v'sanded gypsum plas- 1-hr. Plaster and both sides of 2"x 4"(or ter(mix 1:2)applied to Wallboard larger)woad stud framing, plain or perforated gypsum Partitions effectively fire-stopped. lath vermiculite-gypsum or 1-hr. perlite-gypsum plaster applied to s/e' perforated gypsum lath. 'J"wood-fibered gypsum 1-hr. plaster applied to s/"plain gypsum lath. sanded gypsum plaster 1-hr. gypsum lath(mix 1:2), 1"perlite or vermiculite 2-hr. gypsum plaster applied over 1"wire mesh nailed over '�"perforated gypsum lath (mix 1:2, 1:2). Gypsum wallboard on both Two layers of%"or%" 1 hr. sides of 2"x 4"(or larger) gypsum wallboard attached wood stud framing,effec- to both sides of wood studs. tively fire-stopped, One layer of gypsum 1-hr. wallboard attached to both sides of wood studs,with stud spaces filled with min- eral woof insulation bats nailed in place to the studs. Wood Framed Type"X"gupsum wallboard One layer fib"Type"X" Plaster and or coreboard of the same gypsum wallboard attached Wallboard thickness,on both sides of to both sides of wood Partitions 2"x 4"(or larger)wood studs. stud framing,effectively fire-stopped. Two layers W'Type"X" 2-hr. gypsum wallboard attached to both sides of wood studs. Wood Framed Wood studs 2"x 4"(or Wood or plywood siding 1-hr. Exterior 4arger)effectively fire-stop- on Ile gypsum sheathing Walls ped;outer face gypsum board attached to outer face sheathing board and wood of wood studs; %z"sanded siding;inner face gypsum gypsum plaster(mix 1:2) plaster on gypsum lath. on%"perforated gypsum lath on inner face of studs: rating for outside fire ex- posure. (Continued on next page) B-13 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE ........._ _ _.__. __.. ___. __.AGREEMENT,AND SUB)ECTTO CIVILAND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:--- ..... ...... .. . TABLE 3 (Continued) LOAD BEARING WALLS AND PARTITIONS Wood Framed Fire retardant treated wood Faced outer side one layer 2-hr. Exterior studs 2"x 6"(or larger) Type "X"gypsum wall- Wails spaced not more than 16" board,fire resistant vapor O.C. barrier,self furring wire mesh and two coats %" (Continued from thick cement stucco.Inside preceding page) facing two layers of%'* Type "X"gypsum wall- board. Wood studs 2"x 4" (or Faced outer side with %" 2-hr. larger)spaced not more gypsum sheathing attached than 16"o.c. to studs,and 33/"brick veneer attached to each stud with metal ties every sixth course. Inside facing two layers of%"type "X" gypsum wallboard. FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING WALL.OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY Plaster Side Brick-Faced Exposed Side Exposed METAL FRAMED PARTITIONS Steel Stud Steel studs to both faces of Each face— 2%z 11 Hollow which is=attached metal or %'unsanded gypsum Partitions wire lath,with not less than plaster. 2"airspace between inside faces of lath. 64"unsanded gypsum 1 IIh-hr. plaster. Gypsum wallboard nailed to W,type'X,,gypsum 1-hr. - .. both sides 3%"nailable steel wallboard. studs. Steel studs to both faces of Each face-- 1-hr. which is attached plaster ap- unsanded gypsum plied to 3/"perforated gyp- plaster. sum lath with not less than 2"airspace between inside faces of lath. REFERENCE NOTES TO TABLE 3—FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS (I)—Rating is applicable only when the plastered side of wall or partition is on the exposed side. (2)-8"for sand-lime or concrete brick or 12"for clay or shale brick(3-hr.rating). (3)—A 9" wall may be used a 2-hr, rating if hollow spaces near combustible members are filled with fire-resistive material for the full thickness of the wall and for at least 4"above and below and between the combustible members. (4)—Grade A and Grade B concrete shall comply with the requirements in Section 100I.2. (5)—Two or three units,four or five cells in wall thickness. Units not less than 40%solid. (6)—The ratings for tile walls with combustible members projecting into the walls may be increased to those given for similar wails with non-combustible members if the spaces surrounding the ends of the members are filled solidly with mortar or masonry. Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVt'7i.14ssed b Bobb I ea e on Mar ts,zote s:o�:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or i Y Y'� & P B P distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ... _._.. _. _. __._ _. _......AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT"I`O CIVIL AND-CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER. .. _._._ _..__................ .. (7)-16"tile(two units,four cells in wall thickness);or 12"hollow tile(one unit,three cells in wall thickness, units not less than 49%solid). (8)—One unit,three cells in wall thickness. Unit not less than 40%solid. (9)---12"hollow the three cells in wall thickness(8"the if hollow spaces are filled as required in Reference Note (3) herein);or 8"hollow tile(one unit,two cells in wall thickness, units not less than 46%solid). (10)—Two units,three or four cells in wall thickness. Units not less than 45%solid. (11)-12"hollow the(two units,three cells in wall thickness);or 8"hollow the(one unit,three or four cells in wall thickness,units not less than 53%solid). (12)-12"hollow tile,two cells in wall thickness(8"the if hollow spaces are filled as required in Reference Note (3) herein); or 8" hollow tile(one unit,two cells in wall thickness, units not less than 49%solid), (0)—One unit,two cells in wall thickness. Units not less than 40%solid. (14)-12"hollow tile(three cells in wall thickness);or 8"hollow tile(one unit,two cells in wall thickness,units not less than 49%solid). �- (15)--8"hollow the(three cells in wall thickness);or 8"hollow the(one unit,two cells in wall thickness,units not less than 40%solid). (16)—Equivalent thickness is the average thickness of the solid material inthe wall.It may be found by taking the total volume of a wail unit,subtracting the volume of core spaces,dividing this by the area of the face of the unit. Where watts are plastered or faced with brick the thickness of plaster or brick may be included in determining the equivalent thickness. (17)—Appropriate fire resistance ratings as listed in Fire Resistance Design Manual, Tenth Edition, as published by the Gypsum Association, may be accepted as if herein listed. (18)—When core spaces of the blocks are filled with a water repellent vermiculite masonry fill insulation,the protection time of U.L. Designs 1-3 Hr. and 1-2 Hr. will be increased to provide 4 Hr. fire resistance. U.L. R3653. (19)--Units at least 71%solid. GENERAL:.REQUIREMENT, FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS IOR WALLS'A D'PARTITIONS--TABLE 3 PLASTER. Plaster, when applied to masonry or gypsum lath, shall be no less than Y2-inch in thickness. Thickness shall be measured from the face of the plaster base. Gypsum plaster as required for the fire-resistance ratings indicated in Appendix B may be fibered or unfibered. THICKNESS OF WALLS The thickness prescribed in Table 3 for masonry and tile walls and partitions of the various fire-resistance ratings do not include the thickness of plaster. MORTAR For the fire-resistance ratings indicated in Table 3, masonry walls shall be laid in Type M,S,N or O mortar,provided that gypsum blocks shall be laid in gypsum mortar only, Follow structural clay tile partitions also may be laid in gypsum mortar. See Sections 1402.11 and 1402.12 for mortar proportions and types of mortar required. CLOSURE OF ENDS All open cells in tile or block occurring at wall ends shall be filled solid with concrete or gypsum for at least a depth of 6 inches, or solid units or closure tile B-15 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3 o7:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution t I t authorized.ANY UNAUTHORI,7ED REPRORI,?CTIpN OR.DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OFTHE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND - - - - SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. set in the opposite direction shall be used. No fire-wall of hollow units and no 8 inch solid wall shall be broken into,subsequent to erection,for chases or for the insertion of structural members. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEIGHTS OF PARTITIONS All masonry, tile, or block load-bearing partitions required to have a specific fire-resistance rating by the provisions of this Code shall be limited in height not to exceed thirty times their thickness, except when securely anchored at top and bottom,and except where fire-resistance ratings for such partitions of greater height than herein specified have been established by actual fire tests conforming with the requirements of Section 1001. For height of non-bearing partitions of masonry and those of plaster on metal or wire lath,see Section 140S.3. Two-inch solid,studless partitions of gypsum plaster on metal lath or gypsum lath shall not exceed 12 ft. in height. FIRESTOPPING Hollow partitions shall be firestopped with non-combustible materials at every floor. LATH Metal or wire lath used in fire-resistant walls or partitions shall meet the requirements of Section:_:1001.7. Gypsum lath, gypsum wallboard, and gyp sum sheathing board used in fire-resistant walls or partitions shall meet. -he requirements of Section 1001.6. COMBUSTIBLE MEM13ERS FRAMED INTO WALLS For plaster on the same side as combustible framing,and for plaster on one side of walls or partitions which support combustible members from both sides, the fire-resistance rating for such walls or partitions shall be the same as the rating for the same walls unplastered. TABLE 4 FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNSY Minimum Nominal Thickness Outside of Column(in Inches)for Rating Indicated, PROTECTIVE MATERIAL 4-hr. 3-hr. 2-hr. 1-hr. Concrete(Re-entrant,space filled solid) Grade A Concrete(1)(course aggre- gate other than trap rock)and except that it shall have a combined total of not more than 10%of quartz,chert,or flint, 6"x 6"columns 2 1 Y, 1 i 8"x 8"columns 1 1 1 1 12"x 12"columns or larger 1 1 1 1 B-16 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .... .......................... .... .............. _._. __.....AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT 7"O-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 4 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR PROTECTED.STEEL COLUMNS' Minimum Nominal Thickness Outside of Column(in Inches)for Rating indicated. PROTECTIVE MATERIAL 4-hr. 3-hr. 2-hr. 1-hr. Trap rock course aggregate,or Grade A Concrete(1)with coarse aggregate hav- ing a combined total of from 10%to 30%of quartz,chert;or flint with wire ties as prescribed in Reference Note(c): or cinder,sandstone or granite aggregate of Grade 8,Concrete(1) if concrete is held in place as prescribed in Reference Note(d). 6"x 6"columns 2%z 2 1 1 8"x 8"columns 2 i% 1 1 12"x 12"columns or larger 1% 1 1 1 Cinder,sandstone,or granite aggre- gate of Grade B Concrete(1)with wire ties as prescribed in Reference Note(c); or siliceous aggregate of Grade B Concrete (1) having:a combined total of 60%or more of quartz,chert,or flint if concrete is held in place as prescribed in Reference Note (d).. 6"x 6".columns: . 3 2 2 1 8,,.x colurnns;:i 3 2 1V2 1 '12"x 12"dolumns or'larger 2 1% 1 1 Siliceous aggregate of Grade B Con- crete(1)having a conbined total of 60% or more of quartz,chert,or flint with wire ties as:prescribed in Reference Note 6"x 6"columns 4� 31/Z 25/z 11/Z 8"x 8"columns 4 3 2 1 12"x 12"columns or larger 3 2 1%z 1 Hollow Clay or Shale Tile(e) Unplastered f 2(g) 2(h) Plastered with 3/a"sanded gypsum plaster (1:3 mix by volume). 2(i) Gypsum(e)—Poured solid(re-entrant Space filled)and reinforced with 4"by 4"wire mesh reinforcement wrapped around column Unplastered 2 1 Y, 1 1 Cinder Concrete(Hollow)Block(e) Unplastered 3(j) Solid Brick(Clay or Shale)(e) 33/ Re-entrant space filled with brick and mortar 33/, 33/4 2% Metal or wire Lath and Plaster Sanded a gypsum plaster(mix 1:3) 21/4(k) 3/ B-17 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE J _......AGRF,EMF,NT;ANDSUB7F,CT TO CIVIh AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - .. ........_._. _...... TABLE 4 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR `rt PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNSdd Minimum Nominal Thickness Outside of Column (in Inches)for Rating Indicated. PROTECTIVE MATERIAL 4-hr. 3-hr. 2-hr. 1-hr. Sanded portland cement plaster (mix 1:2112) 23%(k) 1 Vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster on metal lath. (a) (b) (m) Gypsum Lath and Piaster Sanded gypsum plaster (s) (r) (n) Vermiculite-gypsum or perlite- gypsum plaster (o) (p) (q) Vermiculite Type MK direct-to-steel 11/" (aa) %'(aa) 1 fireproofing 21,T' Gypsum wallboard (V) W(u) (t) Vermiculite portland cement plaster on paper backed wire fabric W Reference Notes to Table 4--Fire Resistance Ratings for 4 Protected Steel Columns _ (a)-13/ inch vermiculite or perlite-gypsum plaster on self-furring metal lath wrapped around column—no back-fill; 1% inch vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster on metal lath—lath furred out 11/inches from column flanges, with space between lath and column flanges filled with the same plaster—no back-fill; or 1 inch vermiculite-gypsum plaster on metal lath— lath spaced 1 inch from flanges of column—loose vermiculite back-fill; or 1%2 inch perlite-gypsum plaster on metal lath furred 7/ 16"inch from column with 3/4" inch channels; no .back-fill. (b)-1 inch vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster on metal lath—lath furred out 11/inches from column flanges with space between column flanges and lath filled with vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster— no back-fill, or I inch vermiculite-gypsum or perlite gypsum on self-furring metal lath wrapped around column—no back-fill. (c)—Concrete shall be held in place with wire ties consisting of No. 5 B & S gage(0.18 inch diam.)steel wire spirally around the column on a pitch of 8 in., or equivalent ties. (d)—Concrete shall be held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4" mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs. per sq. yd., or equivalent. (e)—The ratings indicated are applicable to steel columns 6" x 6" or larger. (f)—Structural steel columns protected with 2" hollow clay or shale tile, having wire mesh in horizontal joints, flanges covered with mortar or con- Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVII3718sed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction ox distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE a _... _... ___. _...._ AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - - .. .._ _.._. ..... crete, re-entrant space filled with concrete, shall have a fire-resistance rating of 4-hours if minimum area of solid material is not less than 225 sq. in. For comumns of less size two 2" layers of hollow clay or shale tile, %" mortar between tile and columns, %" metal mesh in horizontal joints, hollow clay tile fill, shall be required for 4-hour rating. (g)—Hollow clay tile with outside wire ties (not less than No. 12 B & S gage---0.08"diameter steel wire tied around the outside of each course of tile at the middle) or with %" metal mesh in horizontal joints: limestone or trap rock concrete fill extending 1" outside column on all sides. (h)—Hollow clay tile with outside wire ties (not less than those prescribed in Reference Note (g) herein), with or without concrete fill %" mortar between column and tile. (i)-3/" mortar between column and tile; %" metal mesh in horizontal joints, limestone concrete fill. 0)-1 t/" mortar between column and block; re-entrant space filled with broken block and mortar. (k)—Total thickness, consisting of two layers of plaster, with 3/" air space between, provides a fire-resistance rating of 2� hours; or fill. (1)—For definition of Grade A Concrete and.Grade B Concrete see Section 1001.2. (m)-1 inch vermiculite-per.litegypsum piaster or metal lath—lath furred out l;/ inch from column flanges no back-fill; or -1 inch vermiculite-perlite- _. gypsum plaster ow self4urring� metal,lath-wrapped, around column—no back-fill. (n)—%inch perforated.gypsum4ath applied vertically with double strands 18 gage tie wire spaced 2 inches from ends of lath and 15 inches center to center at intermediate points—plastered with 1/2 inch sanded gypsum plaster (mix 1:2%z). (o)—Two layers 1/ inch long-length gypsum lath tied with double strand 18 gage tie wire spaced approximately 24 inches center to center and wrapped with I inch hexagonal mesh, 20 gage galvanized fabric—two 3/ inch coats perlite-gypsum or vermiculite plaster--no back-fill. (p)---3Ja" perforated gypsum lath applied vertically and tied with double strands of 18 gage tie wires spaces 2"from ends of lath and 15"center to center at intermediate points. Plastered with I%"gypsum-perlite vermiculite plaster (mix 1:2, 1:3). (NBS Test No. 321). (q)---3/" inch perforated gypsum lath applied vertically and tied with double strands 18 gage tie wire spaced 2 inches from ends of lath and 15 inches center to center at intermediate points--plastered with 1 inch vermiculite-perlite- gypsum plaster (mix 1:2�). (r)—%" perforated gypsum lath applied vertically and tied with double strands of 18 gage tie wires spaced 2"from ends of lath and 15"center to center at intermediate points. Plastered with 1%"gypsum sand plaster(mix 1:2, 1:3). (NBS Test No. 351 and letter from Dr. A. F. Robertson, Chief; Fire Protec- tion Section, National Bureau of Standards, October 7, 1957). (s)—%" perforated gypsum lath applied vertically and tied with double B-19 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR.DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGH f NCCT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND ............ --- SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. strands of 18 gage tie wires spaced 2"from ends of lath and 15"center to center at intermediate points. Plastered with 2" gypsum sand plaster (mix 1:2, 1:3). (NBS Test No. 344). (t)-2 layers of %2" gypsum wallboard adhesively attached together and to column. First layer wire tied to column. (u)-4 layers of %2" gypsum wallboard adhesively attached to column. Third layer wire tied to column, or (v)-3 layers %" type X wallboard. Second layer held by steel bands. (w)-3 layers of%" type "X" gypsum wallboard screw attached to 15/" steel studs at each corner of column. (x)-3 layers of %" type "X" gypsum wallboard first and second layers attached with ring shank nails 24" o.c. at corners. Third layer attached with 1" long gypsum wallboard screws spaced 12" o.c. at corners. (y)—Appropriate fire resistance ratings as listed in Fire Resistance Design Manual, Tenth Edition, may be accepted as if herein listed. (z)-2" of vermiculite portland cement plaster spray applied on paper backed wire fabric and reinforced with plain wire fabric between coats.'. (aa)—Column size tested 14WF228. FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR STEEL COLUMNS PARTLY PROTECTED WITH CONCRETE Steel columns of solid section (not latticed) unprotected outside, but hav- ing re-entrant space filled with Grade A Concrete(see Sec. 1001.2)and having minimum area of solid materials not less than 64 sq. inches, shall have their fire-resistance rated at 1 hour. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS—TABLE 4 THICKNESS The thickness in Table 4 refer to thicknesses of protective material before the application of plaster except that the thickness indicated for plaster protection is total plaster thickness. Thicknesses shall be measured from the extreme outer edge of the member, except that the thickness of protective material required at the extreme edges of lugs, brackets, wind bracing and other connections shall be not less than 1 inch. REINFORCEMENT Except as otherwise prescribed in Table 4, poured protection shall be adequately reinforced with not less than 4" x 4" wire mesh weighing not less than 1%2 lbs. per square yard, or equivalent reinforcement. MORTAR JOINTS Protective coverings that consist of masonry units shall be solidly bedded - and laid in Type M, S, N or O mortar,except that gypsum blocks shall be laid. in gypsum mortar; structural clay tile units may likewise be laid in gypsum mortar. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFSERy[�]. s Dd by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED RODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FF,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICF.NSF, .. --AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. BONDS AND TIES Except as otherwise prescribed in Table 4, block and tile protective cover- ings shall be securely anchored or bonded by wall ties or metal mesh laid in the horizontal joints, by metal clips connecting one unit to another, by outside tie wires not smaller than No. 12 B and S gage (0.08" diameter) with at least one such tie around every course, or by means of specially designed units provid- ing positive anchorage to the member or to other units. Outside tie wires shall in all cases be protected by at least %2 inch of mortar or plaster. METAL OR WIRE LATH Where metal lath is prescribed in Table 4, it shall meet the minimum requirements of Section 1001.7 of this Code. GYPSUM LATH Where gypsum lath is prescribed in Table.4, it shall meet the minimum requirements of Section 1001.6 of this Code. Applicable to ratings prescribed in Table 4 for steel columns protected with gypsum lath and plaster, the - column protection shall be provided:with corner beads with expanded metal wings wired with No 18.gage;tie wires surrounding the column at intervals not to exceed 15 inches. TABLE'S ..Fi`RE�'RESISTANCE-RATINGS FOR PROTECTED STEEL BEAMS, GIRDERS ANDTRUSSES'0' Minimum Nominal Thickness Outside of Members(in Inches)for Rating Indicated. Protective Material 4-hr. 3-hr. 21�-hr. 2-hr. 1%.hr. 1-hr. Concrete(Re-entrant space filled solid) Grade A Concrete(a) 2 2 1 Y, 1�j 1 V 1 Grade B Concrete(b) 2% 21V2 2 2 2 1}� Hollow Clay or Shale'file or Concrete Block Unplastered 2(c) 2(c) 2 Plastered with 1Y2"sanded portland cement or gypsum plaster 3(c) 2(c) 2(c) 2 Gypsum-Poured solid(re- entrant space tilled)Un- plastered 2 1 % 1Y2 1 1 Plastered with 1Y2"sanded gypsum plaster 1% 1 1 1 i� 'h Brick-Hollow or Solid (Clay,Concrete or Sand- lime)- Unplastered 33% 33% 33/ 2% 21/ 2% B-21 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction o, I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.__._... _._.... _. _.._.AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER....._ _._... TABLE 5 (Continued) FIRE.RESISTANCE RATINGS.FOR PROTECTED STEEL BEAMS, GIRDERS AND TRUSSES(01 Minimum Nominal Thickness Outside of Members(in Inches)for listing Indicated. - Protective Material 4-hr. 3-hr. 2%2-hr. 2-hr. 1',2-hr. 1-hr.. Metal or Wire Lath and Plaster Sanded Portland cement plaster (I) (m) Sanded gypsum plaster (d) (g) (j) (k) Unsanded gypsum plaster (h) (i) Vermiculite-gypsum or perlite gypsum plaster (e)(n) (f) (t) Vermiculite Type MK direct- to steel fireproofing �/h /2 %2 Gypsum Wallboard (p) Reference Notes to Table 5—Ratings for Protected.Steel Beams, Girders, and Trusses (a)—Grade A Concrete shall. comply with the requirements in Section 1001.2—Metal ties .bent around beam flanges.and other projecting parts. (b)—Grade B Concrete shall comply with the requirements in Section 1001.2-3 inch or smaller metal mesh placed l inch from surface. (c)—All spaces between structural member and tile or block shall be filled solid. (d)—%8 inch sanded gypsum plaster (mix 1:2) on metal or wire lath directly attached, furred or suspended—structural member protected on top with concrete or gypsum slab not less than 2y2" thick or equivalent. (e)—y8 inch vermiculite-gypsum plaster on metal lath directly attached, furred or suspended-nor 5/ inch vermiculite-gypsum plaster plus % inch vermiculite acoustical plastic on metal lath. (f)—% inch vermiculite-gypsum plaster on metal or wire lath directly att- ached, furred, or suspended with non-combustible construction above. (g)—% inch sanded gypsum plaster (mix 1:2, 1:3) on metal lath attached, furred,or suspended—structural member protected on top with a concrete or gypsum slab not less than 21/ inches thick or equivalent. (h)—ys inch unsanded gypsum plaster on metal or wire lath directly attached, furred, or suspended. (i)—y$inch unsanded gypsum plaster on metal or wire lath attached,furred or suspended—structural member protected on top with a concrete or gypsum slab not more than two inches thick or equivalent. 6)-3/inch sanded gypsum plaster(mix 1:2, 1:3)on metal or wire lath directly attached, furred, or suspended—structural member protected on top with a concrete or gypsum slab not less than 2 inches thick or equivalent;or structur- Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFSER D. ssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORI III ,,ad OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICF.NSF, AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER al member protected with I inch thickness of metal or wire lath and sanded gypsum plaster (mix 1:3). (k)—Structural member protected with 3/inch metal or wire lath and sanded gypsum plaster (mix 1:3). (I)—Structural member protected with I inch metal or wire lath and sanded portland cement plaster(mix 1:2 y2); or 5/inch sanded portland cement plaster (mix 1:2, 1:3--with 15 lbs. hydrated lime and 3 lbs. short asbestos fiber per bag of portland cement) on metal or wire lath directly attached, furred, or suspended—structural member protected on top with a concrete or gypsum slab of not less than 2 inches thick or equivalent. (m)—Structural member protected with I inch metal or wire lath and sanded portland cement plaster (mix 1:21/2). (n)—% inch vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster on self-furring metal lath wrapped around three sides of member. (o)—Appropriate fire resistance ratings as listed in Fire Resistance Design Manual, Tenth Edition, may be accepted as if herein listed. (p)-3 layers of %" type "X" gypsum wallboard screw attached to 1%" steel studs and No. 20 SWG mesh between the second and third layer. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS-FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR PROTECTED STEEL BEAMS', GIRDERS AND TRUSSES= FOR TABLE 5. For the foregoing ratings.in Table 5, fire-resistance materials,shall protect flanges and portions of webs and members-not otherwise protected by arches, slabs, or ceilings. For ratings of Steel Floor and Roof assemblies, see Table 7. THICKNESS For block and poured protections,thicknesses in Table 5 refer to thickness of protective material before the application of plaster. Such thickness shall be measured from the extreme outer edge of the member, except that the thickness of protective material required at the extreme edges of lugs, brackets, wind bracing and other connections shall be not less than I inch. REINFORCEMENT Except as otherwise prescribed, poured protections listed in Table 5 shall be adequately reinforced with 4"x 4"wire mesh weighing not less than 1%2 lbs. per square yard, or equivalent reinforcement. MORTAR :Protective coverings of masonry units shall be solidly bedded and laid in Type M, S, N or O mortar,except that gypsum blocks shall be laid in gypsum mortar and structural clay tile units may likewise be laid in gypsum mortar. B-23 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar ts,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAiTI'HORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE AGREEMENI, - AND SUBJECT TO,CIVIL;AND CRIMINAL PENACI'IESTHBREUNDEIL BONDS OR TIES Block and tile protective coverings shall be securely anchored or bonded by wall ties or meta]mesh laid in the horizontal joints, by metal clips connecting one unit to another by outside tie wires not smaller than No. 12 B and S gage (0.08"diameter)with at least one such tie around every course, or by means of specially designed units providing positive anchorage to the member or to other units. Outside tie wires shall in all cases be protected by at least 1/" of mortar or plaster. PLASTER THICKNESS Except as otherwise prescribed in Table 5,wherever plaster is required to be applied to masonry,gypsum or portland cement plaster not less than %2"thick shall be used except that on gypsum units,gypsum plaster only shall be used. Thickness of plaster applied to metal or wire lath shall be measured from the face of the lath, except as otherwise noted. METAL OR WIRE LATH Metal lath or wire lath shall meet the requirements of Section 1001.7 of this Code. TRUSSES Where trusses are required to be fire protected, such protection may be provided by one or more of the following methods: 1. Fire resistive materials of the thickness specified in Table 5 applied:to each of the members of the truss. 2. Fire resistive materials enclosing the entire truss on all sides for its entire length and height. 3. Fire resistive floor and ceiling assemblies as set forth in Table 7 enclosing trusses provided there are no combustible materials in the enclosed space. TABLE 6 FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS, BEAMS, GIRDERS AND TRUSSES For the fire-resistance ratings of reinforced concrete columns, beams, girders, and trusses indicated, the various thicknesses of fire protection outside of reinforcing steel shall be not less than that prescribed in Table 6, . except as provided in Section 1001. Gypsum or portland cement plaster, not less than 3/ inch in thickness, applied on metal lath or'wire lath and in contact with the concrete, may be substituted for %2 inch of the required poured protection, provided that such poured protection shall in no case be reduced to less than 1 inch in thickness. Metal or wire lath used for such purposes shall conform to the provisions of Section 1001.7. I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVA.24ssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.__ TABLE 6 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS F013 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS, BEAMS, GIRDERS AND TRUSSES Minimum Thickness Outside of Reinforcing Steel (in Inches)for Rating Indicated. QUALITY OF CONCRETE 4-hr. 3-hr. 2-hr. 1-hr, Reinforced Concrete Columns(a) Concrete -Coarse aggregate limestone, calcareous gravel (b),trap rock or blast, furnace slag - 12"or larger round or square columns - Unplastered 1 Concrete-Coarse aggregate granite,sand- stone,or siliceous gravel(c)- 16"or larger round or square columns-Un- plastered 21/2 1'/' Plastered(e) 1114 Concrete-Coarse aggregate granite,sand- stone,or siliceous gravel(c),Light 2" mesh expanded metal (or equivalent)cen- trally located in the protective covering, 12" or 14"round or square columns - Unplastered. 1'/z 14"or larger round or square columns- Unplastered 11/z s_. Reinforced Concrete:Beams-Gfrders,:arid Trusses Concrete coarse aggregate-Grade A Concrete(d)Unplastered 116 1 11/2 i Concrete Coarse aggregate -Grade B. Concrete(d) Unplastered 2V2 21/2 2 11j2 Concrete coarse aggregate -Grade B Con- crete(d) Unplastered -3"or smaller metal mesh centrally located in the pro- tective covering. 2 1%x 1%z 1 Reference Notes to Table 6—Fire-Resistance Ratings for Reinforced Concrete Columns, Beams, and Trusses (a)—These ratings apply to columns with standard ties or spirals, and to columns without spirals, if.designed on the basis that the protective concrete covering carries no load. (b)—Gravel containing not more than 10% quartz, chert, or flint. (c)---Gravel containing 60%Q or more quartz, chert, or granite. (d)—Grade A Concrete and Grade B Concrete shall comply with the requirements in Section 1001.2. (e)—%" coarse aggregate; column covered with 1 inch of 1:21/ (by volume) portland cement,and sand or.gypsum and sand plaster,with admixture of not over %2 part lime; surface of column hacked or column cast in metal lath serving as a form. B-25 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or t distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDEPL ---- TABLET FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (s) (h) Where plaster ceiling is required in Table 7 and no thickness is specified, plaster shall be not less than %z inch thick. On gypsum units, gypsum plaster only shall be used.Thickness of plaster shall be measured from the face of the plaster base. Wood finish floors may be used with the constructions rated in this Table, unless prohibited elsewhere in this Code. Hro Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Reinforced 41/2"stab,expanded slag aggregate,3/"protection of Concrete reinforcement. 4-hr. 6"slab,air-cooled slag aggregate, 1"protection of reinforcement. 4-hr. 3"slab,Grade A concrete;Ceiling, 1"vermiculite- gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster over face of metal lath supported from bottom of slab.(f) 4-hr. 6"•slab,Grade A or Grade B'concrete(Section 1001.2), 1"protection of reinforcement. 3-hr.: 6"slab,Grade A or B concrete(Sec. 1001.2)with electrical raceways and junction boxes, 1"protection 3-hr. of reinforcement if marker screws are used. 2-hr. 2"slab,Grade A concrete;Ceiling 3/"vermiculite- gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster over face of metal lath supported from bottom of slab,(f) 3-hr. 43/"slab,air-cooled slag aggregate,3/4"protection of reinforcement. 21/z-hr. 43/"slab,Grade A or Grade B concrete (Section 100.1.2),3/"protection of reinforcement. 2-hr. 4"slab,Grade A or Grade B concrete(resection 1001.2),3/" protection of reinforcement. 1-hr. Monolithic Monolithic reinforced slab,joist and beam with elec- Concrete trical raceways and junction boxes with joists not less Stab Joist than 5"wide 3/"minimum protection for reinforce- and Beam ment and having plastered ceiling over face of metal Construction lath. 3"top slab;ceiling 1"vermiculite-gypsum piaster (mix 1:2, 1:3) 4-hr. 5"slab at underfloor ducts and junction boxes. 2"top slab;ceiling 3/"vermiculite-gypsum plas- ter(mix 1:2,1:3) 3-hr. 4"slab at underfloor ducts and junction boxes. B-2b Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I r distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .AGREEMENT,AND.SUBJECT TO CIVILAND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES-THEREUNDER: ........ .. .. TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (8) t"i Fire Realatance CONSTRUCTION Rating Monolithic Monolithic reinforced slab,joist and beam;joists not Concrete less than 5"wide with 3/"minimum protection for Slab Joist reinforcement;and top slab not less than 211�"thick and Beam with%,"of vermiculite Type MK spray-applied direct Construction to the underside of slab. 2-hr. U Monolithic reinforced slab,joist and beam;joists not less than 5"wide with 3/"minimum protection for reinforcement and top slab not less than 3"thick. 1-hr. Concrete Reinforced concrete top slab on concrete joists not Joist less than 4"wide and not over 30"on centers with Construction 3/4"minimum protection for reinforcement,having plastered ceiling over face of metal lath. 21/h"top slab;ceiling%"unsanded gypsum plas- ter or%"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum piaster. 3-hr. 21/4"top slab;ceiling.S,"sanded gypsum plaster (mix 1:2, 1:3). 2-hr. 2 top slab;ceiling 4/8",sanded gypsum piaster _ (mix 1:2,'1:3)'or-%"sanded portland`cement piaster,(mix: '.3 with 161bs.of hydrated lime - and 3 lbs.of short asbestos fiber per bag of cement). 2%"top slab;ceiling%"Type"X"gypsum wall- board attached to 25 gage galvanized steel chan- nets spaced 24 in,on center.Ceiling located 10 in. below joists.Steel channels suspended by 21 gage galvanized steel straps attached to side of joist by 5/32 in.x 1'/4 in.cartridge-driven concrete nails.Gypsum wallboard attached to channels with 1"No.6 self-tapping screws 8"on center. 2-hr. Precast Top Stab-2"minimum and 6"maximum thickness Prestressed perlite concrete on precast prestressed Concrete double or single stemmed units. 2-hr. Units Ceiling—Not Required U.L. Report R4123-13. Top Slab--2"minimum and 6"maximum thickness of vermiculite concrete on precast prestressed double or single stemmed units. 2-hr. Coiling—No ceiling required. U.L.Report R4123.13, Concrete Concrete block and concrete composite construction and consisting of concrete block fillers riot less than 3%" Concrete deep with reinforced concrete ribs(3/4"protection for Block reinforcement)and concrete top slab not less than 2!6"thick. 3%-hr. B-27 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or t Ir distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT;`. — - - - ---- ---..........AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CREMINAL.PENALTIES THE.REONDER.- TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS tsl fhl Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Perlite Slab 21/"thick perlite slab proportional 1:6(Portland 2-hr. Concrete Cement to Perlite Aggregate)on No.24 gauge galva- UL R3453-8 Slab nized steel units 1-5/16" deep at maximum span of 8'-0",poured to 1/8"thickness above lop of corruga- tions. Foamed plastic insulation board(1 to 4 inch thickness)placed on top of perlite slurry and covered with 2y,"of perlite concrete.Slab reinforced with No. 19 SWG hexagonal wire mesh. Root covering con- sists of asphalt-saturated felt and hot mopped asphalt. Tile and concrete composite construction consisting of tile fitters of concrete,gypsum,or structural clay tile Concrete not less than 4"deep,with reinforced concrete ribs and (-%"protection for reinforcement)and concrete top Tile slab not less than 2"thick. 2'fl-hr. Tile and concrete,composite construction as prescribed above except omitting the top slab and having a gypsum plaster ceiling. 1 Poured reinforced gypsum slab at least 3"thick Gypsum having 3/"minimum protection for reinforcement and with a ceiling of gypsum plaster. 2%2-hr: 2'/2"Class A(500 PSI)gypsum concrete on %2" gypsum formboard,concrete reinforced with 48-1214 welded wire fabric (self-furring to keep fabric j2" above formboard)sub-purlins(bulb tees)exposed. 2-hr. 2"Class A(500 PSI)gypsum concrete on %2"gypsum formboard.Concrete reinforced with 48-1214 welded wire fabric,sub-purlins(bulb tees)exposed. 1-hr. 2" poured reinforced gypsum slab on '12"gypsum formboard spanning between Keydeck truss tee sub- purlins 2'8-%"on center. Maximum clear span 8' 2-hrs. Maximum clear span 9' 1 F2-hrs. r Maximum clear span 10' 1-hr. Brick Brick arch not less than 4"deep with a level con- crete fill 2"above crown. 2y2-hr. Fiat arch of clay tile,2-cell structural tile not less Clay than 8"deep,with floor fill or incombustible material Tile at least 2"thick and having gypsum plaster ceiling. 2'/2-hr. Segmental arch of clay tile,2-cell structural tile not less than 6"deep,laid in cement mortar with con- crete fill level with crown of arch,and having gypsum plaster ceiling. 2%2-hr. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFSERVti.UB 2pp.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2oi6 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or , distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE I -__-_AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE T (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS(g) (h) Fire �F Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Steel Joist Top Slab---2%"poured concrete top stab 2"precast Construction gypsum tile,the latter with 1/2"mortar and Formed finish:or 2"reinforced gypsum concrete Steel Members slab on Y2"gypsum wallboard. 4-hr. (a)(e) Using Ceiling—%"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum Contact, plaster over face of metal lath. Furred,or Suspended Top Slab-2'/"poured concrete top slab,2%"ver- Ceilings— miculite-concrete or perlite-concrete top Constructions slab,of 2" precast gypsum tile,the latter With Metal with %" mortar finish. 3-hr. or Wire Ceiling—$A"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum Lath—Except plaster or Y/ 'unsanded gypsum plaster as Noted) over face of metal lath. Top Slab--2"minimum thickness perlite concrete on 28 gauge galvanized steel form units sup- ported by steel joists 4"on center. Ceiling—%"perlite gypsum plaster(1:2, 1:2)on 3-hr. expanded.metatslatty attached to 3/"furring channels wire tied to steel joists. Top Slab-21/2"poured concrete top slab. Ceiling---3/"sanded gypsum plaster(mix 1:2) 2%-hr. over face of metal or wire lath. Top Slab-2"poured concrete top stab or 2"precast gypsum tile,the tatter With 1/4" mortar tinish 2`/z-hr. Ceiling-54"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite gypsum plaster or ja'unsanded gypsum plaster over face of metal or wire lath. Top Slab-2"vermiculite concrete over the top of a metal form. 2-hr. Ceiling-1/4"vermiculite-gypsum plaster plus '/3"of vermiculite acoustical Type Z.Air-duct openings of 31 sq.in.per 100 sq,ft.of ceiling area and recessed light fixtures spaced 25 sq.ft.per 100 sq.ft.of ceiling area. B-29 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.._.. -- - --- - - - ---- - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO T,'TVIh AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS tgl (h) Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Steel Joist Top Slab-2"minimum thickness perlite concrete on Construction 28 gauge galvanized steel form units sup- and Formed ported by steel joists 4' on center. Steel Members (a)(e) Ceiling-3/"perlite-gypsum plaster(1:2, 1:2)on 2-hr. (Using expanded metal lath attached to 3/"fur- Contact, ring channels wire-tied to lower chord of Furred,or joists. Suspended Ceilings---- Top Slab--21/"poured concrete top slab Constructions With Metal Ceiling—%"sanded gypsum plaster(mix 1:2, 1:3) or Wire over lace of metal or wire lath or paper- Lath—Except backed wire fabric. 2-hr. as Noted) Top Slab--2"poured concrete top slab Ceiling-5/a'sanded gypsum plaster(mix 1:2, 1:3) or%"sanded portland cement plaster (mix 1:2, 1:3—with 15 lbs.hydrated lime and 3 lbs.short asbestos fiber per bag of portland cement)over face of metal lath. 1 t/z-hc Top Slab 1"nominal single wood floor on wood hailers applied to steel deck with insulat- ing paper cemented thereto;or double wood deck on wood nailers attached to steel joists or formed steel members. Ceiling-5/"sanded gypsum plaster(mix 1:2, 1:3) or%"sanded portland cement plaster (mix 1:2. 1:3—with 15 lbs.hydrated lime and 3 lbs.short asbestos fiber per bag of portland cement)over face of metal or wire lath. 1-hr. Top Slab-2"poured concrete top slab. Calling—3/"furring channels,spaced 12",%" perforated gypsum lath attached to furring channels with approved interlocking wire clips: 1"gypsum-perlite or gypsum-ver- miculite plaster(100:2. 100:3),reinforced With 1"20 gage hexagonal mesh attached to furring channels. 4-hr. B-30 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 1 distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ...... .............................. ... ........... .. . .AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - - _.. .... ....... ...... ............... . _..._ __.._. TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (s) (h) Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Top Slab-2"poured concrete top slab, Steel Joist Ceiling-3/"furring channels,spaced 12",31s' Construction perforated gypsum lath attached to furring and Formed channels with approved interlocking wire Steel Members clips;%"gypsum-perlite or gypsum-ver- (a)(e) miculite plaster(100:2, 100:3),reinforced (Constructions with 14 gage galvanized wire below lath With Gypsum and diagonally between interlocking device Lath Ceilings) of wire clips. 3-hr. Top Slab-2"poured concrete top slab. Coiling-3/�'furring channels,spaces 16",3la' perforated gypsum lath attached to furring channels with approved interlocking wire clips;3/Q"gypsum-perlite or gypsum-ver- miculite plaster(100:2, 100:3)reinforced wire 14 gage galvanized wire below lath and diagonally between interlocking device of wire clips. 3-hr. Top:Slab-2"poured concrete top slab. Celling=3/"furring channels;.spaced 16", perforated gypsum lath attached to furring channels with approved interlocking wire clips;W"gypsum-perlite or gypsum-ver- miculite plaster(100`:2%)reinforced with 1"20 gage hexagonal mesh attached to furring channels. 3-hr, Top Slab-2"poured concrete top slab. Ceiling-3/"furring channels,spaced 12",%"per- forated gypsum lath attached to furring channels with approved interlocking wire clips;1h"gypsum-perlite or vermiculite- plaster(100:2%)reinforced with 14 gage galvanized wire below lath and diagon- ally between interlocking device of wire clips and 5A"gypsum acoustical plaster. 2�/A-hr. Top Slab-2"poured concrete top slab. Ceiling-3/"furring channels,spaced 16",%"per- forated gypsum lath attached to furring channels with approved interlocking wire clips;%"gypsum-perlite or gypsum-ver- miculite plaster(100:2�j)reinforced with 14 gage galvanized wire below lath and diagonally between interlocking device of wire clips. 2-hr. B-31 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -- -- - -- - — -AGREEMENT;ANDSUB)EC'T'TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNAL'I'IES'I'HEREUNDEI2. - -- - -- TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE;RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS f81 t"' Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Steel Joist Top Slab-2"poured concrete top slab. Construction and Formed Ceiiing--3/a"furring channels spaced 12"o.c. /tl" Steel Members perforated gypsum lath attached to furring (a)(e) channels with approved interlocking wire (Constructions clips;S/a"gypsum and plaster(1:2, 1:3) With Gypsum reinforced with 14 gage galvanized wire Lath Ceilings) below lath and diagonally between inter- locking device of wire clips.(NBS Test No_345). 2-hr. Top Slab-2"poured concrete top slab. Ceiling-3/"furring channels,spaced 16",%" per- forated gypsum lath attached to furring channels with approved interlocking wire clips; 1"of gypsum-perlite or gypsum-ver- miculite plaster(100:2. 100:3). 1%2-hr. Top Slab-2"poured concrete top slab. Ceiling-3/a"furring channels,spaced 16" per- forated gypsum lath attached to furring channels with approved interlocking wire clips;%"gypsum-perlite or gypsum-ver- miculite plaster(100.2%2). 1-hr. Steel Joist Top Slab-3"concrete over 10"bar joists spaced Construction 24"o.c. and Formed Steel Members i Celling—"Z"runners spaced 12"o.c.wire clipped (a)(e) to the bottom chord of the bar joists.The (Construction suspension system supports 3/"x 12"x 12" with acoustical tile listed by U.L. Design No. Acoustical 77-3 hr. U.L.Test R 4349-19. 3-hr, Tile Ceilings) Top Slab-2%"concrete over 10"bar joists spaces 24"o.c. Ceiling—Main tees are spaced 48"or 24"o.c.and supported by hanger wires.Cross tees are spaced 24"o.c.perpendicular to main runners. The suspension system supports 24"X 24"or 24"x 48"acoustical lay-in panels listed by U.L.under Design No. 35-2 hr.,U.L.Test R 4349-7. 2-hr. B-32 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ____AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL.PENALTIES THEREUNDER_ TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (9) (h) Fire �.- Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Top Slab-21/h"concrete over 10"bar joists spaced Steel Joist 24"o.c. Construction and Formed Colling—Main tees are spaced 48"or 24"o.c.and Steel Members supported by hanger wires.Cross tees are (a)(e) Spaced 24"o.c.perpendicular to main run- (Construction ners.The suspension system supports Sig" With or 1",24"x 24"or 24"x 48"acoustical Accoustical lay-in panels. Protected light fixtures may Tile Ceilings be installed in ceiling not to exceed 25%of ceiling area, Air duct openings not to ex- ceed 47 square inchs per 100 square feet of ceiling area.Listed under U.L. Design 36--2 hr. U.L. Test R4349-9& 12. 2-hr, Top Slab-2"concrete over 10"bar joists spaced 24" o-c, Ceiling--"H"runners spaced 24"o.c.;clipped to the joists with wire clips.Concealed cross tees are spaced 12".or 24"o.c.with the ends resting.on.the•lower flange of the "H"runners:The suspension system sup- ports 3f"or 5A", 12"x 12"to 24"x 24" acoustical tile, listed by U.L. Design No. 23-2 hr. U.L.Test A 4349-4,8, 11 2-hr. Top Stab-2"poured concrete top stab. Ceiling-No.25 gage steel inverted "J"shaped channels,spaced 12"clip attached to joists and supporting%"or thicker, 12"x 12" noncombustible acoustical tile. Listed by U.L,under Design 16-2 hr. U.L.Test 4337-4. 2-hr. Top Slab-2y2"poured concrete top stab. Ceiling-Exposed steel grid suspension system listed by U.L.,suspended from joists by 12 gage wire hangers spaced 4'o.c.,supporting /Z"or thicker,24"x 24"or 48"non- combustible acoustical panels.Listed by U.L.under Design 64--2 hr.Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 8%of ceiling area.Air duct openings not to exceed 26 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area. U.L. Test R433T 2-hr, 13-33 = - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 4, AGREEMENT,AND SUB'TECT TO CIVIL AND CRI'MINAh PENALTIES THEREUNDER: TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS tat chi 17n3 Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Steel Joist top Stab-2"concrete over 10"bar joists spaced Construction 24"o.c. and Formed Steel MembersCeiling—"Z"runners 12"o.c.are attached to the (a)(e) bottom chord of the joist with wire clips. (Construction The"Z"runners support 3/"x 12"x 12" With or%"x 12"x 12"T&G acoustical tile Acoustical listed by U.L.under Design No.22-2 hr. Tile Ceilings) U.L.Test R 4349-2. 2-hr. Top Slab-2"concrete over 10"bar joists spaced 24"o.c. Ming—"H"runners spaced 24"o.c.clipped to the joists with wire clips. The concealed cross tees are spaced 12"or 24"o.c,with the ends resting on the lower flanges of the "H"runners. The suspension system sup- ports 3/", 12"x 12"to 24"x 24"acousti- cal Tile listed by U.L.under Design No. _ 200---2 hr., U.L.Test R 4349-18. 2-hr. Top Slab-2"concrete over 10"bar joists spaced 24"o.c. Celling-1%2"cold rolled steel channels supported by hanger wires 48"o.c.The"H"runners are spaced 24"o.c.at each intersection with the channel. Cross tee members are spaced 12"o.c.,ends resting on the lower flange of the"H" runners.The suspension system supports%"or 3/", 12"x 12" acoustical tile.Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 25% of ceiling area. Air duct openings not to exceed 110 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area.Listed by U.L.under Design No. 34---2 hr., U.L.Test R4349-6. 2-hr. Top Slab-2�2"concrete over 8"bar joists spaced 24"o.c.with 10"beam. Ceiling—Hanger wires are spaced 48"o.c.and support"H"runners spaced 24"o.c.Con- cealed cross tees are spaced 24"o.c.with ends resting on lower flange of"H"runners. The suspension system supports 'is"x 24"x 24"acoustical tile.Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 25%of ceiling area.Air duct openings not to exceed 47 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area. Listed by U.L. under Design No.80-2 hr, U.L.Test R-4349-14. 2-hr. 2-hr.Beam 4 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFSER4F.R D Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE --........................ ................_............... -.... _-...-_AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER _` TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND `ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS f&1 thy' Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Steel Joist Top Slab-2"concrete over 10"bar joists spaced Construction 24"o.c. and Formed Steel Members Ceiling—Main tees are spaced 48"or 24"o.c.and (a)(e) supported by hanger wires.Cross tees are (Construction spaced 24"o.c. perpendicular to main run- With ners.The system-supports'A",24"x 24" Acoustical or 24"x 48"acoustical lay-in panels. Tile Ceilings) Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 8%of ceiling area. Air duct openings not to exceed 25 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area. Listed by U.L. under Design No.43- 1 hr., U.L.Test No. R4349. 1-hr. Steel Joist Top Slab-2"poured concrete top slab. Construction and Forrned Ceiling-3/"acoustical the(glass fiber)attached to Steel 3/y"furring channels,4''on center,with Members special clips and splines-2 layers of (a)(e) mineral wool(2"thick each)with alumi- num:foil center placed on lop of unexposed surface,of tile. U.L. Design No. 1-2 hr. 2-hr. Top Slab-2"poured concrete top slab. Celling-1 layer%"type"X"gypsum wallboard secured to?/H"nailing channels at 16" spacing. 1-hr. Top Slab-2%"poured concrete top slab. j Ceiling—%"furring channels spaced 12"o.c.s/," ! type "X"gypsum wallboard attached with i"gypsum wallboard screws. 2-hr. Gypsum Top Deck----2%z"gypsum concrete on '/z"gypsum form- Concrete board with welded wire fabric. Subpurlins Deck (bulb tees)exposed. 2-hr. Top Deck-2"gypsum concrete on %"gypsum form- board with welded wire fabric,subpurlins exposed. 1-hr. Top Deck-2"cinder concrete(minimum thickness Cellular over cells). Steel Floor and Roof Celling—%"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum Units (b)(e) plaster(mix 100 lbs. gypsum to 2%cu. ft.aggregate)over face of metal lath. 4-hr. i B-35 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ..........._ _....... ...._.-_... ................_ _._..-AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIh AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:""' ............._._._.._ TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS-FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (9) (h) Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Cellular Top Deck-2"concrete (minimum thickness over Steel Floor cells). and Roof Units Roof (e) Celling—%"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster over face of metal lath. 4-hr. Top Deck-2%"concrete(minimum thickness over cells). Calling—%"vermiculite-gypsum plaster plus ''/2" vermiculite acoustic plaster over face of metal lath. 4-hr. Top Deck-2"concrete (minimum thickness over cells). Ceiling—%"unsanded gypsum plaster over face of metal lath. 4-hr. Top Deck-2�/2"concrete(minimum thickness over cells). Celling-1"perlite-gypsum or vermiculite-gypsum plaster(mix 100 lbs.gypsum to 21/2 cu.ft. aggregate)over face of%"ribbed metal lath tied directly to underside of floor units. 4-hr. _ Top Deck-2%2"concrete(minimum thickness over cells). Ceiling---%"perlite-gypsum or vermiculite-gypsum plaster plus %2"gypsum acoustical plaster over face of metal lath. 4-hr_ Top Deck-21/2"concrete(minimum thickness over cells). Ceiling-3/"furring channels spaced 12",3/"per- forated gypsum lath attached to furring channels with approved interlocking clips; �/2"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster(100:2%2)reinforced with 14 gage galvanized wire below lath and diagonally between interlocking device of wire clips. 3-hr. Top Deck—W expanded slag aggregate(minimum thickness over cells). 3-hr. B-36 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (9► t"l Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Cellular Top Slab-411h"concrete(measured from bottom of Steel Floor corrugations). and Roof Units oo (e} Ceilings-1""vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster over face of furred or suspended metal lath. 4-hr. Top Slab-4%"concrete(measured from bottom of corrugations). Ceilings—%"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster over face of metal lath attached directly to bottom of floor units and with plaster pushed through lath to fill the corrugations of the units. 4-hr. Top Stab-21/2"concrete(minimum thickness over cells). Ceiling—%"vermiculite Type MK applied direct to underside of floor,following contour. 3-hr. Top Deck----2% concrete(minimum thickness over cells)with a 10"beam. Ceiling-1%r cold-rolled steel channels spaced 48" o.c.supported by hanger wires. "H"run- ners spaced 24"o.c.clipped at each inter- section with the channel. Concealed cross tee members spaced 12"o.c.,ends resting on the lower flanges of the"H"runners. The suspension system supports 5/"or 3/", 12"x 12"T&G acoustical tile. Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 25%of ceiling area. Air duct openings not to exceed 110 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area. Listed under U.L.Design No.36-4 hr., 4-hr. U.L.Test R4349-5. 5-hr. Beam Top Deck-2�"concrete over deck with 8"beam. Ceiling—Main tees spaced 24"o.c.and supported by hanger wires spaced 48"o.c.Cross tees spaced 48"o.c.perpendicular to main tees.The suspension system supports %"x 24"x 48"acoustical lay-in panels. Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 25%of ceiling area.Listed under U.L. Design No,47--- 3 hr.,U.L.Test R4349-10. 3-hr. 4-hr.Beam B-37 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I r distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i - _.... __.. _...._............................AG.RF,EMENT,AND SUBJECT TO.CZVIZ,AND CRIMINAh PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ..... .............. ............... ___ _. - _..._._.. TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE2 RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS lsl (h) Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Cellular Top Deck-21/h"concrete(minimum thickness over Steel Floor cells)with 6"beam. and Roof Units (b) (e) Ceiling-1 3�"cold-rolled steel channels spaced 48" o.c.supported by hanger wires."H"run- ners spaced 24"o.c.clipped at each inter- section with the channel.Concealed cross tee members spaced 12"o.c.,ends resting on the lower flange of the"H"runners. The suspension system supports 3/"x 12"x 12"acoustical tile and is listed by U.L. under Design No.69-3 hr.,U.L. Test R4349. 3-hr. 3-hr_Beam Top Deck-2%2'concrete(minimum thickness over cells). Ceiling-1 I/2' 16 gage carrying channels 4'o.c,sus- pended by 12 gage wire 4'o.c.with No. 25 gage steel inverted"J"shaped chan- nels spaced 12"o.c. clipped to 1 " channels and supporting 3/"x 12"x 12" noncombustible acoustical tile.Listed by U.L.under Design 25-3 FIR.Protected r light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 25%of ceiling area.Air duct openings not to exceed 150 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area. U.L.Test R4337-3. 3-hr. Top Deck-2%Z"concrete(minimum thickness over cells). Ceiling--Exposed steel grid suspension system, listed by U.L.,suspended by 12 gage wire 4'o.c.,supporting 3/"x 24"x 24" or 48"noncombustible acoustical panels. Listed by U.L. under Design 74-3 HR. Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 16%of ceiling area.Air duct openings not to exceed 55 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area. UL Test R4337-24. 3-hr. Q I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFSERVE0734d by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2oi6 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i - AGREEMENT,AND.SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND., ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (9) (h) Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Cellular Top Deck-2%"concrete(minimum thickness over Steel Floor cells).Trench header duct may be installed and Roof in floor to concrete depth. Units(b)(e) Ceiling-11/2" 16 gage carrying channels 4'o.c. �. suspended by 12 gage wire 4'o.c.with No.25 gage steel inverted "J"shaped channels spaced 12"o.c.clipped to 1%" channels and supporting 3/"x 12"x 12" noncombustible acoustical tile.Listed by U.L.under Design 264-2 HR. Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 24%of ceiling area.Air duct openings not to exceed 113 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area. UL Test R4337-35. 2-hr. Top Deck-2'/2"concrete(minimum thickness-over cells). CetNng Exposed-_steeigrid suspension system,listed by U_Lisuspended,by,1:2 gage.wire 4'o.c.; supporting%"or thicker 24"x 24"or 48" noncombustible acoustical:panels.Listed by U.L. under Design 73-2 HR: Protected light fixtures�may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 8%of ceiling area.Air duct openings not to exceed 57 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area. UL Test 84337-17. 2-hr. Top Deck-21h" concrete(minimum thickness over cells). Ceiling—Y2"vermiculite Type MK applied to the top and sides of fluted sections and 3/B" on the bottom of fluted and flat plate sections. 2-hr. Top Deck-21/2"concrete over deck with 8"beam. Ceiling—Main tees spaced 24"o.c,and supported by hanger wires spaced 48"o.c.Cross tees spaced 48"or 24"o.c.perpendicular to the main runners.The system supports 5A", 24"x 24"or 24"x 48"acoustical lay-in panels. Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 25%of ceiling area.Air duct openings not to ex- ceed 50 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area.Listed by U.L.under De- sign No.62---2 hr.,U.L.Test R4349-10. 2-hr, 4-hr.Beam 3 B-39 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'reague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC L TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES'I'HEREUNDER.-- TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE"RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (8) (h) Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Top Deck-2%Z"concrete(minimum thickness over Cellular ceits)with 6" beam. Steel Floor and Roof Celling-1'/2"cold rolled steel channels spaced 48" Units o.c.supported by hanger wires."H"run- (b)(e) ners spaced 24"o.c.clipped at each inter- section with the channel.Concealed cross tees spaced 12"o_c.with ends resting on lower flange of the"H"runners.The suspension system supports'/"x 12"x 12" acoustical tile. Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 16% of ceiling area.Air duct openings not to exceed 25 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area. Listed by U.L. under Design No.95--2 hr., U.L.Test No. R4349-15. 2-hr. 3-hr. Beam Corrugated Top Slab-4y2"concrete(measured from bottom of Steel Floor corrugations). Units(e) Ceiling—'/2" (measured from bottom of corruga- tions)vermiculite-acoustical plastic or Type INK fireproofing applied directly to underside of steel floor units. 4-hr. Top Slab-4'/2"expanded shale concrete(measured from bottom of corrugations). Ceiling—Not required. 3-hr. Top Slab-5'/a"concrete (Grade A)(measured from bottom of corrugations). Ceiling—Not required. 2-hr. Top Slab.-4'iz"concrete (Grade A)(measured from bottom of corrugations). Ceiling—Not required. 1-hr. 'Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFSERVM A AcQ ssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -- -- AGREEMENTS,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL-AND-CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS(9) Ihi Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Combination rop Slab----21/2"concrete (minimum thickness over Flat Plate 11/2"deep steel floor). and Fluted Steel Floor elling---%"vermiculite Type MK applied direct Units to underside of floor,fallowing contour. 3-hr. Top Slab-21/2"concrete (minimum thickness over 3"deep steel floor). Ceiling—Vermiculite Type MK applied directly to underside of floor.%"thick following con- tour of floor(1"across top of fluted sec- tions and 1%2"under trench headers.) 3-hr. Top Slab-2%"concrete (minimum thickness over 11/2"deep steel floor). Ceiling-1/2"vermiculite Type MK applied direct to underside of floor,following contour. 2-hr. Top Slab---0/2"concrete(minimum thickness over 21/2"deep steel floor). Ceiling—Vermiculite:Type MK applied directly to the underside of floor, 1"on the top and. sides of the fluted sections and 3/"on bottom of the Fluted and flat plate sec- lions. (1%"below flutes filled under trench header).U.L. Report R4374-26. 3-hr. Top Slab-2%"concrete(minimum thickness over cells). Ceiling—Y2"Vermiculite Type MK applied to the top and sides of fluted sections and 3/g" on the bottom of fluted and flat plate sections. �-hr. Top Slab-2%2"concrete(minimum thickness over 3"deep steel floor). Ceiling—Vermiculite Type MK applied direct to underside of floor. 13/16"thick on the top and sides of fluted sections and 11/16"on the bottom of fluted and flat plate sec- tions.(11/2"below flutes filled under trench header). 3-hr. B-41 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of 1 I r distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ... . ........... - ............AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:.. . TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE"RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (9) (h) Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Combination Flat Plate and Fluted Steel Floor Units Top Slab--21h"concrete(minimum thickness over 3"deep steel floor). Ceiling—Vermiculite Type MK applied directly to underside of floor.9/16"on the top and sides of fluted sections and 7/16"on the bottom of fluted and flat plate sections. (1"below flutes filled under trench header) 2-hr. Top Slab-2%"concrete(minimum thickness over 1%"deep steel floor). Ceiling—Vermiculite Type MK applied direct to underside of floor. %"thick on the top and sides of fluted sections and 3/"on the bottom of fluted and flat plate sec- tions. 2-hr. Flat Plate Top Slab-2%"concrete(minimum thickness over 3" Steel Floor deep steel floor) Units Ceiling—%"vermiculite Type MK applied direct to _ underside of floor(1%"thick under trench headers,if used). 3-hr. Top Slab-2%"concrete(minimum thickness over 3" deep steel floor) Celling---^3/"vermiculite acoustical plastic applied to underside of floor. 2-hr. Top Slab-2%"concrete(minimum thickness over 1 1/2"deep steel floor), Ceiling—Vermiculite Type MK applied directly to the underside of floor.3/"on bottom of flat plate sections. (1%"under trench header). U.L. Report R4374-26. 3-hr. Top Slab-2%"concrete(minimum thickness over -�.. 1 I/2 deep steel floor), Ceiling—Vermiculite Type MK applied directly to the underside of floor.%"on bottom of flat plate sections, (%"under trench header), U.L. Report R4374-25. 2-hr. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERBAlessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ................ .........._ _- -.AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.___.. TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (9) (h} Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Fluted Top Slab--21/2" concrete(minimum thickness over 3" Steel Floor deep steel floor), Units Ceiling—Vermiculite Type MK applied direct to underside of floor.%"thick following contour(1"across top of fluted sec- tions). 3-hr. Corrugated Top Slab-I/2"vermiculite concrete (minimum thick- Steel Roof ness over 1%2"deep steel deck), Units Ceiling—%"vermiculite acoustical plastic or ver- miculite Type MK applied direct to under- side of deck,following contour. 2-hr. Top Slab----31h" perlite concrete(measured from bottom of corrugation,average thickness 25/"perlite concrete)reinforced with welded wire mesh. Ceiling--Not required'. t-hr. Top$ialr2V2"perlite concrete(measured from top of corrugations)reinforced 19 gage hex- agonal wire mesh. Ceiling—Not required,U.L. Report R3453-4. 2-hr. Top Slab-21/,"vermiculite concrete(measured from lop of corrugations), Reinforced with welded wire mesh. Ceiling—Not required.U.L.Report R2773.9. 2-hr. Top Slab—2"concrete(minimum thickness over 1��/2" Ribbed deep steel floor or roof). Steel Roof Units(e) Calling—Vermiculite acoustical plastic or vermicu- lite Type MK fiberproofing filling ribs and extending 3/4"below. 3-hr. Top Slab-3"vermiculite concrete(overall thickness) on ribbed steel roof unit with ribs ex- tending up into concrete.Concrete rein- forced with welded wire mesh. Ceiling—Not required. I I -hr. B-43 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'reague on Mar Ili,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ....-......................._...... ............... .. _-_... - ..._- AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT'TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDEt2....... _..__. _.. TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (9) thi Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Steel Deck—Steel deck covered with not less than 2" Roof Deck nominal thickness of vermiculite concrete Construction or equivalent. (c)(e) Ceiling—V'vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster(mix 100 lbs.of gypsum to 21/h cu. ft. of vermiculite or perlite)over face of metal lath. 4-hr. Deck—Steel deck covered with not less than 1" nominal thickness of insulation board con- sisting of shredded wood bonded with Port- land cement,or equivalent. Ceiling—%'vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster(mix 100 tbs.of gypsum to 2%cu. ft.of vermiculite or perlite)over face of metal lath. 3-hr. Deck--Steel deck covered with not less than 1" nominal thickness of insulation board con- sisting of felted glass fiber or equivalent. Ceiling—%"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster(mix 100 lbs.of gypsum to 2% cu.ft.of vermiculite or perlite)over face of metal lath 2-hr. Deck—Steel covered with not less than 1%" nominal thickness of wood fiber-board insulation,or equivalent, Ceiling—%"sanded gypsum plaster(mix 1:2)over face of metal lath. 2-hr. Deck—Steel deck covered with not less than 1 nominal thickness of insulation consisting of wood fiber and a cement binder,or equivalent. Ceiling-3/"sanded gypsum plaster(mix 1:2)over face of metal lath. 2-hr. Deck—Steel deck covered with not less than 1" nominal thickness of wood fiber-board in- sulation,or equivalent. Ceiling—%"sanded gypsum plaster(mix 1:2, 1:3) over face of metal lath. 1 1/2-hr. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESEIFYP. 4cessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ..............AGRP.EMF,NT,.AND.SUBJECT TO CZVZL AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS tgl fhl Fire �.. Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Wood Joist Ceiling Construction Prolecton—%"sanded gypsum piaster(mix 1:2, 1:3) Id) or%" sanded Portland cement plaster (mix 1:2, 1.3--with 15 lbs.of hydrated lime and 3 lbs.of short asbestos fiber per bag of portland cement)—piaster shalt be applied over face of metal lath which shall be attached to joists as prescribed in Section 1001.7. 1-hr, Ceiling Protection—%"sanded gypsum plaster(mix 1:2) applied on 3/8'perforated gypsum lath which shall be nailed to joists in the manner prescribed in Section 1001.6, Joists of gypsum lath shall be covered with 3"strips of metal lath attached with 13/" No. 12 gage nails having I/z" heads,spaced not over 5"apart along joists,and 2 nails per joist for strips running perpendicular to the joists. 1-hr, Ceiling-: Protection---y2"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum plaster(mix 100 lbs.of gypsum to 21h cu. fl.of aggregate)applied on%"perforated gypsum lath which shall be nailed to joists in the manner prescribed in Section 1001.6, 1-hr. Ceiling Protection—Two layers of %"gypsum wallboard (see Section 1001.6)separated by 20 gage gal- vanized wire fabric with 1"hexagonal mesh. First(upper)layer of gypsum wall- board applied to bottom of joists with 5d cement-coated box nails. No. 15 gage, 1%"long,with 7/32"diameter heads, at 18"c.to c.,or equivalent.Wire fabric nailed over first layer of gypsum wall- board with 8d cement-coated box nails, No. 12y2 gage,23/K"long,with 1/" diameter heads,at 5"to 7"c.to c.or equivalent.Second layer of gypsum wall- board nailed with tad cement-coated box nails No. 121/h gage,23/„"long,with 1/q" diameter heads,at 5"to 7"c.to c.,or equivalent., 1-hr. 'i B-45 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,zota s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAU'1'HORIZEll REPR011UC'I'ION OR UIS'1'RIBU'I'ION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'1'HE LICENSE > .......................... ....... _.—-.- _..... AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT"PO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL"PENAL'TIEST'HEREUNDER. TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE:RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS (g) (h) Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Wood Joist Ceiling Construction Protection—%"vermiculite-gypsum or perlite-gypsum (d) plaster applied over face of metal lath which shall be attached to joists as pre- scribed in Section 1001.7. 1-hr. Above with nails @5"o.c. 1�/2-hr. Ceiling Protection—One layer of%"gypsum wallboard with a specially formulated core which provides greater fire-resistance than regular wall- board of the same thickness.Wallboard nailed with 1%8 inch nails,6 inches on centers,or equivalent. 1-hr. Ceiling Protection—%"gypsum-perlite or vermiculite plaster (mix 1:2)on%"type"X"gypsum lath secured at each bearing with four 1 1/" - blued lath nails or four 7/16"crown, 16 ga.flattened wire, 1 Y2"long staples with divergent points. 1-hr. Coiling t Protection-7/16"sanded gypsum plaster(mix 1:2) on%"type'X"gypsum lath nailed at each bearing with four blued lathing nails.3"wide strips of 2.5# metal lath applied continuously under each joist. nailed with 11 ga. 1 V2"long. 7/16" diameter head,galvanized roofing nails at 16"o.c, 1-hr. Ceiling Protection—Exposed steel grid suspension system, listed by U.L.suspnded by 12 gage wire 4'o.c.,supporting �/2"or thicker,24"x 24"or 48"noncombustible acoustical panels. Listed by U.L.under Design 39-1 HR. Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 16%of ceiling area.Air duct openings not to exceed 57 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area. UL rest R4337-33. 1-hr. i I Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RES18Y7 &ccessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or S distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE '; a --AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER__._ - " TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS t&1 tnl Fire Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Ceiling Protection-1%" 16 gage with carrying channels 4' o,c.suspended by 12 gage steel with 25 gage steel inverted"J"shaped channels, spaced 12"o.c.clipped to 1'V2 channels, supporting 3J"x 12"x 12"noncombus- tible acoustical tile,listed by U.L.as fire rated.Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 16%of ceiling area.Air duct openings not to exceed 55 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area.Factory Mutual Test 16738.12. 1-hr. Wood Joist Flooring-1"x 4"T&G wood flooring laid over Construction 1"x 6"T&G rough floor applied diag (d) onally to the joists,2"x 10"joists 16"o.c. Fling—"H"runners spaced 24"o.c.supported by metal clips 48";,o.c.;.concealed.cross tees are space&12. ;o.c.with the ends resting on the.[owe flange of the"H"runner. The system supports 3/"x 12"x 12"non- combustible mineral fiber acoustical the listed by U.L.Design No. 12=1 hr., U.L. Test R4349-3. 1-hr. Flooring—I"x 4"T&G wood flooring laid over 1"x 6"T& G rough floor applied diag- onally to the joists,2"x 10"joists 16"o.c. Ceiling—Main tees spaced 48"o.c.supported by hanger wires.Cross tees 24"o.c. perpen- dicular to main tees.Suspension members support �/2"or fie'24"x 24"or 24"x 48" acoustical lay-in panels. Protected light fixtures may be installed in ceiling not to exceed 8%of ceiling area.Air duct open- ings not to exceed 25 square inches per 100 square feet of ceiling area. Listed un- der U.L.Design No 22-1 hr. U.L.Test R4349-13. 1-hr. B-47 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .............AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL,PENALTIES THEREUNDER. .... ... _. ..... .............._ _..__ _._._. TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS tg' (h) Fire CONSTRUCTION Resistance Rating Wood Flooring—Plywood Stressed Skin Panels consisting Joist of%"thick interior C-D (exterior glue) Construction Top Stressed Skin on 2"x 6"nominal (d) (minimum)stringers.Adjacent Panel edges joined with 8d common wire nails spaced 8"on center. Gelling---�/h"thick fiberboard weighing 15 to 18 lbs. per cu.ft.installed with long dimensions parallel to stringers using 5d cooler nails spaced 12"on center.In lieu of fiber- board,%"interior C-D(exterior glue) plywood glued and/or nailed.to stringers with the same nail schedule may be used. Second layer of V2"type "X"gypsum- wallboard applied with long dimension perpendicular to joists and attached with 8d cooler nails spaced 6"on center at end joists and 8"on center elsewhere.Wall- board joints staggered with respect to -fiberboard joints. 1-hr. Flooring—Wood floor consisting of 1%"interior grade plywood(exterior glue)with tongue and groove side joints. Butt joints of plywood centered over doubled 2 x 10 joists spaced 4 ft.on center. Calling—%"Type "X"gypsum wallboard attached to%"metal furring channels with 1" wallboard screws spaced 12"on center. Furring channels spaced 24"on center and also located at joints. 1-hr, Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS R&U..Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE . .......... ................ .............. .... .. .. _._. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIh AND CRIMINAh PENAZTIF,S THEREUNDER, _._._ __.... _._... _..._. __.... _..._.. _... TABLE 7 (Continued) FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS f9l.fhl Fire �.. Resistance CONSTRUCTION Rating Wood,foist Flooring—Finished floor of 1%"perlite-sand con- Construction crete(1 part portland cement,2 parts sand,3 parts perlite aggregate)reinforced with No. 2160-2-1619 hexagonal shaped wire mesh.Subtlooring of 4 x 8 ft.by S/" standard plywood with exterior glue(iden- tified in accordance with 1700.3(c)with polyethylene film between finished floor and subflooring.2"x 10"joists 16"o.c. laterally braced with 1"x 3"bridging. Glass-fiber insulation secured to joists on both sides up against subflooring. Ceiling—%"trick gypsum wallboard attached to 2%"wide by%"deep resilient channels. Channels spaced 24"o.c.perpendicular to joists.Wallboard joint sealing system of paper tape embedded in cementitions com- pound over joints and exposed screw heads. i-hr. Flooring=-Wood.floorconsisting of 23/32"Interior Group Underlayment grade plywood.(Ex - interior glue)with tongue and groove side. joints. Butt joints of plywood centered over 2 x 10 joists spaced 24 inches on center(no bridging required).Underlayment bonded to joists with adhesive meeting the require- ments of AFG-01. Plywood joints are pro- tected with 5/8"Type X wallboard 6"wide centered ovgr underside of T&G joint stapled in position. Ceiling—SN'Type X gypsum wallboard installed on resilient furring channels formed of 25 MSG galvanized steel,spaced 16"o.c.per- dicular to joists using 1"wallboard screws spaced 12"o.c.in the field and 8"o.c.at ends.UL Design L 513,R 5229-2. 1-hr. Reference Notes to Table 7—Fire-Resistance Ratings for Floor and Roof Construction (a)—Steel Joist Construction and Formed Steel Members: Construction: Top slabs or top decks as prescribed in Table 7, supported on open or solid-web steel joists, formed steel members, or rolled steel beams, having plaster ceilings applied on metal or wire lath attached directly to the under B-49 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -- - -- - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PF.NAI"TIF,S THEREUNDER. side of the steel members or furred or suspended therefrom, or applied on perforated gypsum lath furred therefrom. Metal or wire lath of approved weight serving as a form for poured top slabs may be considered as reinforcement. Where a steel deck provides the load carrying properties, reinforcement of the concrete or gypsum fill may be omitted. Specified slab thicknesses shall be measured from the top of supporting steel members. If precast top decks of concrete or gypsum are used, joints shall be grouted or be so constructed to provide tight end and side joints. Mortar finish shall be applied to top of 2" precast slabs to make up the prescribed thickness of top slab when thicknesses greater than 2" is required. (b)—Cellular Steel Floor and Roof Units—Construction composed of steel formed into units or of two or more cells;depth of units not less than 1% inches and distance between cells not less than 2 inches. The top deck and ceiling protection shall be as prescribed in Table 7. Except as otherwise noted, the ceiling shall be furred or suspended so as to form an airspace between underside of cellular panel and back of lath. (c)—Steel Roof Deck Construction—Steel deck covered with insulation of the kind and thickness not less than that prescribed in Table 7, or equival- ent and supported on steel framing, protected with a suspended ceiling of metal and plaster as prescribed for the ratings indicated. (d)—Wood Joist Construction---Double wood floor (sub-floor 3/" wood sheathing, or %" plywood, finish floor tongue and groove, or %" plywood) with insulating-paper between, supported on 2"x 10" wood joists spaced:,. b": < on centers and having fire resistive ceilings as prescribed in Table 7. (e)—The ratings given in Table 7 for steel joist construction and formed steel members, cellular steel floor and roof units, corrugated steel floor units, corrugated steel roof units, ribbed steel roof units and steel roof deck con- struction are also applicable to steel beams, girders and trusses protected in the same manner, with non-combustible construction above. (f)—Where electrical raceways and junction boxes are used in slab an addi- tional thickness of 2" of concrete is required. (g)—Fire-Resistance Ratings for Ceilings Protecting Non-Com- bustible Construction—The fire-resistance rating of any ceiling described in Table 7 for floor and roof construction shall be accepted as having the same fire resistance rating as a ceiling protecting structural members of steel or other non-combustible construction above the ceiling as is designated for floor and roof construction in Table 7, provided there are no combustible materials above the ceiling. (h)—Appropriate fire resistance ratings as listed in hire Resistance Design Manual, Tenth Edition, 1981, may be accepted.as if herein listed. (I)—Appropriate fire resistance ratings as listed in "Performance Data Acoustical Materials, Bulletin 1974", as published by the Acoustical and Board Products Materials Association may be as if herein listed. l Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESER5750cessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authoried.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIBS'THEREUNDER:-- -- ` APPENDIX "C" WOOD PRESERVATIVES (a) Standards for wood preservatives and methods of pressure treatment required within the scope of this code shall conform to those contained in the Manual of Recommended Practice of the American Wood Preservers'Asso- ciation (AWPA). Accepted preservatives include the following: 1. Creosote........................................................... AWPA Standard P1 �--- 2. Creosote--Coal Tar Solutions ......................... AWPA Standard P2 3. Creosote—Petroleum Solution ........................ AWPA Standard P3 4. Creosote—Pentachloropenol Solution............AWPA Standard PI 5. Oil-Borne Preservatives (Hydrocarbon Solvents).............................................................. AWPA Standard P8 6. Oil-Borne Preservatives.................................... AWPA Standard P9 7. Water-Borne Preservatives............................... AWPA StandardP5 Standards for methods of treatment, by commodity, include the following: 1. General requirements,all wood products,pressure treatment, AWPA Standard C I.:- 1. Lumber,and Timbers pressure:treatment; AWPA Standard C2. 3. Piles, pressure treated, AWPA Standard C3. 4. Poles; pressure treated, AWPA Standard C4. 5. Plywood, pressure treated, AWPA Standard C9. 6. Piles and Timber, pressure treated, marine construction, AWPA Standard C18. 7. Pole building construction, pressure treatment, AWPA Standard C23. 8. Glued laminated wood, pressure treatment, AWPA Standard C28. 9. Quality Control Standards published by the American Wood Pre- servers Bureau for methods of treatment, by commodity include the following: Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressure Treated with Water- Borne Preservatives for Above Ground Use—AWPB Standard LP-2. Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressure Treated with Water- Preservatives for Ground Contact AWPB Standard LP-22. Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressure Treated with Light Petroleum Solvent-Penta Solution for Above Ground Use—AWPB Stan- dard LP-3. Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressurt; Treated with Light Petroleum Solvent-Penta Solution for Ground Contact—AWPB Standard LP-33- Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressure Treated with Volatile C-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAiTI'HORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE -----AGREEMEN4',AND SU$)LCT-'t"OCIVIL AND C12IMINAL-PINALTIES'I'HEREUNUEI2. -- Petroleum Solvent (LPG)—Penta Solution for Ground Contact—AWPB Standard LP-4. Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressure Treated with Volatile Petroleum Solvent (LPG)—Penta Solution for Ground Contact—AWPB Standard LP-44. Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressure Treated with Creosote or Creosote Coal Tar Solutions for Above Ground Use—AWPB Standard L P-5. Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressure Treated with Creosote or Creosote Coal Tar Solutions for in Ground Contact Use—AWPB Stand- ard LP-55. Softwood Lumber., Timber and Plywood Pressure Treated with Heavy Petroleum Solvent-Penta Solution for Above Ground Use—AWPB Stan- dard LP-7. Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressure Treated with Heavy Petroleum Solvent-Penta Solution for Use in Ground Contact—AWPB Standard LP-77. Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressure Treated with Water- Borne Preservatives for Ground Contact Use in Residential and Light Commerical Foundations AWPB Standard FDIC Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVFC72ssed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - _.._.. _..............._ __ AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - __ _. _............ .................. .............._ __.._ - _. APPENDIX "D" HURRICANE REQUIREMENTS Lateral support securely anchored to all walls provides the best, and only sound structural stability against horizontal thrusts, such as winds of excep- tional velocity. �--- This may be obtained by adherence to provisions of Chapters of this Code. They are: XIII—FOUNDATIONS XIV —MASONRY CONSTRUCTION XV ----STEEL CONSTRUCTION XVI —CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION XVII—WOOD CONSTRUCTION In the interest of clarity (Sec. 1205.3) the following is recommended: 1. EXTERIOR WALLS AND TIE BEAMS Exterior walls constructed of hollow concrete masonry units shall be not less than a nominal thickness of 8 inches. In all one and two family residences a reinforced tie beam shall be placed around the perimeter at each floor and roof level on exterior walls of masonry units. Reinforcing shall be not less than one No. 5 reinforcing bar. Beam size shall not be less than eight inches. This beam may be constructed with approved masonry units:poured Solid and.tamped with concrete. In all buildings:(except.one and two family:residences) of non-reinforced masonry construction, hollow masonry units, masonry bonded walls and cavity walls shall not exceed 240 square feet without approved vertical and horizontal support where the nominal wall thickness is eight inches and units are laid in Type M, S or N Mortar. Such walls when a nominal thickness of 12 inches and laid in Type M, N, or S Mortar shall not exceed 360 square feet without approved vertical and horizontal support. Grouted Brick Masonry, when laid in Type M, N or S Mortar, shall be supported vertically and horizontally in areas not to exceed 1.20 times that allowed for hollow unit masonry of comparable wall thickness. Plain solid Masonry, when laid in Type M, N or S Mortar, shall be supported vertically and horizontally in areas not to exceed 1.10 times that allowed for Hollow unit Masonry of comparable wall thickness. 2. CORNERS--HOLLOW MASONRY CONSTRUCTION In hollow masonry unit construction each unit cell shall be reinforced with at least one No. 5 bar at all corners; poured solid and tamped with concrete; such reinforcing shall be properly tied into the footing and spandrel beam. 3. WOOD TRUSS RAFTERS—ROOF CONSTRUCTION All such members shall be securely fastened to the exterior walls with approved hurricane anchors or clips. D-1 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ,i --- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECTIO CIVIL ANDCRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER: _- - --_ Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i ---- ----.._ ............... ............... .................... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND GRIMINQL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.__ APPENDIX "E" RECOMMENDED GUIDE FOR SOUND ISOLATION IN MULTI-FAMILY DWELLINGS' This Appendix pertains to the minimum allowable sound isolation that is recommended for partitions that separate adjacent units in multi-family dwellings, and similar partitions that separate a dwelling unit from public areas*, service areas", or commercial facilities. RECOMMENDATIONS: (a) All partitions or walls between adjacent dwelling units or between dwelling units and an adjacent public area,hallway,service area,or commer- cial facility within the structure should have a minimum airborne sound isolation of 45 STC(Sound Transmission Class),as tested in accordance with "Tentative Recommended Practice for Laboratory Measurements of Air- borne Sound Transmission, ASTM E90," or latest revision thereof. (b) All partitions should be constructed substantially as tested, and should not be altered by piercing, flanking, or voiding air space in any way that would lower the Sound Transmission Class. .. (c) Partitions,where recommended to provide resistance to airborne sound shall in addition, provide the structural stability, fire resistance and other performance characteristics required elsewhere in this Code. *Note Public Areas include hallways, lobbies, storage rooms, stairways and etc. **Note: Service Areas:,include boiler rooms, laundries, mechanical equip- ment rooms, elevator shafts, incinerator shafts, garages and other such uses. () Appropriate rated systems as listed in Fire Resistance, Design Manual, Tenth Edition, 1981, may be accepted as if herein listed. Appropriate rated systems as listed in Noise Insulation with Concrete Masonry, NCMA-TEK 69, as published by the National Concrete Masonry Association, may be accepted as if herein listed. For the purpose of this Code, the following publication contains an accepta- ble list of Sound Transmission Class (STC) ratings for fifteen (15) brick and/or structural clay tile masonry wall assemblies: "Sound insulation-Clay Masonry Walls,"BIA Technical Notes 5A,published by the Brick Institute of America, McLean, Virginia. E-I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i - -----AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:-- ... .... -_- - -- - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE j _.._... ....... ............. .............. ............... ...........AGREEMENT,AND.SUBJECT TO.CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.... _.... _._.. ___._ _._....._ _.. APPENDIX "F" FALLOUT SHELTER CONSTRUCTION The following amendments to the Standard Building Code are recom- mended where provisions are desired to apply to the construction of Fallout Shelters. F-1. Chapter II, Section 201.2— Add in alphabetical order: "Fallout Shelter."(See Section 517.2). F-2. Chapter 11, Section 201.2— Habitable Room: Add after "Cellars" the words: "Fallout Shelters." F-3. Chapter IV, Section 401.1— Occupancy Groups: Add after Group H, "Group I—Fallout Shelters." F-4. Chapter IV, Section 412.4— Fire-Resistance Rating of Separation: Under table of minimum requirements, add (in order) "Group I-2—Single Purpose Fallout Shelters—No requirements for fire-resistive sepa- ration." F— CHAPTER IV Add new Section 413 as follows: SECTION.413—GROUP I FALLOUT SHELTERS All buildings and structures or:.parts thereof which are used for fallout - shelters and so designated shall be classified.iw the fallout shelter use group. 413.1—Group I-I----Fallout shelters shall include all dual-use shelters. 413.2—Group.I-2—Fallout Shelters shall include all single-purpose fallout shelters. F—CHAPTER V Add new Section 517 as follows: SECTION 517—FALLOUT SHELTERS This Section shall establish the minimum criteria which must be met before a building space can be constructed, occupied, used or designated as a fallout shelter. 517.1—SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY The scope of this section extends to a building or to a building space when it is being used as a fallout shelter in time of national emergency or for reasona- ble periods of drill and instruction. If the space is being used as a shelter, the provisions of this section shall apply, and if it is not being so used, other applicable provisions of this code shall apply. 517.2—DEFINITIONS Fallout Shelter----A fallout shelter is any room, structure or space desig- F-1 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE .....AGREEMENTI AND SUBJECT"FO CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER... nated as such and providing its occupants with protection at a minimum protection factor of forty (40) from gamma radiation from fallout from a nuclear explosion as determined by an architect or engineer certified by the Office of Civil Defense as a Qualified Fallout Shelter Analyst. Dual-use Fallout Shelter—A dual-use fallout shelter is a space having a normal, routine use and occupancy as well as having an emergency use as a fallout shelter. Single-Purpose Fallout Shelter—A single-purpose fallout shelter is a space having no other use or occupancy than as a fallout shelter. Protection Factor—A factor used to express the relation between the amount of fallout gamma radiation that would be received by an unprotected person and the amount that would be received by one in a shelter. Unit of Egress Width—A unit of egress width is 22 inches, the space required for free travel of one file of persons. 517.3—GENERAL Nothing in these regulations shall be constructed as preventing the dual use - or multiple use of normal occupancy space as fallout shelter space, providing the minimum requirements for each such use are met: 517.4—EXIT FACILITIES There shall be no fewer than two widely spaced exits from a fallout shelter, leading directly to other spaces of the building or outdoors. In no case shall a single exit be less than 24"wide. In addition,the following requirements must be met: (a) GROUP 1-1—(Dual-use Fallout Shelters) When requirements for normal occupancy of the space is detailed in Chapter XI exceed the preceding the normal occupancy requirements shall govern. (b)—GROUP 1-2—(Single Purpose Fallout Shelters) Exits from the fallout shelter shall aggregate at least one unit of egress width for every 200 shelter occupants or fraction thereof. Interior circulation within the fallout shelter shall be governed by requirements of Chapter XI of these regulations. 517.5—SPACE AND VENTILATION (a)A minimum of ten(10)square feet of net floor area shall be provided per fallout shelter occupant. Minor partitions, columns, and area for storage of Federal shelter supplies may be included in net area. A minimum of sixty-five (65) cubic feet of volume shall be provided per fallout shelter occupant. A minimum of three (3) cubic feet of fresh air per minute per person shall be provided. --�. (b) Fallout shelter capacity or occupancy time may be limited by the volume of room and not by its net area. The following table shall be used in determining volume space required per person: Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Y Bobb Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License A reement with ICC.No further reproduction or 1 B 8 P distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .. --- - - - ---- ----.....AGREEMENT,.AND.SUBLECT TO.CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL.PENALTIES.THEREUNDER.. Time for Complete Air Volume of Space/Person Change (Minutes)* (Cu. Ft.) 1000 or more 500 600 450 400 400 200 300 100 200 60 150 35 100 22 65 *Computed as a ratio: Net volume of space (cu. ft.) fresh air supply (cfm.) 517.6—WINDOWS No requirements. 517.7--ILLUMINATION No special lighting levels are required. 517.8—SANITATION Toilets;eit her flush-type.operating:from the normaI water supply system or chemical or other:types ishall:be provided on-the basis of one toilet per 50 fallout shelter occupants. Fifty-.percent (50%) of the toilets may be provided outside the fallout shelter area. Empty water containers may be considered as fulfilling this requirement. F-7. Chapter Vll, Section 702.3--- Add at end of present section the following: Group 1—Fallout Shelters--Fire-resistive partitions in fallout shelters are not required. F-8. Chapter Xi, Section 1103.1--- Table of maximum distance of travel to an exit—Add: Group [—Fallout Shelters (single-purpose)........................................ 150 F-9. Chapter XI, Section 1105.1-- Table of Occupancy content floor area per person, add: Group 1—Fallout Shelters.......................................................... 10 sq. ft. F-10, Chapter XI, Section 1106.(a) Add at end of second sentence after "fire-resistive construction"; except that such stairways, platforms, landings, and hallways may be enclosed with partitions of not less than one-hour fire-resistance in buildings occupied by more than forty (40) people above or below the story at street F-3 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar ts,2016 s:en:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, ........AND SUBJECFTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER - - - level when such occupancy is in connection with use of a designated portion of the building as a fallout shelter in times of emergency." F-11. Chapter 12.03.1(a) Table of minimum live loads—Add in alphabetical order: Fallout Shelters—Group 1-1—(dual-use)—To be determined by normal occupancy requirements except that concentrated loads due to water storage and rations shall be considered. Fallout Shelters—Group I-2 (single-purpose)-40 p.s.f. (concentrated loads due to water storage and rations shall be considered). F-12. Section 2001.6 Add new paragraph as follows: (c) For ventilation requirements of fallout shelters, see Section 517.5. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERV k'll.4cessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .................AGREEMENT,.AND SUBJECT TO.CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. APPENDIX "G" RECOMMENDED GUIDE FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT .11 OF A FIRE DISTRICT For the purpose of this Code, the Fire District shall include that territory or area consisting of: (a)Two or more adjoining blocks, exclusive of intervening streets, where at least 50% of the ground area is built upon and more than 50%of the built-on area is devoted to hotels and motels of Group"R"Occupancy; All Group"B" Occupancies; theatres, night clubs, restaurants of Group "A" Occupancy; garages, express and freight depots, warehouses and storage buildings used for the storage of finished products (not located with and forming a part of a manufactured or industrial plant) or Group "S" Occupancy. Where the average height of a building is two and one-half(2%2) stories or more a block should be considered if the ground area built upon is at least 40%. (b) Where four(4)contiguous blocks or more comprise a Fire District there shall be a buffer zone of two hundred (200) feet around the perimeter of such district. Streets, rights-of-way, and other open spaces not subject to building construction may be included in the two hundred (200) foot buffer zone. (c) Where blocks adjacent to the Fire District have developed to the extent that at least twenty-five (25) percent of the ground area is built upon, and forty(40)percent or more of the built-on area is devoted to the uses specified in paragraph(a)they may be considered for inclusion in the Fire District,and may form all or a portion of the two hundred:(200) foot buffer zone required in paragraph(b). G-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or x I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ---..-.. ...-- --AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 3 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ' -.AGREEMENT,.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER._-- - APPENDIX "H" MOBILE HOMES TIE DOWN STANDARDS H-1—PURPOSE, APPLICATION AND SCOPE (a)The requirements set forth in this appendix shall apply specifically to all new mobile homes,and shall provide minimum standards for construction of mobile homes. H-2—GENERAL Mobile homes shall comply with the Federal "Mobile Home Construction and Safety Standards" dated June .I6, 1976. H-3—DEFINITIONS "Mobile Home"means a structure, transportable in one or more sections, which is eight body feet or more in width and is thirty-two body feet or more in length, and which is built on a permanent chassis, and designed to be used as a dwelling with or without permanent foundation, when connected to the required utilities, and includes plumbing, heating, air-conditioning and elec- trical systems contained therein. H-4—IDENTIFICATION A mobile home unit may bear the label or seal of compliance with the Federal Mobile Home Construction and ;Safety Standards issued by an. agency°approved-by,the Secretary:of the°Department of H.ousing:and=Urban Development. Suchlabel or seal:-shall be-deemed to be in full compliance with the standards for mobile homes prescribed,by the Southern Building Code a. Congress International: All mobile home units bearing such label or seal shall be acceptable within such city, county or state jurisdiction. Any mobile home unit manufactured after June 15, 1976, not bearing such seal or label shall be reported to the State.Administrative Agency (SAA)- having jurisdiction and shall not be granted a certificate of oc- cupancy. H-5---MOBILE HOME TIE DOWN STANDARDS H-5.1—REQUIRED PIERS AND ANCHORAGE Mobile Homes require two types of anchorage. (1)over the top tiedowns to restrict overturning and (2) frame tiedowns to restrict the unit from being pushed from its piers. These standards apply to units fourteen (14) feet and less in width. "Double wides" require only frame ties. (a) PIERS. Piers or load-bearing supports or devices shall be designed and constructed to evenly distribute the loads. Piers shall be securely attached to the frame of the mobile home or shall extend at least six (6) inches from the centerline of the frame member. Manufactured load-bearing supports or devices shall be listed or approved for the use intended, or piers shall be constructed as follows: H-1 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 3 AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND ERIMINAh PF.NAZ,TIF,S THEREUNDER. - - ... ......... .........___ ___..... 1. Piers less than forty (40) inches in height shall be constructed of open or closed cell, eight (8) inch by eight (8) inch by sixteen (16) inch concrete blocks (with open cells vertically placed upon the Tooter). Single-stacked block piers shall be installed with the sixteen(16)inch dimension perpendicu- lar to the main (I-beam) frame. The piers shall be covered with a two (2) inch by eight (8) inch by sixteen (16) inch wood or concrete cap. 2. Piers between forty(40)and eighty(80)inches in height and all corner piers over three blocks high shall be double blocked with blocks interlocked and capped with a four (4) inch by sixteen (16) inch by sixteen (16) inch solid concrete block, or equivalent. 3. Piers over eighty (80) inches in height shall be constructed in accor- dance with paragraph 2 above and they shall be laid in concrete mortar and steel reinforcing bars inserted in block cells with the block cells filled with concrete. 4. All piers shall be placed on footings of solid concrete not less than sixteen (16) inches by sixteen (16) inches by four (4) inches. H-5.1.1—DEFINITIONS (a) Diagonal Tie—Any tiedown designed to resist horizontal or shear forces and which deviates not less than thirty (30) degrees from a vertical direction. (b)Ground Anchor—Any device at the mobile home stand designed for the purpose of securing a mobile home to the ground. (c) Hurricane Zone 'The entire state of Florida,--plus, in other,coast states, the first two (2) tiers of coastal counties. (d) Tiedown---Any device designed for the purpose of anchoring a mobile home to ground anchors. H-5.2—TIEDOWNS Mobile homes with provisions for installation of anchor systems,including instructions, in accordance with Federal Mobile Home Construction & Safety Standards, Section 280.306 shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. Mobile homes not provided with such installa- tion instructions, or mobile homes not provided with instructions for the zone (hurricane or non-hurricane) in which they are being installed shall comply _ with the following specifications. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVL�Yissed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .... __.... _.. _..... ... .. .. ...AGRF..EMEN.T,.AND.SUBJECT.TO.CIVIL..AND_CRZMLN.AL PENALTIES THEREUNDER._.. (a) Hurricane Zone—Singlewide (10', 12', or 14') Mobile Homes: Length of Mobile Home Up to 40' 41' to 60' 61' to 82' Diagonal ties per side 4 6 8 Over-the-roof ties 2 3 4 Minimum Number of anchors per home 8 12 16 (b) Non-Hurricane Zone—Singlewide (10', 12', or 14') Mobile Homes: Length of Mobile Homes Up to 40' 41' to 60' 61' to 82' Diagonal ties per side 3 5 6 Over-the-roof ties 2 3 3 Minimum number,of anchors per home 6 10 12 (c) Multiple-wide mobile homes shall have diagonal ties and anchors as required-above for single-wide mobile homes. No over-the-roof ties shall be required. (d) Alternate systems—These specifications are minimum standards. Other anchor systems may be approved by the Building Official provided that such designs are prepared by a Registered Professional Engineer or Architect based on the criteria set forty in Federal Mobile Home Construction&Safety Standards, Section 280.306. H-5,2.1---TIE DOWN SPACING AND SIZES (a) Over-the-top tiedowns shall be positioned at stud and rafter locations near each end of the mobile home, Others, if needed, may be positioned between them. (b) Wherever feasible, over-the-tap tiedowns and frame ties directly beneath them may use the same anchors. (c)Cable or strapping or other approved methods or materials shall be used for ties. All ties shall be fastened to ground anchors and drawn tight with turnbuckles, yoke-type fasteners or other such tensioning devices listed with the ground anchor. (d) Cable shall be either seven thirty-seconds (7/32) inches diameter or H-3 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - .............AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC'TTO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PRNALbIES=THEREUNDER- - - - - - - greater (7 x 7) steel cable or one-quarter (1/) inch diameter or greater (7 x 19) aircraft cable. All cable ends shall be secured with at least two(2) U-bolt type cable clamps or other fastening device as approved by the enforcing officials. (e)Tie materials shall be capable of resisting an allowable working load of, three thousand one hundred fifty (3,150) pounds with no more than two (2) percent elongation and shall withstand a fifty (50) percent overload (4,725 pounds total), Tiedowns exposed to weathering shall be resistant to weather- ing deterioration at least equivalent to that provided by a coating of zinc on steel of not less than thirty-hundredths (0.30) ounces per square foot of surface coated. Note: Type 1, Class B, Grade 1,steel strapping 1%"wide and 0.035 inch thick,conforming with Federal Specifications QQ•S•781•F,is judged to conform with this Section. (f) Materials used for ties must terminate with D-rings bolts, or other fastening devices which. will not cause distortion of the band or reduce its breaking strength (four thousand seven hundred twenty-five (4,725) pounds. (g) Connection of the cable frame tie to the I-beam (or other shape) main structural frame member should be by a five-eighths (%) inch drop-forged closed eye bolted through a hole drilled in the center of the I-beam web. A washer, or equivalent,shall be used so that the beam is sufficiently reinforced around the hole. If steel-strap ties are used,care should be exercised to insure that minimum bending radius is adhered to so that the breaking strength of the strap is not reduced. (h) Frame ties shall connect the anchor and the steel I-beam (or other shape) main structural-frame member which runs lengthwise under the mobile home. Frame ties SHALL NEVER BE CONNECTED to2 any oft-he: steel outrigger beams which fasten to and intersect the main I-beam at right _ angles. _ (i) Ground anchors should be aligned with center of piers. Also,they should be situated immediately below the outer wall to accommodate over-the-top ties as well as frame ties. H-5.2.2—ANCHORS Devices used to anchor'mobile homes shall meet the following require- ments: A. Design and Drawings 1. For custom designed anchors for use in specific locations such as a particular mobile home park, individual mobile home or mobile home subdivision. (a) A drawing shall be filed with the Building Official showing the anchor in sufficient detail to allow the reader to properly construct and install the anchor (such as shop or construction drawings). It shall bear the seal and signature of the registered engineer who designed the anchors, tiedown sys- tem and blocking. (b) The drawing shall show the design working load and design ultimate load of the anchor and the number required for various sizes of mobile homes. It shall show the method of attaching the anchors to mobile homes and the H-4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ............... ........ ..._ __._. _._... __.__ ....._.AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.___ design working and ultimate load of attaching devices. Methods of blocking shall be shown. (c)One prototype anchor shall be tested,at the location where the design is intended.to,be installed in accordance with the`.`Standard Method of Test for Mobile Home Anchors, Part A"as set forth in SBW's pamphlet. In lieu of a written report on this test, the Building Official may, at his option,attend and observe the test. `~ (d) Design ultimate load is the ultimate load when tested in accordace with the"Standard Method of Test for Mobile Home Anchors, Part B"as set forth in SBCCI's pamphlet. (e) Anchors to reinforce concrete slabs shall be of strength as required by H-5.2.2B. 2. For manufactured anchors intended for general use. (a) A drawing shall be filed with the agency having jurisdiction over mobile homes for each model anchor submitted for approval. Each drawing shall show model identification, pertinent details of construction, method of instal- lation and method of securing connections to the tiedown cable or.strap. B. Testing Anchors 1. Testing shall be done by registered professional engineer or recognized independent engineering testing laboratory. Test approvals shall be filed with the Building Official. 2. Each type(custom design)or model(manufactured)of anchor shall be tested as follows: t, .,:(a);:The connection.:devices..(with:strap,:cable. .rope, chain,etc., properly assembled) shalLbe-tested. n axial-tension_of.failure.whenassembled exactly as it will be installed. The purpose of this test is to determine the ultimate strength of the.conection:atthe mobile home and at the anchor head as well as the connector (strap, cable, rope; chain, etc.). Testing shall be in accordance with ASTM A-370. Failure shall not occur at a load of less than four thousand seven hundred twenty-five (4,725) pounds (two thousand one hundred fifty-five (2,155 Kilograms) for manufactured anchors or less than the design ultimate load set forth on the construction drawings for custom designed types. (b) The anchor shall be tested to structural failure in accordance with the "Standard Method of Test for Mobile Home Anchors, Part B". Failure shall not occur at a load of less than seven thousand one hundred twenty-five (7,125) pounds (three thousand two hundred thirty (3,230 Kilograms) for manufactured anchors or less than the design ultimate load as set forth on the drawings for custom designed types. The anchors shall be tested in accor- dance with the "Standard Method of Test for Mobile Home Anchors, Part A". Three pull out tests shall be conducted for each model of manufactured anchor and one pull out test for each custom designed type in each class of soil or rock for which they are intended to be used. The recognized soil classes are: H-5 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _....._. __._. .................. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Blow Test Count Probe` (ASTM) Torque Types of Solis D1586) Value' Sound hard rock................................................................... NA NA Very-dense and/or cemented sands, coarse more than gravel and cobbles, preloaded silts, clays and 550 corals ....................................................................................... 40-up lbs. inch Medium-dense coarse sands, sandy gravels, 350-549 very-still silts and clays ..................................................... 24-39 lbs. inch Loose to medium dense sands, firm to stiff 200-349 clays and silts, aluvian fill ................................................. 1423' lbs. inch 'The test probe is a device for measuring the torque value of soils to assist in evaluating the holding capability of the soils in which the anchor is placed. The test probe has a helix on it. The overall length of the helical section is 10.75 inches; the major diameter is 1.25 inches; the.minor diameter is 0.81 inches, the pitch is 1.75 inches. The shaft must be of suitable length for anchor depth. 2A measure synonymous with moment of a force when distributed around the shaft of the test probe. Below these values, a professional engineer should be consulted. Classifications shall be in accordance with ASTM D-2487 and the above classes refer to the stratum in which the helix or plate is located for manufac- tured anchors. Penetration resistance is defined and to be determined in accordance with ASTM D-1585 and pertains to the soil stratum in which the helix or plate is located for manufactured anchors. The test load shall be applied at an angle of 45 degrees from a true vertical. In addition, the 45 degree angle of load application shall be oriented to the anchor in the same manner as the connecting strap, cable, etc., will be connected to the mobile home during installation. All three tests shall demonstrate: 1)a maximum of 3 inches of deflection at a load of 3150 pounds (1450 Kilograms) and 2) the ultimate load shall be equal to or greater than 4725 pounds (2155 Kilograms). Deflection shall be measured 90 degrees from a true vertical in the same direction as the applied load. C. Certification of Anchors Test reports for approval shall be filed with the Committee on Research and Compliance. D. Information to Accompany Manufactured Anchors 1. The anchor manufacturer shall furnish to each and every user com- plete installation instructions, the types or classes of soils or rocks in whiff h the anchor may be used, and the amount of preload to be applied. H-b Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 2. The model number shall be permanently marked on the exposed portion of each anchor so that it is visible after installation. If the model number is stamped into the metal, it shall be done prior to galvanizing, electroplating or application of other corrosion protective coating. H-7 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar ts,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC, No further reproduction or i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE ............ .................. .. ...AGREEMEN-T,AND.SUB)ECTT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. a_.. . . Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 3 i AGREEMENT AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. _- APPENDIX 661" STANDARDS FOR DEMOLITION 1-1—PURPOSE AND SCOPE The standards set forth in this appendix shall apply to the demolition of buildings or structures for which a permit is required under Section 105.1 of this Code. 1-2--DEFINITION Demolition. The act of demolishing or razing of a building or structure, or portion thereof to the ground level. 1-3—TIME LIMIT Notwithstanding the provision of Section 106.3 the Building Official may impose a time limit as an additional condition of a permit for completion of demolition work once such work shall have commenced, provided that for cause one or more extensions of time, for periods not exceeding thirty days each, may be allowed in writing by the Building Official. 1-4—STANDARDS (a) Demolition .work having commenced shall be pursued diligently and without unreasonable interruption with due regard to safety. It is intent of this section to-limit.the-.existence: of an unsafe condition or nuisance on the premises during the:period-,of demolition operations. (b) Any surface holes or irregularities', .wells, septic tanks, basements, cellars, sidewalk vaults, or coal chutes remaining after demolition of any building or structure shall be-filled with material as approved by the Building Official,and shall be graded in such manner that will provide effective surface drainage. (c) All debris and accumulation of material resulting from demolition of any building or structure shall be removed from the premises. (d) All building sewers shall be effectively plugged with concrete at the property line, or as may be required by the Building Official. 1-5—INSPECTIONS In lieu of the inspections required by Section 108.2(c) of this Code, the Building Official shall make the following inspections upon notification from the permit holder or his agent: Initial Inspection: To be made after all utility connections have been disconnected and secured in such manner that no unsafe or unsanitary conditions shall exist during or remain after demolition operations. Final Inspections: To be made after all demolition work is completed. I-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ............. ... - AGREEMENT AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - - Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE '. AGREEMENT,AND SUBIECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. APPENDIX "J" ENERGY CONSERVATION J-1—GENERAL J-1.1—SCOPE The provisions of this chapter shall regulate the design of building enve- lopes for adequate thermal resistance and low air leakage and the design and selection of mechanical, electrical, and illumination systems and equipment which will enable the effective use of energy in new building construction. All buildings, except those listed below, shall be designed in accordance with the "Code for Energy Conservation in New Building Construction", BOCA, ICBO, SBCCI. Exceptions: 1. Buildings and structures, or portions thereof, which are neither heated nor cooled. 2. Buildings and structures, or portions thereof, whose peak design rate of energy usage is less than one (1) watt per square foot or three and �- four-tenths (3.4) BTuh per square foot of floor area for all purposes. J-1-.2—OTHER STANDARDS (a) Compliance with the applicable provisions of the ASH RAE Standard 90A; and.90B-shaff be deemed to meet the requirements of this article, unless otherwise specifically provided herein.. (b) The proposed design may take into consideration the capacity insula- tion properties* of building.components in considering energy conservation. Acceptable calculation procedures for determining capacity insulation effects shall conform to the Portland Cement Association publication entitled"Sim- plified Thermal Design of Building Envelopes for Use with ASH RAE Stand- ard 90." Nothing in this code shall prohibit the use of other acceptable calculation procedures. *Capacity insulation properties include the combined effects of thermal inertia and thermal resistance insulation. (c) Solar heating, cooling and hot water systems shall be deemed to meet the provisions of this article if they comply with the "Recommended Requirements to Code Officials for Solar Heating, Cooling and Hot Water Systems"-CABO. J-1.3—SKYLIGHTS The following exceptions shall apply to skylights located in roof ceiling assemblies of buildings, when not more than three (3) stories in height. 1. The domed skylight area is exempt from the roof/ceiling overall thermal transmittance value (OTTVR) and the roof/ceiling U-value compu- tation provided: (a) The area of domed skylights does not exceed 10% of the roof/cell- ing area. J-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. z (b) Double domed units are used when heating degree days exceed 2500. (c) The maximum heat loss or heat gain through the curb"shall not exceed 0.21 BTU/hr./sq. ft./IF. (d) The infiltration coefficient of the skylight unit does not exceed five hundredths (0.05) BTU/hr.f ft.(°F per foot of perimeter crack. 2. If domed skylights exceed 10%of the roof/ceiling area,energy balance calculations made in accordance with AAMA standard 1602.1-1975,"Volun- tary Procedure for Determining the Annual Energy Balance of Skylights", should be used to calculate the percentage of skylights permitted. - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERV1:A(ecessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .._........ .................................... __..... __.-AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CZVIZ,AND CRIMINAZ,PF.NAhTIF,S THEREUNDER. APPENDIX "K" RECOMMENDED.SCHEDULE OF PERMIT FEES . (a) Permit Fees Schedule Total Valuation Fee $100.00 and less No fee, unless inspection required, in which case a $5.00 fee for each in- spection shall be charged. $101.00 to $2000.00 $5.00 per thousand or fraction thereof. $2001.00 to $15,000.00 $10.00 for the first $2000.00 plus $3.00 for each additional thousand or fraction thereof, to and including $15,000.00. $15,001.00 to $50,000.00 $49.00 for the first $15,000.00 plus $2.50 for each additional thousand or fraction thereof, to and including $50,000.00. $50,001.00 to $100,000.00 $136.50 for the first $50,000.00 plus $2.00 for.each additional thousand or fraction thereof; to and including $100,000.00. $100,001.00 to $500,000.00 $236.50 for the first$100,000.00 plus $1.25 for each additional thousand or fraction thereof, to and including $500,000.00. $500,001.00 and up $736.50 for the first $500,000.00 plus $35 for each additional thousand or fraction thereof. (b) Moving of Building or Structures For the moving of any building or structure, the fee shall be $50.00. (c) Demolition of Building or Structures For the demolition of any building or structures, the fee shall be $25.00. (d) Where work for which a permit is required by this Code is started or proceeded with prior to obtaining said permit, the fees herein specified shall be doubled, but the payment of such double fee shall not relieve any persons from fully complying with the requirements of this Code in the execution of the work nor from any other penalties prescribed herein. (e) Plan-checking Fees When the valuation of the proposed construction exceeds $1,000.00 and K-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i .... ................ ............._. _.._.. ............. . ........-AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT TO CIdIh AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.. .. ...... .............. ................. _.___ _...... -_. a plan is required to be submitted by Section 105.3, a plan-checking fee shall be paid to the Building Official at the time of submitting plans and specifications for checking. Said plan-checking feel shall be equal to one- half of the building permit fee as set forth in Section 107.4. Co r ht O 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESE Accessed b Bobb I ea e on Mar Is,2016 3:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC-No further reproduction or PY IG Y Y' & P B P distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ___. _........ ... ... _.._... _..._.. AGREEMENT,AND. UBJEC'I'IIQCIUIL.AND.CRIMINAL-PENALTIESTHEREUNDER:._...__..... APPENDIX "L" POWER OPERATED EXIT DOORS L-101—SCOPE (a) General. These requirements and methods of test apply to power operated swinging doors, and combination sliding and swinging doors intended for installation in location where conforming exits are required by Chapter XI. (b) Operators and Activators. Power operated doors described in Sub- section (a) may be provided with air, hydraulic or electric operators actuated from a floor, activating carpet, photoelectric device, or other approved signaling device. (c) Alternates. A product employing materials or having forms of con- struction differing from those described in this procedure may be examined and tested in accordance with the intent of these testing procedures and, if found to be substantially equivalent, may be recognized for listing. (d) Application. The minimum design, construction and testing proce- dures specified herein are those deemed as the minimum necessary to establish conformance to the Code requirements. (e) Fire Door Assemblies. Power operated doors intended for installa- tion in openings where listed fire. door assemblies are required shall, in addition to the requirements of.this Standard, be tested in accordance with the Standard Methods 7for Tests, of Firer Doors, ASTM E7152. L-102—GENERAL (a) Panic Hardware. Power operated doors intended for installation in openings where panic hardware-is required shall be tested with listed panic hardware in the doors. (b) Glazed Doors. Glazing of doors shall conform to Chapter XXVII. (c) Opening Degree. When manually operated in the direction of egress, leaves of swinging doors or swing-out sections of sliding doors shall swing open to not less than 90 degree from the closed position. (d) Locking Mechanisms. Locking mechanisms on doors intended for locations which do not require panic hardware shall be of a type readily identified as locked, and the doors shall be posted with durable, permanent signs reading "THESE DOORS TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHILE THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED." Signs shall be 1-inch high block.letters on a contrasting background. Signs shall be located on the header framing. (e) Swinging and Sliding Doors. Each swing-out leaf of swinging or slid- ing doors with swinging sections shall be provided with durable signs in not less than 1-inch block letters on contrasting background reading, "IN EMERGENCY PUSH TO OPEN", or other approved wording. The sign shall be located at the closing edge of the door not less than thirty-six (36) inches nor more than sixty (60) inches above the floor. The sign shall read horizontally.and may be in two lines. Illuminated exit signs when required by other provisions of the basic regulations shall be installed in line of sight above the header. Wiring and L-I Oc i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or f distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAh PENALTIES THEREUNDER. circuit arrangement shall conform to the provisions of Chapter XI. (f) Electrical Wiring and Devices. Electrical wiring,..electrical devices, and -controls shall be of a type tested and approved by the Building Official. (g) Testing. Doors with power operators shall be examined and tested by an approved testing agency. (h) Test Reports. The test report shall contain engineering data .and drawings; size and weight of door tested; wiring diagrams of electrical con- trol systems; schematic drawings of mechanical controls; and operating manuals. The report shall describe the mechanical operation of the power operator in sequence as the door(s) opens and closes under normal and emergency conditions. The report shall set forth the tests performed in accordance with the provisions of this Standard and the results thereof. The report shall additionally contain an analysis comparing each feature of the design against the performance test procedures contained herein. (i) Simulated Installation and Test Equipment. Doors with power opera- tors shall be installed in a simulated wall and door framing assembly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The test specimen shall be not less than three (3) feet wide by seven (7) feet high. A motor-driven or suitable mechanism shall be used to actuate the activating carpet. The rate of operation or number of cycles.shall be three (3) to five (5) per minute. On sliding doors with a swingout section additional operating endurance tests shall be conducted. A motor-driven mechanism or other approved means shall be:.used to.push the swinging door section_open and pull lh: Y swinging section closed at a rate of three (3) to five (5) cycles. per minute, so that the latching mechanism and disconnect switches operate as in ser- vice. During the test the door specimen shall have only the lubrication which is provided by the manufacturer at the factory, or as may be recommended by the manufacturer in his installation instructions. 0) Endurance Tests. The power operator shall function as intended to open and close the door(s) for one hundred thousand (100,000) cycles of operation without failure or excessive wear of parts. The release mecha- nism and disconnect switches of the swinging section in sliding doors shall function as intended for two hundred fifty (250) cycles of operation with- out failure or excessive wear of parts. The opening and closing forces, and the speed of opening and closing shall be recorded at the start of the endu- rance tests, and shall again be recorded at the start of the endurance tests, . and shall again be recorded at the end of the endurance tests. Opening and closing forces at the beginning and at the end of the endurance test shall not exceed the maximum forces prescribed in these test procedures. L-103—SWINGING DOORS (a) Opening Size. Each door opening when the door(s) is in the 90- degree open position, shall provide a clear opening width of not less than twenty-eight (28) inches, with no single leaf less than twenty-four (24) inches in width. (b) Doors in Pairs. Doors in pairs shall be equipped with a separate operator for each leaf unless tests with a tandem operator with one leaf Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESEW.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or { I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. jammed in a closed and in a partially open position indicates that the second leaf continues to operate or is free to swing into the open position without exceeding the maximum permitted manual opening pressures. On doors with mechanical controls, one mechanism shall be subjected to fault conditions; during the fault condition the second leaf shall be openable manually without exceeding the maximum permitted opening pressure. (c) Closing Mechanism. Normal closing of doors shall be by spring action, pressure operated mechanism, or electrically driven mechanism. The closing force measured at the closing stile shall not exceed forty (40) pounds at any point in the closing arc. The final ten (10) degrees of closing shall be not less than one and one-half(1 112) seconds. (d) Operation. Each possible fault condition that affects the power supply shall be introduced into the door and power operator assembly. Under each fault condition, single doors and each leaf of doors in pairs shall open to the ninety (90) degree position with an applied pressure at the normal location at the push plate not exceeding forty (40) pounds. (e) In-Swinging Doors. Power operated in-swinging doors are not rec- ognized in determining exit width opening required to swing in the direc- tion of egress. (f) Activating. Carpets..and Safety Mats. Activating carpets and safety mats shall comply with the following provisions: 1. When carpets are used as the activating device, they shall have a width' not less,:than-ten .(10.).inches les& than the clear width of the door opening with the-.center line of.the carpet in the center line of the door opening. 'Width: Shall.be measured between the exposed edges of the,carpet tread surface excluding molded edge bevels of aluminum edge trim. 2 The length2 of activating carpets. shall be not less than forty-two (42) inches. The length of activating carpets for doors exceeding forty-two (42) inches in width shall be not less than fifty-six (56)pinches. zLength: Shall be measured from the center line of the door pivot to the exposed edge of the carpet tread surface excluding molded edge bevels or aluminum edge trim. 3. Doors serving one-way traffic only shall be provided with a safety' mat having a length not less than the width of the widest leaf. 'Safety Mat: A safety mat is one that will prevent the door from opening if there is pressure on the mat before pressure is applied to the activating mat, and one that will prevent the door from closing following normal door actuation until pressure on the safety gnat is removed. 4. Door$ serving both egress and ingress shall have a series of joined carpets on the swing side of the door arranged as follows: (A) 04e safety carpet or mat nearest to the door at least as long as the width of t e door leaf; (B) On or more activating carpets to provide a total carpet length on the swing side of not less than two and one-half(2y2) times the width of the widest doorr leaf. I L-3 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ` AGREEMENT',AND SUBJECT'I'O-GI-VIL AND CRIMINAL P.ENALTI£S-'I'HER£,UNDER. L-104--SLIDING DOORS (a) General..Sliding doors shall comply with the following provisions: 1. Sliding leaves of sliding doors shall be provided with swinging sec- tions arranged to swing in the direction of egress when pressure is applied at the location of normal push plates or on the crossbar of panic hardware on doors where panic hardware is required. 2. Operation of the swinging section shall disconnect the sliding door power operator. 3. Permanent stops shall be provided to prevent double swing. 4. Location of the breakaway tension adjustment, opening and closing speed adjustment, opening and closing snub speed adjustments, opening and closing power pressure adjustments, and similar controls shall be con- cealed and not readily accessible where they may be subject to tampering. 5. Doors shall be suspended from overhead track. Operators, control levers or mechanisms shall be guarded. (b) Closing Mechanism. The closing force of sliding doors at twenty-four (24) inches of opening shall not exceed thirty (30) pounds with a closing speed not in excess of one and five-tenths (1.5) feet per second. (c) Opening Width. The minimum clear width of the door opening with the swinging section, or sections in the ninety (90). degree open position _. shall be not less than twenty-eight (28) inches with no single leaf less than twenty-four (24) inches in width. (d) Opening Forces. The. swinging section in sliding..-doors shall swiiEtg;: w = open into the full open position when an opening force not exceeding forty.; (40) pounds is applied at the normal push plate location or on the crossbar of panic hardware. U" (e) Fault Condition Introduced. Under each possible fault condition that affects the power supply with the sliding leaf or leaves retracted one-half (%) the leaf width into its or their pocket(s) each swinging section shall open to the ninety (90) degree position with an applied pressure at the normal location of the push plate not exceeding forty (40) pounds. (f) Sliding Doors Without Swing-Out Section. Power operated sliding doors which are not provided with a swing-out section may be evaluated for conformance to the mechanical requirements and endurance tests pro- W. vided in this Standard. Power operated sliding doors which are not pro- vided with a swing-out section shall not be listed for use in locations where required exits are specified by the Building Code. (g) Activating Carpets, Safety Mats. Activating carpets and safety mats shall conform to Section L-103(f). L-105—MARKING The name of the manufacturer, or trademark by which the manufacturer can be readily identified,. shall be legibly marked on the operating,.equip- ment where it can be seen'after installation. The type, model number or letter designation identifying the product as a listed device shall be pro- vided on a label attached in a location as indicated in its listing. L-4 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ___.AGREEMENT.,AND.SUBJECI TO.CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. APPENDIX "M" FLOOD PLAIN CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS M-1.0—PURPOSE, APPLICATION AND SCOPE The requirements set forth in this appendix shall apply to all construction located within the regulatory flood plain. M-2.0—DEFINITIONS BASE FLOOD ELEVATION—The crest elevation in relation to mean- sea-level (using National Geodetic Vertical Datum) expected to be reached during a flood which encompasses the regulatory flood plain. BREAKAWAY WALLS—Any type of walls, using approved materials, which are not part of the structural support of the building and which are so designed as to breakaway, under abnormally high tides or wave action, without damage to the structural integrity of the building on which they are used. COASTAL HIGH HAZARD AREA—An area within the regulatory flood plain which is subject to high velocity waters,including hurricane wave wash. FLOOD PLAIN-L:and which.will be inundated by floods known to have occurred or reasonably characteristic of what can be expected to occur from the_overflow of inland or.tidai.waters and.the accumulation:of runoff of surface Ovate -&-fromrainfall:. FLOOD-PROOFING _ Structural changes.or adjustments incorporated in the design .or:construction of a. building ,so as to make the building watertight with walls substantially impermeable to.the passage of water and with structural.components having the capacity of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and effects-of:bu.oyancy for the reduction or.elimination of flood damages. MSL—mean sea level. REGULATORY FLOOD PLAIN—The area of the flood plain identi- fied on the official flood plain map dated along with the water-surface profile of the Base Flood Elevation. (Note: The base flood elevation profile and regulatory flood plain is normally the 100 year frequency flood.) M-3.0—ELEVATION STANDARDS (a) The lowest structural member of the lowest floor, including basement, shall be located at or above the Base Flood Elevation in the following buildings: 1. Group R - residential buildings including mobile homes. 2. All other use group buildings included in Chapter IV, except that buildings in this category need not meet this requirement if the building and its utility and sanitary facilities are floodproofed to or above the Base Flood Elevation in accordance with approved flood proofing methods. (b) In Coastal High Hazard Areas the lowest portion of structural members of the lowest floor (excluding columns, freestanding piling and diagonal M-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 3 -- AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. bracing attached to piling) of all construction shall be located at or above the Base Flood Elevation. M-4.0--ANCHORING STANDARDS (a) All construction shall be anchored by approved methods to prevent flotation, collapse, or permanent lateral dislocation of the structure (b) In Coastal High Hazard Areas all construction shall be supported by anchored pilings, columns or other approved methods providing equivalent stability and shall be anchored in an approved manner. The Building Official may require that plans, signed by a registered engineer or architect, be submitted on the anchoring and support system documenting its ability to withstand the velocity waters and wave wash associated with the regulatory flood. (c) Structures shall not be supported by fill material. (d) Mobile Homes--See Appendix "H" for tie-down and anchoring standards. M-5,0---CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND METHODS (a) All construction and equipment located below the Base Flood Elevation shall be of approved materials resistant to flood damage. . (b) Non-residential construction, other than in -Coastal High Hazard Areas, located below the Base Flood Elevation in accordance with section M-3.0(a)2 shall=meet the following: 1. Floodproofing shall comply with classification standards FP 1 and FP2, contained in the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers"Flood-Proofing Regu- lations" dated June 1972 or other approved methods, and 2. A registered professional engineer or architect shall certify that the flood-proofing has been designed to withstand the flood depths, pressure, velocities, impact and uplift forces associated with the regulatory flood at the location of the building.. (c) in Coastal High Hazard Areas breakaway walls are permitted below the Base Flood Elevation provided: 1. such walls are constructed with approved materials; 2, such walls are not a part of the structural support of the building; 3. such walls are designed so as to breakaway, under abnormally high tides or wave action, without damage to the structural integrity of the build- ing on which they are to be used; and, 4. such enclosed space shall not be designed for human habitation. M-6.0—RECORDS AND CERTIFICATIONS - (a) The building permit shall include the required elevation (MSL) and actual elevation(MSL)of the lowest floor(including basement).The required. elevation(MSL)shall be provided to the contractor or builder upon issuance of the permit. The actual elevation shall be obtained from the contractor or, builder at the time of inspection of the flooring prior to further vertical construction. The building official may require that the actual elevation be certified by a registered professional engineer, land surveyor or architect. M-2 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or ,t distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ...................... - _ - -- _AGREEMENT,.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. (b) The certifications required for floodproofing or structural support anchoring shall be attached to the master building permit copy. (c) All elevation,floodproofing and structural support anchoring certifica- tions shall be permanently maintained in the building department. M-3 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ................ ......_.__ ___ _.._....AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT'TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - APPENDIX "N" ONE-AND-TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS The provisions of this appendix shall regulate the construction, prefabrica- tion, alteration, repair, use, occupancy, and maintenance of detached one or two family dwellings not more than three stories in height,and their accessory �- structures. All detached one or two family dwellings not more than three stories in height and their accessory structures shall be designed in accordance with the CABO One and Two Family Dwelling Code for residential oc- cupancies. N-1 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -__AGREEMENT,AND SUB)EC'r'I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'PHEREEINDEK-.. ..- _.-. -__.......... .........._ ___._ A f Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE z AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. APPENDIX "O" COMMENTARY ON SECTION 1206—LOW RISE WIND LOADS This data has been developed on the basis of wind-tunnel tests of models of low-rise buildings, (References I and 2). The scope of the test program did not include: Buildings with mean roof heights in excess of 60' Buildings with heights greater than half their widths. (Reasonable accu- racy can be expected for a height not exceeding the full value of the width) Multiple building configurations or buildings with roofs having more than two surfaces Buildings with sidewalls other than vertical Buildings with canopies other than those formed by direct extension of the roof lines. Use of this data outside the scope of the experimental program should be undertaken with caution. The data included in this document represents approximately the 80 per- centile of the experimental peak measurements. That is, in a particular zone, 80% of the experimental data points were less than.the value chosen and displayed in Section 1206. Coefficients corresponding to this percentile were also approximately 80% of the absolute peak recorded.. This value was chosen to reflect,,-toth the,spatial no:rv-uniformity that is likely in any one zone, and also to;refiect the reduction in likelihood associated with a code wind speed. (based on the extreme observed wind independent of direction),,combining with the particular azimuth for which the worst pres- sure coefficient was recorded. NOTE ON TERRAIN EFFECT Pressures defined in Section 1206 are based on open country conditions. In urban terrain, pressure coefficients tend to increase but windspreads are reduced (relative to open country). The combined effect of these may be expected to marginally reduce pressures. These reductions are not reflected in Section 1206. Reference I—"Wind Loads on Low Rise Buildings: Final Report of Phase I and [1,"August 1977, by A.G. Davenport, D. Surry, and T. Stathopoulos, The Boundary Layer Wind Tunnel Laboratory, Faculty of Engineering Science, The University of Western Ontario, London,Ontario, Canada N6A 5B9. Reference 2—"Wind Loads of Low Rise Buildings: Final Report of Phase I IL" Parts I and 11, July 1978, by A.G. Davenport, D. Surry and T. Statho- poulos, The Boundary Layer Wind Tunnel Laboratory, Faculty of Engineer- ing Science, The University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario, Canada N6A 5B9. O-1 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINALPENALTIES'I'HEREUNDER,-- --. - - WORKED EXAMPLE (100 mph site) �12 1 n c ,yh wz c e e Basic Wind Speed (fastest mile from Figure 1206.1): 100 mph Basic Velocity Pressure (from Table 1206.1): q = 22.8 psf Width of edge strips Z: (a) The smaller of 1) 10% of 200' = 20' 2) 40% of 20' = 8' (b) But not less than 1) 4% of 200' = 8' 2) 3' Z = 8' PRESSURES ON MAIN FRAMES psf from TABLE 1205.8 Location End Frames Interior Frames 1 Left Wall + .50 x 22.8 = +11.4 +.25 x 22.8 = +5.7 2 Left Roof 71.40 x 22.8 = -31.9 -1 .00 x 22.8 = -22.8 3 Right Roof -0.80 x 22.8 = -18.2 -0,65 x 22.8 = -14.8 4 Right Wail -0.70 x 22.8 = -16.0 --0.55 x 22.8 = -12.5 Copdistribution authorized.ANRIGHTS UNAUTHORIZ�REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATIONcessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM ursuant to license OF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTreernent with ICC.No ACT AND THEE LICENSE ion or .. AGREEMENT,.AND SUBJECT.TO CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.. .. ... LOADS ON PARTS AND PORTION pst Location Local Attachment Cladding Secondary Framing (Girts and Puffins) Trib '25 Area '6.67'x 1.0'=6.67 sq.It w2'6.67'x 1.0'-6.67 sq.ft x 6.67'= 167 sq.ft.w, -' 20' 20'x 6,67'= 133 sq.ft. x 6.67'= 133 sq.ft.w: `+1.3 x 0.9 x 22.8=+26.7 +26.7 C -1.5 x 0.9 x 22.8=30.8 -30.8 N,A. Wall from +1.3 x 0.9 x 22,6=+26.1 +26.7 +1.10 x 0.9 x 22.8=+22.6 Fig. w1 to 1206.3 -1,3x.9x22.6=-26.7 -26.7 -1.15x0.9x22.8=-23.6 +26.7 +26.7 +1.11 x.9 x 22.8=22.8 w2 -26.7 -26.7 -1.17 x 0.9 x 22.8=-24.0 Trib Area 65'x 1,0'=5.0 sq.ft, "5'x 1.0'=5.0 sq.ft. '25'x 5'= 125 sq.ft. Roof C -2.9 x 22.8=-66.1 -6611 from s1 -1.7 x 22.8=-36.8 -38.8 -1.4 x 22.8=31.9 Fig, s2 =-38.8 -38.8 1206.4 r -1.3 x 22.8=-29.6 -29.6 -1.15 x 22.8=-26.2 Copyright 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on ar 5,2016 3:07:DO PM pursuant to license DISTRIIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND IT � I THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR '(Girt Spacing) x (Fastener Spacing) (Girt Spacing) x (Panel Rib Spacing) '(Bay Spacing) x (Girt Spacing) 4Sign for external pressure, pressure coefficient x 10% reduction factor for roof angle less than 10' x velocity pressure from Table 1206.1 . 5(Purlin Spacing) x (Fastener Spacing) 6(Purlin Spacing) x (Panel Rib Spacing) '(Bay Spacing) x (Purlin Spacing) ENDWALL COLUMN Tributary Area = 20' x 25' = 500 sq. ft. Pressure = 1.0 x .9 x 22.8 = 20.5 psf Suction = 1.1 x 9 x 22.8 psf = 22.6 psf ENDWALL ROOF BEAM Tributary Area = 20' x 25 250 sq. ft. Uplift = - 1 .4x22.8 = - 31 .9psf LONGITUDINAL WIND BRACING: NOTE: The overall coefficient for both endwalls acting together may-be taken conservatively as 1.0 when a is less than 10' or the coefficient ,clay- be calculated as follows: End Bay coefficients apply to 2 x (.8 x 20' Hi) = 32 feet of 200' endwall Interpolating between end and interior bay coefficients, the overall coefficient for both endwalls acting together is c = 3 �(.5 + .7) + 20 ? (.25 + .55) = .16x 1.2 + .94 x .8 = .86 Pressure on vertical projection p = .86 x 22.8 = 19.6 psf FOUNDATION: Endwall Column Total Force 70%n Force Uplift Force Fu = 31.9 psf x 20' x 7.98k 5.59k Horizontal Forces Inward F; = 20.5 x 20 x � 5.13k 3.59k Outward Fo = 22.6 x 20' x 5.65k 3.961, O-4 I Copyright t RESERVED. g ICC.No further ion or distributionauthorizeauthorized.ANYUNAU UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAICOPYRIGHTACT AND THE LICENSE _...... _. _. _... _.... . .._.AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND.CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER................ ............... ..... ............. ............... ............................. ............... At Primary Frames Use 70% of reactions on frames, providing that paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of Section 1205.3 are complied with. ANCHOR BOLTS: Use 100% of reactions, (Total Force). O-5 Copyright 1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mai 15,2016 3:07:00 PM distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRI UTION IS A VIOL pursuant ATIONOF THE FEDER I AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSECC.No further 'on or . ... . ......................... - - -- - AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. { Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - _. _.__ -_--. -.. . . ...... ..... ............_AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT-TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER..-- - APPENDIX "P" CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE P-3100—GENERAL P--3100.1—SCOPE '-- This chapter contains procedures by which the fire resistance of specific materials or combinations of materials can be established by calculations. These procedures apply only to the information contained in this chapter and shall not be otherwise used. P--3100.2—DEFINITIONS Carbonate aggregate concrete - concrete made with aggregates consisting mainly of calcium or magnesium carbonate, e.g., limestone or dolomite. Cellular concrete - a lightweight insulating concrete made by mixing a preformed foam with portland cement slurry and having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf. Lightweight aggregate concrete - concrete made with aggregates of expanded clay,shale, slag, or slate or sintered fly ash,and weighing 85 to 115 pcf. Perlite concrete-.a lightweight insulating:concrete having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf made:with perlite concrete:aggregate. Perlite aggre- gate is produced from a:voicanic rock which,when heated,expands to form a glass-like material or,cellular-structure Sand-lightweight-concrete-.concrete made with a combination:of expanded clay,shale,slag,or slate.or sintered fly ash and,natural sand. Its unit weight is. generally between 105 and. 120 pcf: Siliceous aggregate concrete - concrete made with normal weight aggre- gates consisting mainly of silica or compounds other than calcium or magne- sium carbonate. Vermiculite concrete-a lightweight insulating concrete made with vermic- ulite concrete aggregate which is laminated micaceous material produced by expanding the ore at high temperatures. When added to a portland cement slurry the resulting concrete has a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf. Glass fiber board - fibrous glass roof insulation consisting of inorganic glass fibers formed into rigid boards using a binder. The board has a top surface faced with asphalt and.kraft reinforced with glass fiber. Mineral board -a rigid felted thermal insulation board consisting of either felted mineral fiber or cellular beads of expanded aggregate formed into flat rectangular units. Ceramic fiber blanket is a mineral wool insulation material made of alumina-silica fibers and weighing 4 to 10 pcf. P-3101—CONCRETE WALLS P-3101.1—WALLS, CAST-IN-PLACE OR PRECAST (a) The minimum equivalent thicknesses of cast-in-place or precast con- crete walls for fire resistance ratings of 1 hr. to 4 hr. are shown in Table P P-1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ------- - - - ---- - - - -AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 3101.1. For solid walls with flat vertical surfaces, the equivalent thickness is the same as the thickness. The values for Table P-3101.1 apply to plain, reinforced, or prestressed concrete walls. TABLE P-3101.1 MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS, IN., OF CAST-IN-PLACE OR PRECAST CONCRETE WALLS, LOADBEARING OR NON-LOADBEARING Minimum Slab Thickness,in. for Fire Resistance Rating of f Concrete Type 1 hr 1-1/2 hr 2 hr 3 hr 4 hr Siliceous 3.5 4.3 5.0 6.2 7.0 Carbonate 3.2 4.0 4.6 5.7 6.6 Sand-Lightweight 2.7 3.3 3.8 4.6 5.4 Lightweight 2.5 3.1 3.6 4.4 5.1 (b) For hollow-core precast concrete wall panels in which the cores are of constant cross-section throughout the length,the equivalent thickness may be calculated by dividing the net cross-sectional area (the gross cross section minus the area of the cores) of the panel by its width. (c) Where all of the core spaces of hollow-core wall panels are filled with loose fill material, such as expanded shale, clay, or slag, or vermiculite or perlite,the fire resistance rating of the wall is the same as that of a solid wall of the same concrete type and of the same overall thickness. (d) The thickness of panels with tapered cross sections shall be that deter- mined at a distance 2t or 6 in., whichever is less, from the point of minimum thickness, where t is the minimum thickness. Determine Thickness Here t 2t or 6" Whichever is Less Ate—, (e) The equivalent-thickness of panels with ribbed or undulating surfaces shall be determined by one of the following expressions, whichever is applicable. P-2 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or t t distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .... ..... .................. .......................... ... . AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TOCIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENtII:.TIES TFFERHUNDER:..... .......................... .. ... . for s 4t, the thickness to be used shall be t; for s C 2t, the thickness to be used shall be te; for 4t > s > 2t, the thickness to be used shall be t +( 4t - 1) (te - 0 s where s = spacing of ribs or undulations �--- t = minimum thickness te = equivalent thickness of the panel calculated as the net cross-sectional area of the panel divided by the width, in which the maximum thickness used in the calculation shall not exceed 2t. 2t t VNeglect Shaded Areas In Calculation Of —� Equivalent Thickness ._r t� t s P-3101.2—MULTI-WYTHE WALLS For walls which consist of two wythes of different types of concrete the fire resistance ratings may be determined from Fig. P-3101.2. z P-3 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF TIER.UDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT.AND THE-LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAUFIES THEREUNDEIL Inside Wythe Inside Wythe Carbonate Siliceous 5 5 3 4 4 4hr. 4hr. 3 3 3 3 cn m a) 2 2 Q � � 2 2 � � U I 1 Q Q 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Thickness of Inside Wythe of Siliceous Aggregate Concrete, Inches Outside Wythe Outside Wythe Carbonate Siliceous 5 5 a) 0 cD 4 4 � CQ) o 3 4 hr 3 [13 r Irn U ¢ °' 3 o U 2 2a? U Z �� 1 1 LI I 0 Q 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Thickness of Inside Wythe of Sand-Lightweight Concrete, Inches FIG. P-3101.2—FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF TWO-WYTHE CONCRETE WALLS CONSISTING OF WYTHES OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF CONCRETE. P-4 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE . ......... ...............AGREENfENT;AND SUBJECT TC7CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAZ,TIF,S THEREUNDER:"""............_ _..._.. _...._. _. _.... __.... .............................. (b) The fire-resistance rating for wall panels consisting of two or more wythes may be determined by the formula: R ^ (RI 0.59 + R20-59 + ...+Rno.59) 1.7 ...Eq. P-----3101.2 where R = the fire endurance of the asseinbly, minutes and Ri, R2 and R„ = the fire endurances of the individual wythes, minutes. Values of R„0.59 for use in Equation P-3101.2 are given in Table P-3101.2. R, minutes R0-59 60 11.20 120 16.85 180 21.41 240 25.37 TABLE P-3101.2 Values of Rn-,"9 fog.use in Eq. P-3101.2 Type of 'Values of R."'for use in Eq. P-3101.2 for thickness of Material 1-1/2 in. 2 in. 2-1/2 in. 3 in. 3-1/2 in. 4 in. Siliceous aggregate concrete 5.3 6.5 8.1 9.5 11.3 13.0 Carbonate aggregate concrete 5.5 1 7.1 8.9 10.4 12.0 14.0 Sand-lightweight concrete 6.5 8.2 10.5 12,8 15.5 18.1 Lightweight concrete 6.6 8.8 11.9 13.7 16.5 19.1 Insulating concrete (`) 9.3 13.3 16.6 18.3 23.1 26.5 *Dry unit weight of 35 pcf or less and consisting of cellular, perlite, or vermiculite concrete. (c) The fire-resistance ratings of precast concrete wall panels consisting of a layer of foam plastic insulation sandwiched between two wythes of concrete may be determined by use of Eq. P-3101.2. Foam plastic insula- tion with a total thickness of less than 1 in. shall be disregarded. The R„ value for thickness of foam plastic insulation of 1 in. or greater, for use in the calculation, is 5 minutes; therefore Rno'59 = 2.5. P-5 - - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE - --- - - - - -- - - - -- -- "" - ----- -AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TOCIVIL AND CRiIvIINAh pF.NAi,TIF,S THF.RF,UNDF,R.- P-3101.3—.JOINTS BETWEEN PRECAST CONCRETE WALL PANELS Joints between precast concrete wall panels which are not protected as required by this section shall be considered as openings in walls. These unprotected joints shall be included in determining the percentage of openings permitted by Table 600. Where such openings are not permitted or are required by this code to be protected, the provisions of this section may be used to determine the amount of joint insulation required. Fig P-3101.3 shows thicknesses of ceramic fiber blankets to be used to protect joints between precast concrete wall panels for various panel thicknesses and for joint widths of% in. and I in. for fire-resistance rating of I hr. to 4 hr. For joint widths between % in, and I in., the thickness of ceramic fiber blanket may be determined by direct interpolation. Other tested and labeled materials may be used in place of ceramic fiber blankets. 4 1 Inch Joint width 1 Inch Maximum Regardless \ ` y of Opening Rating 3 Ceramic Fiber Blanket 2 0 ..-. tir yr `.• n 'V . cn � m r Hr oCD j 0 c Q 4� �.. cn 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 Panel Thickness, Inches 0 3 am Joint 3/8 Inch Joint Width Width 3 Hr. 2 Hr. `D Carbonate or 2 ------ Siliceous Aggregate Concrete --.. 1 ` ; CD Sand-Lightweight 1 — Or Lightweight j y16`, \ y y �y Concrete 3 4 5 6 7 8 Panel Thickness, inches Fig. P-3101.3—Minimum thickness of ceramic fiber blanket re- quired between precast concrete wail panels to provide fire resist- ance ratings of 1 hr. to 4 hr. P-6 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or l distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i . ............... ............ _ _ _._. _...AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVII,AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:. _............. - - _... __..... .. - P-3102--CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF SLABS P-3102.1—REINFORCED AND PRESTRESSED CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF SLABS (a) The minimum thicknesses of reinforced and prestressed concrete floor or roof slabs for fire resistance ratings of 1 hr. to 4 hr. are shown in Table P-3102.1. TABLE P-3102.1 MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS FOR CONCRETE FLOORS OR ROOFS ~ Minimum Slab Thickness, in,for Fire Resistance Rating of Concrete Type 1 hr 1-1/2 hr 2 hr 3 hr 4 hr Siliceous 3.5 4.3 5.0 6.2 7.0 Carbonate 3.2 4.0 4.6 5.7 6.6 hand-Lightweight 2.7 3.3 3.8 4.6 5.4 Lightweight 2.5 3.1 3.6 4.4 5.1 (b) For hollow,,core,pr-estressed:concrete slabs in which the cores are of constant crosssection.,thr:oughout the'length,the equivalent thickness may be obtaine&by-dividing the..net cross sectional area of the slab including grout in the joints, by its width. (c) The thickness of slabs with sloping soffits shall be determined at a distance 2t or b in., whichever is less,from the point of minimum thickness, . where t is the minimum thickness. Determine Thickness Here � t 2t or 6" Whichever Is Less (d) The thickness of slabs with ribbed or undulating soffits shall be determined by one of the following expressions, whichever is applicable. P-7 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE - -- -- - - -AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. for s > 4t, the thickness to be used shall be t; for sC 2t, the thickness to be used shall be te; for:4t> s > 2t, the thickness to be used shall be t +( st — 1) to — t) where s = spacing of ribs or undulations t = minimum thickness to = equivalent thickness of the slab calculated as the net area of the slab divided by the width,in which the maximum thickness used in the calculation shall not exceed 2t. t 2t s Neglect shaded Area in Calculation Of Equivalent Thickness P-8 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __ _....-- ...... .._........ .............. -....-AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PpNAT,TIES THEREUNDER..... 3102.2—MULTI-COURSE FLOORS AND ROOFS (a) Fig. P--3102.2A gives information on the fire resistance ratings of floors which consist of a base slab of concrete with a topping (overlay) of a different type of concrete. Carb. Base Sil Base 5 4 4 -- 4 hr. 4 hr. a 3 3 3 3 � p 2 2 o m 2 2 Y o 1 1 � U �- p .0 t 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Thickness of Normal Weight Concrete Base Slab, Inches Carb. Overlay Sil. Overlay b 5 m U 4 4 C 3 4 hr 3 4 hr 3 3 2 2 2 �-- I i 0 0 L 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Thickness of Sand-Lightweight Concrete Base Slab, inches Fig. P-3102.2A—Fire Resistance for two-course concrete floors. Symbols CARE=carbonate aggregate concrete; SIL=slllceous aggregate concrete. P-9 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .......... ..........._ _._.._... ....... ...............-AGREF.MENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.- - _....._ _.._... _.. _..... (b) Fig. P-3102.2B gives information on the fire resistance ratings of roofs which consist of a base slab of concrete with a topping (overlay) of an insulating concrete or with an insulating board and built-up roofing. 1. For the transfer of heat, three-ply built--up roofing contributes 10 minutes to the fire resistance rating. Thus 10 minutes can be added to concrete assemblies such as those shown in Fig. P-3102.2B(a), (b)and (c), but not to those shown in Fig. P-3102.2B (d) and (e). 1�4 P-10 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ? g _..__. __.._ _.. .... --_._. _._. _.AGREEMF,NT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL;PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ................. . _ _... . _....._ _... _. CELLULAR CONCRETE a.' d• G CONCRETE Q) Cli V CARE. BASE SIL.BASE SLW BASE � C N 3 3 3 co 4 hr. 4 hr. 4 hr. (a) 0 ( 2 3 2 3 2 3 U) > 2 2 2 (n 1 U i C 0 2 4 0 2 4 0 2 4 O U Thickness of Concrete Base Slab, Inches PERLITE CONCRETE . o:. CONCRETE �' n �. V. U CARB-BASE SIL.BASE SLW BASE (D U 4 1 4 4 � C U n 3 4 hr 3 4 hr 4 hr 3 3 (b) (n > z 2 z 2 2 m0 C 1 1 1 I I �- U N � L H C 0 0 2 4 0 2 4 0 2 4 U . Thickness of Concrete Base Slab, Inches VERMICULITE CONCRETE •' "�' _� , CONCRETE U � T L CARS.BASE SIL.BASE SLW BASE 7 U 4 4 4 U C (a3 4 hr 3 4 hr 3 4 hr C 3 3 3 (C)a > 2 2 2 2 2 W 1 1 1 c W E U I€ U C HU 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 _. Thickness of Concrete Base Slab, Inches Fig. P-3102.2E P-11 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction org 1 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.... ....... ............... _._. _.... ........-AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.... STANDARD 3-PLY MINERAL.130ARO BUILT-UP.f30QFiNG CONCRETE . G• 4;a +v 7777 CARB. BASE SIL. BASE SLW BASE 3 3 3 o E 4 hr 4 hr %41h,22 2 co d) Ym � o a 0 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Thickness of Concrete Base Slab, Inches STANDARD 3-PLY +. GLASS FIBER BOARD BUILT-UP ROOFING CONCRETE U) a) U CARB. BASE S1L.BASE SLW BASE c 3 3 1 3 o 4hr 4hr 4hr m c� 2 2 3 2 3 -(e) Y m 2 2 2 c.� (D t a 7 L � I I 1--- UL cn 0 0 0 m 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 0 Thickness of Concrete Base Slab, Inches Fig. P-3102.2E—Fire resistance ratings for concrete roof assem- blies. Symbols: CARB = carbonate aggregate concrete; SIL = silice- ous aggregate concrete. SLW = sand-light weight concrete. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESfj Kf.�Z ccessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 3 .. ....... ........... ___- AGREEMENTS;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.-.. ': P-3102,3—JOINTS IN PRECAST SLABS Joints between adjacent precast concrete slabs may be ignored in calculat- ing the slab thickness provided that a concrete topping,at least 1 in. thick is used. Where no concrete topping is used,joints must be grouted to a depth of at least one-third (I/3)the slab thickness at the joint, but not less than I in., or the joints must be made fire-resistive by other approved methods. P-3103—MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER REQUIREMENTS P-3103.1—SLABS The minimum thickness of concrete cover to the positive moment rein- forcement is given in Table P-3103. I A for reinforced concrete and Table P-3103.1 B for prestressed concrete. Tables P--3103. 1 A and P-3103.1 B are applicable for solid or hollow-core one-way or two-way slabs with flat under- surfaces. Slabs may be cast-in-place or precast. TABLE .P-3103.1A COVER THICKNESSES FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS. Thickness of Cover, in.,for Fire Resistance Rating of Concrete Aggregate Restrained* Unrestrained' Type 1 hr 1-1/2 hr 2 hr 3 hr 1 hr 1-1 /2 hr 92h 3 hr Siliceous 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1-1/4 Carbonate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1-1/4 Sand-Light- 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1-1/4 weight * See Appendix A4 of ASTM E119-79 for guidance on restrained and unrestrained assemblies. r P-13 - Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or J distribution authorized.ANY UNAU"I'HORZ"LED REPRODUCTION OR llISTRIBU'TION IS A VIOLATION OF'THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE ... .... ........_. _ _._....._.. ... ..... _.._.AGREEMENI;AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUN DER.... TABLE P-3103.1B COVER THICKNESS FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS Concrete Thickness of cover,in.,for Fire Resistance Rating of Aggregate Type Restrained* Unrestrained* 1 hr 1-1/2 hr 2 hr 3 hr 1 hr 1-1 2 hr 2 hr 3 hr Siliceous 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2-3/8 Carbonate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 Sand-tight- 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1-3/8 1-1/2 ' 2 weight *See Appendix A4 of ASTM El 19-79 for guidance on restrained and unres- trained assemblies. P-3103.2—BEAMS (a) The minimum thickness of concrete cover to the positive moment reinforcement(bottom steel)for reinforced concrete beams is shown in Table P-3103.2A for fire resistance ratings of 1 hr, to 4 hr. TABLE P--3103.2A MINIMUM COVER TO MAIN REINFORCING BARS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS (APPLICABLE TO ALL: TYPES OF STRUCTURAL CONCRETE) Cover Thickness, in.for Fire Resistance Rating of Restrained or Beam -- Unrestrained(" Width"Z', in. 1 hr 1-1/2 hr 2 hr 3 hr 4 hr Restrained 5 3/4 3/4 3/4 1-1/4{" 7 3/4 3/4 3/4, 3/4 3/4 10 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Unrestrained 5 3/4 1 1-1/4 ---- ---- 7 3/4 3/4 3/4 1-3/4 3 " 1> 10 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1-3/4 !E (1) See Appendix A4 of ASTM E 119-79 for guidance on restrained and unrestrained assemblies. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 ft on centers; for restrained beams spaced 4 ft or less on centers, minimum cover of 3/4 in, is adequate for ratings of 4 hr or less. - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESEK 5.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction o, I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT]AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL SAND CRIMINAL PENALTTFS THEREUNDER:.._ (2) For beam widths between the tabulated values, the minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation. (b) The minitnum thickness of, concrete cover: to.the positive moment prestressing tendons (bottom steel) for prestressed concrete beams is shown in Table P-3103.2B for fire resistance ratings of 1 hr. to 4 hr. TABLE P--3103.2E MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS Restrained Concrete Beam Cover Thickness 4'), in. for or Aggregate Width �3j. Fire Resistance Rating of Unrestrained{" Type12) in. 1 hr 1-1/2 hr 2 hr 3 hr 4 hr Restrained Carb or Sil 8 1-1/2 1-112 1-112 1-3/4"1 2-1/21" Carb or Sil 12 1-1/2 1-112 1-112 1-1/2 1-7/8") Sand LW 8 1-112 1-1 12 1-112 1-1/2 2(1) " Sand LW 12 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-112 1-1/2 1-5/81" Unrestrained Carb or Sil 8 1-1 12 1-3/4 2-1/2 5(5) ---- Carb or Sil 12 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-7/8 2-1/2 3 Sand LW 8 1-1/2 1-112 2 3-1/4 ---- " Sand LW >, 12 1-1/2 1-112 1-5/8 2 2-1/2 (1) See Appendix A4,.of ASTM' E i 1:9779 for guidance-on restrained and unrestrained assemblies. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more:than 4 ft. on centers. (2) Carb -.carbonate aggregate concrete; Sil = siliceous aggregate con- crete; Sand LW =sand-lightweight concrete. (3) For beam widths between 8 and 12 in., minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation. (4) The cover for an individual tendon is the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the tendon and the fire-exposed surface of the beam, except.that for ungrouted ducts the assumed cover thickness is the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the duct and the surface of the beam. For beams in which several tendons are used,the cover is assumed to be the average of the minimum cover of the individual tendons. The cover for any individual tendon must be not less than 1/2 of the value given in Table 3103.2B nor less than 1 in. (5) Not practical for 8-in. wide beam but shown for purposes of interpolation. P-3104—CONCRETE COLUMNS P-3104.1—MINIMUM SIZE Table P-3104.1 shows the minimum overall dimensions of reinforced -concrete columns for fire resistance ratings of 1 hr. to 4 hr. P-15 CopyrI distribution authorized.ANY NAUT 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS HORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DIERVED.Accessed by ISSTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF pursuTHE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THEt to License Agreement with ICC.No LICENSE on or _.. _.... .. __.... .. . ..................AGREEMENT;AND-SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER:.. __._.... . .............................. ..........-_.. .. ..... ......... -. TABLE P-3104.1 MINIMUM SIZES OF CONCRETE COLUMNS Minimum Column Dimension, in., for Types of fire Resistance Rating of Concrete 1 hr 1-1/2 hr 2 hr 3 hr 4 hr Siliceous 8 8 10 12 14 Carbonate 8 8 10 12 1.4 Sand-Lightweight 8 8 9 10.5 12 P-3104.2--MINIMUM COVER FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS The minimum cover to the main reinforcement in columns for fire resist- ance ratings of I hr., 11/2 hr., 2 hr. and 3 hr. shall be I V2 in.; for 4 hr. the minimum cover to the main reinforcement shall be 2 in, for siliceous aggre- gate concrete and 1%2 in.for carbonate aggregate concrete or sand-lightweight concrete. P-3104.3—PRECAST CONCRETE COVER UNITS OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS (See Section P-3105.4). P--3105—STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS P-3105.1—GENERAL These procedures establish a basis for determining the fire resistance of column assemblies as a function of the thickness of fire protection material and, the weight (W) and heated perimeter (D) of steel columns. As used in these Sections, W is the average weight of a structural steel column in pounds per linear foot. The heated perimeter (D) is the inside perimeter of the fire protection material in inches as illustrated in Figure P-3105.1. The applica- tion of these procedures shall be limited to column assemblies in which the fire protection material is not designed to carry any of the load acting on the column. In the absence of substantiating fire endurance test results, ducts, conduit, piping, and similar mechanical, electrical, and plumbing installa- tions shall not be embedded in any required fire protection materials. Table 3105.1 contains weight to heated perimeter ratios (W/D) for both contour and box fire protection profiles,for the wide flange shapes most often used as columns. For different fire protection profiles or column cross sections, the weight to heated perimeter ratios (W/D) shall be determined in accordance with the definitions given in this Section. E Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS REST VT 1 J§ccessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or �• 4 I l l distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _. .. .................. ...... ........... ............AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAI:TIES THEREUNDER: ... ................_ . . FIGURE P-3105.1 DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED PERIMETER OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS br '. .. : T A' •r 3.i tW d b < d IL -2.••.: _ a .. br ----� . D = 4bf + 2d - 2t. D = 2(a+b) D = 2(bf + d) Structural . Contour Box: Structural Contour Box Shape Profile Profile Shape Profile Profile W14X233 2.49 3.65 W10X112 1.78 2.57 X211 2.28 3.35 Xi 00 1.61 2.33 X193 2.10 3.09 X 88 1.43 2.08 X176 1.93 2.85 X 77 1.26 1.85 X159 1.75 2.60 X 68 1.13 1.66 X145 1.61 2.39 X 60 1.00 1.48 X132 1.52 2.25 X 54 0.91 1.34 X120 1.39 2.06 X 49 0.83 1.23 X109 1.27 1.88 X 45 0.87 1.24 X 99 1.16 1.72 X 39 0.76 1.09 X 90 1.06 1.58 X 33 0.65 0.93 X 82 1.20 1.68 X 74 1.09 1.53 W8X 67 1.34 1.94 -- X 68 1.01 1.41 X 58 1.18 1.71 ; X 61 0.91 1.28 X 48 0.99 1.44 X 53 0.89 1.21 X 40 0.83 1.23 X 48 0.81 1.10 X 35 0.73 1.08 X 43 0.73 0.99 X 31 0.65 0.97 X 28 0.67 0.96 W12X190 2.46 3.51 X 24 0.58 0.83 X170 2.22 3.20 X 21 0.57 0.77 X152 2.01 2.90 X 18 0.49 0.67 X 136 1.82 2.63 X120 1.62 2.36 W6X 25 0.69 1.00 X106 1.44 2.11 X 20 0.56 0.82 X 96 1.32 1.93 X 16 0.57 0.78 X 87 1.20 1.76 X 15 0.42 0.63 X 79 1.10 1.61 X 12 0.43 0.60 P-17 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR UIS'TRIBU'I'ION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __...AGREIiML`N'I',AND SUBJEC t'1`O CIVIL AND CRZtvIINAIfIs1iNALTY$$'I`HEREUNYYER.. . TABLE P-3105.1 WEIGHT TO HEATED PERIMETER RATIOS (W/D) FOR TYPICAL STANDARD STEEL WIDE FLANGE COLUMNS (Continued) Structural Contour Box Structural Contour Box Shape Profile profile Shape Profile Profile X 65 0.91 1.35 X 58 0.91 1.31 W5X 19 0.64 0.93 X 53 0.84 1.20 X 16 0.54 0.80 X 50 0.89 1.23 X 45 0.81 1.12 W4X 13 0.54 0.79 X 40 0.72 1.00 P-3105.2—GYPSUM WALLBOARD The fire resistance of structural steel columns with weight to heated perime- ter ratios(W/D)less than or equal to 3.65 and which are protected with Type X gypsum wallboard may be determined from the following expression: 0.75 R= 130 h (W Where R = fire resistance (minutes), h = total thickness of gypsum wallboard (inches), ' D = heated perimeter of the structural steel column (inches), and W'=total weight of the structural steel column and gypsum wallboard protection (pounds per linear foot). 50hD or, W' = W + I44 The gypsum wallboard shall be supported as illustrated in either Figure P--3105.2A for fire resistance ratings of 4 hr. or less, or Figure P-3105.213 for fire resistance ratings of 3 hr. or less. The fire resistance of structural steel columns can be determined from Figure P-3105.2C for various thicknesses of gypsum wallboard as a function of the weight to heated perimeter ratio (W/D) of the column. For structural steel columns with weight to heated perimeter ratios(W/D)greater than 3.65, the thickness of gypsum wallboard required for specified fire resistance ratings shall be the same as the thickness determined for a W 14X233 wide flange shape. 3 i ALL RIGHTS RESER — Q 1. distribution a thou ed.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOL pursuantsed by Bobby Teague on Mai 15,2016 3:07:00 PM ATIONOF THE FEDER I CC.No further 'on of AL COPYRIGHT LICENSE AND THE ENSE ..... ......... . __..._ ..... _..._ _. AGREEMENT,AND SUBTECTTO CIVIL,:AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER: FIGURE P--3105.2A GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS WITH SHEET STEEL COLUMN COVERS MMI x x �. ate, y Q.@--/2'5MEET St((L S[nEwS SnC(n R'OL S/o, I f/ /1 'Yly SN" Snap-Lock Pittsburg Seam Lap -- Corner Joint Details (A) 1. Structural steel column; either wide flange or tubular. shapes. 2. Type X gypsum wallboard in accordance.with Section 1001.6(c). For single layer applications'.the.:wallboard-'shall° be.applied-vertically with no horizontaljoints Far-multiple layer application,horizontal joints are permit- ted at a minimum spacing of 8 feet provided that the joints in successive layers are staggered at least 12 inches. The total required thickness:of wallboard shall be determined on the basis of the specified-fire resistance rating and the weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (W/D) of the column. For fire resistance ratings of 2 hours or less,one of the required layers of gypsum wallboard may be applied to the exterior of the sheet steel column covers with 1 inch long Type S screws spaced 1 inch from the wallboard edge.and 8 inches on center. For such installations, 0.0149 inch minimum thickness galvanized steel corner beads with i%2 inch legs shall be attached to the wallboard with Type S screws spaced 12 inches on center. 3. For fire resistance ratings of 3 hours or less,the column covers shall be fabricated from 0.0239 inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel. For 4 hour fire resistance ratings, the column covers shall be fabricated from 0.0239 inch minimum thickness stainless steel. The column cover shall be erected with the Snap Lock or Pittsburgh joint details. For fire resistance ratings of 2 hours or less,column covers fabricated from 0.0269 inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel may be erected with lap joints. The lap joints may be located anywhere around the perimeter of the column cover. The lap joints shall be secured with %2 inch long No. 8 sheet metal screws spaced 12 inches on center. The column covers shall be- with a minimum expansion clearance of 1/8 inch per linear foot between the ends of the cover and any restraining construction. P-19 3 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .... ... ...._ . . ..... .......... .... ..... _....-.AGREEMEN'T,AND SUB) _ .. EGl'10 CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALl IES'I'HEI2EUNUER. FIGURE P-3105.2B .GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS WITH STEEL STUD/SCREW ATTACHMENT SYSTEM r, � ^ 2 3 T 7 A g 1 Layer = 5/8" or 1/2" 2 Layers = 1 1/4" of 1" r n s � a 3 2 4 4 — — T C D 9 Layers = 1 7/8" or 1 1 /2" 4 Layers = 2 1 /2" or 2" 1. Structural steel column, either wide flange or tubular shapes. 2. 1-5/8 inch deep studs fabricated from 0.0179 inch minimum thickness galvanized steel with 1-5 J 16 or 1-7/ 16 inch legs. The length of the steel studs shall be 1/ inch less than the height of the assembly. 3. Type X gypsum wallboard in accordance with Section 1001.6(c). For single layer applications the wallboard shall be applied vertically with no horizontal joints. For multiple layer applications horizontal joints are permit- ted at a minimum spacing of 8 feet provided that the j oints in successive layers are staggered at least 12 inches. The total required thickness of wallboard shall be determined on the basis of the specified fire resistance rating and the weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (W/D) of the column. 4. Galvanized steel corner beads (0.0149 inch minimum thickness) with 1%inch legs attached to the wallboard with 1 inch long, Type S screws spaced' 12 inches on center. I distributioht n authorized.ANYUNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL GHTS RVS7120.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM pursuant to License gCOPYRIGHT reernent with IACT AND THCC.No EE LICENSEion or .. ................ .. _.... _._. ... ._................__..... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. .................. _.___ _.._ _. _.. _... ;. 5. No. 18 S WG steel tie wires spaced 24 inches on center. 6. Sheet metal angles with 2 inch legs fabricated from 0.0209 inch minimum thickness galvanized steel. 7. Type S screws 1 inch long shall be used for attaching the first layer of wallboard to the steel studs and the third layer to the sheet metal angles at 24 inches on center. Type S screws 1-3/4 inches long shall be used for attaching the second layer of wallboard to the steel studs and the fourth layer to the sheet metal angles at 12 inches on center. Type S screws 21/ inches long shall be used for attaching the third layer of wallboard to the steel studs at 12 inches on center. FIGURE P-3105.2C FIRE RESISTANCE OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS PROTECTED WITH VARIOUS THICKNESSES OF TYPE X GYPSUM WALLBOARD 4 2 1/2" 211 1 7/811 1 1 l2" 1 1/4" i 3 a) 0 5/8" a) u 2 112" it 1 112 00 on I 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 Weight to Heated Perimeter Ratio (W/D) NOTE: The W/D ratios for typical wide flange columns are listed in Table P-3105.1. For other column shapes, the W/D ratios shall be determined in accordance with Section P-3105.1. P-21 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE e __..... ..........."" ........... __.....AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.... ....__.. .... -_. - P-3105.3—SPRAY-APPLIED FIRE PROTECTION MATERIALS The fire resistance of wide flange structural steel coiumns.protecteO with spray-applied fire protection materials, as illustrated in Figure P-3105.3, may be determined from the following expression: R =IC, � + C h Where R = fire resistance (minutes), h = thickness of spray-applied fire protection (inches), D = heated perimeter of the structural steel column (inches), and C, and CZ = material-dependent constants W = weight of structural steel column (pounds per linear foot) The material-dependent constants, C, and C2, shall be determined for specific fire protection materials on the basis of standard fire endurance tests in accordance with Section 1001. Guidelines for determining these constants are given in Appendix A. Unless evidence is submitted to the Building Official substantiating a broader application, this expression shall be limited to determining the fire resistance of structural steel columns with weight to heated perimeter ratios (W/D) between.the largest and smallest columns far which standard fire endurance test results are.available. Spray-applied fire protection materials shall be identified by density and thickness required for a given fire resistance rating. FIGURE P----3105.3 WIDE FLANGE,STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS WITH SPRAY-APPLIED FIRE PROTECTION bf dip, T AL I tW d .r � r it � r •� �♦ P-3105.4—CONCRETE PROTECTED COLUMNS The fire resistance of structural steel columns protected with concrete, as illustrated in Figure P-3105.4(a), may be determined from the following expression: Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESIP1122ccessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.. _...... __.... .._AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT'TO'CMhAND CRIMINAL P"ENAI;TIESTHEREUNDER.:.... ........ ..................... .. _. ..._.........._ ____. __.. R = RO (1 + 0.03m) W 0.7 h 1.6 H 0.8.. Ro T 10 + 17 � 1 + 2fi D kco.x P� cth (L + h) As used in these expressions: �.r R = fire endurance at equilibrium moisture conditions (minutes), R. = fire endurance at zero moisture content (minutes), in = equilibrium moisture content of the concrete by volume (percent), W = average weight of the steel column (pounds per linear foot), D w heated perimeter of the steel column (inches), h = thickness of the concrete cover (inches) k, =ambient temperature thermal conductivity of the concrete (Btu/hr ft °F) H = ambient temperature thermal capacity of the steel column = .I 1 W (Btu/ft 'F), PC = concrete density (pounds per cubic foot), cc =ambient temperature specific heat of concrete (Btu/lb °F), and L = interior dimension of one side of a square concrete box protection (inches) For wide flange steel,columns completely encased-.in concrete with all re-entrant: spaces.filled (Figure.".P-3'I05.4(c)) the -thermal',capacity of the concrete within the re-entrant spaces may be added to the thermal capacity of the steel column, or P � W + Cc 144 (bsd-AS)-(Btu Ift °F) Where bf = flange width of the steel column (inches), d = depth of the steel column (inches), and AS = cross sectional area of the steel column (square inches). If specific data on the properties of concrete is not available, the values given in Table P-3105AA may be used. TABLE P-3105,4A PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE Normal Weight Structural Lightweight Concrete Concrete Thermal conductivity (K) 0.95 (Btu/hr ft°F) 0.35(Btu/hr ft OF) Specific heat (c,) 0.20 (Btu/Ib OF) 0.20(Btu/Ib OF) Density (pc) 145 (pcf) 110 (pcf) Equilibrium (free) moisture 4 (percent) 5 (percent) content (m) by volume P-23 I l Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or ' distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE _-- --- - AGRELMLN'T,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES For structural steel columns encased in concrete with all re-entrant spaces filled (Figure P-3105.4(c), Tables P-3105AB and P-3105.4C.give the thickness of concrete cover required for various fire resistance ratings for typical wide flange sections. The thicknesses of concrete given in these Tables also apply to structural steel columns larger than those listed. For structural steel columns protected with precast concrete column covers (Figure P-3105.4(a), Tables P-3105AD and P-3105.4E give the thickness of the column covers required for various fire resistance ratings for typical wide flange shapes. The thicknesses of concrete given in these Tables also apply to structural steel columns larger than those listed. FIGURE P-3105.4 CONCRETE PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS Ak A.a � � 'c'moo• a• .o-• _ •a.' ,�..• :n.'.•w.•,w...w CrA '4�•7: :L_• _a•..4 _�ro:'s•�:•'4�i::y�0 .. h, bf (a) (b) (C) Note: When the inside perimeter of the concrete protection is not square, L shall be taken as the average of the L, and LZ. When the thickness of concrete cover is not constant, h shall be taken as the average of h, and h2. *Joints shall be protected with a minimum 1 inch thickness of ceramic fiber blanket but in no case less than % the thickness of the column cover (See Section P-3101.3. , 3 i 3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RFfh.VF,Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE � _._.... ........ ... _....._ _._.. .. .............. _ ---AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND GRIMINAb PENtII TIES THEREUNDER. .................. _.._.__.__ TABLE P-3105.4E THICKNESS (INCHES) OF NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE* FOR VARIOUS,FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE STRUCTURAL STEEL'COLUMNS ENCASED IN CONCRETE (Figure P-3105.4(c)) Structural Fire Resistance Rating (Hours) Shape 1 1% 2 3 4 2 W14X233 1 Y2 X176 1 X132 2% X 90 1 1 2 X61 X48 1%2 3 X43 1% 2%2 W12X152 1 2% X 96 1 2 X 65 1 X50 1/ 3 X40 1% 2% W10X 88 1 2 X 49 3 . X45 1 1%2 X 39 1% 2% 3Y X 33 2 W8X 67 1 3 X 58 1 X 48 1 2/ 3/. X31 X 21 2 X18 3 4 3% W6X 25 1% 2 X 20 X-16 1 3 X15 4 X 9 1 y 2 2j 3% *The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of normal weight concrete given in Table P-3105.4A. 3 i P-25 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or ; I i i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE { _. ...... ................ __._.... . .................._...AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER... _... _..__ TABLE P-3105.4C THICKNESS (INCHES) OF STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE* FOR.VARIOUS FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS ENCASED IN CONCRETE (Figure P-3105.4(c) ) Structural Fire Resistance Rating (Hours) Shape 1 1'h 2 3 4 1 W14X233 1%2 X193 X 74 1 1 1 1%2 2 X61 X43 1% 2 2%2 W12X 65 1 V2 2 X 53 1 X 40 1 1 1%2 2 2%2 W10X112 2 X88 1 1 X 60 1 1 X 33 1'/2 2 2 Yz W8X 35 2Y X 28 1 2 X 24 1 1'/2 311 X 18 1 2� *The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of structur- al light weight concrete given in Table P--3105.4A. qqqq E Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS REPR7Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I i i distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE d .. ... . .-- -.._.__. - .... .. ......._ .AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. . . ........_. TABLE P-3105.4D THICKNESS (INCHES) OF NORMAL WEIGHT* PRECAST CONCRETE COVERS FOR VARIOUS FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS (Figure P-3105.4(a) ) Structural Fire Resistance Rating (Hours) Shape 1 11/2 2 3 4 W10233 1 3 X211 1 V2 2% X176 3/ X145 1 11/ 2 X109 3 X 99 4 1% 2 2%2 X61 3f2 X 43 4%2 W12X190 1 Y2 1 X152 2%2 3y X 120 1% 11/2 2 X 96 3 X 87 4 X 58 X 40 11/2 2 2% 3% 4% W10X112 31/2 X88 1 j 1% 2 3 X 77 4 X 54 2 2% 3Y2 - X33 1% 4�/2 W 8X 67 114 1 Y2 2 3 X 58 4 X 48 2 2%2 314 X 28 X 21 13/2 4V2 X 18 2!2 3 4 W 6X 25 2 2% 3% X20 1%2 4% X16 3 `- X 12 2 2%2 4 X9 5 *The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of normal weight concrete given in Table P-3105.4A. P-27 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed b Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License A reement with ICC.No further re roduction or Y }' S P 1; P distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. TABLE P-3105.4E THICKNESS (INCHES) OF STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT* PRECAST-CONCRETE.COVERS FOR VARIOUS FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS (Figure P-3105.4(a) ) Structural Fire Resistance Rating (Hours) Shape 11h 2 3 4 W 14X233 1 2%2 X176 1%2 2 X145 X132 1 X109 1 j2 3 X 99 2�6 X68 116 X 43 2 3 3V2 W12X190 1 2�4 X152 2 X136 1%2 X106 1 3 X96 1 2Y X87 1 X 65 2 X 40 3 .,3?/ W10X112 i 2 - - X100 1% 3 X 88 X77 1Y2 1%2 2% _ X 60 2 X 39 3 316 X33 1 2 W8X67 1%2 2�6 3 X48 1V2 X 35 2 3% X 28 3 X 18 1 Y2 2 216 4 W 6X 25 1 2 1 3 3`/2 .` . X15 2 X 9 1 Y2 2% 3!� 4 *The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of structur- al lightweight concrete given in Table P-3105.4A. r� t Copyright t RESET pursuant g ICC.No further ion or distributionauthorizeauthorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAICOPYRIGHTACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER P-3106—WOOD FRAMED WALLS, FLOORS AND ROOFS P----3106.1—GENERAL (a) This section contains procedures for calculating the fire-resistance ratings of walls, floor/ceiling and roof!ceiling assemblies based on the stand- ard method of test referenced in Section 1001. (b) Fire resistance ratings calculated using the procedures in this section shall not exceed 1 hour. P-3106.2--WALLS, FLOORS AND ROOFS (a) These procedures apply to both load bearing and non-load bearing assemblies. (b)The fire resistance rating of a wood framed assembly is equal to the sum of the time assigned to the membrane on the fire exposed side, the time assigned to the framing members and the time assigned for additional contri- bution by other protective measures such as insulation.The membrane on the unexposed side shall not be included in determining the fire resistance of the assembly. (c) Table P-3106.2A gives the time during which the membrane on the fire-exposed side should remain in place during the standard test. TABLE P-3106.2A TIME ASSIGNED TO WALLBOARD MEMBRANES1,2 D_.ESCRIPTIO;N.:QF FINISH`: Time, Min. %2 in. fiberboard:: 5 3/1 in. Douglas Fir plywood phenolic bonded 5 %2 in. Douglas.Fir plywood phenolic bonded 10 5/8 in_ Douglas Fir plywood phenolic bonded 15 3%in. gypsum wallboard 10 y in. gypsum wallboard 15 % in. gypsum wallboard 30 �/ in.type X gypsum wallboard 25 %in. type X gypsum wallboard 40 Double % in. gypsum wallboard 25 '/ + %in.gypsum wallboard 35 Double 1/ in. gypsum wallboard 40 1. Gypsum board shall be installed with the long dimension parallel to framing members and shall have all joints finished. 2. These values apply only when framing members are spaced a maxi- mum of 16" o.c. ! (d) Where fire exposure can be expected to occur only on one side of a wall, such as on the interior side of an exterior wall, the wall is assigned a rating dependent on the interior membrane and the framing as described in Tables P-3106.2A and P---3106.213. The membrane on the outside or non-fire- t exposed side may consist of sheathing, sheathing paper and siding as des- cribed in Table P-3106.2C or may be any membrane that is assigned a time E for contribution to fire resistance of at least 15 min. in Table P-3106.2A. P-29 CopyrI I I distribution authorized.ANY NAiTf 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS HORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DIRVED.Accessed by STRIBUTION UTION IS A VIOLATION OF pursuTHE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THEt to License Agreement with ICC.No LICENSE on or f .......... ................. ............. '. __. ......... ........ .. . ..._.......... ............ ...._..._.AGREEMlN'I',-AND SUBJEtTC'T`O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PIiNAL1YE5'I'HERLUNDER.. _ _. TABLE P-3106.2E TIME ASSIGNED FOR CONTRIBUTION OF WOOD FRAME',' TIME ASSIGNED TO DESCRIPTION OF FRAME FRAME, MIN. Wood studs 16 in. o.c. 20 Wood floor and roof joists 16 in. o.c. 10 1. This table does not apply to studs or joists spaced more than 16" o.c. 2. All studs shall be nominal 2" x 4" and all joists shall have a nominal thickness of at least 2". 3. Allowable spans for joists shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1705.3(a) and 1707.l(a). TABLE P-3106.2C MEMBRANE' ON EXTERIOR FACE OF WOOD STUD WALLS Sheathing Paper Exterlor Finish 5/8 in. T & G lumber Lumber siding 5/16 in. exterior grade plywood Sheathing paper Wood shingles and shakes 1/2 in.gypsum wallboard 1/4 in plywood exterior grade 5/8 in. gypsum wallboard 1/4 in, hardboard Metal siding Stucco on metal lath Masonry veneer None 3/8 in. exterior grade plywood 1. Any combination of sheathing, paper and exterior finish listed in Table P-3106.2C may be used. (e) In the case of a floor or roof, the standard test provides only for testing for fire exposure from below. Except as noted in Section 608.5, floor or roof assemblies of wood framing must have an upper membrane consisting of a subfloor and finish floor conforming to Table P---3106.21) or any other membrane that has a contribution to fire resistance of at least 15 min.in Table P-3106.2A. P-30 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJLC T TOCIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAL I -_- IES'I'HEREUNDER. TABLE P-3106.20 FLOORING OR ROOFING OVER WOOD FRAMING` Structural Subfloor or Assembly Members Roof Deck Finish Flooring or Roofing Hardwood or softwood flooring on building paper Resilient flooring, parquet Floor Wood 1h in. plywood floor felted-synthetic-fiber or 11/16 in. floor coverings,carpeting, T& G softwood or ceramic the on 3/8 in. - thick panel-type underlay Ceramic Tile on 11f in. mortar bed Roof Wood i� in, plywood Finish roofing material or I1/16 in. with or without insulation T& G softwood This table applies only to wood joist._construction but7 is not applicable to wood truss construction. (f)Table P-31061E gives:the time incrementsthat can be added to the fire resistance when,Tglass., fiber: ro-ckwooI. or slag mineral wool insulation is incorporated in the'assembly. TABLE P-3106.2E TIME ASSIGNED FOR ADDITIONAL PROTECTION Description of Addltional'Protection Fire Resistance, Min. Add to the fire-resistance rating of wood stud walls if the spaces between the studs are filled with glass fiber, rockwool or slag 15 mineral wool batts weighing not less than 1/ Ib/sq ft, of wail surface. (g) Fastening of wood framed assemblies and the fastening of membranes to the wood framing members shall be done in accordance with Table 1704.1. P-31 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE AGREEMENI, _._..- ...... ANDSUBJECT OCI--- .. . CIVIL AND CRIMINALPENALIlES THEREUNUEIL COMMENTARY ON APPENDIX "P" CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE This commentary contains explanatory material, examples and reference material related to the provisions of Appendix "P" on calculated fire resist- ance ratings. PC-3101.1(a) Even though there have been few fire tests of concrete walls (other than concrete masonry), there have been many fire tests of concrete slabs tested as floors or roofs, Fire tests of floors or roofs are considered to be more severe than those of walls because floors and roofs must support their service loads during fire tests. In addition most ASTM El19 fire tests of floor or roof assemblies have been conducted while the assembly was supported within restraining frames.f masonry or concrete wails are nearly always governed by the ASTM El 19 criteria for temperature rise of the unexposed surface, i.e., the "heat transmission"end point. For flat concrete slabs or panels, the heat transmission fire endurance depends primarily on the aggregate type and thickness, and is essentially the same for floors as for walls. The data in Table 3101 was derived from PCA Research Department Bulletin 223,"Fire Endurances of Concrete Slabs as Influenced by Thickness, Aggregate Type, and Moisture," and PCA Publication T-140, "Fire Resist- ance of Reinforced Concrete Floors." PC-3101.1 (b) The method for determining"equivalent thickness"of masonry units was developed because the cores in masonry units taper. The method is, of course, applicable to hollow-core precast concrete panels. However, because the cores in hollow-core panels do not taper, the equivalent thickness can be calculated by dividing the net cross sectional area of the panel by its width. PC-3101.1 (c) The January 1934 report, "Tests of Fire Resistance and Strength of Walls of Concrete Masonry Units", by Carl A. Menzel, Portland Cement Associa- tion, 216 pg., showed that filling cores of concrete masonry units with loose lightweight aggregates increases the fire endurance to a duration significantly longer than that of solid masonry units of the same total thickness. It is reasonable to assume that the same relationship exists for walls made of hollow-core panels. PC-3101.1 (d) Some precast. concrete wall panel sections, e. g., certain single-tee units, have tapered surfaces so the thickness varies, as shown in the figure below. In fire tests it has been customary to monitor the unexposed surface temperature at the location shown below. P-32 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i ... .............._ _.._.... _.. _..._.........._ACGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIh AND CRIMINAI:PENALTIE3THERF,UNDF,R:.. Determine Thickness.Here t 2t or 6" Whichever Is Less PC--3101.1 (e) The portion of a ribbed.panel that can be used in calculating equivalent thickness,t., is shown below. Note that the procedure outlined gives no credit for stems of double tees or of similar ribbed panels and clearly 'indicates that the minimum thickness must be used for such sections. 2t +t to t Neglect Shaded Areas s In Calculation Of Equivelent Thickness PC--3101.2 (a) The graphs in Figure 3101.2 were derived from a report, "Fire Endurance of Two-Course Floors and Roofs", ACI Journal, February 1969. PC--3101.2 (b) Equation P-3101.2 was developed by the U.S. National Bureau of Stand- ards in the early 1940's and first appeared in Appendix B of"Fire Resistance Classifications", Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 92, Nat- ional Bureau of Standards, 1942. Verification of the accuracy of the equation is given in "Fire Endurance of Two-Course Floors and Roofs", by Abrams and Gustaferro, Journal of the American Concrete Institute, February 1969. Equation 2.2 can be restated: R0.59 _r Rl0.59 + R2 0.59 + ...1Rn0,59) This form of the equation is useful in determining :whether or not an assembly qualifies for a particular classification, when used in conjunction with the following tabulation. P-33 - - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Feague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT'TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER HEREUNDER. R, rninutes R0.59 60 11.20 120 16.85 180 21.41 240 25.37 PC-3101.2 (c) A fire test was conducted of a panel that consisted of a 2 inch base slab of carbonate aggregate concrete,a I inch layer of cellular polystyrene insulation, and a 2 inch face slab of carbonate aggregate concrete. The resulting fire endurance was 2 hr. 00 min. From P-3101.2 the contribution of the I inch layer of foam polystyrene was calculated to be 5 minutes. It is likely that the comparable R value for a I inch layer of foam polyure- thane would be somewhat greater than that for a I inch layer of foam polystyrene, but test values are not available. The above value for polystyrene is probably conservative for foam polyurethane. Example A sandwich wall panel consists of two 2%2 inch wythes of normal weight concrete with a 2 inch layer of foam polystyrene in between. Does the panel qualify for a 3 hour fire resistance rating? Solution: From Table P-3101.2 the value of Rno"9 for a 2%2 inch wythe.of carbonate aggregate concrete is higher than for siliceous aggre- _ _ ` A gate concrete, but because the type of concrete was not given,:the value for siliceous should be used. From Sec. P-3101.2(c) the value of R.for I inch or more of foam plastic is 5 minutes,so the value for Rno.59 is 2.5. R0.59= 8.1 + 2.5 + 8. 1 = 18.7 - From the above table R""9 for 3 hr. (180 min.) is 21.41; 18.7 <-21.41 thus the wall does not qualify a 3-hr rating. PC--3101.3 Figure P-3101.3 was derived from data in a report, "Fire Tests of Joints Between Precast Concrete Wall Units: Effect of Various Joint Treatments", PCI Journal, September -October 1975. Example Determine the thickness of ceramic fiber blanket needed for a 2 hour fire resistance rating for joints between 5 inch thick precast concrete wall panels made of siliceous aggregate concrete if the maximum joint width is 3J4 inch. Solution: Figure P-3101.3 gives thicknesses of ceramic fiber blanket for 5 inch panels for 2 hour ratings of 0.7 inch for 3/8 inch wide joint and 2.1 inch for a 1 inch wide joint. By direct interpolation for a 3/4 inch wide joint, the required thickness is 1.55 inch. P-34 - Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i _.__. ......................... ..._ ........... y AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PP,NAS;TTESTHEREUNDER:.... ............. ... .................. ... _.... .. __.._. _. .. ........ PC-3102 The fire test criteria for temperature rise of the unexposed surface and the ability to resist superimposed loads (heat transmission and structural criteria, respectively) must both be considered in determining the fire resistance of floors and roofs. Section P-3102.1 deals with heat transmission and Section P-3103 deals with structural criteria. PC---3102.1 (a) The criterion limiting the average temperature rise to 2501 F and the maximum rise at one point to 3250 is often referred to as the "heat transmis- sion end point". For solid concrete slabs the heat transmission end point is mainly a function of slab thickness and aggregate type. Other factors that affect heat transmission to a lesser degree are moisture content of the con- crete, maximum aggregate size, mortar content, and air content. Items that have very little effect on heat transmission are cement content,strength, type, amount, and location of reinforcement, provided these items are within the normal range of usage. The values in Table P-3102.1 apply to concrete slabs reinforced with bars or welded wire fabric as well as to prestressed slabs. �V PC-3102.1 (b) The method for determining "equivalent thickness" of masonry units was developed because the cores in masonry units taper. The method is, of course, applicable to hollow-core precast concrete panels. However, because the cores in hollow-core.panels do, not taper, the equivalent thickness can be d�ng the net:cross:sectional area of the panel by its width. calculated by dtvi ' PC--3102.1 (c) Some precast concrete wall panel sections, e.g., certain single-tee units, have tapered surfaces so the thickness varies,as shown in the figure below. In fire tests it has been customary to monitor the unexposed surface temperature at the location shown below. Determine thickness here t 2t or 6 inches, whichever is less PC-3102.1 (d) The portion of a ribbed slab that can be used in calculating equivalent thickness,t,;:is shown below. Note that the procedure gives no credit for joists in one-way or two-way joisted floors or in double tests. For such section, the minimum thickness of the deck slab must be used. P-35 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or A distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 2t t S Example Determine the fire resistance rating of the floor section shown if the units were made of siliceous aggregate concrete. - � v 7" LO 1210 44 (a) [4 x 12 + 2, x 1<6 48 + 9.6 t` 12 ' 12 = 4.8 in (b) t = t + 41 1[te -t] t = 4 + (4) (4) - 1] [4.8 - 4.0] = 4.26in. 1 (c) From Table P---3102.f the fire resistance rating is about 1 hour 25 minutes. PC-3102.2 The information in this section is based on a report, "Fire Endurance of Two-Course Floors and Roofs", ACl Journal, February 1969. PC-3102.3 Based on data developed by Underwriters Laboratories where no concrete topping is used over precast concrete floors,joints must be grouted, but if a concrete topping at least 1 inch thick is used, the joints need not be grouted. E PC-3103 ASTM E 119 differentiates between restrained and unrestrained assembly floors, roof, or beam fire endurance classifications. "Restraint" in this case P-36 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE } --- ---- - "AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TOCIVIL AND CRIMINAL'PENALTIES THEREUNDER means the restriction of thermal expansion imposed by a restraining frame during a fire test. Appendix A4 of ASTM E 119 gives guidelines for determin- ing whether or not floors,roofs, or beams in buildings can be considered to be restrained. In addition ASTM E119 gives different structural criteria for restrained and unrestrained assemblies. For unrestrained concrete floors, roofs or beams tested in a restrained condition,the fire test end point occurs when the average temperature of the tensile reinforcement reaches 1100" F for hot- rolled reinforcing bars or 8001 F for cold-drawn prestressing steel. For restrained beams spaced more than 4 feet on centers (primary beams), the temperatures noted above must not be exceeded during the first half of the classification period. For example,if a restrained beam withstands an ASTM E 119 fire test for 4 hours, but the average temperature of the tensile rein- forcement exceeds the limiting values in 1 hour, the restrained beam rating will be limited to 2 hours. The temperature limits do not apply to restrained slabs or beams spaced 4 feet or less on centers. PC-3103.1 The temperature of the tensile reinforcement depends on the thickness of cover and aggregate type. For unrestrained slabs, the values shown in Table P-3103.1 A and P-3103.1 B are the cover thicknesses needed to keep the tensile reinforcement-below 1100' F and 8001. F, respectively. For restrained slabs, the temperature.of the tensile reinforcement is not critical and thus, a minimum cover of 3.14 inch :is specified. The values for unrestrained slabs were derived from tests reported in PCA Research Department Bulletin.223, "Fire Endurance of Concrete Slabs,as Influenced by Thickness, Aggregate Type and Moisture". PC-3103.2 The temperature of reinforcement in concrete beams depends on beam width and cover thickness. For temperatures above about 10001 F, the effect = of aggregate type is minimal (see PCA Research Department Bulletin 213), but for lower temperatures, differences in aggregate types are more pro- nounced. PC-3103.1 (a) and (b) For reinforced concrete beams, the critical steel temperature is 11001 F, so the effect of aggregate type is minimal (see above). For prestressed concrete, the comparable temperature is 800'F so aggregate type must be considered. The data in Table P-3103.I A and P-3103.213 were derived from fire tests of a series of beam specimens which ranged in width between 2 and 24 inches. Other variables in the series included aggregate type and amount of rein- forcement. Tests were conducted at the Portland Cement Association and a report "Temperature Distribution in Concrete Beams Subjected to Fire", by T.D. Lin and M.S. Abrams, is in preparation. Results of fire tests of beams conducted at Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. were also analyzed. Charts showing the resulting data graphically are shown as Fig. A4 in the PCI manual, "Design for Fire Resistance of Precast Prestressed Concrete". z P-37 r Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC-No further reproduction or :c distribution authorized.ANY UNAU"I'HORZ"LED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF'FHE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE . _.___ .............. .........._.... ................_.. .......AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT T<SCIVIL AND CRIMINAL PINAZlILS`I'I-IERLUNDEI2...... PC-3104 Most U.S. code provisions for reinforced concrete columns are based on two reports, "Fire Tests of Building Columns", Associated Factory Mutual Insurance Companies, 1921, and "Fire Resistance of Concrete Columns"by Hull and Ingberg,Technological Papers of the Bureau of Standards No. 271, February 24, 1925. Sizes of columns tested were 12, 16 and 18 inches. Nearly all of the columns withstood 4 hour fire tests conducted essentially in accor- dance with ASTM E119. Most of the tests were stopped after 4 hours but some were continued to 8 hours. The shortest duration was 3 hours. At the time of the tests, few if any concrete columns were smaller than 12 inches,but smaller columns have been in use for many years since then. Fire tests conducted in Europe on smaller columns indicate that fire endurance is greater for larger columns. PC-3104.1 Table 3104.1 reflects the information in the reports cited above and in reports. "Investigations on Building Fires: Part VI; Fire Resistance of Rein- forced Concrete Columns", National Building Studies, Research Paper No. 18, 1953, Her Majesty's Stationary Office, London, England. Fire tests of loaded concrete columns currently underway (not yet reported) at the National Research Council of Canada Laboratories indicate that the data in Table P-3104.1 are reasonable. It is likely that minor changes in the tabulated values will be made after the tests series have been completed. - PC-3104.2 Cover thickness values are essentially the same as those in Appendix B of the 1979 Standard Building Code. PC---3104,3 Values were determined by the procedure given in "Fire Endurance of Concrete Protected Columns", by T.T. Lie and T.Z. Harmathy,ACI Journal, Proceedings, Vol. 71, No. 2, 1974. PC --3105.3 Section P-3105.3 sets forth procedures for determining the fire resistance of structural steel columns protected with spray-applied cementitious or mineral fiber fire protection materials. These procedures are based upon an emperical equation which includes two material-dependent constants. As a result, in order to apply this equation, the values of these two constants must be determined for specific fire protection materials. The purpose of this Appendix is to provide guidance for the determination of these constants so that the resulting equation will be reasonably accurate and yet slightly con- servative over the range of column shapes for which test data is available. Two different techniques are available for determining the two constants. The first requires a knowledge of the thermal conductivity and specific heat of the fire protection material at elevated temperatures. Data of this nature is both difficult and expensive to obtain with any reasonable degree of accuracy. P-38 - Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENA7TIE5 THEREMDER:._. __.. .__ ..... ........... .............. ....___.. _.. As a result, this technique will probably not be widely used and,accordingly, it will not be described in this Appendix. The second technique involves the use of the equation given in Section P-3105.3 as a means for interpolating between ASTM E1 19 fire endurance test results on different structural steel columns. Since this technique will undoubtedly be the most widely used, it is described in detail in this Appendix. It is, however, important to recognize that a wide variety of both large and small scale tests can be used to accurately determine the required constants. As a result, this Appendix has been deve- loped as a guide rather than a specific set of requirements which must be strictly followed. Equation The equation given in Section P-3105.3 for wide,flange structural steel columns protected with spray-applied cementitious and mineral fiber fire protection materials is: R = [Cl D + C2]h Where R = fire resistance (minutes), h = thickness of spray-applied fire protection (inches), W =weight of the structural steel column(pounds per linear foot), D= heated perimeter of the structural steel column(inches), and C, and C2 = material-dependent constants. Inherent in this equation are two general assumptions. The first is that the ratio of fire endurance time to the thickness of fire protection material (R/h) is essentially constant for a given column (W/D) ratio). The second assump- tion is that the ratio of fire endurance time to the thickness of fire protection material (R/h) varies linearly as a function of the weight to heated perimeter ratio (W/D) of the protected steel column. These concepts are graphically illustrated in Figure 1. It has been found that both of these assumptions are reasonably accurate for lightweight (density less than 50 pcf) spray-applied materials. If ASTM E119 fire endurance test results are available for a specific fire protection material on two different structural steel column shapes, the constants C, and C2 can be determined directly. As indicated in Section P-3105.3, the resulting equation can then be used to determine the thickness of fire protection material required for any specified fire endurance rating when applied to structural steel columns with weight to heated perimeter ratios (W/D) between the largest and smallest column for which actual test results are available. t Required Fire Endurance Test Data At least four ASTM El19 fire endurance tests or, two ASTM E119 fire endurance tests and six small scale tests (3 foot long specimens) shall be conducted. If the results of small scale tests are used, at least two of the test assemblies shall.duplicate the ASTM E 119 test assemblies for the purpose of establishing correlation. Regardless of the combination of small and large P-39 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE s ......... ___ __.._ __...AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIEANDCRIMINALPENNI,TFESTHEREUNDER:..__._.... ... __..._._... scale tests which is selected, at least two shall be conducted on the largest and two on the smallest columns which establish the limits of applicability to the resulting equation. As illustrated in Figure 1, the constants C, and Cz shall be determined on the basis of the lowest ratios of fire endurance time to fire protection thickness (R/h) for these columns. In addition, the test data shall be evaluated with respect to the assumption that the ratio of fire endurance to fire protection thickness(R(h)is reasonably constant for a given column shape (W/D) ratio). The tests conducted on columns of the same shape shall be designed so that the resulting fire erau- rance times are approximately 1%2 hours and 3%2 hours. In evaluating the R/h ratios resulting from tests on the same column shape,differencies in the range of 10 percent are typical. Differences greater than 20 percent may, however, suggest that the equation given in Section P-3105.3 is not applicable to the specific fire protection material under consideration and further examination of the test data is warranted. FIGURE 1 ILLUSTRATION OF THE PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING THE MATERIAL DEPENDENT CONSTANTS FOR SPRAY-APPLIED CEM- ENTITIOUS AND MINERAL FIBER FIRE PROTECTION MATERIAL. m 250 Fire Endurance c Test Results c 200 0 _ o O U a) m 50 U_ +' O O C �. O � U C ca � 100 = G p + C2 0 L m o ii 0 50 -` 0 co o� 0' 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 Weight to Heated Perimeter Ratio (W/D) P-40 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authoriuct ANY UNAU"I'HORI"LED REPRODUC'PION OR llISTRIBU'PION IS A VIOLATION OF'PHE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'PHE LICENSE __.AGREEMENT,AND SUB)EC.PTO_CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES'I'HEREUNUEI2:..... PC-3106 The information contained in this section is based on "Fire Endurance of Light-Framed and Miscellaneous Assemblies" by Murdoch Galbreath, Technical Paper No. 222 of the Division of Building Research, National Research Council of Canada. PC-3106.2 (c) The fire resistance rating of a framed assembly depends on the time during which the wall fare or membrane on the fire exposed side remains in place. PC---3106.2 (d) When the membrane on the fire exposed side falls off there is a brief period during which the studs or joists are exposed directly to the furnace before structural failure occurs. Table P-3106.2 B lists the time assigned between failure of the membrane to collapse of the assembly. The fire resistance of a framed assembly is primarily the sum of the time to failure of the membrane exposed to fire and the time to structural failure of the framing members. The membrane on the non-fire-exposed side,whatever its nature, may be expected to fail when the structural members fail. It is, however, required to remain in place and to be a barrier to smoke and flame until collapse of the framing members. PC-3106.2 (f) Rock wool or slag mineral.woo.Linsulation provides.additonal protection to wood studs by-shielding--the%studs from exposure to the-furnace and thus delaying the time of collapse..The use of reinforcement in the membrane exposed to fire also adds to the fire resistance by extending the time to failure. EXAMPLES USING SECTION P-3106 Following are examples of how to use proposed Section P---3106. Example 1: Will a wall assembly having a layer of 1/2 in. phenolic bonded Douglas Fir plywood covered with a layer of 5/8 in. gypsum wallboard attached to wood studs on the fire exposed side qualify as a one-hour fire-resistive wall assembly? Table P-3106.2A shows %2 in. Douglas Fir plywood phenolic bonded to have a time of contribution of 10 minutes. It also shows that 518 inch gypsum wallboard has a time of contribution of 30 minutes. Table P-3106.213 shows that a wood stud wall with the studs spaced at 16" on center contributes 20 minutes to the fire resistance rating of the assembly. Section P-3106.2(b) allows the adding of membranes to the framing (10 minutes for the %2" plywood + 30 minutes for the%"gypsumboard +20 minutes for the wood stud framing = 60 minutes or 1 hr. rating for the assembly). If the wall is an interior wall, both sides of the wall would be required to be fire protected with at least 40 minutes of membrane coverings from Table P-3106.2A. If the proposed wall is an exterior wall, the fire exposed side is assumed to be the interior side which would require a total of 40 minutes member P-41 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ; ................... . _ ... -._-_.. _ _ACREEMEN"T,AND SUBJECT"I`O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. coverings from Table P-3106.2A. It should be noted that Section P-3106.2- (d) requires the exterior side to be protected in accordance with Table P-3106.2C or any membrane that is assigned a time of at least 15 minutes as listed in Table P-3106.2A. It should also be noted that if the wail cavities between the studs had been filled with rockwool or slag mineral wool batfs weighing not less than 1/ lb./sq. ft. of wall surface that the /2" plywood membrane layer could be eliminated because the rockwool filling adds 15 minutes of fire resistance as included in Section P-3106.2(f) and Table P-3106.2E. Thus adding the contribution times for the %" gypsumboard, the wood framing and the rockwool bats filling (30 minutes + 20 minutes + 15 minutes) the resultant rating for the wall would be 65 minutes and meet a I hour fire-resistance rating. Example 2: Would a floor-ceiling assembly using wood.joists spaced at 16" on center and protected on the bottom side(ceiling side)with two layers of%2" Type X gypsum board and having a %2" plywood subfloor on the upper side (floor side) meet the requirements of a 1 hour fire-resistive assembly. Refering to Sections P-3106.2(b) and (e), Table P-3106.2A shows that the time contribution for each layer of %2" Type X gypsum wallboard is 25 minutes. The time of contribution for the wood joists as listed in Table P-3106.28 is 10 minutes. Adding the two layers of gypsumboard (2 x 25 minutes = 50 minutes) to the wood frame (10 minutes) a fire resistance rating of 60 minutes or I hour can be obtained. It should be noted that Section P----3106.2(e) requires the upper membrane to be as specified in Talile P-3106.213 or any membrane that has a time of contribution of at least 15 minutes as listed in Table P-3106.2A.Had the above example been a roof-ceiling assembly,the upper membrane must be treated the same. If the proposed assembly is a ceiling with an attic above, Section P-3106.2(e) notes the exception as found in Section 608.6 which allows the elimination of the.upper membrane. 3 P-42 Copyright O 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or r 1 distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPR011UC'I'ION OR UIS'TRIBU'I'ION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ....... ............... i AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC;'I"TO CIVIli AND CRTrMINAL PENAL'171ES"1`HEREUNDER--- _. ........ ... ._.__.. __._.. _._... _. . . ..... APPENDIX "0" ADOBE CONSTRUCTION 0-1 GENERAL (ADOBE CONSTRUCTION) Adobe construction is construction in which the exterior bearing and non-bearing walls. and partitions are of unfired clay masonry units, and floors; roofs and interior framing are wholly or partly of wood or other approved materials. Adobe construction may be either protected or un- protected and shall be subject to the requirements of this code for type VI construction where applicable. 0-2 DEFINITION ADOBE, STABILIZED - Means unfired clay masonry units to which admixtures, such as emulsified asphalt, are added during the manufactur- ing process to limit the units' water absorption so as to increase its durability. �. ADOBE, UNSTABILIZED - Means unfired clay masonry units which do .not meet the definition of adobe, stabilized. 0-3 MATERIALS UNFIRED CLAY'.MASONRY..(AD.OBE). 0---3.1 Unstabilized adobe shall comply with the following requirements. 0-3.1.1 Unfired clay masonry units shall have an.average compressive strength of three hundred (300) pounds per square inch when tested in accordance with "Standard Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile" ASTM C67-1978. Five samples shall be tested and no individual unit may have a compressive strength of less than two hundred fifty (250) pounds per square inch. 0--3.1.2 Unfired clay masonry units shall have an average modulus of rupture of fifty (50) pounds per square inch when tested accordance with the following procedure. Five samples shall be tested and no individual unit may have a modulus of rupture of less than thirty-five (35) pounds per square inch. (A) A cured unit shall be simply supported by two (2) inch diameter cylindrical supports located two (2) inches in from each end and extending the full width of the unit. (B) A two (2) inch diameter cylinder shall be placed at mid-span parallel to the supports. (C) A vertical load shall be applied to the cylinder at the rate of five hundred (500) pounds per minute until failure occurs. (D) The modulus of rupture shall be determined by the formula S = 3WL/2Bd2 Q-1 = - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ; - __.. _ _..... ..._...._. .AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND"CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER..._. Where: S = modulus of rupture - psi W load at failure - pounds L = distance between supports - inches B = width of unit - inches d = thickness of unit - inches 0-3.1.3 Unfired clay masonry units shall have a moisture content not exceeding four (4) percent by weight. 0-3.1.4 Unfired clay masonry units shall not contain more than three shrinkage cracks and any single shrinkage crack shall not exceed three (3) inches in length or one-eighth (1/S) inch in width. 0-3.2 Stabilized adobe shall comply with all the material requirements of unstabilized adobe in addition to the following: 0-3.2.1 Soil used for stabilized unfired clay masonry units shall be chem- ically compatible with the stabilizing material. Q-3.2.2 A four (4) inch cube, cut from a.stabilized unfired.clay masonry unit dried to a constant weight in a ventilated oven at 2121 F - 259°F, shall not absorb more than two and one-half(2 1/2) percent moisture by.weight when placed upon a constantly water saturated porous surface for seven (7) days. A minimum of five (5) specimens shall be tested and each speci- men shall be cut from a.separate unit. 0-4 WORKING STRESS The allowable compressive stress based on gross cross-sectional area of unfired clay masonry shall not exceed thirty (30) psi. 0-5 UNFIRED CLAY MASONRY (ADOBE) CONSTRUCTION 0-5.1 GENERAL 0-5.1.1 Adobe construction shall be limited to buildings not exceeding one story except that two story construction is allowed when designed by a registered engineer. 0-5.1.2 Mortar for stabilized unfired clay masonry units shall comply with Chapter XIV or adobe soil. Adobe soil used as mortar shall comply with material requirements for stabilized adobe. Mortar for unstabilized unfired clay masonry shall be portiand cement mortar. 0-5.1.3 All unfired clay masonry units shall be laid with full head and bed joints and shall be laid in full running bond. 0-5.1.4 All parapet walls constructed of unfired clay masonry units shall be waterproofed. Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERQ.DZccessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE c` - _._.. __._.. ..___. ........ .._ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TD-CIVIL AND CRTI9ITNAl PENALTIES THEREUNDER. .__.. .............. __.. ......___._._.. 0-5.2 WALL THICKNESS The minimum thickness of exterior walls in one story buildings shall be ten (10) inches. The walls shall be laterally supported at intervals not exceeding twenty-four (24) feet. The minimum thickness of interior bearing walls shall be eight (8) inches. In no case shall the unsupported height of any wall constructed of unfired clay masonry units exceed ten (10) times the thickness of such wall. 0-5.3 FOUNDATIONS 0-5.3.1 All walls and partitions constructed of unfired clay masonry units shall be supported by foundations or footings that extend not less than six (6) inches above adjacent ground surfaces and are constructed of solid masonry (excluding unfired clay masonry) or concrete. All footings and foundations shall comply with Section 1302. 0-5.3.2 Stabilized unfired clay masonry units shall be used in all adobe watts for the first four (4) inches above the finished first floor elevation. 0-5.4 ISOLATED PIERS OR COLUMNS Unfired clay masonry units shall not be used for isolated piers or columns in a load-bearing capacity. Walls less than twenty-four (24) inches in-length shall be considered as an isolated pier or column. 0-5.5 TIE BEAMS All exterior walls and interior bearing walls constructed of unfired clay masonry units shall have a continuous tie beam at the level of the floor or roof bearing, meeting the following requirements: 0-5.5.1 Concrete tie beams shall be a minimum depth of six (6) inches and a minimum width of ten (10) inches. All concrete tie beams shall be continuously reinforced with a minimum of two number four reinforcing rods. The ultimate compressive strength of concrete shall be at least 2500 psi at 28 days. 0-5.5.2 Wood tie beams shall be solid and shall have a minimum depth of six (6) inches and a minimum width of ten (10) inches. Joints in wood tie beams shall be spliced a minimum of six (6) inches. No splices shall be allowed within twelve (12) inches of an opening. Wood tie beams may be built up of lumber having a minimum nominal thickness of one (1) inch. Wood used in tie beams shall be approved wood of natural decay resistant or pressure treated wood. 0--5.6 EXTERIOR FINISH All exterior walls constructed of unstabilized unfired clay masonry units .' shall have their exterior surface covered with a minimum 2-coat Portland cement plaster having a minimum thickness of 3/4 inch and conforming to ANSI A42.2-1971. Lathing shall comply with ANSI A42.3-1971. Fasteners Q-3 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAiTI'HORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE _.___.... ............ ............. ....._...... ..............AGREEMENT,AND SUB)ECI'TO CIVIL AND CIZIMINAEPENAL'riES"I'HEREUNDER.-._ ......... ____. __._... shall be spaced at 16 inches on center maximum. All exposed wood surfa- ces shall be treated with an approved wood preservative prior to lath application. Other protective coatings may be used if they provide equival- ent protection against deterioration and loss of strength due to moisture. 0-5.7 LINTELS All lintels shall be considered as structural members and shall be designed in accordance with applicable provision of Chapter X11 and may be of any material permitted by this code. i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS REShhVEt).Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _._.... _..__ _ .............AGREFNIFNT,AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER.._. INDEX A Section A-ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCIES, ........................................... ........... 404 ACCESS AtticSpace........................ .........................................................1707.7 Panels For Fire Department.................................................................718 Roofs .............................................................................................. 1118 ACCESSIBILITY (handicapped)..............................................................508 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS General. ......................................................................................... 2901 Materials.......................................................................................... 2902 ADDITIONS TO BUILDINGS Toexisting buildings......................................................................... 101.4 Infire districts ............................................. ...................................302 Support for excavations...................................................................1301.2 Underpinning of Structures ..............................................................1301.2 ADMINISTRATION Alternate Materials and Methods ...................................................... 103.6 Appeals................................................................................. .112 Application for permits........................................................................ 105 Board of Adjustment and Appeals....................................................... III Building Officials qualifications.......................................................... 102.1 Certificate of Occupancy....................................................................... 109 Conditions of permit.......................................................... 106.3 Contractor's License and Bond .......................................................... 106.2 Drawings and specifications required.................................................. 105.3 Examination of Drawings.................................................................. 105.6 Existingbuildings............................................................................. 101.4 Inspections required ......................................................................... 108.2 Inspectors appointed......................................................................... 102.2 Liability............................................................ . 103.7 - Maintenance of buildings .................................................................. 101.6 Organization of building department .....................................................102 Permitfees................................. .......................................... 107, App. K Permitsrequired .............................................................................. 106.1 Posting of floor loads .......................................................................... 110 Records of department....................................................................... 102.5 Reportsof department...................................................................... 103.8 Requirements not in Code................................................................. 103.5 Restrictions on employees ................................................................. 102.4 Revocationof permits....................................................................... 103.3 Right of entry on premises................................:......... .................... 103.1 Scopeof Code ................................................................................. 101.3 Stopwork orders ............................................................................. 103.2 Streetlines ...................................................................................... 105.7 I 1 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar ts,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction or ' distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE .....AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES"THEREUNDER.._. _. ._. .............__... ............ ......_._ _............... Tests and test reports........................................................................... 104 Unsafebuildings .............................................................................. 103.4 Validityof CQsle.................................................................................... 115 Violations and penalties ....................................................................... 114 ADOBE CONSTRUCTION .................................................., Appendix Q AGED, Homes For, Group I Occuancy.......................................................409 AGRICULTURAL, farm buildings ......................................... AGGREGATES Concrete .................................................................. 1001.2, Table 1602.2B Fire resistive purposes......................................................................1001.2 Masonrymortar................................................................. 1402.8, 1402.10 Plaster............................................................:........ 1001.9, 1001.10. 1801, Proportions in concrete....................................................................1602.2 Water-Cement Ratio............................................................ Table 1602.2A AIR INTAKES FreshAir ...........................................................................................809 Projection booths, indoors ...............................................................404.12 s AIRCRAFT HANGARS........................ 412.4 AISLES Churches........................................................................................404.;.1.9 Illumination ........................................................................404.14, 404.15 Seating .........................................................................................404.14 Steps not in aisles............................................................................404.14 Tentaisles......................................................................................404.17 ALARM SYSTEMS...................................................................506.3, 1124 Smoke Detectors.............................................................506.2, 510.6, 1125 ALCOVES, for light and ventilation ......................................................2001.2 ALLEY, Definition................................................................................ 201.2 ALLOWABLE AREAS AND HEIGHTS OF BUILDINGS ........ Table 400 ALTERATION Appeal to Board of Adjustments and Appeals......................................... 112 Contractor's License and Bond required.............................................. 106.2 Definition ............... .................................................................... 201.2 Existing buildings.................................................................... 101.4, 302.1 Inspections...................................................................................... 108.1 Maintenance.................................................................................... 101.6 Permit Fees--Schedule & Appendix K...................................... 107, App. K .Permit required.................. ...... 105.1, 106.1 ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION......................................................................... 103.6 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -__........ .. ... ............... ....AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT-T4 CSVIS AND CRIMINAL.PENALTIES-THEREUNDER.............._. ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION Construction.................................................................... Chapter XXVIII Grounding............................................................................I...... 1414.9(e) AMUSEMENT PARK BUILDINGS Group A----Assembly, occupancy...........................................................404 Special requirements........................................................................404.18 ANCHORAGE --- ANCHORS, (See FASTENINGS) Adhesivematerials ..........................................................................1414.8 Aluminum....................................................................... Chapter XXVIII Ceramic, stone, tile, terra cotta ................................... 1414.4, 1414.7, 1414.8 Concrete slabs on masonry...............................................................1408.3 Framing anchors, wood ...................................................................1704.2 Glass block panels, exterior..............................................................1413.3 Glass veneer ................................................................. 1414,11, to 1414.15 Hurricane Construction Requirements................................... Appendix "D" Masonry, general .............................................................................. 1408 Masonry, veneer .................................................................. 1414.4, 1414.7 Metal veneer...................................................................................1414.9 Partitions........................................................................................ 702.1 Roof to masonry.............................................................................1408.2 Seats ..................................................................................404.14, 404.15 Steel floor joists on masonry.............................................................1408.3 Walls and partitions, intersecting.........................................................1408.4 Wood—floor joists or beams on masonry...........................................1408.3 Wood—floorfram-ing.to:masonry: . 1705.8 Wood—framing around openings......................................................1705.4 Wood—headers ..........................................................................1706.3(b) Wood joist anchors-................................................................... 1705.3(g) Wood—partitions ............................................................................. 1706 Wood—roof framing to masonry ......................................................1408.2 Wood—sill anchors.........................................................................1705.1 APARTMENT Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Occupancy in Group R—Residential...........................................................411 APPEALS, BOARD OF ................................................................. 111, 112, 113 APPLICATION FOR PERMIT Action by Building Official on Application............................................... 106.1 Applicationform...................................................................................... 105.2 Application, for when required................................................................. 105.1 Conditions of permit..................... ........................................................... 106.3 Drawings required.................................................................................... 105.3 Examination of drawings................. .................. 105.6 Foundation permits.................................................................................. 106.6 Limitations............................................................................................... 105.5 Moving of buildings............................................................ 105.1, 302.3, 2204.2 Plot diagram required............................................................................... 105.4 Signs........................................................................................105.1 and 2301.3 Streetlines................................................................................................ 105.7 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _......_..AGREEMENT;AND SUBJEC"I"I'OCIVIL AND CRIMINAZ PENAZTIESTHEREUNDER.. _.._. _.. .... .. ......................... ...... ... - APPROVED, definition................................................................................ 201.2 ARCHES, masonry ......................................................................................1409.6 ARCHITECT Affidavit, permits issued....................................................................... 105.6{b} Definitions................................................................................................ 201.2 Drawings and Specifications, by............................................................... 105.3 ARCHITECTURAL. TRIM ............................................................................709 AREAS, ALLOWABLE Allowable areas (see ALLOWABLE AREAS AND HEIGHTS) Assembly occupancy increase ...............................................................402.3(d) Churches...............................................................................................402.3(d) Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Existing buildings............................. ....................................................402.1 Increase for one-hour fire resistance .................................................. Table 400 Increase for area separation..................................................................402.3(b) Increase for sprinklers........................................................................ Table 400 MixedOccupancy.................................................................................403.1(b) School occupancy increase.................................................................... 402.3(e) Unlimitedareas..................................................................................... 402.3(c) ARTIFICIAL STONE Bonding...... ........................................................_....................... ....1407.5 . Caststone................................................................................................1402.5 Veneeredwalls.... ...................................................................................... 1414 ASBESTOS Proscenium curtain..................................................................................404.11 Shingles.................................................:............................................ 1706.8(g) ASSEMBLY BUILDINGS—Group A--Occupancy Assemblyoccupancies..................................................................................404 Determining capacity........................................... ..............404.2 Chapter XI Height and area restrictions............................................................... Table 400 Protective requirements....................................... . .. .... .................... 402.4 Scope........................................................................................................ 404.1 Specialrequirements................................................................................. 404.4 Sub-Classification.................................................................................... 404.2 Tents........................................................................................................404.17 ATRIUM BUILDINGS .................. . ... ........... .........................................510 ATTI C Access....................................................................................:.................1707.7 Concealed, divided.............................................................705(f), 1703.1(d), (6) Definition......................... ........................................................... .... 201.2 FireProtection................................................................................ 1703.1(d) 6 Draftstopping............................................................................... 705.2, 1703.2 Ventilation............................................................................ 1707.7 and 2001.1 distribution authorized.ANY NAUT 1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS HORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATIERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Feague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 ON OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE t to License Agreement with ICC.No further on or y __._AGKEENIEN'I',AND SUBJECT I'OCIVIL AND CRTNIINAL PENAL'TYL;S'I'HEREUNllER:..... _. .. _.... __ _... _. _.. .. ._.... AUDITORIUMS—Group A—Assembly.. ..................................................404 Arrangement of Exits ................................................................................ 1103 Assembly building—(See ASSEMBLY BUILDINGS) Assembly occupancies..................................................................................404 Aisles and seating ....................................................................................404.14 Balcony and gallery ................................................................................... 1109 Construction, type...................................................................Table 400 & 600 Determining capacity.............................................................404.2, Chapter XI Exit requirements ............................................................................Chapter X1 Heights and areas ................................................................... Table 400, 404.14 Protective requirements............................................................................ 402.4 Special requirements................................................................................. 404.4 Sprinklers........................................................................................Chapter IX Sub-classification...................................... ............................................... 404.2 �- AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS (See SPRINKLERS) Design, scope, installation, etc.....................................................................901 Requirements for......................................................................... 901.7 & 901.8 AWNINGS Fixed.......................................................................................................2201.2 Movable ..................................................................................................2201.3 Plastic. ....................................................................................................... 2610 AUTOMOBILE GARAGES, (See GARAGES) Automobile Parking Structures................................................................ 412.7 AUTOMOTIVE'SERVICE'STATION` General requirements................................................................................ 405.4 Group B, Business occupancy................................................................... 405.1 B----BUSINESS OCCUPANCIES, .............................................................405 BALCONY Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Exterior balconies...............................................................................709, 1108 Horizontal thrust, railings loads ..............................................................1204.2 Interior balconies, exit, etc......................................................................... 1109 Live loads, floor.................................................................................. 1203.1(a) Over public property...................................................................... 1108.3, 2202 Railings...................................................................................................404.16 BALUSTRADES Aislerailings............................................................................................404.16 Exterior balconies...................................................................................... 1108 Fire escapes ............................................................................................... 1114 j Handrails................ ..............................................................................1113.5 Intermediate rails.....................................................................................1113.5 Loads, special � Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I � I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE " __..AGREE[JIENT,AND SUBIF.CTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER..... .................... .. .... ......_ _._.. _..................._ _.. BARBECUES...................................................................................................805 BARRICADES Construction, where required, maintenance............................................... 2101 BARS Concrete, reinforcing ...................................................................Chapter XVI Footings ..................................................................................................1302.3 Foundationwalls.....................................................................................1302.5 Piles.........................................................................................................1303.3 BASEMENT Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Egress, exits...................... ...........................................................Chapter XI Enclosures, exits.................................................................................... 1106(e) Fire protection................................................................................... Table 600 Garagesin basements................................................................................ 412.8 Lightand ventilation ...........................................................................2001.1;(e) Posts........................................................................................................1702.5 Ratproofing............................................................................................... 1900 SoilPressure............................................................................................1204.1 Sprinklers.......................................................................................901.6, 901.7 Stairway construction......................................................... ..................1113.2 n BATHROOM Ceilingheight............:.......................:..............................::... ..:...............20Q1.1 Public......................................................................................................2002.2 Required..................................................................................................2002.1 Ventilation...................................................................................2001.3, 2001.5 BAY WINDOWS Constructionof............................................................................................709 Overpublic property................................................................................2202.1 BEAMS Concrete design ............................................................................Chapter XVI Entering masonry walls............................................................................1702.6 Firecuts...................................................................................................1703.3 General requirements...............................................................................1705.2 Plank and beam framing. ........................................................................1705.7 Plank and beam roofs..............................................................................17.07.5 Plywoodbeams.................................................................................... 1700.1(f) Post and beam framing. ..........................................................................1706.4 Reinforced masonry................................................................................... 1411 Steeldesign.................................................................................. .Chapter.XV Structural, glued, laminated................................................................ 1700.3(b) Fire protective requirements.......................................................... . . Table 600 Fire resistance, protected steel..........................................Table 5, Appendix B Fire resistance, reinforced concrete...................................Table 6, Appendix B BEARING PARTITIONS—(See WALLS and PARTITIONS) I pY B 8 Preduction or Copyright ht O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2oi6 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License A regiment with ICC.No further re f distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ............. _._... ........ ............... __.__ _....AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES-THEREUNDER.- ...._ _._. _.__.. BEARING PLATES .foists, floor........................................................................................ 1705.3 (b) Joists, rafters ............................... ......................................................1707.l (c) Roofsigns................................................................................................2303.2 Partitions............................................................................................1706.5 (e) BEARING—SOIL CAPACITY.............................................................. 1302.2 BEARING WALLS—(See WALLS and PARTITIONS) BELT COURSES, projections......................................................... ..........2202.1 BLEACHERS, temporary seats.......................................................................503 BLOCKS—CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS _ Allowable compressive stresses.....................................................Table 4, 1403 Anchorage...............................................................................................1414.4 Bonding...................................................................................................1407.4 Bearing Partitions....................................................................................1405.2 Fire resistance ratings.............................I........ Tables 1, 2, 3, 5, in Appendix B Foundation walls.......................................................................................1302.5 Groutedmasonry.....................................................................................1410.1 Height......................................................................................................1414.5 Hurricane construction.................................................................. Appendix D Lateralsupport.............................................................................Table 5, 1405 Materials,.quality. . .......................................... ..1001.8 and 1402.4 Piers ...:.....:...:.....:....... ....:.............. ....... .......... .........................................1405.6 Weights of materials.................:.................................................... Appendix A BOARD OF ADJUSTMENTS AND APPEALS.......................................III BOILER Generalrequirements...................................................................................805 Travelto exit...........................................................................................1104.1 BOLTS—(See ANCHORAGE and ANCHORS) BOND--CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE AND BOND ...................... .... 106.2 BOND—MASONRY Facing and backing walls.........................................................................1407.1 Filled interior joints.................................................................................1410.3 General....................................................................................................1407.I Headers ...................................................................................................1407.2 Hollowwalls............................................................................................1407.6 Hollowmasonry units..............................................................................1407.4 Interior joints filled..................................................................................1410.3 Masonry, hollow units.............................................................................1407.4 Metalties.................................................................................................1407.3 Stone, ashlar, natural or cast...................................................................1407.5 Veneeredwalls........................................................................................... 1414 Walls and supports, masonry....................................... ........................1405.4 Copyright 0)1582 ITC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'I'eague on Mar 15,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ITC.No further reproduction or , 3 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ...AGREEMENT,AND-SUBIECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALPIESTHEREUN'DER: BOWLING ALLEYS Generalrequirements...................................... ........................................ 405.5 BRACING Adjoining existing buildings ....................................................................1301.2 Exterior stud walls........................................... .......................................1706.2 Masonrywalls, lateral...................................... ......................................... 1405 BRICK—Clay, concrete, etc. (See MASONRY CONSTRUCTION) Allowable stresses............................................ ......................................... 1403 Anchorage............ .................................................................................... I408 Bonding..................................................................................................... 1407 Chimney construction..................................................................................803 Fire brick flue lining................................................................................. 804.3 Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B. Fire resistance standards..........................................................................1001.3 Footings and foundations........................................................................1302.1 Foundationwalls.....................................................................................1302.5 Lateralsupport.......................................................................................... 1405 Masonry........................................................................................ Chapter XIV Materials ............................................................................................ .1402.1 Mortar, types, etc. .................................................................................1402.12 Parapetwalls............................................................................................. 1406 Veneered walls........................................................................................... 1414 Wallthickness............................................................................................ 1404 Weights of materials...................................................................... Appendix A BRIDGING Floor joists, wood....................... ........................................................1705.3(c) Roofjoists, wood.....................................................................................1707.3 BUILDINGS Allowable areas and heights.................................................Table 400, 403, 402 Changeof use........................................................................................... 109.1 Changes to building.....................................................................................302 Classified by construction................................. ..........................................601 Classified by occupancy...............................................................................40l Definition................................................................. . ........................... 201.2 Existing .........................................................................................201.2, 302.1 Located in more than one fire district..........................................................303 Maintenance............................................................................................. 101.5 Moving..................................................................................................... 302.3 Onthe same lot................................................. ..........................................610 Regulated by fire district.............................................................................. 301 Site........................................................................................................... 302.1 Temporary................_...............,.......................................................501, 2101 Tobe condemned ..................................................................................... 103.4 Tobe occupied, when............................................................................... 109.1 Unsafe ...................................................................................................... 103.4 BUILDING CODE Administration ...................................................................................Chapter i Remedial.................................................................................................. 101.2 - Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of rt distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ___.. .... __... _.._._ _..._.AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMTNAI.PENAT,TIF,STHERF,UNDF,R.. _..._._..... .... _..... ............. _....._ Requirements, not covered ....................................................................... 103.5 Scope................................................................................ ..................... 101.3 Validity. ............... . .................................................................. . .............. 115 Violations or penalties.............................................................. ................ 114 BUILDING OFFICIAL Administration ...................................................................................Chapter I �— Appoint deputy Appointinspectors.................................................................................... 102.2 Approve alternate materials, construction ............................................. ' 103.6 Charge of Building Department................................................................ 102.1 Moving building, to reject........................................................................2204.3 Powersand Duties....................................................................................... 103 Records .......................................................................................... 102.5, 107.3 Reports..................................................................................................... 103.8 Rightof entry........................................................................................... 103.1 Stopwork orders...................................................................................... 103.2 BUILDING PERMITS Actionon application............................................................................... 106.1 Allowable use of public property.................................................2101.1, 2101.2 Application........................... ... ... 105, 106 Changeof loading. .................................................................................... 1207 Conditions................................................................................................ 10&3 Demolition ............................................................................................... 107.4 Examinationof drawings.......................................................................... 105.6 Exceptions......................................................................... ............2301.3(b) Failureto obtain....................................................................................... 107.2 Fees........................................................................................ 107, Appendix K Form.................................................................................. 1U5.2 Foundation............................................................................................... 106.6 Issuedon affidavit .................................................................................... 106.5 Limitations............................................................................................... 105.5 Movingbuildings.................................................................................. 107.4 b Occupancy permit—changed loading......................................................... 1207 Permits........................................................................................................ 106 Revocation ............................................................................................... 103.3 Schedule of fees................................................................... 107.4, Appendix K Space under sidewalk...............................................................................2203.1 Spectacularsigns .....................................................................................2303.6 Streetlines................................................................................................ 105.7 Temporary................................................................................................... 504 Valuation.............................................................................................. . 107.5 C CAFES GroupA—Occupancy.................................................................................404 GroupB—Occupancy..................................................................................405 Rat-proofing. ...............................................................................Chapter XIX CAISSONPILES ......................................................................................... 1311 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or z distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _..... - _..AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECT'I'O-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL YINAL'i'IES THEREUNDER.... ................. ............._.. .................... . __........................._ _... CANOPIES On.exterior walls .................................................................. ...................710 Overpublic property..........................................................................I....... 2202 Servicestations......................................................................................... 405.4 CAST STONE Bonding...................................................................................................1407.5 Compressive stresses.................................................................................. 1403 Materials .................................................................................................1402.5 Mortartypes..........................................................................................1402.12 Veneeredwalls........................................................................................... 1414 CAVITY WALLS, (See WALLS) Masonry............................................................... 1404.2(g), 1406.3, 1401, 1405 Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 CEILINGS Acoustical systems............................................................................2901, 2962 Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix 13 Foamplastics............................................................................................ 704.4 Framing..................................................................................................... 1707 Minimumheight...................................................................................2001.1.1 Suspended plastic panels.................................................................... .... 2606 See definition of STORY................................................................... ... 201.2 CELLAR, (See BASEMENT) CEMENT Concrete, materials, mixes............................................................Chapter XVl Gypsum cement mortar ...........................................................................1405.3 Mortar materials....................................................................................1402.10 Mortartypes..........................................................................................1402.11 Plastering. ...................................................................................Chapter XVII Portland cement plaster............................................. ............................... 1809 CERAMIC TILE Installation & general ............................................................................1402.12 Materials .................................................................................................1402.3 Mortar, types and mix........................................................................... 1402.10 CERTIFICATE Existingbuildings..................................................................................... 109.4 Occupancy................................................................................................ 109.2 Temporary occupancy .............................................................................. 109.3 Whenrequired.......................................................................................... 109.1 `` 4 CHANGES TO BUILDINGS Alterations................................................................................................ 302.2 Existing ................................................................................................... 302.1 Moving..................................................................................................... 302.3 CHASES, Masonry......................................................................................1409.2 - , Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - _. _. .. ..... AGREEMENT,AND AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ............... ___. __. _.._ _._.. CHIMNEYS (see also STANDARD MECHANICAL CODE) Construction......................................................................................... 802.2 Crickets.. ................................................................................. .......... 802.2 Factory-Built Chimneys............................................................................ 802.4 Fireprotection.........................................................................................1703.1 Foundations ............................................................................................. 803.1 Raising adjoining chimneys ...................................................................... 802.3 Windloads .................................................................................. ............. 1205 CHURCHES Aislesand seating ...................................................................................404.14 Assembly, Group A—Occupancy ............................................................404.19 Constructiontype...............................................___...............................404(d) �- CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDINGS Construction classification...............................................................Chapter VI Fire district, permitted.............................................................................. 301.2 Occupancy, classification...................................... ..........................Chapter IV Types of construction ......................................................................Chapter VI CLAY TILE Bonding..................................................................................................... 1407 Fire resistance standards..........................................................................1001.4 Fire resistance ratings................................................................._Appendix B Materials.................................................................................................1402.3 Mortar, types &:mix................................................................ 1402.11, 1402.12 Roofs............................................................................................................ 706 Structuralfacing......................................................................................1402.3 Veneer.....................................................................................................14.02.8 Weight........................................................................................... Appendix A CLEARANCES Awnings, movable ...................................................................................2201.3 Fireplaceframing. ...................................................................................1708.1 Fireplacetrim..........................................................................................1708.2 Marqueeawnings.....................................................................................2201.2 Projection over sidewalks ............................................................2202.1, 2202.2 Sidingand earth ......................................................................................1702.7 Signs............................................................................ 2301.10, Chapter XXIII Unexcavatedspaces.................................................................................1702.2 COAL POCKETS Construction............................................................................................. 412.4 COLD STORAGE, (See Group 5 — STORAGE)................... ....412, 717.2 COLUMNS Basement posts, supported.......................................................................1702.5 Concrete................................................................ ..........Table 6, Appendix B Dowels.....................................................................................................1302.4 Steel, fire resistance ..........................................................Table 4, Appendix B Heavytimber...............................................................................................604 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar ts,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or r distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE .......... .. .. s ___AGI2EEIv1EN'I;AND SUBJEC I"TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL YENAZ17ES'I'HERHUNDEI2... _.... _.._.. .........._ __._.__... Maximum column loads, wood .......................:.............................Table 1706.4 Piers, masonry.........................................................................................1405..6 Protected steel ............. .. Table 4, Appendix B ..... . ....... ..:.. Standards, details, references, wood ............................................. 1700,1(e), (f) Steel, protected with concrete...........................................Table 4, Appendix B COMBUSTIBLE Definition, materials................................................................................. 201.2 Fibers ......................................................................................................407.10 Restrictions, interior use..............................................................................704 Special hazardous materials...................................................................... 407.5 COMMON, Property Line, Definition .......................................................... 201.2 COMPOSITE WALLS............................................................ 1403.4, 1404.2(i) CONCRETE, also (See REINFORCED CONCRETE) AggregateTable.................................................................................... 1602.2B Caissons........................... .......... ***........................"*"'*......................... 1304 Concrete Construction.................................................................. Chapter XVI Dowels...................................................................................",........*""*.1302.4 Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B Fire resistance standards..........................................................................1001.2 Footings, foundations................................................................................ 1302 Gypsum reinforced concrete ................................................I..................... 1412 Materials, masonry............................................... ....1.402 - Minimum strength............................................................... ..................... 1604 Minimum slab thickness............................................................................ 1603 Piles.........................................................................................................1303.3 Plastering on concrete..............................................................................1807.4 Water-Cement ratio....................................................................Table 1602.2A Weights of material........................................................................ Appendix A Working stresses, masonry......................................................................... 1403 CONCRETE, MASONRY, BLOCKS (See BLOCKS — CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS) CONSTRUCTION Aluminum...............................................................................Chapter XXVIII Concrete.......................................................................................Chapter X V I Fences............................................................................:.........................2101.3 Fire district, permitted.............................................................................. 301.2 Masonry.......................................................................................Chapter X1V Prefabricated...............................................................................Chapter XXV Stage........................................................................................................404.10 Steel................................................................................................Chapter XV Temporary .....501 Types of Construction.....................................................................Chapter Vl Walkways...................................................................................... __.....2101.3 Wood........ ...............................................................................Chapter XVII Use of public property..................................................................Chapter XXI ;f CONTINENTAL SEATING ...................................................................404.15 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _._....AGRhEMEN'I;AND SUBJEY'"I„I`OCIVIL AND CRIMINAL:PENALt'fES'I'HEREUNDHI2:. _.. ... _.... _... _.._. __. _. CONVALESCENT HOMES, Group I, Institutional ....................................409 COOLINGTOWERS ....................................................................................714 CORBELLING Chimney construction...........................................................................803.1(b) Foundation walls................................................................................ 1302.5(b) Masonry CORNICES Projection over public property...............................................................2202.1 CORRIDORS Arrangements..........................................................................................1103.1 Capacityof egress....................................................................... ...1105.3 Deadends................................................................................................1104.2 Enclosures ................................................................_................................ 1106 Fireresistance.................................................................__....._..._.. Table 700 Obstructions.............................................................................................. 1123 Special requirements................................................................................1104.3 When not an exit............................................................................. 1102(note) Widths......................................•..............................................................1104.3 COTTON (Loose) Wadding or Waste.............. _.. COVERED MALLS.........................I—,..........................................................507 COVERED WALKWAY .........505 COVERINGS Exterior—Plywood....................................................................Table 1705.6(c) Exteriorwalls ..........................................................................................1706.7 Interior ceilings and walls......................................................................... 704.3 Interiorfloors........................................................................................... 704.2 Roofs.................................. '.............'.. ........ ................................... ' 706 Sidewalk protection.................................................................................2101.3 CRAWL SPACE, ventilation ......................................................1302.5(e), 1702.8 Unusable................................................................................................... 608.5 CUPOLAS Typeof construction...................... .............................................................712 CURB LEVEL, definition............................................................................. 201.1 Allowableuse ................................ .........................................................2101.1 CURB MARKET, FARMERS Occupancy, Group B—Business...................................................................405 Floors and racks......................................................................................1902.3 Rat-proofing............................................................................................1902.3 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed b Bobb I ea e on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or j Y Y'� & P B P distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ; ........... .. ''r -_.__ _.._.. __ _._, .............._AGREEMENT,ANDSUBJEC,'I"I'O CIVIL ANDf,RIMiNAL PENALTIES'1'HEREUNllER. CURTAIN Fireproof, when not required, See "Stage, Non-Working"........................ 201.2 Proscenium..............................................................................................404.11 CURTAIN WALL Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Foundation walls.....................................................................................1302.5 Rat-proofing. ..........................................................................................1902.2 D DAMPERS—SHUTTERS FIRE ApprovedType........................................................................ .. 703.5 Motion picture projection booths............................................................404.12 Protection of horizontal and vertical openings shaftways and stairs .............................................................................. 703.6 Required................................................................................................... 701.I Stage ventilation......................................................................................404.10 Tests............................................................................................... 703.3, 703.4 DANCE HALLS--Group A, occupancy .........................................................404 x- DEAD LOADS—Definition.......................................................................... 1202. DECKS PublicParking. ........................................................................................ 412.7 Steel roof, fire protective requirements ............Appendix B DECORATIVE FEATURES Group A occupancy............................................................................. ..404.6 Projections.... .......................................................................................2202.1 DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................201 Exits. ................................. .........................................................Chapter X1 DeadLoads............................................................................................... 1202 Fire resistive construction.................................................................Chapter X Generaldefinitions.................................................................................... 201.2 Steelpiles........................................................................................... ...1303.2 Terms in concrete regulations.......................................................Chapter XV1 Terms in masonry regulations.................................................................... 1402 Types of construction ......................................................................Chapter VI DEFLECTION Farm buildings construction........................................................................ 504 Glass.......................................................................................................... 2704 Lumber............................................................................ Tables 1705.2, 1705.7 Plywood ........................................................................................Table 1705.6 Prefabricated construction....................................................................2504(b) Steel................................................................................................Chapter XV Trussed rafters................................................................................... 1707.2 (b) - Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.._.. ................ ____. __......AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES.THEREUNDER,_.. DEMOLITION Permit when required ..................................................................... 105.1, 106.1 Unsafebuildings....................................................................................... 103.4 DEPTH OF FOUNDATIONS Governed by soil conditions.....................................................................1302.2 Support of adjoining buildings and structures .........................................1301.2 DECISIONS--of the Board of Adjustments and Appeals............................ 113.2 DESIGN Aluminum construction......................... .................................Chapter XXVIII Approved by Building Official.................................................................. 105.6 Concrete construction.......... .............. .......................................Chapter XVI �---- Concentrated loads..................................................................................1203.4 Deadloads................................................................................................. 1202 Design loads, minimum................................................................. Chapter XII Exits and exit access........................................................................Chapter XI Fire protective requirements...........................................................Chapter VII Fire resistance standards................................... Chapter X - Footings and foundations.......................................................................... 1302 General.......................................................................................... Chapter XII Glassglazing. ...........................................................................Chapter XXV1I Liveloads.................................................................................. ............ 1203 Masonry construction.............................................:.....................Chapter XIV Prefabricated construction...........................................................Chapter XXV Plastics ..................................................: .................................. Chapter XXVI �.. Proscenium.curtains..............:.................................................................404.11 Retainingwall......................................... .................................................. 1301 Seismic ...................................................................................................... 1206 Special occupancy requirements ....................................................... Chapter V Steel construction...........................................................................Chapter XV Windloads ........................................................................ 1205 _.. Wood construction......................................................................Chapter XVII DIAPHRAGMS PIywood ................................:......................... Supplement A to Chapter XVII Gypsum board.................................... ..........................................Table 1808 Particleboard....................................................Supplement B to Chapter XVII DISPLAY SIGN —Definition...................................................................... 201.2 DOORS Approved type fire.................................................................................... 703.4 Bowling alleys pin finishing room............................................................. 405.5 Dry cleaning or similar high fire hazard occupancy.................................. 407.6 Elevatorenclosures................................................................................... 701.3 Exterior stairways......................................................................... 1114(c), 1127 Firedoors................................................................................................. 703.4 Fire separating. ........................................................................... ...............403 General....................................................................................................1 115.1 GroupI, Institutional ..............................................................................1104.1 Group A, Assembly and Churches......................................................404 1115 I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUB7ECT'TO CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL I'lNAliTIESTHEREUNDEA. .............. HighRise............ .................................................................................... 506.9 Horizontalexit... ..................................................................................... 1117 Motion picture projection booths................................ ...........................404.12 Openings in mixed occupancy separation ................................................. 703.8 Openings in stairways or shaftways...................................701.1(g), 703, 1106(f) Openings in walls and partitions..................................................... 703.1, 703.3 Panichardware........................................................................................1115.2 Physicallyhandicapped................................................................................ 508 Power operated..................................................................1115.3, Apendix.«L„ Project over public property....................................................................2201.1 Rated fire door assemblies........................................................................ 703.4 Rat-proof requirements .......................................................................1901.1(c) Revolving ...............................................................................................1115.4 Special doorway requirements.................................................................1115.5 Tests......................................................................................................... 703.4 DORMERWINDOWS...................................................................................708 DRAFT STOPPING ....................................................................... 705.2, 1703.2 DRAINAGE Buildingsite.............................................................................................1701.1 Roof............................................................................................................7.12 DRAWINGS Examination................. ........................................................................ 105.E Kepton site .................................................................................... . ...... 106.4 Plotdiagram............................................................................................. 105.4 Requiredfor permit.................................................................................. 105.3 DRESSING ROOMS—Group A, Occupancy Construction...................................................................................... Table 600 Exits............................................................................................I--.......... 1110 Fireprotection..................................................................... ...................404.10 Stairways...................................................................................::............1113.1 DRY CLEANING OR SIMILAR HIGH FIRE HAZARD OCCUPANCY Construction............................................................................................. 407.6 DRYING ROOMS....................................................... DRY STANDPIPES .......................................................................................902 ti DRYWALL ...................................................................................................1001.6 DUCTS Motion picture projection booths............................................................404.12 DUTIES Board of adjustments and appeals ............................................................... 111 Building Official .....Chapter 1 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or + distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .. ....'AGREEMENT,AND SUBjECI"S'OCIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES YHEREUNDER:... DWELLINGS Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Group B, Occupancy...................................................................................411 E E—EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCIES................................... 406 EARTH PRESSURE, Calculations............................................................1204.1 EGRESS, (See MEANS of EGRESS) Aisles.......................................................................................................404.14 Seating ...................................................................................................404.14 �— ELEVATORS Capacity ................................................................................. 1105.4, 2401.2(b) Construction............................................................................................2401.1 Enclosures ................................................................................................ 701.3 Exit, emergency.................................................................................2401.2 (d) Frames...................................................................................................... 608.1 Grain........................................................................................................ 407.7 Maintained................................................................................... ..........2401.1 Regulations for.......................................................................... Chapter XXIV Safetydevices ......................................................................................2401.2(c) Shafts, openings. in........................... ............................................... 2401.2(a) Shafts, (See.VERTICAL OPENIN.GS)........................................................ 701 EMERGENCY Controls, proscenium curtains.................................................................404.11 EgressOpenings............. ..................................... *..............................*. 1104.4 Lighting................................................................'. .................... .*** "...404.11 Revolvingdoors............................................................................... 1115.4(d) 2 ENCLOSURE Elevators......................................................................701.3, 1119(b), 2401.2(a) Escalators.............:..........................................................701.4, 1120, 2401.2(a) Exits.............................................................................................1106, 1112(b) Monumental stairs, exception.................................................................... 1107 Openings................................................................................................... 701.1 Projection booths ....................................................................................404.12 Ramps.............................................................................................. 1112, 1116 Shafts ................................................................................................... 701.1(e) Stairs......................................................................................................... 1106 Verticalopenings...................................................................................... 701.1 ENCLOSED WALKWAY..... ......................................................................505 t ENERGY CONSERVATION ..........................................................Appendix J ENGINEER Compute floor loads....... ..................................................................... 110.1(b) Namerequired on plans........................................................................ 105.6(b) Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _..... ...... ..........._ _..._. _. .............AGREEMENT,ANDSUBIF.CTTO"CTVTr AND"CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER_... .. i Supervision required................................................................................. 106.5 ENGINEERING REGULATIONS Aluminum ...............................................................................Chapter XXVIII Concrete....................................................................................... Chapter XVI Foundations .................................................................................Chapter XIII Glass.........................................................................................Chapter XXVII Hurricane requirements................................................................. Appendix D Loads............................................................................................. Chapter X I I Masonry.......................................................................................Chapter XIV Prefabricated Construction..........................................................Chapter XXV Signs.......................................................................................................... 2302 Steel................................................................................................Chapter XV Weights of building materials ........................................................ Appendix A Wood...........................................................................................Chapter XVII ERECTION Masonry..................................................................... 1409.9, 1410.4, 1414.8(b) Safeguards during construction ....................................................Chapter XXI Steel.................................................................................................. 1502; 1504 Wind.......................................................................................................... 1205 ESCALATORS.............................................................................. Chapter XXIV Capacity ..... ......1105.4 . ..... .............. ........................................... ... . . Enclosure{See VERTICAL OPENINGS)...............................................:701.4 Exit, used as...........:............................................................................ 1<t20:, Regulations for.......................................................................... Chapter XXIV EXHAUST (See VENTILATION) EXCAVATIONS Adjoining structures ................................................................................1301.2 Caissons..................................................................................................... 1304 Footings and foundations.......................................................................... 1302 Walkwaysover........................................................................................2101.4 EXISTING BUILDINGS -� Additions and alterations...................................................... 101.4, 109.4, 302.1 Adjoining buildings .................................................................................1301.2 Areas, allowable ..........................................................................................403 Demolition ....................................................................... 105.1, 106.1, 107.4(c) Entry, right of........................................................................................._ 103.1 Existing walls, use of.............................................................................1409.10 Exits................................................................................................... 110.1.1(d). Fire districts....................................................................................302.1, 302.2 Maintenance............ ...................... 101.5 Moving.....................................................107.4(b), 105.1, 302.3, 2204.2, 2204.3 Occupancy, certificate............................................................................... 109.4 Posting floor loads.............................................................................:...... 110.1 Rat-proof construction............................................................................1.901.1 Unsafe ...................................................................................................... 103.4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I II I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.__ ......... ............. .......... _..... _... ....._AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINALPENALTIES THF,RF,iINDER. EXITS (See MEANS OF EGRESS) Aisles.....................................................................404.14, 404.15, 404.19, 1111 Arrangements............................................................................................ 1103 Balconies, exterior and interior......................................................... 1108, 1109 Basements................................................................................................1115.2 Boiler, Incinerator, Furnace Rooms ........................................................1104.2 Capacity .................................................................................................... 1105 Continentalseating..................................................................................404.15 Definition.................................................................................................. 1102 Distanceof travel.....................................................................................1103.1 Doors, power operated............................................................................1115.3 Doorways.................................................................................................. 1115 Dressingrooms.......................................................................................... 1110 Egress.............-----.....................................................................Chapter XI Enclosures ................................................................................................. 1106 Escalators ...................................................Chapter XXI V, 701.4, 1105.4, 1120 Existingbuildings............................................................................... 1101.1(d) Exteriorbalconies...................................................................................... 1108 Firealarm.................................................................................................. 1124 Fireescapes............................................................................................... 1114 Foyer......................................................................................................... 11 I 1 Garages, public......................................................................................... 412.8 `-- Grade passageways.................................................................................... 1126 Hardware, panic......................................................................................1115.2 Horizontalexits.............................. .......................................................—. I117 Illumination............................................................................................... 1122 I nstitutional'.Occupa ncies. ..................................... ........................ 1104.1 �. ony. ...o.. ............................................................................ 1109 Interior balc Lights ..................................... ................ ........... ................................................... 1121, 1122 . . Monumental stairs................. ........ .......................................................... 1107 Obstructions.............................................................................................. 1123 Outlets........................................ ........................................................... 1112 Projectionbooths ....................................................................................404.12 Railings ...................................................................................................404.16 Ramps.............................................................................................. 1112, 1116 Revolvingdoors.......................................................................................1115.4 RoofAccess............................................................................................... 1118 Shafts ..........................................................................................................701 Signs.......................................................................................................... 1121 Smokeproof enclosure.............................................................................1104.6 _ Special requirements.................................................................................. 1104 Stage..............................................................................................404.10, 1110 ti Stairs................................................................................................ 1106, 1113 Tents........................................................................................................404.17 Unitsof widths........................................................................................1105.2 EXPLOSIVES,Storage of................................................................................407 EXPOSURE Glass.........................................................................................Chapter XXVII Hurricane requirements.................................................................Appendix D Public Property ...........................................................................Chapter XXII Safeguards during construction ..................Chapter XXII Signs.......................................................................................................... 2302 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar ts,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE F . .... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT"TOCIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. -- - - ---- -- Wind.......................................................................................................... 1205 EXTERIOR OPENINGS Doors (See DOORS) Ducts........................................................................................................ 703.3 Exits................................................................................................Chapter XI Fire protection.................................................................................Chapter V I Framing, wood........................................................................................1706.3 Glass........................"*"**"***.....................................................Chapter XXVII Horizontalexits......................................................................................... 1117 Protectionof............................................................................................. 703.1 Shutters.................................................................................................... 703.4 Special requirements................................................. ............... 103.5, l l 15.5 EXTERIOR WALLS (See WALLS) F F—FACTORY-INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES......................................408 FACED WALLS (See WALLS) FARM BUILDINGS—Special Occupancy...................................................... 504 FALLOUT SHELTERS FARMERS MARKET Group B—Business occupancy ....................................................................405 Ratproofing............................................................................................1902.3 FASTENINGS Adhesives.................................................................................................1414.8 Aluminum ...............................................................................Chapter XXVIII Anchors (See ANCHORAGE — ANCHORS) Awnings..................................................................................................... 2201 Backing, Plaster.......................................................................................1806.5 Bolts, general..........................................................Chapter XV, Chapter XVI1 Bolts, high strength. .......................................................................Chapter XV Bonding, masonry.......................................................................... 1407, 1410.3 Ceilings, suspended........................................................................... 1805, 2902 Concrete.......................................................................................Chapter XVI Dowels, Foundation................................................................................1302.4 Glass.........................................................................................Chapter XXVII Glassblock..............................................................................................1413.3 Hosethreads............................................................................................. 901.5 `. Hurricane requirements.................................................................Appendix D Joist anchors, wood............................................................................ 1705.3(g) Lath.........................................................................................................1001.7 Locks............................ ...................................................... . .......4.,1115.1(i) Marquees..................................................................................... ........2201.2 Masonry.................................................................................................... 1408 Panichardware........................................................................................1115.2 I 1 1 1 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE . ................................. _.. .AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES-THERFUNDER�:...... ........ .. __- Partitions, wood................................................................................. 1706.5(d) Particleboard diaphragms......................................Supplement B to Chapter II Plywood diaphragms......................................Supplement to A, Chapter XVII ,Plywood, exterior wails .............................................................Table 1705.6(c) '.Plastics ..................................................... ................................ Chapter XXVI Seats......................................................... ..............................................404.14 Signs......................................................... .......................................2302, 2303 Sills, wood...............................................................................................1705.1 Skylights, Group H................................... ..................................................407 Steel.......................................................... .....................................Chapter XV TypeIII.................................................... ............................................... 604.1 Veneeredwalls.......................................... ................................................ 1414 Welding..................................................................................................... 1505 Wood...........................................................................................Chapter XVII Wood anchorage..............................................................1704.2, 1705.8, 1707.6 Woodfastenings........................................................................................ 1704 Woodshingles.......................................................................................... 706.6 FEES, also (See BUILDING PERMITS) Appeals....................................................................... ............................. 112.1 Permit....................................................................................................... 105.1 Schedule of fees................................................................... 107.4, Appendix K Doubled........................................................................... .................... 107.2(b) FENCES Construction safeguards...........................................................................2101.3 Height..........................................._............,................................................ 304.2 Temporarystructures...................................................................................501 FILLING STATIONS (see AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE STATIONS) FILM Firehazard ............................................................................................... 407.9 Handling. ........ ........................................................................................ 407.9 Projectionbooths ....................................................................................404.12 FINES (See VIOLATIONS) Permitfees.............................. ....................................... ................... 105.1(d) FIRE Alarmsystem...................................................................................506.3, 1124 Districts...........................................................................................Chapter III Dampers................................................................................................... 703.3 Doors (See DOORS) Escapes...................................................................................................... 1114 Exceptions in fire district.............................................................................304 Exits................................................................................. ..... .....Chapter XI Fireplaces ....................................................................................................804 Fire stopping................................................................................... 705; 1703.1 Fire walls (See WALLS) Protection exceptions ..................................................................................608 Protection requirements..........................................................1703, Chapter VI Ratings of material & assemblies....................................................Appendix B i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I l distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _....._......_... __. _....... __.AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJEC"f TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:. Sprinklers & Standpipes..................................................................Chapter IX FIRE DISTRICT Establishment-of.................. Appendix'G, 301.1 Exceptionsin...............................................................................................304 General requirements.............................................. ......................Chapter III Types of construction permitted ............................................................... 301.2 FIRE PLACES Factory-Built Fireplaces ........................................................................... 804.1 Factory-Built Fireplace Stove................................................................... 804.2 MasonryFireplaces .................................................................................. 804.3 FalseFireplaces........................................................................................ 804.4 FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS Assemblies......................................................................................Appendix B Calculated.......................................................................................Appendix P Construction....................................................................................Chapter VI Materials ..................................................................... Chapter X, Appendix B Separation of occupancies ...........................................................................403 Standards and references.................................................................. Chapter X Requirements for walls, partitions and doors..................................... Table 700 FIRE RESISTIVE STANDARDS ...................................................Chapter. X Brick........................................................................................................1001.3 Concrete..................................................................................................1001.2 Construction types...........................................................................Chapter Vl< Exits (See MEANS of EGRESS) Fire districts.....................................................................................Chapter III Fire protection requirements................................................. 1703, Chapter VI1 Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B Heating.........................................................................................Chapter Vlll - Materials..........................................................................................Chapter X Occupancy, hazardous.............. ......................................................Chapter IV Occupancy, types.............................................................................Chapter IV FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD Definitions................................................................................................ 201.2 Type I, II and IV Construction............................................Table 600, Note (f) -, Partition requirements............................................................... .. 702.2 FLAGPOLE ....................................................................................................713 FLAMMABLES, (See STORAGE of FLAMMABLES) FLASHING GlassVeneer............................................................................................1414.6 Parapetwall............................................................................................... 1406 Ratproof.............. p.........................................................................Chapter X[X Roof................................................................................................... 1707.9(b) E Sanitation.................................................................................................. 2002 FLOOD PLAIN CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS ...............Appendix M Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .. ......... .................. ...AGREEMENT-;AND SUBJECT TO CNZI.AND CRIIuGI-NAL-PENALTIES-T-HEREUNDER.... .............. FLOOR Area......................................................... ............................................402, 403 Anchorage (See FASTENINGS) Anchors (See ANCHORAGE—ANCHORS) Drainage.................................................. ..............................................2201.6 Finish ....................................................... .............................................. 704.2 Fire resistance.................................................................................Appendix B Floorarea, definition................................................................................ 201.2 Framing................................................... ................................................. 1705 Joists ....................................................... ...............................................1705.3 Loads........................................................ ........110, Chapter XII, Appendix A Plywood .................................................. ...................................Chapter XVII Postingloads............................................................................................... 110 Ratproofing..................................................................................Chapter XIX Signs............................................................................................................ 110 Trapdoor, stage......................................................................................404.10 Weights.......................................................................................... Appendix A FOAM PLASTICS Exteriorwalls ........................................................................................... 608.3 Requirements. ............................................................................................. 717 FORMS Concrete.......................................................................................Chapter XVI Permit....................................................................................................... 105.2 Wood........................._..................................................................Chapter XVII FOOTING (See FOUNDATIONS) FOUNDATIONS Basement.wall loads................................................................................... 1204 Caissons..................................................................................................... 1304 Chimney, and fireplace.........................................................................802, 804 Concrete........................................................................... 1302.1, Chapter XVI Design ..........................................................................................Chapter X111 Dowels.....................................................................................................1302.4 Earth, weights................................................................................ Appendix A Excavation............................................................................ 1301, Appendix A Excavations, weights................. ................................................. Appendix A y_ Hurricane construction.................................................................. Appenidx D Inspection.................................................................................................... 108 Openings...............................................................................:..................1901.1 Permits.................................................................. ...........................**** 106.6 Piers .................................... ..................... ..............................................1701.3 Piles........................................................................................................... 1303 Ratproofing..................................................................................Chapter XIX Soilbearing ........................ ...................................................................1302.2 Steelgrillage.............................................................................. ............1302.1 Ventilation................................... ...........................................................1302.5 Walls ...................................................................................... 1302.5, 1901.1(b) Wood and timber................................ .........................1302.6, 1302.7, 1702.1 a i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.. __.. _.._.. AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. .. _._. _.._... .. _.... _..___. ...... FRAMING Aluminum .......... ............................................................... ....Chapter XXVIII Ceilings..... ...........................................................1707, 1805, Chapter XXIX Chimney & Fireplace................................................................................. 1709 Concrete.......................................................................................Chapter XVI Masonry.......................................................................................Chapter XIV Plywood ............. ........................................................................Chapter XVII Ratproof............. .........................................................................Chapter XIX Roof................... ...................................................................................... 1707 Steel.................... ...........................................................................Chapter XV Vertical............... ...................................................................................... 1706 Wood...........................................................................................Chapter XVII FREEZING Concrete.................................................................................................... 1602 Masonry...:..............................................................................................1409.7 FREIGHTDEPOT .........................................................................................409 FURNACE & BOILER ROOM ....................................................................806 FURRING Metal......................................................................................................... 1805 Wood...........................................................................................Chapter XVII G GALLERY — GALLERIES Aisles and seating ............................................................................. ..404.14 - Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Meansof egress......................................................................................... :1109 Railings ...................................................................................................404.14 GALVANIZED IRON Rat-proofing................................................................................1901.1, 1902.2 Roofing....... .......... .......... **"*..... ..... ........... . *...... ***...... ..... ..........706.3, 706.4 Siding ................................................................................................. 1706.7(i) GARAGES Definitions................................................................................................ 201.2 Openparking............................................................................................ 412.7 Private...................................................................................................... 412.6 Public, and Group H, occupancy....................................................412.7, 412.8 Separations..................................................................................................403 Sprinklers................................................................................................. 901.7 . Storageof Flammables............................................................................. 407.5 GAS (See STANDARD GAS CODE) GASOLINE'SERVICE STATION (See AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE STATIONS) I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC`I"TOY;IVSL AND CRIMINAL YENALtIES'1'HEItEUNDEf2:..... . ... ................. __ _..._. ___ ____. _. ... GIRDERS Concrete.................................................... ... ...........................Chapter XVI Loadsreduced ........................................... .........................................1203.1 (e) Fire protection of concrete, steel or wood girders...........................Appendix B Fire protective requirements.............................................................. Table 600 Steel........................................................... ....................................Chapter XV Wood.... .................................................. .................................Chapter XVII GLASS Anchors...................................................... .............................................. 1413 Blockmasonry............................................ .............................................. 1413 Blockpanels .............................................................................................. 1413 Demensional tolerances.............................. .............................................. 2702 Exitdoors................................................... ............................................. 1106 Glazing....................................................... .....................................2703, 2704 Impactloads.............................................................................................. 2703 Jalousies.................................................................................................... 2702 Labelingand identity................................................................................. 2701 Maximumareas......................................................................................... 2703 Minimumthickness ................................................................................... 2703 _ Regulations...............................................................................Chapter XXVII Sheet glass requirements...........................................................Chapter XXVII Y Sidewalk lights.........................................................................................2203.2 Supports.................................................................................................... 2704 Veneer.............................................................................. 1414.10 thru 1414.16 Wind loads .................................................................. 1205, 2703.3, Table 2707 Windows, wired:glass: ................................ ......................................703.2(d) GRADE Brick. ....................................................................................................1402.1 Ceramictile ..........................................................................................1402.13 Concrete..................................................................................................1001.2 Definitions................................................................................................ 201.2 Depth of footings and foundations below................................................1302.1 Excavationbelow curb ............................................................................1301.2 Marked lumber................................................................................... 1700.3(a) Markedplywood .................................................................. .............1700.3(c) Structural clay tile ...................................................................................1402.2 GRAIN ELEVATORS............................................................. GRANDSTANDS...........................................................................................503 GREENHOUSE GroupB, Occupancy ............................................................................404, 502 __. GROUP OCCUPANCY A---Assembly...............................................................................................404 B—Business.................................................................................................405 E—Educational ............... ................................................ ............406 H—Hazardous.............................................................................................407 F—Factory—Industrial...............................................................................408 .Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:DO PM rsuant to license reernent with CC.No I disttribution authorized.ANRIGHTS UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATIONuOF THE FEDERAIgCOPYRIGHTIACT AND THEE LICENSEion or h _...._ _._... .......__._ - .... ..._._AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVILAND CRIMINAL PENAI.TTES THEREUNDER:..... .............. ._. ............. .... .... ................ ..._.. I—Institutional............................................................................................409 M--Mercantile............................................................................................410 R--Residential ............................................................................................411 S—Storage ..................................................................................................412 GROUNDING METAL VENEER...................................................... 1414.9(c) GROUT MASONRY Bond........................................................... *..........................................1410.3 Construction requirements.......................................................................1410.4 Material.................................................................................................1402.11 Plain, grouted........................................................................................_1410.1 Type, grout and mortar...........................................................................1410.2 GUARDRAILS —HANDRAILS .....................................1108, 1113.5, 1204.2 GUTTERS —When to be kept free of obstructions ................................2101.1(b) GUTTERLEADERS......................................................................................711 GYMNASIUMS GroupOccupancy........................................................................................404 Egress capacity requirements...................................................................1105.1 Liveloads............................................................................................ 1203.1(a) _. Runningtracks.........................................................................................404.5 GYPSUM Blocks........__.........................................................................................1462.9 . . Concrete.................................................................................................... 1412 r Fire protection requirements....................... .........702 Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B _. Fire resistance standards..............................................................1001.5, 1001.6 Masonry units................................................................... 1402.9, 1405.3 (b) (c) Mortar.............................................................................................. 1402.11 (1) Plaster application......................................-.................................... 1803, 1804 PlasterLath...................................................................................... 1803, 1804 PlasterMix. ................ _ .......................................................................... 1802 Poured............................................................................................... 100 1.5 (b) Sheathing .1001.6, 1706.2 Wallboard.......................... ...................................................................1001.6 Weights of material........................................................................ Appendix A H H—HAZARDOUS OCCUPANCIES .........................................................407 HABITABLE ROOM Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Minimum requirements ...........................................................................2001.1 HALLS Assembly.....................................................................................................404 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE a __.__ ____. _._._. ..............AGREEMENT=AND SUBJECT TO CIVILAND-CRI�MINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER,_... .... ... _... _.___.. Dance...................................................................................................... ...404 Egress capacity requirements................................................................... . 1105 Recreation............................................................................................... ...403 HANDRAILS Exteriorbalconies...................................................................................... 1108 Horizontal thrust design..........................................................................1204.2 Projection in stairways.............................................................................1113.6 Ramps..................................................................................................... . 1116 Stairways.................................................................................................1113.5 Temporary walkways...............................................................................2101.3 HANGARS—JOIST ................................................................... 1703.3, 1705.4 HAYSTORAGE .......................................................................................407.11 HAZARDOUS OCCUPANCIES ................................................................407 Special hazardous materials...................................................................... 407.5 HEADERS Floorjoist.......................................................................................... 1705.3 (d) �- Framing around openings........................................................................1705.4 Masonry bonding........................................................................1407.2, 1410.3 Openings in exterior walls............................................................ 1706.3 (b), (c) Openings in interior bearing.partitions .............................................. 1706.5 (d) Openings in interior,nonrb.earing partitions....................................... 1706:6 (b) HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION (See TYPE III .CONSTRUCTION)........................................................................................604 HEIGHT AND AREAS.......................................................................Table 400 Affect Stairways........................................`............................... 1106, 1113 Affect Windloads............................................................... Area modifications ............................. .. 402.3 Assembly Occupancy Area Modifications.................................. 402.3 (d) Awnings .................................................................................2201.2, 2201.3 Definition.............................................................................................. 201.2 Handrails or railings................................................... 1108, 1113.5, 2101.3 Height modifications........................................................................... 402.2 Masonry walls (See WALLS) Marquees and canopies..................................................................... 2201.2 Occupancy groups .............................................................404 through 412 Parapetwalls.............................................................................. 701.1, 1406 Permanent projection over property line............................2201, 2301.10 Raising adjoining chimneys and vents ....... 802.3 Restrictions...............................................................................................402 Signs.............................................. ........ 2301.10, 2303.1, 2303.2, 2303.5 Towers spires, cupolas, aerial supports, poles, etc. 713 Type of construction 1, 1I, I11, IV, V and VI..........................Chapter VI HIGH RISE BUILDINGS .............................................................................506 Copyright 01982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2oi6 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE ........... ....... ... -_._... __..._...........AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVII AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER...... ............... - _.... _._.. - - HISTORIC BUILDINGS ........................................................................... 101.5 HOLLOW MASONRY Bonding...................................................................................................1407.4 Claytile...................................................................................................1402.2 Concreteblock.........................................................................................1402.4 Units........................................................................................................1402.4 Walls, thickness......................................................................................... 1404 Walls, working stresses.............................................................................. 1403 HOMES—For Aged---Group I, occuapncy ......................................................409 HORIZONTAL EXITS Definition.................................................................................................. 1102 Doors ............................................................................................. 11 17 (c), (g) Sign....................................................................... ................................... 1121 Width ........................................................................................................ 1117 HOSE Threads..................................................................................................... 901.5 Wetstandpipes .....................:................................................................... 902.1 HOSPITALS Ceiling and interior wall finishes...................................... .... 704 Egress Capacity requirements........................ ........................................... 11.05 Elevatorenclosures................................................................................... 701.3 Exits.............................................................................................. 1.103.2, 1112 Exitdoors.................................................................................................. 1115 Exitenclosures..................................................—................... 1106 Exitlights......................................................................................... 1121, 1122 Exit maximum distance of travel............................................................... 1103 Exit obstructions ....................................................................................... 1123 Firealarm.................................................................................................. 1124 Group I, Institutional occupancy..........................................................409, 509 Handling and storage of cellulose nitrate film.............................. Heights and areas, type of construction permitted............................. Table 400 Horizontalexits......................................................................................... 1117 Main entrance doorways, revolving doors permitted .............1115.4(e) Minimum design loads................................................................... Chapter XI1 Mixed occupancy separation .......................................................................403 Partition requirements.......................................................... 702.2, Table 700 Protection of vertical openings ................................................................. 701.1 Special exit requirements.................................................. ...................1104.1 Sprinklers................................................................................................. .901 Stairway construction................................................................................ 1113 Stairway and exit enclosures..................................................................... 701.1 Standpipe ....................................................................................................902 Supplement lighting system .............. 1121 {d) .................................................... Type.of construction..... ..... ... 601 through 607 Vertical separation of openings................................................................. 703.1 HOTELS, Group R, Occupancy.......................................................................411 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __.._. ... ........ ................. ...... ...........RGREF,MENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PEN.ALTIF,3 THEREUNDER:--- _. - - HOUSE LODGING — Group R, Occupancy............................................411 HURRICANE REQUIREMENTS Anchors......................................................................................... Appendix D Windloads ................................................................................................. 1205 I —INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY.................................................409, 510 ICE PLANTS, Group S, Occupancy................................................................412 IDENTIFICATION OF SIGNS-..............................................................2301.4 ILLUMINATION OF EXITS Aisles and seating ............................................... ...................................404.14 Exits.......................................................................................................... 1124 INDOOR PROJECTION BOOTHS................... ...................................404.12 INNER COURT, definition............. ............................................................ 201.2 INSANE ASYLUMS, Group [,.Occupancy ....................................................409 INSPECTIONS. ......................................_..................................................... 108 INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY Definition............................................................................. ............ 201.2 Exits............................................................................................................510 Group1, Occupancy....................................................................................409 INSULATING Exteriorwalls ....................................................... .................................... 1706 Floors, etc....................................................................................__... . ..... 704 Roofs.......................................................................................................1707.4 INTERIOR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ..............................................704 INTERIOR FINISHES Ceilings........................................ ............................................................ 704.5 Decorations.............................................................................................. 404.6 Floorcovering.......................................................................................... 704.7 Floorfinish........... ................................................................................... 704.6 Walls ........................................................................................................ 704.3 INTERIOR LOT LINES, definition............................................................ 201.2 INTERIOR PARTITIONS,-(See WALLS) A INTERIOR PLASTERING, (See PLASTERING) I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authoried.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.._..... .............. ... ........ ...........AGREEMENT,AND SUBTHCTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER:....... ................ _...... ..._... __. INTERIOR STAIRWAY, (See STAIRWAYS) J JAILS, Group 1, Institutional............................................................................409 JALOUSIES, Impact-Wind Loads ................................................................ 2705 JOISTS Anchorage...............................................................................................1705.8 Bridging..............................................................................................1705.3 (c) Ceilingframing.......................................................................................... 1707 Concrete.......................................................................................Chapter XV I Crawlspaces............................................................................................1702.2 Decayresistance ......................................................................................1702.2 Fastenings.................................................................................................. 1704 Firecuts...................................................................................................1703.3 Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B Firestopping ..........................................................................................1703.1 Fireplaceframing. ..................................................................................... '1708 Floorframing ........................................................................................... 1705 Pressuretreated.......................................................................................1702.2 SpanTables.............................................................................................1705.3 Steel.. ...................................................................................................... 1504 L LACQUERS, Group H—Hazardous Occupancy.............................................407 4 LAMINATED, materials, construction Floors........................................................................... ...............604.5 Note2 Plywood ..................................................................................................1700.1 Timber.....................................................................................................1700.3 LANDING OF STAIRS........................................................................... 1113.4 LATERAL BRACING --�. Exterior stud walls...................................................................................1706.2 Masonrywalls ........................................................................................... 1405 LATH (See PLASTERING and LATHING Lathing and Plastering. ............................................................. Chapter XVIII Fiberlath.......................................................................................... 1803, 1804 Fire resistance materials....................................................................Chapter X Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B Gypsumlath..................................................................................... 1803, 1804. Interior...................................................................................................... 1803 Materials............................................ ................................................... 1802 Metal and wire lath (See METAL or WIRE LATH) Scope......................................................................................................... 1801 Woodlath.................................................................................................. 1803 - , Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of 1 11 1 distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE { _. _.. ... ................ ................ .. ............ ............AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER:.__ LEADERS AND GUTTERS.........................................................................711 LIABILITY, employees......................................... .......................... ...... 103.7 LIBRARIES, Group A---Assemblies.................... ...................................... ...404 LICENSE, required..................................................................................... 106.2 LIGHT, Illumination Assembly, place...................................................................................... ....404 Alcoves....................................................................................................2001.2 Exitlights............................................................................................... .. 1121 Groundsigns ...........................................................................................2303.1 Illuminationof exits ............................................................................... . 1122 Light, ventilation & sanitation....................................................... Chapter XX Movingbuildings............................ ...................................................1-2204.6 :. Red lights required ..................................................................................2101.8 Schooland classrooms...........................................................................1.2001.4 Spectacular signs.....................................................................................2301.2 Theatres.................................................................................................. ....404 Walkwaylights..................................................................................... .2101.8 Window requirements.......................................... ...................................2001.1 Plastic---light diffusing. ............................................................................. 2607 Plastic—light transmitting ........................................................................ 2606 LIME Fire resistance.ratings......................................................................Appendix B Interior plastering....................................................................................... 1803 Masonry.......................................................... .......................... Chapter XIV Materials; masonry....................................:............................................... 1402 Mortar....................................................................................................... 1402 Plastering materials ................................................................................... 1802 Weights of materials...................................................................... Appendix A LINTEL Definition................................................................................................. 201.1 Fireprotection.......................................................................................... 608.2 Masonry arches and lintels .......................................................................1409.6 Truss lintels, span table..................................................................Table 1706.3 LIQUIDS Flammable, explosive, Group H, hazardous occupancy...............................407 LOADS, DEAD....................................................................................... .. 1202 LOADS, DESIGN ............................................................................ Chapter XII LOADS, LIVE Concentrated...................... ............................................................ 1203.I(d) Cranes .....................................................................................................1203.4 Floor loads, occupancy....................................................................... 1203.1(a) Footings ..................................................................................................1302.3 i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE . ._, ................ ..__.._. ____........._. -_...AGRF,EMF,NT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CR[MINAZr PENriZ,TIF,STH�F.RF,UNDER.............. ... - __.._ - - __.._. Itemsnot covered ............................................................................... 1203.1(b) Marquees.................................................................................................2201.2 Occupancyloads........................................................................................ 1203 Postingloads............................................................................................... 110 Reduction of loads...............................................................................1203.1(e) Restrictions.......................................................................................... 1203.1(f) Roof........................................................................................................1203.2 Sidewalks........................... ....................................................................1203.3 Soil...........................................................................................................302.3 Tests........................................................................................................1203.5 LOADS, FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS........................................ 1302 LOADS, INTERIOR WALL............................... ...............1204.4 LOADS, MASONRY CONCENTRATED .............................................1403.6 LOADS, PILES .....................................1304 LOADS PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTION .....2502 LOADS, RAILINGS...................................................................................1204.2 LOADS, SOIL PRESSURES ON WALLS............................................1204.1 LOADS, SPECIAL......'.... ............................................................................ .1204 LOADS, WEIGHTS OF MATERIALS .......... Appendix A LOADS, GLASS Impactloads.........................................................................2703.1, Table 2706 Jalousies.................................................................................................... 2705 Resistance to wind............................................................................Table 2707 Windloads ...................................................................................2703.2, Chart LOADS, WIND .................................................................................... 1205, 1206 LOT, Lot Lines Definitionof lot........................................................................................ 201.2 Interior Lot Line, definition...................................................................... 201.2 M M—MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY ............................................................410 MALLS .............................................. ..507 MANUFACTURING PLANTS, Group 1~, Occupancy MARQUEES AND CANOPIES Construction requirements.......................................................................2201.5 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE .......... __._. _._.. __._. _.. .. _...AGREEMENT,AND SUBJEC'L.TO-CIVIL-AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEST'HEREUN'DER:._ _. . _...... _._... Details, regulations..................................... ............................................2201.2 Drainage, water.......................................... ...........................................2201.6 Use of public property................................ ...............................Chapter XXII MASONRY CHIMNEYS ........803 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION Aggregate................................................... ..........................................1402.11 Ashlar......................................................... ............................................1407.5 Bond........................................................... ............................................. 1407 Brick........................................................... ...........................................1402.1 Ceramic...................................................... ............................................1402.3 Ceramic veneer........................................... ...........................................1402.7 Chases........................................................ ............................................1409.2 Clayor shale units.......---......................................................................1402.1 Corbeling. ...............................................................................................1409.5 Concrete, plain ........................................................................................1402.5 Construction, rat proofing.......................................................................1902.1 Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Erection, general........................................................................................ 1405 Fire resistance materials....................................................................Chapter X Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B Glazedunits.............................................................................................1402.3 Glassblocks............................................................................................... 14.13 Grout, plain............................................................................................... 1410 Mortar............................-.........................................................1402.11, 1410.2 Gypsum........... .................... ......... ............... .... .................. ........1402.8 Hollowunits............................................................................................... 1402 Lateralsupport......................................................... ................................ 1405 Materials ................................................................................................... 1402 Materials, quality, design..............................................................Chapter XIV Ordinary masonry construction...................................................................606 Piers ........................................................................................................1405.6 Protection against treezing. .....................................................................1409.7 Reinforced................................................... ............................................. 1411 Rubblestone............................................................................................1407.5 Terracotta...............................................................................................1402.7 Testsrequired............................................................................................ 1401 Stone.......................................................................................................1402.6 Veneeredwalls........................................................................................... 1414 Wallthickness............................................................................................ 1404 Working stresses........................................................................................ 1403 MEANS OF EGRESS (See EXITS) Aisles........................................................................................ .... 404.14, 1111 Arrangement of exits........o........................................................................ 1103 Balconies, exterior. ................................................................................... 1108 Balconies, interior...................................................................................... 1109 Basement, stairs.......................................................................................1113.2 Capacityof exits............................................................................ 1105, 1105.3 Churches....................................................... ..........................................404.19 Corridors.................................................................................................1104.4 Definition.................................................................................................. 1102 Distanceof travel.....................................................................................1103.1 � Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by }'Bobb Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License A reement with ICC.No further reproduction or' s s p 3 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ....... __... ..._._ .......... ... i AGREFMFNT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTrESTHEREUNDER. .............. .. _...... ................ ......._. .. .................. _.... _.._. Door................... ...................................................................................... 1115 Doors, revolving, power ..............................................................1115.3, 1115.4 Elevators..... ............................................................................................ 1119 Enclosure of exits ...................................................................................... 1106 Escalators........... .............................................................. .......... 1105.4, 1120 Exteriorstairs......................................................... ......................... ..... 1127 FireAlarms ........ ............................................................................506.3, 1124 Fireescapes ........ ............................................................... .................... 1114 Foyer.................. .......................................................................................:1.111 General provisions..................................................................................... 1101 Hardware, panic. ....................................................................................1 115.2 Horizontalexits......................................................................................... 1117 Illumination............................................................................................... 1122 Inclinedtravel..........................................................................................1105.3 Leveltravel.......................................................................... ................1105.3 Monumental stairs..................................................................................... 1107 Numberof exits................................................................... ...................1103.2 Number of persons ..................................................................................1105.1 Outlets, exits.............................................................................................. 1112 Ramps....................................................................................................... 1116 Roofaccess................................................................................................ 1118 Signs.......................................................................................................... 1121 Stage, dressing rooms................................................................................ 1110 Stairway, construction............................................................................... 1113 Unitsof widths ........... ..........................................................................1105.2 MEASUREMENT OF HEIGHTS a Allowable heights of types of construction......................................... Table 400 Definitionof height .................................................................................. 201.2 Modification........................................ .................................................... 402.2 Story.................... .................................................................................... 201.2 MERCANTILE, Group M, Occupancy Sprinkler system required......................................................................... 901.8 METAL Aluminum...............................................................................Chapter XXVIII Anchors (See ANCHORAGE—ANCHORS) Chimneys.....................................................................................................802 Doors ....................................................................................................... 703.4 Ducts (See DUCTS) Fireescapes ............................................................................................... 1114 Hangers—Lathing, Plastering. ............................................. .................... 1803 Lath (See METAL or WIRE LATH) Rat proofing....................... .............................................. .......Chapter X1X Roof covering..............................................................301.3 (d), 706, 1706.7 (i) Shutters................................................................................ .........703.4, 703.5 Skylights......................................................................................................70.7 Smokestacks, metal .....................................................................................804 .Suspended ceilings...................................... .............................. Chapter XXIX Termite protection................................................................ ........ ....1702.12 Wallveneer..............................................................................................1414.9 Windowframes......................................................................................... 703.4 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i _.___ ....... ........... ... i AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECT"I'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER..__. __._._ __ _. ... ..... .. .............. ..........._ __... METAL FRAME BUILDINGS (See TYPE IV, CONSTRUCTION) Prefabricated construction...... ....................................................Chapter XXV METAL OR WIRE LATH Exterior, lathing-plastering........................................................................ 1804 Fire resistance materials........... ...............................................................1001.7 Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B Interior, lathing-plastering......................................................................... 1803 Lathing, interior plastering...... ................................................................. 1803 Lathing, and plastering.............................................................. Chapter XVIII Materials ................................................................................................... 1802 Weights.......................................................................................... Appendix A METAL VENEERS...............,.... ................................................................1414.9 MEZZANINE, MEZZANINE FLOOR Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Not a story, unless................................................................................ 402.2(c) MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS............................................................hapter X1I .MIXES Concrete.......................................................................................Chapter X VI. Masonrymortars....................................................................................1402.12 Plastering......:._....................:.........:.......:..............:..................................... 1802 MIXED CONSTRUCTION Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Mixed types of construction ......................................... 609 MIXED OCCUPANCIES..............................................................................403 MOBILE HOME TIE DOWN STANDARDS..............................Appendix H MONASTERIES, Group R, Occupancies .......................................................411 MONITORS, ROOF Glass.........................................................................................Chapter XXVII Plastic, panels for light.......................................................... .................. 2606 Scope, plastic..................................................................................... 2601.1 (b) MONUMENTAL STAIRS..................................... . 1107 MORTAR Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B Fire resistance standards..............................................................1001.3, 1001.4 Glassblock..............................................................................................1413.4 Grout and mortar....................................................................................1410.2 Materials ............................................. .................................................1402.11 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .......... ........... ..... .._ .... ..............- _......-AGREEMENT,ANb SUB)ECI TO CAVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.._- Piers ........................................................................................................1405.6 Typesof mortar................................................................ . ..................1402.12 Typesrequired.......................................................................................1402.11 Veneering. ...............................................................................................1414.8 Weights.......................................................................................... Appendix A MOTELS, Group R, Occupancy........................................................................411 Standpipesrequired.................................................................................. 902.3 MOTION PICTURE THEATRE Group A, Public Assembly occupancy.........................................................404 Aislesand seating...................................... ..................................... .......404.14 Exits................................................................................................Chapter XI Generalrequirements...................................................................................404 Interiorfinishes......................................................................................... 404.6 Projectionbooth......................................................................................404.12 Stage, construction..................................................................................404.10 Stage, definition........................................................................................ 201.2 Standpipes................................................................................................ 404.7 MOTOR, AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE STATIONS Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Group B, Business occupancy......................................................................405 .MOTOR, AUTO GARAGES Definitions._........................................ .. F Privategarages........................................................................................ 412.6 Publicgarages........................................................................................... 4I28" MOVING OF BUILDINGS Application to move................................................................................2204.2 Bond required..........................................................................................2204.1 Fire district change to another.................................................................. 302.3 Flagmen required............................................................................... 2204.6 (d) Flares required.............................................................................. ..2204.6 (c) Generalrequirements................................................................................. 2204 Lights ................................................................................................ 2204.6 (a) Notice to other departments ....................................................................2204.5 Permit fees........................................................................... 107.4, Appendix K Permitrequired......................................................................................... 106.1 Public safety requirements.......................................................................2204.6 MOVING STAIRWAYS, ESCALATORS Capacity ..................................................................................................1 I05.5 Exiting requirements.................................................................................. 1120 General requirements................................................................. Chapter XXIV Permitrequired.................................................................................... 105.1 (b) MUDSILLS.................................................................................................1701.4 MULTIPLE DWELLING (APARTMENT HOUSE) Definition (Apartment House).................................................................. 201.2 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or i distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE { ........ ............... ............... ....AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL.PENALTIES.THEREUND.ER..._ _...._. _._... Occupancy in Group R, Residential.............................................................411 MUSEUMS, Group A, Assembly occupancy ...................................................404 N NAILS Applying asbestos shingles..................... ............................................ 1706.7 (f) Applying wood shingles......................... ........................................... 1706.7 (a) Fastening schedule.........................................................................Table 1704.1 Plywood nailing requirements.............................................................1705.6 (c) Requirements.....................................................................1704.1, Table 1704.1 NEW MATERIALS OR METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION Alternate materials and alternate methods of construction....................... 103.6 Board of Adjustments and Appeals ...........:.................................. 111, 112, 113 NON-BEARING PARTITIONS, also (See WALLS) Fire protective requirements............................................................Chapter VI Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B Fire resistance requirements...::................................................................. 702.2 Fire resistance standards................................................................... Chapter X General..................................................................................................... 702.1 Masonry....................................................................................... .......1405.3 Wood.. .. ... ..... ...... .............. .....1706.6 -NON-BEARING WALLS;:also (See:WALLS) Fire protective requirements.............................................................Chapter VI Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B Fire resistance requirements............................................................... Table 700 Fire resistance standards................................................................... Chapter X Masonry..................................................................................................1404.3 NON-CONFORMING BUIDINGS............................101.4, 103.2, 103.3, 103.4 NON-COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION Allowable height and areas................................................................ Table 400 Coolingtowers............................................................................................714 Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Exterior walls or panels............................................................................ 608.3 Firedistricts.................................................................................................301 Fire protective requirements.............................................................. Table 600 General......................................................................................... 602, 603, 605 Ramps....................................................................................................... 1116 Stairways................................................................................................... 1113 Type1..........................................................................................................602 TypeII.........................................................................................................603 TypeIV .......................................................................................................605 NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL Construction of stages, proscenium, and appurtenant rooms...................404.10 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _AGAF,F,MF,NT,AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CAIMINAT,PF.NAT,TIF,S THERF,UNDF,R:... ...._. ........ ........._. ... ...... _ _.... ................ Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Dormer windows.........................................................................................708 Drying rooms.................... ......715 ........ ......... ......... .. . .... . .... .......... Fireplaces ....................................................................................................804 Firestopping.......................................................................................... .....705 Marquee............................................................•.....................................2303.5 Motion picture projection booths•.......................................................—.404.12 Plastics ..................................................................................... Chapter XXVI Projectingsigns.............. .........................................................................2303.4 Proscenium curtain............................... .........°:...................... ............... 404.4 Roofsigns................................................................................................2303.2 Skylights.........................................................—.........---...................707, 2605 Tanks...........................................................................................................713 Towers, spires and cupolas....................................................... ..................712 NOTICES Appeals........................................................................................................ 112 Approval required ............................................................................... 108.2(d) Capacity of Group A, assembly................................................................. ..404 Inspection by building official................................................................... 108.2 Moving of building. ................................................................................2204.5 Posting permit card............................................................................. 108.2 (b) Safefloor loads.......................................................................................... 110.2 Stopwork order....................................................................................... 103.2 Unsafe buildings....................................................................................... 103.4 Unsafesigns...............................................•.............................................2301.E Written definition............................................................. .................... 20.1;2' .. .a... NURSERIES, DAY CARE, Group E, Occupancy.........................................406 NURSING HOMES, Group 1, Occupancy O OBSTRUCTION --- PROHIBITED Aisles.......................................................................................................404.14 During construction.................................................................................2101.1 Exitoutlet.......................................................................................... 1112, 1123 Firedoors............................................................................................... .. 1115 Horizontalexit.......................................................................................... 1117 Sidewalks................................................................................................... 2202 Stairways.................................................................................................1113.6 OCCUPANCY — SPECIAL (See SPECIAL OCCUPANCIES) OCCUPANCY Certificate.................. ... 109 Change of existing buildings................................................. 101.4, 109.4, 302.1 Classified.............................:.......................................................................401 Contents of certificate. ...................... . ................................................... 109.2 Definitions.............. .................................. 201.2 Exceptions to area restrictions.....................................................................403 Existingbuildings..................................................................................... 109.4 3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I 1 distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ............ A:GREFMFNT,AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. - Height and area restrictions.........................................................................402 Light ventilation and sanitation..................................................... Chapter XX Means of egress requirements..........................................................Chapter XI Mixed requirements.....................................................................................403 Partition requirements..............................................................................702.3 Partitionrequirements,............................................................................. 70213 Permits for changed loading...................................................................... 1207 Prohibited in unsafe buildings .................................................................. 103.4 Public property............................................................................Chapter XXII Rat-proof construction.............................................................................. 1901 Separation requirements..............................................................................403 Special......... ............................... .................................................... Chapter V OCCUPANTLOAD .................................................................................... 1105 OFFICE BUILDINGS — Group B, Occupancy.............................................405 OFFICIAL, BUILDING (See BUILDING OFFICIAL) OILSTORAGE............................................................................................407.5 ONE & TWO FAMILY DWELLINGS............................................ Appendix J OPENINGS - Crawl space:ventilation............................................................................1702.8 Elevator enclosures........ ....................................................................... 701.3 Exteriorwalls ..............................................................................................1706.3 Mixed occupancy separation-.................................................................... 403.7 Motion picture projection booths.............................................................404.12 Protected for rat-proofing. ......................................................................1901.1 Protectionof walls......................................................:................................703 Stairways or shaftways ................................................................703.69 1106(e) OPEN PARKING DECKS GroupS, Occupancy................................................................................. 412.7 OPEN PARKING LOTS ............................................................................412.7 OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST............................... .............................. XV ORDINARY MASONRY BUILDINGS (See TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION)........................................................................................606 ORGANIZATION ORIELWINDOWS (Bay)...............................................................................709 ORPHANAGES —Group I, occupancy......................................................409 OUTLETS -- EXITS.................................................................................... 1112 OUTSIDE STAIRS ..................................... - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OP THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i AGREEMENT,-AND SUBJECT`"I'OCIVIL AND CRIrMINAL-PENALTIES"1'HEREUNDEK:.... .................. __ ..__. ____. _.._... .........-: OVERCROWDED PROHIBITED Aisles and seating ...................................................................................404.14 Certificate of occupancy........................................................................... 109.2 Elevators..................................................................................................1105.4 Horizontalexits......................................................................................... 1117 Occupantcontent....................................................................................... 1105 OVERLOAD OF FLOORS — Not permitted....................110.3, 12011(f), 1207 OVERTURNING MOMENTS — For wind calculations............................ 1205 OWNER Application for permit.............................................................................. 105.1 Definition............................................................................................ . 201.2 Maintenance of buildings.......................................................................... 101.5 Occupy space under sidewalks.................................................................2203.1 Occupancycertificate.............................. .................................................... 109 Permit for storage of material in street ....................................................2201.1 Post signs.................................................................... 110, 1105.1.1, 1118, 1121 Repair to existing buildings...................................................................... 101.5 Responsibility raising adjoining chimney.................................................. 802.3 Responsibility support of adjoining buildings..........................................1301.2 P PAINT Painting Structural Steel.................................................................Chapter XV Sparay Shops Group H, Occupancy... ....................................................407 PANIC BOLTS, HARDWARE.................................................................1115.2 PANEL, ROOF Light-transmitting panels in monitor and sawtooth roofs.......................... 2606 Plastic........................................................................................................ 2604 PANEL WALLS Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Fire Resistance ratings....................................................................Appendix B Fire Protective requirements..........................................................602 thru 607 Glass Block........................................................1402.10, 1413.1, 1413.2, 1413.3 Gypsum Tile.....................................:............... ..........I............1001.5, 1402.9 Masonryexterior.....................................................................................1404.3 Non-combustible exterior.................................................:....................... 608.3 Plastic..... .............................................................................. ................. 2602 Prefabricated............................................................................................. 2504 PARAPET WALL Cavity......................................................................................................1406.3 Definition...................:....................................... .................................. 201.2 General....................................................................................................1406.1 Height...............................................................701.1(d), 1406.2, 1406.3, 1406.4 PlainMasonry.........................................................................................1406.2 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICY, No further reproduction or Kmznmfflm� 1M distribution authorized.ANY UNAU"I'HORZZED REPRODUC'PION OR DISTRIBU'PION IS A VIOLATION OF'PHE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE _. ........................ ....... ................. .. ___.. AGI2EEMEN'I;AND SUBJBC`P'fO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL YINALIIHST'HEREUN'UEI2.... ............._ ___.................. .. ___._. - - Reinforced masonry.................................................................................1406.4 Required.................................................... .................................... Table 600 WallScuppers...................................................................................... 1406.1(d) PARKINGLOTS ........_............................. ....................... ... ...... 412.7 PARTICLEBOARD Deflection.................................................... ....................................:......1705.6 Diaphragms......................................................Supplement B to Chapter XVII Exterior walls covering .............1706.7 Fastening schedule.........................................................................Table 1704.1 General........................................................ ...........................................1705.6 RoofSheathing. .......................................... ...........................................1707.4 Sheathing........................................................................ .. 1706.2(d) .................. Su bfl oo ri ng..............................................................................................1705.6 Quality of materials............................................................................ 1700.3(g) PARTITIONS, also (See WALLS) Anchoring. ..............................................................................................1408.4 Bearingframe..........................................................................................1706.5 Bearing incombustible ................................................. Chapter X, Appendix B Bearing Masonry............................................ .1405.2 ........................................ Enclosure of vertical openings .................................................................. 701.1 Fire — Definition .. 201.2 ................................................................................... Fire ratings for partition assemblies................................................Appendix B Fire resistance requirements............................................................... Table 700 Fire resistance standards................................................................... Chapter X General........_............................................................................................ 702.1 Joist supporting partitions...:: Lathand plaster...............................................................................702.1 1803 Load.Provisions...................................................................................1203.1(c) Mixed occupancy separation requirements......................... Non-bearing frame...................................................................................1706.5 Non-bearing non-combustible...................................... Chapter X, Appendix B Non-bearing masonry..............................................................................1405.3 Plastic........................................................................................................ 2608 Types of construction, fire protective requirements........................602 thru 607 Weights of materials...................................................................... Appendix A PARTY WALLS Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Exception to area restrictions ......................................................................403 Existing ..............................................................................................1301.2(e) Fire protective requirement, type of construction ..........................602 thru 607 Group occuancy, allowable areas...................................................404 thru 412 Height............................................................................................602 thru 607 Mixed occupancy and separation requirements ...........................................403 PASSAGEWAYS Capacity..................................................................................................l 105.3 Enclosuresfor exits.................................................................................... 1106 Exitoutlets....................... . ......_......................................................... 1112 General.................................................................................................. 1101(e) Horizontal exits......................................................................................... 1119 Stairways.............................................................................................1113.4(c) i Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE -__. .....-.. -.-.--. ................ ....__AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER: PASSENGER STATIONS ----Group A, Occupancy.....................................404 PEDESTRIANt'PROTECTION ..................................................Chapter XXI PENALTIES AND VIOLATIONS —Provided by Code.............................. 114 PENTHOUSE Classification of occupancy..............................................................Chapter IV Definition...............*"*'*...................................................................... ... 201.2 Fire protective requirements..................................................602, 603, 604, 605 Heightsand areas ........................................................................................402 Mixed occupancy separation ......................................................404, Table 400 Wallthickness..........................................................................................1404.2 PERLITE....................................................................................................1001.10 PERMITS, also (See BUILDING PERMITS) Action on application............................................................................... 106.1 Allowable use of public property during construction..................2101.1, 21.01.2 Alterations to buildings or structures............ .................... 105.1 Application.................................................................................................. 105 Conditions................................................................................................ 106.3 Changeof loading. .................................................................................... 1207 �. Change of occupancy....................................................................... 105.1, 1207 Demolishing,....................................................... ................... 105.1, Appendix l , Examination of drawings.......................................................................... 105:.6 Expires ...................................................................................................... 166.3. Failure to obtain.........................................................................105.1(d), 107.2 Fees............................................................................6........ 107.4, Appendix K Forms....................................................................................................... f05.2 Foundations ............................................................................................. 106.6 General................................................................................................. ... 107.1 Issued upon affidavits................................................................. 105.6(b), 106.5 Limitations............................................................................................... 105.5 Moving buildings or structures....................................................105.1(d), 2204 New buildings or structures ...................................................................... 105.1 Notvalid................................................................................................... 106.3 Occupancy....................................................................................... 105.1, 1207 Plans or drawings required....................................................................... 105.3 Posting ................................................................................................ 108.2(b) Signs......................................................................... 2301.3, 2302, 2303, 2303.6 Space under sidewalk...............................................................................2203.1 Streetline ................................................................................................. 105.7 Temporarybuildings.................................................................................... 504 Valuations ................................................................................................ 107.5 Whenrequired.......................................................................................... 105.1 PERMISSIBLE EXITS ................................................................................ 1101 PERSON —Definition.................................................................................. 201.2 PEWS, Width................................................................................................404.19 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or e I 1 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _..._. ................ .._...... ._ _.___ _.. ...... ...._.......AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PFNALTIESTHERF.UNDE.R..... PETROLEUM STORAGE...................................................................... .....407 PICTURE PROJECTION BOOTH ............................................. ..........404.12 PIERS Concentrated loads:............................................................................ 1403.6(b) Masonry................................................................................................ .1405.6 Rat-proof construction.......................................................................... .1902.2 Spot....................................................................................................... .1701.2 PILES Allowableloads......................................................................................... 1304 Caissons......................................... 1311 .................. ......................................... Concrete.............................................. ........................... 1306, 1307, 1308 General requirements.............................................................................. .. 1303 Rolled structural steel............................................................................. .. 1305 Spacing. ................................................................................................. 1303.8 Test..........................................................................................................1303.1 Timber.............................................................................. .................. .. 1309 PILASTERS, Masonry................................................................................1405.5 PIPE Piles........................................................................................................... 1306 R[.ACARD:INO ATi11G:CAPACLTY ........... ......... ..............................Q4.3 PLAIN CONCRETE General:...................................................................................................1402.6 Wallthickness...................................................................................... 1404.2(f) PLAIN MASONRY —General ..................................................................... 1401 PLANNING MILLS —Group F Occupancy PLANK AND BEAM FRAMING .............................................................1705.7 PLANS V Approved by Building Official.................................................................. 105.6 Examination............................................................................................. 105.6 Name of designer required.................................................................... 105.3(c) Plot........................................................................................................... 105.4 Requiredfor permit. ................................:............................................... 105.3 PLANTS, MANUFACTURING — Group F, Occupancy............................408 PLASTERING AND LATHING, also (See LATH) Aggregate.................................................................................................. 1802 Application exterior................................................................................... 1804 Applicationinterior................................................................................... 1803 Exterior portland cement........................................................................... 1802 Fire resistance ratings for assemblies ..............................................Appendix B i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ................ _ ....... _.__ _._._. .......... _ AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAh PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Fire resistance standards...................................................................Chapter X General requirements................................................................................. 1801 Gypsum lath .:....................................................................... 1001.6, IS02, 1803 Gypsum plaster........................................................................ 1802, 1803, 1804 Interiorlathing..............................................—......................................... 1803 Interiorplastering...................................................................................... 1803 Keene's cement.......................................................................................... 1802 Lime.......................................................................................................... 1802 Metal and wire lath, accessories, etc. ... ................... 1001.7, 1.802 Perlite....................................................................................................1001.10 Plasticity agents............................................................................ 1802, 1805(c) Pneumaticallyplaced................................................................................. 1805 Portlandcement........................................................................................ 1802 Proportioning and mix..................................................................... 1803 1804 Sand.......................................................................................................... 1802 Testholes............................................................................................... 1801(c) Vermiculite..............................................................................................1001.9 Vertical gypsum diaphragms...................................................................... 1808 PLASTIC DESIGN STEEL.............................................................Chapter XV PLASTICS Approved plastic material defined ...........................................................2601.2 Approved plastic in partitions.................................................................... 2608 Arealimitations..................................................................................... .2604.2 Awnings and similar shelters................................................................. . 2IA: Classes.......................................... - Designloads............................................................................................2601.4 Exteriorveneer.......................................................................................... 2609 Foam................................................................................. .717 Glazing of unprotected openings................................................................ 2603 Greenhouses ............................................................................................ 2611 Light diffusing systems in ceilings.............................................................. 2607 Light transmitting panels in monitors and sawtooth roofs......................... 2606 Partitions................................................................................................... 2608 Roofpanels..................................................................... ...................... 2604 Scopeand use..........................................................................................2601.1 Signs and outdoor displays...............................................................2304, 2612 Skylights.................................................................................................... 2605 'r Wallpanels................................................................................................ 2602 PLATE GIRDERS — Steel...............................................................Chapter XV PLATE GLASS............................................................................Chapter XXVII PLATFORMS Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 PLENUM FLOOR SYSTEMS......................................................................810 PLOT DIAGRAM Required ................................................................... 105.4 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ......_._. ___. .... ........ ............ .AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.-_ ......_. PLYWOOD Definition................................................................................................1705.6 DesignStandards................................................. ......................... .......... 1700 Diaphragms........................... ......................... Supplement A to Chapter XVII Exterior wall covering. ............................................................................1706.7 Fastening schedule.........................................................................Table 1704.1 Floorjoists ..............................................................................................1705.3 �- General....................................................................................................1705.6 Prefabricated construction......................................................................... 2505 RoofSheathing. ......................................................................................1707.4 Sheathing. .......................................................................... ....................1706.2 Sub€looring. .................................................................................... .......1705.6 Qualityof material...............................................................................1700.3(c) PODIUM, Definition..................................................................................... 201.2 POLICE STATION, Group I, occupancy.......................................................409 PORCHES Meansof egress ....... .......................................................................:......... 1108 - Railings ................................................................................................. 1108(b) PORTLAND" CEMENT Masonry. mortar....................................................................................1402.11 Plaster.............................................................................................. 1802, 1805 Specifications............ .................................................................................. 1802 Storage..... . ... ................ .._...................................................Chapter XVI POST AND BEAM:.FRAMING .............:..................................................1706.4 POSTING Floorloads............................................................................................... 110.2 Occupancy permit for changed loading. .................................................... 1207 Permits................................................................................................. 108.2(b) Placard indicating capacity....................................................................... 404.3 POWER AND DUTY OF BUILDING OFFICIAL (See BUILDING OFFICIAL) _ POWER OPERATED DOORS................................................................1115.3 POWER PLANTS — Group F, Occupancy ...................................................409 PNEUMATICALLY PLACED CONCRETE ..............................Chapter XVI PNEUMATICALLY PLACED PLASTER................................................ 1805 PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTION General.............................................................:........................................ 2501 Loads......................................................................................................... 2502 Plywood .................................................................................................... 2505 Structuraldesign........................................................................................ 2503 Test............................................................................................................ 2504 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE -._.._.. .... .. ......... _............. ........._....... ............AGREEMENT,AND SiTB)EC'I"T'O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL YBNALT1TiS'I"HEI2lUNUEI2._ PREPARATION OF BUILDING SITE ..................................................1701.1 PRESERVATIVES, Wood................................................................:Appendix C PRESSURETANKS......................................................................................714 PRESSURE TREATED — Wood....................................2303.1(f), Appendix C PRESTRESSED CONCRETE .....................................................Chapter XV1 PRINTING PLANTS -- Group F, Occupancy..............................................408 PRISONS Group I, Occupancy................... .................................. ............409 PRIVATE GARAGES — (See GARAGES) PROCEDURE — Board of Adjustment and appeals ...............................-.. 111.5 PROHIBITED IN FIRE DISTRICT GrainElevators......................................................................................... 407.7 Handling or storage of cellulose nitrate film............................................. 407.9 PROJECTION FROM BUILDINGS OVER PUBLIC PROPERTY Awnings and canopies ................ ................................................2201.2, 2201.3 b Bay windows or balconies........................................................................2202.1 Cornices, etc......... ........ .... ................................... 2202 l: General............................................................................ .......................22021 Marquees.................................................................................................220 _7 PROSCENIUM, STAGE AND APPURTENANT ROOMS Construction............................................................................................404.11 Curtain... ................................................................................................404.11 Exitenclosures........................................................................................... 1106 GroupA, Occupancy...................................................................................404 Meansof egress ......................................................................................... 1110 Minimum number of exits.......................................................................1103.2 Sprinklers..........................................................................................404.7, 901 Standpipes.........................................................................................404.7, 902 PROTECTION AGAINST DECAY AND TERMITES.......................... 1702 PROTECTION OF DOOR OPENINGS....................................................703 PROTECTION OF ROOF & SKYLIGHTS OF ADJOINING BUILDINGS ..........................................................2101.10 " . PROTECTION OF VERTICAL OPENINGS, STAIRS AND ELEVATORS ....................................................................701 PROTECTION OF WALL OPENINGS................................. ...........703 PUBLIC ASSEMBLY Group A, Occupancy.............................................404 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2o16 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE s _..... .. ......... _. __._ _...., ._--AGREEMEN`I',AND SUBJECI"T`O-CIVIL AND-CRIMINAL-PENAL'1'fES'1'HEREUNDER PUBLIC GARAGES -- (See GARAGES) PUBLIC PARKING DECKS Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Group S, Occupancy....................................................................................412 PUBLIC PROPERTY ALLOWABLE USE DURING CONSTRUCTION...............................................................2101.1 PUBLIC SPACE Definition ................................................................... 201.2 PUMPING PLANTS Group F, Occupancy...............................................408 R R — RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCY........................................ .................411 RAFTERS (See ROOF CONSTRUCTION) RAILINGS, HAND and STAIR Exterior balconies...................................................................................... 1108 Fireescapes ............................................................................................... 1114 Horizontal thrust; loads...........................................................................1204.2 Stairs.......................................................................................................1113.5 RAILWAY STATIONS Group.,-A,.:Occupancy........................ ...... .................404 RAMPS. Aisles.......................................................................................................404.14 Assemblies...........................................................................................1113.4(c) Construction.............................................................................................. 1116 Enclosures required .................................................................... ................701 Handicapped ......................... .............................. .,....................................508 Horizontal exits........... .......................................................................1117(f) Hospital, sanitarium................................................................................1104.1 Non-combustible exits........................................................................... 1101(e) Publicgarages........................................................................................... 412.8 Specialexits.............................................................................................1104.1 Temporary walkways...............................................................................2101.4 RAT-PROOFING Concretefloors........................................................................................1902.1 Construction............................................ . .............................................. 1902 Curb or Farmer's markets......................................................:..................1902.3 Doors..................................................................................................1901.1(c) ¢ Existing or new buildings......:..................................................................1901.1 Foundation wall ventilation................................................................ 1901.1(a) Pier and wood construction.....................................................................1902.2 Windows............................................................................................. 1901.1(d) Woodconstruction.......... . .............. ..................................................1902.2 RECAPPING (Tires) ........................................ . .....................:................. 907.8 Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or 1 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE j _.... ....... ............ ............. ........._... ............... _._AGRI:I7MiN`P;ANDSUBJEC2"I`O CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIHS'1'HEREUNDEIY:.... .............. ..........._. - ....................._._ . RECESSES Masonry............. ....................................................................................1409.2 Not allowed, where..................................................................... ...1409.2 RECREATION HALLS, Group A, Occupancy..............................................404 REFINERIES, FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS GroupH, Occupancy............................................................................... ..407 REFORMATORIES, Group I, Occupancy.....................................................409 REINFORCED CONCRETE Footings and foundations.......................................................................... 1302 Materials, design, construction.....................................................Chapter XVI Piles.........................................................................................................1303.3 REINFORCED GYPSUM CONCRETE .................................................. 1412 . REINFORCEMENT Caissons..................................................................................................... 1304 Dowels.....................................................................................................1302.4 Footings, foundations............ ................................................................. 1302 Materials, etc................................................................................Chapter XVI Retainingwalls........................................................................................1.3.0 L I REINFORCED MASONRY............................... .......:: REPAIR Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Existing buildings..................................................................................... 101.4 Permitrequired............................................................................................ 105 REPAIR SHOPS, AUTO Publicgarages........................................................................................... 412.8 Sprinklers required.................... .............................................................. 901.7 REPORTS, RECORDS Annualreports.......................................................................................... 103.8 Board of Adjustments, Appeals.......................................... ..................... 111.4 Department records........................................................ ................ 102.5, 107.3 Permit fees, collection........................... .................... 107.3 REST ROOMS Light, ventilation....................................................................................... 2001 Liveload.................................................................................................... 1203 Mechanical ventilating.............................................................................2001.5 Requirements...........................................................................................2001.3 Toilet facilities............................................................................... 2002, 2002.1 5 Walls and floors.......................................................................................2002.2 - - I Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE a _-.. _.__. ...... __.... .._......... .............Af,R1.LMEN`I;AND SUBJEY;T"YOCIVIL AND CRIMiNAliPENALTIESTHEREUNDER... RESTAURANTS Large restaurants ................................................ Occupancy, Group B ....................................................................................404 Rat proofing ................................I.................................................Chapterer XIX1X Sanitation ................ Toilets required ......................................................................................................2001.3. , 2002.1 2002 Ventilation .............................................................................................._2001.4 RETAIL STORES, BUSINESS Auto service stations 405 ........................................................Exiting egress...................................................................................Chapter IX General........................................................................................... 405 Light ventilation, sanitation............................................................. ..... Chapter XX Occupancy, Group B ...................................................................................405 Signs..... **" igns................. **". ....... '. ............ *................................... Chapter XXI1I Types of construction ......................................................................Chapter VI RETAINING WALL Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Design..............................................................................................:........ 1301 General masonry ..........................................................................Chapter XIV Foundationwalls.....................................................................................1302.5 REVOLVINGDOORS ..............................................................................1115.4 RISERS, for stairways Construction ...._........................:..............................................................1113.3 Open risers;:interior,.......,.................................................................... 1113.1(b) Open risers, exterior........................................................................... 1113.l(b) Solid risers,.interior............................................................................ 1113.t(b) Treads,and risers, stairway.................................... ...1113.3 �. ROOF, ROOF CONSTRUCTION Accessto roof............................................................................................ 1118 Anchorage..................................................... .....................................1707.6 Coolingtowers.............................................................................................715 Cornices.......................................................................................................709 Coverings...........................................................................301.3(d) 706, 1707.8 Divided attic space....................................................................................705(f) - Dormer windows....................................................................................._.708 Drainage......................................................................................................711 Definition of"Roof Structure"................................................................. 201.2 Firedistricts........................................................................ .................. 301.3 Fire resistive construction................................................................Table 603.5 Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B Framing, roof and ceiling.......................................................................... 1707 Gutters and leaders........:..... ..............................711 Heavytimber...................................................................................Table 604.5 Hurricane requirements ......Appendix D Joists .............................................................................................. . .1707.3 Live loads ... 1203, 1203.3 Mansard roofs Materials, roofing..............................................................301.3(d), 706, 1707.8 Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of 1 Il 1 distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE - - -- --- -- "-AGRF,EMENT;AND SUBJECT TC7-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THEREUNDER.-- - --- - -- - Marquees.................................................................................................2201.2 Nailingschedule.............................................................................Table 1704.1 Non-combustible.............................................................................Table 605.5 Ordinary,construction......................................................................Table 606.5 Plastic.monitors................................................................... ................... 2606 Plastic roof panels ............................................................................2604, 2606 Plasticskylights......................................................................................... 2605 Plankand beam.......................................................................................1707.5 Parapets.......................................................................................701.1(d), 1406 Protection adjoining buildings...............................................................2101.10 Roofing .........................................................................301.3(d), 706.2, 1707.8 Scuppers............................................................................................. 1406.1(d) Scuttles...................................................................................................... 1118 Sheathing. ...............................................................................................1707.4 Skylights.............................................................................................707, 2605 Signs, roof...................................................................................2301.2, 2303.2 Tanks....................:.:.................................................................................... 714 Trussedrafters.........................................................................................1707.2 Towers, spires, cupolas................................................................................713 Weights.......................................................................................... Appendix A Windloads................................................................................................ 1205 Wood frame construction................................................................Table 607.7 ROOF COVERINGS ...........................................................301.3(d), 706, 1707.9 ROOFS, HURRICANE CONSTRUCTION................................Appendix D ROOF LOADS 5 Design requirements.......... ..................................................................1203:2 Definition........................................................................................... 1203.1(a) Windloads..............................................................................................1205.3 Hurricane construction..................................................................Appendix D ROOF PANELS, PLASTIC...............................................................2604, 2606 ROOF SHEATHING .......... ..................................1707.4 .. .__. . . .......................... ........... ROOF SIGNS .......................................................................2301.2, 2303.2, 2612 ROOFING, (See ROOF, ROOF CONSTRUCTION) and -- . (ROOF COVERINGS) ROOM CAPACITY....................................................................................1105.1 ROOM DIMENSIONS ..................................................i,.......................2001.1.1 ROOM, DRYING............................................................................................716 ROOM, EXITS or EGRESS Arrangements..........................................................................................1103.1 Numberof exits.......................................................................................1103.2 Occupant content...............................................................................:.....1105.1 Widthof egress........................................................................................1105.2 Widthsof exits.........................................................................................1105.2 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ____. _........... ........._ _.._. ................ .___.AGREEMENTS,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL:AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ........... -._- __._ ___... - ROSTRUM, PLATFORM; Definition........................................................ 201.2 S S — STORAGE OCCUPANCY SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION .....................................2101.1 SAFETY, SAFEGUARDS .............................................................Chapter XXI Public safety requirements.......................................................................2204.6 SAND Bearing soil capacity............................................... ...............................1302.2 �- Concrete.......................................................................................Chapter XVI Mortar.......................................................................................1402.1, 1402.12 Plastering. ................................................................................................. 1802 Weights of materials...................................................................... Appendix A SANDLIME BRICK ..................................................................................1402.1 SANITARIUMS, Group I, Occupancy............................................................409 SANITATION` General requirements_ equirements...... .................... *....... ****. *................... Chapter XX Toilet facilities..............................................................................2002.1, 2001.3 Wa'11s and,floors: ...................... .........................................................2002.2 -- Sanitary facilities:................ .................................................................2101.9 SCHOOLS, Group E, Occupancy............................ .................................... 406 SCUTTLE..............................................................................................11101 1118 SEATS, SEATING Assembly occupancies....................................................................404.14 1111 Capacity ..................................................................................................1105.1 Churches..................................................................................................404.19 Continental..............................................................................................904.15 Fixedseats...............................................................................................1105.1 Occupantcontent.......-- ._.......................................................................1105.1 Posting seating capacity........................................................................1105.1.1 Withoutfixed seats..................................................................................1105.1 SEISMICDESIGN....................................................................................... 1207 SELF-CLOSING DOORS Doorprotection........................................................................................ 703.4 Horizontalexits..................................................................................... 1117(c) Poweroperated........................................................................................1115.3 Revolving ...............................................................................................1115.4 Smoke barrier doors............................................................................ 1115.1(f) Stairway enclosure doors........................................................ 1106(f), 1115.1(e) Stage........................................................................................................404.10 - , - Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or 1, distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMEN'I;AND SUBJBC"II'OCIVIL AND CRIMINALPENALTIFiS'rHEREUNDEt2.:.... ................ ......... ........................ .. . SEPARATION, MIXED CONSTRUCTION Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Mixedtypes.................................................................................................609 SEPARATION, MIXED OCCUPANCY ....................................................403 SEPARATION, Tenant................ . ................................................................403 SERVICE STATIONS, AUTO General requirements...................................................................................405 Group B, business occupancy......................................................................405 Storage of flammables.............................................................................. 407.5 SHEATHING, ROOF & WALLS Exteriorwalls..........................................................................................1706.7 Masonryveneer.................................................................................. 1706.7(h) Nailing schedule.............................................................................Table 1704.1 Plywood ............................................................................Table 1705.6, 1706.7 .. Roof........................................................................................................1707.4 SHED Definition................................................................................................. 201.1 Firedistrict...........................................................................................304.2(8) Public property use............................................................................. 2101.1(3) SHELTER CONSTRUCTION, Fallout...................... ..Appendix F� -� SHINGLES AND SHAKES Exteriorwalls..........................................................................................1706.7 - Firedistrict...........................................................................................301..3(d) r< Roofcoverings................................................................................ 706.4, 706.6 SHOW WINDOWS Glass.........................................................................................Chapter XXVI1 SHUTTERS Fireshutters.:.............................. ..................................................... 703.5 Fire test requirements.......................................................... ..... 703.3, 703.4 Poweroperated........................................................................................1115.3 Projection booths ....................................................................................404.12 SIDEWALKS Concrete.......................................................................................Chapter XVI Cleaning..................................................................................................2101.7 Coveredwalkways...................................................................................2101.2 Lights ............2203.2 Liveloads.................................................................................................. 1203 Obstructions............................................................................................2202.2 Overexcavations ......................................................................................2104.4. Protectivecoverings.................................................................................2101.3 Publicuse...........................................................................................2101.1(b) Redlights required ..................................................................................2101.8 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE.DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 1, ....... _._... _.__. ............ ............. __.AGREEMENT,AND-SUBJECT-TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THERFUNDER:... _..._. _..... _..... _..__. ____. '' Repairof sidewalks....................................... ..........................................2101.5 Storage over walkways ................................. ........................................:.2101.5 Undersidewalks............................................ ..........................................2203.1 SIDING Exterior plywood.......................................... ...........................Table 1705.6(c) Exteriorwalls..........................................................................................1706.7 Roofs............................................................ .............................................706 SIGNS Annualinspection.......................................... .........................................2301.5 Exitsigns....................................................... ........................................... 1123 Firedistrict....................... ...................................................................... 304.2 Groundsigns................................................. .............................2301.2, 2303.1 Heightover property .........................--........-.....................................2301.10 Identification...........................................................................................2301.4 Illumination of exits .................................................................. ............... 1122 Loads............................................................. .........................................1205.5 Maintenance.............................................................................................2301.7 Marqueesigns...................................:..........................................2301.2, 2303.5 Outdoor display.................. ......................................................Chapter XX111 Permit required.................................................................... 105, 2301.39 2303.6 Plasticsigns............................................................................................... 2304 Posting.floor loads.............._...... . ................................................................ 110 Preservatives, wood sign posts.......................................................... .2303.1(f) Projectingsign.............................................................................2301.2 2303.4 Roof.sign. ......................... ...........................2301.2 2303.2 Seating capacity..........................................................................51.2.9, 1105.1.1 Shinglesign.............................................................................................2301.2 Spectacular sign...........................................................................2301.2 .2303.6 Structural requirements............................................................... .....2302 2303 Temporary cloth..................................................................................2303.3(c) Unsafesigns.............................................................................................2301.6 Unlawfulsigns................................................ ........................................2301.8 Wallsigns............................ ... ...................................................2301.2, 2303.3 Windloads ..............................................................................................1205.5 Windpressure..........................................................................................2302.2 SOUNDISOLATION.......................................................................Appendix E SKYLIGHTS Construction................................................................................................707 Enclosures above roof............................................................................... 701.1 Materials .....................................................................................................707 Plastic, scope...........................................................................................2606.1 Plasticskylights.................................................................................. ... 2605 Protection, adjoining building ........................................................ ..2101.10 Shaftways................................................................................................. 701.1 SMOKE DETECTORS ............................................................................... 1125 Atriums----..................... .:............:....................................................... 510.6 Defined.... ................................................................................................ 201.2 HighRise.................................................................................................. 506.2 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _.._.. _._.... ...... _..-. .. ................ .............A:GREEMENT,"AND SUBIE.CTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURES............................................................1104.5 SNOW LOADS SOIL Bearingcapacity......................................................................................1302.2 Footings..................................................................................................1302.3 Pressures, basement walls &floors..........................................................1204.1 . Termite protection.................................................................................1702.12 Treatment of soil .....................................................................................1702.1 Tests................................................................................................... 1302.2(b) Weights.......................................................................................... Appendix A SPIRES, TOWERS Construction................................................................................................713 Coolingtowers.............................................................................................715 Firedistrict............................................................................................... 304.2 SPECIAL OCCUPANCIES Airplanehangars ...................................................................................... 412.4 Amusement park buildings......................................................................404.18 Assembly occupancies............. ......................404 Auto service stations....................................................................................405 Bowlingalleys..............................................................................................405 Churches................................................................................. ...404:19' N. Coal pockets.............................................................................................41 .5 Drycleaning.............................................................................................4076 Farmbuildings ............................................................................................504 Garages, public, private..................................................................412.6, 412.8 Grain elevators.........................................................................................407.7 Greenhouses ............................................................................................._..405 Grandstands .................................. ..........................................................503 Group H, Occupancies.................................................................................407 Parkingdecks................. .........................................................................412- . Storage cellulose nitrate film..................................................................... 407.9 Temporary structures...................................................................................501 Tirerecapping................................................................................. ...... 407.8 SPRINKLERS Airplanehangars ......................................................................................412.4 Automatic sprinklers ............. ..................................................................901 Distance of travel increase.......................................................................1103.l Dry cleaning.................................................................... . 442.6 Exterior walls without windows................................................................ 703.2 Garages, commercial................................................................................. 901.7 Grainelevators ......... ............................... . ......................................... 407.7 Heavy timber roof framing....................................................................... 604.5 Heightincrease.........................................................................................402.0 Hosethreads.............................................................................................901.5 s Materials .... 901.4 Partition requirements.............................................................................. 702.2 Requirements............................................................................................ 901.2 Signal system........................................................................................901.9(b) Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE fir, _._. _..._. ___.... ....... .............._ -----AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND GRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER, GroupA, Occupancy...................................................................................404 Structural non-combustible ......................... ............................................ 605.5 Structural, ordinary.....................................................................------...----606.5 Supervisoryfacilities.................................................................................901.9 STAGE Construction............................................................................................404.10 Lr Curtain, fireproof..................................................................................... 201.2 Curtain, proscenium. .......'*...**......**"* roscenium................:...........................**"* *'"**.......***........*** .404.11 Dais..... ................................................................................................. 201.2 Exits.......................................................................................................... 1110 Group A-1, Large Assembly.................................................... , ........... 404.2 Platform................................................................................................... 201.2 Podium..................................................................................................... 201.2 Rostrum ................................................................................................... 201.2 Sprinklers......................................:..........................................................404.7 Stage, general............................................................. .......................... 201.2 Stage, working. ............................................................................ 201.2, 404.10 Stage, nonworking. ........................................................................201.2, 404.9 Standpipes................................................................................................404.7 STAIRS, STAIRWAYS Balconies,.exterior..................................................................................... 1108 Balconies, interior...................................................................................... 1 109 Basement, cellars .. ....................... ............................................ 1 I06(e), 1113.2 Capacity aszxits ... .. .... ... ....................................1105.3 Closets prohibited under.stairs ......................................................... 1113.1(d) Construction'ofstairways-:......................................................................... 1114 Definition, stairway.................................................................................. 201.2 Distance of travel to exit..........................................................................1103.1 Doorsto stairway..................................................................... ............. 1115 .Enclosure of exit stairs............................................................................... 1106 Exitsigns................................................................................................. 1121 Exitstairway.............................................................................................. 1102 Exterior............................................................................. .................. .1114 Fireescapes ........................................................... ............ .. 1114 Firestopping.................................................................705, If 14.l(c), I703(d)3 Firestopping, wood stairs..................................................................... 1703(d)3 Framingof wood stairs............................................................................1705.9 Handrails.................................................................................................1113.5 Illumination of exits ................................................................................ 1122 Intermediate rails.....................................................................................1113.5 Landings..................................................................................................1113.4 Lightingof exit signs ................................................................................. 1122 Liveloads.................................................................................................. 1203 Meansof egress ..................................................................................... 1102(a) Monumental.............................................................................................. 1107 Non-combustible exits........................................................................... 1101(e) Numberof exits.......................................................................................1103.2 Openings in stairways...................................................................703A 1106(f) Outsidestairs...................................................................... .................1111.4 Partitions, stair enclosures......................................................................... 1106 Railings ...................................................................................................1204.2 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar is,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAU"I'HORZZED REPRODUC'PION OR DISTRIBU'pION IS A VIOLATION OF'PHE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'THE LICENSE ................... ...... ........ ............ . ....... .... ..... _.. ......... , ... ........ ..AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT"P<J CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENAL'PIHS'I'HERIiUNDER:...... ..._. _.._.. _.... _.... Risers...................................................................................... It 13.1(b), 1113.3 Self closing doors....................................................................................... 1115 Stageegress ................................................................................... .... 1110 Spiralstairway.....................................................................................I 113.3(c) Stringers, wood........................................................................................1705.9 Treads......................................................................................................1113.3 Unitsof measure, width...........................................................................1105.2 Walls of stairway enclosure........................................................................ 1106 Widthsof stairs........................................................................................1113.5 Windersof stairs..................................................................................1113.3(c) Wood framing of stairs............................................................................1705.9 STANDPIPES Approvalof layout................................................................................... 902.2 Fire Department standpipes...................................................................... 902.4 During construction.............................................................................2101.9(c) Requirements............................................................................................ 902.1 Standpipes, where required....................................................................... 902.3 Wetstandpipes......................................................................................... 902.1 STEAM HEATING, (See HEATING) STEEL, (See STEEL CONSTRUCTION) STEEL CONSTRUCTION Caissons................................................................................................. 1304 Design, quality, erection............................................................................ 1501. �.. Elevator frames......................................................................................... 608.1 Fire resistance ratings.....................................................................Appendix B Footings and foundations.......................................................................... 1302 Joists, open web construction.................................................................... 1504 Light gage steel construction...................................................................... 1503 Lintels....................................................................................................... 608.2 Non-combustible walls, panels.................................................................. 608.3 Non-combustible construction.....................................................................605 Piles, steel...................................................................................... 1303, 1303.2 Prefabricated construction...........................................................Chapter XXV Reinforcing. ..................................................................... 1302.4, Chapter XVI Steel Construction..........................................................................Chapter XV --. Structuralsteel........................................................................................... 1502 Veneeredwalls........................................................................................... 1414 Weights of materials................................... ............................... Appendix A Welding ....................................................................... ............................ 1507 STEELPILES ...................................................................................... 1305, 1306 STONE Caststone................................................................................................1402.5 Compressive stresses.............. ........... 1403.2, Table 4 Foundationwalls.....................................................................................1302.5 Lateralsupport.......................................................................................... 1405 Masonry, general............................................................ .............Chapter XIV Masonrymaterials...................................................................................1402.7 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE a _.. .... ...... _._.... .... ..... ......... ----AGREEMENTS;AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIA4INRL PE,NAI.TIES THEREUNDER,-. .. _._ _..._... Mortar, types, mixes..............................................................................1402.11 Wallthickness............................................................................................ 1404 Weights of materials.......... ........................................................... Appendix A STOPWORK ORDERS ............................................................................ 103.2 STORAGE BUILDINGS GroupS, Occupancy....................................................................................412 STORAGE OF FLAMMABLES General requirements................................................................................407.5 GroupH, Occupancy...................................................................................407 STORY, definition.......................................................................................-201.2 STREET Cleaning on completion...........................................................................2107.7 Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Movingof buildings................................................... ............................... 2204 Streetline, definition ................................................................................ 201.2 Temporary use of streets............................................................................ 2101 �. Use of public property.................................................................Chapter XXII STUCCO. Application................................................................................................ 1804 Exteriorplaster... ...... . ............. ...........................................................1804 Exterior ............................................................... 1706.7(h) SUSPENDED CEILINGS Fire resistance materials...:.......................................Chapter X, Chapter XXIX Fire resistance ratings.............. . ....................................................Appendix B T TANKS Automotive service stations.........................................................................405 Permitted in fire district..................................................................304.1, 304.2 _. Roof structures, penthouses.........................................................................714 Water........................................t........................................................304.2, 714 Wet standpipe supply................... TABLES, REFERENCES FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS....,.Appendix B TEMPORARY Buildingsor structures........................................................................501, 2101 GroupB, Occupancy ...................................................................................405 Occupancypermit..................................................................................... 109.3 Partitions.............................................................................................1203.1(c) Structures permitted in fire districts......................................301.2, 304.1, 304.2 TENTS, Group A, Occupancy Copyright O 1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'Peague on Mar Is,2016 s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __. .. ..... __._ ............... ---'AGREEMENT'AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER.._ _..._ _._... ..... TERMITE PROTECTION Approved pressure preservative treatment of wood ..........Appendix C, 1702.10 Approved pre-construction soil treatment..............................................1702.11 Special...................................................................................................1702.12 TERRACOTTA..........................................................................................1402.8. TESTS Concrete.......................................................................................Chapter XVI Fire doors, shutters or windows................................................................ 703.4 Fire resistance ratings of assemblies....................... Appendix B Fire resistance of materials ........................................................................ 1001 Load........................................................................................................1203.5 Piles.........................................................................................................1303.6 Plaster for thickness................................................................................... 1801 Plastics ....................................................................................................2601.2 Prefabricated construction......................................................................... 2504 Proscenium curtains ................................................................................404.11 Required by Building Official...................................................................... 104 Soilbearing........................................................................................ 13022(b) THEATERS Aisles and seating ...................................................................................404.14 Balcony and gallery entrance and exits...................................................... 1109 Construction of stage, proscenium and appurtenant rooms................. 404 10 . Definition .......................... Z012 . . .............................. .. . Egress capacity requirements................................................... 1105.11 1105.3(b) Exits.......................................................................................... 1103, 1103.2(b) Exit enclosures....................................................................................... 1106(c) Exit courts.................... .... 1112 Exitdoors....................................................................................1115.1 1115.5 Exitlights......................................................................................... 1121, 1122 Exitobstructions ..................................................................................... 1123 Firealarm................................................................................................ 1124 Foyer....................................................................................................... 1111 Group A, Assembly Occupancy...................................................................404 Horizontalexits........................................................................................ 1117 Interior finish and decorations.................................................................. 404.6 Landings.............................................................................. ................._ 1113 Main entrance doorways......................................................... 1105.3(b), 1115 Main floor exit ................................................................................... 1103.2(b) Marquees........................................................................... .................220;.1 Minimum design loads................................................................... Chapter XiI Mixedoccupancy............,............................................................................403 Motion picture projection booth..............................................................404.12 Placard indicating capacity.......................................................................404.3 --.. Proscenium curtain..................................................................................404.11 Ramps....................................................................... ............................. 1116 Revolving doors not permitted ................... . .....................................I 117.4(e) Signs and outdoor displays........................................................Chapter XXIII Sprinklers................................................................................................. 404.7 Stage and dressing room exits.................................................................... 1110 Stair construction.............................................................................. ..1111.3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or I distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOhATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ___. ___. .............. .._......._._ ____ AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND-CRIMINAL PENALTIE&THF,REUNDF,R._.. _..._. . _. ___._ _..... s Standpipes................................................................................................ 404.7 Supplementary lighting system................................................................. 404.8 Type of construction.....................................................................408, 602, 603 Waitingspace....................................................... .. 1112 .................................. Walls and partitions............................................................................... 1106(c) THERMAL INSULATING MATERIALS.............................................. ....719 THICKNESS Exterior frame bearing walls....................................................................1706.1 Exteriorpiaster............................................................................ . 1804 ........... Foundation walls.....................................................................................1302.5 Interior frame bearing partitions..............................................................1706.5 Interior frame non-bearing partitions......................................................1706.6 Interiorplaster......... ............................................................................. 1803 Masonrybearing walls.............................................................................1404.2 Masonry non-bearing walls......................................................................1404.3 Portland cement plaster............................................................................. 1804 Pneumatically placed plaster...................................................................... 1805 THREADS, HOSE ......................................................................................901.5 TILE Ceramic..................................................................................................1.402:13 Gypsum.................................................................................. 1001.5(a), 1402.9 Structural.clay;...............................................................................1001.4, .1402.2 TerraGotta. .... .:. ....... . .................. ..,....................................................1402.8 TIMBER Footing. ......................................................................................1302.6, 1302.7 Heavyconstruction;.....................................................................................604 TIME LIMIT APPEALS.............................................................................. 121.1 TIRERECAPPING .....................................................................................407.8 TITLEAND SCOPE...................................................................................... 101 TOILETS Facilities..................................................................................................2002.1 Rooms.......................... ......2001.3 TOWERS Cooling. ......................................................................................................714 General............... ......................................................................................712 Permitted in fire districts Windloads................................................................................................ 1205 TRAP DOORS, STAGES.........................................................................404.10 3 TREADS, STAIRS ....................................................................................1113.3 - , Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I 11 1 distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE .. ... ....... ................. ___._ ..........._.._ __AGRF,F,MENT,AND SUBJECT-Tn'CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER..-.. _.__ _ TRUSSES Fire protective requirements (see TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION) Design ........:........................................................................................ 1700.1(f) Rafters.....................................................................................................1707.2 TUNNELED WALKWAY.............................................. . ................505, 1104.4 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION TypeI........................................................................................................:.602 TypeII.........................................................................................................603 TypeIII.......................................................................................................604 TypeIV .................................................................................................... *605 TypeV.........................................................................................................606 TypeV 1 .......................................................................................................607 Types, Mixed...............................................................................................609 U UNDERESTIMATED PERMIT VALUE ................................................. 107.5 UNDERFLOOR Crawl space and ventilation.....................................................................1702.8 Piers and wood construction....................................................................19022 Protection..............................................................................:. 1702.1[, 1702.42 UNDERPINNING ......................................................................................1301.2 UNDER PUBLIC PROPERTY ..................................................................2203 UNENCLOSED Stairs........................................................................... .......................... 1107 Tanks......................................................................:....................................713 UNEXCAVATED SPACES......................................................................1702.2 UNIFORM TREADS AND RISERS ................................................ 1113.3(b) UNIVERSITIES, Group E, Occupancy...........................................................406 UNLAWFUL Construction................................................................. .............................. 114 Removal of signs ............................................................... ........ 103.4 Signs........................................................................................................2301.8 Tochange................................................................................................. 106.3 Toproceed...................................................................................... 103.2, 108.2 UNLOCKED DOORS ............................................................................. 1117(g) UNPLASTERED Fireratings.....................................................................................Appendix B Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or 1 1 I distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE __.. ................ ................ .......... _.__AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. UNPROTECTED OPENINGS Glazing...................................................................................................... 2603 UNREINFORCED Masonry......................................................................................1403.2, 1403.7 Concrete..................................................................................................1403.5 UNSAFE Building.......................................................................................... 103.4, 112.1 Chimneys.....................................................................................................802 Signs........................................................................................................2301.6 UNSUPPORTED Glass block panels .................. .1413.2 `. Masonry dimensions.................................................................................. 1405 UNUSUAL EXPOSURES ........................................................................1205.7 USE OF PUBLIC PROPERTY............................................. 1108.3, 2101, 2201 V VACATED, required when............................................................................. 103.4 .VALIDITY . .............. .................................................................................... 1[5 VALUATION;or.=VALUE Buildingpermit............................................................................. ........ 107.5 Definition.................................................................................................. 201.2 VENEER Adhesion type of anchorage.....................................................................1414.8 Anchorage general...................................................................................1414.7 Anchorage masonry units........................................................................1414.4 Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 General....................................................................................................1414.1 Heights of masonry units.........................................................................1414.5 Non-structural units.................................................................................1414.6 _ On wood frame............. .................................................. ............... 1706.7(g) Requirements, Glass general..................................................................1414.10 Attachment........................................................................................1414.11 Glass at sidewalk line.........................................................................1414.12 Joints ....1414.13 Shelfangle .........................................................................................1414.14 Mechanical fastening. ........................................................................1414.15 Flashing.............................................................................................1414.16 Requirements, Metal ...............................................................................1414.9 fE Attachment......................................................................................... 1414.9(b) Grounding...........................................................................................1414.9(e) Material.............................................................................................. 1414.9(a) Protection........................................................................................... 1414.9(d) Supports..............................................................................................1414.9(c) Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or ; I l distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE E ...._......_ __.. __.. .. ................_ ..AGREEMENT;AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL-PENALTIES THERF,UNDF,R.--._... Woodexterior....................................._.................................................... 608.4 VENTILATION Attics.................... .....1707.8, 2001.1(c) Classrooms..............................................................................................2001.4 Crawl space ............................................................................ 1302.5(d), 1702.8 Dry cleaning establishments...................................................................... 402.5 Dryingrooms...............................................................................................715 General requirements............................................................................ .2001.1 Malls ........................................................................................................... 507 Mechanical..............................................................................................2001.5 Minimum requirements ...........................................................................2001.1 Motion picture projection booths ...............404.12 ............................................. Occupancy groups ......................................................................2001 thru 2002 Shaftways............................................................................................. 701.1(e) Skylights, vent and louvers.................................................................2001.1(d) Stage........................................................................................................404.14 Toiletrooms............................................................................................2001.3 Windows................................................................................................2001(b) VENTS Atticspace...............................................................................................1707.8 Crawlspace .............................................................................................1702.8 Drycleaning plants................................................................................... 407.6 Publicgarages.......................................................................................412.8(e) Storageof film..........................................................................................407.9. Toilet facilities............................ ........................................ .......... 20(}I 5 Undivided large floor area 1103.1(A)` Workingstage..................................................................................... 404.10(a) . VENTSHAFTS............................................................................................ 701.1 : .. VERMICULITE CONCRETE VERTICAL FRAMING, WOOD ................................................................ 1706 VERTICAL OPENINGS, ENCLOSURES Elevators................................................................................................... 701.3 Fire doors, shutters or windows............................................................701.1(g) ._ General requirements.......................................................:...........................701 Occupancygroups .......................................................................................701 Stairways.................................................................................................. 701.2 Type of construction......................................................................602 thru 607 VIOLATION AND PENALTIES f W WALKWAYS During Construction............ .............Chapter XXI Live Loads....................... ........... 1203.1(a), 1203.3 Supports..................................................................................................1204.3 I Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:oO PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or p distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE 3 ...... ___. ............._. --- � AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND PENALTIES WALLS AND PARTITIONS (also see PARTITIONS) Allowable Stresses in composite walls..... ................................................1404.3 Allowable Stresses in unreinforced concrete ............................................1403.5 Amusement parks................................... .................................................... 511 Anchorage (see ANCHORAGES — ANCHORS) Arches and lintels ................................... ..................................... 608.2, 1409.6 Assemblies, Ere resistance ratings and standards......... Chapter X, Appendix B .... Basement............... ............................ ................................................1204.1 Bearingframe......................................... .................................................. 1706 Bearing frame partitions......................... ............................. ...............1706.5 Bearingmasonry..................................... ................................................. 1404 Bearing masonry partitions..................... ................................................1405.2 Bonding................................................................................ ................. 1407 Bowlingalleys........................................................................................... 513.1 Bracing exterior stud walls.......................................................................1706.2 Cavity..................................................................................... 1404.2(g), 1406.3 Change in thickness.................................................................................1409.1 Chases .....................................................................................................1409.2 Composite or face................................................................................ 1404.2(i) Construction precautions.........................................................................1409.9 Construction requirements.......................................................................1.410.4 Corbelling. ..............................................................................................1409.5 Definition................................................................................................. 201.2 Designmasonry................................................................................ 1401, 1403 Elevator enclosures....................................................... ............................ 701.3 Escalator enclosures.................................................................................... 701.4 Excavation retaining..-....................................................................................1301 Existing............. .......................................................1301.2(e),,14.09.10 Exit................................... ........................ .................................701.2, 1106 Exterior..........................................................301.3(a), 703.1(b), 1405.1, I706.2 Exterior covering..woaod construction.................................Table 1705.6, 1706.7 Exterior non-combustible..............................._............................................610 Facing. ....................................................................................................1.407.1 Fire protective requirements..........................................................602 thru 607 Fire resistance rating for assemblies................................................Appendix B Foundation...................................................................................1204.1, 1302.5 Glassblock................................................................................................ 1413 Gypsum................................................................. 1001.5, 1001.6, 1405.3, 1412 Height Masonry...............................................................1404.2, 1404.3, 1413.2 Hollow masonry bearing walls or partitions ....................................... 1404.2(g) Hollow masonry bonded............................................. 1404.2(h), 1407.4, 1407.6 Hollow masonry chases and recesses........................................................1409.2 Hollow masonry Ere-resistance ratings.......................... ................Appendix B Hollow masonry fire-resistance standards.........................................Chapter X Hollow masonry general provisions.........................................................1402.4 Hollow masonry non-bearing panels, etc.................................................1404.3 Hollow masonry non-bearing partitions..................................................1405.3 Hollow masonry non-bearing thickness of exterior walls.........................1404.1 Hollow masonry working stresses.............................................................. 1403 Interior bearing masonry............................................................... 1404, 1405.2 Interior bearing wood frame....................................................................1706.5 Lateralsupport.......................................................................................... 1405 Lath and plaster(see PLASTERING AND LATHING) Lintels........................................................................................... 608.2, 1409.6 Copyright 01982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of I distribution authorized ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE,LICENSE y _.. _... AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIlJIEVAh PENALTIES THEREUNDER. .. .__.._ . ... ....".._.... .............................. .. .. ............ . .. Materials, fire resistance ratings and standards............ Chapter X, Appendix B Monumental Stairs (Not required). ........................................................... 1107 Mortar......... ......................................................................................1402.11 Non-bearing frame...................................................................................1706.6 Non-bearing masonry............................................... 1404.3 1404.5 1413, 1414 Non-combustible (see Type IV CONSTRUCTION).............................................. 605, Appendix B Openings, fire protections................................................ 412.6, 412.7, 701, 703 Openings, special occupancy................................... 501.2, 502.3, 512.10, 512..16 Openings, stud walls................................................................................1706.3 Panels (See NON-BEARING) Parapets (See PARAPET WALLS) Partitions (See PARTITIONS) Party (See PARTY WALLS) Penthouses (See PENTHOUSES) Plaster (See PLASTERING AND LATHING) Plastic (See PLASTICS) Rat-proofing.............................................................................................1901.1 Reinforced concrete......................................................................Chapter XVI Roof structures (See PENTHOUSES) ... Signs............................................................................................2301.2, 2303.3 Soil pressure.............................................................................................. 1204 Solid masonry bearing partition..............................................................1404.1 Solid masonry bond................................................................................... 1407 Solid masonry chases and recesses...........................................................1409.2 Solid masonry fire-resistance ratings...............................................Appendix B Solid masonry fire-resistance standards............................................Chapter X Solid masonry foundations walls.............................................................1302.5 Solid masonry general provisions .............................................................. 1402 Solid masonry non-bearing enclosures.....................................................I404.3 Solid masonry piers.................................................................................1405.E Solid masonry thickness of exterior walls................................................1404.I Solid masonry working stresses ...............................................................1409.3 Stairways and exit enclosures................................................................... 701.2 Stiffened masonry............................................................................... 1404.2(a) Stone Chases and recesses........................................................................1409.2 Stonefacing. .......................................................................................4...1407.5 Stone thickness........................................................................ 1404.20), 1407.5 Supported Structural members................................................................1409.3 Supportedon wood.................................................................................1409.4 Veneered allowable height ........................................................................1414.5 Veneered anchorage or attachment..............................................1414.4, 1414.7 1414.9(b), 1414.15(b) Veneeredgeneral......................................................................................1414.1 Veneered on wood - .......1414.i Veneered quality of material..........................................................4........... 1402 Veneered working stresses.......................................................................... 1403 Veneers, ceramic and porcelain...................................................1402.13, 1414.1 Veneers, glass.........................................................................................1414.10 Veneers, metal.........................................................................................1414.9 Weightof material......................................................................... Appendix A Windloads ................................................................................................ 1205 Without window openings........................................................................ 703.1 Woodstud...................................................................................Chapter XVII 3 Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,201E 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE _... . ... .......... ..... ..... _ _....AGREEM�ENT,t1A7D SUBJECT TO-CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENtILTIES-THERFUNDER:..._ WALLBOARD, GYPSUM .............................................................. 1001.6, 1806 WAREHOUSE GroupS, Occupancy.......................................................................... ......412 Group H, special occupancy........................................................................407 Loads......................................................................................................... 1203 WATER Removal from excavations ................................... .......................Chapter XVI Requirements for concrete.............................................................Table 1602.1 Retaining, basement walls and floors design.............................................. 1204 Supply for automtic sprinklers............................................................. ....901 Supplyfor wet standpipes............................................................................902 WATER-CEMENT RATIO............................................................Chapter XVI WATER PRESSURE DESIGN OF FOUNDATION WALLS.............. 1204 WEATHERBOARDING...........................................................................1706.7 WEIGHTS OF MATERIALS, Dead loads...................................... Appendix A WET STANDPIPES AND DRY...................................................902, 2101.9(c) WELDING...................................................................................................... 1506 WHOLESALE•STARES:Gro.up S,.Occupancy .............................................412 WIDTH Aisles..................................—......................................................404.14, 404.15 Corridors or passageways....................................... 1104.1, 1105.3(e), 1105.2(a) Doors................................................................................ 1104, 1117.1 1117.5 Escalators.................................... .......................................................... 1120 Exits.......................................................................................................... 1112 Passageways from Courts Group E Occupancy......................................... 1112 Revolvingdoors.......................................................................................1115.4 Stairs.......................................................................................................1113.6 Stairlanding............................................................................................1113.4 Stairtreads..............................................................................................1113.3 Street allowed for storage........................................................................2101.1 WIND LOADS DESIGN Duringerection.......................................................................................... 1205 Exteriorwalls............................................................................................ 1205 Glass.............................................................................................. 2703.2, 2707 Hurricane ............................................................................. 1205, Appendix D Loads......................................................................................................... 1205 LowRise Buildings.................................................................................... 1206 Overturningmoment ...................... .......................................................... 1205 Roof......... ............................................................................................. 1205 WINDOWS Bay..................................................................................................710, 2202.1 Copyright 0)1582 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby'I'eague on Mar 15,zote s:m:oo PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND'FI E LICENSE .........._ _.... ___.. ...............AGREEMENT,AND SUBTECL.T..O..CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER........ ......................_..... .. ...... ............... ........... .............. Dormer........................................................................................................709 Emergencyegress.....................................................................................1104.6 Fire.......................................................................................701.1,702.1, 703.4 General.....................................................................................703.1, 2001.1(b) Projecting on public property......................................................2201.1, 2202.1 Rat-proofing. ............................................................... ................... 1901.1(d) Required for ventilation...........................................................................2001.1 TypeI to VI Buildings.................................................................................703 WIRED GLASS Fire-resistive doors................................................................................... 703.4 Fire-resistive windows.................................................................. ......... 702.1 Skylights...................................................................................................... 707 WIRE LATH (See METAL LATH) WIRE MESH REQUIRED Skylights ....................................................................................................... WOOD CONSTRUCTION Allowable spans joist and rafters ........................................... 1705.3(a), 1701(a) Anchorage............................................................. 1705.8, 1707.6, Appendix D Attic Space Ventilation............................................................1707.8, 2001.1(c) Basementpost..............................................................................1702.5, 1706 4 Beamsand girders................................................................................ ...170'S 2;:: . Bearing on masonry walls ..............1702.3, 1702.4, 1702.6, 17033 Bracing....................................................................................................1706.2 Bridging. .............................................................................................1705.3(c) _ Ceilingframing.......................................................................................... 1707 Chimney and fire place framing................................................................. 1708 Clearance between earth and siding.........................................................1702.7 Clearance for floor joist...........................................................................1702.2 Columns and post........................................................................1702.5, 1706.4_ Construction practice. ............................................................................... 1701 Corner bracing required...........................................................................1706.2 Crawl space ventilation............................................................................1702.8 Decay and termite protection..................................................................... 1702 Determination of required sizes...............................................................1700.2 Draft Stopping ............................................................................ 705.2, 1703.2 Endjointed lumber..................................................................................1700.5 Exterior wall covering. ............................................................................1706.7 Fastenings......................................... ...................................................... 1704 Firecuts...................................................................................................1703.3 Fire protection................................................. Chapter X11, 1703, Appendix B Fire resistance ratings.........................................................1703.2, Appendix B Fire retardant treated wood..................................................605.2, 603.5, 702.2 Firestopping ................................................................................ 705.1, 1703.1 Flashing. .................................................................................................1707.8 Floorframing............................................................................................ 1705 Floorjoist..................................................................................... ..........1705.3 E Floors, laminated construction.................................................604.5, 1700.3(b) Copyright©1982ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:0o PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction or distribution.authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZ,E,D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FE,DERAh COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE i -__........... ...... ......... _ _._._ _..__.. ..........AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES-THF,RHUNDF,R:....... .... - ___._ _.._.. _..__... Framingaround openings................... ....................................................1705.4 Foundations ....................................... ...................................................1701.3 Foundation wall vents ........................ ....................................................1702.8 General............................................... ................ . ................................1700.1 Girders and beams.......................................................................1702.6, 1705.2 Gradelumber...........................................................................................1700.3 Headersjoist..........................................................................................-1705.4 Headers over openings in wall ...................1706.3, 1706.5, 1706.6, Table 1706.3 Heavy timber construction................... .......................................................604 Joist supporting partitions................... ...................................................1705.5 Minimum lumber grades...................... .. ................................................1700.4 Moisture content lumber..................... ...................................................1700.6 Mudsills................................................... ...........................................1701.4 Nails and staples schedule..............................................................Table 1704.1 Natural resistance....................................................................................1702.9 Notches, cuts and bored holes..............................................................1705.3(e) Particleboard diaphragms.................................Supplement B to Chapter XVII Particleboard exterior wall covering........................................................1706.7 Particleboardshething.............................................................................17,07.4 Particleboard subtlooring.......................................... .............................1705,6 Partitionjoining .....................................................................................1706.5 Pierfootings............................................................................................1701.3 Plank and beam framing..........................................................................1705.7 Plank and beam roof...............................................................................1707.5 Plates.................................................................. 1706.2(e), 1706.5(e), 1706..6(b) Post.............................................................................................1702.5, 1706.4 Post and .beam framing. ...................................................................1706.4 Plywood:diAphragtW ,.,.. ..............................Supplement A to Chapter XVI I Plywood exterior wall°covering....................................... 1706.7, Table 1705.6C Plywood sheathing.............................................. 1706.2, 1707.4, Table 1705.6A Plywood subflooring....................................................... 1705.6, Table 1705.6B Preparation of building site .....................................................................1701.1 Preservatives...................................................................................Appendix C Protection of openings.............................................................................1706.3 Quality of materials............................ ...................................................1700.3 Roofcovering..................................................................................706, 1707.8 Roofframing...........................................................................................1707.1 Roofjoist......................................................................--.......................1707.3 Roof laminated Construction ...................................................604.5, 1700.3(b) RoofSheathing. ......................................................................................1706.4 Shingles and shakes.................................................................................. 706.6 Sleepers and sills on concrete slab............................................................1702.4 Solid masonry walls............................................................................. 1706.76) Stairframing ..........................................................................................1705.9 Stresses.............................. 1700.1(d), 1700.2(a), 1705.3(a), 1707.1(a), 1707.3(a) Structural glued laminated timber .........................................................1702,13 Stud partitions.............................................................................1706.5, 1706.6 Stud sizing.......................................................................1706.1, 1706.5, 1706.6 Stud spacing ...................................................................1706.1, 1706.5, 1706.6 Subfloors.................................................................................................1705.6 Supports embedded in ground.................................................................1702.1 Termite protection..................................................................................... 1702 Trussedrafters.........................................................................................1707.2 U nexcavated spaces.................................................................................1707.2 - i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALI,RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of 1 distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT,AND SUBJECT TO CIVII AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. Valleyrafters ....................................................................................... 1707,1(1) Veneer, exterior........................... ............................... 608.4 Veneer masonry........ .. ................................................................ 1.106.8(h) Ventilation...................................................................................1702.81 1707.7 Verticalframing. ............................................. ......................................... 1706 Wallcovering. ................................................. .......................................1706.7 Wood framing Construction, Definition............................................201.2, 607 WOOD FOUNDATION SYSTEMS........................................................1302.7 J WOOD PRESERVATIVES..............................................................Appendix C WORK Start ......................................................................................................... 108.2 Stoporder ................................................................................................ 103.2 WORKING STAGE ........................................................................ 201.2, 904.10 WORKING STRESSES (See DESIGN) WRITTEN NOTICE, Definition.................................................................. 201.2 Y YARD Definition............................................... ................ 201.2 Use for area increases ............................................................................... 402.3 Where windows required to open on........................................................2001.1 •........., f 7 j i Copyright©1982 ICC.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.Accessed by Bobby Teague on Mar 15,2016 3:07:00 PM pursuant to License Agreement with ICC.No further reproduction of f distribution authorized.ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE ........ __._ _ -.__.... _._._.. _._....AGRI:,EMENT,AND SUBJE<;TT6 CIVIL AND CRIMINAL FIENAi,TIF,5 THEREUNDER:...... ............ .......................................... . _.__.... ___... __..